menses Sees ce ; Fe pmtred Ae Sa eae ine ier ee omen OR s > marmot nce MT saabtab abd fe Sore mee fe ew oe ete | rector en seers 7 cath a am ee OO ee Tre Am A ALAA TI ES fre ~ ue eeeein Yen ah nna oie 88 eared ot eae sters : 7 ee pane “ es SS esr <6 Pans ends Bart he ge PoP Ma RASA R Ae gre ona ret Roo , esate fo ers Sak fits Nat we sea moeemyremel “ ote ee neta SSeeetes ~ ater eta blnanety het, ae eons pene is plot oe oa Baoeel> rene re Seana fpct teat tet ctesie - - ‘ ; he nip ese pet a's ve Pia io? ev : oti eer rte fecate Fs a arethon Sra nf ei Sern rnl os — a Letina ene ABT. sire Nip bese TFS let ower 2 Se Joererce pa oaie pravriave meas a Sa tag yah se Ap Pvp teh mts i rah nee ip Pee permmdeniorerte . sckeesen aod ei arePag nn epee r bet hen seek hema hak. eects mons hee sae Egan he reNe ar Od eee eee : reine Se Ramin? pI on i deanidhgiatacantionn + peeve sre aes aria at Fn alm ye hae SL aaa. ~8 Pea Sars ona. ~ oF Ene nee ee Len peme sn Fe Yer s Se Metetinall Soe Neem ap apes —Sioycnr prstesetoe ea te er mrenieratet a aaah ote ord Teg Pa see atre A Pee nN oe ew teh rw sah pare pce Pa ~ :™ Sea on ta ann eg a ore stir me ey ah eh ane tied Sees - yen ~ “7 : iT ewe aS oP Rm Nel oe vere , AES hee ne he VV pega Tre eee Tear Br rs rT ate ein rp At > ree! anh = pb Se ne ened REREAD en OD ee Pare Serene wh : dye ae uy ‘ + ae . : f < Py 2 7 7 a3 t * . M t : s oe s J a ? of : ’ ; ¥ e ‘, a. oe @) Sp ‘ \ BULLETIN OP THE American Museum of Natural History. Vol. XXIV,: 1908. EDITOR, J. A. ALLEN. Be i Sash oy o/ 6/4 New York: Published by order of the Trustees. 1908. FOR SALE AT THE MUSEUM. ao). American [useum of Natural History _ Seventy-Seventh Street and Central Park West, New York City OFFICERS. President. Henry FAatrFIeELD OsBORN. First Vice-President. J. Prerpont Moraan. Second Vice-President. CieveLAND H. Dopar. Treasurer. CHARLES LANIER. _ Secretary. J. HamppEen Ross. Director. Hermon C. Bumpvus. Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer. GrorecEe H. SHERWOOD. BOARD OF TRUSTEES. Class of 1908. H. O. HaveMEYER. FREDERICK E. Hype. A. D. JuILuiaArRD. J GEORGE S. Bowpo1rn. CLEVELAND H. DonaGe.. Class of 1909. : JosppH H. CHoare. GEORGE G. HAVEN. J. Przrpont Moraan. . Henry F. Osporn. Class of 1910. J. HAMPDEN Ross. Percy R. Pyne. ARTHUR CURTISS JAMES. Joun B. TREVOR. ~ Class of 1911. CHARLES LANIER. Wituiam ROCKEFELLER. Anson W. Harp. Gustav E. KIssEt. Sera Low. Class of 1912. D. O. Mitts. ALBERT S. BICKMORE. ARCHIBALD ROGERS. CorNELIvs C. CUYLER. ADRIAN ISELIN, JR. iii Scientific Staff. DIRECTOR. | Hermon C. Bumpus, Ph.D., Se. D. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. Prof. Apert S. Bickmore, B. S., Ph.D., LL.D., Curator GrorceE H. Suerwoop, A.B., A.M., Curator. ' DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE PALZ Prof. R. P. Warrrienp, A.M., Curator. Epmunp Oris Hovey, A.B., Ph.D., Associate Curator. DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALOGY AND ORNITHOLOt Prof. J. A. ALLEN, Ph.D., Curator. Frank M. Cuapman, Associate Curator. DEPARTMEN T OF VERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOG Prof. Henry Farrrietp Osporn, A.B., Se.D., LL.D., D.Se., W. D. Marruew, Ph.B., A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Associate Curat _ Waurer Granecer, Assistant. a Barnum Brown, A.B., Assistant. Prof. BasHrorp Dean, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Curator of Fossil F Louis Hussakor, B. 8., Ph.D., Assistant. DEPARTMENT OF ETHNOLOGY. Crark Wissier, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Curator. Haran I. Smiru, Assistant Curator. Groree H. Pepper, Assistant. Cxuar.es W. Mrap, Assistant. nT : Prof. MarsHatt H. Savitte, Honorary Curator of Mexican A iv Scientific Staff. DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY. Witu1AM BEUTENMULLER, Curator. DEPARTMENTS OF MINERALOGY AND CONCHOLOGY. L. P. Gratacap, Ph.B., A.B., A.M., Curator. Grorce F. Kunz, A.M., Ph.D., Honorary Curator of Gems. DEPARTMENT OF BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS Prof. RatpH W. Tower, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Curator. DEPARTMENT OF INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. Prof. Witt1am Morton WHEELER, Ph.D., Curator. Roy W. Miner, A.B., Assistant Curator. B. E. Danteren, D.M.D., Assistant Curator. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY. Prof. Rate W. Tower, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Curator, DEPARTMENT OF MAPS AND CHARTS. A. Woopwarp, Ph.D., Curator. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXIV. PAGE Title-page. . as ve ene seeeie weiss ele le ula b ariiuls Meets «ahve itn ae iii i ites wad ‘Trostees .: ween e tea be abs oe Wack e!d's 6 pig cele ers-cets lias) iii Scientific Staff .. iv Contents. . £5 a 8) bh lone Ores eb vii Dates of Publication of ‘Aah s ‘Henesatae va at 9 been wie way coe) See ee List of Illustrations. . ae ix List of New Names fy Higher ficrcipe, Gepata: ‘Specek and. Subsposial “wasted 3 Art. I.— A List of the Genera and Subgenera of North American Binds, with their Types, According to Article 30 of the Interna- tional Code of Zodlogical Nomenclature. By J. A. ALLEN 1 II.— Notes and Observations on Carboniferous Fossils and Semi- fossil Shells, Brought Home by Members of the Peary Ex- pedition of 1905-1906. By R. P. Wurrrietp. (Plates I—- IV).. mia . bes 6 date 51 III.— Fossil Tasacte from Wlorissett, Goloraiic: “By T. D. A. Cock- BRELL. (Plate V).. sheesh gee 59 IV.— The Fossil Flora of Wosisaant, Caleeadis "By T. D. A. Cock- PRELL:. (Plates VI-X) oi) .6 3 se ee eke oes 71 V.— Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology.’ By J. A. ALLEN.............. 111 VI.— The Ants of Porto Rico and The Virgin Islands. By WintiAM Morton WHEELER. (Plates XI—XII).................. 117 VII.— The Ants of Jamaica. By Witu1am Morton WHEELER..... 159 VIII.— Ants from Moorea, ee Islands. By Wriuu1am Morton WHEELER....... ey usevevceesue vue ee eee) ITX.— Ants from the ‘Azores. By Witi1AM Morton WHEELER.... 169 — X.— Notes upon the External and Internal Anatomy of Balena ai glacialis Bonn: By Roy C. ANpRews. (Six text figures.) 171 XI.— A Four-horned Pelycosaurian from the Permian of Texas. By W. D. Marruew. (One text figure.).. < Satan 183 XII.— The Ankylosauride, a New Family of Asuionar Dinos from the Upper Cretaceous. By BARNuM Brown. (Twenty text figures.) .. 187 XIII.— Description of a New ipesics of M eospioon from Cantertigne Province, New Zealand. By Roy C. ANprEews. (Plate XIII, and five text figures.)..........%, 2.4 55 sen 203 XIV.— Notes on Two Porpoises Captured on a Voyage into the Pacific Ocean. By Joun TreapweLtt Nicnots. (Plate XIV, and three text figures.)...... ere XV.— A Revision of the Ainevionh Bocsns ‘Hotwen: ‘By WALTER GRANGER. (Plates XV—-XVIII, and five text figures.).... 221 XVI.— New Fossil Mammals from the Fayum Oligocene, Egypt. By Henry Farrrietp Osporn. (Six text figures.)....... 265 vi | | | ] Contents. XVII.— Two Fossil Phoride from the Miocene Shales of Florissant, Colorado. By CHarues T. Brues. (Two text figures.)... XVIII.— The North Atlantic Right Whale and its near Allies. By J. A. AuLEN. (Plates XIX—XXIV, and one text figure.).... XIX.— A Review of the Manakins of the Genus Chiroxiphia. By W. DeWirr Mitier. (Plate X XV, colored.).. XX.— Honey Ants, with a Revision of the American Mornnseusts By Witi1amM Morton WHEELER. een text fig- ures.) ...... eo Se eee XXI.— The Ants of Texas, New Mexine and: hahilona.: “By WILLIAM Morton WHEELER. (Plates XXVI-XXVII).. ; XXII.— The Peary Caribou (Rangifer pearyi Allen). By J. rt ‘Avo Re Se ay ee ce 21 ee De XXIII.— Notes on Solenodon paradoxus Brandt. By J. A. ALLEN. (Plates XX VITI-X XXIII, and nine text figures.)......... ' XXIV.— A Fossil Larrid Wasp. By S. A. RoHwer................ XXV.— On the Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant Shales. By 8. A. moOwnmn.:. (ne teet Gaure.) ic. 6062 cow wisie nd hbe oa oe 0b XXVI.— Notes on the Skull of Lysorophus tricarinatus Cope. By E. C. Case. (Four text figures.) .. XXVII.— Osteology of Blastomeryx and Vislogenr oh the puma te Cervide. By W. D. Marruew. (Fifteen text figures.) .. XXVIII.— Myriopoda from Porto Rico and Culebra. By Fiuipro Si vestRI. (Eleven text figures.) .. rR: 2 - XXIX.— Mammalogical Notes.—I-VI.. By 5 *: ‘Asamny: ‘(our text ~ Pe later ela Gays, vax Wis Uh Glew ca Tbe Dee AR BOOMS XXX.— The Tertiary Tenthredinoidea of the Expedition of 1908 to Florissant, Colo. By 8S. A. Ronwer. (One text figure.) XXXI.— A Fossil Mellinid Wasp. ByS. A. RoHwer.. XXXIT.— New or Little Known Titanotheres from the Hopes axel Oligo: cene. By Henry Farrrintp Ossporn. (Twenty-one text RUN MR os 2 Dia alow iiss ‘sos! «vo. o «eos 5 9'es ROM al eumigiante foe XXXITII.— The Ants of Casco Bay, with Observations on two Races of Formica sanguinea Latreille.e By Writut1am Morton XXXIV.— Mammals from Nicaragua. By J. A. ALLEN. (Twelve text NM Rican io Pak Sv be gee pak oak 4 caetanew ue bee vii PAGE 273 277 331 345 399 487 505 519 521 531 535 563 579 591 597 599 viii _ Illustrations. DATES OF PUBLICATIONS OF AUTHOR’S SEPA \ The edition of author’s separates is 300 copies, of which about. ‘on the date of issue, and the others placed on sale in the irae ?.s gt I, Dee. 26, 1907. : a XVIII, April, 8, 19 II, “ 26, 1907. ‘ XIX, May 2, 1908. “ TII, Feb. 7, 1908. “ 3x, “opie don © Pemeaey My 0 6? SS haa ae xe, 57, 1008. “ XXIE -“* 92) 100m SFE Oe ya: “ XXII, June 8, + FE eee: "SRY oe “ VIII, “cc a 1908. “ce XXV, co 12. Ht 2. IGOR, ee oS #8, 2008, “ XXVIL oo 88) OE Oe: ee oe i “ XXVIII, August : «XT, 18, 1008. “ XXIX, Sept. 11, «St oR oo a rr Ke “ XIV, “ 26, 1908. “ READ) eee “ XV, March 25, 1908 6 RO, ee eae @: XVI..." (Sb eee “eS TEE, ors « XVI, "98 a908, “ XXXIV, Oct. 1 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Plates. I-III.— Arctic Fossils. IV.— Semifossil Shells. V.— Fossil Insects, Florissant, Col. VI-X.— Fossil Plants, Florissant, Col. XI and XII.— Porto Rican Ants. . XIII.— Mesoplodon bowdoini sp. nov. i XIV.— Tursiops sp. XV.— Wasatch and Lower Bridger Horses. XVI and XVII.— Bridger Horses. XVIII.— Upper Bridger and Uinta Horses. e . XIX-XXIV.— Eubalena glacialis (Bonn.). “aaa 4 XXV.— Chiroxiphia boliviana and C. napensis. XXVI and XXVII.— Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. _ XXVIIE.— Solenodon paradoxus. (Group at Museum.) Mig XXIX-XXXI.— Solenodon paradoxus and S. cubanus. (Skulls.) XXXII and XXXIII.— Solenodon paradoxus, milk dentition. _ Illustrations. Text Figures. Smup ot a Dee PE Se ks 2 2 eA ey ea *« ~ showing foliage pecforaiad by insects babes bs vent NE SPERM INET WONCUA 25's nc Raded SMT Rand, os RPA mS pe antes so oe Carton diaphragms of Camponotus sexguttatus......... 0.000 cece cee eens rae mamneransett Whale 7 wiuis dak cs sleidc > Shin vines Vos sce dacs diwe ove 2.0 Inferior surface of pectoral fin of Amagansett whale.................. First caudal vertebra of Amagansett whale....... a nied unk ain a whe Right carpus of Wainscott whale. .................0 esse eee eeeeeee mummmemmm OF Amapanactt whale... ooo. 5.5 fies cnet ae tee ew tne eres Skull of Triceratops insignis, lateral view........ 0.0.0.0. 0.00 e eee eee pee mrus magniventris, top of skull.. is tooth (type ? gents a species). sceaah er Paleocinctus costatus, tooth (type of genus and species) . . NE NEEAE COOUI 6 655 6 5a cai dics bid oh Pova a Salas Oe b'etmh eansleiwn'e peeunecurus eagprventrts, 5th (?) and 7th (?) vertebre . . Na Soe 15th dorsal vertebra... . 19th “ Pretec ais nie MPa based cans 8 48 . of 9th (?) caudal vertebra... oof ae anterior dorsal rib....... i a seapula and coracoid.................++. : = dermal plates. . tA oa rd restoration of decnaal artiatads. Piha io Se de cad = restoration of axial skeleton and girdles........ 2 is restoration of skeleton................... peseiplodon bowdoini, tympanic and periotie bones.. side view of right ramus. bs re top view of mandible.. MR A BAS sagt i CS REE SETI SONOS EOE Meer Bey dee eS a " NINN oo. vig “a ica biah steam a emake soee Tursiops sp., animal, from photograph...............eeseceeeeeees side view of head, from photograph.........; Re er or Lagenorhynchus cruciger, animal, from photograph................... Eohippus resartus, upper and lower molars, crown view... ..........- “A venticolus, upper teeth, side and crown views. Development of internal cusps on upper premolars in fou, stages of Boone MM tor ait Licata wi Pweg as ask OR APR OY bok EG ee IRE NARS Bk Outlines of lower cheek teeth of Equide.. Ptolemaia lyonsi, left mandibular ramus, diea s views. " ‘« superior and internal views of lower teeth aie k Phiomys andrewsi, right mandibular ramus. Metaphiomys beadnelli, part of left mpndibutae FR ess 8s 5s Apidium phiomensis, part of left mandibular ramus. Phora cockerelli, type ppecinen laminarum, “ Eubalena glacialis, right pelvic boleet Map of geographic distribution of atte 8 , Choweakis., ix x ‘ Illustrations. Map showing distribution of Myrmecocysti . . reas: Melligeh .. 6. ae ses Vain ees ne oe ot se “ . orbiceps.. as eas ng “ mendax, genital stedlve of onal ae “ - var. conde :(.... nn 3 mexicanus var. horti-deorwm.... 2... eevee ee ve Stns i ts repletes.....5 aise - ~ up worker ib a Jel . ‘ repletes «..00))5% 05 che : a “ 3 genital valve of sale’ Big " . navajo, worker .. ..4j++ssse00eesne ee iaee me melliger minicus, home of, at Yucca, ‘Arizona; " d es “nest crater, at Tucson, aphiouates «beats a “« semirufus, nest crater, Needles, Col.............. . " res nest crater, Mojave Desert, Arizona Shin-oaks in the Garden of the Gods, Colorado...............+- mae Nest craters of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum, near Mazition: Colona: rs Repletes of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum hanging from roof of honey ¢ Replete of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum regurgitating food to workers... Galls of Holcaspis perniciosus exuding droplets which are collected by of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum ....0...00 cece cece eens scan Desert near Albuquerque, New Mexico, home of Myrnencysien IUBUDIO ooo c sss po aca wey cab valor Seren at ae Nest of Myrmecocystus MELICANUS NAVAJO. 6... eves eee evens tana Oe See Prenolepis (Nylanderia) + imparis, worker and replete. . ies Sa Ee ue Cremastogaster inflata, worker. . A Roel eat aati a Ranger pearyt, acts aod antlers of male, front ‘Views. oy. = en cad en GOS: VIOW gic osids sO ee “ “c “ “ “ “ “ front view. lat Sate es eee “+ Sere wanes mee oy eae e “ 4 ees 66 IRE IE CRUE Ed esc Vane cee “ “ “ “ “ aR side view 2 Sy careics eS 60 ED VME 5 5 le Nae “ce “c “ce “cc “ “ce “ front view a * baie 6 OS ee I eee Tee fs ole 2 ene oe 6 6 AE EEO VIBE. .s- ane ay Peary =f ct. # « “ female, two views . igs Rolenodon paradeaus, side view of head of old male............. A 7 three views of proboscis............+see+sese8 “3 rf palatal surface...............- iene tS ais e - left fore foot, from below....... ee ee. eS 4 4 left hind foot, from below......... prong pe ey gs Af male and female genitalia.............. Aceh Fe # x glandular surface of left thigh...............+.-05 “ “ hyoid menes and oesifed ly ae Phenacoperga clavatus, fore wing.. eee % coloradensis, radial cell, ete. 120 CURES 3 Ag Illustrations. | xi 3 PAGE Lysorophus tricarinata, skull, four views........... 0020 cece eee ee te eeeees 532 Blastomeryx primus, side view of skull of type.............-.00eeeeeeeeee. 587 My olcotti, upper canine.. ane eats he acs cal: OSS . 3 lower jawaeemenvihe of teeth: . atta sis a piw ws. OOD advena ‘“ alta: en wy SNe Coo Se) Cane pe pare a are 540 es primus, basicranial region of skull of type..............+..55- 540 ts " restoration GEAMONRNEENU ah Cais We UR YON es Soe swe 541 6 erent; hind f00bi. occcoase te ee eee ORE Oe EG ce avs 543 Leptomerys evansi, side view of skull.. iE TERN Rei Loki.) G44 i fe: L0re L606 os ecco vy RR ee Pe * SUBS Sich oie elpe ace e's 545 > f/ hind foot:s....4:'.' 545 Phylogeny of American Considia: den view 7 of skulle of Leptomerye evansi, ~ Blastomeryx primus and Mazama nemorivaga . 547 Phylogeny of American Cervide: crown surface of teeth of Ma azama nemori- vaga, Blastomeryx primus, B. olcotti, Leptomeryx sp., and L. evansi. 548 Phylogeny of American Cervide: fore feet of Leptomeryx evansi, Bavoeurys ' RC EEL BE CRANE NEMOTLVOUG «3 50 0 nu pbx lv nines Mins dine «No be asso bmn eo 550 Phylogeny of American Cervide; hind feet of same species as in preceding IMME Fach S55 920 0's: sake! octal O5u a ECR AIAeA ost eat eamegiee MEPS aL tee ots Core wistlsl ek audits 551 Evolution and migration of American Cervide (diagram).................. 558 Phylogeny of American Ruminants (diagram)................0-00020222-+ 559 “ Geophilus culebrw, head and details..........6... 000. c cece cence eee e ees 565 Diopsiulus compressus, structural details.............. 06. cee cee ee ee eee 567 ‘is wheeleri, structural details. . bos ides 8 ee > Rhinocricus arboreus var. gundlachi, aaade an sopulatody ieparkton Soea ae 569 ¢ modestior, antenna and copulatory apparatus.. cyt 570 Microspirobolus marmoratus, hypostoma, antenna, and degudatury apypsiratie 571 cr! insularis, copulatory apparatus. . POL EE See al bid ee hoes Sor dee» CE itaitegiis, structural details,.....;..-....;. Raves Soneence: ee Lasiodesmuse caratbicus, structural details..... 0.2.0... 06 ccc cece eee cen eeeee 576 Tridesmus portoricensis, structural details. . : Seen: ee Artibeus quadrivittatus, skull, outside view, chivveling tiakd iveohive:. & 6I9 i oda right upper toothrow, normal, outside view......... 580 43 left upper toothrow, inside view, showing fused pre- DENOMIEG o.oo ois oe sexs race, ae eee Oe te ae Rn Ee S's 580 3 ¥e right upper toothrow, ares inside view.......... ‘580 Nortonella typica, fore wing, type. . pt ieiMien SEetien sian «| OOO Lambdotherium popoagicum, fore limb: sid teeth: ma ewe Op ee 600 noua werame fvn6 (teeth) .... .. .. ss. se¥ sesh site ad. elp eee kWh vlerno's 601 eens mreacue, tyne (tecth).. ..... ...< niauyicy cae a bo ae kane ae-e-+'s @ 602 “ matthewi, side view of skull of type...............5...00003%5 602 he monoconus, lower view of skull (type)........................ 6038 Paleosyops leidyi, lower view of skull of type...... 0.0.0.0... 0. cece eee eee 605 ” grangeri, upper dentition of type................0. cece ee eee 605 o copei, upper grinding teeth of type........................... 606 Manteoceros washakiensis, side view of type skull......................... 607 Mesatirhinus petersoni, top view of type skull..................-00.00 000: 608 Metarhinus fluviatilis, side view of type skull.........................4+-. 609 “cc ‘Jluviatilis, top view of type ekull. ioc. ieis. ike eee ess §=©60 Plolenoiide Onborn.....00-+--cererhnviscererineeste al xii List of Families, Genera, Species, Subspecies. Dolichorhinus, intermedius, top view of type skull.............0...++4+ a hyognathus, restoration of skeleton.........++. +. 040.005: Telmatherium ultimum, side view of type skull.................0 eee eeee “ * (2) altidens, side view of lower jaw, type.............. 0.135 Protitanotherium superbum, side view of lower jaw, type.............. Brontotherium hatcheri, top view of type skull........ 2.2.0.0... eee seen es Symborodon copei, side view of type skull.............. o's oa Gl pea morons fess, upper dentition of type....... a5 J ole tu 6 eile aeeeeee ‘‘. lower dentition of type... 6... ..::tu tse ples Onan praschnnys Irbnstatta, upper dentition of type.....00.22 06s 0seeeeees S lower dentition of type.................6.+. ee OS OTT Batra top pars Oe Ce re top ees ‘ “ “ce “ce “ce eS 5 lower ‘ ‘ ee ORE hee “ce “ce “ jaw “cc “ce ia3 © eee, as 'e) ose) ale ele) ae: 6 wel Ol gabbi, side view of type skull... 2.2/0... .s.e00005 “tg 4 top bas #8 oS os 5 GEO AE Sa a. oa eae i 33 Tower fot Rh alee eee is 4° Jower jaw. ine Pee LIST OF FAMILIES, GENERA, SPECIES, SUBSPE VARIETIES FIRST DESCRIBED OR RENAMED © VOLUME. FAMILIEs. GENERA AND SUBGENERA, Arctitreta Whitfield ..........0:..1:200) eee Lithogryllites Cockerel..............,005404) budge ee one ee Tetraceratops Matthew........ WEB energy a oe Ankylosaurus Brown........... Rif vy canes ky on et Aminippus (subgenus) Granger... ....5,:51 4509 en Ptolemaia Osborn...............5.. Schon z Phiomys Osborn,......... 066.0206 5scesees ess sos et et EON EMO 55.0.5 no ae du ah ec a cae a te AY BY# Lasiodesmus Silvestri... ... . eee tse ees 000k hs tiie Pseudocimbex Rohwer........... Bspiconity . do. v.0. e's vba dss ee imgthie ea ogee 64 Cecidomyia (?) pontantiformis Cockerell............. 0.0. cece ee cece eens 66 Nymphalites scudderi Beutenmiiller & Cockerell........ 67 Necrodes primevus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell.............06 00 cc cee ee ee eee 67 Dryobius miocenicus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell.............. 00000. e eee ee 68 Phymatodes volans Beutenmiiller & Cockerell................ 00020 ce eee 68 mreophyes (7) beutenmiillert Cockerell .............. 06 cc cee ccesceueeesesees 68 EMO 1560)! Ci ow Ah sas ars 4 pas be ob we wb MORON EE 75 ranted Ontnele COCKCTON fc so ak ae ok ce cle ween ele ned ibe see ie CO SUSOMIAROL a 5G) oc fs < oxo kv slw Ves ooies's vives Kuleuiee hanes s 76 NINE 5 ou aig seas. sale chin. boy. 0 aid dais Mid walgle ee es 76 Woodwardia florissantia Cockerell ...............0002e0 00: Teast net ls 77 Pella antiquella Cockerell..... aes : 77 ee ib a ds a's: vw vw 0 wb 0:e mh v9 WSR Rg SNM stor 78 PEUNLOTAE COLOPGGENELS GOGKOTE]! . 5 5 6 oe ce sacs el bale b bia Siow pe eile wle'e 78 nee MAtNOUITINMN ADOMEOIOIINS c.y'n ss vd cn 6 605s oles vege eialh weld aideieials Malye oie dies 79 Juncus crassulus Cockerell.................. ‘a, 4 Kako sel aaa Peep 79 SI Ie SIIARUIONNE SOON 5 5 wii 6 ok nae non sn dw Win iatw w SRI OIA OL ace _ 80 NT 01 RIMES A ACRDDDIN ais 9) i505! Wiilans 4's in wad wary dl a ORME be weed as 80 ME TEMACIOUS FONMCTS LOCRORON 0 26 6. os 6. wo wins lae a Kae e Rigleslatee Weide ee ee 82 ’ Populus (?) pseudocredneria Cockerell..........0. cc. ce ccc eeee eee ee ences 83 Alnus precordata Cockerell..............c0ecceccesees SRO roa egies. « 84 PUPA POMAILOT MISE COCCMONON cis 3. is ns 6 eosin a Pains PROBES AA Veet es 85 io aisle CIRRUS, ie OS Lied nines Tecan d £5 GT RH EN i es wee ees 85 ors: Paanoruan: COORBTAI.6i2 5 Geliwen ee le war amormita ea Meee edie. sae 86 TINE COMCHODNYIG COCKENEN 5. VA 45 een wk bE RED eee eins cre eee e ee 87 erase Mapneinpehricd COCKRTEN 5 oss ds)s Sms op OARS Mirae eery WRivie sc cee selec 88 pes woriscantela Copkerell .. 50°. Sjalan, anole < die h el ay os e's le ees oes oe 88 yt arendoeayornvie COCOREE SG Wy Ta ids VAR Rey ee ce Selene eae a cane 89 Pra MrmertabeT Se COCKORGIE 5. \ cai earn iis owls Sa theatre ble of lees ediwies eee wees 89 menor mortua Cockerell .. oi paegs «. nicsivk de esse Meee ec etc eevee 90 xiv List of Families, Genera, Species, Subspecies. Sazifraga (?) peritula Cockerell.........05- 02+ 00s sete eee ee sete eeenees Philadelphus paleophilus Cockerell........... 00-000 eset tenet teen Hydrangea (?)subincerta Cockerell.........--++++++++ 6 veda aioe ee Ribes protomelenum Cockerell Weinmannia phenacophylla Cockerell — lesquereuxi Cockerell. ,. 0.2.2.0... sees e eee cee e eee eee ees aes “ (?) dubiosa Cockerell......... 6.0. cece ev avesberres semen Viborquia nigrostipellata Cockerell.... 2... -.-1 6-0 secs eee eee eee enee Fagara (?) delicatula Cockerell. .... 2.6... sees eeeeeceeeeee chy Clashes Ptelea modesta Cockerell ............. 00 cs cevacveesvcepaces Story. Melia (?) expulsa Cockerell..... 1.2.22... 00c cece ercess 12 Sg sa Pachistima (?) integra Cockerell .. ..... 2.2.00. eee eeeeerence eee eee Sapindus . coloradensis Cockerell.. .......40.s0seues ss ectpeeue spun se 4 leonis Cockerell........ Pe 52 1 50 ate MRS la Cte Deel ae Paliurus haydeni Cockerell............62+00005 Brie atte: car arse a5 Vitis florissantella Cockerell...........+.++4: ee oer SS, teeta “:. alaskana Cockerell .......<.. «+ ‘ss 0 bo esi ina a ee a RW 0 Parthenocissus osborni Cockerell.............2.0005: LS tae ae Bute. Buettneria (?) perplexans Cockerell............0ce cs ceeeeeceen aces Ozxypolis destructis Cockerell......... wa 30:0 G0 pie tale ae St ease > rian Andromeda scudderiana Cockerell....... «a Grin aan oa ely ae ee eis eel Nee Myrsine laminarum Cockerell............ Si oe We nk oe ere Dyospyros princetonia Cockerell..... ... ..s fi se dee nen was vee outs se anes a Fraxinus paleophyla Cockerell............... PP cee hear Po anor ‘e Mimulus saxorum Cockerell...........0 00 ee cee eee eens itt ae uidia he ee Sicyos (?) florissantia Cockerell .......... cscecee sss ecsesescses aaa Melothria (?) coloradensis Cockerell .....0...0.00cp es essswavecceercune “3 Aster florissantia Cockerell............. “sw vos taint ae ee os oiie ac be ars Cardiocondyla venustula Wheeler .......2... 0000 ec ee ves eee ence enees : Solenopsis globularia var. borinquensis Wheeler............... Be azteca var. pallida Wheeler, . . «5 )5:..: 500+ 50 meee we res Pheidole subarmata var. borinquensis Wheeles PEA Te Cry sy. eee: $e -mesrens. Wheeler. ....-.:5 5 «sis: ss o-tiate ietatgeeldln anne Macromischa isabella Wheeler............0ccccusuccecscccveseseee . albispina Wheeler Strumigenys louisiane var.-obscuriventris Wheeler....... . an ene i) Iridomyrmex melleus Wheeler.............,... 6 sss100 «5 0 sea ay “ “ Cremastogaster vicina var. wighti Wheeler .. Se scceenitnnssananin baa Rhopalothriz simoni var. wighti Wheeler. . ‘ + sits v6 s Sie aaa Camponotus capperi corticalis var. oubdepiite Wheeler. Met ey Pe a ie List of Families, Genera, Species, Subspecies. Plagiolepis mactavisht Wheeler... ..........-.++++- Se bikie Oa ca se es Petraceratppe insignis Matthew .< oy... 5 ec eles cee ee ee eee aes Anicylosaurus magniventris Brown 20... one ec ee eee le ee Mesoplodon bowdoini Andrews......... Rien a antisera e aed de ce e's. Eohippus resartus Granger .........0:. eee cece eee eees ES Ag eee borealis Granger...............- UTR Snes seen ss “cc Orohippus typicus Granger...... “cs Phiomys andrewsi Osborn........ Metaphiomys beadnelli Osborn....... Apidium phiomensis. Osborn... .........06 00 ccc cece ene teen e ene nes SMNEROTOIS STUCE 5. 5 555 55) sais cre leetawide vie ree cla eee hn es CEASE ERT GN «i557 he ce Ps tae een sis) a bw lates «ona ¢: Satelan e's 26's Chiroxiphia napensis Miller.......... tM eee ir sia 0g ad Sow ee a's “ Beer nrecooy sts melliger orbiceps Wheeler . . “« —mendax Wheeler " “ s) var. comatus Wheeler... . 4 ‘« -mimicus Wheeler. . Carew LA . % var. detinih Wheeler. etaid 25 be RAE ae " a Oa RE OE A ROOM 55. S29 a's Se ets ce " mexicanus navajo Wheeler........... : “ce Eciton (Acamatus) arizonense Wheeler....... . - i oslari Wheeler Myrmecina graminicola texana Wheeler. . Solenopsis geminata var. diabola Wheeler....... 2.2.6.0... 0.00 ce uses ‘ pilosula Wheeler... . Ni salina Wheeler........ 3 III ooo e orc co's [aaa 6 wie. eichn anes 6 aly a ofp a ENS SNA MPRNMONUIENS WTAOMONO 055 occ a ia we o one's ereinvaten's deidiaha seme wees sg EI ay Sry gi dia vig ahs b a'e'e wed daa EO o irae a UMNO a6 ce hac ie /d/q p:in eke 5. aa he sciacb One bbe ed URE Sele © " Li wen wroneparcans. Wheeler ;.:.:.:.:..0s)imcc 2 lle oe hee Ss S « rufescens Wheeler................ Shida Rape ars Wr i f . Wy var. campestris Wheeler.............-....+0000- 4, MOG MANER NE MINON GS Giiein var prcdeneccateaPta Ra EN ATR eae ‘« xerophila Wheeler.......... a ear, Pa be “3 SUCOUNACA WT CUNO Soin Fereiaciegie va res oth Saas yes fe s¢ u var. gilvescens Wheeler..... ie barbarta Wheeler............. ss marcidula Wheeler PP OOTORSUG CLODBOR 6 Sin: aaea nial sigue! oe sia aie le ca ea Ges OWT s, 3 . NO SMG icra a oteite atlas Aca tiga ech Mee laluts 46 6 REE: SIMIAN INGTON 15a.) cba d laceion ae enla c's 4b > « e'nie’ oo apaweate seas NE NIIUNE AIBIDOETE FGF.) ves! chehite nied 5 fae ihm o oo oe ein Wg hdd vine gs ees Ses ole 6) 8 8.8. 09 € 0 0 6 668 0's 6 6 oS RO Oe mexicanus.mojave Wheeler. ................e eee eeeee ee ae Te ee ee a ye ae eS i ALIRET ULES WUGCICR ..o3ic cree gee erin hee piehalat bd ate pes Dee Se CC morrist var. impera Wheeler. ..... 1.2.2.2. see ee eee eee eees ; « —_ hyatti var. ecitonodora Wheeler....... +... +++ +++0e00005 eo Ste. epekeapellé Wheeler <. cscs cs scncs ess 5500s er *3 crammcime porcule Wheels siete on nes 6 ei ‘ed ‘ var. tetra Wheeler. 09-5 5-5 es =i Merge he -gubuliceps Wheeler .. 00. 6.5.0655 00 +s08 pia e hs one we « — metallescens splendidula Wheeler...... . 4 8 Seana pe eds — napurminaaliesaastnaa ond eg depilis Wheeler............+000% «tee 60 ee CLOG «<5 tans ea eee dx wid, cnn a: arizonensis Wheeler... .......-.sse0s0008 rere Pison cockerelle Rohwer......... tiny sess 8 he ae i és igi Ae M. oligocenum Rohwer .. 4 ...5<0. 5.0% dances ens Pe siete Aaa Neurotoma cockerelli Rohwer.........-++++0+ssseeeeeeees 3 AN Sefucagatiety Pseudocimbex clavatus Rohwer ........+. 0. +++ see serene waka re ee ae Fenusa primula Rohwer........ cebaas asa cael alidly by Ne heintoree ‘wah Dineura cockerelli Rohwer... .......00c0ceceeecceneees seis Ra fond _ Blastomeryx primus Matthew...........6.000005 ic ares vse aan en ae “tae Md olcotti Matthew............ wee ERY 45:4 Wa he ie dnc Tate tae Geophilus culebr@ Silvestri. ..........60 eee e eee ees 5 cynical a ase e Diopeiulus wheeleri Silvestri... : +o. 5+: sudaacay ) eedina mpc aaL te ee Rhinocricus modestior Silvestri..............++ ayes. eRaeaelehca gar. HNN Are Microspirobolus marmoratus Silvestri....... ieee WA PR Les + ieee fe insularis Silvestri.......... Gaui ees Rp maces ee f Lasiodesmus caraibicus Silvestri............. Mipgh RNG BER eo dite Pe ers Tridesmus portoricensis SilvestTi..........0scceceeccnsccetvcecveses +e Ardops haitiensis Allen............00.00e+05 Ma snes a ER pe es ere Molossus verrillé Allen . 050 o.033 ons +s oes COMER Ron 8l4sh 4018S 76a 0 0°d ew reeneeeecets 656 mummons-nenprdus grisctie Allon... 6. iis cc ect e ccc eeetesuceseces 657 TINE MMLOSS 5's... i aS si cease Mae Se cos pas eee ao tithe tewanen 658 emmamrnes matagalng Allen ooo. 66.2 cub acces Sones secc ccs esdevevebure 660 NE 5, d,s v's Sat earn plala Se aNe Aca Wie oe. v sv bu os vce Gee 660 nr mamer es ALLOTY , 6 ou'c)s ioe. b ons BENE wo cack nas vee ive bo celeb conclu 662 warmest ALIGN. ccc cv aden pins dvs coescvccvsessvecebateas” OM NINN 5 osu 5. Sx 5c Wi do pet ale ae Payne is bcc.biss boa (abs omwewbewie 669 Artibeus jamaicensis richardsoni Allen..............0 cc ee ce cceeececeeees 669 Alouatta palliata matagalpe Allen........6.0.060 cece cece cece eeeeaseeees 670 oF ~~ é ’ . > ’ , ik . -. ’ . . ; BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIsToRY. VotumE XXIV, 1908. : 59.82(7) Article I— A LIST OF THE GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS, WITH THEIR TYPES, ACCORD- ING TO ARTICLE 30 OF THE INTERNATIONAL CODE OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. - By J. A. ALLEN. I. InrropuctTory. In a previous volume of this Bulletin (Vol. XXIII, pp. 279-384, April 15, 1907) I published a paper entitled “The Types of the Genera of North American Birds,’ in which the types of the originally typeless polytypic genera were determined in accordance with the rule of priority, or by the so-called method of elimination. This investigation was undertaken for the purpose of determining the truth or fallacy of certain allegations regarding the results of type-determi- nation by the method of elimination,’ namely: (1) That the types of many 1 The following recent papers on the determination of jen of , with special reference to the first species rule, published mainly in ‘Science,’ N.S., Vols. XXI-X XVI, are of interest. 1. Nomenclature in Ichthyology. A Provisional Code Based on the Code of the American Ornithologists’ Union. ‘‘ Under the joint authorship of Doctors Jordan, Evermann and Gilbert.” Condor, VII, Jan. 1905, pp. 28-30. 2..A New Code of Nomenclature. By J. A. Allen. Science, N.&., XXI, No. 533, pp. 428- 433, March 17, 1905. _ In relation to the foregoing. ' 3. The Relative Merits of the ‘Elimination’ and ‘First Species’ Method in Fixing the Types of Genera — with Special Reference to Ornithology. By Witmer Stone. Science, N. S., XXIV, No. 618, pp. 560-565, Nov. 2, 1906. 4, The ‘Elimination’ and ‘First Species’ Methods of Fixing the Types of Genera. By J. A. Allen, Science, N.8., XXIV, No. 624, pp. 773-779, Dec. 14,1906. A reply to No. 3. 5. Eliminationin Fixing Genotypes. By F.A.Bather. Science, N. S, XXIV, No. 625, pp. as 8. ihe er rimt Species Rule’ ve. the ‘kawet B in d h ¢ e ‘First Species Rule’ vs. the ‘Law of Priority’ in determining the es of Genera. By Ch. Wardell Stiles. Science, N. §., XXV, No. 630, pp. 145-147. aides 7. The First Species Rule versus Elimination. By Witmer Stone, Science, N. S., XXV, No, 630, pp. 147-151, Jan. 25,1907. 8. Elimination versus the First Species Rule. By D. W. Coquillett. Science, N.S., XXV, No. See 308, 309, Feb. 22, 1907. __ 9. e ‘First Species’ and the ‘First Reviser.’ By David Starr Jordan. Science, N. §., XXV, No. 638, pp. 467—469, March 22, 1907. 10. The First Species Rule for determining Types of Genera — How it works in Ornithology. By J. A. Allen. Science, N. S., XXV, No. 640, pp. 546-554, April 5, 1907. 11. The First Species Rule as it affects Genera of North American Birds. By Witmer Stone. Science, N. S., XXV, No. 644, pp. 708, 709, May 3, 1907. A reply to No, 10. 12. The First Reviser and Elimination. y D. W. Coquillett. Science, N. S., XXV, No. 642, Pp- 625, 626, April 19, 1907. : 13. The First Species Rule. .By John B. Smith. Science, N. 8., XXV, No. 645, pp. 744, 745. May 10, 1907. December 1907.) 1 1 2 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, of the genera of North American birds as designated by a Committee of the American Ornithologists’ Union, mainly in 1886, on the principle of elimi- nation, were erroneously determined and should be changed; (2) that this — method ‘of determining types of genera is unsatisfactory, it being claimed that there are several different ways of ‘eliminating,’ and that in difficult cases different eliminators rarely reach the same results; (3) that the de- termination of genotypes by the ‘first species rule’ requires little or no re- search and the results are necessarily always uniform; (4) that the number of changes in generic names necessary in order to correct the errors in the - A. O. U. Check-List due to faulty elimination were about equal to the number that would be required under the first species rule. The scope of this paper was restricted to the genera contalieaatl in the second (1895) edition of the Check-List and its subsequent supplements, the | last of which (the thirteenth) was published in July, 1904, and hence did not include certain additional genera subsequently adopted by the Committee, but as yet not announced. The types dependent upon elimination were determined independently of any previous results reached by others. On comparison of the results thus obtained with the Check-List, it was found that in only four cases was the status of generic names subject to change, and in two of these other conditions than elimination were involved. On the other hand, it was found that under the strict enforcement of the first species rule twenty generic changes would be necessary, eighteen of which have since been tentatively adopted by the A. O. U. Committee. This is. on the basis of the exclusion of Linnean names from the action of the first species rule; their inclusion would increase the number of changes to upward of thirty in a total of about 130 genera involved. In my recent paper above cited it seemed best to give the original composition of each genus, for the purpose of showing how the species now : 14, Another Word on the VulturCase. ByJ.A.Allen, Science, N.S., Vol. XXV, No, 647, . p. 827, May 24, 1907. - Af The First Species Rule. By James A.G. Rehn. Science, N. 8., XXV, No. 648, p. 870, ay dis 16. Elimination or First Species. By J.S. Kingsley. Science, N. S., XXV, No. 650, pp. 939, 040, June 14, 1907. Jee ad ‘The First Species Rule: An Objection. By F,..A. Bather, Science, N. S., RXV, No. 651, PP 670, 671, June 21, 1907. A Necessary Amendment in the Application of the Law of Priority in ORD clature. By Thos Montgomery, Jr. Science, N.8., Vol. XXVI, No. 653 9-21 aan pet yrore onthe Vultur Case. By Witmer Stone. Science, N N38) RxVi, 0. 653, p. 21. July 20. Dr. aati agp i 8 LET ed Amendment to the Rules of Nomenclature. By William H. Dall. Science, N. No. 656, p. 117, July 26, 1907. 21. The Rules of fc paemat he las 3 By Arthur Erwin Brown. Science, N.8., XX VI, No. 656, pp. 117, 118, July 26, 1907. The First Species eres An Objection. By 8.8. Buckman. Science, N.8., XX VI, No. 664, ah 878, 379, Sept. 20, 1907. 53. The Tynes of the Novth American Genera of Birds. By J. A. Allen. Bull, Amer. Mus. — Nat. Fist., XXIII, pp. 279-384, April 15, 1907. 24, The Types of the North American Genera of Birds. By Witmer Stone. Science, N.§., XXVI, No. 666, pp. 444-446, Oct. 4, 1907. A criticism of the last. 25. Report of the Talereaiieun ‘Commission ey Zoological Nomenclature. By Ch. Wardell Stiles. Science, N.S., XXVI, No. 668, pn 520-52 96. Article 30 of the Internationa Science, N. 8., XX VI, No. 673, pp. 719-723, Nov. 22, 1907. Code of ‘ochogieal Nomenclature. By J. A. Allen. ‘ ‘ wo 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. : 3 _ currently accepted as its type came to be so recognized, and also, in the case of types determined by elimination, the entire basis of the decision. A plea was made for recognition of the work of the first reviser, which the first species rule necessarily ignores, but the first reviser rule, or the rule of ‘type by subsequent designation,’ was not invoked in my determination of types. A reference was usually made to designations of the first reviser, as infor- mation of interest, and I was surprised to find how frequently the type by the first reviser rule, or type by subsequent designation, agreed with type by elimination, as will be noted more fully later. HISTORICAL RESUME. As time goes on, the importance of strict adherence to authoritative rules of nomenclature becomes more and more apparent. Hence the world-wide welcome accorded the work of the Nomenclature Commission of the International Zodlogical Congress, and the increasing cordiality with which its Code of Nomenclature is received. ‘The time is doubtless now ripe for the acceptance on the part of zodlogists at large of an International Arbitration Commission on Nomenclature which shall not only provide a code of official rules, but be willing to act as arbiter in difficult and com- plicated cases where experts may reach different conclusions. To most systematists: questions of nomenclature are distasteful, and they would _ gladly accept the decisions of a properly authorized International Commis- sion rather than fritter away valuable time in attempting to solve nomencla- tural riddles. Success in this thankless line of work requires natural aptness for such investigations, coupled with long experience and interest in such work. Nine tenths, if not ninety-nine one hundreds, of those who have occasion to use the technical names of animals, have not the time, the in- clination, nor the proper training to deal successfully with such problems. Yet their correct solution is of importance to all. ‘The adoption of uniform rules of nomenclature are essential to stability in nomenclature, but if they contravene well-established principles that have become the basis of mod- ern usage they are not likely to meet with general acceptance.. Happily the fundamental rules of nomenclature are few, and for many years have been embodied in all modern codes of nomenclature. Matters of detail are of less importance than unanimity of agreement, which may be easily reached by compromise and the waiving here and there of personal prefer- ence on minor points. The nomenclature of to-day, like the sciences of which it is the indis- -pensable servant, has been of slow growth, and prior to the promulgation of the British Association Code in 1842 was without form and to a large 4 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, extent void. Every man was his own arbiter, and did what seemed to him ~ best, as to sources of names and their application. Subsequent to 1842 there was steady improvement; but old ways are not easily abandoned, -and many of the leading zodlogists of that period gave only partial adher- ence to the B. A. Code, and others gave it no recognition whateyer. Few systematists have ever adhered strictly to any code of nomenclature; while observing most of the rules, and applying them nearly always consistently, they have ignored some of them where a little laxness in their application would save an unwelcome change of names. From the publication of the American Ornithologists’ Union ‘Code of Nomenclature,’ in 1886, dates a more rigid adherence to established rules of nomenclature, especially in — America. The promulgation in 1905 of an International Code of Nomen- clature is evidence of the wide-spread recognition of the importance of adopting uniform rules of nomenclature. The A. O. U. Code and the International Code are in virtual agreement on all points; the former is the more voluminous, treating more at length matters of detail. The New Article 80 of the International Code. Since 1905 both codes have been subjected to revision, the A. O. U. Code having been amplified at many points and thus rendered still more — explicit, but unfortunately this revision is still unpublished. At the Inter- national Zodlogical Congress held in Boston in August, 1907, the Nomen- clature Commission of this great representative body of zodlogists included — in its report various modifications of the International Code, all in the nature — of amplification and clearer definition of rules previously adopted. ‘The chief modification relates to the determination of types of originally typeless genera, as embodied in Article 30. The former Article 30 is cancelled and — replaced by a new article, embodying virtually all of the provisions of the original, restated in greater detail, with the addition of a series of recom= mendations. Its provisions totally exclude appeal to a ‘first species rule,’ and give the fullest possible recognition to the work of the ‘ first rover? masked under the happy euphemism, “type by subsequent designation.” No new principle is introduced; all the provisions of Article 30 are as old as the B. A. Code. ‘The essential rules for type determination of all previous codes are reénacted, in better form than ever before, and with the inereased prestige of adoption by an International Congress. Ke As already stated, Article 30 consists of ‘rules’ and ‘recommendations.’ As the latter have only the force of suggestions they need not be further considered in the present connection. ‘The rules offer several points for coinment. The essential part of Article 30 is as follows: 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 5 “Art. 30.— The designation of type species of genera shall be governed __ by the following rules (a-g), applied in the following order of precedence: a “T. Cases in which the generic type is accepted solely upon the basis of the original publication. (a) When in the original publication of a genus, one of the species _is definitely designated as type, this species shall be accepted as type regardless of any other considerations. (Type by original designation.) “(b) If, in the original publication of a genus, typicus or typus is used asa new specific name for one of the species, such use shall be construed as ‘type by original designation.’ “(e) A genus proposed with a single original species takes that species as its type. (Monotypical genera.) “(d) If a genus, without originally designated (see a) or indicated (see b) type, contains among its original species one possessing the generic name as its specific or subspecific name, either as valid name or synonym, that species or subspecies becomes ipso facto type of the genus. (Type by absolute tautonomy.) “TI. Cases in which the generic type is not accepted solely upon the = basis of the original publication. ext “(e) The following species are excluded from consideration in. select- me the types of genera: “(a) Species which are not included under the generic name at ca time of its original publication. “(@) Species which were species inquirende from the aenpiek of the author of the generic name at the time of its publication. (y) Species which the author of the genus doubtfully referred to it. “(f) In case a generic name without originally designated type is proposed as a substitute for another generic name, with or without type, the type of either, when established, becomes ipso facto type of the other. “(g) If an author, in publishing a genus with more than one valid species, fails to designate (see a) or to indicate (see b, d) its type, any subsequent author may select the type, and such designation is not subject to change. (Type by subsequent designation.) “The meaning of the expression ‘select a type’ is to be rigidly construed. Mention of a species as an illustration or example of a genus does not con- stitute a selection of a type.” The type species of a genus is thus iteoiabae’ by one or the other of the following four methods: (1) “Type by original designation,’ or by the _ designation of the founder at the time of the original publication of the genus. (2) Monotypical genera,’ in which the only species originally 6 Bulletin American Museum of N: atural H istory. [Vol. XXIV, contained in the genus is necessarily the type. (3) “Type by absolute tautonomy.’ (4) ‘Type by subsequent designation,’ or by the action of a later author. The first three of these are ‘hard and fast’ rules, being abso- lutely without ambiguity. The rule based on tautonomy appears here for the first time as an authorized rule in any published code of rules, but it had previously received formal approval’; it was virtually included in the B. A. Code of 1842, and has had practical recognition ever since. ‘The fourth rule is equally time-honored, having been the foundation of type determination for originally typeless genera for three fourths of a century. It is made by Article 30 subject to the conditions imposed by the rules which precede it.?_ It thus becomes also a hard and fast rule, although con- siderable research may be sometimes necessary to find where, when, and by whom the type of a genus was established by subsequent designation. The expression in rule g., ‘‘any subsequent author may select the type, and such designation is not subject to change,’ is obviously to be taken in its common sense relation to the rules that precede it, and not in the abstract sense that such action must be final, right or wrong. As this latter construc- tion is liable to be taken by inexperienced nomenclators, an explicit defini- tion might well have been added by the Commission, as was done in the case of the expression “select a type,” stating what species are not available as types by subsequent designation. Our present fabric of nomenclatural rules has been of slow growth. Without going into details, it may be noted that prior to 1842 there was no official code of nomenclature; each author was his own arbiter, not only as to the sources from which names might be taken and to whom they should be accredited, but in respect to the sense in which they should be employed. It was considered proper to refer names, both generic and specific, back to — Moerhing, Ray, or Willughby, or even to Gesner, that date properly only from Linnzeus or some later author, and to construe them in their ancient sense when this differed from the modern application of them. ‘They felt at liberty to discard or to transfer to new associations names bestowed upon groups by their predecessors or contemporaries, and even their own names, in cases where they thought they could suggest more appropriate ones, or where they fancied they could apply them in a more fitting manner. Nor did these practices altogether cease till long past the middle of the nineteenth century. It is now recognized that a genus is not satisfactorily established until its type has been definitely assigned. Yet the concept of 118: “July 18,19 ot Fixing the Type in Certain Genera. Science, N. 8., XVI, No. 394, pp. 114, uly ‘The designation of type species of genera shall be governed by the following rules (a-g), applied in the following order of precedence.” - work he formally recognized “1065 genera and subgenera,’ 1908.] — Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. ry a generic type, in the modern sense, had no existence till 1820 or later, and the conservation of a generic name in ‘its original sense was not considered obligatory till a much later period. The idea that it was necessary to define a generic name by reference to it of a type species was of slow development, and did not obtain very general recognition till about 1825-1830, or later. The earlier systematists (Illiger, Vieillot, Lesson, Swainson, Vigors, Boie, Brehm, Kaup, etc.) thought it sufficient to cite one or more species — generally several — as examples of the genera they saw fit to recognize. From about 1824 on, a few writers when proposing new genera sometimes, but far from uniformly, specified some particular species as the type; and when revising the genera previously founded sometimes designated some one of its original species, or some other, as “type,” but more frequently men- tioned several species that might be considered collectively as ‘“‘the types” or examples of the genus mentioned. G. R. Gray as a Furst Reviser. The designation of types for all genera of birds was made for the first time by George Robert Gray in 1840, in his ‘List of the Genera of Birds,’ which thus became an epoch making work in avian nomenclature, especially in the matter of supplying types for the previously typeless genera. In this ’ and formally designated a type species for each. A second edition’ appeared in 1841, and a supplement was added in 1842. In the 1841 edition the number of genera and subgenera was reduced to 1037, the number of names treated 1 The several editions of Gray’s ‘ List’ are as follows: A List | of the | Genera of Birds, | with | an indication of the Typical Species of each Genus.| Compiled from various sources. | By | George Robert Gray, | Ornithological Assistant, Zool. Departm., British Museum; | and | author of several works on Entomology, etc. | Printed cd Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1840.— 8vo, pp. viii + 80 + ii. No index, and wa not numbered. ‘'1065 Genera and Subgenera, not including their syno- nyms,’’ etc.— p. 80. : A List | of the | Genera of Birds, | with their Synonyma, | and | an indication of the bd goer Species of each Genus. | By | George Robert Gray. | Second edition, | revised, augmented, and accompanied with an Index. | London: | Printed and sold by Richard and John E. Taylor, | god toma Court, Fleet Street. | 1841.—S8vo, pp. xii +115. Index, but the genera are not numbered. About 1037 genera are here recognized, 20 of them being unnamed. Reissued in 1842, with an os of 16 pages. Satalogue | of the | Genera and Subgenera | of Birds | contained in the | British Museum.| London: | Printed by order of the Trustees. | 1855.—12mo, 211. (= title-page and “ Introduction,” by Here aaa Gray), pp. 192. With an index, and the genera and subgenera consecutively numbered. 2403 numbered genera and subgenera of existing birds, with, in an appendix (Appendix IT) an additional list of the fossil genera, etc, “The principal object of the present Catalogue is to give a complete List of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds, with their chief Synonyma and Types: much attention has been paid to the date of publication of each name. ““It commences with the ‘Systema Nature,’ published by Linnezus in 1735, and great labour va mag bestowed in collecting them from the various works and periodicals, to the present period. “The Genera are marked by an Asterisk, and those left unmarked are to be considered only of subgeneric value.’’— Introduction. 765 are marked as genera, leaving 1638 subgenera. 8 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, as synonyms being considerably increased, a total of 2026 names being entered in-the index. In 1855 he brought out another edition, in which the number of genera and subgenera for which he designated types was — increased to 2403, and the number of names in the index to 4606. Of the 2403 names recognized as valid, 765 were given the rank of genera, and 1638 were rated as subgenera. In 1840-1842 Gray’s knowledge of the work of previous authors was confessedly incomplete, as he states in his preface that he had been unable to obtain access to some of the important systematic publications of conti- nental ornithologists. A large number of the previously published genera of birds were consequently omitted from his 1840 ‘List’; most of them, however, were added in the subsequent editions. In the first edition he took Linnean genera from their first date of publication (from 1735 and later, as the case might be), and ascribed many genera to Ray and other pre- Linnean authors, adhering to their ancient signification when it differed from the modern acceptation. He wrongly ascribed many genera to Brisson, and discarded all names previously used in botany. He based his rulings on “‘the inflexible law of priority.” In the 1855 edition he still took Linnean genera from 1735-1766, and retained Moehring’s names (1752), but aban- doned other pre-Linnzean sources, and discarded many of the names he had previously wrongly taken from Brisson. Yet, notwithstanding all these sources of error, the greater part of his type designations were made in accordance with modern rules of nomenclature, which when the first three editions of his ‘List of the Genera of Birds’ were published had no official existence. These designations were for the most part accepted by his contemporaries and are now the currently accepted types of the genera in question. On the other hand, those designated erroneously have not been adopted by subsequent systematists and are not now and never have been the currently accepted types of the genera for which they were designated. A large number of these early errors were corrected by Gray himself in the later editions of his List, on the basis of subsequently acquired knowledge of the literature of ornithology, and of the relations of groups he at first wrongly relegated to synonymy, evidently in part due to Strickland’s friendly criticism of the first édition.’ Gray’s errors of type designation in the early editions of his ‘List of Genera’ are not faults to be severely criticized but are to be looked upon as an exposition of the orderless condition of nomenclature at the date of the formulation of the British Association ‘Series of Propositions for rendering 1 Commentary on Mr, G. R. Gray’s ‘Genera of Birds.’ 8vo, London, 1840. By H. E. ae Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., VI, Jan. 1841, pp. 410-423; VII, May, 1841, pp. 26—41, 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 9 the Nomenclature of Zoology uniform and permanent.’ He was even more consistent than most of his contemporaries in systematic ornithology, as Lesson, Bonaparte, Temminck, Swainson, and Vigors. Strickland, the acknowledged originator of the B. A. Code, had reached a higher plane, as shown in his ‘Commentary’ (J. ¢.) on Gray’s 1840 ‘ List.’ _ Gray was not the first author to designate generic types, but he was the first to do this in a uniform manner for a whole class of animals. Vigors, in 1825 and later, nearly always designated types for his own new genera, and occasionally indicated types for genera previously proposed by others. Lesson, in 1828, explicitly designated types for about 150 genera and sub- genera out of about 342 genera and 30 subgenera recognized by him in his ‘Manual d’Ornithologie.’ About 90 of the genera for which he designated types were monotypic, and 40 were polytypic, with about the same propor- tions for the subgenera. His type designations are generally the same as Gray’s and of course long antedate them. Swainson (1827-1837) was quite ‘as irregular and erratic, often assigning as types of genera species not origi- nally contained in them, or indicating several species as ‘typical’ which are now treated as noncongeneric. In 1827 (Zool. Journ., III, 158-175, 343-363), he properly designated the types of 44 genera out of the 64 formally treated in his paper entitled ‘On several Groups and Fornis in Ornithology, not hitherto defined.’ In 1837 (Class. Bds., Vol. II), he gave ' examples and not types, in the sense of type designation as defined by Article 30 of the International Code. Only where new genera are pro- posed, containing only a single species, can his examples be taken as types under Article 30. Bonaparte (1827-1854) was even more inconsistent, and paid little respect to any rules of nomenclature, habitually disregarding even the law of priority. Yet the work of all these authors, under the ‘type by subsequent designation’ rule, must be seriously considered, and when their generic type designations are in conformity with the rules of Article 30 of the International Code are to be accepted, but not otherwise. In other words, their work is not exempt from the conditions to which present day systematists are subjected. Rule g of Article 30 states: ‘‘The meaning of the expression ‘select a type’ is to be rigidly construed. Mention of a species as an illustration or example of a genus does not constitute a selection of a type.’’ When, however, an author has restricted an early polytypic genus, notably a Lin- nean genus, to a single species by placing all the others in other genera, his action should be taken as tantamount to establishing a type for the original genus thus restricted, since such action has been commonly recog- nized by subsequent systematists as virtually fixing the type. In some instances, noted in the following pages, unless such restriction is recognized 10 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, as a valid designation of a type complications ensue. Vieillot, in 1816 — (Analyse), used ‘esp.,’ and not type, whether one or more species are cited. When only one is given that species has universally been accepted by later writers as the type, although the genus was evidently intended to include a number of species. The same practice prevails with respect to other authors when the conditions are similar. Thus Boie (Isis, 1826, 977) established a genus of woodpeckers in the following manner: ‘“ Dryobates: Picus pubescens Gm. u. s. w.” Subsequent authors have not only recog- nized Picus pubescens Linn. as the type of Dryobates, but treat the genus as though it were monotypic when founded. In fact many so-called mono- typic genera have had a similar origin. As throwing light upon the way in which type designation were some- times made by Gray in 1840, and changed by him later, the following illus- trations (mostly North American genera) are given. Alca Linn., 1758.— Gray in 1840 designated A. impennis Linn. as the type, a spe- cies which became type of the monotypic genus Plautus Briinn. 1772, the genus now, and for several decades past, in current use as the generic designation of A. impennis; but Gray failed to cite Plautus Brinn. in any of his works, and it may thus be sup- posed to have been unknown to him. The type of Alca has long been universally recognized as A. torda Linn., the genus Torda Duméril, 1806, being a strict synonym of Plautus, and having nothing to do with Alca torda, as the name itself might seem to imply. The subsequent designation in the same year of Alca torda as “z. B.” of Torda by Froriep has no force, as the diagnosis of Torda Duméril shows clearly that it was monotypic with Alca impennis Linn. as type, a8 now currently recognized, — (See Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, N. Am. Water Bds., II, 1884, 466; Olgivie-Grant, Brit. Mus. Cat. Birds, XX VI, 1898, 562.) Torda Froriep is thus preoccupied by Torda Duméril. Thalasseus Boie, 1822. In 1840, Gray gave the type as “7. cantiaca (Gm.) Boie,” but failed to mention, in synonymy or otherwise, Actochelidon Kaup, 1829, a monotypic genus with Sterna.cantiaca Gmel. as type. He, however, recognized Sylochelidon Brehm, 1830, a monotypic genus with S. caspia Pall. as the type. In 1855, he gave both Thalasseus and Actochelidon, the latter with S. cantiaca as type, changing the type of Thalasseus to Sterna caspia, and citing Sylochelidon Brehm as a synonym of Thalasseus. Thus in 1855 he duly corrected his errors of 1840 in respect to these three genera. Anous Stephens, 1826.— In 1840, Gray wrongly credited Anous to Leach, but correctly made its type Anous niger Leach = Sterna stolida Linn. He wrongly synonymized with it Hydrochelidon Boie, 1822, and wrongly adopted Megalopterus Boie, 1826, as a genus distinct from Anous. This double error was soon after pointed out by Strickland (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., VII, May, 1841, p. 40), who says: “ Also note that Anous, Leach, is synonymous with Megalopterus Boié, and not with Hydro- chelidon, Boié, and that Anous niger, Leach, is synonymous, not with Sterna nigra, Lin., but with Megalopterus stolidus (Lin.), Boié.’? (See also Boie, Isis, 1844, pp. 183, 187.) In 1841 Gray properly recognized Hydrochelidon Boie, with Sterna nigra Linn, as type, and “ Anous, Leach, 1825 (in Steph.)” with Sterna stolida Linn. as type. — 1908,] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 11 ' Fulmarus Stephens (ex Leach MS.), 1826.— In 1840, Gray made Fulmarus Leach a synonym of Wagellus Ray, with Procellaria glacialis Linn. as type. In 1841 he discarded Wagellus, making both it and Fulmarus synonyms of Procellaria Linn., changing, as below noted, the type of Procellaria to P. glacialis; In 1855 he restored Fulmarus to generic standing, with P. glacialis as the type, and gave ‘“‘ Wagellus, G. R. Gray, 1840” as one of its synonyms, but wrongly cited the authority for Ful- marus as ‘‘ Leach, 1816.” Procellaria Linn.— Type as designated by Gray in 1840, P. wquinoctialis Linn, In 1841 he changed the type to P. glacialis Linn., a species not originally included _in the genus, and therefore not available as its type. In 1855 he again changed the type of Procellaria to P. pelagica Linn., which species became in 1825 — thirty years before — type by original designation of the monotypic genus Thalassidroma Vigors. Gray thus, in 1855, made this genus a synonym of Procellaria, although in 1840 he had correctly listed both as full genera with their proper types. Herodias Boie, 1822.— This genus consisted originally of two species, Ardea egretta Gmel. and Ardea garzetta Linn. Ardea garzetta became type of the monotypic genus Egretta Forster, 1817, and type by tautonomy of Garzetta Kaup, 1829. (Gar- zetta Kaup is a synonym of Herodias Boie, containing the same two species, and no others.) gretta Forster was apparently unknown to Gray, as he nowhere cites it. In 1840, he wrongly took Egretta from Brisson and made A. garzetia Linn. its type, at the same time referring Herodias Boie to “‘ Egretta Brisson,” asa synonym. In 1841 he reversed this proceeding, accepting Herodias Boie, with A. garzetta as type, and - synonymizing with it Hgretta Brisson. As, however, Egretta Forster, 1817, was monotypic, with Ardea garzetia as type, this species could not be the type of Herodias Boie, 1822, as designated by Gray in 1841. As Herodias cannot be cancelled, its type must be its only other original species, A. egretta Gmel., as correctly designated by Gray in 1855. Vultur Linn., 1758.— In 1840 Gray took V. auricularis Daud. 1800, as the type, a species not originally included in the genus. In 1841 he made this species the type of his new genus Otogyps. In 1841 he ascribed the genus Vultur to Mcerhing, 1752, and designated V. cinereus Gmel. as the type — also a species not originally included in the genus. In 1855 he gave the type of “ Vultur Mcehr, 1752; et p. Linn. - 1756” as Vultur monachus, still also a species not originally included in the genus Vultur, which properly dates only from Linneus, 1758. Yet this species has been the currently accepted type from its designation as such by Gray in 1855 till the end of the year 1906, when the present writer determined the type, by elimination, as Vultur gryphus (Science, N. S., XXIV, No. 624, 54, Dec. 14, 1906), which, under Article 30 of the International Code should be accepted as the type, this being the first designation of a type from among the originally included species. Cathartes Illiger, 1811, Catharista Vieillot, 1816, and Sarcorhamphus Duméril, 1806.— In 1840, Gray recognized Cathartes, with Vultur aura Linn. as type, and made Catharista a synonym of Cathartes. He also recognized Sarcorhamphus with V. gryphus Linn. as type. In 1855 he recognized Sarcorhamphus as before, but gave also recognition to Catharisia, with V. aura as type, and synonymized Cathartes partly with Sarcorhamphus and partly with Catharista, a much later genus! The type of Cathartes was fixed ‘by subsequent designation,’ by Vigors in 1825 as V. aura, so that V. aura was not available in 1855 as type of Catharista. The type of Sarcorhamphus was fixed by subsequent designation by Vigors in 1825 as Vultur papa Linn., rendering invalid Gray’ s ace in 1840 of V. gryphus as type. 12 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Trochilus Linn., 1758.— In 1840, Gray designated 7’. polytmus Linn. as the type, but in 1855 changed the type to 7. colubris Linn., which has been the universally recognized type ever since. There is nothing in Article 30 of the International Code, nor in any other authoritative code of nomenclature, in conflict with Gray’s action in 1840 in making 7. polytmus the type of Trochilus, as this species did not become the type, nor congeneric with the type, of any other genus till 1860, when it became — type of the monotypic genus Aithurus Cab. & Heine. In 1854 (Rev. de Zool., 2° sér., VI, May, 1854, 256), Bonaparte restricted Trochilus to the two congeneric species T. colubris Linn. and T. alexandri B. & M., and Gray in 1855 selected from these 7. colubris as the type, which, as already said, has since been universally recognized as the type. Article 30 renders it necessary to accept 7’. polytmus as the type of — Trochilus, and some other name is necessary for the group universally knows for more than half a century as Trochilus. Ampelis Linn., 1758.— In 1840, Gray designated A. cotinga Linn. as the tries and referred Cotinga Brisson, 1760, with the same species as type by tautonomy, to Ampelis as a synonym. He also recognized Bombycilla “Brisson” (= Vieillot, 1808), with A. garrulus Linn. as type. In 1841 he recognized Cotinga as a genus, with A. cotinga Linn. as the type, and changed the type of Ampelis to A. garrulus Linn., which has since been generally recognized as the type of Ampelis, he now synonymizing Bombycilla Vieill. with Ampelis. Vieillot, in 1808 (Ois. Am. Sept., I, “1807,” 88, pl. lvii), founded his genus Bombycilla on the American Cedarbird, which had previously been referred by all writers to A. garrulus Linn. (Lanius garrulus Linn. 1758) as a variety. As the two species, A. ampelis Linn. and B. cedrorum Vieill., are strictly congeneric, A. garrulus became, in 1808, a member of Vieillot’s genus Bombyeilla and no longer belonged in Ampelis, a fact generally recognized by most European (continental) writers for the next fifty years, and by some of them still, while most English and American writers have continued to refer it to Ampelis, following Gray’s second (1841) and wrong designation of the type. Under Article 30 of the Interna- tional Code, or the rules of any other authoritative code, Gray had no right to cancel — Bombycilla and virtually take its type as the type of Ampelis. At 1808 only three of the original species of Ampelis were left in the genus, nainely, tersa, carnifex and pompadora. As pompadora was the last one to be pro- vided with a generic resting place, becoming the type of the monotypic genus Xipho- lena Gloger, 1842, this species necessarily becomes the correct type of Ampelis. Helinaia Andubon, 1839.— Gray, in 1841, designated as type “H. vermivora (Lath.) Aud.” = Motacilla vermivora Gmel., a species which became type of the mono- typic genus Helmitheros Rafinesque in 1819, and was thus unavailable as the type of Helinaia in 1841. II. List or THe GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF NortH AMERICAN BIRDS, WITH THEIR ‘TYPES. The present list includes not only all of the genera of the A. O, U. Check List, but many others which necessarily require consideration in this con- nection, numbering altogether about 550. The genera formally treated are arranged in four categories, in accordance with the manner in which their types have been determined. Each series is arranged alphabetically, 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 13 but an index to all the genera mentioned i is added at the end of the paper to facilitate reference to them. The divisions of the list are based on Article 30 of the International Code and comprise two primary divisions based on whether or not the type is determined solely upon the original basis of the genus. The first primary division includes three subdivisions, in accordance with whether the type _ rests on original designation, on monotypy, or on tautonomy. The fourth category consists of genera with the type determined by subsequent designa- ‘tion. In the case of the first three categories, it is difficult to draw a hard and fast line of separation, inasmuch. as the types of some of the monotypic genera were also designated by the founder, and are also sometimes de- terminable by tautonomy. It has been thought best, therefore, to place in the list headed ‘Type by Original Designation’ only polytypic genera whose types depend upon the action of the founder at the time the genus was originally published. All monotypic genera are listed under the head- ing ‘Monotypic Genera,’ although some of them are tautonymic, and others, besides being monotypic, had their types originally designated by the founder. Under the heading ‘’T'ype by Tautonomy’ are placed only polytypic genera the types of which depend upon tautonomy. The original constitution of each genus has been given in a former paper (this ‘Bulletin,’ Vol. XXIII, April, 1907, pp. 287-379), and also the conditions under which the species here given as types came to be the types. It is considered unnecessary to repeat this information here. 1. TYPE DETERMINED SOLELY UPON THE BASIS OF THE ORIGINAL PUBLI- CATION OF THE GENUS. a. Polytypic Genera with Type by Original Designation. This list includes only polytypic genera which depend for type determi- nation wholly upon the action of the founder at the time of the original publication of the genus. All monotypic genera are included in list b, whether or not they depend wholly upon monotypy for their types or have them also designated by the founder or determinable by tautonomy. Amphispiza Coues, 1874. Type, Emberiza bilineata Cass. - Burrica Ridgway, 1887. Type, Fringilla mexicana Miiller. Callichelidon Baird, 1865. Type, Hirundo cyaneoviridis Bryant. Canachites Stejneger, 1885. ‘Type, Tetrao canadensis Linn. 'To replace Canace Reich. 1852, preoccupied. Centrocercus Swainson, 1831. ‘Type, Tetrao wrophasianus Linn. 14 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Ceophleus Cabanis, 1862. Type, Picus lineatus Linn. Extralimital. Chamethlypis Ridgway, 1887. Type, Geothlypis pohocephala Baird. Cryptoglaux Richmond, 1901. Type, Stria tengmalmi Gmel.- To replace Nyctala Brehm, 1828, preoccupied. ’ Oyanocitta Strickland, 1845. Type, Corvus cristatus Linn. Cymochorea Coues, 1864. Type, Procellaria leucorrhoa Vieill. Daption Stephens, 1826. Type, Procellaria capensis Linn. - Dendragapus Elliot, 1864. Type, Tetrao obscurus Say. In reality monotypic, the several forms regarded as species in 1864 being now treated as subspecies of T. obscurus. Endomychura Oberholser, 1899. Type, Brachyrhamphus hypoleucus Xantus. To replace Micruria Ogilvie-Grant, 1898, preoccupied. Fregetta Bonaparte, 1855. Type, Thalassidroma leucogastra Gould = Procellaria grallaria Vieill. Glaucionetta Stejneger, 1885. Type, Anas clangula Linn. = Clangula Leach, 1819, or Oken, 1817. Hydranassa Baird, 1858. ‘Type, Ardea ludoviciana Wils. Hylocichla Baird, 1864. Type, Turdus mustelinus Gmel. Iridoprogne Coues, 1878. Type, Hirundo bicolor Vieill. Lanivireo Baird, 1866. ‘Type, Vireo flavifrons Vieill. Melospiza Baird, 1858. Type, Fringilla melodia Wils. Muscivora G. Fischer, 1813 (ex Lacépéde, 1799). Type, Muscicapa forficata Gmel. Myioborus Baird, 1865. Type, Setophaga verticalis Swains. Myiozetetes Sclater, 1859 (ex Bonaparte, 1854, nomen nudum). Type, “ Elainia cayennensis auct.”’ = Muscicapa cayenensis Linn. ) Platypsaris Sclater, 1857 (ex Bonaparte, 1854, nomen nudum). ‘Type, Pachyrhamphus latirostris Bonap. Sphyrapicus Baird, 1858. Type, Picus varius Linn. b. Monotypic Genera, In many cases the type is also indicated ‘by original designation,’ and in a few cases also by tautonomy. In each case only a single species was included when the genus Was originally founded. In some instances the type was virtually indicated by the founder without a distinct statement to that effect. It is thus often difficult to decide whether a genus should be placed here or in the preceding list, unless the separation is made on the basis of whether the genera are polytypic or monotypic. Actochelidon Kaup, 1829. Type, Sterna cantiaca Gmel. Actodromas Kaup, 1829. Type, Tinga minuta Leisler. 7 ~ Gmel. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 15 Zichmophorus Coues, 1862. Type, Podiceps occidentalis Lawr. Also by original designation. Aéronautes Hartert, 1892. Type, Cypselus melanoleucus Baird. #thia Dumont, 1816. Type, Alca cristatella Pall. Antedates Simo- _ rhynchus Merrem, 1819, with same type by subsequent designation. a _Ajaia Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Platalea ajaja Linn. Also tautonymic. _ Alcella Stone, 1907. Type, Alea pygmea Gmel. Also by original designation. Replaces Phaleris of the A. O. U. Check-List. Alle Link, 1806. Type, Alca alle Linn, Also tautonymic. [Not seen.] E Anhinga Brisson, 1760. Type, [Anhinga] anhinga Briss. = Plotus — anhinga Linn. Also tautonymic.. Antedates Plotus Linn. | Aphriza Audubon, 1839. Type, A. townsendi Aud. = Tringa virgata Aramus Vieillot, 1816. Type, Ardea scolopacea Linn. Archibuteo Brehm, 1828. Type, Falco lagopus Linn, a Arctonetta Gray, 1855. Type, Fuligula fischeri Brandt. 'To replace _ Lampronetta Brandt. 4 i. Arenaria Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Arenaria] arenaria Briss. = Tringa __ tmterpres Linn. Also tautonymic. _ Aristonetta Baird, 1858. Type, Anas vallisneria Wilson. Also by original designation. Arquatella Baird, 1858. Tringa maritima Brinn. Arremonops Ridgway, 1896. ‘Type, Emberiza rufivirgata Lawr. Also by original designation. Asarcia Sharpe, 1896. Type, Parra variabilis Linn. 1766 = Fulica spinosa Linn. 1758. Asturina Vicillot, 1816. Type, A. cinerea Vieill. = Falco nitidus Gmel. Asyndesmus Coues, 1866. Type, Pzeus torquatus Wils. Also by original designation. Auriparus Baird, 1864. Type, Agithalus flaviceps Sund. Also by original designation. Beolophus Cabanis, 1850. ‘Type, Parus bicolor Linn. Bartramia Lesson, 1831. ‘Type, B. laticauda Less. = Tringa bartramia Wils. = T. longicauda Bechst. Also tautonymic. Basileuterus Cabanis, 1848. Type, Sylvia vermivora Vieill. Bombycilla Vieillot, 1807. Type, B. cedrorwm Vieill. Replaces Am- pelis Linn. of the A. O. U. Check-List. Brewsteria Maynard, 1896. Type, Falco jferrugineus Licht. Also by original designation. Budytes Cuvier, 1817. Type, Motacilla flava Linn. Bulweria Bonaparte, 1842. Type, Procellaria bulweri ngs & Selby. Also by virtual tautonomy. 16 ' Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Buteola Bonaparte, 1855. Type, Buteo brachyurus Vieill. Butorides Blyth, 1849. Type, Ardea javanica Horsf. Calamospiza Bonaparte, 1838. Type, F'ringilla bicolor Towns. (pre- occupied) = Calamospiza melanocorys Stejn. ’ Calcarius Bechstein, 1802. Type, Fringilla lapponica Linn. + Calidris Illiger, 1811. Type, Charadrius calidris Linn. = Tringa arenaria Linn. Also tautonymic. Callipepla Wagler, 1832. Type, C. strenua Wagl. = Ortyx squamatus Vig. . Slashocha Gray, 1840. Type, Ornismya cyanopogon Less. = Trodhidus lucijer Swains. Also by original designation. Campephilus Gray, 1840. Type, Picus principalis Linn. Also te | original designation. Camptostoma Sclater, 1857. Type, C. imberbe Scl. Also by original designation. Replaces Ornithion of the Check-List, which is extralimital. (Cf. Ridgway, Bds. North and Mid. Amer., IV, 1907, 441 et seq.) Cardellina Du Bus, 1850, Type, C. amicta Du Bus = Muscicapa rubri- jrons Giraud. (Not seen.) Casarca Bonaparte, 1838. ‘Type, Anas rutila Pallas. Catherpes Baird, 1858. Type, Thryothorus mexicanus Swains. Also by original designation. Catoptrophorus Bonaparte, 1827. Type Scolopax semipalmatus Gmnel. Centronyx Baird, 1858. Type, Emberiza bairdui Aud. : Centurus Swainson, 1837. Type, C. carolinensis Wils. = Picus caro- linus Linn. Also by original designation. | Cepphus Pallas, 1769. Type, C. lacteolus Pall. = Alcea grylle Linn. Cerchneis Boie, 1822. Type, Falco rupicola Licht. Cerorhinca Bonaparte, 1828. Type, C. occidentalis Bonap. = Alea monocerata Pall. Chamza Gambel, 1847. Type, Parus fasciatus Gamb. Charitonetta Stejneger, 1885. Type, Anas albeola Linn. Also by origi- nal designation. Chaulelasmus Bonaparte (ex Gray, MS.), 1838. Type, Anas strepera Linn. Chelidonaria Reichenow, 1889. Type, Hirundo urbica Linn. Also by original designation. : Chen Boie, 1822. Type, Anser hyperboreus Pall. Chondestes Swainson, 1827. Type, Chondestes strigatus Swains. Chordeiles Swainson, 1831. Type, Caprimulgus virginianus Gmel. Also by original designation. Ciceronia Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Phaleris nodirostris Bonap. = Uria pusilla Pall. -1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. cine Y -Cinclus Borkhausen, 1797. Type, T'urdus cinclus Linn. Coccyzus Vieillot, 1816. Type, Cuculus americanus Linn. Cereba Vieillot, 1807. Type, Certhiola flaveola Linn. Colinus Goldfuss, 1820. Type, Tetrao virginianus Linn. Compsohalieus Ridgway, 1884. Type, Carbo penicillatus Brandt. . Also by original designation. _ Conuropsis Salvadori, 1891. Type, Psittacus carolinensis Linn. Also by original designation. Replaces Conurus Kuhl of the Check-List. Coturnicops Bonaparte, 1856. Type, Fulica noveboracensis Gmel. Creagrus Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Larus fureatus Neboux. Also by - original designation. ; Creciscus Cabanis, 1856. Type, Rallus jamaicensis Gmel. Also by original designation. Crex Bechstein, 1802. Rallus crex Linn. Also tautonymic. Crotophaga Linnzus, 1758. Type, C. ani Linn. Cyanocephalus Bonaparte, 1842. Type, Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus Wied. Also tautonymic. Cyanolema Stone, 1907. Type, Ornismya clemencie Lesson. Also by original designation. Replaces Celigena Lesson of the Check-List, ex- tralimital. Cyanosylvia Brehm, 1828. Type, Motacilla suecica Linn. = Cyanecula Brehm, on a later page in the same paper, with type by tautonomy, Sylvia eyanecula Wolf, congeneric with M. suecica Linn. Replaces Cyanecula of the Check-List. Cyrtopelicanus Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Pelecanus trachyryhnchus Lath. = P. erythrorhynchus Gmel. Dafila Stephens 1824. Type, Dafila caudacuta Steph.= Anas acuta Linn. Also by original designation. Dendroica Gray, 1842. Type Sylvia coronata Lath. Also by original designation. Dichromanassa Ridgway, 1878. Type, Ardea ruja Bodd. Also by original designation. | Dolichonyx Swainson, June, 1827. Type, Emberiza oryzivora Wils.= Fringilla oryzivora Linn. Also by designation of the founder in November, 1827. Dumatella S. D. W[ood]*, 1837. Type, D. felwwox = Turdus felivox “S$. D. W.” is the author also of a number of other names, both generic and specific, Tuding Densirostra atricapilla, proposed to replace Pyrrhula vulgaris, which is the only one of them I have seen cited in synonymy. This case was criticised by Hugh E, Strickland in Loudon’s "44 Nat. Hist., VIII Jan. 1835, p. 39, as follows: “Can 8. D. W., for instance, expect that the whole re ublic of science will take the trouble Se relabeling their cabinets, , altering Layo one alogues, or ma ing Spon in their works of reference, ecause an anonymous writer fancies that he can improve Pyrr vulgaris by changing it to Densirostra atricapilla?’’ , 4 r om December, 1907.] 2 18 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Vieillot = Muscicapa carolinensis Linn. Dumatella antedates Galeoscoptes Cabanis, Oct. (?) 1850, with same type by subsequent designation (Baird, Rev. Am. Bds., 1864, 54), and Spodesilaura Reichenbach, March, 1850, monotypic, based on the same species. (For further comment on Dumatella see Stone, Auk, XXIV, April, 1907, 193.) Dryobates Boie, 1826. Type, Picus pubescens Linn. Dytes Kaup, 1829. Type, Colymbus auritus Linn. Egretta Forster, 1817. Type, Ardea garzetta Linn. Elanoides Vieillot, 1818. Type Falco forficatus Linn, Elanus Savigny, 1809. Type E. cesius Savig. = Falco melanopterus Daudin. Empidonax Cabanis, 1855. Type, Tyrannula pusilla Swains. qh ae Ereunetes Illiger, 1811. Type, EL petrificatus Ill. = Tringa pusilla Linn. Antedates Symphemia Rafinesque, 1819, monotypic, with same type. Ergaticus Baird, 1865. Type, Setophaga rubra Swains. Also by origi- nal designation. Erionetta Coues, 1884. Type, Anas spectabilis Linn. Also by original designation. : Erismatura Bonaparte, 1832. Type, Anas jamaicensis Gmel. To replace Oxyurus Swainson, 1827, preoccupied. Erolia Vieillot, 1816. Type, Erolia variegata Vieill. = Tringa ferru- ginea Briinn. Antedates Ancylocheilus Kaup, 1829, monotypic, with same type. Eudromias Brehm, 1831. Type, Charadrius morinellus Linn. Euetheia Reichenbach, 1850. Type, Fringilla lepida Linn. Eugenes Gould, 1856. Type, Trochilus fulgens Swains. Euphagus Cassin, 1866. Type, Psarocolius cyanocephalus Wagler = Scolecophagus Swainson, 1832 (preoccupied), monotypic, with same type by original designation. Eurynorhynchus Nilsson, 1824. Type, E. griseus Nilsson = Platalea pygmea Linn. | Exanthemops Elliot, 1868. Type, Anser rossii Cass. Florida Baird, 1858. ‘Type Ardea cerulea Linn. Fratercula Brisson, 1760. Type, [Fratercula] jratercula Briss.= Alea arctica Linn. Also tautonymic. | Wie sete 1799. ‘Type, le Frégate == Pelecanus aquilus Linn. “ Densirostra Wood” is cited by Gray in his ‘ List of Genera of Birds,’ first as a tei dn * Tg 2 pyc oy Mage 1816 (1840-41), and later (1855) as a synonym ‘of Pinicola 1807. Waterhouse gives: ‘ Densirostra Wood, The Analyst, a Journ. Sci. Lit. Nat, es Tie pp. 32, 204 (1835).”” This seems to satisfactorily ident M4 S. D. W.” as 8. who was for some years not only a frequent contributor to ‘ The Analyst ’ but to ‘ Loudon'a “Magee zine of Natural History,’ a dozen - more notes, short articles and book reviews, signed 8. D being contained in Vol. VIII, 1835. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 19 Gelochelidon Brehm, 1830. ‘Type, G. balthica Brehm. = Sterna nilotica Hasselq. Geococcyx Wagler, 1831. Type, G. variegata Wagl. = Saurothera californiana Less. | Guara Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Scolopax ruber Linn. Gymnogyps Lesson, 1842. Type, Vultur calijfornianus Shaw. (Not seen.) Hematopus Linneus, 1758. Type, H. ostralequs Linn. Halizetus Savigny, 1809. Type, H. nisus Savign.= Falco albicilla Linn. Halocyptena Coues, 1864. Type, H. microsoma Coues. Also by original designation. Harelda Stephens, 1824. Type, H. glacialis = Anas hyemalis + glacia- lis Linn. Harporhynchus Cabanis, 1847. ‘To replace the monotypic genus Harpes Gambel, 1845 (preoccupied), with Harpes redwiva Gambel as type. Helmitheros Rafinesque, 1819. Type, H. migratorius Raf. = Sylvia vermivora Wils. = Motacilla vermivora Gmel. Also type by “virtual tautonomy.” Antedates Vermivora Swains. 1827, with same type by tautonomy and by designation of the founder. Helodromas Kaup, 1829. Type, Tringa ochropus Linn. Hesperiphona Bonaparte, 1850. Type, Fringilla vespertina Cooper. Also by original designation. Heteractitis Stejneger, 1884. Type, Scolopax incanus Gmel. 'To replace Heteroscelus Baird, 1858, monotypic, with same type, preoccupied. Hierofalco Cuvier, 1817. Type, Falco candicans Gmel. = F. islandus Briinn. | Histrionicus Lesson, 1828. Type, Anas histrionicus Linn. Also by both original designation and tautonomy. Icteria Vieillot, 1807. Type, Icteria dumicola Vieill. = Turdus virens Linn. : Ictinia Vieillot, 1816. Type, Falco plumbeus Gmel. Tonornis Reichenbach, 1850. Type, Fulica martinica Linn. Ixoreus Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Turdus nevius Gmel. Also by orig- inal designation. Jabiru Hellmayr, 1906. Type, Ciconia mycteria Lichtenstein (1819) = Mycteria americana auct. nec Linn. Also by original designation. (C7. Hellmayr, Abhandl. der K. B. Akad. Wissen., II Kl., XXII Bd., 3 Abt., p. 711, May 20, 1906.) Replaces Mycteria of the Check-List and of authors generally. Junco Wagler, 1831. Type, Junco phaeonotus Wagler = Fringilla cinerea Swains. (preoccupied). 20 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Kamptorhynchus Eyton, 1838. Type, Anas labradoria Gmel. = Camp- tolaimus Gray, 1841, of the Check-List. _ : Leptopelicanus Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Pelecanus juscus Gmel. = P. onocrotalus 2 occidentalis Linn. . Leptotila Swainson, 1837. Type, P. [eristera] rufawilla Selby. Leucosticte Swainson, 1832. Type, Linaria (Leucosticte) re nsagd Swains. Also by original designation. Lobipes Cuvier, 1817. Type, Tringa lobata Linn. Lophodytes Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Mergus cucullatus Linn. Machetes Cuvier, 1817. Type, Tringa pugnax Linn, Antedates Pavoncella Forster, 1817, with same type by inference only. Sie Macronectes Richmond, 1905. Type, Procellaria gigantea Gmel. To replace Ossifraga H. & J., 1844, preoccupied, with same type. Macrorhamphus Forster, 1817. Type, Scolopaa griseus Gmel. Megalestris Bonaparte, 1856. Type, M. catarrhactes Bonn. = Catha- racta skua Briinn. Melanerpes Swainson, 1831. Type, Picus erythrocephalus Linn. Also by original designation. Mergelius Selby, 1840.. Type, Mergus albellus Linn. (Not seen.) Micropalama Baird, 1858. Type, Tringa himantopus Bonap. Also by original designation. Micropallas Coues, 1889. Type, Athene whitneyi Cooper. To replace Micrathene Coues, 1886, preoccupied, with same type by original desig- nation. Mimus Boie, 1826. Type, Turdus polyglottos. Linn. Antedates — Orpheus Swains., 1828, and Mimetes Gloger, 1842, each with same type. Mniotilta Vieillot, 1816. Type, Motacilla varia Linn. Molothrus Swainson, 1831. Type, Fringilla pecoris Gmel. = Gisele ater Bodd. Also by original designation. t Myadestes Swainson, 1838. Type, Myadestes genibarbis Swains. Mycteria Linneus, 1758. Type, M. americana Linn. = Tantalus loculator Linn., posterior in precedence on the same page. Hence Tantalus is a synonym of Mycteria, both being founded on the same species. The generic diagnosis of Mycteria was evidently taken from Maregrave’s figure and description of the Jabiru, but that of the species was based on Marcgrave’s Jabiru-guacu = Catesby’s Wood Pelican (Pelecanus sylvestris on the plate), which is the sole basis of Linneeus’s Tantalus loculator. The amended Article 30 of the International Code of Nomenclature provides: “A genus proposed with a single original species takes that species as its type.” The same provision is also included in the Revised A. O, U. Code 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 21 (as yet unpublished). This renders it necessary to treat Tantalus as a synonym of Mycteria, which precedes Tantalus on the same page.’ Myiochanes Cabanis, 1859. Type, Tyrannula curtipes Swains. = Platyrhynchus cinereus Spix. apud Sclater, P. Z. S., 1859, 43, footnote. To replace Syrichtha Bonap., 1854 (preoccupied), with same type. = Contopus Cabanis, 1855 (preoccupied), type Muscicapa virens Linn., a species con- generic with P. cinereus Spix. = Horizopus Oberholser, 1899, to replace Contopus (preoccupied), with same type. (C7. Ridgway, Bds. North and Mid. Amer., IV, 1907, 509.) Nannus Bilberg, 1828. Proposed as a substitute for Troglodites Cuvier, 1817, monotypic and tautonymic, with Motacilla troglodytes Linn. as type. Antedates Olbiorchilus Oberholser, 1902, with same type. (On Nannus Bilberg, see Stone, Auk, April 1907, 194.) Neocorys Sclater, 1857. Type, Alauda spragueiti Aud. Also by origi- nal designation. Netta Kaup, 1829. Type, Anas rufina Pall. Nettion Kaup, 1829. Type, Anas crecca Linn. Nomonyx Ridgway, 1880. Type, Anas dominica Linn. Also by original designation. Nucifraga Brisson, 1760. Type, [Nucifraga] nucifraga Briss. = Corvus caryocatactes Linn. Also tautonymic. Nuttallornis Ridgway, 1887. Type, Tyrannus borealis Swains. Also by original designation. | Nyctanassa Stejneger, 1887. Type, Ardea violacea Linn. Also by original designation. Nyctidromus Gould, 1838. Type, N. derbyanus Gould = Caprimulqus albicollis Gmel. Oceanites Keyserling & Blasius, 1840. Type, O. wilson: Bonap. = Procellaria oceanica Kuhl. Also ‘by virtual tautonomy.’ Oceanodroma Reichenbach, 1852. Procellaria furcata Gmel. _ Ochthodromus Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Charadrius wilsonius Ord. Onychoprion Wagler, 1832. Type Sterna serrata Wagler = 8S. fuli- ginosa Gmel. = Haliplana Wagler, 1832 (on a later page of the same volume), monotypic, with same type. : Oreortyx Baird, 1858. Type, Ortya pictus Dougl. Also by original designation. ; Oreospiza Ridgway, 1896. Type, Fringilla chlorura Aud. Also by original designation. 1 By these changes Mycteria americana of the Check-List and of authors generally becomes Jabiru mycteria (Licht.) Hellmayr, and Tantalus loculator Linn. cteri A erica Linn. Fora statement of the case in detail see Auk, XXV, Jan. becomes My ag si 22 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Ornithion Hartlaub, 1853. ‘Type, Ornithion inerme Hartl. Extralimital. Replaced by Camptostoma Sclater, 1857. | Oroscoptes Baird, 1858. Type, Orpheus montanus Towns. re Otocoris Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Alauda chrysolema Wagler, a sub- species of Alauda alpestris Linn. Otus Pennant, 1769. Type, O. bakkamana Penn. Antedates Scops Savigny, 1809, and Megascops Kaup, 1829, both with Striz asio Linn., a congeneric species, as type. Oxyechus Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Charadrius vociferus Linn, — Pachysylvia Bonaparte, 1850. Type, Sylvicola decurtata Bonap. = Hylophilus Temminck, 1823 (preoccupied), with type H. thoracicus by subsequent designation. Pagophila Kaup, 1829. Type, Larus eburneus Phipps = L. albus Gunn. = Gavia Boie, 1822, nec Gavia Forster, 1788, nec Gavia Goldfuss, 1820. Pallasicarbo Coues, 1899. Type, Phalacrocoraa perepouiaa Pallas. Also by original designation. Pandion Savigny, 1809. ‘Type, Falco haliaétus Linn. Parabuteo Ridgway, 1874. Type, Falco unicinctus Temm. ‘To replace Antenor Ridgway, 1873, with same type by original designation. ) Passerella Swainson, 1837. Type, Fringilla iliaca Merrem. Pediecetes Baird, 1858. Type, Tetrao phasianellus Linn. Also by original designation. . Pelagodroma Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Procellaria marina “Forst.” (= Lath.). Pelionetta Kaup, 1829. Type, Anas perspicillata Linn. Penthestes Reichenbach, 1850. Type, Parus lugubris Temm. . Peucedramus Coues, 1876. Type, Sylvia olivacea Giraud. Also by original designation. Phainopepla Sclater, 1858. Type, Ptilogonys nitens Swains. -Also by original designation. Phalenoptilus Ridgway, 1880. Type, Caprimulgus nuttalli Aud. Also by original designation. Philacte Bannister, 1870. Type, Anas canagica Sevast. Philohela Gray, 1841. Type, Scolopax minor Gmel. Also by original designation. | . Phieotomus Cabanis, 1863. Type, Picus pileatus Linn. To Tepe Hylatomus Baird, 1858, preoccupied. Phebastria Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Diomedea brachyura Temm. = D. albatrus Pall. Phebetria Reichenbach, 1852. Type, Diomedea fuliginosa Ginel. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 23 Pheenicopterus Linnzeus, 1758. Type, P. ruber Linn. Picicorvus Bonaparte, 1850. Type, Corvus columbianus Wils. Pinicola Vieillot, 1807. Type, Pinicola rubra Vieill. = Loxia enu- cleator Linn. Pipilo Viecillot, 1816.1. Type, Fringilla erythrophthalma Linn. Piranga Vieillot, 1807. Type, Piranga rubra Vieill. = Fringilla rubra Linn. Pitangus Swainson, 1827. Type, Lanius sulphuratus Linn. Plautus Briinnich, 1772. Type, Alca impennis Linn, Antedates Torda Dumeril, 1806, with sume type. : Plectrophenax Stejneger, 1882. Type, Emberiza nivalis Linn. Also by original designation. Plegadis Kaup, 1829. Type, Tringa autumnalis Hasselq. Podasocys Coues, 1866. Type, Charadrius montanus 'Towns. Also by original designation. Podilymbus Lesson, 1831. Type, Colymbus podiceps Linn. Polyborus Vieillot, 1816. Type, Falco tharus Mol. Polysticta Eyton, 1836. Type, Anas stelleri Pall. = Stelleria Bona- parte, 1838, = Eniconetta Gray, 1840, both with same type. Poecetes Baird, 1858. Type, Fringilla graminea Gmel. Porzana Vieillot, 1816. Type, Rallus porzana Linn. Also tautonymic. Priocella Hombron & Jacquinot, 1844. Type, P. garnottu H. & J. = Procellaria glacialoides Smith. ' Progne Boie, 1826. Type, Hirundo purpurea Wils.= Hirundo subis Linn. Protonotaria Baird, 1858. Type, Motacilla protonotaria Gmel. = Motacilla citrea Bodd. Also tautonymic. Psaltriparus Bonaparte, 1850. ‘Type, Psaltriparus personatus Bonap. = Parus melanotis Hartl. . Ptychoramphus Brandt, 1837. Type, Ura aleutica Pall. Pyrrhuloxia Bonaparte, 1850. Type, Cardinalis sinuatus Bonap. Recurvirostra Linneus, 1758. Type, R. avocetia Linn. Regulus Cuvier, 1799. Type, Motacilla reqgulus Linn. Also tautonymic. Rhantistes Kaup, 1829. Type, Procellaria glacialis Linn. Replaces Fulmarus Stephens, 1826, auct., of the Check-List, with same type by sub- sequent designation by Gray in 1855. Gray designated as type of Fulmarus a species already type of a monotypic genus. _1Hortulanus Vieillot, 1807. This genus contained originally three species, with no type indicated. Vieillot himself apparently never again made use of the name but later (1817) referred two of the species to his subsequent genus Passerina (1816), and made the other the type of his subsequent genus Pipilo (1816). No later author has cited the name except in aeoonyzny, and it has consequently never had any standing, nor, of course, any type. All of the species originally referred to it later became the types of other genera. Under Article 30 of the International Code Hortulanus has no standing. 24. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Rhodostethia Macgillivray, 1840. Type, Larus rosea Macgill. Also by original designation. Rhynchofaleo Ridgway, 1873. Type, Falco jemoralis 'Temm. = F, jusco-cerulescens Vieill. Also by original designation. Rhynchophanes Baird, 1858. Type, Plectrophanes mccownit Lawr. Rhynchopsitta Bonaparte, 1854. Types Macrocercus pachyrhynchus Swains. 7 Riparia Forster, 1817. Type, Riparia europea Forst. = Hirendo riparia Linn. Also tautonymic. Antedates Clivicola Forster, 1817, _ Cotile Boie, 1822, both with same type. ; Rissa Stephens, 1825. Type, R. brunnichti Steph. = Larus tridadlglan Linn. 1758 = L. rissa et tridactyla Linn. 1766; hence also tautonymic. Also type by original designation. Rostrhamus Lesson, 1831. Type, R. niger Less. =Herpetotheres sociabilis Vieill. Sayornis Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Tyrrannula nigricans Swains.; T. saya Swains., by designation of Gray in 1855, a species congenerie with nigricans. | Sitta Linnzeus, 1758. Type, S. ewropeus Linn. Somateria Leach, 1819. Type, Anas mollissima Linn. Spatula Boie, 1822. Type, Anas clypeata Linn. = Anas Swainson (nec Linn.) 1831, with same type. Speotyto Gloger, 1842. Type, Stria cunicularia Mol. Spizella Bonaparte, 1832. Type, Fringilla pusilla Wilson. Starnenas Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Columba cyanocephala Linn. Steganopus Vicillot, 1819. Type, S. tricolor Vieill. Stelgidopteryx Baird. Type, Hirundo serripennis Aud. Also by original designation. , Stellula Gould, 1861. Type, Callothorax calliope Gould. Sternula Boie, 1822. Type, Sterna minuta Linn. ~ Sturnella Vieillot, 1816. Type, Alauda magna Linn. Surnia Duméril, 1806. Type, Strix funerea Linn. Syrnium Savigny, 1809. Type, S. ululans = Strix aluco Linn. 1766 (nee aluco Linn. 1758). f Tachybaptus Reichenbach, 1849. Type, Colymbus ruficollis Pallas.= Podiceps Latham, 1787, untenable. (C7. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, 289.) Tachytriorchis Kaup, 1844. Type, Falco pterocles 'Temm. = Buteo albocaudatus Vieill. Tangavius Lesson, 1839. Type, 7. involucratus Lesson = Molothrus [eneus] robustus Cab. Antedates Callothrus Cassin, 1866, monotypic, with Psarocolius eneus Wagler as type. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 25 Tantalus Linneus, 1758. Type, Tantalus loculator Linn.= Mycteria americana Linn. Hence = Mycteria Linn. Thalassidroma Vigors, 1825. Type, Procellaria pelagica Linn. Also by original designation. Replaces Procellaria of the Check-List. Thalassogeron Ridgway, 1884. Type Diomedea culminata Gould. = Thalassarche Reich., 1852, preoccupied. Also by original designation. _ Thrassaétos Gray, 1838. Type, Vultur harpyia Linn. To replace Harpyia Ill., 1816, preoccupied. Thryomanes Sclater, 1862. Type, Troglodytes bewickw Aud. Thryothorus Viecillot, 1816. Type, Troglodytes arundinaceus Vieill. (part) = Sylvia ludoviciana Lath. (C7. Baird, Bds. N. Am., 1858, 359; Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, 374.) Toxostoma Wagler, 1831. Type, T. vetula Wagler = Orpheus curvi- rostris Swains. Trogon Brisson, 1760. Type, Trogon strigilatus Linn. = T. viridis Linn. Of Brisson’s 6 species 3 are not positively identifiable; the other 3 are referable to a single species, commonly known as Trogon viridis Linn. = T. strigilatus Linn. which has precedence of position on the same page over ouridis. Tryngites Cabanis, 1856. Type, Tringa subruficollis Vieill. Also by original designation. Tympanuchus Gloger, 1842. Type, T. cupido Glog. = Tetrao cupido Linn. Urubitinga Lafresnaye, 1843. Type, Falco urubitinga Gmel. Also tautonymic. Xanthocephalus Bonaparte, 1850. Type, X. perspicillatus (Licht.) = Icterus xanthocephalus Bonap. Also tautonymic. Xema Leach, 1819. Type, Larus sabinii Leach. Xenopicus Baird, 1858. Type, Leuconerpes albolarvatus Cass. Zamelodia Coues, 1880. ‘To replace Habia Reich. (preoccupied), monotypic, with Guiraca melanocephala Swains. as type. Zenaidura Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Columba carolinensis Linn. c. Polytypic Genera with Type dependent upon Tautonomy. The following list includes only those genera of which the type rests solely upon the condition of tautonomy. Many other genera are tautony- mic, but are also monotypic, and for reasons already stated (p. 13) are placed in list b. Accipiter Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Accipiter] accipiter Briss. = Falco nisus Linn. 26 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Amizilis Gray, 1840. Type, Orthorhynchus amazili Less. * Anser Brisson, 1760. Type, [Anser] domesticus Briss. ex Gesner =— Anas anser Linn. Fig Aquila Brisson, 1760. Type, [Aquila] aquila Briss. = Falco chrysaétos Linn. Asio Brisson, 1760. Type, [Asio] asio Briss. = Stria otus Linn, , Bubo Duméril, 1806. Type, Strix bubo Linn. ee Buteo Cuvier, 1799. Type, Falco buteo Linn. “ Cardinalis Bonaparte, 1837. Type, Cardinalis virginianus Bonap. = Loxia cardinalis Linn. . ee Carduelis Brisson, 1760. Type, [Carduelis] carduelis Briss. = Fringilla carduelis Linn. . Clangula Leach, 1819 (ex Gesner), or Oken, 1817.1 Type, Anas 1 Oken in his ‘Cuviers und Okens Zoologien neben einander gestellt’ (Isis oder E dische Zeitung, VIII, 1817, Nos. 144-148, pp. 1143-1186), in transcribing Cuvier’s names of — groups, gave to some of Cuvier’s vernacular names a Latin form, without citing the vernacular names or giving any indication of their relation to Cuvier’s groups beyond the order of and the fact that his names happen to be for the most part tautonymic. If these names of Oken are to be recognized, as some contend (see Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX VI, 1903, PP. 965- 967; and Stone, Auk, XXIV, 1907, p. 191), they will replace several current names a pak ip authority and date of a few others to Oken, 1817. The names in ornithology affected are: Cuvier’s Names. Oken’s Names. Cuvier’s Names. Oken’s Names. Sarcelles. uerquedula. Les Colins. Colin. Les Tadornes. ‘adorna. Les Francolins. Fran Les Souchets. Souchet. Les Houppiféres. Houppifere, © Les Millouins. Marila. Les Alectors. Alector, — ; Les Eiders. \ Hider. Les Jacamerops de Lavaillant. Jacamen Les Garrots. Clangula. Les Hoérotaires. _ Hoeratar Les Macreuses. Macreuse. Les Remis. a Les’ Bernaches. Bernicla. La Moustache. Moustache, Les Fregattes. Fregata. Le Sirli. Sirli. - Les Noddis. Noddi. Le Calandre. Calandra. Le Courlan ou Courili. Courlan. —— Podarg. La Demoiselle de Numidie. Numidica, La Grive proprement dite. Grive Les Tridactyles. Tridactylus. As shown by the above list, some of Oken’s names are merely Cuvier’s vernacular names used in the singular instead of in the plural number. Fortunately, as in the cases of ver and Colin, they refer to groups having a number of species, and no type is indicated; in * cases, as Souchet, Houppifere, and Noddi, they are monotypic, and the type is thus det q In still others, there are earlier names for the groups here designated by Oken by merely French names. A number of Oken’s names that appear in Latin form are synonyms of earlier names; but seven appear here for the first time, though current in systematic ornithology from later authors. bars are: ‘ 4 miei re 1824, quedula, type by tautonomy, Anas querquedula Linn.= Querqued' tephens, adorna, type by tautonomy, Anas tadorna Linn,= Tadorna quer MS.) Fle , 1822. Marila, type by tautonomy, Anas marila Linn.= Marila Bonaparte, 1856 (nec bach, 1852) = Fuligula Stephens, 1824; type by tautonomy, Anas fuligula Linn., a species congeneric with Anas marila. : Clangula, type by tautonomy, Anas clangula Linn.= Clangula Leach, 1819. ‘ Francolinus, type by tautonomy, Tetrao francolinus Linn.= Francolinus Stephens, 1819. Houppifere, monotypic, with Phasianus ignifer Shaw & Nodder as type (nec Houppifer Guérin-Meneville, 1829-38) = Lophura Fleming, 1822. Jacamerops, monotypic, with Alcedo grandis Gmel. as type = Jacamerops Lesson, 1831. o re monotypic, with Certhia vestiaria ‘‘Shaw” (i. e. Latham) as type = Vi eming, , If these names be considered tenable, they will affect three genera of North Ame Birds, namely, Querquedula, Fuligula, and Clangula, changing the date and authority of the two without asecring the type, and replacing Fuligula Pith Marila. Personally I am opposed to recognizing any of the names proposed by Oken in the paper here under notice, and would favor the reference of this and all similar cases to the Interna) Commission on Zodlogical Nomenclature for arbitration, its decision to be recognized as final. In this case of Oken, the correlation of his names with Cuvier’s groups is wholly inferential, or on the pease of exclusion, as Oken mentions no species as either the type or as a representa- tive species of any of his group names; their tautonymic character it thus also inferential, tho probable. On the other hand, the new names given are often not the names he adopts in own classification. As an example, Les Cormorans Cuvier are called in the Cuvier column Cors moran, although Cuvier used for them the technical name Phalacrocorax, with Carbo and Halieus as alternatives or synonyms, while Oken, in his own classification, adopts Halieus. , 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 27 clangula Linn. Antedates Glouaion Stejneger, 1885, with same type by original designation. Celigena Lesson, 1832. Type, C. (Ornismya) caligena Less. Fuligula Stephens, 1824. Type, Anas cristata Stephens ex Ray = Anas fuligula Linn. Gallinago Koch, 1816. Type, Scolopax gallinago Linn. Gallinula Brisson, 1760. Type, [Gallinula] gallinula Briss. = Fulica chloropus Linn. Glottis Koch, 1816. Type, G. natans Koch = Totanus glottis Bechst. = Scolopax nebularius Gunn. Himantopus Brisson, 1760. Type, [Himantopus] himantopus Briss. = Charadrius himantopus Linn. Icterus Brisson, 1760. Type, [Icterus] icterus Briss.= Oriolus icterus Linn. Ispida Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Ispida] ispida Briss. = Alcedo ispida Linn. This species was erroneously designated as the type of Alcedo Linn. by Gray in 1840. Extralimital. Jacana Brisson, 1760. Type, [Jacana] jacana Briss. = Parra jacana Linn. Lagopus Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Lagopus] lagopus Briss. = Tetrao lagopus Linn. Limosa Brisson, 1760. Type, [Limosa] limosa Briss. = Scolopax limosa Linn. Numenius Brisson, 1760. Type [Nwmenius] numenius = Scolopax arquata Linn. Nyctea Stephens, 1826. Type, N. erminea (Shaw), = Strix nyctea Linn. - Nycticorax Stephens. Type, Nycticorax ewropeus Steph. = Ardea nycticorax Linn. Nyroca Fleming, 1822. Type, Anas nyroca Giildenst. (Nyroca Fleming = Aythya Boie, preoccupied.) Passer Brisson, 1760. Type, [Passer] passer domesticus Briss. = Fringilla domestica Linn. = Pyrgita Cuvier, 1817, with same type. The type of Passer by designation of the first reviser (Gray, 1840) is also Frin- gilla domestica Linn., but this act was subsequent to the founding of Pyr- gita (1817), and is thus void. The type of Passer as currently accepted thus depends upon tautonomy and not on the first reviser. Phalacrocorax Brisson, 1760. Type, [Phalacrocorax] phalacrocorax Briss. = Pelecanus carbo Linn. . Phalaropus Brisson, 1760. Type, [Phalaropus] phalaropus Briss. = . Tringa fulicaria Linn. Antedates Crymophilus Vieill, 1816, monotypic, with same type. 28 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Pica Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Pica] pica Briss. = Corvus pica Linn. Puffinus Brisson, 1760. Type, [Puffinus] puffinus Briss. = Procellaria puffinus Briinn. (1764) and Linn. (1766). Pyrrhula Brisson, 1760. Type [Pyrrhula] pyrrhula Briss. = - Pringill pyrrhula Linn. Querquedula Stephens, 1824. Type, Anas circia Linn. = Anas quer- quedula Linn. Quiscalus Vicillot, 1816. Type, Gracula quiscula Linn. Spinus Koch, 1816. Type, Fringilla spinus Linn. Squatarola Cuvier, 1817. Type, Tringa squatarola Linn. Stercorarius Brisson, 1760. ‘Type, [Seenrorer ie stercorarius Briss. = Larus parasiticus Linn. Sula Brisson, 1760. Type [Sula] sula Briss. = Sula piscator Linn. Tetrao Linneus, 1758. Type, T. tetria Linn., by “virtual tautonomy.” Gray, in 1840, designated T. urogallus Linn. as type, the tautonymic type of Urogallus Scopoli, 1777, and of Fleming, 1822. Extralimital. Totanus Bechstein, 1803. Type, Scolopax totanus Linn. Tyrannus Lacépéde, 1799. Type, Lanius tyrannus Linn. Uria Brisson, 1760. Type, [Uria] uria Briss. = Colymbus trotle Line Urile Bonaparte, 1855. Type, Phalacrocorax bicristatus Pall. = Pele- canus urile Gmel. (part). Vanellus Brisson, 1760. Type, [Vanellus] vanellus Briss. = Tringa vanellus Linn. Zenaida Bonaparte, 1838. ‘Type, Columba zenaida Bonap. 2. CASES IN WHICH THE GENERIC TYPE IS NOT ACCEPTED SOLELY UPON THE BASIS OF THE ORIGINAL PUBLICATION. d. Polytypic Genera with Type by Subsequent Designation. The following list includes only genera the determination of the types of which depends upon subsequent designation. In other words, genera containing more than one species when founded but for which no types were — indicated by the founder at the time of the original publication of the genus. Acanthis Borkhausen, 1797. Type, Fringilla linaria Linn., by elimina- tion. = Acanthis Bechstein, 1802, with same type by desigdintion! of Stejneger in 1884 (Auk, I, 145). Acanthopneuste Blasius, 1858. Type, Phyllopnueste borealis Blasius by designation of Ridgway in 1904 Seer N. and Mid. Amer., IIT, 1904, 694). 1 The references to Gray are to his several ‘ List of Genera of Birds,’ 1840, 1841, 1855. ., In case the type by subsequent designation rests on some other author, the place of such’ desig- nation is definitely stated. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 29 Actitis Illiger, 1811. Type, Tringa hypoleucos Linn., by designation of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1866.= Actitis Boie, 1822, mono- typic, with 7’. hypoleucos Linn. as type, all the other species of the original genus being removed to other genera. gialitis Boie, 1822. Type, Charadrius hiaticula Linn., by designation of Gray in 1855. gialitis was rejected by Gray in 1840 because of its supposed prior use in botany. In its place he adopted Hiaticula Moehr., with the sume species as type. . Zstrelata Bonaparte, 1856. Type, Procellaria hasitata Kuhl, by desig- 5. nation of Coues in 1866 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, 137). Agelaius Vicillot, 1816. Type, Oriolus phaniceus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Aimophila Swainson, 1837. Type, A. rujescens Swains., by designation of Gray in 1840. Aix Boie, 1822. Type, Anas sponsa Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Dendronessa Swainson, 1831, sometimes synonymized with Azz, has Anas galericulata Linn. as type by original designation. Alauda Linnus, 1758. Type, Alauda arvensis Linn., by designation of = Swainson in 1827 (Zool. Journ., III, 1827, 344). Alca Linneus, 1758. Type, Alca torda Linn., by designation of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1886. (Torda Duméril, 1806, is based on Alcea impennis Linn. and has nothing to do with Alca torda Linn.; it is a strict synonym of Plautus Briinn., 1772, and has been so synonymized by leading systematists for many years. Ammodramus Swainson, June, 1827. Type, Fringilla caudacuta Wils. = Oriolus caudacutus Gmel., by designation of the founder in November, 1827. _ A number of genera were founded by Swainson in 1827 under such peculiar circumstances that they require special consideration. These genera are Vermivora, Tiaris, Ammodramus, .Xiphorhynchus, and Lam- pornis. ‘They appeared first in a paper on the Bullock collection of Mexican birds. This paper was published in two parts, in the May and June num- bers of the ‘Philosophical Magazine’ (new ser., I, pp. 364-369, May, 1827, and pp. 433-442, June, 1827). Another paper had been previously written and sent for publication to the ‘Zoological Journal,’ containing diagnoses of several genera, with explicit designation of their types, which first appeared in the paper on Mexican birds. The first-written paper was unexpectedly long delayed in publication, greatly to the disappointment of the author, as he has stated, who was powerless to prevent the inopportune delay. ‘This paper was also published in two parts, in the ‘Zoological Journal’ (III, pp. ~ 158-175) April-July, 1827, and pp. 343-363, August-November, 1827). 30 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. a, The Mexican collection contained birds referred to some of the new genera described in the ‘Zoological Journal’ paper, and, in lieu of describing these genera over again here, the author gave a reference to the other paper, giving as full a citation as possible, omitting only the page, in each case, as follows: “ Swains. in Zool. Journ. No. 10,” where a full description is given and a type designated. In several instances the species referred in the ‘Philo- sophical Magazine’ paper to these new genera are different from the species the author designated as the type; sometimes several were thus referred, — sometimes only one. In the latter case the genus was monotypic when it — appeared in May or June in the ‘Philosophical Magazine,’ two or five months (as the case may be) ahead of its intended first publication in the ‘Zoological Journal,’ and thus has in this actual first publication a basis by both priority and monotypy. In the former case, where several species were referred to one of the new genera, the first publication of the generic name fails to establish the type, which rests on subsequent designation by the author two or five months later. The type by designation of the author has been universally recoil as the type in all these cases for three fourths of a century. The genera in question are for the most part large groups, as modern genera go, each containing several species and many subspecies. To now wrest from these genera their long-recognized types by the strict enforcement of a techni- cality, against palliative circumstances, will produce serious confusion in the nomenclature of these groups. If the author had failed to give a reference to the place of publication of the diagnoses and types, the latter obviously selected before the other paper was published, the case would be quite different. The author did all he could to establish his types, and his reference to the place of their publication makes them virtually types by original designation. I therefore prefer in the present connection to take the types designated by the author in preference to the fortuitous and unintentioned types resulting from the earlier publication of a later written paper. As this course is, however, opposed to the views of some of my colleagues, I respectfully offer this unique case to the Nomenclature Commis- sion of the International Zoological Congress for final arbitration. If the case is decided adversely to the types designated by the author in a paper intended to be the first place of publication of these genera, the follow- ing changes will result. Helminthophila will be replaced by Vermivora, properly a synonym of Helmi- theros. Tiaris will be replaced by Euetheia Reichenb. 1850, and Euetheia will be re- placed by Charitospiza Oberholser, 1905, based on the type of Tiaris as designated by the founder. 1908.] , Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 31 Ammodramus will be replaced by the later genus Coturniculus, and the group recognized for 75 years as Ammodramus becomes Ammospiza Oberholser, 1905, with the type designated by the founder of Ammodramus as the type of that genus, or hy Passerherbulus Maynard, 1895, with the type a species congeneric with the type of Ammodramus. ©% Xiphorhynchus will replace Dendrornis Eyton, 1852, which is reduced to syn- onymy, and the group known universally for 75 years takes the new name Xiphor- nis Oberholser, 1905. Lampornis will replace Oreopyra Gould, 1861, and the group universally recog- nized as Lampornis for 75 years will take the name Anthracothorax Boue, 1831. In the ‘Philosophical Maguzine’ paper (I. c., p. 462) Swainson referred to it only the single species Lampornis amethystinus Swains. (not Trochilus amethystinus Gmel.), which subsequent writers appear to have wholly overlooked, as it is not cited by any of the recent monographers of the Trochilide. The species is evidently Oreopyra calolema Salvin, 1864, a species considered congeneric with Oreopyra leucaspis Gould, 1861, which should apparently be known as either Lampornis amethystina Swains. or Oreopyra amethystina (Swains.). In his later description of the genus Lampornis (Zool. Journ., III, 1827, 358, Swainson referred to it three species, without designating either as the type, and without including the species originally referred to it. The type was subsequently designated by the founder in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 330) as Trochilus mango Linn., which species has since always been accepted as the type. It should be added that Swainson’s L. amethystinus was doubtless wrongly attributed to Mexico, as the genus Oreopyra Gld. is apparently not found north of Costa Rica. In like manner his Cynanthus minimus, described as a new species and ' not since recognized by monographers, was apparently based on a specimen of Melli- suga minima (Linn.), a West Indian species. Cf. Allen, this Bulletin, XXIII, 1907, ' 847, footnote. Ampelis Linnzus, 1766. Type, Ampelis pompadora Linn., by elimina- tion, no type having been correctly determined by subsequent designation. _ Gee antea, p. 12.) ‘Anas Linneus, 1758. Type, Anas boschas Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840.= Boschas Swainson, 1831, tautonymic, with same type. Before Swainson established Boschas in 1831, the genus Anas had been restricted by general consent to Anas boschas and closely allied (strictly con- generic) species, as it has been by all authors since. Gray, in designating A. boschas as the type, in 1840, only followed the general usage. Swainson’s action in 1831, making A. clypeata the type of Anas, is obviously invalid, since clypeata was already the type of the monotypic genus Spatula Boie, 1822. Anous Stephens, 1826. Type, Anous niger Steph. (not Sterna nigra Linn., as alleged by Stone!) = Sterna stolida Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. (C7. Strickland, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., VII, May, 1841, 40; also Saunders, Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., XXV, 1896, 136, 137.) 1Science, N. S., XX VI, 445, Oct. 4, 1907. 32 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. Xaey, Anthus Bechstein, 1807. Type, Anthus aquaticus Bechst.= Alauda spin- oletta Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., I, 249). Antrostomus Bonaparte (ex Gould MS.), 1838. Type, Caprimulgus carolinensis Gmel., by designation of Gray in 1840. Aphelocoma Cubuiie, 1851. Type, Garrulus californicus Vigors, by designation of Sharpe in 1877 (Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., 1877, 112). a Ardea Linnzus, 1758. Type, Ardea cinerea Sinks by designation of Gray in 1840. Astragalinus Cabanis, 1851. Type, Fringilla tristis Linn. » by designs tion of Gray in 1855. Astur Lacépéde, 1801. Type, Falco palumbarius Linn., by desiiyinillls of Vigors, 1825 (Zool. Journ., I, Oct. 1824, 326). ) Atthis Reichenbach, 1853. Type, Ornismya heloise Less. & Delatt., by designation of Gray in 1855. Basilinna Boie, 1831. Type, Trochilus leucotis Vieill., by designation of Gray in 1855. Bonasa Stephens, 1819. Type, Tetrao uwmbellus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Antedates Hylobrontes Stone, 1907, with same type. Botaurus Stephens, 1819. Type, Ardea stellaris Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. . Brachyramphus Brandt, 1837. Type, Colymbus marmoratus Gmel., by designation of Gray in 1840. Branta Scopoli, 1769. Type, Anas bernicla Linn., by designation of - Bannister in 1870 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, 131). Calypte Gould, 1856. Type, Ornismya coste Bourc., by designation of Elliot in 1879 (Mon. Trochil., 106). Carpodacus Kaup, 1829. Type, Lowia erythrina Linn, , by designation of Gray in 1855.= Erythrina Brehm, 1828, with same type, preoccupied by Erythrinus Gron. 1763. Catharista Vicillot, 1816. Type, Vultur wrubu Vieill., by designation of Sharpe in 1874 (Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., I, 23). Catharista origi included — only two species, and the other aap ‘is type of Cathartes, both by subse- quent designation and elimination. Cathartes Illiger, 1811. Type, Vultwr aura Linn., by designation of Vigors in 1825 (Zool. Journ., II, Oct. 1825, 384). Antedaida Rhinogryphus Ridgway, 1874, and Qnops § Share; 1874, both with same type. Certhia Linneus, 1758. Type, Certhia jamiliaris Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 312) and by Gray in 1840. | Ceryle Boie, 1828. Type, Alcedo rudis Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Chetura Stephens, 1825. Type, Chetura macroptera Swains. = Hirundo 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 33 caudacuta Lath., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., I, 340). Not Cypselus spinicaudus Temm. as‘ designated by Gray in 1855, this being not one of the original species. Charadrius Linnzus, 1758. Type, C. apricarius Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Chloroceryle Kaup, 1848. Type,.Alcedo amazona Lath., by designation of Gray in 1840. | Circus Lacépéde, 1801. Type, Falco wruginosus Linn., by designation of Lesson in 1828 (Man. d’Orn., I, 1828, 105) and by Gray in 1840. Gray changed his designation of type in 1855 to F. cyaneus Linn., a species con- generic with F. eruginosus. Cistothorus Cabanis, 1850. Type, Troglodytes stellaris Licht., by desig- nation of Gray in 1855. Colaptes Swainson, June, 1827. Type, Cuculus auratus Linn., by desig- nation of the founder in November, 1827. Columba Linnzeus, 1758.. Type, C. palumbus Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., I, 348) and of Gray in 1840. ‘The type by elimination falls on a congeneric species —C. a@nas 8 domestica Linn. = C. livia Bonn., the species designated by Gray in 1855 as the type. Columbina Spix, 1825. ‘Type, Columba passerina Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Antedates Chamepelia Swains. 1827, with same type by designation of Gray in 1841. Replaces Columbigallina Boie, 1826 (nec Oken, 1817, indeterminable), monotypic, with same type. - Colymbus Linneus, 1758. Type Colymbus cristatus Linn., by designa- tion of the A. O. U.-Nomenclature Committee in 1886. Not Colymbus glacialis Linn. as designated by Swainson in 1837 and by Gray in 1840, this species being not one of the original species. | Compsothlypis Cabanis, 1850. Type, Parus americanus Linn.. by desig- - nation of Gray in 1855. Conurus Kuhl, 1820. Type, “Conurus vittatus (Shaw)” = Psittacus vittatus Shaw, by designation of Gray in 1840. = Pyrrhwra Bonaparte, 1856, with same type. Not Conurus Lesson, 1828, with type, by original desig- nation, “Psittacus rufirostris L. enl. 550” = Psittacus torquatus Bodd., which is the originally designated type of Palewornis Vigors, 1825. Extralimital. Not Conurus Bonaparte, 1850, type Psittacus carolinensis Linn., the only described species referred to it, and thus monotypic; nor Conurus A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee, 1886, with same type by elimination. Not Conwrus Gray, 1855, type, by designation, “ Psittacus gquianensis Linn.” = P. leucophthalmus Miiller; nor Conurus Salvadori, 1891, with the same type by designation = Psittacara Vigors, 1825 with same type by original designation. In this connection the following related genera may be considered: 34 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, [Aratinga Spix, 1824. Type, Aratinga cyanogularis Spix = Psittacus cruentatus Wied, by designation of Bonaparte in 1854 (Rey. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, 150). Not Aratinga Bonaparte, 1856, monotypic, with Psattacus guarouba Gmel. as type; antedated by Guarouba Lesson, 1831, with same type by tautonomy. Aratinga Spix antedates Pyrrhura Bonaparte, 1856, with Psittacus vittata Shaw as type, this species being congeneric with the type of Aratinga as designated by Bonaparte in 1854.] | [Psittacara Vigors, 1825. Type, Psittacus guianensis Gmel.=P. lenin: thalmus Miiller, by original designation, later made the type of Cm by Gray in 1855 (not 1840) and by Salvadori in 1891.] Corvus Linneus, 1758. Type, C. coraa Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. zt Coturniculus Bonaparte, 1838. T ype, F Frsngills passerina Wils., by designation of Gray in 1840. ; Cuculus Linneus, 1758. Type, C. canorus Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 322) and of Gray in 1840. Cynanthus Swainson, 1827. Type, C. latirostris Swain., by. designation of Stone (Auk, XXIV, 1907, 192) and Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, 347) in 1907.= Circe Gould, 1857 (preoccupied), and ache Elliot, 1879, both with same type. Cypseloides Streubel, 1848. Type, Hemiprocne fumigata Streubel, by designation of Sclater in 1865 (P. Z. S., 1865, 614). Cyrtonyx Gould, 1850. Type, Dirtiee montezume Vig., by designation of Gray in 1855. Dendrocygna Swainson, 1837. Type, Anas arcuata Horsf., by alesis tion of Gray in 1840. Diomedea Linn. 1758. Type, D. exulans Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 373) and of Gray in 1840. Dysporus Illiger, 1811. Type, Pelecanus bassanus Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 and Ogilvie-Grant in 1898 (Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., XXVI, 423). Ectopistes Swainson, 1827. Type, £. migratoria Swains. = Columba migratoria Wilson, by designation of the founder in 1837 (Class. Birds, I, 1837, 348). Euphonia Demarest, 1805. Type, Pipra musica Gmel., by dedgnnion of Gray in 1840. Falco Linneus, 1758. Type, Falco subbuteo Linn., by designation of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1886. Not F. peregrinus as designated by Gray in 1840, this being not one of the original species. Fulica Linnieus, 1758. Type, Fulica atra Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. . Fulmarus Stephens, 1826. When Gray, in 1855, designated Procellaria — 1908.) Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 35 glacialis Linn. as type of Fulmarus, it was the monotypic type of Rhantistes Kaup, 1829. As Procellaria gigantea Gmel. became the monotypic type of Ossijraga Homb. & Jacq. in 1844, the only species left of the three original species of F'ulmarus after this date was Procellaria antarctica Gmel., which is therefore necessarily its type. Consequently Fulmarus must replace Thalas- saca Reich. 1852, based on P. antarctica Gmel. The long recognition of Procellaria glacialis as type of Fulmarus is due to Gray’s overlooked error in designating it as the type in 1855, and improperly citing Rhantistes as a synonym of Fulmarus. Extralimital. Gavia Forster, 1788. Antedates Urinator Cuvier, 1800; type Colym- bus imber Gunn., by designation of A. O. U. Committee in 1886. Geothlypis Cabanis, 1847. Type, Turdus trichas Linn. To replace Trichas Swainson, 1827, preoccupied, with the same type by tautonomy and subsequent designation by the founder. Geotrygon Gosse, 1847. Type, G. sylvatica Gosse (by inference) = Columba cristata Temm. & Knip (nec. Gmel.) = C. versicolor Lafr., by designation-of Gray in 1855. Glaucidium Boie, 1826. Type, Strix passerina Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840.= Noctua Savigny, 1809, and Athene Boie, 1822, both pre- ~ occupied. Grus Pallas, 1766 (or, preferably, Duméril, 1806). Type, Ardea grus -Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. The genus is thus tautonymic by subsequent designation of a type, the genus resting originally on a diagnosis only. (Cj. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, 313.) Guiraca Swainson, 1827. Type, Lowia cerulea Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Gypagus Vieillot, 1816. Type, Vultur papa Linn., by designation of Sharpe in 1874 (Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus., I, 22), and A. O. U. Committee in. 1886. As Vultur papa became type of Sarcorhamphus of Duméril by subse- quent designation by Vigors in 1825, Gypagus is a synonym Sarcorhamphus. Heleodytes Cabanis, 1850. Type, Furnarius griseus Swains., by desig- nation of Gray in 1855. ; Helinaia Audubon, 1839. Type, Sylvia swainsonii Aud., by designation of Coues in 1878 (Bds. Col. Vall., 212). Helminthophila Ridgway, 1882. Type, Sylvia rubricapilla Wilson. To replace Helminthophaga Cabanis, 1850, with same type by designation of Gray in 1855. : Hirundo Linneus, 1758. Type, H. rustica Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 340) and by Gray in 1840. Herodias Boie, 1822. Type, Ardea egretta Gmel., by designation of Gray in 1855. 36 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Hydrochelidon Boie, 1822. Type, Sterna nigra Linn., by designation of Strickland in 1841. Antedates Viralva Stephens (ex Leach MS.), 1825, with same type by designation of Strickland in 1841 (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., VII, 40). ydrochelidon was based exclusively on the two strictly congeneric species Sterna nigra Linn. and S. leucoptera M. & S., one of which must be its type. Ixobrychus Bilberg, 1828. Type, Ardea minuta Linn., as esi by Stone in 1907 (Auk, April, 1907, 192). Antedates Ardetta Gray, 1842, monotypic, with same type. Iaobrychus originally contained two species: Ardea minuta Linn. and A. stellaris Linn. As Gray designated A, stellaris — as type of Botaurus in 1840, only A. minuta was left in Ixobrychus, which thus became its type, so that Gray was in error when in 1842 he i ons" Ardetta with A. minuta as its type and only species. Lanius Linneus, 1758. Type, L. excubitor Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1824 (Zool. Journ., I, Oct. 1824, 294). Larus Linneus, 1758. ‘Type, L. canus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1855. In 1840 Gray designated Larus glaucus Bete as type, not described till six years after the genus was founded. Lophortyx Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Tetrao calijornicus Shaw, by desig- nation of Gray in 1840. Loxia Linneus, 1758. ‘Type, L. curvirostra Linn., by virtual designation of Brisson in 1760, whose sole species of Loxia was L. curvirostra Linn. — Also by designation of Gray in 1840, but before Gray designated the type, Brehm (1827) had founded Curvirostra for the Crossbills, of which Loxia curvirostra is type by tautonomy. Hence, properly the type of Lowia Linn. — is L. curvirostra by virtual designation of Brisson, 1760. Lunda Pallas, 1811. Type, Alea cirrhata Pallas, by designation of Gray in 1840. Mareca Stephens, 1824. Type, Anas penelope Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Megaquiscula Cassin, 1866. Type, Quiscalus major Vieill., by designa- tion of Sclater in 1886 (Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., XI, 1866, 393). Melanitta Boie, +1822. Type, Anas fusca Linn., by designation of nay in 1840. Meleagris Linnzeus, 1758. Type, M. gallopavo Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Antedates Gallopavo Brisson, 1760. Melopelia Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Columba meloda 'Tsch., by desiiuie tion of Gray in 1855. Mergus Linn. 1758. Type, Mergus castor Linn.= M. merganser Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 369) and of Gray in 1840. Antedates Merganser Brisson, 1760. Motacilla Linnzeus, 1758. Type, M. alba Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. 1908.] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 37 Myiarchus Cabanis, 1844. Type, Muscicapa ferox Gmel., by designa- tion of Gray in 1855. : Oidemia Fleming, 1822. Type, Anas nigra Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Olor Wagler, 1832. Type, Anas cygnus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Oporornis Baird, 1858. Type, Sylvia agilis Wils., by designation of the founder in 1865 (Rev. Am. Bds., 218). Ortalis Merrem, 1786. Type, Phasianus motmot Linn., by designation _ of Gray in 1840. (Not seen.) Parus Linneus, 1758. Type, Parus major Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Passerculus Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Fringilla savanna Wils., by desig- nation of Gray in 1840. ; Passerina Vieillot, 1816. Type, Tanagra cyanea Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Antedates Cyanospiza Baird, 1858, with same type by original designation. Pelecanus Linneus, 1758. Type, P. onocrotalus Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 372) and of Gray in 1840. Pelidna Cuvier, 1817. Type, Tringa alpina Linn., by designation of Coues in 1861 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, 187). Pendulinus Vieillot, 1816. Type, Oriolus spurius Linn., by designation of A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1886; not O. banana Linn., as designated by Gray in 1855, this being not one of the original species. Perisoreus Bonaparte, 1831. Type, Corvus canadensis Linn., by desig- ‘naton of Gray in 1840. Petrochelidon Cabanis, 1850. Type, Hirundo melanogaster Swains., by designation of Gray in 1855. Peucea Audubon, 1839. Type, Fringilla bachmani Aud., by designa- tion of Gray in 1855. Phaéthon Linnzus, 1758. ‘Type, P. ethereus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Phaleris ‘'emminck, 1820. Type, Alca psittacula Pall., by designation of Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds. IH, 371) and of Gray in 1840. (Not Phalerrs of the A. O. U. Check-List, Ist and 2d editions.) Antedates Cyclorrhynchus Kaup, 1829, monotypic, with same type. Picoides Lacépéde, 1801. Type, Picus tridactylus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Pzcoides, though originally based on a diagnosis without mention of any species, is clearly monotypic, with type as given above, this being the only three-toed woodpecker known when the genus was founded. Planesticus Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Turdus jamaicensis Gmel., as 38 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, designated by Baird in 1864 (Rev. Am. Bds., 12).= Merula Leach, 1816, tautonymic, with Turdus merula Linn. as type, preoccupied by Merula Koch, 1816, = Pastor Temm. 1815, with Turdus roseus Linn. as type: Polioptila Sclater, 1855. Type, Motacilla cerulea Linn., by designation of Gray in 1855, and as implied by the founder. = Culicivora Swainson, payed not of Swainson, 1827. Priofinus Hombron & Jacquinot, 1844. Type, Procellaria cinerea Gmel., by designation of Gray in 1855. ae Procellaria Linn., 1758. Type, P. equinoctialis Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. . ; Pyrocephalus Gould, 1841. Type, Muscicapa coronata Gmel.= M. rubinus Bodd., by designation of Gray in 1840. Rallus Linneus, 1758. Type, Rallus aquaticus Linn., by designation of — Gray in 1840.= Rallus Bechstein, 1802, and of Boie, 1822; each of these authors restricted Rallus to R. aquaticus by transferring all of the other original species to other genera, this action, in each case, being tautamount — to a ‘designation’ of R. aquaticus as the type of Rallus. Rhyacophilus Kaup, 1829. Type, T’ringa glareola Linn., by designation of Gray in 1855. Rhynchodon Nitzsch, 1829. Type, Falco peregrinus Latham, by desig nation of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1886. : Salpinctes Cabanis, 1847. Type, Troglodytes obsoletus Say, by designa-— tion of Gray in 1855. f Sarcorhamphus Duméril, 1806. Type, Vultur papa Linn., by designa- tion of Vigors in 1825 (Zool. Journ., II, 381, 384). Replaces Gypagus. Saxicola Bechstein, 1803. Type, Motacilla enanthe Linn., as designated’ by Gray in 1840. i Scardafella Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Columba squamosa Temm., by designation of Gray in 1855. Scolopax Linneus, 1758. Type, S. rusticola Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840, and as restricted by Koch in 1816. 8. rusticola is also type by tautonomy of Rusticola Vieillot, 1816. Of the several Linnsean species of Scolopax found in Bavaria, Koch (Syst. Baier. Zool., I, 1816, p. 310) removed from it all except rusticola, making a new (tautonymic) genus for one of them (S. gallinago) and placing all the others except rusticola in other genera. But he of course formally ‘designated’ no type. ‘There is thus the alternative of taking Vieillot’s tautonymic genus Rusticola, of ostensibly* the same date with Koch’s restriction, and ignoring Koch, thus overthrowing snede much later designation of a s type, and contravening general usage has been claimed that Vieillot’s Mapas agi ’ in which Rusticola was proposed, was not. published till 1817. Cf. Lesson, Man. d’Orn., I, 1828, 50, footnote. 1908. ] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 39 for nearly a century. Only by respecting Koch’s virtual designation of a type for Scolopax in 1816 can the traditional type of Scolopax be preserved. Scotiaptex Swainson, 1837. Type, Strix cinerea Gmel.= S. nebulosa Forster, by designation of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1889 (First Suppl. A. O. U. Check-List, 1889, 21). Seiurus Swainson, May, 1827. Type, Motacilla awrocapillus Linn., by designation of the founder in July, 1827. Selasphorus Swainson, 1831. Type, Trochilus rufus Gmel., by desig- nation of Gray in 1855. Setophaga Swainson, May, 1827. Type, Muscicapa ruticilla Linn., by designation of the founder in November, 1827. Sialia Swainson, May, 1827. Type, Motacilla sialis Linn., by designa- tion of the founder in November, 1827. - Spiza Bonaparte, 1824. Type, Emberiza americana Gmel., by designa- tion of the founder in 1827 (Specch. Comp. della.Orn. di Roma e di Filadel- fia, 1827, 47, footnote). Antedates Euspiza Bonap., 1832, with same type. Sporophila Cabanis, 1844. Type, Pyrrhula cinereola Temm.= Fringilla _ hypoleuca Licht., by designation of Sharpe, 1888 (Brit. Mus. Cat. Bds., XII, 1888, 90); not Pyrrhuta jalcirostris Temm. sp. indet., as designated by Gray in 1855. Established as a substitute for Spermophila Swainson, 1827 (preoccupied), and therefore Sporophila takes the same type. As Spermophila originally contained only two species, and one of them has proved to be indeterminable, the type is necessarily the other = Fringilla hypoleuca Licht. Streptoceryle Bonaparte, 1854. Type, Alcedo torquata Linn., by desig- nation of Gray in 1840. Strix Linneus, 1758. Type, Strix flammea Linn., by designation of Lesson in 1828 (Man. d’Orn., I, 1828, 114) and of Gray in 1840. - $turnus Linneus, 1735. Type, S. vulgaris Linn., by designation of Swainson in 1837 and of Gray in 1840. Synthlyboramphus Brandt, 1837. Type, Alea antiquus Gmel., by designation of Gray in 1840. Tachycineta Cabanis, 1850. Type, Hirundo thalassina Swains., by designation of Gray in 1855. Thalasseus Boie, 1822. Type, Sterna caspia Pallas, by designation of Gray in 1855, and long previously by elimination, the other two of the three species becoming the types of monotypic genera, respectively, in 1829 and 1830. In 1840 Gray erroneously designated S. cantiaca, this species having been made the type of the monotypic genus Actochelidon Kaup, 1829, a genus evidently unknown to Gray in 1840, since in 1855 he not only recog- nized Actochelidon with cantiaca as type, but changed the type of Thalas- seus from cantiaca to caspia. 40 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Tiaris Swainson, June, 1827. Type, Fringilla ornata Wied, by designa- tion of the founder in November, 1827. Tinnunculus Vieillot, 1807. Type, Falco columbarius Linn., by desig- nation of A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1903 (Auk, XX, 19038, 339). Not Falco tinnunculus Linn., as designated by Gray in 1840, this being not one of the original species. Tringa Linneus, 1758. Type, Tringa canutus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. The case of Tringa is nearly parallel with that of Scolopax (q. v.), T. canutus being already the tautonymic type of Canutus Brehm — (1831) when Gray made it ‘type by subsequent designation’ of Tringa in © 1840. As, however, 7. canutus was the last species removed from Tringa, it is its type both by elimination and subsequent designation. Trochilus Linneus, 1758. Type, Trochilus polytmus Linn., by designa- tion of Gray in 1840. Antedates the monotypic genus Aithurus Cab. 1860, with same type. (See antea, p. 12). Swainson in 1837 (Class. Bds., II, 330) gave “T. longirostris auct.” as type, but this was not one of the original species. Troglodytes Vicillot, 1807 (= 1808). Type, T. aédon Vieill., by desig- nation of Oberholser in 1902 (Auk, XIX, 175, 176). Not Troglodites Cuvier, 1817. Turdus Linneeus, 1758. Type, Turdus viscivorus Linn., by designation of Gray in 1840. Uranomitra Reichenbach, 1853. Type, Trochilus francie B. & M., — 1846, by designation of Elliot in 1879 (Synop. Trochil., March, 1879, 195). Vermivora Swainson, June, 1827. Type, Sylvia vermivora Wils., by designation of the author in November, 1827. Antedated by Helmithiwes Rafinesque, 1819, monotypic, with the same type. (See antea, pp. 29-31.) Vireo Vicillot, 1807. Type, Muscicapa noveboracensis Gmel., by desig- nation of Gray in 1840. ap, Vireosylva Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Muscicapa olivacea Linn., by desig- nation of Gray in 1840. Wilsonia Bonaparte, 1838. Type, Motacilla mitrata Gmel., by desig- nation of A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee in 1899 (Auk, XVI, 1899, 123). Xanthoura Bonaparte, 1850. Type, Corvus peruanus Gmel.= C. yncas Bodd., by designation of Gray in 1855. Yphantes Vieillot, 1816. Type, Oriolus baltimore Linn., 1766.= Cora- cias galbula Linn., 1758, by designation of Gray in 1855. Zonotrichia Swainson, 1831. ‘Type, Fringilla , Pennsylvanica Lath. = F. albicollis Gmel., by designation of Bonaparte in 1832 (Sagg. Distr. Metod. Anim. Vertebr., 1832, 83). — ~ gay wed < a _ he 1908 ] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 41 Ill. SuMMARY. An analysis of the foregoing lists of genera and subgenera yields results of interest. A few exotic genera are included, but 429 of the 442 formally considered are represented in the A. O. U. Check-List area of North America. Monotypic genera, or those containing only a single species when founded 236 Polytypic genera, or those containing two or more species when founded 206 442 Polytypic genera with type by original designation . : / ‘ 25 Polytypic genera with type by absolute tautonomy : é ; - Ad Polytypic genera with type by subsequent designation . ; ; . ee? 206 Of these 442 genera and subgenera, 71 per cent. have the type deter- minable on the basis of the original description, and in 29 per cent. the determination of the type depends upon subsequent conditions. In the monotypic genera, which exceed 56 per cent. of the total, the type _ js fixed automatically at the time the genus is founded. About one third of the monotypic genera have the type also designated by the founder, and _ in about one tenth the type is also tautonymic. Of the polytypic genera, the type is found to depend upon the designa- ‘tion of the founder at the time of the original publication of the genus in slightly over 12 per cent. of the cases, and upon absolute tautonomy in 21 per cent. of the cases. This leaves 66 per cent. in which type determination rests upon subsequent action by the founder or by some other author. A careful analysis of the list of polytypic genera shows that the type is absolutely determinable by elimination, in its most restricted sense, in only 94 out of 139 cases, or in a little more than 67 per cent. The cases to which restricted elimination does not apply are: (1) genera based solely on a diag- nosis; (2) genera containing originally only congeneric species; (3) genera containing two or more congeneric species after the noncongeneric species have been removed. ‘These three categories form 33 per cent. of the total number of polytypic genera, in which the type is necessarily established solely on the basis of subsequent designation. In the case of many of the early genera, the type was established by elimination 20 to 50 years or more before any species became ‘‘type by subsequent designation” as ‘defined under rule g of Article 30 of the International Code. Restricted elimination is difficult to apply in the case of some of the large Linnean genera, where, through the action of such ultra splitters as 42 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Boie, Kaup, Brehm, Bonaparte, Reichenbach, and others, of the middle of — the last century, every species became the type of some so-called genus or sub- — genus,— in some instances the type of several such divisions,— now rated as nominal. Only by relegating these to synonymy can a type be selected by elimination which will be the same as the type now accepted by general consent. In several cases the species which have come to be the unani- mously accepted types of these genera became so by the restriction of the | original genus by some early author to one of its species, as in Lowa, Actitis, and Sonepan, a proceeding tantamount to ‘type by subsequent _— tion,’ though not so recognized by Article 30. In the present paper, when the designation of a type by a first reviser has been made in contravention of all official rules of nomenclature, from 1842 to 1905, and of the new Article 30 of the International Code when logically construed, such designations have been rejected as invalid. Illus- trations, taken from Gray, have already been given (pp. 10-13) of inyalid types by subsequent designation. ‘The two principal sources of such errors are: (1) the designation of a species as a type which was not one of the originally included species of the genus; (2) the selection of a type which was already the type of some other genus. These errors were frequently committed by Gray’s predecessors in type designation, as well as by Gray himself; but Gray, as already stated (antea, p. 8), corrected most of his errors in type fixing, and his corrections have been accepted by subsequent authors, while his erroneous determinations of types have been as uniformly rejected. — Thus, to mention a few cases among many, he designated as types of Colym- bus, Larus, Falco, Tinnunculus, Vultur, and Troglodytes species not originally included in them, and for Alea, Thalasseus, Fulmarus, Tetrao, Cyanoeitta, and Ampelis, species that had long before become the types of other genera. To make a fetish of the ‘type by subsequent designation’ rule, and give it precedence over all other rules, would be not only revolutionary but grossly illogical, resulting in the needless overturn of a large number of genera long accepted in their present sense. And without any compensating advantages whatever, for type by first subsequent designation, right or wrong, is* no more a hard and fast rule than type by subsequent designation in conformity to rules a-d of Article 30. The two methods are also on an absolute parity in respect to facility of enforcement. Of the 197 polytypic genera and subgenera of the A. O. U. Check-List, 8 become changed through the determination of the type by rule g of the new Article 30 of the International Code of Nomenclature, namely, Fulmarus, Procellaria, Mergus, Gypagus, Conurus, Trochilus Ampelis, and Passerina, — in each case the type species being different from that reached by restricted elimination. In the case of Fulmarus, Procellaria, and Ampelis, elimination, 1908. ] Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 43 for the A. O. U. Check-List, was based on the ‘“‘non-exotic species” rule (A. O. U. Code, Canon XXIII; International Code of 1905, Article 30, rec- ommendation c), which provides that “the process of elimination is to be restricted to the non-exotic species,” from the standpoint of the author. In each of these genera there was only one non-exotic species, which was hence the type, but they would not have been types under unrestricted elimination. In the case of Trochilus, elimination fails to give satisfactory results, and the hitherto current type rests on general usage, or ‘‘consensus of opinion.” In the Mergus, Gypagus, Conurus, and Passerina cases, the type by elimination is changed by the “type by subsequent designation” tule = 5 instances in a total of 197 genera. On the other hand, to take the species first made the type by subsequent designation, right or wrong, many additional and wholly superfluous changes in generic names would be necessary, of which the following may serve as examples, based on Gray’s work as a first reviser. If Swainson and others were also included, many changes additional to those here given would probably be required. The following illustrations also exclude genera the _ types of which by subsequent designation were species not originally in- cluded in them. Alca Linn. 1758, would become Pinguinus Bonn. 1790. Plautus Briinn. 1772, would become Alca Linn. Thalasseus Boie, 1822, would become Hydroprogne Kaup, 1829. Actochelidon Kaup, 1829, would become Thalasseus Boie. _ Egretta Forster, 1817, would become Herodias Boie, 1822. Herodias of the Check-List would become Leucophoyx Sharpe, 1894.) Micropalama Baird, 1858, would become Hemipalama Bonap. 1828. Catharista Vieill. 1816, would become a synonym of Cathartes Ill. 1811. Catharista of current usage would require a new name. Urubitinga Lafres. 1843, would become Morphnus Cuv. 1817. Morphnus of current usage would require a new name. Helinaia Aud. 1839, would become a synonym of Helmitheros Raf. 1819. _ Helinaia of current usage would require a new name. I do not attribute to the learned Nomenclature Commission of the International Zodélogical Congress the intention of making rule g of Article 30 superior to the rules which precede it, and which it is explicitly stated shall be applied “in the order of precedence,” and thus enforce first type designations whether right or wrong, in contravention of fundamental rules of all previous official codes; the possibility of such a conception would not have occurred to me had it not been forced upon my attention by certain naturalists who have placed this construction upon rule g. The one method conserves present generic nomenclature, the other entails needless changes and confusion. 44 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Concordance of Changes jrom the A. O. U. Check-List, as recognized in 1904. Since the publication of the last supplement to the A. O. U. Check-List in July, 1904, nearly 40 changes in the generic and subgeneric names then recognized have been shown, through the labors of various investigators, chiefly members of the A. O. U. Nomenclature Committee, to be necessary, most of them through the discovery of earlier names than those adopted, or the non-pertinency, for various reasons, of others. Nearly all these changes have been previously published, and some of the new names haye become more or less current. The following concordance is based on the present paper, and includes some changes not yet endorsed by the A. O. U. Committee, while some changes endorsed by the Committee, especially in respect to the Swainsonian genera discussed on preceding pages (pp. 29— 31), are not included in the concordance. A number have been acted upon by the Committee tentatively, and are thus virtually still open cases. The order of arrangement is alphabetic; the Check-List names of 1904 are given in the first column, the names here adopted in the second, and the reason of the change in the third. Check-List Names. Names here adopted. Reason of the change. Ampelis. Bombycilla. . Not pertinent Ardetta. Ixobrychus. Priority. Aythya Nyroca. " Callothorus. Tangavius. ns Camptolaimus. Kamptorhynchus. 1 Ceophloeus. Phlceotomus, Not pertinent, Coeligena. Cyanolema. Tautonomy. Columbigallina. Columbina. Preoccupied Contopus. Myiochanes. N Conurus. Conuropsis. Type by subsequent aeolian Crymophilus, Phalaropus. Tautonomy. Cyanecula. Cyanosylvia. Priority. Cyanospiza. Passerina. Type by subsequent designation, Cyclorrhynchus. Phaleris. Priority. Tiaris. Euetheia, Not pertinent. Fulmarus. Rhantistes, . Galeoscoptes. Dumatella. Priority. Gypagus. Sarcorhamphus, Type by subsequent designnces, Hylophilus. Pachysylvia. Preoccupied. Iache. Cynanthus. Priority. Megascops. Otus. es Merganser. Mergus. Not pertinent Mergus. Mergellus. Type by subsequent designation. Merula. Planesticus, Preoccupied. Mycteria. Jabiru. Not pertinent, Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 45 List Names Names here ipa Reason of the change. i Nannus. _ Priority. Camptostoma. Not pertinent. Penthestes. eis = Plectrophenax. Type by subsequent designation. Machetes. Priority. Alcella. Not pertinent. Lobipes. Tautonomy. Thalassidroma. Not pertinent. Tachybaptus. fg nm AXthia. Priority Mycteria. — a Type by subsequent designation. Index to the Generic Names referred to in this paper. a The names of the genera and subgenera here adopted as tenable for North American birds are printed in plain type; those incidentally mentioned, either as nyms or as extralimital, are in italic type. The A. O. U. Check-List genera and ywenera number 429 = 388 genera + 41 subgenera. The 126 synonyms and ex- tralimital genera mentioned raise the whole number to 555, for each of which the manner of type determination is indicated. By the use of abbreviations, placed after the names, the index shows at a glance _ the basis of the determination of their types, and also whether they were monotypic q ¥ or polytypic when originally founded. Thus m = monotypic. o = type by original designation. t = type by absolute tautonomy. m, 0 = type by both monotypy and original designation. m, t = type by both monotypy and absolute tautonomy. m, 0, t = type determinable by original designation and by tautonomy as well . as by original seaentn ex.,= extralimital. Acanthis, s, 28. Aimophila, s, 29 Amphispiza, 0, 13. Acanthopneuste, s, 28. Aithurus, m, ex., 12, 40. Anas, s, 31. Accipiter, t, 25. Aix, s, 29 Ancylocheilus, m, 18. _ Actitis, s, 29. Ajaia, m, o, t, 15. Anhinga, m, t, 15. Actodromas, m, 14. 39, 43. _ Meialitis, s, 29 Aéronautes, m, 15. Astrelata, s, 29. AMthia, m, 15. Agelaius, s, 29 Actochelidon, m, 10, 14, Aichmophorus, m, o, 15. Alauda, s, 29 Alea, s, 10, 29, 43. Alcedo, s, ex., 27. Alcella, 0, 15. Alle, m, t, 15. Amizilis, 0, 26. Ammodramus, s, 29. Ammospiz, 0, 31. Ampelis, s, ex., 12, 15, 31. Anous, s, 10, 31. Anser, t, 26. Antenor, m, 22. Anthracothorax, ex., 31. Anthus, s, 32. Antrostomus, s, 32. Aphelocoma, s, 32. Aphriza, m, 15. Aquila, t, 26. ' 46 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Aramus, m, 15. Aratinga, s, ex., 34. Archibuteo, m, 15. _ Arctonetta, m, 15. Ardea, s, 32. Ardetta, 0, 36. Arenaria, m, t, 15. Aristonetta, m, o, 15. Arquatella, m, 15. Arremonops, m, 0, 15. Asarcia, m, 15. Asio, t, 26. Astragalinus, s, 32. Astur, s, 32. Asturina, m, 15. Asyndesmus, m, o, 15. Athene, s, 35. Atthis, s, 32. Auriparus, m, o, 15. Aythia, s, 27. Beolophus, m, 15. Bartramia, m, t, 15. Basileuterus, m, 15. Basilinna, s, 32. Bernicla, t, 26. Bombycilla, m, 15. Bonasa, s, 32. Boschas, t, 31. Botaurus, s, 32. Brachyramphus, s, 32. Branta, s, 32. Brewsteria, m, 0, 15. Bubo, t, 26. Budytes, s, 15. Bulweria, m, t, 15. Burrica, o, 13. Buteo, t, 26. Buteola, m, 16. Butorides, m, 16. Calamospiza, m, 16. Calcarius, m, 16. Calidris, m, t, 16. Callichelidon, o, 13. Callipepla, m, 16. Callothrus, m, 24. Calothorax, m, o, 16. Calypte, s, 32. Campephilus, m, o, 16. Camptolaimus, m, 20. Camptostoma, m, 0, 16. Canace, m, 13. Canachites, o, 13. Canutus, t, 40. Cardellina, m, 16. Cardinalis, t, 26. Carduelis, t, 26. Carpodacus, s, 32. Casarca, m, 16. Catharista, s, 11, 32, 43. Cathartes, s, 11, 32, 43. Catherpes, m, o, 16. Catoptrophorus, m, 16. Centrocercus, 0, 13. Centronyx, m, 16. Centurus, m, o, 16. Ceophleus, 0, ex., 14. Cepphus, m, 16. Cerchneis, m, 16. Cerorhincha, m, 16. Certhia, s, 32. Ceryle, s, 32. Chemapelia, s, 33. Cheetura, s, 32. Chamza, m, 16. Chamethlypis, o, 14. Charadrius, s, 33. Charitonetta, m, o, 16. Charitospiza, 0, 30. Chaulelasmus, m, 16. Chelidonaria, m, o, 16. Chen, m, 16. Chloroceryle, s, 33. Chondestes, m, 16. Chordeiles, m, o, 16. Circe, m, 34. Ciceronia, m, o, 16. Cinclus, m, 17. Circus, s, 33. Cistothorus, s, 33. Clangula, t, 26. Clivicola, m, 24, Coecyzus, m, 17. Celigena, t, ex., 17, 27. Coeereba, m, 17. Colaptes, s, 33. Colinus, m, 17. Columba, s, 33. Columbigallina, m, 33. Columbina, s, 33. Colymbus, s, 33. Compsohalieus, m, 0, 17. Compsothlypis, s, 33. Contopus, m, 0, 21, Conuropsis, m, 0, 17. | Conurus, 8, ex., 17, 33. Corvus, s, 34. ° Cotile, m, 14. ¥ Coturnicops, m, 17. Coturniculus, s, 34. Creagrus, m, 0, 17. Creciscus, m, 0, 17. | Crex, m, t, 17. . Crotophaga, m, 17. Crymophilus, m, 27. Cryptoglaux, o, 14. Cuclicivora, s, 38. Curvirostra, t, 36. Cuculus, s, 34. Cyanecula, t, 17. Cyanocephalus, m, t, 17, Cyanocitta, o, 14. Cyanolema, m, o, 17. Cyanospiza, 0, 37. Cyanosylvia, m, 17, : Cyclorrhynchus, m, 37. Cymochorea, m, 14. ° Cynanthus, s, 34. Cypseloides, s, 34. Cyrtonyx, s, 34. Cyrtopelicanus, m, 0, 17. Dafila, m, 0, 17. Daption, o, 14. Dendragopus, m, 0, 14, Dendrocygna, s, 34. Dendroica, m, 0, 17. . Dendronessa, 0, 29. Dendrornis, ex., 31. Densirostra, m, 18. Dichromanassa, m, 0, 17. Diomedea, s, 34. Dolichonyx, m, 0, 17, Dryobates, m, 10, 18. Dumatella, m, 17. Dysporus, s, 34. Euspiza, 0, 39. Exanthemops, m, 18. Falco, s, 34. Florida, m, 18. Francolinus, t, ex., 26. Fratercula, m, t, 18. Fregata, m, 18. Fregetta, o, 14. ~ Fulieca, s, 34. Fuligula, t, 26, 27. Fulmarus, s, ex., 11, 23, 34: Galeoscoptes, s, 18. Gallinago, t, 27. Gallinula, t, 27. Gallopavo, t, 36. Garzetta, t, 11. Gavia, s, 22, 35. Gelochelidon, m, 19. ‘Geococcyx, m, 19. ‘Geothlypis, 0, 35. Geotrygon, s, 35. Glaucidium, s, 35. Glaugionetta, 0, 14, 27. Glottis, t, 27. Grus, s, 35. Guara, m, 0, 19. Guarouba, t, ex., 34. Guiraca, s, 35. Gymnogyps, m, 19. Gypagus, s, 35, 38. Habia, m, 25. Hematopus, m, 19. Halizetus, m, 19. Haliplana, m, 21. Halocyptena, m, o, 19. Harelda, m, 19. Harpes, m, 19. Harporhynchus, m, 19. Harpyia, m, 25. Heleodytes, s, 35. Helinaia, s, 35, 43. Helminthophaga, s, 35. Helminthophila, s, 30, 35. Helmitheros, m, 19. Helodromas, m, 19. Hemipalama, s, 43. Herodias, s, 11, 35, 43. Hesperiphona, m, o, 19. Heteractitis, m, 19. Heterocelus, m, 19. Hierofaleo, m, 19. Himantopus, t, 27. Hirundo, s, 35. Histrionicus, t, 19. Herataria, m, ex., 26. Horizopus, 0, 21. Hortulanus, 23. Houppifere, m, ex., 26. Hydranassa, m, 14. Hydrochelidon, s, 10, 36. Hydroprogne, 43. Hylatomus, m, 22. Hylobrontes, 0, 32. Hylocichla, o, 14. Hylophilus, s, 22. Tache, 0, 34. Icteria, m, 19. Icterus, t, 27. Ictinia, m, 19. Ionornis, m, 0, 19. _Iridoprogne, o, 14. Ispida, t, ex., 27. Allen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 47. 3 Ixobrychua, s, 36. Ixoreus, m, 0, 19. Jabiru, m, o, 19. Jacamerops, m, ex., 26. Jacana, t, 27. Junco, m, 19. Kamplorhynchus, m, 20. Lagopus, t, 27. Lampornis, 8, ex., 31. Lampronetta, m, 15. Lanius, s, 36. Lanivireo, o, 14. Larus, s, 36. Leptopelicanus, m, o, 20. Loptotila, m, 20. Leucophoyx, m, 43. Leucosticte, m, 0, 20. Limosa, t, 27. Lobipes, m, 20. Lophodytes, m, o, 20. Lophortyx, s, 36. Loxia, s, 36. Lunda, s, 36. Machetes, m, 20. Macronectes, m, 20. Macrorhamphus, m, 20. Mareca, s, 36. Marila, t, 26. Megalestris, m, 20. Megalopterus, m, 10. Megaquiscula, s, 36. Megascops,m, 22, Melanerpes, m, 0, 20. Melanitta, s, 36. Meleagris, s, 36. Melopelia, s, 36. Melospiza, o, 14. Merganser, s, 36. Mergellus, m, 20. Mergus, s, 36. Merula, t, 38. Micrathene, m, 0, 20. Micrura, o, 14. Micropalama, m, o, 20, 43. Micropallas, m, o, 20. 48 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. Mimetes, m, 20. Mimus, m, 20. Mniotilta, m, 20. Molothrus, m, o, 20. Morphnus, s, ex., 43. Motacilla, s, 36. Muscivora, o, 14. Myadestes, m, 20. Mycteria, m, 20. Myiarchus, s, 37. Myioborus, o, 14. Myiochanes, m, 21. Myiozetetes, 0, 14. Nannus, m, 21. Neocorys, m, t, 21. Netta, m, 21. Nettion, m, 21. Noctua, m, 35. Nomonyx, m, o, 21. Nucifraga, m, t, 21. Numenius, t, 27. _ Nuttallornis, m, 0, 21. Nyctala, m, 14. Nyctanassa, m, 0, 21. Nyctea, t, 27. Nycticorax, t, 27. Nyctidromus, m, 21. Nyroca, t, 27. Oceanites, m, 21. Oceanodroma, m, o, 21. Ochthodromus, m, o, 21. (nops, s, 32. Oidemia, s, 37. Olbiorchilus, 0, 21. Olor, s, 37. Onychoprion, m, 21. Oporornis, s, 37. Oreopyra, m, ex., 31. Oreortyx, m, 0, 21. ; Oreospiza, m, 0, 21. Ornithion, m, ex., 16, 22. Oroscoptes, m, 22. Orpheus, m, 20, Ortalis, s, 37. Ossifraga, m, 20, 35. Otogyps, m, 0, ex., 11. Otocoris, m, 22. Otus, m, 22. Oxyechus, m, 0, 22. Pachysylvia, m, 22. Pagophila, m, 22. Pallasicarbo, m, 0, 22. Pandion, m, 22. Parabuteo, m, 0, 22. Parus, s, 37. Passer, t, 27. Passerculus, s, 37. Passerella, m, 22. Passerherbulus, m, 0, 31. Passerina, s, 37. Pastor, ex., 38. Pavoncella, m, 20. Pedicecetes, m, 0, 22. Pelagodroma, m, 0, 22. Pelecanus, s, 37. Pelidna, s, 37. Pelionetta, m, 22. Pendulinus, s, 37. Penthestes, m, 0, 22. Perisoreus, s, 37. Petrochelidon, s, 37. Peucea, s, 37. Peucedramus, m, 0, 22. Phaéthon, s, 37. Phainopepla, m, 0, 22. Phalacrocorax, t, 27. Phalenoptilus, m, 0, 22. Phalaropus, t, 27. Phaleris, s, 37. Philacte, m, 22. Philohela, m, 0, 22. Phloeotomus, m, 0, 22. Pheebastria, m, o, 22. Pheebetria, m, 0, 22. Pheenicopterus, m, 23. Pica, t, 28. Picicorvus, m, 23. Picoides, m, s, 37. Pinguinus, s, 48. Pinicola, m, 23. Pipilo, m, 23. Piranga, m, 23. Pitangus, m, 23. Planesticus, s, 37. Platypsaris, 0, 14. [Vol. XXIV, Plautus, m, 10, 23, 43. Plectrophenax, m, 0, 23. Plegadis, m, 23. ’ Plotus, m, 15. Podasocys, m, 0, 23. Podiceps, s, 24. Podilymbus, m, 23. Polioptila, s, 38. Polyborus, m, 23. Polysticta, m, 23. Pocecetes, m, 23. Porzana, m, t, 23. Priocella, m, 23. Priofinus, s, 38. Procellaria, s, ex., 11, 25,. 38. Progne, m, 23. Protonotaria, m, t, 23. Psaltriparus, m, 23. Psittacara, 0, ex., 33, 34. Ptychoramphus, m, nite Puffinus, t, 28. Pyrgita, s, 27. Pyrocephalus, s, 38 Pyrrhula, t, 28. Pyrrhuloxia, m, 23. Pyrrhura, m, ex., 33, 34. Querquedula, t, 26, 28. Quiscalus, t, 28. Rallus, s, 38. | Recurvirostra, m, 23. Regulus, m, t, 23. Rhantistes, m, 23, 35. Rhinogrhyphus, 0, 32. Rhodostethia, m, 0, 24. Rhyacophilus, s, 38. Rhynchodon, s, 38. Rhynchofaleo, m, 0, 24. Rhynchophanes, m, 24. Rhynchopsitta, m, 24. Riparia, m, t, 24. Rissa, m, 0, t, 24. Rostrhamus, m, 24. Rusticola, t, 38. Salpinctes, s, 38. Sarcorhamphus, s, 11, 38. a Sula, t, 28. Surnia, m, 24. . Sylochelidon, m, 10. _ Symphemia, m, 18. . Synthlyborhamphus, s,39. Syrichtha, m, 21. Syrnium, m, 24. Tachybaptus, m, o, 24. Tachycineta, s, 39. Tachytriorchis, m, 24. Tadorna, t, ex., 26. Tangavius, m, 24. Tantalus, m, 20, 25. Tetrao, t, ex., 28. Thalassarche, m, 0, 25. Thalasseus, s, 10, 39, 43. Thalassidroma, o, 11, 25. Thalasseca, m, 0, 35. _ Thalassogeron, m, o, 25. _ Thrassaétos, m, 25. Thryomanes, m, 25. - Thryothorus, m, 25. Tiaris, s, ex., 30, 40. Tinnunculius, s, 40 _ Torda, m, 10, 23. Totanus, t, 28. Toxostoma, m, 25. Trichas, t, 35. Tringa, s, 40. Trochilus, s, ex., 12, 40. Troglodites, m, 21, 40. _ Troglodytes, s, 40. Trogon, m, 25. Tryngytes, m, 25. ADDENDUM. ¢ llen, Types of Genera of North American Birds. 49 Turdus, s, 40. Tympanuchus, m, 25. Tyrannus, t, 28. Uranomitra, s, 40. Uria, t, 28. Urile, t, 28. Urinator, s, 35. Urogallus, t, 28. Urubitinga, m, t, 25, 43. Vanellus, t, 28, Vermivora, s, t, 19, 29,30, 40. Vestiaria, m, ex., 26. Viralva, s, 36. Vireo, s, 40. Vireosylvia, s, 40. Vultur, s, ex., 11. Wagellus, 0, 11. Wilsonia, s, 40. Xanthocephalus, m, t, 25. Xanthoura, s, 40. Xema, m, 25. Xenopicus, m, 25. Xipholena, m, 12. Xiphorhynchus, 0, ex.,31. Xiphornis, o, 31. Yphantes, s, 40. Zamelodia, 0, 25. Zenaida, t, 28. Zenaidura, m, 25. — Zonotrichia, s,,40._ e ag should ata been added: “Also type by original designation,” omitted Li are properly designated, however, in the aes pid the affixed “cc “c “c “cc licanus, p17... 1, p. 18. “ec cc “ce 50 Add eet Tonornis, 19. Also £6 “ “ “ “ 7; +6 “ “ “ “ 7 ‘ “ “ “c “ “cc “ce “ 1 33, ai 37, “238, “cc “cs ““ “a “s 32, line 27, for Loxia ¢ Beis Bulletin American Museum o Leptopelicanus, p. 20. Lophodytes, p. 20. Oceanodroma, p. 21, | Oxyechus, p. 22. Pelagodroma, p. 22 Penthestes, p. 22. Phebastria, p. Phebetria, p. Tachybaptus, ES AND OBSERVATIONS ON CARBONIFEROUS AND SEMIFOSSIL SHELLS, BROUGHT HOME ' MEMBERS OF THE PEARY EXPEDITION OF 1905-1906. By R. P. WaiItrFiIeE.p. Piates I-IV. the end of May, 1907, the Museum received a small collection of fossils from G. A. Wardwell of the last Peary Expedition, said to been collected at Cape Sheridan, Latitude 82° 27’ north. On close ination they proved to be of Coal Measure types and all Brachiopods, g of species of Spirijer, Productus, Orthothetes (= Streptorhynchus ), Syringothyris, and a new genus Arctitreta, in all five genera, no s but Brachiopods being represented. n working out these fossils from the rock, I find them all representatives as that have been recognized by previous investigators of collections ht from the same region, with the exception of the unarticulated genus eta, and in looking over the various works accessible to me I find none ' allied to these except the forms figured in the Journal of the Royal n Society for February, 1857. In tracing these into later publications, d in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, Vol. V, 1878, the article by R. E. Etheridge on the Paleontology of the isited by the Arctic Expedition under Capt. Sir George Nares, R. N., the years 1875 and 1876. In that work, under the section Car- EROUS, Class Brachiopoda, at p. 608, I find descriptions of many — i ferous forms from the region of the Feilding Peninsula, a little north- Cape Sheridan, that are evidently from rocks that must be a con- ion of the beds near Cape Sheridan, from which these specimens ybtained, though I have been informed by Mr. Wardwell that the slab which these were obtained was not actually attached to the ledge when lected them. ‘into consideration the forms of Brachiopoda which are found se sent to the Museum by the Peary Expedition, I will institute fison of my own views of the several species, with those expressed tidge of each of the forms present. This I do because I cannot é Sith Mr. Etheridge’ s interpretations of their relationship European species. The species represented in our collection, taking (51) 52 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, them collectively, I should consider as strictly Carboniferous, and eminently an expression of an American Coal Measure fauna, according to identifica- ‘tion of the species as usually recognized in this country. Streptorha ynchus, Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. XXXIV, p. 635, pl. xxix, fig. 4. There is an undoubted Streptorhynchus (Orthothetes) among our Cape Sheridan specimens which I have referred to S. crenistria King. Spirijera aldricht Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. Lond., Vol. XXXIV, p. 634, pl. xxix, fig. 2. We have a single dorsal valve resembling the figure given as above, only that it differs in dimensions. It is mostly an internal — cast, the shell having been left on the rock from which the slab came before it was collected; it measured from the center to the extremity a little more than one and one eighth inches. ‘Therefore it must have been over two inches and a quarter in its original state, while from beak to front it but slightly exceeds an inch; the mesial fold is simple and very broad in front; the plications are about nine on each side, possibly ten. They are also simple and show but little angularity; they present no surface sculpture, the shell being entirely gone. From its general form and proportions I have associated it with the Syringothyres herein described, and see no rea- son for changing the reference, and it is mentioned in my remarks under that species as such. Spirijer sp. (allied to S. granulifera Hall) Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol, Soc. Lond., Vol. XXXIV, p. 634. (See pl. xxix, fig. 3, referred to on p. 636 loc. cit.) | The dorsal valve which I have referred to Syringothyris under my re- marks on Spirifer aldrichi is most nearly allied in form and general features to S. granulifera Hall, of any of those we have from Cape Sheridan. But the figure given on pl. xxix, in Mr. Etheridge’s article, is so remarkably unlike S. granulifera Hall as to need no comparison. ‘ Spirifer sp., allied to S. grimesi Hay, Geol. Iowa, Vol. I, pt. 2, p. 604, t. 14, figs. 1-5. (Pl. xxv., fig. 5, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXXIV.) We have a single internal ca of a dorsal valve which probably represents the specimen he figures. It differs, however, from S. grimesi Hall, in not having distinct plications, only being finely striate, even more finely than the Streptorhynchus sp., pl. xxix, fig. 4, of his article but it presents the muscular scar of Spirijer, dorsal side, while the figure in the Quarterly Journal represents that of the ventral valve. Spirijera cristata Schlot, var. S. octoplicata (Sow.) Etheridge. There i is nothing i in our collection that can be identified with this form nor with the species as figured in Davidson’s Monograph as referred to by Mr. Etheridge. There are two or three young Spiriferoids present in the collection, but Whitfield, Arctic Carboniferous Shells. 53 el y examined they prove to be either the young of 8) yringothyris wijer cameratus. species referred to under this heading I have identified with the Syringothyris Winchell. Among our specimens we have several uals of different sizes, from three fourths of an inch to two inches in erse diameter measured on the hinge line. It has the same lamellose zag, structure of the plication and a very high vertical cardinal area, “e broad deltidial foramen, simple plication and simple fold, with a »b road sinus on the ventral side. The valves are long transversely nly about half the len-th from hinge to front. Our largest ventral lv Bi gisch mutilated, the surface shell being pretty much denuded, and ne | » apex of the valve crushed, but the substance of the shell on the cardinal e Lis: about half retained. The apex indicates the internal tube char- teristic of the genus Syringothyris, as well as the general form of the valves. - The largest dorsal valve represents a shell about two inches broad, with h, from beak to front, of one inch and an eighth, having had a perfectly vertical cardinal area. It shows a mesial fold, simple, rapidly widening for- rard, and rather highly elevated, with about eight or nine simple plications - m each side. Ona smaller individual where the shell is partially preserved, e plications are more angular and rugose, resembling those of Spiriferina. As this Arctic species cannot possibly be the same as McCoy’s Cyrtina os llosa or laminosa, nor yet Davidson’s Spirtfer laminosa, I shall venture ce ae it as Syringothyris arctica, new species. a ~ Spirifer duplicicosta Phill. We have no form comparable to Phillip’s s, and nothing that will compare with the figures given in Davidson’s fonograph referred to by Mr. Etheridge. He remarks, however, that one pe iin en of the lot resembles Spirijer striatus Martin, which he says is a os¢ el} allied form. He also refers to S. fasciger Kesserling, which he . s the same as the British species and those from the Feilden Isthmus, h the remark, “that one specimen resembles S. striatus.” I shall have * thing further to say later in this paper on this subject. Spt irifer allied to S. pennatus (Owen) Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. e. Lond., Vol. 34, p. 633, pl. xxix, fig. 1. I have seen nothing’ among Cc: “pe Staeciian specimens resembling this form. T the head of Spirifer duplicicosta Mr. Etheridge states that one spe imens resembles S. striata Martin. We have a number of ventral d three dorsal valves, all more or less imperfect, which might ai study and comparison be thought to represent S. striata, closely examined they invariably show the striee — or rather ns, for such they really are — to be grouped more or less distinctly es, and by this one feature differ radically frém all the vurious a EA ea IE ch St A OT ~~ 54 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, forms of the S. striata type known in the American Lower Carboniferous or Coal Measure rocks, and intimately ally them with our American widely distributed and characteristic Coal Measure Spirifer camaratus Morton; in fact one of the dorsal valves, partially hidden under a group of Productus, is as well marked and characteristic a Spirifer cameratus as any specimen in our extensive Coal Measure collection. Besides these features, the species is usually laterally extended on the hinge line, while S. duplicicosta has generally rounded cardinal angles, a feature which distinctly separates the two forms. Still both of them, judging from Davidson’s statement — in his Monograph, are apt to show both varieties. And his figures given ~ on Plate II (figures 13 and 13a), of Part V, Carboniferous Brachiopoda, referred to S. attenwata Sowerby, copied from the figures in Mineral Con- chology, Vol. V, plate 493, quite resembles S. cameratus on one side. Spirijer lineatus Martin. (Comp. S. pseudolineatus Hall, Geol. Rep. Iowa, 1858, p. 645; pl. 20, fig. 4.) Some six or eight valves of Spirifer lineatus of various sizes are present among these Cape Sheridan specimens, the largest among them being one and a quarter inches in transverse diam- eter, and a ventral valve. As most of them seem to be dorsal valves, they were at first looked upon as Athyris, probably A. royssi L. Eveille. But a single specimen had a sharper beak, and was apparently without per- foration. I succeeded after considerable labor in uncovering the entire beak and in obtaining the hinge line and dentidial fissure so as to make it positively Spirifer lineatus.1 The specimens usually show the concentric lining and some of the puncte for the attachment of the sete which char- acterize both of these species. All of these valves but one are of the usual nearly circular form, but the one exception is a dorsal valve denuded of shell and having a transverse diameter about as three to two of the length from beak to front. Another valve, a ventral, also denuded of shell, has about the normal proportions of length and breadth but had a plainly de- fined mesial furrow and shows the usual elongate lanceolate muscular sear. Productus semireticulatus (Martin) Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXIV, 1878, p. 629. We have a number of specimens of Productus that might be referred to this species were it not for many remarkable dis- crepancies in their characters as compared with those of that species as found both in Europe and America. In the first place the northern shell is more deeply sulcated on the ventral valve than is usual on P. semireticulatus. In this respect it more resembles P. horridus of the Permian, but this is always distinctly marked with linear ribs or lines, and does not possess the 1The only other American species which this closely resembles is the one in the limestone which Hall described as S. pseudolineatus, but which is much larger and broader, with a distinct mesial fold which this species seldom or never possesses. Whitfield, Arctic Carboniferous Shells. 55 spi ines so prevalent on that species. The Arctic shell is always or compressed on the sides of the beaks behind, while in P. semi- 9 the beak is broad and short with a hinge line as wide as any part shell, while here it is commonly contracted, and on the exterior the ilve is but faintly marked by the concentric lines which is so char- » in P. semireticulatus. On the interior of this northern shell the ‘the i inner valve is very flat and the geniculations sharp and abrupt, . the cavity of the ventral is deep and much more strongly sulcated e exterior. Aside from all these discrepancies, when the shell is ed in profile it is seen to be more strongly curved or geniculate than st any other referred to that extremely variable species. If it is to be d to it at all I would suggest it to be coupled with the term arctica, ' roductus semireticulatus arctica. s mesolobus (Phill.) Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2 oe V, p. 620; Phil. Geol. Yorkshire, Vol. II, p. 215, t. 7. figs. 12 and F Not P. mesolobus as figured from Russia and Ural Mountains. ay TI re is nothing in the Cape Sheridan collection corresponding with e references, nor with P. fimbriatus. P oductus costatus Sow., Min. Conch., Vol. VI, pl. 560, fig. 1;— idson, Monog., t. 32, fig. 2-9. > of our specimens will match any of these references. All of the > Sheridan specimens have a remarkably narrowed beak, and are y very deeply sulcated along the central line but more especially so in interior. They are also remarkably free from spines or spine bases and have even regular lines and are nearly destitute of concentric undula- ms on the disc or on the beak portions. Productus weyprechti? (Toula) Etheridge, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. ., Vol. XXXIV, p. 631. Productus sulcatus var. borealis Houghton, Jour. Royal Dublin Soc., ». 1857, p. 60, pl. 7, figs. 1 and 7. iL ees doubt the identity of any of these Cape Sheridan species of luctus being equivalent to Toula’s species P. weyprechti as quoted by . Et Beidse, and should much prefer to go back to Houghton’s name o lus var. borealis, or, owing to the use of the name P. sulcatus as a vir 1 of costatus by Mr. Davidson and others, I should prefer to call it y Productus borealis Houghton. luctus verneuilianus De Koninck, Recherches sur les Animal Foss., and Chonetes, p. 163, pl. xviii, fig. 6. ninck, in the above quoted work, gives a species of Productus oo above specific name. It is, however, so insignificant in size that fe it seems improper to refer to it as a name for a moderately sized shell. 56 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, There are, however, two specimens of Productus among these Cape Sheridan fossils, one of which must have been fully an inch wide on the hinge when entire and the others about three fourths of an inch, that are so nearly like the enlarged figures given by De Koninck under the above specific designa- ‘tion that it seems discourteous not to refer to them. The two specimens are given natural size on the plate, with the name appended as a suggeaaens and future collections may or may not confirm the reference. Productus longispinus Sow. var. wabashensis, N. & P. A single indi- vidual of the species, and of the var. wabashensis, is present in the collection. It so distinctly and unmistakably belongs to this species and variety that no one could mistake it. The specimen is without striae and without spines. In size, form and shape it so exactly resembles those from the Coal Meas- ures of the United States of America that it looked like an old friend when I first saw it, and it caused me to wonder how so small an individual had rambled so far from home, for it seems to be entirely alone, no vestige of another having been detected. This single individual is perhaps a little — longer from beak to front than the normal form. The P. verneuilianus De Koninck, above commented on, looks much like an overgrown specimen of this species, but besides being much larger than this, it is decidedly more angular, flatter, with a broader and deeper mesial depression. Beyond the species discussed in the above pages, there are the evidences of three distinct species of Rhynchonelloides that are undeterminable as to species. One of them is a finely plicated shell resembling Camarotechia, with highly elevated fold. The others are more like Camarophoria, but all so imperfect as to be beyond identification without other and more perfect material. Among these Carboniferous forms I find one species that has puzzled me greatly, as it mimics so exactly a form characterizing earlier periods. For some time I could scarcely conceive of a form so closely resembling a Silurian genus so extremely rare as Siphonotreta, associated with several such eminently Coal Measure species as Streptorhynchus crinistriata, Spirifer carmeratus, Reticularia lineata, and a group of Productus so plainly characteristic of Coal Measure rocks. For some time I delayed considering it as strictly belonging to the series, as the specimens were all imperfect, and all apparently ventral valves, which, owing to their apparent distortion, I concluded were only distorted — Streptorhynchus with highly imperfect cardinal areas. Until near the end — of my studies of the Cape Sheridan series I had wished to get a figure of the Productus, and it became necessary to separate it from the block of a group which had been photo graphed. In doing this I broke off quite a fragment and it revealed the specimen depicted by figure 1 on Plate Il. This at once Whitfield, Arctic Carboniferous Shells. | 57 the real nature of previously imperfect material and decided the onsideration as a member of the Cape Sheridan fauna. etermination of the genus to which it can belong now is a question ded. It evidently belongs to Beecher’s Neorremata but will not y of the established genera under that group, and I propose for nus under the name of Arctitreta, with the following diagnosis. Arctitreta,’ new genus. culated Rintdhiopiedsin shells, having depressed convex valves, the pedi- Rib taresr with a flattened cardinal area divided in the middle by a tri- rr fissure provided with a convex deltidium; apex with a minute perforation. ar scar large, situated in the upper apical portion of the valve, flabeliform, ral, shell striated, fibrous under the microscope. Dorsal valve unknown. * , Arctitreta pearyi sp. nov. Coal Measure limestone in the Arctic Region. ab 25 Arctitreta pearyi n. sp. Puate II, Fias. 1-4, ll of moderate size, the type specimen being just one inch in length on the alve, broadly ovate in outline, very depressed convex, the apical portion most x and nearly flat toward the basal margin. Cardinal area moderately large, iv 2d by a narrow median fissure and generally covered by a slightly convex um. Surface marked by sharp angular radiating striw, strongly diverging | the margins in the upper lateral portions. Interior surface of shell strongly: -pustulose, more strongly so around the flabellate muscular scar. position and Locality In Carboniferous limestones bearing Coal ssils, at Cape Sheridan, Grant Land, N. Am., latitude 82° 27’ north. Col- by Engineer J. A. Wardwell of the S. S. ‘Roosevelt,’ 1906. 1 addition to the Carboniferous fossils, members of the Expedition it a number of Astarte borealis and Saxicava rugosa obtained from il different stations, extending from Wrangle Bay and Lincoln Bay up pe Sheridan, and from raised beaches and banks ranging from twenty undred and fifty feet above sea level and from near river banks to a f two miles inland. Some of the shells seem much like living or itly dead shells, while others show considerable decay. The - ¢ not more decayed looking than many of the Quarternary , found at localities in Maine, on Lake Champlain, or near Quebec, ~The Astarte look very much like recently dead shells picked up ea beaches. ‘The Astarte is much larger than any of the many }in our Miocene and later Tertiaries and as we had no speci- 1 Arctos, northern, and tretos, perforated. 58 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV. mens of Astarte borealis, I sent a few valves to Dr. W. H. Dall at Washington who informed me they were A. borealis Schum. It would seem probable, from the different elevations above sea level at which these various lots occur, that there has been considerable moye- ment taking place in the elevation of the land within these regions within a comparatively short time, judging by the condition of the preservation of the shells. The specimens are listed at follows: Lot No.80. Wrangle Bay, June 8, 1906. Astarte borealis. Badly decayed. Found two hundred yards inland, at about twenty feet elevation. Lot No. 81. Cape Sheridan, Lat. 82° 27’, June 28, 1906. Mostly Saaicava rugosa. Found one mile inland, and at seventy feet elevation above sea level. Picked. up on the shore of a lake. These shells are mostly in fair condition and would hardly be considered as in semifossil condition. A few of them show weathering and decay. ae): Lot No. 82. Found 14 miles inland, and at 150 feet elevation, Lat. 80° 30’. Astarte borealis, some of which show decay and others preserve considerable epidermis. Some shells in this lot are of heavier build with higher beaks, resembling in aspect Astarte lens Stims. from the Quarternary beds at Woodfords Corners, Deering, Maine, presented to the museum by Dr. A. Parsons of Portland, Me. Lot. No. 83. Shells dug from side of river bank, eight feet from (below?) the sur- face and twenty feet above sea level, by G. A. Wardwell. Cape Sheridan, Lat. 82° 27’, May 28, 1906. Astarte borealis. Most of the valves preeese more or less of the epidateaia, Lot No. 84. Lat. 83°, June 9, 1906. Astarte borealis and Saxicava rugosa, found - mile inland, at 35 feet elevation, 25 feet above the river bed, by G. A. Wardwell. Rather poorly preserved. " Lot No. 85. Principally Saxicava rugosa. Found 3 of a mile inland and at 60 feet elevation. Lat. 82° 27’. Lot. No. 86. Lincoln Bay, Sept. 1, 1905, collected by Charles Perey, Sr. Two miles inland, at 100 feet elevation, Lat. 82° 16’. Astarte borealis, some of very large size and smooth, a few with epidermis well preserved. Some of them have the smooth silky black epidermis so perfectly preserved, that it would seem they could not have been out of the water any great length of time. A number of them are of exceedingly large size, and many are badly decayed. eR a apd — pr SS, 5 ies hana i ee , < Frew the =. o & a of S by the cor ame led at follows: Lot No. 86. Tal elevation. lak. Se er. ia Lot. Ne. &. iandeie Bay. Sept. 1, 1905, collected ti rile uthverd, 9 eieet elevation, Lat, Sk* Wa ge cee so atieoth, a few with epidermis well x thee sb aiky lack epidermis so pertextty. pr they “iié pet fewer been out-of the water of then are of nee es ‘oa : BULLETIN A. M. N. H. ARCTIC FossILs. Vout. XXIV, PLatr “area of the pecinglltn eae ¥ SUILIANUS. and 7, Views, nat. size, of two valves referred to CPUS SEMIRETICULATUS ARCTICUS. he top of the shell seen at fig. 2, on the group given he observer to show its narrow elongated form in f P. semireticulatus, usually seen. f Specimen taken out from the ¢ Propucrus BorEALIS Houghton. aes ofa dorsal valve referred i ee i ees ee eee! ee mii i nae sete ied or kk hy Ae - esiseqe eit of berister sved I doidw momiseqe odt to gaiwode tink tilbiie stint sin es ini ‘beaals elas ead ead thie salted netlist, ban cond lanibnan edi to OLE: § etwall sitetion 0d to sora Leavin exis Y0 (x8) Saat .aleVaHeAGAW auTOUdOoAT ee ee n9vig quorg odi ao ail 38 1992 Ilode od 10 got odd to osie ai crtot betsgaols worrsn ati wore ot tov19ed0 odt 11992 YUlaven assolsoitorionoe ‘Vio. etstoutte atalisterq ot woda of omioage todione to woiv ¢ leizomt odt gaillit [ode to ezonrlidt teorg odd bas oviev I coidguoH aaanoa SHORES -ot gainode asineqe cidt of bortetet oviav Laetob « Yo , : asbirrod asoubort of ai galls 9 tet k. ra ma ¢ Puate II, ou. XXIV. Vv N. H “Bourerin A. M. ~~ Arctic Fossits, saan a ee A eR RE Ree a i a cD i I ET NS Vou. XXIV, Prare Til, Fig. 4. View of an imperfect ventral valve of this same species showing the | fasciculate disposition of the strie which distinguish it from Spirijer striatus DY: % 5 : SYRINGOTHYRIS ARCTICA, .9 ‘OSSILS. ae pests te 2: st Il STAI YO KOITAAAIIZA lode dt to babyasb Yeo ,osia tea ,ovler Leetob sootis sia 30 Le ee ee sitet scslgallbdiaaac dialect slic od tonnes doidw sud I stalT ao bowei quorg : odd yaiwoda sis ais ails enter (iio Vaiaipel aa auinins wo\riq& mort ti daingaiteib doidw sitte odt 0 aoitieoqeib 9 ADITOAA BLAYHTODYIAYS llode to bobuasb 2i doidyw eaiveqe eiclt of berteter oviev Isetob s oft jud .boaiaiet Heda betsilotxe odd to olttil « diiw oviev L sais nat ovlet tins et td den ale aitigexgix ont ewode doidw inde ods Suir mnen vine Seaeae XXIV, Prare III, Vou AC ae ~ Arctic FossIts. ET NE A ae ee es ee - RSET — - ous See SpMIrossIL SHELLS. menrwroasrasersapee ee } Ne Es BULLETIN A. M. N. H. SEMIFOSSIL SHELLS. Vou. XXIV, PLATE 56.57(78.8) e TI.— FOSSIL INSECTS FROM FLORISSANT, COLORADO. By T. D. A. CocKERELL. Puate V. NEUROPTERA. HEMEROBIID. Balpstinciotss piperatus sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 2. ‘ Find about 30 mm. long and 133 broad, of the same structure, general ee tes as in the living P. punctatus (Fabr.), but the costal area is i amahaan near the base about 4mm.), and the apex is more rounded and not at all inclined to be faleate. The peppery markings, very 1, are very like those of the recent species, including the subterminal y indicated band, which is about 3 mm. from the margin. The costal more or less blocked out into alternating light and dark areas, as can be ssant, Station 14 Gee. N. Rohwer, 1907). Typha lesquereuxi occurs on the PANORPID®. Panorpa arctiiformis sp. nov.’ Plate V, Fig. 11. | ieee th of wings about 13 mm.; a species with light bands on a dark ground, manner of P. nwptialis Gerst., from Texas. In P. nuptialis there are two ke marks, the first pointing outwards, the second downwards, and also a slight band. In the fossil, the first V is represented by a broad pale band, ides most of the base of the wing; the second V is present, very broad, iter side bulging conspicuously (it bulges slightly in nuptialis); the sub- pevreicht and comparatively narrow in nuptialis) is very broad, and has , sharp tooth-like process about the middle, and internally, near the a lage process directed inwardly. The whole appearance of the insect s a small Arctiian moth. st affinity is found with P. picta Hagen, from Smyrna. P. picta has ings, or nearly so; the black apical area has the inner edge zigzag, 1 Briefly described in Science, 1907, p. 446. 59 ee a 60 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, - asin P. arcttiformis, whereas in P. nuptialis it is straight. Panorpa rigida Scudder, also a Florissant fossil, is closely allied. The third dark band (the last before the dark apex) is narrower than the white space on either side of it, in costal region, in P. rigida, whereas in arctiiformis it is broader. P. rigida is also smaller than aretii- jormis. The type of rigida, in the Museum of Comparative Zodélogy, was compared. ODONATA. AGRIONID. ; Aovig telluris Scudder. i Plate V, Fig. 10. | A good nymph from Florissant, Station 14 (Geo. N. Rohwer, 1907). oe have compared it with Scudder’s type, and have no doubt of its eau Whether its exact generic position can ever be settled, I do not know; it ‘it. is very probably a member of one of the extinct genera described from Florissant. Superficially, at least, even to the characteristic markings on the legs, it is exceedingly like the nymph of Hyponeura lugens Hagen (cj. _ Needham, Proc. U. S. Natl. Museum, XXVII, Pl. xiii, fig. 5), which I collected in New Mexico. The caudal flaps, however, are more attenuate basally, after the manner of Nehallenia irene Hagen. According to Need- ham, Hyponeura is one of the most generalized, Nehallenia one of vaesccat specialized, of the Agrionine. | 4 DYSAGRIONIN subfam. nov. In Proc U. $. National Museum, Vol. XXVIII, p. 167, Mr. B. Ba Williamson gives a table of the families and subfamilies of et dragonflies, in which the Calopterygide are divided into two asia oh follows: aA) Antenodals 2 3.0! divsi§.e' 4) Ae ee Subfamily Lestine, Antenodals 4 or more. ; i ; : ; Subfamily Calopterygine The Agrionide almost invariably possess only two antenodal ¢ nervures, but there is a group of the American Tertiaries, here proposed as a subfamily Dysagrioninee, in which these nervures are more numerous. We thus have: — Antenodals 2. , ; ; ; ; ; ‘ Subfamily pa Antenodals 4 or more ; ’ , . Subfamily Dysagri Dysagrion Seudder, the és of the teh tletaly, has not been supposed Cockerell, Fossil Insects jrom Florissant, Colorado. 61 ess an unusual number of antenodals, but it is evidently allied to Phena- es, which has five; and Seudder’s figure of Dysagrion fredericii shows. tenodals beyond the arculus, and as the first two of all Agrionids must 5 have been present, there were at least four. Phenacolestes mirandus gen. et sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 13. ° wing 26 mm.; breadth 7}. Hyaline, with a large reddish-brown oud in apical part, from level of origin of ultranodal sector (M,,) to A 1 sectors five, of which only the first two continue to the radius, these: ; the two present in Agrioninze. The second, however, does not meet, or nearly i, , the areulus, but ends on the radius 204 » beyond it (a character also of Melana- ). Antenodal costa arched. al space long and narrow, breadth at apex about 714 y, length nearly 5 mm. ngle with no cross-veins, and with its upper side not much shorter than Its apex is much less oblique than in Melanagrion, more as in Cenoneura. al margin is parallel with the succeeding cross-veins, a character of Dis- , Idioneura and Cenoneura. us angulate in the middle, at which point the lower branch of the media. it; “the upper branch leaves a little nearer to its fellow than to the radius. mnagrion the first branch arises nearer to radius.) This arrangement is. 3 ‘in Megapodagrion. In another specimen, however, the lower part of the 1s is conspicuously the longest, so that the two nervures leave close together s upper third. quadrangle with a cross nervure and formed as in Megapodagrion and Melan- t the first cross-nervure from Cu, to margin, which falls beneath the- rt of subquadrangle, is a little more than its length from the end of the lat- lose to the end as in Megapodagrion and Melanagrion. A similar condition in Agriocnemis. another specimen the first cross-nervure from Cu, to margin is distant from: subquadrangle only a little over half its length. dus 10 mm. from base of wing. dian sector (M,) separating from M,+, nearer nodus than arculus, i. e. about . from arculus and 2% from level of nodus. This character separates it from ypterygide, and agrees essentially with Lithagrion and Dysagrion; but the on is not nearly so near the nodus as is usual in Agrionine. dal sectors 21. (27in Melanagrion; 16 in Lithagrion; 18 to 19 in Dysagrion; ior wing) to 17 (hind wing) in Megapodagrion). ul elongated, bounding 4 cells above, herein resembling the Lestine, Archi- *: Seven cells beyond stigma. No brace. a. M, and M, separating about 93 mm. from arculus; four simple cells. t to three) between them before the doubling begins; then eight before the vc ipling; three rows of cells between the ultranodal sector and M, from apex of ng to level of posterior third of stigma (7 cells on extreme margin). The ultra~ 62 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, nodal sector and M, do not approach apically, as they do in Megapodagrion, Ortho- lestes and Melanagrion, but run parallel from their widest point (opposite apex of stigma) on. This is like Dysagrion, and the Calopterygid Devadatta. The great — number of cells in this region is a Calopterygine feature. . Between R, and M, there are eight cells on apical margin, then six, then four, then about four series of three, then four double, then 19 single back to origin of R;, ‘but five of these are basad of origin of M,. R, originates at level of nodus, the general arrangement, except as to the mul- tiplication of the cells distally, being nearly as in Argia and the Agrionines generally, not at all as in the Calopterygines. § Beyond the quadrangle there are four cells, then two pairs, then about six series of three (becoming oblique), and many small cells in the marginal area. Beyond — the subquadrangle are 16 simple cells before the doubling begins, and Cu, is arched — downwards for the first part of its course (as also in Dysagrion), suggesting Pseudo- phea and Epallage. Between Cu, and the lower margin there are four cells at the widest part. Hab.— Florissant, Station 14, two specimens (S. A. Rohwer), Phenacolestes (?) parallelus sp. nov. The generic position of this species remains a little doubtful, because only the apical half of the wing is preserved. It differs from P. mirandus in having the apex more produced beyond the stigma, and the light dei area (beyond the dark cloud) — is larger. Stigma bounds five cells above. Cells between M, and M,, (ultranodal sector) are single, not double, as far back as seven cells basad of level of stigma. The cells between ultranodal sector and M, are regularly three deep only" four — cells from margin. The cells between M, and R, (radial sector) are only three deep even BY margin, they extend three deep about eight cells back, thus M, and Rs run practically paral-— lel for a long distance, instead of rapidly approaching from the margin as in P, mirandus. Hab.— Florissant, Station 14 (W. P. Cockerell). If one takes a section of the wing down from the basal part of the stigma | to Cu,, and counts the numbers of rows of cells successively met between the longitudinal veins, it is possible to construct a formula, in which each’ number corresponds to the number of cells found, commencing with that between R, and M,. According to this plan, the formulee for the two speci of Phenacolestes are: P. mirandus, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2. P. parallelus, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 1. In Dysagrion the region below Cu is filled with pentagonal cells; Lithagrion it is filled with quadrilateral cells, or mostly so. P resembles Dysagrion in the mostly pentagonal cells below Cu, but these not so numerous as in Dysagrion. | J} ~° Cockerell, Fossil Insects from Florissant, Colorado. 63 * oo of M, Phenacolestes agrees with Lithagrion. It agrees in the apical nervure of the quadrangle being parallel with -nervures, but differs in the much longer quadrangle, which like that of Lithagrion and Melanagrion. In having the cells 3and stigma mostly broader than high it agrees with Lithagrion. nd Melanagrion do not belong to Dysagrionine, as recently rials, yet to be described, clearly show. I have examined of Melanagrion umbratum. ul it of Lithagrion hyalinwm Scudder (Bull. Amer. Mus. N. 37) I observed that there was a brace vein, not shown in Seud- Jnfortunately, in inking in the photograph the artist drew a stead of the brace, which can still be seen faintly indicated. er, I examined Scudder’s type of L. hyalinwm, and found -no brace vein! Also, I could see only one antenodal cross- in from the inner corner of stigma is in line with the inner side 1 so hardly oblique; it looks like the other cross-veins. Not- g these discrepancies, however, I think that my L. hyalinwm r’s are one species. greatly indebted to Dr. Needham for advice on Phenacolestes, graph of M egapodagrion. Dr. Needham writes concerning s mirandus: — “Tt is indeed a most interesting fossil, another | e. I agree with you that it is Agrionine rather than Calop- ne in Shae of the many antenodals. De Selys Podagrion group of ne includes the most primitive members of that subfamily, and this ore primitive in several characters than any living forms — espe- he more numerous antenodals, and cross-veins beyond the quad- before the level of the nodus.” ORTHOPTERA. LocustiD&. Anabrus caudelli sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 9. sented by the hind part of the abdomen, with the ovipositor, excel- S ie d. The ovipositor is about 18 mm. long, and in size, structure and earanc a cactly agrees with that of A. coloradus Thomas, except that it is perhaps y more curved, and the apex (in lateral view) is distinctly more attenuate. , Station 14 (Geo. N. Rohwer, 1907), Named after Mr. A. N. Caudell nition vol his recent valuable revision of the Decticine. 64 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. XXIV, This ovipositor was compared with Scudder’s types of Florissant Orthop- tera. It is much too slender for that of Lithymnetes guttatus. Compared with that of Orchelimum placidum it is shorter and more curved; the length of the ovipositor of placidum is about 16 mm., of caudelli between 18 and 19. GRYLLID. Lithogryllites lutzii gen. et sp. noy. net Plate V, Fig. 12. Length 13 mm., apterous; reddish brown, not dark; anterior and middle legs: normal, but quite stout, the anterior tibize about 700 » diameter; hind femora swollen as usual, about 64 mm. long and 2 broad; hind tibia 4 mm. long and about 830 » broad; chitinous rings of middle abdominal segments about equal, some 850 » long (in anteroposterior direction) and 4 mm. wide. Hind tibize serrate with very short broad spines, in a row along the inner hind margin; the larger of these are about 153 « long and 119 broad at base, the smaller less than half that size. These spines are placed close together, so that there are six in a distance of 850 ». I see, poorly indicated, a spine about 221 » long and 34 broad, thus short and slender, which may belong to a second row close to the first, but I am not sure that it is not of extraneous origin. At the apex, the hind tibiz have three large spines and one smaller one, at least. The innermost of the large ones is about 1020 » long and 255 broad. : The middle tibiew have short spines like those on the hind ones; apparently, but not certainly, in two series. Hab.— Florissant, Station 14 (8. A. Rohwer, 1907). Named after Mr. F. RE. “ Lutz, the author of some interesting statistical studies of Gryllide. The specimen is not so perfect as one could wish, but it seems ai to fit well in any modern genus. It may not be mature, but I think it is an adult male. Pronemobius Scudder, was based on three species of crickets — from the Green River shales of Wyoming, remarkable for the total absence — of spines on the hind tibia. Among the living genera, some are said to have — the hind tibize serrate or serrulate (subf. Myrmecophiline), some spinose — and serrate (subf. Eneopterine), and others spined (subf. Gryllinse &c.). Lithogryllites belongs very decidedly to the serrate or serrulate division; the comparatively large size and the normal hind femora exclude it from Myr-— mecophila; the apical spurs of the hind tibie being apparently only four (surely not six), it is apparently not a Mogoplistes. ‘The anterior legs appear to be much more robust than in Cycloptilum. 'There is a certain resemblance to Ectatoderus, but again the anterior and middle legs are much too robust, and the hind femora are much too short, not nearly reaching the end of the abdomen (extending beyond it in Ectatoderus). ‘There appears” to be no particular resemblance to the Eneopterine. ty Cockerell, Fossil Insects jrom Florissant, Colorado. 65 _ It may be supposed that the tibial armature of the Gryllide arose as a e serrulation, and is little advanced in such forms as Lithogryllites. A ne developed stage is found in Giryllus, and the most developed in 4s, in which the long spines are movable. It is noteworthy that | tarsus of Gryllus retains the Lithogryllites form of armature. genus Myrmecophila being very different from the other American ssigned to the Myrmecophiline, it would seem that the latter might | Separated as a subfamily Mogoplistine. The Mogoplistinee (Myr- uilinzee B of Kirby) would then include Mogoplistes (Europe, Africa, 1, and doubtfully Chili), Microgryllus (Chili), Ornebius (Asia, Poly- Florida, Cuba, Mexico, Argentina), Ectatoderus (Africa, Asia, West , 8. America, Lower California, California, New Mexico), Cycloptilum 4 obs, Brazil, Galapagos Is.), Arachnocephalus (S. Europe, N. ey Archipelago, Fiji) and Lithogryllites. This distribution | es port to the idea that it is a waning type, formerly dominant, but eating before the higher forms. From the notes given by Messrs. d Hebard in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, pp. 48-49, it would r that these insects are usually arboreal. They were captured on ws and Ilex, and these genera of trees were prominent in the Miocene of Florissant. DIPTERA. GLOSSINIDE. c c ording to Austen, Glossina is a very aberrant member of the Muscide, bib tin : several unique structural features, in addition to a very peculiar : of reproduction.” As, however, it is certain that the Muscide of ir is too heterogeneous to form a single family; and since we have nee of the antiquity of Glossina, and its fidelity to its own peculiar thre gh long periods and extensive migrations, it seems better to treat belonging to a distinct family. or a Glossina oligocena (Scudder). estrus oligocenus ScuppER, Bull. 93, U. 8. Geol. Survey (1892), p. 19. dde describes Palestrus as “a genus of Cistride remarkable for the iking course of the fourth longitudinal vein, which finds no counter- ‘ ats: in living (stride so far as I can find. Nor, indeed, can I discover a. anything of the sort among the calyptrate Muscaria....The genus seems. - anvary, 1908.) 5 a") 66 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ? most nearly allied to EHypoderma.” One specimen was known, from Florissant. Austen (Monog. Tsetse-flies, 1903, p. 66) says: “While there are many noticeable differences, the venation of the wing of Glossina resembles that of the @strid Hypoderma (Warble-flies) more closely than that of any other genus, especially as regards the shape of the first posterior cell... . But in the wing of Hypoderma the anterior transverse vein is not oblique, and the fourth longitudinal vein before reaching it is not bent down in the manner so characteristic of Glossina.” A new specimen of Palastrus oligocenus, found in 1907 by Mr. Geo. N. Rohwer at Station 14, Florissant, shows that the fossil insect is no Cistrid, but belongs to the Glossinide, and in fact is not separable from the genus Glossina. The formidable proboscis, about 64 mm. long, is excellently preserved; the venation is exactly the same, except that the anterior basal cell is not quite so much produced apically; the abdomen, about 74 mm. wide and 84 long, is hairy as in the living species; the legs, with the hairy femora and comparatively stout tarsi, do not differ. ‘The wings and thorax are as described and figured by Scudder. Not having seen the mouth parts, it is not surprising that Scudder referred the fly to (stride, especially in view of the resemblance between Glossina and Hypoderma in the venation. The occurrence of the African Glossina in the American Miocene is a fact of especial interest, in view of its possible connection with the extinction of the American Equide. The type of Scudder’s Palastrus, in the Museum of Comparative pen bi has been carefully compared with our specimen, and no difference found. CECIDOMYIID. Cecidomyia (?) pontaniiformis sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 7. An oval gall on the leaf of Myrica drymeja (Lx.) Kn., very closely resembling those formed by the species of Pontania on Salix. The gall is about 8 mm. long, and 5 broad, one side being contiguous to the midrib. Several examples were found. Florissant, Station 14 (T'. D. A. Cockerell, 1907). TIPuLip&. Tipula maclurei Scudder. Plate V, Fig. 8. A very fine specimen, with the reverse, was collected by myself at Station 13. I compared it with Seudder’s type (Museum of Comparative Zoology), Cockerell, Fossil Insects from Florissant, Colorado. 67 nd found it to agree excellently. Especially characteristic are the oblique ‘kings on the abdomen, and the dark V formed by the shading of the er side of cell VII,. This is only the second example known. LEPIDOPTERA. NYMPHALID. _ Nymphalites scudderi Beutenmiiller & Cockerell, sp. nov. | Plate V, Fig. 6. _ Ante wing 39 mm. long; the lower margin about 23 mm., the outer about ay ne last practically straight, with a barely perceptible outward curve; apex ed, forming an acute angle; costa almost straight, faintly arched, except at 2 base, where it is quite strongly arched; coloration apparently dark, except a broad but rather obscure subterminal light band, about 44 mm. from the outer (with which it is parallel) and 3 mm. broad; this band appears to be con- Legal less distinctly, on to the hind wings. = H d wing about 26 mm. long, with the costa full and arched; the anal angle ortunately destroyed. Venation not visible. dy apparently about 22 mm. long, the head destroyed except at one side; ax and abdomen (the latter doubtless flattened sideways) robust; thorax 64 m., , the same wide; width of abdomen 44 mm, ~ Florisse nt, Station 14 (S. A. Rohwer). bg Very distinct by its large size, and produced apices of anterior wings. e markings recall forms of Basilarchia, but the shape of the wings is erent. The generic name Nymphalites, founded by Scudder, includes ohalidee of uncertain position. COLEOPTERA. SILPHID2. Necrodes primevus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell, sp. nov. _ Plate V, Fig. 1. h about 17 mm., with the general form and appearance of Necrodes (or Si- sun i amensis, but the elytra short, about 11 mm. long. The broadly expanded orax is. formed as in surinamensis, with the lateral areas finely and conspicuously 0 ety ured, as in that species. The large scutellum is also finely punctured, and Sa shield-shaped outline, broad above, just as in surinamensis. The elytra, as ___ in surinamensis, have three longitudinal keels, all equally long, and converging. __ moderately at the end. The abdomen, as is usual in these insects, projects beyond 68 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, the elytra, in this case no doubt extended as a result of penne The hind ee are strongly incrassate. Florissant, Station 14 (S. A. Rohwer, 1907). Except for the much shorter elytra, it is difficult to separate this species by any tangible characters from the living N. swrinamensis (Fabr.). CERAMBYCID. ae Dryobius miocenicus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 5. Elytron, length about 18 mm., breadth near base about 4; apex narrowly truncate, with a tooth at the inner corner exactly as in the living D. sexfasciatus Say; punctures strong on the basal fourth of the elytron, weak and scattered beyond, precisely as in seafasciatus. It differs from sexfasciatus in the relatively somewhat broader elytra, and the presence of only two, instead of four, light bands. These bands are broad, one beginning about 2 mm. from the apex, and about 2 mm, in width; the other beginning about 44 mm. from the subapical, and about 3 mm. wide. Hesteiaiit Station 14 (Wilmatte P. Cockerell, 1907). Phymatodes volans Beutenmiiller & Cockerell, sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 4. Ventral surface, with elytra and wings expanded. Length about 10} mm.; length of elytra about 5 mm., their width about 14; length of wings about 64 mm. Elytra broadly dark basally, after which comes a somewhat oblique rather narrow light band, then a narrow dark area, then a large light area, and the apex is dark. Under side of head and prothorax conspicuously transversely striated. Femora bottle-shaped, as is normal in the genus. Apex of abdomen truncate, slightly emarginate, as is usual in the genus. Coxe normal. Florissant, Station 14 (S. A. Rohwer, 1907). Allied to the living P. varius Fabr., but the light areas on elytra are much more extensive. Phymatodes dimidiatus, Kirby, lives at Florissant to-day. ACARINA. ERIOPHYID. Eriophyes (?) beutenmiilleri sp. nov. Plate V, Fig. 3. Small subtriangular galls, about 2 mm. diameter, at the angles formed by the junction of the principal lateral veins of the leaf with the midrib; four galls on the leaf found, 2 to 5 mm, apart. Se ee Te Cockerell, Fossil. Insects jrom Florissant, Colorado. 69 As broadly lanceolate, fates a tapering base and irregularly serrate: t, Station “4 (Geo. N. Rohwer, 1907). er nmiiller suggested to me that this gall was the work of a mite, EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Ediacdes primevus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell sp. nov., nat. size, Polysteechotes piperatus sp. nov., nat. size. _ Phymatodes volans Beutenmiiller & Cockerell sp. nov., nat. size. _ Dryobius miocenicus Beutenmiiller & Cockerell sp. nov., nat. size. _Nymphalites scudderi Beutenmiiller & Cockerell sp. nov., } nat. size. —Cecidomyia (?) pontaniijormis sp. nov., nat, size. ipula macluret Scudder., nat. size. — nabrus caudelli sp. nov. 9, nat. size. _ Agrion telluris Scudder, nat. size. _ Panorpa aretiijormis sp. nov., nat. size. . Lithogryllites lutzii gen. et sp. nov., nat. size. _ Phenacolestes mirandus gen. et sp. nov., nat. size. BuuueTin A. M. N. H. VoL. XXIV, Puate V. Fossiz Insects, FLorissant, Cou. 56.1(78.8) lv — THE FOSSIL FLORA OF FLORISSANT, OHO By T. D. A. CockERELL. Puates VI-X. e flora of the Florissant shales, as enumerated below, includes about enera. The material obtained by the expedition of 1906 includes enera and species not now reported, and it is probable that still s exist i in various collections. In working over the new forms, I have d for description and illustration those which seemed most charac- , or which could be certainly referred to the vicinity of known living fend have put aside for later study those which were either very rfect, uncharacteristic, or of quite doubtful affinities. Some belonging last category, but well preserved, have been transmitted to Dr. Hollick, has kindly promised to describe them if he can determine their syste- 2 position. ny mistakes in classification have been made by the most eminent obotanists, that those who follow in their footsteps may well regard as inevitable. The precision which is possible in working up certain s of fossil insects (e. g., the dragonflies) or vertebrata, is quite out of juestion in paleobotany, except in comparatively rare cases. On the r hand, however, plant remains are preserved in many more localities e of land animals, and the specimens of the several species are y numerous and easily recognizable, so that for geological purposes I eriecitingly serviceable. It is probable, also, that the continued of fossil plants, especially in comparison with living forms, will grad- . d results much more accurate than those yet attained. This will tially be the case if sufficient codperation can be secured, so that the ng of difficult forms may not rest wholly on the opinions of single tals. Fossils cannot be run down in the ordinary botanical keys, is almost impossible for any single man to have such a knowledge of ) rm 1 and structure of leaves as to place all the members of an extinct r determine certainly whether they belong to living genera. The 4 bundance of the different species in the vicinity of Lake Florissant be determined from the frequency of their occurrence in the shales. rgifolia, Populus lesquereuxi, etc., which occur in great numbers, y grew on the. very margin of the lake. Other species, represented or single specimens, may have been common enough on the sur- ok) 71 72 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, rounding hills, but so far from the water that their leaves were rarely carried to it. The accidental character of the occurrence of various species in the lake, and consequently in the shale, makes it practically impossible to ex- haust the possibilities of the locality, and a fine leaf of some hitherto un- known plant may be uncovered at any moment. At Station 14, where so many new species were found, there was some evidence that a small stream had flowed into the lake, perhaps carrying debris from the uplands. Of the 106 genera, 45 occur in Colorado to-day, namely: — . z Chara (?) Pinus. . Betula. Amelanchier. —Aralia (?) Fontinalis. Sabina. Alnus. Cratzegus. Oxypolis. Hypnum. Typha. Quercus. Sorbus. Vaccinium, Phegopteris. Potamogeton(?) Celtis. Ptelea. Fraxinus, Dryopteris. Stipa. Persicaria, Rhus. Mimulus, Pellza. Acorus. Odostemon. Schmaltzia. Aster. Isoetes (?) ! Juncus Saxifraga (?) Pachistima (?) Carduus. Populus. Philadelphus. Acer. Parthenocissus. Salix. Ribes. Rhamnus. Rosa. Vitis. Malvastrum. The apparent absence of Picea, Pseudotsuga and Abies is to be noted. Of the genera not found in Colorado, the following 36 occur in our eastern and southern states, about eleven being exclusively southern: — Onoclea. Planera. Fagara (?) Osmanthus. Woodwardia, Morus. Cotinus. Sicyos (?) Spirodela. Ficus. Tlex. Melothria (?). Hicoria. Aristolochia. Celastrus. Aneimia (sens. latiss.) — Juglans. Persea. Staphylea. Myrsine (sens. latiss.) Comptonia, Hydrangea (?) Sapindus.: — Florida. Morella. Liquidambar. Tilia. Dalbergia — Florida. Carpinus. Leucena. Andromeda (?) Castanea. Cercis. Bumelia. Ulmus. Acacia. Diospyros. It is thus evident that a flora similar to that of the Carolinian region occupied the Rocky Mountains during the Miocene; whether it persisted into the Pliocene we do not know. The increasing cold and aridity is of course quite sufficient explanation for its disappearance. While some of the genera are to-day decidedly southern, we do not know that they may not have possessed a few hardier species in Miocene times. In any case, the flora certainly cannot be described as a tropical one. Two of the genera, Weinmannia and Myrica, exist to-day in the mountains of - Jamaica and other tropical localities. Sequoia, as is well known, has retreated to California. Zizyphus is common in Texas and New Mexico. 1 The (7) ieidinaeae that the generic identity of the fossil plant is in doubt, usually because of imperfect material. Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 73 ee following seven generic names are applied to fossils of which the ral relationships only are known, and have no great significance as mbers of the Florissant flora: — i dopsis Heer. Palmocarpon Lz. (?). strinites Saporta (?) Lomatites Saporta. ie ocyn om Unger (?). Banksites er (?). r s Bowerbank (?). Mf those marked with a query, one is very doubtfully from Florissant, and e others are probably not correctly assigned even to the “blanket genera” n which they are placed. Bee ceopon sum Heer, is a well-known genus of the European Miocene, but > Jedapem material is very incomplete, and may not be truly congeneric. a nother American Podogonium, P. americanum Lx., is described from the Lara ie and Montana formations of Wyoming, but the evidence as to generic identity i is if anything even more unsatisfactory. The remaining twelve Florissant genera exist to-day in distant parts of the world, as follows: — _ Tmesipteris Bernh, Australian Region, and Mts. of Philippines. The generic position of the Florissant fossil is perhaps not beyond question. __ Engelhardtia Leschen. East Indies, Indian Archipelago and S. China. - Lomatia R. Brown, Australia, Tasmania, Chile. _ Pterocarya Kunth. Asia, including Japan. Melia LZ. Africa and Asia, including Japan. _ Santalum L. E. Indies and Australia. Generic position of Florissant plant. subtful. _ Amygdalus L. Asia, One American species, Paliurus Juss. Asia, including Japan. Buettneria L. Mainly tropical America, but also in East Indies and Madagascar. §Sterculia L. Tropics of both hemispheres. _ Hedera L. Palearctic, to Japan. Florissant plant doubtfully of this genus. _ Porana Burm. E., Indies. Miocene of Europe. q tt will be remarked that there is no strictly Neotropical element whatever. )f the known localities for fossil plants, the one presenting a flora most like : t of Florissant is Elko Station, Nevada. Unfortunately this locality is , er poor in species, or has not been well worked, and has yielded only the owl ; g: ean en Myrica (4). Sapindus. Planera. Sequoia (2). Populus. Thuja. copodium. Salix (2) ee - Most of these genera, however, are also found at Florissant; and the cles are said to include the highly characteristic Florissant fossils Planera 74 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, longifolia, Myrica drymeja and Sequoia affinis. It is therefore probable that the Elko Station beds are Miocene, and later than the true Green River formation. The Green River formation, excluding Florissant and Elko Station, includes the following localities and genera: 3 (1). Green River and mouth of White River. Acer.* Ficus.* Musophyllum (? locality) Sapindus.* Acrostichum. Hemitelites. Myrica.* Spherites. Ampelopsis. Tlex (2).* _ Phragmites (in Colo.) Zizyphus.* Aralia,* Juglans (4).* Planera (2)* Cyperus. Arundo (2). Juncus.* Quercus,* Ulmus(White R.)* Brasenia. Leguminosites (Z). Rhus (in Colo.)* Equisetum. Lomatia.* Sabal. Eucalyptus (?).. Manicaria. Salix (?)* In this and the following lists the asterisk indicates a Florissant genus. (2.) Uinta County, Wyoming. Acer,* Cyperacites, Alianthus. Euonymus. Amygdalus.* Flabellaria, Andromeda.* Quercus.* Antholithes. Typha.* Celtis.* Not one genus is common to Uinta Co. and Elko Station. (3.) Alkali Station, Wyoming, Alnus.* llex.* Apocynophyllum.*Myrica (2)* Ficus (2)* Juglans.* (4.) Barrell Springs, Wyoming (? Green River group). Equisetum. Lygodium, ‘Geonomites, Poacites, (5.) Washakie Station, Wyoming. Rhamnus* washakiensis Ckll. (intermedius Lx., not 8. & H.); species said to extend down to the Laramie Group. (6.) Sage Creek, Montana, Ilex.* Sequoia,* The Green River beds, if we include Elko Station and exclude Florissant, have yielded about 75 species of plants, of which 23 are supposed to be Cockerell, Fossil Flora oj Florissant, Col. 75 with species described by European authors. The combined s far inferior to that of Florissant, and most of the 24 genera common h are widespread and of little significance as proofs of contemporaneity. presen of palms in the Green River beds deserves note. Le CHARACES. Chara (?) glomerata Lx.. A doubtful plant, which Lesquereux himself ys “may represent flower-bearing pedicels of Platanus.” 7 _ Diatoms and desmids must occur in the shale, but so far we have oot een able to detect them. a ots 1907 Mrs. Cockerell and Mr. Geo. N. Rohwer obtained an excellent “fruit” or sporostegium of Chara in a bed containing Spharium, ete. ‘The pecies will be figured in a later report, but in the meanwhile it may be 1 Chara peritula, sp. nov. and separated from other American fossil s known from sporostegia as follows: — egium broader than long, strongly depressed, with 10 spirals C. compressa Kn. rostegium spherical, about as broad as long, with six distinct spirals and signs ofa seventh . 3 : . C. peritula sp. nov. jporostegium ovoid or eiiptical, longer: than bioad: » Sor 9 spirals OO ee ae eee C. stantoni Kn. 12 or 13 spirals } ; ; : F F ; ¥ C. springere Kn, Funer (PYRENOMYCETES). PLEOSPORE®. Didymospheria betheli sp. nov. q Scattered, punctiform, perfectly black perithecia, slightly clined to be in rows longitudinally, but not at all massed, —~——} fragment of leaf of Typha lesquereuxi Ckll. The perithecia ere te » circular to suboval, very well defined, with an average loci tts ("" . meter of about 170 uw, some reaching about 220 p. - |. : Station 14. T'mesipteris alleni occurs on the same slab. % Ph At small, definite black spots appear to indicate pre y enomycetous fungus, and agree quite closely with ee Gear 2m recent Didymospheria typhe Peck. . E. Bethel has very kindly sent me, for com- on, n, Leptospheria typharum (Desm.) Karst., found We 1, Diab m Typha latijolia at Fort Collins, Colo. (Crandall); phoria | bethelt Ota I ‘think the fossil is not closely allied to this, the On Typha ee al appearance being very different. 76 Bulletin American Museum nah Natural History. labors on the fungi of Colorado. Musct. Leaves linear, long-pointed . ; Leaves lanceolate or broader, not county slohientod: plan ve Branches short, somewhat claviform Branches numerous, longer and more slender These are all sterile. A fruiting moss, representing a been described by Mrs. Britton and Dr. Holligesy cockerellee. SCHIZEACE. Aneimia (?) gracillima (Lx.). The Adiantites gracill and Tert. Floras, pl. am p. 8, appears to be an A aurita Sw. 2 POLYPODIACE. - Onoclea reducta sp. nov. Puate VI, Fia. 4. Station 9 (T. D. A. Cockerell). Lower part of sterile frond. Petiole about 34 mm. long; first segments about 21 mm., s whole shaped as in the living O. sensibilis, but none of the m or elongated, the intervals between them also apparently greater species. Venation not preserved. i Much smaller and less strongly dentate than 0. Newberry. °} Scdecuts guy ottii fies: Sphenopteris guyottii Lx., Cret. and Tert. Floras, p 137, This common fern is meee better referred to Phegor ten mesozoic genus Sphenopteris. The specimens differ greatly selves, but so do different pinne of the recent P. dryopteris, : seem practicable to establish a second species. Perhaps th is from Station 13, Dryopteris scansa sp. noy. Puare VI, Fra. 9; Puate X, Fia. 38. aes Station 13. Part of a frond, about 3 em. long, with ten pinnae, w at right mere Pinne 6-13 mm. long, alternate, 4 to 6 mm. apart, vel 7 ea 1This so called moss proves to be a piece of the Sequoia, which takes the r name 5 haydenii. ye: Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Colo. 77 ba. e to ects lobe. The uppermost (terminal) pinne (at least 5 or 6) form, bluntish, and sterile, as is usual in the genus. The extreme frond is lost, so it cannot be seen whether it is produced. The e are about 9 mm. long. This specimen, being more complete, 0 tere should be taken as the type of the species. Woodwardia florissantia sp. nov. PuaTE VI, Fic. 2. 13. Fertile fronds with long linear pinne, over 40 mm. long, and about _all respects formed as in W. areolata (L.) Moore. . ° Satan that the species ought not to be separated from the modern T e margins of the pinne are entire; no venation can be made out. urdia oo. Knowlton, is also eyereny allied. Pellza antiquella sp. nov. Puate VIII, Fie. 20. tion 14. The end of a sterile frond, with its reverse. Similar to P. stelleri 21.) Watt; apical lobe about 17 mm. long and 9 broad, with rounded bules; at the base of the apical lobe, on one side, a rounded lobe is attached, w this, after an interval of about 3 mm., is a symmetrical pair of lobes, each a. long and about 44 broad; below Lhaie. after another interval, is another lobes. PsILoTACE. | es ipteris alleni (Lx.) Hollick. Stations 11, 12, etc.; a common fossil IsOETACE. tes (?) brevifolius La. Unfigured. There is an Isoetes of this name ype, but it is considered only a form of J. velatum A. Br. 78 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, PINACEZ. Pinus wheeleri sp. nov. Puate X, Fias. 5, 11. Station 14. Leaves in clusters of five, 12 em. or more long, about 1 mm. broad. A cone attributed to this species was found by Dr. W. M. Wheeler at Station 11, at the top of the exposure. It is brown black, with large broad scales in the manner: of P. flexilis, James. The diameter of the cone is about 30 mm. Pinus florissanti Lx. Stations 9 and 13. Leaves in clusters of three. P. hambachi Kirch., is presumably the same. Sequoia haydeni (Lx.) Chil. (= affinis Lx). Plate X, Fig. 48. Station 14, etc., abundant. Foliage of two forms, and cones short, subglobular; allied to the modern S. sempervirens. After examining a large amount of material, and reading what J..S. Gardner has to say in his British Eocene Flora, 2: 29-42, I believe that only one species is represented at Florissant, and that the so called Glyptostrobus of that locality must be included in it. The fossil stumps must also be referred here. In 1907 Mr. S. A. Rohwer found at Station 14 an additional conifer, represented by a beautifully preserved twig with about ten branchlets, which are an inch or less long. It may be named Heyderia coloradensis sp. noy. and compared with the recent Heyderia decurrens (Torrey) K. Koch, of — California, with which it almost exactly agrees. ‘The larger leaves are about 54 mm. long, and perhaps less acutely pointed than in the living plant. The foliage is in general better developed than in most specimens of H.. decurrens, but scarcely more so than in a plant in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, which was collected by Torrey in 1865 in the grove of Sequoia gigantea in California. It is of much interest, as showing the persistence of a plant association through a long period, to note that the fossil Heyderia also occurred in a Sequoia grove, a piece of Sequoia haydeni being actually preserved on the same slab, and touching the Heyderia. . Heyderia is the American Libocedrus, or Incense Cedar. ‘The genus is. to-day represented by two species, IH. decurrens of our Pacific coast, and the Libocedrus macrolepis B. & H. of Asia. The segregation of Heyderia from the true Libocedrus (of the southern Hemisphere) is here made in accordance: with the views of Dr. N. L. Britton, as indicated in conversation and on the sheets at the N. Y. Botanical Garden. I was able to examine material of the true Librocedrus also, and since the fossil is obviously Heyderia, haying y the distinctive characters well-marked, it affords an additional argument. for the segregation. Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 79 JUNIPERACER. "Sabina linguefolia (La.) Chil. Station 14. Beautifully preserved. ssquereux describes a var. gracilis, but I have not seen more than one TYPHACES. tn lesquereuxi Chil. Plate X, Fig. 46. Station 13, ete.; very ZANICHELLIACE. _Potamogeton (?) verticillatus La. A plant of doubtful relationships. bd Florissant plant, not figured, is referred by Lesquereux to the European P. geniculatus Al. Br. NAIADACE. _ Najadopsis rugulosa Lx. A problematical plant. eaten PoAcEz. , Stipa laminarum sp. nov. Puate VI, Figs. 1, 3. _ Station 14. Common. The specimens consist of the long-awned grains similar 0 those of the living S. comata. Grain 10-11 mm. long and about 2 broad, its awn te 60 mm. 4 ARACEE. _ Acorus affinis La. ‘LEMNACE. 4 penicillata (La.) Chil. JUNCACEA. Juncus crassulus sp. nov. Puare X, Fias. 44, 45. st ation 14; common, represented by single flowers. Capsule when well-devel- globular, about 3 mm. long, and nearly or quite as broad, dark colored; perianth. 80 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, about 5 mm. long, far exceeding capsule, very pale; style about 2mm. long, perfectly | straight; stigmas less than half length of style. Probably allied to Juncus setaceus Rostk. beke large flowers are suggestive of the South American genus Rostkovia. PALMACE2. (?) Palmocarpon (?) globosum Lx. A problematical fruit, probably not a palm. JUGLANDACEA. 2 Based on an involucre . : : : oa —— ees Lx. Based on nuts . 1. Based on leaves, all with dentate or dentinalnte bole g ; ees 1. Nut oval, the apex produced .. . Hicoria rostrata (Goepp.) Kom Nut nearly circular, apex not produced . , ; 2. Nut small, scarcely over 1 cm. long . : F " ‘Kicoeta prinastonla n,n. Nut larger, about 174mm.long . ; Juglans (?) sepultus n. sp. 3. Leaflet large, 11 cm. long, base reunited: inequilateral7 Juglans florissanti Lx. Leaflet about 94 cm. long, base broad cuneate, equilateral Juglans affinis Kirchner. Leaflets broad-cuneate basally, 6 to 94 cm. long, base equilateral in terminal one, — very inequilateral in lateral ones . Hicoria juglandiformis (Sternb.) Knowlt. Leaflets narrowed to base, but there rounded, obtuse, nearly equilateral in lateral leaflets ; . ‘ . Juglans crossii, Knowlt., Kirchner. Pterocarya americana Lx. described from Middle Park, is probably not a member of the Florissant flora; it is, moreover, quite uncertain gener- _ ically; Lesquereux’s figure shows neither the apex nor the base. Hicoria princetonia is the doubtful Carya bruckmanni Heer, of Lesquereux (Cret. and ert. Floras, pl. xxxix, p. 6.) It is not quite clear to me that Juglans affinis is not a large terminal leaflet of Hicoria juglandiformis; in that case I should be inclined to use Kircher’s specific name, regarding the identity of our plant with that of Sternberg (from Bohemia and Galicia) as doubtful. Juglans (?) sepultus sp. nov. Puate VI, Fia, 8. Station 3, in soft red rock (W. P. Cockerell). Fruit globose, about 174 mm. long and 16 broad, not beaked; apparently thin-shelled, with the seed deeply — lobed. This is the organism published by Lesquereux (Cret. and Tert. Flora, pl. xxxix, f. 5) as Juglans costata Unger. Schenk, in Zittel’s ‘Handbuch,’ Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 81 rs it to Carya ventricosa; that is to say Hicoria ventricosa (J uglandites mtricosus Sternb.) from Central Europe. This latter is said by Unger to ve the fruit very like that of Hicoria alba; it can scarcely be identical with a e Florissant plant, which is probably a J uglans, as Lesquereux held. ug $ costata (Sternb.) Ung. (from Bohemia) is also a Carya (Hicoria) cording to Unger and Schenk, and should be called Hicoria costata. a? — : = ey MyRICACEz. P tives deeply incised . eee ier mh eS ean me a saves merely dentate or Ghatleuiate , 2. _ Tange tapering to base and apex, nearly 4 cm. peed in : aindlauas retioulats yeined (Station 11.) . ; Comptonia insignis (Lx.) Ckll. Beet apparently not reticulate ‘eahinod; doubtfully distinct from the last C. acutiloba (Lx.) Ckll. paves be or little Meet apically, the sparing dentation only beyond the . , 3. _ Leaves davally nartow, more tapering: dentate te belay tha middle CMM ous - Leaves more obtuse and cid sided, the teeth only near the apex (? Floris- sant) * . Morella bolanderi (Lx.) Ckll. _ Leaves less obtinse, the sides mote convex, the teeth not only near the apex ¥ Morella hendersoni Ckll. SS kenvec: large and broad, with sharp teeth of different sizes (Station 9L, W. P. poe) ~ ‘ ; ; . Myrica copeana Lx. L aves narrower and more ¢hneving, the teeth not, or not obviously, of two 5. 1 aves distinctly pie cilaeeral at base : Morita apy dx) Knowlton. (I include here jallax, obscura and rigida of Lesquereux.) aves tapering (long-cuneate) and not obviously inequilateral at base . 6. eth very strong and sharp, not very numerous . . Myrica scotti Lx, th smaller, weaker, or more irregular. ; ‘ ; Myrica sp.? ae sp.?, at the end of the table, includes the leaves referred by i squereux to M. acuminata Unger, M. amygdalina Saporta, M. zachariensis orta and M. polymorpha Schimper. How many, or what, species these y represent seems to me doubtful. 1. drymeja is one of the commonest species at Florissant. — i” Pd t¢ SALICACEA. n the calyces . é : : F : Populus crassa (Lx.) Ckll. a i : : s very broad, etic willis a more or laods sondali habe SD cysiform or Sapiplcigtai base broad and rounded es lanceolate . < 2 ‘ . PERS 82 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 2. Leaf very large, base cordate, blade about 12 em. long and 14 broad toward base; margin feebly crenulate . ; F . Populus scudderi Ckll. Leaf not so large, not or hardly cordate; 5 neeeiet from base © P. arctica decipiens (Lx.) Ckll. 3. Leaflong-oval, not strictly pyriform, the margins with a gentle even curve above; three nerves from base ; . P. zaddachi Heer, var., Lx. Leaf strictly pyriform, the ‘senate bacoud middle straight or a little concave; five-nerved from base . ; , ; " ; : P. pyrijolia Kirch. 4. Margins entire ‘ : ; : ; ; r : 5 Margins crenulate or dentate ; No ae 5. Broadest part of leaf considerably beyond the middle; loa 8 em. long Salix libbeyi Lx. Leaf more tapering, broadest point not beyond middle . . Salix sp.? 6. Marginal teeth short or obtuse; venation conspicuously camptodrome Populus Looe 5 Marginal teeth fine and acute; venation semi-craspedodrome . 7. Leaf less tapering apically, ut with a more narrowly cuneate base Sali« ramaleyi Ckll. Leaf more tapering apically, but with a broader base SS. ramaleyi rohweri Ckll. In addition to the above, the Populus (?) pseudocredneria is distinguished by the broad leaf with very large marginal teeth, quite unlike those of any of the other species. Populus crassa should doubtless be associated with one of the species known from the leaves, but which one we do not yet know. P. zaddachi is not, I believe, the species of Heer, but is probably merely a small short leaf of P. lesquereuai, such as we have found on the same branch with normal leaves. P. oryphylla Saporta, Lx., is a leaf similar to P. pyrijolia, but small and with remote denticulations. 1 believe that it is the same species, but that it is probably not Saporta’s plant, so the name pyrijolia should be preferred. Salix amygdalefolia Lx., will run in the above table to Populus lesquereuai (Plate VIII, Fig. 23), anid I strongly suspect that it is founded on small narrow leaves of that species. In any event, the name is unavailable, because of S. amygdalifolia Gilib. Salia sp.? in the table is merely to leave a place for the possible occurrence of such species as S. integra and S. media, which Kirchner lists, but I bee erro-— neously. Salix ramaleyi rohweri n. var. (Plate IX, Fig. 34) is from Station 4, which I believe is not of the same age as the locality of typical ramaley:. This leaf, as well a8 ramaleyi proper, differ from the more usual type of Salix (and conspicuously from “S. amygdalefolia” Lx.) in the semicras- pedodrome venation, the secondaries bending upwards apically, but termi- nating on the margin, nowhere forming perfect festoons. The secondaries — in the variety are a little more divergent and a little more numerous. The length of the blade is 11 em., its greatest width 24 mm.; its width 4 em. j from apex, 15mm. ‘The teeth are sharp, 6 to a cm. Cockerell, Fossil Flora oj Hociate Col. 83 as arctica Heer. The base, Bai is 3 broadly rounded, not cuneate; ape? is also rounded; the blade of the leaf is 31 mm. long and 33 road. ‘There is a Populus-like petiole. Populus crassa (Lx.). PuaTE VIII, Fie. 22; Puate V, Fic. 42, __ Maereightia crassa Lx. Cret. and Tert. Floras, p. 175, pl. XXXIV f. 16, 17. “ obed or parted.) Diospyros cuspidata Kircuner, Trans. Acad. St. Louis, VIII (1898), p. 185, 1. xii, p. 1. (4-lobed.) These calyces are abundant in the Florissant shales at Station 14. ‘They ik 4 doubtedly belong to Populus, being almost exactly like those of some of aot species. In the living species, they vary from three to four _ P. crassa should doubtless be associated with some of the fossil ves, bas until they are found connected, such association with any partic- species can hardly be made. Populus (?) pseudocredneria sp. nov. Prats VIII, Fig. 28. E Biation 14; apical part of leaf, more than half. Planera longijolia is on the same Type in Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Width 48 mm.; probable length of blade about 55 mm.; similar to Populus (?) ejolia (Credneria (?) daturejolia, Ward. Types of the Laramie Flora, 1887), x | especially to Ward’s pl. xliv, f. 1, but marginal teeth not so numerous, being Sout the same size, though the leaf is so much smaller. The teeth seem to begin out the middle, and to be about three on each side, each about 10 mm. long, the sadth at base 94 mm. or less, the margins slightly convex for the most part, not so erally concave as in daturejolia, The apical and subapical teeth are notched rally, producing a small accessory tooth. The venation, so far as preserved, is ilan to that of Ward’s species. The leaf gives the impression of having been a thin.. Ward himself admits that the reference of his daturejolia (from the Union Group, Montana) to Credneria is quite hypothetical. He compares the S with Ilex, Quercus, Platanus, etc., but curiously enough, does not allude to is, although his pl. xliv, f. 2, could be believed conspecific with P, subrotundata . Flora, pl. xxiv, f. 8. I have compared the venation with that of recent Ls leaves and do not find any such differences as seem to forbid generic associa- The teeth, which Ward considers especially interesting, are very variable. * developed (in daturefolia).they recall some of our western cottonwoods; when, ‘highly developed (as in some daturefolia, and in our pseudocredneria) they ie remind one of Populus bolleana Lauche, from Turkestan, which is usually regarded ‘ as a variety of P. alba. 84 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, The lobes or teeth of P. pseudocredneria rather recall those of Acer indi- visum Lx., but they are more numerous, and the venation is pinnate instead of palmate as in indivisum. There is also some resemblances to Platanus dissecta Lx., but the leaf of pseudocredneria is much smaller, with larger lobes. P. dissecta has the venation nearly as in pseudocredneria, and looks as though it could possibly be congeneric. ‘There is some resemblance to Platanus rhomboidea Lx., from Golden, but the venation is markedly different. ea BETULACES. — Carpinus (?) attenuata La. Station 14, on the same slab with, and almost touching, a leaf of Planera longifolia. A well-preserved leaf, show- ing the details of the venation, which do not seem to accord perfectly with Carpinus or Corylus. In outline, the leaf is like a Corylus, such as C. — rostrata; and I do not believe it is correctly referred to Carpinus. Lesquereux has figured (Cret. and Tert. Floras, pl. xxxix, f. 3) a he calls flowers of Alnus, but they seem to me to belong to Quereus. On the other hand, we have an excellent pistillate ament of Alnus from Station 13. It is ovoid, about 11 mm. long and 7 broad. Alnus cordata Lx. (Cret. and Tert. Floras, p. 151) is a homonym of A. . cordata Desp.; it may be called A. precordata, n. n. The following table separates the Florissant species of this family:— — Leaf large, with double serration; tapering (wedge-shaped) at either end, and very broad in the middle . i . °. Carpinus (?) attenuata Lx, Leaf with the sides more or less erent? convex, or nearly parallel, as is Maual i in the family . : . Pay errs ts 1. Leaf elongate, more or ye tahbeolate! with ‘double sorrntlon oi) ee «idee Leaf oval or subcordate . S. 2. Teeth conspicuously of two sizes, large’ sharp ones 5 terminntlie the litedal veins, and little ones in the intervals; laterals not very numerous Betula florissanti tee a Teeth sharp, but not obviously of two sizes; laterals very numerous; sides often nearly parallel (Stations 50 and 14) ; ‘ i . Carpinus fraterna Lx, (inel. “grandis Ung.” Lx.) 3. Leaf doubly serrate; about 6 cm. long; base cordate; laterals eight pairs, oppo- site. , : 4 oy 2 gt Bro Ckll. Leaf simply serrate: Base tragieate ‘ : ; 4, 4. Leaf larger, laterals ‘tee ver and more regular (Station 5) 4 Alnus kefersteinii (Goepp.) Ung., he ” Leaf smaller, laterals closer and more irregular. . Betula truncata Lx, Our Alnus from Station 5 is evidently that figured by Lesquereux as . | kepersteinii from Florissant, but its identity with the plant figured by U rig a Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 85 estionable, the latter having the laterals or secondaries still fewer and 5 singular thing, that the leaves of the common Planera longifolia rissant are almost exactly like those of Betula pumila, as figured in ifand Brown’s ‘Illustrated Flora’ (Vol. I, p. 511); but they are not é all like those of B. pumila as represented in the herbarium of the Uni- si Ea Colorado! — FAGACER. Piabcéolate, margin entire species doubtfully referred to Quercus elena ~ and s neriifolia Al. Br. egg or dentate or lobed . ; . : 1. af dentate (often mciacally) 0 or anrkto ) : ‘ 3 . a few and more or less rectangular. . Quercus balaninorum Ckll. i more numerous, rounded ; : : ; 3 ; 3. s longer; base very narrowly eineate . «Quercus lyratijormis Ckll. 9es shorter; base more obtuse. : ; Quercus ramaleyi Ckll. ee abruptly produced, panei like, teeth irregular ‘ Cue osbornii Lx. x not thus produced ; : ‘ , 5. f oval, with a long petiole; verrations weak ona Quercus (?) florissantensis Ckll. (Q. pyrifolia Lx., not Blume) eto ore or longer; marginal teeth strong . / 6. flong-oval; teethirregular Quercus peritula n. n. uaveus seiditervinee ik). much elongated, approximately parallel sided —. he e very Rerorly cuneate, tapering to the petiole; teeth aires and ren lie Quercus drymeja Unger, Lx. f large, probably over 12 cm. long; lateral nervures more numerous than in ne last; marginal teeth more numerous’. . Castanea intermedia Lx. * a large; teeth fewer and more irregular than in the last; base broad == Castanea dolichophylla Ck. Juercus serra, Unger, is reported by Lesquereux, without a figure. ordi ng to Unger’s figures, it resembles Q. florissantensis, but is more mit ply toothed. uercus mediterranea Unger, of Lesquereux (Cret. and Tert. Floras, Vil ¥ 9) is certainly not the species originally described by Unger in Eee BB ogacs’ ; it may take the name Q. peritula. Quercus lyratiformis sp. nov. Prater VII, Fic. 17. on 14; four leaves on twig. Type in Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.; reverse at ‘ity of Colorado. eaf similar to Q. lyrata Walt., and agreeing with that species and differing from 86 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Q. alba in the very acute basal angle. Probable length of leaf 65-70 mm., the petiole 7 mm., the blade comparatively narrow, its breadth about 18 mm., deeply lobed, the lobes about 5 mm. long, and formed as in lyrata, except that none have a eee lobule, and the sinuses are more acutely pointed. There is a certain resemblance to Comptonia insignis a = but | the leaves are much narrower, with more obtuse lobes. Quercus balaninorum sp. nov. Prate VIII, Fia. a. Station 14. A leaf, lacking the base; as preserved light ferruginous. Pissto lanceolate, tapering to base and apex, with one or two large rectangular lateral lobes, and some irregular small dentations. Secondary nervures few, near middle of leaf more than 10 mm. apart. Greatest breadth of leaf 28 mm.; breadth 11 ee apex 17 mm.; apex not produced. Much like Quercus lesquereuxiana Kn., as figured by Knowlton (1900p, . | 3 but different from Lesquereux’s original dgsisen (as Q. acrodon), which have sharp teeth, numerous and not far apart. ‘There is very strong resemblance to Q. emoryt i Torrey, as figured by Sargent (Trees of North America, p- 286), except that in emoryi the apex is more tapering. Rydberg’ s Q. emoryi (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard., 1901, pl. 32) shows the apex as in the fossil, but the lobes are a little more pointed: There is also a slight resemblance to Q. prinoides Willd. The name is derived from the beetles of the genus Balaninus, which doubtless infested the acorns. Scudder has described six species of this genus from the Florissant shales. Castanea intermedia La. This was described from ‘Middle Park, ¥ but no doubt really came from Florissant. The so called Quercus drymeja Ung., from Bridge Creek, Oregon (Miocene), as figured by Lesquereux ic (Cret. and Tert. Floras, pl. liv, f. 4) appears to be the same species; it cer- tainly is not Unger’s plant. Knowlton has referred it to his C. plete, a a species closely resembling the so-called C. wngert. ae Lesquereux recognized three species of Castanea from the damien Tertiaries; they may be separated as follows: — Leaf broader, more inclined to ovate, the teeth strong and sharp (Miocene, John Day Valley, Oreg.) ; . atavia “Unger.” Lx, Leaf longer in proportion to iis breadth, 1 more parallel-eided ‘, ; . F 1. 1. Leaf large, the teeth short and not very close together (California) ungeri “Heer,” Lx. Leaf smaller, the teeth larger and closer together (Florissant) intermedia Lx. j Knowlton, applies to the C. wngeri the name C. castanewfolia (Unger) ~~ - aw - Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 87 on, based on the Fagus Se ecicdin of Unger. Unger’s figure of e latter, however, is almost exactly like the leaf which Lesquereux calls '. ate . a, and is distinctly different from the leaves figured as C. ungert. ng to Knowlton, the C. atavia of Lesquereux is identical with * horniana Lx. as Castanea dolichophylla sp. nov. ten 14 (Rohwer) a single well-preserved leaf; type in Amer. Mus. N. Hist., e at University of Colorado. Leaf about 165 mm. long and 25 broad, elongate, is basal half parallel-sided, the apical gradually tapering (about 60 mm. from apex a is about 17 mm, broad, about 40 mm. from apex, 12 mm.); base obtuse, ded, inequilateral; teeth of the usual form, but rather irregular, and not close } r (near middle of leaf about 1 tooth in 10 mm.); petiole about 10 mm. long, “ m ne ia twisted. The base of the leaf is as in the common chestnut. 4 al from C.. intermedia by the teeth being only half as numer- u s, and in form more like those of the living C. dentata (Marsh) Borkh. . intermedia. i is more like C. pumila). The elongate form and strong h distinguish it from C. ungeri. The leaf is much like certain species of 4 Qu reus (€. g., Quercus drymeja Ung.), but the base is entirely different. The teeth are not unlike those of Castanea kubinyi Kov., especially in their moteness and comparative irregularity. ULMACEZ, ‘Ulmus tenuinervis Zz. (Plate VIII, Fig. 26.) Station 14. A good af, with reverse. - Ulmus hillie Lz. Station 14. Distinguished from U. tenwinervis by e broad simple teeth, and very inequilateral base. I am convinced that inus libbeyi Lx., isa synonym; and so also, I believe, is Ulmus brownellia - Planera myricefolia (Lx.). Planera longifolia myricefolia Lx. 1883 Station 13) appears to me to be a distinct species, notwithstanding the : ments of Lesquereux, and the fact that P. longifolia is extremely able. _ the solving table separates the Florissant Ulmacez : — e of leaf equilateral or nearly so . : - Bao ¢ ’ . : 7 e of leaf conspicuously inequilateral . ; ; : ae cog pyriforin, feebly dentate, lateral nervures geeeedilax Celtis mecoshit Lx. Leaf oval or lanceolate or oblong, with very strong simple teeth, laterals regu-_ 88 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 2. Leafovaloroblong . ae! 3. Leaf lanceolate, laterals foxattiag a tary sani cute with idee hai very nar- rowly long-cuneate : . Planera myricejolia (Lx.) Ckil. 3. Leaf with only about the ‘apie half toothed; 'iead: but with cuneate base P. ungeri Ett., Lx. Leaf with much more than apical half toothed: oval or oblong, the broad leaves with obtuse base : ; , . Planera Bae ss Lx. Pl. IX, Fig. 30.1 4. Teeth broad and simple. : ; A . Ulmus seraicas Lx. Teeth more or less double . ; ‘ ; : ‘ : ; 5. 5. Apex tapering, elongated . p ; U. tenwinervis Ix. Apex not so tapering; leaf ‘oun lanier” ; . U. braun Heer, ix. Fruits have been found, and referred hypothetically to U. braunii. Morace&. Morus symmetrica sp. nov. Puate VII, Fic. 19. A single well-preserved leaf, with reverse. The leaf is almost exactly t e color of the shale, with the veins standing out very prominently, dark brown. Len about 57 mm., breadth 38; equilateral; the base truncate, broad; apex not pro- duced; maseina teeth very low, rounded, little developed; venation normal, the __ lateral veins (5 or 6 on each side) failing just before reaching the margin, or reaching = it by very feeble terminations; delicate cross-veins developed at right to midrib and lateral veins; first lateral with five veins leaving its lower Vand running to (or nearly to) edge of leaf. This is much like a Celtis, but distinguished by its symmetrical form. I ; am not positive that it belongs to Morus, but it may well do so. ‘There is — quite a strong resemblance to Tilia populifolia Lx., as figured in Cret. and Tertiary Floras, pl. xxxiv, f. 9; but this figure appears to represent a differ- | ent species from fig. 8, which is to be regarded as the peter of See | populifolia. wt Ficus florissantella sp. nov. Puate IV, Fia. 33. Station 14. A single well-preserved leaf, 49 mm. long, 344 broad; entire, broad- oval, pointed apically, the base subtruncate and oblique (inequilateral) ;_ secondary nervures about six pairs, joined by fine nervures on lateral margin, as usual ia the genus. Leaf moderately thick. Almost exactly like F’. haydenii Lx., except that the base is conspicuously | inequilateral, and the tip is not pmliipellt the lateral nervures at the base _ are as in F’, haydenii, and different from those of the otherwise very similar — F. tiliefolia Heer. The apex, on the other hand, is as in F’, tiliejfolia. 1 In 1907 we got fruiting material of Planera longifolia, proving that it is no Planera ‘oak : a beech, It takes the name Fagus longifolia (Lx.) Hollick & Cockerell, Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 89 Ficus arenaceeformis sp. nov. Puate VIII, Fia. 24. io n 14, several specimens. Elongate entire leaves, with inequilateral base, examples showing prominent lateral veins diverging from the midrib at angle of not less than 60°. The leaves are quite like those of F'. arenacea Lx. i Ler iary Flora, pl. xxix, f. 1), except that they narrower and more elongate; it is € Be posable that they represent only a variety of F. arenacea, which is described Green River beds in Wyoming. The leaves appear to have exceeded 100: m. in length, with a breadth near the base of 18-23 mm. A specimen showing mn. y the basal part is taken as the type, as it has the venation more distinctly pre- ved a the others. In the field, some of these leaves were taken for Quercus , but that has a quite different base. _ There seems to be some confusion about the species of Ficus allied to- atiolaic. Knowlton refers F’. arenacea Lx. in part to lanceolata and in to F. uncata. The typical arenacea appears however to be a distinct species, differing from F. lanceolata by its much broader and strongly patetersl base. F. arenacea brevipetiolata Lx. may well be F. uncata as Knowlton states; but in this case the prior name is F. gaudini Lx., 1872, not uncata Lx., 1878. | Ficus lanceolata Heer, 1856, is a homonym of the much earlier F’. lanceo- ti a Buch. Ham. in Roxb. (a living oriental species), and may take the name : us navicularis. _ Ficus jynx Unger, is recorded by Lesquereux from Elko Station, Nevada, u it his figure shows a leaf with the base much more acute than in Etting- av sen’s figures of jynx, which he cites. ‘The base of F. jyna, as figured by Nh ti nghausen, is like that of F’. arenacea. _ Ficus trinervis Knowlton. Here may belong a Cinnamomum-like leaf und by Messrs. Henderson and Ramaley; ej. Univ. of Colo. Studies, III, ; 172. a PROTEACE. q 4 . Lomatites Saporta, 1873. - Lomatites hakewfolia (Lomatia hakeejolia Lx. 1883) and Lomatites ja (Lomatia spinosa Lx. 1883) appear to be closely related to Lomatites ianus (Goepp.) Conw., from European amber. I am indebted to sor Sargent for a number of species of recent Lomatia, and it seems unlikely that the Florissant plants are truly congeneric with them, wee they may apparently be referred with safety to Saporta’s genus. _ The nominal species from Florissant are as follows:— 90 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Based on a fruit resembling that of Pinus . . Banksites lineatus Lx. Based on leaves . ; ; : : : i: 1. Leaves with three subequal lobes. ‘ ‘ ; : Lomathe iripartide. I, Leaves elongate, with lateral teeth or lobes . : 2. Little lobules between the obtuse lobes, as in some Beane re iderup Lx No lobules between the lobes or teeth . , G ; ; 3. 3. Lobes rounded, obtuse, very regular . . ; ; a abbreviate Lx. Lobes pointed, or when rather obtuse, then irregulat ‘ F Peet eS 4. Lobes elongated, more or less parallel-sided . ; ; j ci Se ga Lobes triangular . ; ROBES ie oe 5. Apex broad, not lobulate or dbntate: okies wey ‘rteeuhar . L. terminalis Lx. Apex narrow, lobulate nearly to point; lobes nearly regular . L. acutiloba Lx. } 6. Leaf elongate, with a long linear apex . . Lomatites spinosa (Lx.) Ckll. Leaf shorter, with broad base, apex less produced Lomatites hakeefolia (Lx.) Ckll. L. acutiloba was found at Stations 4, 11 and 14; L. terminalis at 4 and 11; ‘L. tripartita at 14. It is exceedingly probable that L. terminalis and tri- partita are forms of the same thing. SANTALACEA. Santalum americanum Lx. is based on a Lepargyraa-like leaf, lanceolate __ with entire margins, and no venation visible except the midrib. Its affini- a ties must be considered doubtful. POLYGONACEA. Persicaria tertiaria (Polygonum tertiariwm Small) was described by Dr. Small in his revision of the North American species of Polygonum and allies. I saw the type when in New York in 1904, The leaf is comparatively broad, with a broad base, approaching the modern Persicaria amphibia (Polygonum amphibium, L.). There is a strong resemblance to the smaller leaves of Populus lesquereuat. ARISTOLOCHIACEA. Aristolochia mortua sp. nov. Puate VIII; Fie. 25. Station 14. A leaf, on same slab with Planera longifolia. ” Leaf evidently thin, similar in form to that of A. clematitis, with a more or less acute apex, broadly cordate base, and entire margins. The venation is similar in — type to that of A. crassifolia, (A. cordifolia Newberry, Later Extinct Floras, pl. LX, f. 4 not of Mutis.), but the veins do not unite on the lateral margins. There are about six pairs of lateral veins, diverging at an angle of about 45°, the lowest giving — . off branches asin A. crassifolia. Total length of leaf about 105 mm., breadth about a Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Hlorieumé, Col. 91 Iti is more deeply cordate, smaller than and not so broad as in A. crassifolia; Singh are much more convex and rounded out than in A. aurantiaca (as d in pad). ere 4: | There i is a close resemblance in both form and venation to some species — | teus, such as F’. catalpejolia Fzl., but the leaf was evidently thin, and ginal venation does not agree weit Ficus. Nith Tegard to the name A. cordifolia Mutis, it is to be remarked that while it is so given in Steudel, the ‘Index Kewensis’ has it “cordiflora.” peers that the latter name is a mistake, but cannot now consult the “ee riginal work of Mutis. In any event, the name crassifolia (Catalpa crasst- ia Newb.) has page-priority over paiiets Newberry. BERBERIDACEA, Odostemon florissantensis sp. nov. _ Station 14. Lateral leaflets resembling those of Odostemon simplex (Berberis simplex Newberry, Later Extinct Floras, pl. lvi, f. 2) from the Miocene of Bridge : , Oregon, but the inferior basal angle is produced into a tooth, so that the trun- sate base of the leaf is greatly broadened. The teeth, as in O. simplex, are three on each side, not counting the base. Length of leaf along midrib 42 mm.; extreme eee gth 48 mm.; breadth of the oblique base 25 mm.; length of the tooth-like lobes out 8 mm. "The venation, very well preserved, carces with that of the recent om repens (Berberis repens Lindley), but that has many more teeth, which are gly spinose. Perhaps the greatest. affinity is with the Californian species emon dictyota (Berberis dictyota Jopson). I follow Rydberg in recognizing the s Odostemon, which seems quite sufficiently distinct from Berberis. 7 fo. “es Py 4 A smaller and less well preserved leaf is from the same place as the type. LAURACEZ. Persea coloradica sp. nov. Puate II, Fies, 12, 13. ies fation 14. Leaf about 76 mm. long, and 19 broad, with entire margins, Lance- e, with the base practically equilateral, midrib strong, especially basally, where continues into the thick (2mm. diam.) petiole; secondaries arched, leaving the rib at an angle of nearly 70°, but not at all prominent. Not unlike Laurus prin- much smaller, with the sides a little less parallel. nother specimen, from Station 11, is about 67 mm. long and 23 broad; it is thus noticeably broader than the type, but it appears to be certainly conspecific. 92 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, SAXIFRAGACEA. Saxifraga (?) peritula sp. nov. Puate X, Fig. 41. Station 14. Leaf oblique-oval, the base being inequilateral, broadly rounded on one side, slightly concave for about 4 mm. on the other; petiole about 1 mm, diame- ter, not winged; apex only slightly pointed; margin with regular ee teeth, sharp but with a broad base, 4 to 44in 5mm.; no venation visible. This puzzling little leaf is doubtfully referred to Saaxifraga, because it appears to have been thick and perhaps rather succulent, with weak venation of a character which would be readily obliterated; and the marginal teeth are also exactly as in certain species of that genus. ; HyYDRANGEACE. Philadelphus palzophilus sp. nov. Puate X, Fia. 37. Station 13. Leaf ovate-elliptic, similar to that of P. coronarius L., about 48 mm. long and 25 broad, sparingly dentate beyond the middle; venation as in P. inodorus L., with a pair of prominent laterals arising opposite each other near the base, giving the leaf a trinerved aspect; other laterals few, with few nervilles. The leaf resembles certain of the narrower ones ascribed by Lesquereux to Populus arctica Heer; it also recalls species of Cinnamomum. ‘The smaller angles formed by the laterals (especially the upper ones) will dis- tinguish it from Celtis mecoshi Lx. Hydrangea (?) subincerta, sp. nov. Prats IX, Fia. 32. Station 14 (W. P. Cockerell). Sterile flower, with 4-lobed calyx, in the manner _ of H. radiata, Walt. Lobes long-oval, about 54 mm. long, and 3} broad, as pre- served ferruginous brown with light mottling; no conspicuous venation. Total diameter about 13 mm. The lobes as not quite equal in size. This may not belong to H ydrangea, but it accords with that genus in superficial appearance, at least. It is not at all similar to H. bendiret (Ward) Knowlton, from Oregon: it recalls rather certain of the recent — species, as H. hortensis. Be Cockerell,; Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 93 GROSSULARIACEA. Ribes protomelenum sp. nov. Puate II, Fia. 15. ation 6S D; a leaf with its reverse. Leaf about 46 mm. long (apex to begin- f petiole) and fully 60 broad; base deeply cordate, the sides of the basal portion , without lobes; the large lateral lobes as in R. nigrum, as also the apical margin crenulate-dentate; venation normal. This appears to be quite close living R. nigrum and R. Riassondisicen. CUNONIACEA, Weinmannia phenacophylla sp. nov. _ Station 13. Leaflets narrow, about 27 mm. long and 6-6} broad, coarsely cren- 2 on the upper edge; wings abruptly enlarged beneath the insertion of 6 leaflets. : This i is the species figured by Lesquereux, Cret. and Tert. Floras, pl. sli , as W. haydenii (Rhus haydenii Lx.), but the true haydenii is the plant = tured on the same plate as W. integrifolia, especially fig. 10. _ Weinmannia aces (Le.). Weinmannia integrijolia Lx.; Rhus » Lx. é “The British “Sl collection, now in my hands, contains an excellent yecimen of this species, very like that figured by Lesquereux (Tertiary ora, pl. lviii, f. 12), but rather more perfect, and with the second pair of s (counting from the apex) strictly opposite. It was obtained at orissant by the Princeton expedition of 1877; the locality ‘‘ Middle Park,” led by Lesquereux, is erroneous. The leaflets are entire, and the plant ms distinct from W. phenacophylla, but it is not impossible that the Jatter uy eventually be found to deserve only varietal rank. -Weinmannia obtusifolia Lx. Station 13. A very characteristic speci- Weinmannia lesquereuxi sp. nov. station 14. Type in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; reverse at Univ. of Colorado. ets about 31 mm. long and 11 broad, the apex sounding the upper edge coarsely le-dentate with five or six teeth, the lower edge serrate with two or three teeth d the middle. The leaflets are larger, further apart (15-16 mm.) and much “oarsely serrate than in W. phenacophylla; they are fully twice as broad, though mger. The wings are similar to those of phenacophylla, but broader. No doubt it is this species which Lesquereux figures (Cret. and Tert. - 94 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Floras, pl. xlii, figs. 15, 16, 17) as Rhus acuminata Lx. The original Rhus acuminata Lx., 1872. from Green River, must be considered doubtful. The name acuminata was much earlier used in Rhus by DeCandolle. Another specimen of W. lesquereuxi was found at Station 13 (W. P. Cockerell). - It exhibits six pairs of leaflets, the distance from the first to the last about 118. mm. ‘The terminal leaflet is 13 mm. broad; the leaflets of the second pair from the end are 43 mm. long. As in the type, the leaflets are sessile. A single leaflet of W. lesquereuai, obtained by the Princeton Expedition of 1877, is in the British Museum (No. V. 2784). Iti is labelled Rhus incise Heer. Weinmannia (?) dubiosa n. n. Weinmannia rosefolia Lx., 1874; not A. Cunn. 1839. Rhus rosefolia Lx., 1878; not Hoffmsgg. This may remain in Weinmannia, as it resembles one of the New Zealand: species (W. sylvicola), and does not appear to be a Rhus. HAMAMELIDACE. Liquidambar convexum sp. noy. Puare VII, Fic. 16. Station 14 (S. A. Rohwer). A leaf, with reverse. Leaf large, the blade at least 10 cm. long; middle lobe about 7. cm. hae (the apex is missing), and 36 mm. broad in the middle, but only 26 at base, its sides being strongly convex; second lobes much more slender, the greatest width about 22 mm., the apex tapering; serrations rather feeble and obtuse, about fourinl1Omm, Apparently distinet by the convex margins of the lobes; perhaps sinale to the living L. styraciflua than to the fossil L. ewropeum, though the tapering: tips suggest the latter, as figured by Heer from Ciningen. - ROSACEA. Rosa wilmatte sp. nov. Puate VII, Fia. 14. Type in Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. A species of the R. sayi type, the leaves with five leaflets; stipules very narrow, not apparent in the fossil; leaf 55 mm, long, of which 21 mm. is petiole; first pair — of leaflets small, oval, 10 mm. long, about 6} broad, nearly sessile; second pair about 74 mm. from first pair, long-oval, about 16 mm. long and 7} broad; apical leaflet 5 | mm, beyond second pair, long-oval, with a cuneate base, length 21 mm., breadth — 10; serrations of leaflets coarse and simple. i ‘ Cockerell; Fossil Flora of vores, Col. 95 Another specimen (in Univ. of Colo.) has jessie and broader leaflets; the second ‘about 103 mm. broad. bThe other American Tertiary rose (also from Florissant), R. hillie Lx., presents the modern R. setigera, and has only three leaflets, and very dis- nc stipules. R. wilmatie has a slight superficial resemblance to Wein- mia rosefolia Lx. ‘This latter species was later referred by Lesquereux 0 Rhu, but it may as well remain in Weinmannia, on account of its resem- bla nce to the New Zealand W. sylvicola. If retained in Rhus, the name _ would have to be changed, having been earlier used in that genus. ; si MALACEA. ’ Amelanchier peritula sp. nov. Puate VI, Fia, 6 Station 13 (T. D. A. Cockerell). A single well-preserved leaf, coffee brown in lor. Broad oval, the apex and base forming about equal angles (of about 100°); marginal teeth broad and not sharp, about 12 in number on each side, extending to within about 5 mm. of the base; the largest (upper) teeth are about three in 6 ™mm.; principal lateral veins 3}-4 mm. apart. Length of leaf about 26 mm., breadth about 17}. Differs from A. scudderi Ckll., by its narrower form, with the serrations. ich more numerous, and beginning near the base. It is a little like the ing A. rotundifolia (Mx.), but is much narrower, with fewer lateral veins. thas no resemblance to A. typica Lx. _ A. seudderi Ckll. is from the railroad cut east of Florissant. -Oratiegus (?) lesquereuxi Ckll. (Crategus acerijfolia Lx.) Station 14. ‘ood leaf, lacking the base, but having the long pointed apex, wanting ce s type. I do not think the plant is a Crategus; it looks to 1¢ like some member of the Malvacew, perhaps Althea. _ The following species is also recorded from Florissant: _ Crategus newberryi n.n. Crategus flavescens Newberry (not of Bosc, ee Ve wes iyrica diversifolia Lx., not Crategus diversifolia Steud. Sorbus megaphylla sp. nov. Puate IX, Fic. 29. ation 14. The end of a leaf, with six leaflets preserved. if large, the leaflets narrow and elongated, those of third pair from end about — ; Bong and 123 wide, with only a few coarse distant teeth near the middle; _ distance between second and third pair of leaflets (from end) 15 mm.; apical leaflets about 56 mm. long and 10} wide. er 96 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, This looks at first sight like a Rhus, but the leaflets are rounded (not tapering) at the base, a character which accords better with Sorbus. In any case, the plant is quite distinct from Rhus coriarioides Lx., by the rounded bases of the leaflets and their almost straight lower edge. AMYGDALACEA, Amygdalus gracilis Lz. MimosacEe&. Leucena coloradensis sp. nov. Legume similar in form to that of L. greggit Watson, about 75 mm. long, 7 broad, the margins even, both ends tapering. The pod is only slightly curved. Station 7 (S. Rohwer). With this I associate a fragment of a leaf from Station 13, apparently identical with Lesquereux’s Cret. and Tert. Flora, pl. xxxvii, f. 13, referred there to Mimosites linearifolius; but my leaf is certainly different from that originally described under that name, as the leaflets are only 9 mm. long, . and scarcely 14 broad, while there are five leaflets on each side in 10 mm. (7 in 25 mm. in linearifolius). ‘The leaflets are sessile, with a truncate or subtruncate base, and parallel sides. The midrib is not distinctly visible. — The pinne have more than 20 pairs of leaflets. The leaf (pinna) has a strong superficial resemblance to a branchlet of Taxodium. The genus Mimosites was founded by Bowerbank in 1840 on a fruit (legume) from the cement-stone of Ossington, Suffolk, England. ‘This fruit, according to Unger, is very like that of Acacia jarnesiana, and there is no particular reason for supposing it congeneric with the so-called Mimo- sites of Florissant. The name Mimosites, however, has been applied in a 3 general sense to fossil plants resembling Mimosa or Acacia. The following table separates the Florissant Leguminosze recorded bys Lesquereux :— - Leaves bipinnate, leaflets entire . . | Mimosites linearis (Lx.) Knowlton. Leaves not bipinnate . ; j ‘ pe S 1, Leaves broad, nearly circular or obttiselyy subtridngular, entire Cercis parvifolia Lx. Leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acuminate (compare the modern Cassia occidentalis) Cassia fischeri Heer, Lx. — Leaflets long-cordiform, deeply emarginate at apex, margins entire (compare the | modern Dalbergia melanoxylon) . ; ; . Dalbergia cuneifolia Heer, Lx. — Leaflets lanceolate . . . 3.) se yw gt Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 97 1ves trifoliate, leaflets serrulate (compare Melilotus) Pes: Leguminosites serrulatus Lx. ee ee ew 3. Leavestrifoliate . . PR ea TS Mkt PRU IO D 5 cry Leaves presumably pimate: PINON ed gig. ai el Ane ag is ok B 4. Lateral leaflets equilateral at base . oF wa tai . Cytisus modestus Lx. ‘Lateral leaflets very inequilateral at base . . Cytisus florissantianus Lx. naweotet broadest beyond the middle, lateral veins nearly parallel with midrib i Acacia septentrionalis Lx. - Leaflet broadest i in middle or below, lateral veins subtransverse Podogonium acuminatum Lx. : "Ther evidence for the existence of the beautiful genus Podogonium at A Floriseant is at present somewhat inadequate, but certainly the leaflet Ee figured by Lesquereux might almost belong to P. knorii (A. Br.), from 1 Lesquereux also refers to a fragment of a seed. The generic q 1 pion of the fossil Dalbergia is a little doubtful; notwithstanding the great - superficial resemblance to the modern D. melanoxylon, the venation is not Nie the same. The species referred to Cytisus cannot be supposed to g to that = They are discussed below under the head of Ptelea, Viborquia Ortega. Viborquia Ortrraa, Hort Matr. Dec. 66 (1798) = Eysenhardtia H. B. K., 1823. ! The prior name for this genus has been suppressed, I suppose because _of the still earlier Viborgia Moench, 1794; a synonym of Cytisus. It appears o me that the names are quite distinct, and so I adopt the earlier one. The nown living species are few, as follows: 1.) Viborquia polystachya Ortega = Eysenhardtia amorphoides H. B. K. Mex- © and southwestern U. 8. _ (2) Viborquia spinosa = Eysenhardtia spinosa Engelm, 1850. Texas and rthern Mexico. —@) Viborquia orthocarpa = Eysenhardtia orthocarpa (A. Gray) Watson Mexico d New Mexico. Viborquia adenostylis = Eysenhardtia adenostylis Baill., 1870. Guatemala. ar ‘o these must be added a fifth species, from the Miocene shales of sant :-— Viborquia nigrostipellata sp. nov. ep esented by a portion of a leaf, about 26 mm. long, rachis straight and very r, e still bearing four long-oval leaflets, three on one side and one on the other; eisa iy poy ae resemblance, at least, between Podogonium and our Gleditsia aquatica the Southern States. 5 | Wontar, 1908.] 7 98 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, these leaflets with the blade about 5} mm. long and 22 broad, with petiolule about %mm., the whole almost exactly as in the living V. orthocarpa. The little pairs of sharply pointed stipels are black, and except that they are a little broader and shorter, exactly resemble those of V. spinosa. ‘The distance from the insertion of one pair of leaflets to another is 3mm. Florissant (Princeton Expedition); type in the Brit- ish Museum (No. V. 2579). RUTACER. Fagara (?) delicatula Sp. nov. Station 14 (W. P. Cockerell). Type in Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.; reverse at Univ. of Colorado. A single well-preserved leaf. ; Leaf about 63 mm. long, of which 20 mm. is petiole; five pairs of leaflets, and a terminal one, the leaflets of the pairs opposite; leaflets lanceolate, entire, appar- ently very thin; leaflet of second pair from base about 23 mm. long and nearly 7 broad, with a very short petiole; leaflets of last pair about 10 mm, long, and apical — leaflet also narrow. Very distinct from Fagara spireefolia (Zanthoxylum spireefolium Lx., . 1883), described from Florissant, by the much narrower leaflets. In both the leaflets are symmetrical at the base, differently from the common modern species. A third species, Fagara diversifolia (Zanthoxylum —< Lx. 1878), is recorded from the Miocene of California. Ptelea modesta (sp. nov. ?). Station 14 (W. P. Cockerell). A branch with three leaves; leaves trifoliate, with three sessile lanceolate-acuminate leaflets, the largest 10 mm. broad and over _—_—| 40 long, their margins sparingly serrate, the serrations sharply pointed. ‘This appears to be the Cytisus modestus and Leguminosites serrulatus of Lesquereux (Cret. and Tert. Floras), the Cytisus having priority of place. The smaller leaves agree exactly with the Cytisus, the larger with the ~ Leguminosites, and it cannot well be doubted that they and the plant before me all represent a single species, which appears to be a Ptelea. I will also venture to suggest that the supposed fruit of Dodonea figured in Cret. and — Tert. Floras, pl. xxxvi, f. 5, may belong to Ptelea modesta. The Cytisus florissantianus Lx. is no doubt really leguminous; it may belong to Rhynchosia. MELIACE. Melia (?) expulsa sp. nov. Station 14. Type in Amer. Mus, Nat. Hist.; reverse at University of Colorado. ~ Apparently similar to M. azedarach L., though smaller, with the terminal leaflets” 190 Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 99 : a - ovata though very ivedalesiy lobed, and its basal re very slender; length min 1 leaflets about 35 mm., its breadth about 12, with two large ben: on each | lateral leaflets next to the Heeminal one about 23 mm. long, slender basally, r se sile; leaflets opposite. a Melia is an Asiatic genus; M. azedarach can endure a temperate climate, d is commonly planted by roadsides in southern New Mexico. The ssil may not belong here, but the general resemblance is very close, and I » not know where else it can be placed. ANACARDIACE. ____ Bhua hilliz Lx. Station 14, common. Also in the British Museum, No. 11043. The leaves are compound and odd-pinnate, as Lesquereux surmised; the leaflets are very variable; -the broader and shorter ones are 4 iggestive of Crategus. One occurs on the same slab as 7'mesipteris alleni. Cotinus fraterna (Lx.) Ckil. This was obtained in excellent condition t Station 14. Also found at Station 11. - For Rhus acuminata Lx. and R. rosejolia Lx., see Weinmannia. _ The Florissant species of this family may be separsied thus :— "Leaves oval, pointed at each end, entire, gc Nea Cotinus diag (Lx.) vier . Leaves trifoliate . : ; ek Re _ Leaves pinnate... a a ae - Structure of leaves isheettaio: but leaflets sakbvate, sions, with one or two Sresinted lobes or very large teeth on each side . Rhus subrhomboidalis Lx, - Leaflets oyate-acuntinate, denticulate (probably not at Florissant) Rhus evansii Lx. / Leaves meereoled, | leaflets cuneiform, lobed, not acuminate a Schmaltzia vexans (Lx.) CkIll. ence long-ovate, entire, apical one much larger than the lateral ones Rhus cassioides Lx. lets orbiculate . ; . Rhus rotundifolia Kirch. - aflets oval, apiculate ao diwicha to middie pan . &. trijolioides Lx. Leaflets lanceolate, serrate (like Rhus hirta) . , . R. corarioides Lx. lets ovate-acuminate, coarsely and irregularly serrate, or lobed R. hillia Lx. YF all these, only R. coriarioides is a perfectly typical Rhus in the re- 2d sense. AQUIFOLIACE®. chtiefolia La. Station 14, not rare. The leaves are variable ier. rigida Kirch. appears to be a synonym. The leaves are parallel- 1, with large teeth, and remind one of the dandelion. ‘Tiex leonis Chil. V. 2584, in the British Museum, is a sparsely dentic- 100 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ulate leaf of this species. Ilea microphylla Lx. is not figured, but it is said to very closely resemble Ilex subambiqua (Ilex ambigua Unger, Chloris Protogea, 1847, not of Elliott, 1824, or Torrey, 1843). Unger’s figure shows a species not unlike J. leonis, and I strongly suspect that I. micro- phylla Lx. is only a small leaf of leonis. ‘The name microphylla is not available for the Florissant pee having been much earlier used by Hooker and Sprengel. Ilex subdenticulata La. A rather ambiguous species; Lesquereux’s | figures 5 and 6 do not appear to be conspecific. Ilex grandifolia Lx. Based on a fragment of a very large leaf, 5 cm. broad, the margins dentate. Ilex pseudostenophylla La. Not figured. Leaf small, obovate or — oblanceolate, obtuse, entire. It is said to be like I. stenophylla Unger, and is therefore of the type of the modern I lew cassine Li. CELASTRACE. Pachistima (?) integra sp. nov. | Puate VIII, Fic. 27. Station 14 (S. A. Rohwer). A piece of a twig with six leaves, which as preserved are dark brown. The opposite leaves with parallel margins are entirely asin P. canbyi, but the petioles are a little longer (2-3 mm.), and the margins of the leaves » | are entire. Length of blade 25 mm.; breadth about 64; distance fraps one pair of @ leaves to next about 4 mm, The Florissant Celastraceee may be separated thus:— Margins of leaves entire . ; . ‘ + ' s as Margins of leaves crenate, serrate or dentate ; ; 5 g : 4 , 1, Leaves long and narrow, with parallel sides . . Pachistima integra Ckll. Leaves small, broadly oval, obtuse, abruptly narrowed to petiole Celastrus greithianus Heer, Lx, 2. Leaves orbicular or suborbicular, crenate . f . Celastrinites elegans Lx. Leaves obovate or spatulate, rounded and dentate at apex Celastrus lacoei Lx. Leaves broad lanceolate, serrate, decurrent to petiole . C. frawinifolius Lx. The two leaves figured by Lesquereux as Celastrinites elegans appear to | be doubtfully conspecific, and they so little resemble Saporta’s various species of this genus that their generic position may well be considered — uncertain. In true Celastrinites the margins are not crenate, but undulate — to short-toothed, the points being usually more or less sharp, and the broad — sinuses between them gently and evenly concave. ‘This just reverses the condition found in C. elegans. € -Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 101 STAPHYLEACE. Staphylea acuminata Lx. Station 14, Station 11 (W. P. Cockereil) 1 Station 5). The last mentioned locality is the Corixa-zone in the lroac cut east of Florissant station. There appears to be no reason for tioning the generic reference, although the genus is not otherwise known from ‘the American tertiaries. The locality ‘‘Middle Park” is erroneous; ll the material described by Lesquereux came from Florissant. (Cf. Whit- a Cross, Proc. Colorado Scientific Soc., Oct. 1892, pp. 21-24.) meth ACERACE. Rae Watlasacti Kirch. was found at Stations 5 and 13. A fruit, sup- _ Posed fp: be A. mysticum Kirch. is from Station 11. / SAPINDACE. _ Spin stellarizfolius Lx. Station 14 (W. P. Cockerell); also in the hh Museum, from the Princeton Expedition of 1877. The latter speci- men Shas the terminal leaflet, which is 284 mm. long, and nearly 7 broad, ‘imilar to the lateral ones, but equilateral. These specimens belong to esquereux’s smaller form of S. angustifolius (e. g., Cret. and Tert. F., pl. xxxvii, f. 4), but they appear to me to be conspecific with S. stellarie- olin s, and the name angustifolius was much earlier used in Sapindus by ich. ‘The large leaflets which Lesquereux refers to S. angustifolius ng to a different plant, described below. Sapindus coloradensis sp. nov. Prats IV, Fia. 31. tation 14 (W. P. Cockerell). A beautifully-preserved specimen, ferruginous in ; » the leaves very distinct, but the secondary venation practically obsolete. ly allied to S. drummondi Hook. & Arn., of our Southern States, but the leaf- re hardly so broad in proportion to their length. Leaflets in 9 pairs (no odd x one), inequilateral as usual in the genus, entire, acuminate, about 47 mm. ad 12 broad, the apical pair broader and shorter, with the broadest part near idle instead of at the base; the leaflets are very short-petiolulate. Length is 123 mm.; leaflets usually but not always opposite. : is part of Lesquereux’s S. angustifolius (not Blume, not Wall); | te s fig. 3, pl. xxxvii, in Cret. and Tert. Floras, and fig. 2 in Tertiary — ee 102 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Sapindus leonis sp. nov. I had supposed that all the large leaves referred by Lesquereux to Sapindus angustijolius might be placed with S. coloradensis Ckll., the type of which is a very beautiful specimen figured herewith. I find, however, in the British Museum collec- tion a very good leaf, on which five leaflets still remain, agreeing with Lesquereux’s Pl. XX XVII, fig. 7, in the “Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras.” This was obtained by the Princeton Expedition, and is numbered V. 2569; it may be taken as the type of a species S. leonis, described as follows :— Leaflets opposite, sessile or practically so, lanceolate, entire, with the base gibbous at one side, even perhaps a little more than is shown in Lesquereux’s figure just cited. Length of leaflets about 64 mm., breadth near base 15 mm., breadth about 30 mm. from tip 12 mm., 15 mm. from tip 74 mm.; insertions of pairs of leaflets 19 mm. apart. Venation as in figure cited. From S. coloradensis this is readily known by the larger leaflets which are sessile, and taper much more gradually. Lesquereux describes two other species from Florissant; S. infleaus Lx. and S. lancijolius Lx. RHAMNACEX. ’ Leaforbicular . . Paliurus haydeni n. n. (P. orbiculatus Lx., not Saporta.) Leaf ovate ; 2 A pra Kirch.. Leaf lanceolate or beekibtiaccclaie . ; 2 he 1. Leaf small, broadest below the middle, with letenal nervures attitiod near the base, and running parallel to the margin (Z. obtusa has similar laterals) Paliurus florissanti Lx. Leaf larger, narrower basally; margin entire . . : a ‘ ‘ 2. = 2. Leaf broader and shorter : " : 4 . Rhamnus kirchneri Ckll. Leaf longer and narrower Rhamnus florissantensis n. n. (R. olewfolius Lx., not oleijolia Hook.) The venation of Paliurus is much like that of Ceanothus; P. haydent is curiously similar to some of the leaves referred to varieties of Populus aretica. I separate P. haydeni from P. orbiculatus, as the latter (European) species. has the leaf less precisely orbicular, with the base subemarginate instead of truncate. Rhamnus kirchneri may be compared with R. frangula, but the leaves are hardly so broad. R. florissantensis is like R. caroliniana, but that has the margins usually more or less serrate. VITACES. Vitis florissantella sp. nov. Prats VII, Fie. 18. Station 13 (W. P. Cockerell), Type in Amer. Mus, Nat, Hist. Leaf small, of the general type of V. vinifera. Length about 27 mm. “(apex Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 103 pee of leaf as preserved 22 mm.); breadth about 26; trilobate, the @ broad-ovate, separated from the lateral lobes by broad claviform sinuses, v ren working out this species, I took occasion to review the fossil ( n species referred to Vitis, with the following result: — 4 , four species described by Ward in Bull. 37, U. 8. Geol. Surv., belong to ypelopsis. This agrees with Ward’s own opinion; he did not consider is a distinet genus, and-hence used the name Vitis. They are sepa- as follows:— Vv Saiiae: over 70 mm. long. ae Apical en “asd pointed, longer than a serration; serrations : . Ampelopsis Srsihart (Ward). . Apical projection 1 no more prominent than a lateral serration; serrations gad . Ampelopsis bruneri carbonensis (Ward). s small, tees than 40 1 mm,long. — P tise truncate . . A. xantholithensis (Ward). _ Base tapering to petiole; mstribione sharp dye: A. montanensis Ckll. (Vitis cuspidata Ward). non-cordate base readily separates all these from the Florissant plants. is olriki, Heer, Lx., is a true Vitis; a large leaf, of the general type of V. rea, Engelm., tilde lateral sinuses. The last character and the size eparate it at once from V. florissantella. __V. sparsa Lx. is based on seeds, from a place where leaves of Cissus tricuspi- pp (Heer) Lx. are abundant. is alaskana n. n. (V. rotundifolia, Newberry, 1882, not of Mx., 1803), from a laska, is three-nerved, cordate at base, with no lateral sinuses. It is similar in general to V. rupestris. Parthenocissus osborni sp. nov. ation 14 (W. M. Wheeler). A single leaflet, about 75 mm. long (without: petiole) ‘bs broad, the apex long-acuminate, the margin with large teeth, all formed prac- as ‘in the modern Virginia Creeper. is named P. osborni because, except for the larger and sharper teeth, ) —Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 107 s sessile and opposite, feebly dentate . Fraxinus (?) myricefolia Lx. ts somewhat broader, with lateral veins strongly arched (probably not at ) . Fraxinus predicta Heer, Lx. x Initennste Gulives diegesting Poviulie retin but easily separated by short twisted petiole). Dereerr, . . FF. mespilijolia Lx. ex not attenuate ; ; F, albreviata Lx. os is referred to Ulmus. F, jeownellsa ia, hag nit-been figured. APOCYNACE. phyllum scudderi Lz. is reported by Kirchner, but needs con- CONVOLVULACES. 3 _ Porana tenuis Ix. (Plate I, Fig. 10.) A very good example was found,. wcking only one of the sepals. As Lesquereux states, it is closely similar e P. “‘macrantha, Ludwig, differing however in the very obtuse, almost e sepals. The venation, which is very distinct, is practically as in >, aningenss (A. Br.) Heer, and since this latter has been obtained with. acteristic fruit, the reference to Porana is fortified. It must be said, r, that the venation is entirely different from that of the recent Porana. Dinetr ) racemosa, Roxb. Porana speirii Lx. is also from Florissant. ScROPHULARIACE. Mimulus saxorum, sp. nov. Puatre X, Fia. 47. ‘Station 4 (T. D. A. Cockerell), A well-preserved calyx, about 18 mm. long and’ tigh, formed approximately as in M. guttatus, but the middle and lower teeth, like upper, are long and sharply pointed. Length of upper teeth about 6 mm., of i s about 5, of lower about six. The peduncle, 64 mm. long, is preserved. There- gme indication of a mediolateral longitudinal rib or fold. The genus is new to the American Tertiaries. CUCURBITACE. Sicyos (?) florissantia sp. nov. PuatE X, Fig. 43. tion 14. A corolla showing two lobes and part of a third, shaped as in S, The broad lobes, 3 mm. broad and about 34 long, are characteristic;. — 108 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, their shape is broader than long, were it not for the small apical projection. The venation is not visible. The throat is quite wide, about 3 mm. in diameter. I am not sure that this is a Szcyos, but the resemblance is certainly very close, and it can go in this genus for the present. Melothria (?) coloradensis sp. nov. PuatEe X, Fig. 40. Station 9 K (W. P. Cockerell). A flower, showing the ovary shaped as usual in the genus, and constricted below the corolla. Corolla large, about 25 mm. diameter, the lobes broad (104 mm.) but not very long (6-7 mm.), with pointed tip, their mar- gins entire. Length of ovary 15 mm., breadth a little over 6, the beatae part not. toward the base. Except for the larger flowers, this resembles M. hirsuta. It is very dis- tinct from M. pendula. CoMPOSIT®. Aster florissantia sp. nov. Pirate IX, Fig. 35. Station 5J. A well-preserved leaf, dark brown in color. Blade about 42 mm. long and a little over 25 broad, ovate-acuminate, cordate at base, distinctly but not very strongly dentate; teeth about 3 to 6 mm. long (i. e. from notch to notch); cordate base also dentate; structure throughout essentially as in A. divaricatus L., but the teeth feebler; Scitation as in divaricatus, wits strongly arched laterals, and dnelosed spaces basally: Carduus florissantensis Ckil. RELATIONSHIPS UNKNOWN. Phyllites cyclophyllus (Lx.) Hollick. Carpites pealet Lx. Carpites gemmaceus Lx. Antholithes amenus Lx. Carpites milioides. Lx. Antholithes obtusilobus Lx, Phenanthera petalifera Hollick. POSTSCRIPT. Jan., 1908. The collection of 1907 contains good material of Myrica obscura Lx., which proves to be a perfectly valid species, probably referable to Comp- tonia. The new material also throws doubt on the affinities of Onoclea ~~ reducta, which may not be a fern. Some remarkable new species were obtained, as well as many beautiful specimens throwing fresh light on the ~ described species. ) Cockerell, Fossil Flora of Florissant, Col. 109 _ EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Puate VI. Fig. 1. Stipa laminarum sp. nov. Cotype. Fig. 2. Woodwardia florissantia sp. nov. Type. . 3, Stipa laminarum (germinating). ig. 4. Onoclea reducta sp.nov. Type. Fig. 5. Pinus wheeleri (cone) sp. nov. Type. _ Fig. 6. Amelanchier peritula sp. nov. Type. Fig. 7, Osmanthus premissa (Lx.) Ckll. Fig. 8. Juglans (?) sepultus sp. nov. Type. Fig. 9. Dryopteris scansa sp.nov. Type. Fig. 10. Porana tenuis. Lx. _ Fig. 11. Pinus wheeleri sp. nov. Type. Puate VII. Fig. 12. Persea coloradica sp. nov. Type. Fig. 18. Persea coloradica sp. nov. Fig. 14. Rosa wilmatte sp. nov. Type. Fig. 15. Ribes protomelenum sp. nov. Type. _ Fig. 16. Liquidambar converwm sp. nov. Type. g.17. Quercus lyratijormis sp. nov. Type. 18. Vitis florissantella sp. nov. Type. Fig. 19. Morus symmetrica sp. nov. Type. Puate VIII. ' Pellwa antiquella sp. nov. Type. Quercus balaninorum sp. nov. Type. Populus crassa (Lx.). Populus lesquereuxi Ckll. Greatly reduced, Ficus arenaceeformis sp. nov. Type. Aristolochia mortua sp. nov. Type. Ulmus tenuinervis Lx. Pachistima integra sp.nov. Type. Populus (?) | Senate sp. nov. Type. FESEEEEE2 BNSRRESRESB Puate IX. Sorbus megaphylla sp. nov. Type. Planera longifolia Lx. Sapindus coloradensis sp. nov. . Type. Hydrangea (?) subincerta sp. nov. Type. Ficus florissantella sp. nov. Type. Salix ramaleyi rohweri var. nov. Type. Aster florissantia sp. nov. Type. 7 . BEERESE i UDypeitorte scansa sp. nov. . Juncus crassulus sp. nov. aren Juncus crassulus sp. nov. Type. Typha lesquereuxt Ckll. ih Beas Mimulus saxorum sp. nov. Ry pe Sequoia haydeni he Ckll. ‘ ‘ og Bulletin American Museum of Natural H Prare Ome Diospyros cnnaeiain sp. nov. hee iy Philadelphus paleophilus sp. nov. Type. — Buettneria (?) perplexans sp. nov. Type... - Melothria (?) coloradensis sp. nov. Type. — Saxijraga peritula sp. nov. Type. . Populus crassa (Lx.). So er Sicyos (?) florissantia sp. nov. Type. “ Ego » PLATE VI, VoL. XXIV san. M BULLETIN A Fossiz PLAnts, Fiorissant, Cou. © VII. PLAT XXIV, VoL. INS i. A. M BULLETIN Fossiz PLANTs, FLORISSANT, Cou. Buuierin A. M. N. H. VoL, XXIV, Puare VIII. Fossiz PLANts, FLORISSANT, COL. BuuuetTin A. M. N, H. Vou, XXIV, Puatr IX. Fosstz PLANtTs, FLORISSANT, COL. im Z = BULLETIN A, Fosstz PLaANts, FLORISSANT, COL. 59.19(54) Article V— PENNANT’S ‘INDIAN ZOOLOGY,’’ By J. A. ALLEN. 2 ‘The story of Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology’ has been told in outline by r: 3 O. Hume, in ‘Stray Feathers’ (Vol. VII, 1878, pp- 506-508), but at the time of writing this account he was unable to examine a copy of the work | _ and was thus unable to determine whether or not Pennant gave scientific ~ names to all of his species. A year later Alfred Newton (Stray Feathers, VIII, 1879, pp. 414, 415) supplied this missing information from a copy he found at the British Museum, and gave a list of the species figured and described in the work with the Latin names given them by Pennant. Yet little use appears to have been made of this information by subsequent writers. ‘The work is of special interest in reference to the first use of the generic name Otus in binomial nomenclature,’ but it also has an important bearing on the nomenclatural history of a number of other species which here for _ the first time received technical designations. As a copy of this rare work has recently come to light in the Library of the American Museum of Nat- _ ural History, I have the means at hand to settle various questions of nomen- _-clature dependent upon this little known brochure. Like the copy in the British Museum described by Newton, it lacks the criginal wrapper, and has no title-page, and in all probability never had any, it being the first fasciculus of a work of which no more was published. The present copy differs from the British Museum copy in having all the plates plain instead of colored. Professor Newton says the British Museum copy is from the -“Banksian Library” and bears the book-stamp “Jos. Banks.” The copy here under notice belongs to the library of the New York Academy of Sciences, now on deposit at the American Museum, and has, written in ink t the top of the first page, ““De Kay Edin 1818,” evidently the autograph if the late James E. Dekay, with the place and date of procurement, “Edin” oubtless standing for Edinburgh. On all the plates is stamped, in red ik, “Lyceum of Natural History,’ and at the bottom of the last page, Library, N. Y. Academy of Sciences,” in blue ink. It bears no other ‘The library of the American Museum of Natural History has also a copy forster’s ‘Indische Zoologie,’ referred to by Hume (J. c.), so that direct + Cf. Stone, Auk, XX, 1903, pp. 273-275; Allen, Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, : 111 112 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, comparison may be made of the two w biden, and also with Pennant’s “second edition” of his ‘Indian Zoology.’ Hume’s account of Pennant’s work is evidently bane on Forster’s preface to the ‘Indische Zoologie.’ From this preface we learn that Gideon Loten, for a time governor of Ceylon for the Dutch East India Company, was an ardent naturalist and a good natural history draftsman, and that during his residence in Ceylon he not only made many drawings of ani: himself but also trained some of his native servants to make them, so that when he returned to Europe he brought with him a large collection of col- — ~ ored drawings of Ceylon animals. He resided for some time in England, and showed these drawings to Sir Joseph Banks, who became greatly inter- ested in them, and obtained permission to have some of them copied. An arrangement was also made with Thomas Pennant to have some of them | engraved on copper for publication, Loten to furnish the drawings and Pennant the descriptions. This proved very fortunate, as later Loten — decided to send the drawings to Holland, and the vessel in which they were shipped was wrecked and all the drawings were lost. Fifteen of the draw- ings had already been engraved, and twelve had been published, they form- ing the basis of Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology,’ here under notice.* This work is printed in English and French, in parallel columns. Momier A being in England when Pennant’s work was about ready for pobionee) he — was asked, he tells us in the preface to his ‘Indische Zoologie,’ to furnis yy a French translation of the English text, which he says he undertook very willingly and with great care. As, however, the proofreading was entrusted 4 to incompetent hands, he found the French text full of errors. eS On the return of Sir Joseph Banks from his long voyage arouatts the world with Captain Cook, Sir Joseph, in conjunction with Loten and Pennant,’ presented the copper-plates of the ‘Indian Zoology’ to Forster, together with the descriptions, ‘These plates and descriptions thus became 4 the basis of Forster’s ‘Indische Zoologie,’ published in Halle twelve years | later, Forster translating Pennant’s descriptions into German and L in, “improving and correcting them,” as he says, and adding the synonymy. y Forster’s work is thus also bilingual, and has two title-pages, the first in German, the second in Latin, which accounts for the two methods of cita- 7 : ii > 1 Pennant says, in the preface to his second edition: ‘‘ This work, or rather , was. begun in the year 1769. The descriptive part fell to my share: the expense of the was. divided between Mr, Banks, now Sir JosppH Banks, Baronet; JoHN GIDEON eet a governor in Ceylon; and myself. Twelve ae were engraved and published: be after chy 7 the undertaking appeared so arduous that the design was given over. two friends to unite with me in precenee the learned Joun REINHOLD FORSTER ight the I also bestowed on him three others, engraven at my own expense, before the work was dropy These were never published in England; but when Dr. Forster left our island, he took the wi with him, and in 1781 printed, at Halle, in Saxony, an edition very highly improved, and trans * lated into Latin and German’. te: 2 See last part of preceding footnote. ~ 1908.] Allen, Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology.’ 113 : ~ tion — ‘Ind. Zool.’ and ‘Zool. Ind.’ —-so often met with, some writers -_ citing the German, others the Latin title. The two title-pages are as follows: - Indische Zoologie | oder | systematische Beschreibungen | seltener und unbekann- _ ter Thiere | aus Indien, | mit 15 illuminirten Kupfertafeln erlautert. | — | Nebst | einer kurtzen vorliiufigen Abhandlung | iiber| den Umfang von Indien und die Beschaffenheit | des Klima, des Bodens und des Meeres daselbst, | und einen Anhange, _ | darin | ein kurzes Verzeichness der Thiere in Indien | mitgetheilt wird, | herausge- - geben| von| Johann Reinhold Forster, | der Rechte, Medizin und Weltweisheit Doctor. | — | Halle, | bey Johann Jacob Gebauer 1781. - Zoologia Indica | selecta| Tabulis XV Aeneis illustrata.]— Praemittitur | de __ finibus et indole aeris, | soli, marisque indici | brevis lucubratio. | Seqvitur ad calcem | brevis enumeratio Animalium Indiae. | Auctore | Joanne Reinoldo Forster | LL.M. et Ph.D.|—| Halae,|Impensis Joannis Jacobi Gebaveri. | MDCCLXXXI. | — Folio, 4 ll. (= 2 title-pages and dedication), pp. i-iv (preface, in Latin and German), pp. 1-42, pll. i-xii + 3 pll. not numbered, all colored; all but one signed “ P. Mazell, Seulp.” . The ‘ Vorliufige Abhandlung’ occupies pp. 1-10; the ‘Auswahl der Indischen Zoologie,’ pp. 11-38; the ‘Specimen Faunulae Indicae,’ pp. 39-42. _ Forster’s ‘Indische Zoologie’ has thus for its basis the original twelve plates of Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology,’ with three additional plates not pre- viously published, ‘and Pennant’s original descriptions, which are not essen- tially altered in the new translations; but Pennant’s proposed account “Of the Bird of Paradise: and the Phoenix,” of which only the title is given at the bottom of the last page of Pennant’s brochure, is furnished by Forster, being elaborated to great length (pp. 26-38). He also added _ descriptions of the three new birds and two fishes figured on the new plates. _ Pennant’s ‘Verzeichniss der Thiere von Indien,’ entitled: ‘Specimen _ Faunulae Indicae. Auctore Thoma Pennant Armigero R. S. 8.” (pp. 39- _ 42) is a nominal list, the names of the mammals being for the most part without authorities or references to preceding authors and thus nomwna nuda; the bird names are followed, in many cases, by authorities, or by references to the ‘PI. enl.,’ or to the plates of Edwards or Brisson, or to unpublished plates of Loten. Thus many of the names are Linnean or Brissonian, others are based on Edwards or on the ‘Planches enluminées,’ : Some of the latter antedate names given by Boddaert (1783) and Gmelin (1788); but in most cases the names are the same, so that only the wuthority need be changed. _ The names of the species described in these two works — Pennant, 1769, id Forster, 1781 —are given below in parallel columns, the first twelve in ae two columns being exact equivalents, though some of Pennant’s species _ 1 These three plates follow the original twelve in Forster’s work and are not numbered, and _ e of them lacks the engraver’s signature borne by all the others. anuary, 1908.) 8 114 are peleereid to different genera, and the spelling of some of ihe specie names is more or less altered. PENNANT, 1769. Sciurus macrourus, p. 1, pl. i. Falco melanoleucos, p. 2, pl. ii. Otus bakkamoena, p. 3, pl. iii. Picus miniaceus, p. 4, pl. iv. Trogon fasciatus, p. 4, pl. v. Cuculus pyrrhocephalus, p. 6, pl. vi. Columba melanocephala, p. 6, pl. vii. Motacilla sutoria, p. 7, pl. viii. Gallinula phoenicurus, p. 10, pl. ix. CONAARWN HE 10. Tantalus leucocephalus, p. 11, pl. x. 11. Anser melanotos, p. 12, pl. xi. 12. Anhinga melanogaster, p. 13, pl. xii. Of the 12 species described by Pennant, only 3 (Nos. 1, 5, and 11) are” a currently accredited to him; No. 12 is accredited to Gmelin, and the re- The proper modern equivalents of Pennants — a names, and their current ascriptions, are: ; p maining 8 to Forster, 1781. ae Spilotreron -melanocephala (Pennant); wrongiy attributed to Forster. . Sutoria sutoria (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Forster. 9. Amaurornis phoenicura (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Forster. ' 10. Pseudotantalus leucocephalus (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Forster. +t 11. Sarcidiornis melanonota (Pennant); currently attributed to Pennant. fieead 12. Anhinga melanogaster (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Gmelin. ie The three species of birds added in Forster’s edition are properly aseril to him by most writers on Indian ornithology, but in the British Museu ‘Catalogue of Birds’ (Vol. XXIII, p. 264) one is erroneously attributed Pennant at 1769.1 The author was possibly misled by Hume (Stray Fea . Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. eS eo eee Ratujfa macroura (Pennant); currently attributed to Pennant. Circus melanoleucos (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Forster. Otus bakkamena (Pennant) = Scops bakkamena (Pennant). Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, HI, 1895, p. 297 (Pennant cited as authority); a Sharpe, Hand List of Birds, I, 1899, p. 286 (Forster cited as authority). 4. Chrysophlegma miniaceum (Pennant) = Chrysophlegma miniatum (Forster). 5. Pyrotrogon jasciatus (Pennant); currently attributed to Pennant. a3 6. Phoenicophaus pyrrhocephalus (Pennant); wrongly attributed to Forster. 7 8 Sciurus (macrourus), p. 11, pl. i. / [Vol. Forster, 1781, Falco melanoleucus, p. 12, pl.ii. Strix bakkamuna, p. 13, pl. iii. Picus miniatus, p. 14, pl. iv. — Trogon jasciatus, p. 15, pl. v. Cuculus pyrrhocephalus, p. 16, pl. Columba melanocephala, p. 16, Motacilla sutoria, p. 17, pl. viii.” Rallus phoenicurus, p. 19, pl. pats a Tantalus leucocephalus, p. 20, ae ae Anser melanonotos, p. 21, pl. xi. Anhinga melanogaster, p. 22, pl. xii. Anas poecilorhyncha, p. 23, pl xiii, fig. 1. Squalus tigrinus, p. 24, pl. sili, fig: 2. Labrus zeylanicus, p. 24, pl. xiii, fig. 3. Perdix bicalcarata, p. 25, pl. xiv. Muscicapa flammea, p. 25, pl. xv. | ¥ < 6, vi. : Cj. Blandford, q ** Perdix bicalcaratus Penn, Ind. Boek: p. 40, pl. vii (1769)! Allen, Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology.’ 115 VII, 1878, p. 453) who says: “As a matter of fact, Pennant’s name Perdix bicalearatus appears to have been first published in the London Folio edition of 1769....,” which is, of course, a misstatement. The-modern equiva- ents (as given in Sharpe’s ‘Hand-List of Birds’) of Forster’s three a are as follows: Anas ausilorkynchus = Polionetta poecilorhyncha (Forster). | Perdix bicalcaratus = Galloperdix bicalcarata (“ Penn.’”’ = Forster). Muscicapa jlammea = Pericrocotus flammeus (Forster). is The plate and description of Pennant’s Otus bakkoemena (= Forster’s Stria bakkamuna) are not very satisfactory, but both Oates (Birds of Ceylon, Part I, 1880, pp- 135-138) and Blandford (Faun, Brit. Ind., Birds, III, _ 1895, pp. 297-300) consider that Pennant’s name applies to the little Scops Owl of Ceylon and southern India. A second edition of Pennant’s ‘Indian Zoology’ bears date 1790, although the author’s preface is dated “Downing, March 1, 1791.” The title-page is as follows: ~~ Indian Zoology, | Second Edition. | [Vignette = “Bird of Paradise, with a view of Dory Harbour, New Guinea’’] London. | Printed by Henry Hughs, for Robert Faulder. | MDCCXC.— 4to, pp. i-viii, 1-161 + 1 leaf, containing list of errata, and pll. i-xvi. The plates, reduced in size and reéngraved, are all signed “P. Mazell. Sculp.,” except pl. v. unsigned. _ ‘This edition is wholly in English, and consists of (1) ‘An Essay on India, its Boundaries, Climate, Soil, and Sea’ (half-title and pp. 3-12, translated by Dr. John Aiken from the Latin of John Reinhold Forster); (2) ‘On the Birds of Paradise, and the Pheenix’ (pp. 13-27, translated by Aiken from the Latin of Forster); (3) ‘Indian Zoology’ (half-title, pp. 31-56, pll. i-xvi), a literal reprint of the English descriptions of the first edition, so far as the pecies are the same, and new descriptions of the others (not strict transla- tions of Forster’s, though possibly based on them); (4) “The Indian Faunula’ half-title, and pp. 59-161, followed by one leaf, with a list of errata). The ‘Faunula’ is a series of nominal lists, made up as follows: the nammals, consisting of English names only and references to Pennant’s yw ‘History of Quadrupeds’; the birds, with English names only, furnished y John Latham from his ‘Synopsis of Birds’; the Amphibia, Pisces, secta, and Vermes, under Latin names, with references to place of pub- tation. “The more laborious part, relative to the Insects, fell to the share 116 a 59.57,96 (729.5) _ Article VI— THE ANTS OF PORTO RICO AND THE VIRGIN a ISLANDS. By Witu1am Morton WHEELER. Piates XI anp XII. _ Contributions to our knowledge of the ant-fauna of Trinidad, the Wind- ward Islands and of St. Thomas among the Virgin Islands have been slowly brought together in a number of papers by Mayr, Emery, Urich, and espe- cially by Forel. And Guérin, Roger, Mayr and Forel have recorded a number of species from Jamaica, Cuba, Hayti and San Domingo, but up to the present time practically nothing has been published on the ant-fauna of our recently acquired provinces, Porto Rico, Culebra and Vieques. And _ while it was possible, of course, to form a general notion of the faunas of _ these islands from what was known conceruing the ants inhabiting the other links of the Antillean chain, it was, nevertheless, desirable to fill this hiatus in our knowledge with actual data. I was therefore very glad to have the opportunity during March, 1906, of visiting Porto Rico and Culebra with a party in charge of the director of the New York Botanical Garden, Pro- fessor N. L. Britton. On this expedition Vieques was not visited but Culebra, the “Treasure Island” of Robert Louis Stevenson’s well known story, was thoroughly explored. Unfortunately one of the most promising portions of Porto Rico, the rich tropical forests on the slopes of the highest mountain of the island, El Yunque, which rises to an altitude of some 3487 feet, was not included in our itinerary, as the work of the expedition was primarily botanical and as considerable attention had been paid to the plants of this region by collectors previously sent out from the Botanical Garden. While in Culebra, both Professor Britton and myself were much indebted to Captain B. T. Walling, Commandant of the United States aval Station, and to the gentlemen of his staff for their generous assistance | our work and personal interest in our welfare. _ As might be expected, the following annotated list, which includes also e species recorded from St. Thomas, is rather meager, for tropical islands e often much poorer in Formicide than continental regions of the same ea in more temperate latitudes. Another reason for the poverty of the to Rican ant-fauna is to be found in the fact that for many years past 3 island has been the most densely populated and most intensively culti- ed of the West Indies. With the exception of the above mentioned ests of El Yunque, only bits of the virgin forest have been preserved, and 117 118 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, these occupy the summits of the higher mountains. Excursions to two of these, Monte Morales and Monte Mandios (altitude about 3000 feet) near — Utuado, yielded few species of ants not found at lower elevations in the — more cultivated districts. It is probable that even El Yunque is not as rich in species as its luxurious rain-forests might lead one to imagine, for if this ~ were the case it would be difficult to understand how the species could be absent from other parts of so small an island, since ants like other organisms tend to spread more or less beyond their optimum environment. The ant-fauna of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, notwithstanding ‘its poverty, has both a positive and a negative interest and significance, that | is, both in what it comprises and in what it falls to comprise. So far as — known, the species may be separated into the three following groups, which may also be distinguished in the other West Indian islands: 1. The species common to the American mainland but of long enough _ residence in the Antilles to have produced in several instances characteristic — subspecies or varieties. ‘To this group belongs the great bulk * the ant- fauna of Porto Rico and Culebra. 2. The recently introduced species from the tropics of the Old World. These have been carried by man in ships or merchandise from one island — to another, or have been disseminated by winds and currents to many of the _ islands after introduction into some one of them. Such species are: Mono- | morium floricola, destructor, pharaonis and salomonis, Pheidole megacephala, Tetramorium guineense and simillimum, Tapinoma melanocephalum, Pre- _nolepis longicornis and perhaps also Cardiocondyla emeryi and venustula. With the exception of the two species last mentioned, all the members of the genus Cardiocondyla are confined to the Old World. C. emeryi is common in India and Palestine and C. venustula, though now first described from Porto Rico and Culebra, is so closely related to C. nuda of Samoa, Tonga, the Sandwich Islands, India and Northern Africa, that it may well have been imported, just as Monomorium salomonis has been carried to the Bahamas from Spain or the Sahara. ; 3. The ancient, presumably autochthonous genera and species or their immediate descendants. Tis is a very small, and owing to the incom pleteness of our knowledge of the ant-fauna both of the West Indies and of the tropical mainland, a rather doubtful group. The only Antillean gene: not hitherto recorded from the American continent are Emeryella anc Epitritus, the former based on a single worker from Hayti, the latter know to be represented in Europe. The genus Macromischa, however, comp: “ amon aol the most beautiful of all the Formicide, though it has two specie Indian species has as yet been taken on the continent. We may, p infer that this genus at least has arisen on the islands and has within com Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 119 paratively recent times developed its series of peculiar species. These stand out as the native wood-nymphs of the islands in sharp ¢ontrast with the nass of Formicid tramps from the Old World and the somewhat common- immigrants from the continent. ‘The following negative peculiarities of the Porto Rican and Culebran int-fauna may be noticed: q A: e small size of the species in general. Even representatives of > larger Camponoti of the maculatus and abdominalis groups, which occur n some of the other West Indian Islands, are conspicuously absent. _ 2. The complete absence of some of the well-developed neotropical genera and subgenera, such as Cryptocerus, Dolichoderus, Azteca and Atta _ 8. The paucity of species belonging to other genera, like Pseudomyrma, Cremastogaster, Pheidole and Camponotus, so abundantly developed in other parts of tropical America. _ The most abundant ant in Culebra and Porto Rico is, of course, the ibiquitous “‘fire-ant,” or “hormiga brava” (Solenopsis geminata), a species so prolific, versatile and aggressive, and so fond of living in cultivated fields ind in the neighborhood of human dwellings, that it has probably prevented . a ad introduced species from extending their range or even from gaining a othold in the islands. Two such species, both of East Indian origin, olepis longicornis and Pheidole megacephala, have nevertheless managed establish themselves, the former everywhere in Cuba and Porto Rico, ie latter as yet only in certain places. ‘The most careful search failed to veal the presence of Ph. megacephala in Culebra, but in the little island Culebrita, less than a mile to the eastward, it is in full possession to the lusion of every other ant. Here I found it everywhere: in the masonry is of the lighthouse on the highest point of the island, under stones and throughout the thickets and in crater nests on the beaches of forami- rous sand down to high water mark. It is probable that it has been pre- ted by the Solenopsis from gaining a foothold in Culebra, for I can dly believe that winged females of the Pheidole have been unable to cross Di rrow channel which separates the two islands. In Porto Rico Ph. cephala is so sporadic in its occurrence as to suggest either that it has ir troduced at several widely separated points and has been unable to d, or that it has been exterminated over a large portion of its range e fire-ant. at all three of these species may co-exist in abundance in the same is shown by Forel’s observations in St. Thomas, which he visited*in 18 vg x After enumerating five cosmopolitan species, he says: ‘Three’ of v 'Die Ameisen der Antille St. Thomas. Mitth. Minch. Entom. Ver., V, 1, 1881, 16 pp. 120 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, these species are so enormously abundant as to give the ant-fauna of the island its present character; these are P. longicornis, S. geminata and Ph. — megacephala. ‘The slender, long-legged P. longicornis shoots about like an arrow over the rocks and pavements, so that one seems to see only whir- ring black lines crossing one another on the ground. In all the gardens ~ = : [ Fig. 1. Group of Cecropia peltata L, on mountains near Utuado, P, R, (Photograph by) Dr. M. A. Howe.) 4 one that builds distinct earth-works. In the houses (and in the streets, too),» | on the other hand, there are swarms of Ph. megacephala (Heophthora” pusilla Heer), whose habits as a house-ant have been admirably deseribec by Heer.’ P. longicornis also occurs in houses. These three species aré 1 Die Hausameise Madeiras; Zirich, Héhr, 1852. 1908. ] Wheeer, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Istands. 121 found everywhere in the island.” Forel mentions P. longicornis as nesting on board the steamer “Silesia,” a fact suggestive of the way in which it has been transported to all parts of the world. x According to Heer’s and Forel’s observations, Ph. megacephala is espe- cial y fond of nesting in the fissures of rocks and pavements and in the ape) g Fig. 2. Cecropia peltata showing foliage perforated by insects. Mountains near Utuado, P, R. (Photograph by Dr. M. A. Howe.) Grannies of masonry walls. ‘This may account for its absence in Culebra, Where there are no pavements and only wooden dwellings, affording no retreat in which it could breed unmolested by the savage fire-ant. P. longicornis, which is popularly known in tropical Florida as the “crazy 129 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X2 ant,” and in Cuba as the “hormiga loca,” is probably able to hold on account of its wonderfully agile and disconcerting gait, and the with which it can carry away its brood when its formicaries are or attacked. The meagerness of the native ant-fauna of Porto Rico : may also, I believe, be attributed in great measure to the age of S. geminata. This ant prefers to nest in open, sunny pla cially in sandy or loamy soil. It is much less frequent in she damp spots. Pheidole jelski var. antillensis does, indeed, in the same stations as the Solenopsis, but the workers can 1 those of Prenolepis, and the soldiers are probably protected nauseating odor which resembles that of the legionary ants | Eciton. All the other ants are either hypogeic in their habits stones in the woods and damp places, where the Solenopsis live, or inhabit the hollow twigs of trees and bushes ¥ from the attacks of this and other species. I was not a little surprised to find a tree that might pass all others in affording shelter for ants in its hollow si tute of these insects. This is the Cecropia peltata Linn. which i: the rocky slopes of the mountains in many parts of Porto R In the structure of its stems and foliage it closely resemb C. adenopus (= peltata Vellozo nec Linn.) which, according Schimper and von Ihering, is almost always inhabited by co muelleri. The internodal pits which enable the Azteca to stems with greater facility and enter their spacious cavities, ¢ lerian bodies on which the ants feed, are also clearly present Rican Cecropia. In this tree the bodies are coral red, but ar as in the Brazilian species, among the hairs of the cushion the base of the leaf-petiole. On first seeing these trees I n atu to find them teeming with ants, but with the exception of a sin a small and timid species (Iridomyrmex melleus), inhabiting - broken branch, I was unable to find any ants either in the cay branches and foliage, though I carefully scrutinized every C. reach in several different localities. The Iridomyrmex certainly the small twigs of other trees and bushes and its occurrence in the was exceptional. I would also call attention to the fact that the | , in excellent health, although their foliage, in nearly all cases, much eaten by insects (Fig. 2). It is certain, therefore, that C though possessing essentially the same structure as the Brazilian ade is not myrmecophilous, at least in Porto Rico. This seems to be tru of some other species of Cecropia in the mountains of South Am Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 123 ls support to Rettig’ s view ! that the ants have adapted themselves to sady possessing certain morphological peculiarities which have re been developed without any reference to myrmecophily. sland of Culebra is composed of volcanic rock and is clearly xerophy- attested by several prominent species of Cactacee in its flora. Its point which is only a little over 600 feet above sea-level, is too low atercept the rain-laden trade-winds from the Atlantic, and the small nount of water which falls on its hilly surfaces flows off rapidly into the sea. 1e e high mountain range which traverses Porto Rico from east to west s the island into a northern humid and a southern arid region. The a and fauna of the latter region bear an unmistakable resemblance to 108 prot Culebra and of the xerophytic Bahamas. These differences in the ution of moisture, however, do not seem to express themselves very Sl eer pecies and varieties of these insects recorded in the following pages, e have been found only in St. Thomas, four only on Culebra, and aty-one only on Porto Rico; eleven are common to Culebra and Porto 9, five to St. Thomas and Porto Rico, and twelve occur on all three of islands Subfamily PoneRIN2&. 1. Ectatomma quadridens (Fabr.). ca quadridens Faxsrictus, Entom. System., II, 1793, p. 362, no. 51, &. tees Tarscen, Mac f. Insektk., VI, 1807, p. 194. a a a brunnea F. Smiru, Catalog. Hyinen, Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 103, no. 2, ay 9. nera (Ectatomma) quadridens Rocer, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., IV, 1860, p. 307, mmo. 37, 9. ‘atomma quadridens Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 732, no. 2. [ayr cites a specimen of this ant in the Vienna Museum as doubtfully ung from St. Thomas. Forel found no species of the genus Ectatomma ut t island, and I have seen no trace of them in Culebra or Porto Rico. 2. Platythyrea punctata (I. Smith). yc udyla punctata F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 108, no. Do . hyrea punctata Roaer, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VII, 1863, p. 173. ea inconspicua Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX, 1870, p. 961, 2. a pruinosa Mayr, ibid., p. 962, &. yrea punctata ForEL, Rev. Suisse Zool., [X, 3, 1901, p. 335. - rs Ameisenpflanzen-Pflanzenameisen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der von Ameisen bewohn- : piae und der Beziehungen zwischen beiden. Botan. Centralbl., XVII, Beih, 1904, pp. in the distribution of the Formicidae. Of the sixty-five species, — 124 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Porto Rico: Between Arecibo and Utuado. ae A couple of workers found running on the ground in a shady cafetal. - The types of this species, which is widely distributed in tropical America, — were from San Domingo. Forel has recorded it from Barbados, Jamaica, Martinique, Guadeloupe, St. Vincent and Grenada. It is know occur in Colombia, Mexico, Venezuela and the Bahamas. aie 3. Euponera (Pseudoponera) stigma (Mabr.). | Re Seis Formica stigma Faxsrictus, System. Piez., 1804, p. 400, no. 18, 2. ‘a Ponera quadridentata F. Sworn, Journ. Pros: Linn. Soc., Zool., III, 1858, p. 143, no. a. 42. Ponera americana Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 722, no. 3, &. : Ponera stigma Emery, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXV, 1887, p. 434, no. 136, G. 4 Pachycondyla (Pseudoponera) stigma Emery, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 46. "ae Euponera (Pseudoponera) stigma Foret, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XLV, 1901, p- 398; Rev. Suisse Zool., IX, 3, 1901, p. 339. Culebra; Porto Rico: Utuado. ‘ Numerous workers from small colonies nesting under stones or pote One colony in Culebra was found nesting in a rotten Cactus stump. 4. Neoponera villosa (Fabr.). Formica villosa Fasricius, System. Piez., 1804, p. 409, no. 55, &. Pale Ponera villosa IuuieErR, Mag. f. Insektk., VI, 1807, p. 194, 9. . Bets, Ponera bicolor GuéR1N, Iconogr. Régn. Aniink, VII, Insect., 1845, p. 249, 10 69 a Ponera pedunculata F. Smrru, Catalog. ynhen: Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 96, no. 46, © tab. 6, fig. 25, %. , Pachycondyla villosa Mayr, Verh, zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 721, no. 1. Neoponera villosa Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 47. Porto Rico (Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.). The label on this specimen may not be authentic, and should perhaps ig read “Costa Rica,” although it is, of course, possible that this " species may have been imported into Porto Rico with Central or South — American orchids. I could find no traces of it in the localities where I cole. al lected, nor has it been recorded, to my knowledge, from any of the othan D islands of the West Indies. : 5. Ponera opaciceps Mayr. Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX XVII, 1887, p. 536, 9 @. Culebra; Porto Rico: Utuado; Monte Morales; Monte Manc 0s} Coamo Springs. ~ 1908.] Wheeler, Ants oj Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 125 Not uncommon under stones or under the bark of decaying logs in damp This species is widely distributed, occurring as far north as the and ‘Texas. 6. Ponera ergatandria Forel. " Foret, Trans, Entom. Soc. London, 1893, p. 365, 5 9 3. a Porto Rico: Utuado. , Two workers taken under prostrate plaintain stems. The male of his species, which, like the preceding occurs in the Bahamas and in ‘Texas, a wingless and ergatoid, as Forel has shown. 7. Anochetus mayri Lmery. Emery, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXI, 1884, p. 378, no. 1, 9; Ann. Soc. Entom, France, (6) X, 1890, p. 65, & Q. _ St. Thomas (Emery); Porto Rico: Utuado, Vega Baja, Monte Morales, Monte Mandios, Coamo Springs, Morro at San Juan, Adjuntas, Arecibo. Common under dead leaves and stones in the shade of the cafetals and ple tanals. The colonies are small, comprising only about a dozen indi- viduals. Usually one finds isolated workers or females moving about under cover of the dead leaves in search of prey. The females seem to be apterous, although the thorax is large and of the usual structure. Speci- mens with distinct wing-stumps are rare. The larve are covered with ointed tubercles and resemble those of Odontomachus; the cocoons are rather broad, lemon yellow, with a black meconial spot at the anal pole. 8. Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus testaceus Forel. on eL, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1893, p. 356, 8 ; ibid., 1897, p. 298, 8. Beulebra. % Several colonies nesting under stones in the shade of trees along the dry ie ‘oyos on the higher part of the island (Monte Resaca). The number of idividuals in a colony varies from about thirty to one hundred. The coons are long and slender like those of Leptogenys. 9. Odontomachus hematodes (L.). n ica hematoda Linnh, System. Natur., Ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 582, no. 16, &. mica maxillosa Goze, De Geer, Abh. Gesch. Insect., III, 1780, p. 390, no. 2, 6. _ Taf. XXXI, figs. 3-5. 126 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Formica unispinosa Fasricrus, Entom. System., II, 1793, no. 359, &. Myrmecia unispinosa Fasricius, System. Piez., 1804, p. 423, no. 1, 9. Odontomachus hematodes LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Insect., XIII, 1805, P. 257, &. Porto Rico: Arecibo, Utuado, Monte Morales, Monte Manda Ad- juntas, Vega Baja, Aibonito, Coamo Springs. Common, nesting under stones or logs or in untidy mound nests about the roots of trees, but only in shady places and rather rich soil. a ny 10. Odontomachus hematodes L. var. ruginodis W heeler. WHEELER, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., X XI, 1905, p. 82, 5 Q. Porto Rico: Utuado, Adjuntas, Coamo Springs. This variety, which is less common than the typical form of the species, was found only in open, sunny places in the sandy soil of river bottoms. It is smaller than the typical hematodes, has a paler head, and the petiole is less acuminate above, with a shorter spine. Subfamily Myroicinz. 31. Pseudomyrma flavidula f°. Smith. ‘ F. Smiru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 157, no. 15, 9; Wueeter, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXI, 1905, p. 83, 8 2 @. Porto Rico: Tallaboa. A single worker of this species, running on the twigs of a bush, was the . only specimen of the genus seen in Porto Rico and Culebra. 12. Monomorium destructor (Jerdon). Atta destructor Jervon, Madras Journ. Lit. and Sci., XVII, 1851, p. 105. @. Myrmica vastator F. Smrru, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool., II, 1857, p. 71, no. 3. G. Myrmica ominosa GerstarckER, Monatsb, Akad. Wiss, Berl; 1858, P. 263, no. 18 d %. Myrmica atomaria GersTaEckER, tbid., p. 263, no. 19, . + Myrmica (Monomorium) vastator F. Sacrraz, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 123, no. 37, &. . Myrmica (Monomorvum) basalis F. Smrru, ibid., p. 125, no. 48, 9. a Monomorium basale Mayr, Reise d. Novara, Zool., II, 1. Formicide, 1865, p. 92, no. 3. &. oe Monomorium destructor Emury, Dalla Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 66. 1s | Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 127 Porto Rico: Tallaboa. .: A single colony of this now widely distributed ant was found nesting at a ie base of a tree (Acacia farnesiana) on the road between Ponce and © -Tallaboa. The workers were moving in files up and down the trunk. It 4 is said that this species in its native country (India) is, like the rat, instru- a mental i in - sesipaeersegins the bubonic plague. at 13. Monomorium pharaonis (L.). Formica pharaonis Linnh, System. Natur., Ed. 10a, I, 1758, p. 580, no. 7, ©. Formica antiguensis Fasricius, Entom. System., II, 1793, p. 357, no. 30. _ _Myrmica‘domestica Suuckarp, Magaz. Nat. Hist., n. s., II, 1838, p. 626, 8 Q. Myrmica unijasciata Bostock, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, II, 3, 1839, Proc. LI-LII. Atta minuta Jervon, Madras Journ. Litt. and Sci., X VII, 1851, p. 105. Myrmica (Monomorium) fragilis F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, - p. 124, no, 42, &. Myrmica (Monomorium) contigua F. Smrru, ibid., 1858, p. 125, no. 44, 2. Monomorvum pharaonis Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 752, no. 1. Culebra; Porto Rico: San Juan, Arecibo. This ant, which has now been introduced into nearly all parts of the _ world, is common in the houses and hotels. In Culebra it was also found nesting out of doors in the ground near the old government house. 14. Monomorium carbonarium ebeninum J orel. _ Monomorium carbonarium Forex, Mitth. Miinch. Entom., Ver., V, 1881, p.8,no.7, %. Monomorium minutum Mayr race ebeninum Forex, Grandidier’s Hist. Nat. et Pol ; de Madagascar, XX, 1891, pt. 2, p. 165. . —Monomorium carbonarium F, Smiru race ebeninum Forex. Biol. Centr. Amer., Hymen., III, 1899-1900, p. 78. _ $t. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Santurce, Utuado, Coamo ‘Springs, Aibonito, Adjuntas, Arecibo, Vega Baja. Common under stones, in Tillandsias and under bark. A number of 15. Monomorium floricola (Jerdon). Atta floricola Jervon, Madras Journ. Lit. and Sci., XVII, 1851, p. 107, &. Lonomorium speculare Mayr, Sitzb, Akad. Wiss. Wien, LIII, 1866, p. 509, 9. Monomorium pecilum RogEr, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., 1863, p.199, 3 Q. Tonomorium floricola Emery, Dalla Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 66. 128 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. (Vol. XXTV, Culebra; Porto Rico: Vega Baja, Coamo Springs, Tallaboa. — Common in Tillandsias, under the bark-scales of trees and in hollow twigs. All the females were apterous like those of this and the preceding . species seen in the Bahamas (Wheeler, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. XXI, pp. 87, 88, figg. D and E). ; it 16. Monomorium subcecum Emery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XXVI, 1894, p. 14 (of reprint), 6 9. St. Thomas (Emery). This pale yellow species, according to Emery’ s description, is very aber- rant, having the eyes reduced to single facets. It is allied to the East Indian M. fossulatum Emery. “i 17. Cardiocondyla emeryi Forel. Puate XI, Fig. 6. Foret, Mittheil. Minch. Entom. Ver., V, I, 1881, p. 5, no. 3, 9. St. Thomas (Forel); Vieques (Busck); Culebra; Porto Rico: aon Juan, Santurce, Utuado, Adjuntas, Coamo Springs. _ This species, originally described from St. Thomas, has since been a found to be widely distributed, not only in the West Indies, but also in India, Palestine and Madagascar. I have recorded it from the Bahamas and Bermuda, and have a specimen from Cayamas, Cuba (E. A. Schwarz). — The individual collected by Busck in Vieques is a winged male. The — colonies of this ant are small and in sandy places, especially in river or creek bottoms and on sea beaches. The female is still unknown though — the worker was described more than a quarter of a century ago. 18. Cardiocondyla venustula sp. nov. 3 Puate XI, Fia. 5. a ~ Worker. 2-2-25 mm. he Head longer than broad, as broad in front as behind, with faintly convex, sub-— parallel sides and nearly straight posterior border. Mandibles rather narrow, 6- — toothed. Clypeus convex in the middle behind, with straight anterior border. — Frontal area small, triangular, elongated. Antennal scapes not reaching the poste- a rior corners of the head by a distance somewhat greater than their largest transverse diameter, Second and seventh funicular joints as long as broad; joints 3-6 broader — than long; terminal joint longer and larger than the two preceding unequal j Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 129 _ together. Thorax slender, with rounded, sloping humeri and pronounced mesoépi- _ notal constriction. Epinotum with two rather blunt teeth, which are as long as q broad at their bases; basal surface slightly convex, nearly twice as long as the con- z- cave declivity. Petiole slender, node from above spherical, as long as broad and as Jong as the slender peduncle, into which it narrows rather abruptly. Postpetiole only 1} times as long as the petiole and barely half as broad as the first gastric seg- ment, but little broader than long, transversely elliptical; in profile distinctly lower oo the petiolar node. Gaster elongate elliptical, somewhat flattened above. Legs P Maadibles obscurely and sparsely punctate. Clypeus and frontal area somewhat shining, the former indistinctly, longitudinally rugulose. Head opaque, finely and regularly reticulate-rugulose. Thorax and post-petiole opaque, finely and densely punctate on the sides and below, above somewhat shining, with smaller punctures; petiole still smoother and more shining throughout, with distinct and very small _ punctures above. Gaster glabrous, with minute scattered punctures. Legs some- _ what shining. . Appressed pubescence covering the body and appendages grayish, somewhat longer and sparser on the gaster. Hairs very few, confined to the anterior border of the clypeus. Dark reddish brown; head and gaster nearly black; mandibles, antennal scapes _and legs more yellowish; funiculi and the greater portion of the femora and tibiz, especially of the posterior legs, and the nodes of petiole and postpetiole, infuscated. Female. Length 2.75-3 mm. : -Resembling the worker. Thorax narrower than the head, more than twice as _ long as broad, somewhat flattened above. Epinotal teeth stronger than those of _ the worker but of the same shape. Petiole and postpetiole of the same shape and _ proportions. Head, thorax and postpetiole opaque above; petiole slightly more shining; all of these parts uniformly reticulate-rugose; the mesonotum behind with more longi- _ tudinal rug; epinotal declivity smooth and shining. __ _Pubescence as in the worker. Wings minutely hairy, with a long marginal fringe on the posterior pair. Head, thorax and nodes of petiole uniformly dark brown; gaster black, except the bases of segments 2-4, which are yellowish. Mandibles, legs and antenne of the same color as in the worker. Wings white, with colorless veins and stigma. Culebra; Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. __ This species is very closely related to C. nuda Mayr of India, Tonga and Samoa, and more remotely to C. parvinoda Forel of India. The worker “may be distinguished from that of nuda by the shape and proportions of the petiole and postpetiole. In nuda the petiolar node is less abruptly marked off from the peduncle and is distinctly longer than broad, while the post- : Y iole is fully twice as broad as the petiole and its sides are roundly angular when seen from above. The epinotal spines are more robust and the nesoépinotal furrow is not so deep. From parvinoda, venustula differs: January, 1908.) : 9 130 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, in its much darker color, and in having the thorax more slender, less flat- tened above, with more rounded humeri and much smaller epinotal teeth. | C. venustula is not uncommon in sandy and gravelly places, especially on the sea-beaches, where it lives in small colonies, comprising a single deiilated queen and a few dozen workers, in shallow nests like those of some species of Leptothorax. It was found in Culebra in the same stations as C. emeryi. At Coamo Springs a few winged females were captured March 23, while they were issuing from a nest in a gravelly creek bottom. 19. Solenopsis geminata (/abr.). For the elaborate synonymy of this species see Mayr, Novara Expedit, Zool., II, 1. Formicide, p. 108, and Data Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 76. : St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Arecibo, Adjuntas, San Juan, Santurce, Vega Baja, Utuado, Monte Morales, Monte Mandios, 4 Coamo Springs, Ponce, Tallaboa, Mayaguez. This, the commonest of all the ants on the islands visited, was found everywhere, except in the little island of Culebrita. All the specimens are of the typical dark form of the species, except those from Mayaguez, which are paler and redder. ‘This ant not only stores up seeds in its nests and is | highly carnivorous, but it also attends aphids and coccids. In Culebra I found it visiting aphids on the leaves of a superb milk-weed (Callotropis procera), and in several localities in this island and in Porto Rico it was seen attending coccids on the roots of grasses and on the bark of trees. Winged females and males were found in the nests March 4 to 24. 20. Solenopsis globularia (/'. Smith). Myrmica (Monomorium) globularia F, Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 131, no. 68, $ 2 @. ' ' Solenopsis steinheili Foren, Mitth. Minch. Entom. Ver., I, 1881, p.11,no.11, 6. Solenopsis globularia Foret, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat. (2), XX, 1884, p. 376. Ae St. Thomas (Forel). 7 The typical form of this species from Brazil is described by Smith aa. 4 “pale rufo-testaceous, very smooth and shining, with a rufo-fuscous band — on the abdomen, the basal and apical margins pale.” ‘This pia 4 seems to agree very well with the specimens described by Forel from St. Thomas, but the numerous specimens which I collected in Culebra Porto Rico are much darker and may be designated as a distinct aia i Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 131 21. Solenopsis globularia var. borinquenensis var. nov. Puate XI, Fia. 7. . Culebra; Porto Rico: Morro at San Juan. The worker of this form has the posterior portion of the head, the pro- - notum and the whole or nearly the whole of the first gastric segment, dark _ brown, in some specimens almost black. The postpetiole i is transversely + Piaibptical, distinctly broader than long. ‘This form nests in the white sand _ of the sea-beaches just above high-water mark. ____ The form which I cited in a former paper as S. globularia from Andros _ IL, Bahamas, is really a distinct subspecies, which may be called lucayensis ’ subsp. nov. It is pale yellow throughout, with only a faint fuscous trace _ of the gastric band and the petiole and postpetiole are much narrower than _ in the typical form or in the var. borinquenensis, the postpetiole being nearly as long as broad and much narrower than the first gastric segment. (PI. XI, Fig. 8.) i: 22. Solenopsis corticalis Forel. ; Fors, Mitth. Miinch. Entom. Ver., V, 1, 1881, p. 13, no. 12, Q. St. Thomas (Forel); Porto Rico: Utuado. A single colony, comprising a deiilated female and a number of workers, was found in the stem of a bamboo. 23. Solenopsis picea Emery. Ewmny, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XXVIII, 1896, p. 57 (of reprint), 5 9. - Porto Rico: Utuado. _ A number of workers, taken from a single colony nesting under the bark ft a rotting log, agree very closely with types of this species from Costa ica. 24. Solenopsis azteca Forel var. pallida var. nov. _ Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. _ A number of workers, taken from a small nest under a boulder in a dry tream bed, differ from some of Forel’s types from St. Vincent in their uch paler coloration. ‘The body and appendages are yellow, the head has reddish brown cloud on the vertex and the first gastric segment a dark ‘own transverse band. S. azteca seems to be closely related to S. sul- - wea Roger of Venezuela, the worker of which, as Emery has recently 132 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, oped clypeal ridges. Judging from Emery’s figure, Roger’s species has smaller eyes and longer antennal scapes than azteca. shown, also lacks the teeth on the border of the eee but has well devel- 25. Cremastogaster victima /’. Smith var. steinheili Forel. S! Cremastogaster steinheili ForEL, Mitth. Minch. Entom. Ver., V, 1, 1881, p. sae, 5 %. Cremastogaster victima var. steinheili Emery, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 288, nota. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Coamo Springs, Mo. 92 aja Aibonito. Common; nesting in Tillandsias, under bark or in ‘the hollow twin of | various trees. This variety, which seems to be widely distributed through — the West Indies, is closely related to the var. missouriensis Pergande which ranges as far north as Missouri. In one locality in Culebra colonies of _ steinheili were found to have constructed ‘“‘sheds” or “tents” of fine vege- table débris over coccids, both on the upper and lower surfaces of the large — shining leaves of a tree (Cordia macrophylla). These sheds were mall, * flattened or conical structures each covering only one or a few coccids. fae 26. Pheidole fallax jelskii Mayr var. antillensis Forel. 7 ey ry tae Pia hy oe Puate XII, Fie. 24 Pheidole fallax Forex, Mitth. Minch, Ent. Ver., V, 1, 1881, no. 9,4 ©. ee Ph. jelskii var. antillensis Forrr, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 356. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Utuado, Monte Morales, Monte Mandios, Morro at San Juan, Santurce, Coamo Springs, Vega Baja. The specimens collected from more than a dozen nests agree very closely with those taken on the Bahamas and undoubtedly belong to the r antillensis. To Forel’s description of the nests of this form I have only to add that the crater opening is usually slit-shaped or irregular and not round, at least in Culebra and Porto Rico. In the latter island I have seen craters nearly a foot in diameter, sometimes with several openings close toge Males and winged females were taken from two colonies in Culebra as early as March 4 and 6. In this island antillensis nests indifferently on th lava slopes, in the sand of the sea-beach or in the compact soil of the roads. Ph. jallax becomes more puzzling as more material is brought to light. Forel has finally decided to separate the form which Mayr described as a: 1 jelsku from fallax and to regard it as a distinct species, but an exé tic Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 133 pecimens from a number of localities, including cotypes of Forel’s and sry’s varieties and subspecies, leaves me in doubt as to the specific value el The soldiers of the described forms may be distinguished by ns of the following table: l. Occipital incisure of head very deep, narrow at the bottom; antennal scapes - robust, reaching only a short distance behind the eyes (fallax Mayr = colom- - bica Forel var. rubens Forel, Pl. XII, Fig. 25) . ‘ : 2, fs Oceipital i incisure much more shallow; antennal scapes more slendat, seuching _ to between 4 and } the distance from the eyes to the posterior corners of the head (jelskii Mayr). 5. 2. Head and thorax both deep fathaginos rod (Cuba; Coloinbins J diate) c: jallax Mayr (typical) “Head paler than the gaster and posterior portion of the thorax, which are black ’ 3. 3 Head yellowish; its posterior corners somewhat smooth and shining (Colombia) subsp. colombica Forel. “Head deep ferruginous red; its posterior corners sculptured and opaque . 4. ’ Anterior third of first gastric segment opaque, densely punctate (Brazil) subsp. emilie Forel _ Less than one-third of the first gastric segment punctate; sculpture of head coarser and more petinalste; antennal scapes shorter (Brazil, Chaco) var. retifera Emery. a First gastric segment shining . P : 6... _ First gastric segment in great part subopdaue sod finely cunbiate , ‘ 7. . Sculpture of head feeble (Cayenne) . ; subsp. jelskii Mayr (typical). Sculpture of head stronger and denser; color more vivid; head somewhat smaller; antennal scapes somewhat longer (Trinidad, St. Vincent: Bahamas, Porto Rico) y P var. antillensis Forel. Thorax, pedicel and dadter dark beeivin, Bead hihiter, reddish brown; sculpture like that of the typical jelskii, with the posterior corners of the head smooth and shining (Venezuela; Brazil) ; ? var. jallacior Forel. _ Ferruginous red throughout, sculpture of head and thorax very strong; poste- _ rior corners of the former not shining; first gastric segment largely opaque and _ punctate (Brazil; Tucuman) . ; , i 3 var. arenicola Emery. 27. Pheidole megacephala (Fabr.). For the extensive synonymy of this species see Datta Torre, Catalog. Hy- n., VII, 1893, p. 92. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebrita; Porto Rico: Aibonito, Arecibo, Maya- 28. Pheidole subarmata Mayr. var. borinquenensis var. nov. Puate XII, Fics. 19-21. 26 o Rico: Morro at San Juan, Santurce, Utuado. ‘his variety is closely related to var. elongatula Forel of St. Vincent. 134 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, The head of the soldier is quite as much elongated, but the sides are straighter. The body is dark chestnut brown, with the dises of the mandibles, a band across the head in front of the eyes, and the antennee, deep red. The legs, including the coxe, are yellow, the antennal clubs fuscous. In some speci- mens the posterior corners of the head, the pedicel and base of gaster are also somewhat reddish. The coloration of the worker is very much like that of the soldier. Types of var. elongatula received from Professor Forel and specimens of the typical subarmata from South and Central America are much paler and intermediate in color between the Porto Rican variety and the yellow var. nassavensts which I have described from the Bahamas. The formicaries of the var. borinquenensis are small craters thrown up in sandy, sunny places like roads and creek bottoms. ‘There are ge a few soldiers and workers in a colony. 29. Pheidole flavens sculptior Forel. Foret, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1893, p. 414, 71 S Q. Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. A single soldier agrees very well with Forel’s description of this sub- _ species, first taken in St. Vincent, and characterized by having the entire — head of the soldier and female sculptured, even to the posterior corners, with only the region immediately surrounding the occipital foramen smooth and shining. 30. Pheidole flavens exigua Mayr. a NS Pheidole exigua Mayr, Hore Soc. Entom, Ross., X VIII, 1884, p. 36 2. Pheidole flavens subsp. exigua Emery, Bull. Soe, Ent. Ital., XX VIII, mets ‘* P. 50 (of reprint). Soldier. Length 2.25-2.5 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, a little hace in front than behind, with rounded posterior corners, deep occipital excision and pronounced occipital impression, convex in the middle, without a frontal furrow but with elongated, flattened impressions, or scrobes for the antennal seapes. Eyes at the anterior third of the head. Mandibles moderately convex, with two larger apical and two smaller basal teeth. Anterior border of gula with a pair of prominent teeth. Clypeus short, moderately flattened, its anterior border with three subequal sinuate excisions, so that it appears to be bluntly bidentate. Frontal area triangular, with — a median carinula, Frontal carine as long as the antennal seapes, the latter reach- ing half the distance between the eyes and the occipital excision. Antennal club as — long as the remainder of the funiculus; joints 2-9 small, broader than long. Thorax — small and narrow, through the prominent humeri barely half as long as the head; pro- and mesonotum convex, the latter angular in profile; mesoépinotal constriction deep and broad. Epinotum in profile with subequal base and deelivity, ‘the former Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 135 , the latter concave and sloping, bordered on each side with a prominent ridge, ick rts continued into the acute, erect spines. The latter are a little longer than d at their bases and further apart than long. Median portion of epinotum con- - Petiole from above suboblong, more than twice as long as broad, as broad in nt as behind, with sides slightly concave in the middle; node compressed antero- iorly, with long concave anterior and abrupt posterior slopes; its upper border ire and somewhat convex from behind, and rather sharp and acute in profile. ole about 14 times as broad as the petiole, broader than long, broadest near terior border, with prominent but rather blunt anterior angles. Gaster some- ining; anterior } of head, thorax, petiole, and sides of post-petiole subopaque. es sparsely punctate, with coarsely rugose bases. Clypeus smooth, except e antero-lateral portions, which are sparsely and longitudinally rugose. Anterior he: ad, with the exception of the scrobe-like depressions, longitudinally rugose, with ate interrugal spaces. The ruge between the frontal carinw are subparallel. 2 aides of the head they stop abruptly at the scrobe-like depressions which are ictly punctate and shining. Pro- and mesonotum and epinotal declivity ersely rugose; remainder of thorax, petiole and sides of postpetiole densely Jairs yellowish; long, suberect and abundant on the body; shorter and more te on the legs and antennal scapes. ad, thorax and pedicel pale ferruginous; gaster, antennz and legs yellow. ders of mandibles and anterior border of clypeus dark brown or black. J ‘orker. Length 1.3 mm. sad, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, with slightly convex s, and slightly concave posterior margin. Eyes in front of the middle of the _ Mandibles with two acute apical and several indistinct basal teeth. Anterior ‘ of clypeus straight and transverse in the middle, its surface rather convex. enn al scapes reaching a little beyond the posterior corners of the head. Thorax to that of the soldier, but with more rounded and sloping humeri, and with mn o- and mesonotum distinctly flattened in profile. Epinotal spines small and acute. Petiole smilar to that of the soldier, but with the node rounded and not ressed anteroposteriorly. Postpetiole but little broader than the petiole, ras ated as broad, sub-spherical. Gaster about as large as the head. dibles shining, striatopunctate; head, thorax and petiole opaque, densely ini! iformly punctate; head in front of the eyes with a few longitudinal rug, glabrous. osity and color like those of the apieias but the hairs on the body are sparser. ‘ders of the mandibles and clypeus are brown. e (deiilated). Length 2.75-3 mm. d like that of the soldier, but proportionally broader and with less excised order. Antennal scapes reaching nearly to the posterior corners. Thorax ‘th e wing-insertions as broad as the head through the eyes, flattened above +h narrowed in the epinotal region. Epinotal spines stout, acute, longer ; d at their bases, directed upward and backward and at their bases further an long. Petiole similar to that of the soldier but with the upper border of deeply excised in the middle. Postpetiole twice as broad as the petiole, mterior border straight and produced on each side as a blunt but prominent 0 terior portion much narrower. Gaster elongate elliptical, flattened above. 136 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. -[Vol. XXIV, Smooth and shining, especially the mesonotum and gaster. Head subopaque, with sculpture similar to that of the soldier, except that the rugse extend over the posterior corners and occipital excision. Pleura opaque, punctate-rugulose; epino- tum with prominent transverse rug. Petiole and postpetiole opaque, finely punc- — tate-rugulose. Mesonotum and gaster with small, scattered, piligerous punctures. Deep chestnut brown, anterior portion of head, pleure and peduncle of petiole — . _paler. Mandibles, antennz and legs brownish yellow. Borders of mandibles and clypeus blackish. Ava Cayenne (Mayr); Porto Rico: Utuado, Monte Mandios, Coamo Springs. ; Redescribed from three females and numerous soldiers and ‘othe taken from several colonies nesting under stones and logs in the open woods and cafetals. The soldier of this subspecies, as Emery has pointed out, . may be distinguished from those of other forms of the flavens group by the | peculiar sculpture of the head, the antennal scrobe being sharply defined laterally by a distinct ruga. The female is remarkably small and dark colored. 31. Pheidole merens sp. nov. PuatEe XII, Ficas. 22 anv 23. Soldier. Length 2.5-2.75 mm. Head large, including the mandibles but little longer than broad, as broad in front as behind, with rather straight sides and moderately deep, angular occipital excision. Occipital depression pronounced, transverse; occipital groove shallow but distinct. Eyes just behind the anterior third of the head. Anterior border of gula with two prominent teeth. Mandibles convex, with a pair of blunt apical ; Clypeus flattened, with a distinct median carina, its anterior border sinuately excised in the middle, Frontal area triangular, impressed. Frontal carine shorter than the antennal scapes. Scrobe-like depressions very faint. Antenne slender, scapes reaching to } the distance between the eyes and the posterior corners of the head, curved and slender at the base, incrassated at their tips. Funicular joints 2-8 small, a little broader than long. Thorax through the prominent but rounded humeri about half as broad as the head. Pro- and mesonotum in profile very convex, rounded, the latter somewhat angular behind. Epinotum with subequal base and declivity, the former slightly convex, the latter slightly concave in the middle, with a prominent ridge on each side continuous with the acute spines. These are longer than broad at their bases and directed upward, backward and slightly outward, and are further apart at their bases than long. Petiole suboblong, more than twice — as long as broad, with an anteroposteriorly compressed node, which has a long con- cave anterior and a short, abrupt posterior slope. Its upper border is rounded and entire. Postpetiole half again as broad as the petiole, distinctly broader than long, broader in front than behind, with straight anterior border and prominent but blunt anterior corners. Gaster flattened, as large as the head. Legs rather robust. Shining; mandibles with very coarse scattered punctures and a few coarse basal - strie. Clypeus longitudinally rugose on the sides. Anterior }? of head with sharp ; q - 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. - 137 longitudinal rug, the spaces between which are feebly reticulate, especially in the ‘s ion of the obsolescent scrobes. Posterior corners of head with a few coarse, wide ly scattered punctures. Thorax coarsely reticulate rugose, subopaque on the 28; pronotum shining, with a few coarse, transverse ruge. Petiole and post- petiole more finely punctate-rugulose, subopaque, the latter smooth and shining above. Gaster glabrous, with minute, widely scattered piligerous punctures. oire Jellpwish, suberect and moderately abundant, both on the body and “Head sad thorax dark Hal almost black; pedicel, gaster, mandibles, clypeus, sks and antennex reddish yellow; legs vdigw; border of mandibles and clypeus ete) Length 1:5-1.75 mm. ‘Head, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, with straight Rodicioe der aud rounded sides. Mandibles with several subequal teeth, those at the apex _ being but little longer than the others. Clypeus rounded and convex in the middle, _ with entire anterior border. Antennal scapes reaching a little beyond the posterior corners of the head. Thorax resembling that of the soldier, but with more rounded — _ and sloping humeri, somewhat flatter pronotum and more attenuate epinotal spines. _ Petiole like that of the soldier but with a more conical node. Postpetiole suboblong, a little broader than the petiole and a little broader than long. Gaster about as “ah as the head. “Mandibles somewhat shining, sparsely punctate. Head and thorax opaque, nse and coarsely punctate, the front of the former with a few indistinct longi- seb oa Petiole and postpetiole more finely punctate on.the sides and below, ; the nodes smoother and shining. Gaster glabrous. epilaatty like that of the soldier. _ Head and thorax black, brownish in immature specimens. Gaster dark brown, le’ lag idl pedicel, mandibles and antennz brownish yellow; legs somewhat "Culebra; Porto Rico: Utuado, Monte Mevalea' Monte Mandios. _ Described from numerous specimens taken under stones and prostrate ntain trunks in the woods and cafetals. This species evidently belongs he flavens group and is closely related to Ph. flavens exigua on the one id and to Ph. orbica Forel and Ph. dimidiata Emery on the other. The Idier differs from that of ewigua in its darker color, and much fainter and istinetly defined antennal scrobes; from orbica in the shape of the post- ole and to some extent in the shape of the head, which is more rounded the sides and more glabrous behind; from dimidiata in the much shorter tpetiole, much less incrassated femora and less dense longitudinal rugze he head. The worker of me@rens differs from those of orbica and dimi- ta in the dense opaque sculpture of the head and from that of eazgua in darker color and coarser punctation. 138 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 32. Macromischa pulchella Emery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom, Ital., XX VIT, 1896, p. 26 (of reprint), S 9. St. Thomas (Emery). 33. Macromischa isabelle sp. noy. Puiate XI, Fias. 1 anp 2. Worker. Length 3.5-3.7 mm. Head rectangular, distinctly longer than broad, with subparallel sides, straight posterior border and eyes a little in front of its middle. Mandibles 5-toothed. Clypeus depressed in the middle, with its anterior border faintly and sinuately — excised. Antennal scapes reaching a little beyond the posterior corners of the — head; joints 1 and 8 of the funiculus as long as broad, joints 2-7 broader than long, terminal joint of club as long as the two preceding subequal joints Thorax nearly three times as long as broad, a little broader in front than behind, a prominent, straight, transverse ridge across the pronotum, terminating on each pir in the angular humerus. In profile the upper surface of the thorax is depressed and - evenly rounded, without sutures and without an angle between the base and declivity of the epinotum. Epinotal spines small and blunt, as long as the distance between their bases, directed upward and but slightly backward and outward. Petiole from above more than twice as long as broad, pedunculate and gradually broadening 1; behind, with straight sides; in profile the node is high and rounded, with concave anterior and slightly convex posterior slopes. Postpetiole campanulate, nearly as broad in front as behind, rounded above, less than 14 times as broad as the petiole and about half as broad as the first gastric segment. Both petiole and post petiole are distinctly concave beneath in profile, without teeth. Gaster small. Legs long, with incrassated femora, their length and thickness increasing from the macht to the third pair, Opaque; gaster and tibize glabrous. Mandibles coarsely longitudinally hiiaiadk Clypeus, head, thorax, petiole and postpetiole very finely and densely punctate, so that the surface has a velvety appearance; the clypeus, thorax and middle of the head rather faintly longitudinally rugose, the rug on the thorax being further apart than those on the head and those on the clypeus radiating from a point on the tie of the anterior border. Hairs snow-white, sparse and erect, obtuse and stouter on the thorax, pedicel and gaster; on the antenne they are more slender and appressed, on the legs reduced. to a sparse pubescence. Mandibles, antenne, head, cox, femora and gaster blue black; the first gastric segment with a brilliant satiny blue reflection, visible only in certain lights. Thorax, petiole, postpetiole and trochanters dull orange red; tips of mandibles, tibie, tarsi — and two elliptical spots at the base of the first gastric segment, honey yellow. __ Female. Length 3.9mm. Resembling the worker, but with the following differences in sculpture and coloration: Upper surface of head covered with coarse reticulate ruge in addition 1908] Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. . 139 va wee dense punctation; pleure with much coarser longitudinal ruge; mesonotum sely and regularly longitudinally rugose. The mesonotum, with the exception 0 its anterior third, blue black and the pro- and mesopleur more or less blackened, cially below. The elliptical yellow spots on the gaster are much larger, being y as long as the first segment. The wings are grayish hyaline, with pale brown and stigma. Male. Length 3.5 mm. i E Fined through the eyes a little broader than long, with rounded, convex posterior ortions and very short, concave cheeks. Mandibles small, pointed and dentate. enn long and slender; funicular joints cylindrical, except the first, which is no ger than broad; scapes as long as the first and second funicular joints together. = horax rather a as broad through the wing-insertions as the head through iss eyes Mesonotum with deep Mayrian furrows, each crossed by a regular series es Mot whore. ridges. Epinotum unarmed, sloping, feebly convex. Petiole from above _ about three times as long as broad, narrowed in front, with subparallel sides behind; _ node in profile low and rounded. Postpetiole about 1} times as broad as the petiole, as long as broad, campanulate. Gaster slender, with well developed cerci and geni- q i Legs slender, femora not incrassated. : Bi * Opaque; gaster smooth and shining; legs subopaque. Head, thorax and pedi- & ‘eal finely and densely punctate; the sides and posterior portion of the head somewhat 4 ead Tugulose and the sides of the pronotum with faint longitudinal ruge. um in front with a smooth median longitudinal band. Hairs whitish, suberect and pointed, sparse on the head, thorax and gaster. _ Pubescence on antennex and legs similar to that of the worker. a Black; antenne and legs fuscous; tarsi and articulations of legs sordid yellow. Wings grayish hyaline, with dull yellowish veins and black stigma. : _ Summits of Monte Morales and Monte Mandios (about 3000 ft.). _Deseribed from numerous workers, a single female and four males. » of the workers was found running on the leaves of a bush, the remaining * pecimens were taken from two colonies, one nesting under the roots of an epiphytic orchid, the other in a hollow twig. Both colonies were small, ach comprising only a few dozen workers. ‘These moved rather slowly, rith the small gaster turned downward and forward between the large hind s. I take great pleasure in dedicating this the most beautiful of the Porto tican ants to Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton. It is clearly distinct from all e described species which show great differences in size, sculpture and oration. | be he = Oy a >, ‘ , 34. Macromischa albispina sp. nov. Puate XI, Fies. 3 AND 4. “Worker, Length 2-2.25 mm. Head rectangular, longer than broad, as broad in front as behind, with feebly 1 sides, straight posterior border and the eyes just in front of the middle. 5-toothed. Clypeus with broadly rounded, entire anterior border. 140 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Antennal scapes reaching to the posterior corners of the head. Funicular joints 2-8 small, much broader than long; terminal joint as long as the two preceding sub- equal joints together. Thorax short, a little more than twice as long as broad, somewhat broader in front than behind, evenly rounded above and in front, without a transverse postcervical ridge and without sutures. Epinotum with a distinct con- cave declivity and two acute, tapering spines which are as long as the declivity, longer than their distance apart at the base, directed backward, outward and but - slightly upward, and distinctly curved inward and downward at their tips. Petiole three times as long as broad, pedunculate in front and gradually widening behind; node high, laterally compressed and somewhat flattened above, with long, concave posterior slope. Postpetiole fully three times as broad as the petiole, campanulate, broader behind than in front, nearly as broad as the first gastric segment and about twice as broad as long. Gaster small, with broad, straight, anterior border. Legs, especially the hind pair, with incrassated femora, middle femora shorter than the fore pair. Opaque, very finely and densely punctate, so that the surface has a velvety appearance. Gaster smooth and shining; legs subopaque. Clypeus coarsely longi- tudinally rugose. Mandibles obscurely striatopunctate. Hairs snow-white, obtuse and erect, very sparse on the head, thorax and gaster. Legs and antenne with short, dilute pubescence. Blue black; first gastric segment with satiny, blue reflections visible only in certain lights. Epinotal spines white. Tip of gaster, frontal carinee, and mandibles, except the teeth, sordid yellowish; legs and antennz fuscous, femora and antennal clubs often black or very dark brown. Female (deilated). Length 4 mm. : Resembling the worker but much larger. Thorax robust, a little more than 14 times as long as broad and as broad through the wing-insertions as the head through the eyes. Epinotal spines stouter and blunter than in the worker and further apart at their bases than long. Postpetiole nearly three times as broad as long, but con- siderably narrower than the gaster, which is long and voluminous. Mesonotum covered with fine longitudinal strie, with a smooth anteromedian and two ernontp posterolateral lines. Color and pilosity as in the worker. Culebra. Described from thirty workers and a single female, representing a single colony which was found nesting in a small cavity in the ground in the shade of a thicket, where some of the workers were moving about slowly over the dead leaves and twigs. M. albispina belongs to the group of small species comprising M. lucayensis Forel, androsana Wheeler, pastinifera Emery, sub- ditiva Wheeler, ete. Emery (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1896, pp. 102, 103) was undoulstedlly right in eliminating from Roger’s genus Macromischa all the Old World — species that had been assigned to it by Mayr. ‘These species belong, as Emery says, to Tetramorium. 'The American species, whose center of dis- tribution is the Antilles, have a very distinctive and unmistakable habitus. The following table includes the workers of all of the described species of : ae Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. . 141 the genus with the exception of M. suohitbie Forel of which only a female ‘ a is known: a Species with more or dla metallic coloration... 15 __ Species without metallic coloration or merely with violet lustre or ireGection on : the head or first gastric si 589 at OER RR opie at a a 2: Epinotum unarmed ; , : : : ‘ 4 } Be Epinotum armed with spines : 4 Thorax without a mesoépinotal constzietion; thorax neck petiole light red; Eiieat petiole, head and gaster black; legs, antenne#, mandibles and anterior border of head reddish brown. Laaath 5-5.5 mm. (Cuba) . versicolor Roger _ Thorax with a pronounced mesoépinotal constriction; light red, with black i antennz and gaster; legs dark brown. Length 7 mm. (Cuba) punicans Roger . Ferruginous red; epinotal spines very egal and tang apt Kpwae and . _—" '» divergent. : é 5 ____ Epinotal spines someli mnilllet? 6- _ §. Mesoépinotal constriction feebly sietked: endtor wad lows vellowisli. Length a 4.5mm. (San Domingo) ; sallei Guérin -Mesoépinotal constriction profound; sean dirk brown (Mexico) eee cressoni Ern. André a 16> Deep brownish red : 5 eda ; ‘ : ; 7 _ Of a different or more wariaetod jekieation : ’ ; : 8 7. With a brown transverse band on each segment; antennal scapes reaching” or barely surpassing the posterior corners of the head. Length 4-4.2 mm. _ (Panama) . salvini Forel Gaster entirely brown; gniennal atiaties ‘distinetly ‘ourpaaing the posterior corners of the head; fesuora less incrassated; peduncle of petiole longer and more slender. (Panasiia) ; ; é ‘ , . var. obscurior Forel. 8. Largely black species. ; : : : : ; ; 9 At least the thorax red or yellowish ‘ : Se ae : : 11 ’ Surface of body excepting the gaster, epaaue: p : 10: Surface of body shining; small species (2 mm.) ; petiole withis a slender peduncle suddenly enlarging behind into an upright anteroposteriorly compressed scale which is but little narrower than the postpetiole (Texas) . swbditiva Wheeler _ Large species (6-6.5 mm.); black; head and gaster with faint violet reflections; legs shining, dark brown (Cuba) : ; lugens Roger- Small species (2-2.25 mm.); black; with white epinotal spines, laterally com- pressed petiolar node and very broad postpetiole (Culebra) . albispina sp. nov. 1. Surface of body shining; head and gaster black; mention antennez, thorax, ____ pedicel and legs dilute testaceous. Length 1.5 mm. (St. Thomas) ‘ pulchella Emery. Surface of body opaque : fe gtr eae 12. Petiolar node much compressed anberopseterionly,, barisveiam: suddenly rising » from the peduncle, with its upper border curved forward; epinotal spines ___ long and slender, directed backward. ; i 13. a -Petiolar node laterally compressed, gradually tising from the peduncle, with a ~ conical summit; epinotal spines small and erect; head, gaster and femora. lack; thorax, ‘Pétiole and oenrig red; tibime and tarsi yellow. Length es. 7mm. (Porto Rico) . 2 - 8 : . “isabelle sp. nov.. 142 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 13. Upper border of petiolar node but slightly bent forward; head, postpetiole and gaster black. Length 1.9-2 mm. (Bahamas) . androsana Wheeler. - Upper border of petiole much curved forward, both head and thorax red 14 14. Legs shining. Length 2.6mm. (Bahamas) pastinijera Emery (typical). Legs opaque, finely and densely punctate. Length 22.5 mm. (Bahamas) var. opacipes Wheeler. 15. Greater portion of head glabrous, coarsely and longitudinally rugose in front of the eyes; body shining metallic green with violet reflections; nodes of petiole and postpetiole brown, shining, with metallic green or blue reflections; peduncle of petiole and articulations honey yellow; antennal scapes and mandibles brown, funiculus black. Length 4mm. (Cuba). ‘ squamifera. Head either densely punctate or longitudinally rugose above . : 5 hae 16 16. Head opaque or with a silky luster : ; é ; ae 17 Head shining , de 38 17. Head and thorax parplials ned, with violet reflections aod silky: listens pedicel and legs shining, yellowish brown; gaster black. Length 5-5.5mm. (Cuba) porphyritis Roger. Head green, with blue and violet reflections; thorax purplish violet with zeneous reflections; pedicel yellowish brown, nodes, gaster and femora dark : metallic green or brown, very glabrous; tibie, tarsi and funiculi lighter brown. Length 5.5mm. (Cuba). : . tris Roger. - 18. Head shining, violet, thorax red, cussing inte vinlet on the pleure; epinotal spines, pedicel and legs shining, yellowish brown, gaster black; head with rather widely separated longitudinal ruge, thorax with coarse irregular rugs; peduncle of petiole as long as the thorax. Length 5-6 mm. (Cuba) purpurata Roger. Head and thorax deep metallic green, passing into violet on the cheeks, pleuree and epinotum; mandibles, clypeus, frontal carine, neck, terminal tarsal joints and anterior end of petiolar peduncle dull orange; remainder of petiole, post- petiole, gaster and legs black; coxe, trochanters and extreme bases of femora — honey yellow; head with dense longitudinal ruge, thorax covered with strong, regular arcuate, transverse ruge; petiole less than half as long as the thorax. Length 3-3.5 mm. (Bahamas) ; , . F . splendens Wheeler. 35. Rogeria curvipubens Emery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XX VI, 1894, p. 54 (of reprint), & Q. The small ants of the genus Rogeria seem to represent a generalized type with affinities to Leptothorax, Tetramoriwm and Stenamma. Unfortu- nately only workers and deiilated females are known, so that the precise position of the genus, which must depend to some extent on the venation of — the wings, cannot be determined at present. ‘The worker of R. curvipubens’ measures only 1.3-1.75 mm. The head is covered with reclinate curved hairs, the thorax with long sparse pile. The types are from St. Thomas and Bolivia. I have recorded the occurrence of this species also in the Bahamas (Andros Island). . ~~ ‘ : Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 143 36. Rogeria foreli Emery. his species differs from the preceding in its larger size (2-2.25 mim.), er sculpture, the absence of erect hairs on the body and the less shining rnode. ‘The types are from St. Thomas. 37. Tetramorium guineense (/abr.). ea guineensis Fanricrus, Entom. System, II, 1793, p. 357, no. 31, &. _bicarinata NyLANnveR, Acta Soc. Sc. Fennic., II, 3, 1846, p. 1061, no. 10, a cariniceps GumRIN, Rev. et. Mag. Zool. (2), IV, 1852, p. 79, 8. kollar, Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ver. Wien, III, 1853, p. 283, 8 2 @. rium kollari Mayr, ibid., V, 1855, p. 425, no. 1. cariniceps Roar, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., V, 1861, p. 171. ca reticulata F. SurrH, Trans. Entom. Soc. London (3), I, 1, 1862, p. 33, on niu 2 guineense Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 740, no. 1. _ Numerous workers found eating the ripe and broken fruit of the papaw are en papaya) on Monte Resaca, the highest point of the island. 38. Tetramorium (Tetrogmus) simillimum (/'. Smith). Myrmica simillima F. Surrxn (nec Nylander) List Brit. Animals Brit. Mus., Pt. 6, -Acul., 1851, p. 118, 8. " rogmus caldarius Roamr, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., I, 1857, p. 12, 6 2 3. Lyrmica (Leptothorax) simillima F. Smrrn, Catalog. Brit. Foss. Hymen., 1858, p. 31, ¥ no. 10, 8. a caldaria Mretnert, Naturv. Afh. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. (5), V, 1860, p. 334 no. 28, ee etramorium simillimum Mayr, Europ. Formicid., 1861, p. 61. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. In Culebra a few colonies were found nesting under stones and logs on e beach, in Coamo Springs several colonies were seen under stones in the *k bottom near the baths. 39. Wasmannia auropunctata (Roger). Puate XII, Fia. 18. ramorium ? auropunctatum Roger, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VII, 1863, p. 182, no. 7A, me GS", 144 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Tetramorium auropunctatum Foret, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat. (2), XX, 1884, p. 375, 0. Ochetomyrmex auropunctatus Foret, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXX, 1886, CBs p. xlix. Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex) auropunctatum Fore, Mitth. Schweiz. Entom. Ges., VII, 10, 1887. Wasmannia auropunctata Forrt, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1893, p. 383, 2 ¢. Culebra; Porto Rico: Utuado, Monte Morales, Monte Mandios, Adjuntas, Coamo Springs, Morro at San Juan; Vega Baja. This little ant is common in all the localities above mentioned, nesting under stones, prostrate plantain trunks or logs in shady places, especially in the plantanals and cafetals. ‘The larger dark colored males and females were found in several nests at Utuado and Monte Mandios (March 17 and 20). The workers in a colony are very numerous, and, as indicated by their pale yellow color, lead a hypogeic life. The nests are often established around the roots of plants, and in such situations I have seen the ants at- tending root-coccids, like the yellow Lasz of our northern States. 40. Cryptocerus atratus (L.). Formica atrata Linnt, System. Natur., Ed. 12a, I, 2, 1758, p. 581,no.15. §. yg Formica quadridens Dr Grrr, Mém. Hist. Insect., HI, 1773, p. 609, no. 7, tab. 31, ‘ figg. 17-20. Cryptocerus atratus Fasricrus, System. Piez., 1804, p. 418, no. 1. St. Thomas (Forel). It is very doubtful whether this large ant is really a native of St. Thomas. It is more probable that the specimen recorded by Forel had ese intro- duced with plants from the tropical mainland. 41. Cryptocerus minutus Fabr. Fasricivs, System. Piez., 1804, p. 420, no. 5, 9. St. Thomas (Mayr). 42. Strumigenys membranifera simillima Ymery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom, Ital., XXII, 1890, p. 69 (of reprint), tav. viii, fig. 5, $. St. Thomas (Emery). This subspecies, as Emery admits, is hardly distinguishable from the typical Italian form. ‘The head is a little narrower, especially in front, more distinctly impressed in the median line behind the clypeus, the antennal Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 145 funicu us is more slender, with the last joint just perceptibly longer than the preceding joints taken together.” 43. Strumigenys rogeri Emery. Prare XII, Fie. 13. yr a gundlachi Rocrr, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VII, 1862, Pl. I, Fig. 18a, 9? st =o. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., XXII, 1890, p. 31 (of reprint), | aa vii, fig. 6, 0. . Thomas (Emery); Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. e Numerous workers and females taken from several colonies nesting E inde Jer stones in a nearly dry stream bottom behind the Coamo baths. The -tediscovery of the female of this species shows that Emery was right in his contention that Roger had described two very different species under the name of Pyramica gundlachi. The females among my specimens agree perfectly with Roger’s description and figure (Taf. I, Fig. 18a). s ae 44. Strumigenys eggersi Emery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Entom, Ital., XXII, 1890, p. 32 (of reprint), tav. vii, fig. 9, 8 9. St. Thomas (Emery). we “ea 45. Strumigenys louisiane Roger var. obscuriventris var. nov. Prare XII, Fie, 14. - Porto AG Utuado, Coamo Springs. | This variety differs from the typical form from Florida, Louisiana and ‘exas in having the gaster, except at the base, dark brown or black, and the rruginous tint of the body in general darker. At Utuado a few isolated specimens of this variety were found under prostrate plantain trunks in ver damp places. At Coamo Springs several colonies, with their larvee 1 pupe were found nesting under small stones in the same creek bottom 3. roger, just back of the bath-houses. Misled by Roger’s imperfect eri iption, Emery redescribed Jowisiane under the name of wnispinulosa . Soc. Entom. Ital. XXII, 1900, p. 30, Tav. VII, Fig. 5), but he later ct d the single preapical mandibular tooth in one of Roger’s types and mized unispinulosa as a synonym (Morph. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. VII, 5, 326). ry, 1908.] | 10 146 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV a The following table will serve for the identification of the workers and’ females of the preceding and other American species of Strumigenys, with the exception of S. mandibularis F. Smith, which was inadequately deseribed, and may be the same as S. smithi Forel: 1. Mandibles long and slender, close together at their insertions, with only two. borders, an internal and an external, usually parallel or subparallel <- over- lapped by the clypeus only at their bases. 2 Mandibles shorter, some distance apart at their insexiionm with thik bane, i. e. with the internal border differentiated into a basal and a more apical (masticatory) border, and over-lapped for a considerable distance by the ante- . rior border of the clypeus_.. 26-~ 2. Inner borders of mandibles without teeth bet weit: a series of minut denticles; (without denticles only in a variety of eggers?) : 3 Inner borders of mandibles without teeth and denticles 6 or wil a few auineiiike teeth . : 4: 3. Antennal scapes suddenly jrohiseated risat the middle; mandibles ess than half as long as the head. Length 1.8-1.9 mm. (Brazil) . crassicornis Mayr. Antennal scapes gradually or not at all incrassated; mandibles more than half as long as the head : 4 4. Mandibles straight, at least at the habe; distineily shorter thaws the hand. 5 Mandibles curved outward just beyond the base and inward near the apex, as long as the head; inner border near the apex with 5-6 denticles; fourth funic- ular joint 14 times as long as broad. Length 1.7-1.88 mm. (Brazil) — denticulata Mayr. 5. Mandibles very sens gradually tapering to their suddenly incurved tips; a little shorter than the head . : 6. Bases of mandibles with parallel sides as far as 5 thie middle then cntved outward somewhat; about # as long as the head, with the apical curved inner border a minutely denticulate. Length 2-2.2 mm. (Brazil) . d subedentata Mayr. 6. Inner apical borders of mandibles with 6-7 minute denticles, Length 1.25-1.3 mm. (St. Thomas) . ‘ . eggersi Emery (typical) Inner apical borders of mandibles nities denticles; thorax more elongated; — epinotal spines shorter; color darker. Length 1.7 mm. (St. Vincent) _ var. vincentensis Forel. “ 7. Inner borders of mandibles without teeth or denticles . ‘ - : 8 Inner borders of mandibles with at least one subapical tooth . a Tea coagaes Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 147 mm. (Brazil) ‘ 2 ; ; : : ssisidbestatin Mayr. _ Mandibles straight —.. ; ; 12 _ Mandibles a half as shah as the head, Body ertbetodus: Length 2-2.25 Sita. oe ae iadandibles more thin half’ as tiie ns: the ead, Body hniconis: witli tentiopote - mandibles, legs and antennz (Brazil). Length 3 mm. . fusca Emery. Hairs on head squamiform . 3 2 14 Hairs on head not squamiform, but slender and pointed; Length 2.25 mm. _ (Bahamas) : . lanuginosa Wheeler. _ Antennal scapes reaching only half way betweent the eyes and the posterior _ corners of the head : : i 15 _ Antennal scapes longer. (olivia): outers Reuie var. dompiewndd Emery. Uniformly ferruginous. Length 2.25 mm. (Southern States; Central America) meee dotbsianie Roger (typical). Gaster, except the base, dark brown or black (Porto Rico). var. obscuriventris var . nov. Manidibles arcuate, broad, with very convex outer border, especially toward _ their incurved tips; inner border with two long pointed teeth, of which the sf proximal is continued back as a somewhat translucent lamina. Length (of female) 5.4 mm. (Panama) : ; ‘ : . godmani Forel. _ Mandibles straight or slightly gitrved ; ' : 17 Basal half of inner-mandibular border dilated ia fois a knife-like lamina, bs beyond which the mandible is suddenly narrowed and furnished with a pair of long spine-like, subapical teeth. Length 3.3 mm. (Brazil) . Feeds? Mayr. _ Mandibles without a basal dilatation or lamina. ; ‘ 18 18 Epinotal declivity on each side without a spine, but wit an ahees translucent plate or lamina which bears a pair of angles or lobes on its free margin 19 ~ Epinotal declivity without erect lamin : hy eee 9 Mandibles longer than the head; second flinioulat joint but little longer than _ ‘broad, the fourth more than four times as long as broad 3 : ° 20 _ Mandibles much shorter than the head; second and third funicular joints barely as long as broad, fourth joint barely three times as long as broad 21 ). Length of worker 3.6-3.8 mm.; of female 4~4.2 mm. (Brazil) A saliens Mayr (typical) a ‘Length of female 4.5 mm.; two preapical mandibular teeth much closer to the _ apical teeth than in the typical form. (Brazil) . . var. procera Emery. 41. Two subapical mandibular teeth of equallength . . Ra ene = y Distal tooth of the subapical pair shorter than the proximal (Brazil) fe. smithi Forel var. inequalis Emery. _ Eyes not strongly convex; length 2.7-3 mm. (Brazil) . smithi Forel (typical) _ Eyes strongly convex Asan). p subsp. prospiciens Emery. -. two subapical mandibular teeth long, closely approximated and near Seam teeth. ; 24 e two subapical mandibular teeth widely separated, the piscina one very # sm ene: E idibles shorter that the head: dgtensal sen hie Ne rencliieg to the posterior s of the head. Length 1.6 mm. (Antilles) . : . rogert Emery. ‘ - dibles longer than the head; antennal scapes reaching to the posterior 20 ners of the head. Length 3.8-3.9 mm. (Mexico) : cordovensis Mayr. 148 28. 29. 30. 31, 32, 33. 34, 35, 36. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Mandibles nearly straight, with the small proximal tooth near the middle of the internal border. Length 1.7-1.8 mm. (Argentina) . silvestrii Emery. Mandibles slightly curved outward near the middle, with the small proximal tooth near the basal third of the internal border. Length 1.5-1.6mm. (Brazil) schmalzi Emery. Portions of the inner blades of the closed mandibles not covered by the anterior border of the clypeus, denticulate or toothed for only a part of theirlength 27 Portions of the inner blades of the closed mandibles not covered by the ante- rior borders of the clypeus, denticulate or toothed throughout their entire length . 29 Clavate hairs of the anteasen cdspen! border sient od pabeee hack wisi Tengen 1.6-1.7 mm. (United States) : . ornata Mayr. Clavate hairs on the anterior clypeal barder divected anteriorly ‘ Fi 28 Length 2.25-2.5 mm.; mandibles just in front of the clypeus with a long pointed tooth; anterior elveaal border with numerous (14-16) clavate hairs; head above covered with whitish squamiform hairs (United States) perpsistiaa liens Length 1.5-1.6 mm.; mandibles at the base with a large tooth concealed under the border of the clypews, which has fewer clavate hairs (10-12); appressed hairs on head not squamiform. (United States) ‘ . pulchella Emery. Mandibular border minutely and uniformly denticulate . . 30 Mandibular border with teeth often of unequal length ‘ ¥ m 32 Gaster entirely opaque, reticulate punctate; second and third funicular joints as long as broad. Length 1.8-2mm. (St. Vincent; Texas) margarite Forel. Gaster smooth and shining, at least behind; longitudinale striated in front 31 Mandibles short; second and third funicular joints broader than long. Length 1.5 mm. (Pars) ; ‘ . schulzi Emery Mandibles longer; seated and third ‘Spilsalan ienaae as long as broad, Length 2-2.2 mm. (St. Vincent) . . alberti Forel. Clypeus with straight, transverse sishoetinn boaledt mienilibin as broad as long. Length 1.5 mm. (St.Thomas) . senitinanilecs subsp. simillima Emery. Clypeus with rounded anterior border; mandibles much longerthan broad 33 Clypeus longer than broad; proximal mandibular tooth long and acuminate, separated by a short but distinct sinus from the remaining teeth . ae ee, Clypeus not longer than broad; proximal mandibular tooth not acuminate and not separated by a sinus from the remaining teeth , 35 Clypeus covered with short squamiform hairs. Length 2, 5 mm, (United States) . e : clypeata Roger (typical). Hairs on clypeus curved but not squamitorm (United States) var. pilinasis Forel. Greatest transverse diameter of head twice that of the clypeus. Length 1.7-1.8 mm. (Brazil) . . frederici-muelleri Forel. Greatest transverse diamneter of head jon than twice that of the clypeus 36 | Clavate hairs on antennal scapes and clypeus robust and cochleariform, Length 1.8 mm. (Salta) t ‘ . conspersa Emery. Clavate hairs on antennal’ scapes and clypeus slender. Length 2-2.5 mm. (United States) . ; i ‘ : ‘ ‘ ‘ i rostrata Emery. ee eS ee ——— ae Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 149 46. Epitritus emme Emery. os Pears XI, Fig. 12 AND PLATE el Was Ay: RY, Bull. Soe. Entom. Ital., XXII, 1890, p. 33 (of reprint), tav. viii, fig. 6, ©. St. Thomas (Emery). ee _ There i is in my collection a winged female of this species from Havana, (C. F. Baker). It agrees very closely with Emery’s description of ne worker from St. Thomas. 'The wings are very hairy, grayish hyaline, h brown veins and stigma. The venation is very much like that of igenys pergandet Emery. 47. Atta (Trachymyrmex) jamaicensis (rn. André). ae eae females and males from several colonies. For the synonymy nd for detailed taxonomic and ethological descriptions of this and the ‘h a following Atti, see my recent paper: ‘The Fungus-growing Ants of North America,’ Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXII, 1907, pp. 669-807, pate ti, 31 text-figg. i 48. “Atta (Mycocepurus) smithi Morel var. borinquenensis Wheeler. ~ Porto Rico: Vega Baja, Arecibo, Utuado, Monte Mandios, Coamo 49. Cyphomyrmex rimosus minutus Mayr. ‘Ss . Thomas (Emery); Culebra; Porto Rico: Arecibo, Adjuntas, Utuado, mte Mandios, Monte Morales, Coamo Springs. 50. Myrmicocrypta brittoni Wheeler. ‘orto Kieo: Santurce. Subfamily DoLicHoDERIN 2. 51. Dolichoderus bispinosus (Oliv.). Outvier, Encyel. Method., Insect., VI, 1791, p. 502, no. 60, &. ee Fasrictus, Suppl. Entom. System. 1798, p. 281, nos. 42 and 43, $. ir. 150 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Hypoclinea bispinosa Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 708, no. 8, 9. Hypoclinea vestita Mayr, ibid., p. 707, no. 7, ©. Monacis bispinosa Rocer, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VI, 1862, p. 235, no. 2, O 9. Polyrhachis arboricola Norron, Proc. Essex. Inst., VI, 1868, p. 4, fig. ©. Dolichoderus bispinosus ForEx, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat. (2), XV, 1878, p. 386. St. Thomas (Mayr). 52. Tapinoma melanocephalum (Fabr.). Formica melanocephala Fasricius, Entom. System., II, 1793, p. 353, no. 13. Lasius melanocephalus Fasrictus, System., Piez., 1804, p. 417, no. 5. Myrmica melanocephala LEPELETIER, Hist. Nat. Insect. mith I, 1836, p. 185, no. 5. Formica nana JerDoN, Madras Journ, Lit. and Sci., X VII, 1851, p. 125, no. 44, 8. Myrmica pellucida F, Smirx, Journ. Proc, Linn. Soe., Zool., II, 1857, p. 71, no. 2, &. Myrmica (Monomorium) pellucida F. Smiru.. Catalog. Hymeee Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 124, no. 41, 8. Formica familiaris F, Smrra, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool.. IV, 1860, Suppl. p. 96, no. 10, &. Tapinoma melanocephalum Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 651. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Arecibo, Utuado, Ponce, Tallaboa. ; Several colonies nesting under stones and under the bark of trees. From a single colony on Culebra twenty-two deiilated queens were taken. 53. Tapinoma littorale W heeler. WHEELER, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., X XI, 1905, p. 109, 6 Q @. Porto Rico: Monte Morales, Monte Mandios. A few colonies comprising deiilated females, males and workers 1 were found in the hollow twigs of trees and bushes at an altitude of about 3000 . feet. These specimens agree very closely with the types from Southern Florida and the Bahamas. 54. Dorymyrmex pyramicus (Roger) var. niger Pergande. | PERGANDE, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2), V, 1895, p. 871, 9. ‘ f Porto Rico: Santurce, Arecibo, Utuado, Adjuntas, Ponce, avert | Coamo Springs, Vega Baja. || This dark variety of the well-known neotropical D. pyramicus is com- ; mon in sandy and sunny places in nearly all the localities visited in Porto ~ Rico, but could not be found in Culebra. Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. - 151 _ 55. Iridomyrmex melleus sp. nov. Prate XII, Fies. 15 anv 16, Worker, Length 2-2.25 mm. Head oval, distinctly narrower in front than behind. Mandibles with two larger apical, and numerous minute basal teeth. Clypeal border straight and trans- c 2 in the middle, with a slight sinuous excision on each side. Frontal area and al groove obsolete. Antenne slender, scapes surpassing the occiput by about a uarter of their length. Thorax long and narrow, longer than the head with the andibles, broadest through the pronotum, which is convex and hemispherical, as ng as broad. Mesonotum laterally compressed, somewhat less than twice as long s broad, flattened above and lower than the pronotum, separated by a sharp con- _ striction from the epinotum which is bluntly protuberant, with a convex base rising rather abruptly from the constriction, and a somewhat longer and slightly concave, 3 sloping declivity. Seen from above the epinotum is a little longer than broad, and a little broader than the mesonotum. Petiole about half as broad as the epinotum; _ scale oval from behind, and very distinctly inclined forward, so that its anterior slope : is short and abruptly slanting from above backward and downward, its posterior slope much longer and gradually inclined. Gaster small, legs slender. a Surface of body smooth and rather shining, especially above. Mandibles with 7 small scattered punctures. é Pubescence white, rather abundant, but short, covering the body and appendages, Be longest on the gaster. Pilosity reduced to a few slender, suberect, brown or black hairs on the gaster. In some specimens there are also a few such hairs on the head and thorax. Honey yellow; gaster and funiculus, excepting its first joint, fuscous. Mandibu- teeth and margin of clypeus reddish. wee x emale. Length 4.5-5 mm. _ Head differing from that of the worker in having more prominent posterior, ners and a distinctly and broadly excised posterior margin. Eyes and ocelli e, the former flattened. Thorax through the wing insertions broader than the d through the eyes, narrowed in front and behind, about twice as long as broad. [esonotum as broad aslong. Epinotum thick and convex, with base rounded above nd on the sides, passing into the but little sloping declivity without a distinct angle. ttiole short with an erect scale, much compressed anteroposteriorly, its upper rder’ rounded and rather thin. Gaster elongate elliptical. Wings very long ‘Surface e of body and appendages more opaque than in the worker, with denser, ger, white pubescence. Yoloration like that of the worker but the yellow shade is a little deeper and more ish. There is a small deep black spot on each side of the mesonotum near the ‘io n of the fore wing, and the base and posterior margin of each gastric segment lowish. Wings grayish hyaline, with pale brown veins and stigma. Length 1.3-1.5 mm. vad resembling that of the worker, with well-developed, minutely denticulate es, but with larger eyes and prominent ocelli. Antennz with short scapes 152 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, = which are incrassated and abruptly bent at their tips; funicular joints rapidly decreasing in length distally, the first joint being fully five times as long as broad and as long as the scape, the second joint a little shorter, the terminal joints barely longer than broad. Thorax resembling that of the female, somewhat broader than the head; mesonotum flattened above and not very high above the pronotum. Petiole with an erect, low, thick scale, which is blunt and rounded above. Gaster small, elliptical, flattened above, with prominent rounded genital appendages. Legs ’ slender. Sculpture, pubescence and coloration like that of the worker. Gaster without hairs. Head infuscated, especially behind. Genitalia yellowish, legs and antenna whitish. Wings grayish hyaline, with pale gray veins. ae Peay ¢ 4 Fig. 3. veins of Coccoloba rugosa; about } natural size. (Photograph by the author). Porto Rico: Arecibo, Utuado, Monte Morales, Monte Mandios, Coamo Springs, Vega Baja. Nest of Iridomyrmex melleus built of earth and vegetable débris along the leaf This species belongs to the same group as the other American species. of Iridomyrmex, viz: humilis Mayr, iniquus Mayr and despertitus Forel, and is very closely related to the two latter, but differs in coloration, smaller size, thinner and more collapsible integument, and in having the petiole lower, longer and more distinctly inclined forward. The thorax, too, is ————— le ee eee ee eee i my ——:1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. ae |. longer and more slender and the epinotum is somewhat less bulky and _ protuberant. It is not improbable that Plagiolepis flavidula Roger of _ Cuba may be some variety or subspecies of the form here described, but _Roger’s description is too meager to permit of identification. I. melleus is one of the commonest ants in the mountains of Porto Rico and is distinctly arboreal. It nearly always nests in hollow twigs. Near Utuado I found it nesting also between the clasping leaf-petioles of plan- tains, and in the same locality several colonies had built small nests of fria- ble carton (earth mixed with vegetable débris) on the under sides of the 4 huge reniform leaves (sometiines a meter in diameter!) of the ‘ ‘ortegon” __ (Coceoloba rugosa). As these structures, which were built in the angles formed by the thick veins with the leaf-membrane (Fig. 3) contained the brood as well as the ants, they can not be regarded as aphis sheds. The workers of [. mellews run very rapidly. They do not have the “Tapinoma odor” so characteristic of many Dolichoderine. 56. Iridomyrmex melleus var. fuscescens var. nov. Porto Rico: Monte Morales, Monte Mandios. Workers from a few colonies found in the primeval forests on the sum- mits of these mountains differ from those of the typical medleus in having _ the body and appendages fuscous, the gaster black, the mandibles yellow and the tarsi whitish. In fa pilosity and sculpture they resemble the Leg form. Subfamily CamMPponotin&. 57. Brachymyrmex heeri Forel. Fount, D Denkechr. schweiz. Ges. Naturw., XXVI, 1874, p. 91, taf. i, fig. 17, 9. _ St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Santurce, Utuado. _ Several workers from small colonies under stones. 58. Brachymyrmex heeri var. obscurior Forel. , Trans. Entom. Soc. London, 1893, p. 345, & 2 &. Porto Rico: Santurce, San Juan. darker form of the preceding, with very similar but apparently more ic habits. 154 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, - 59. Prenolepis longicornis (Latr.). Formica longicornis LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Fourmis, 1802, p. 113, . oa Formica vagans JerDon, Madras Journ. Lit. and Sci., XVII, 1851, p. 124, no. 41, 8 9. Formica (Tapinoma) gracilescens NYLANDER, Ann. Se. Nat. Zool. (4), V, 1856, ‘p. 73, no. 34, tab. iii, fig. 20. Paratrechia currens MorscuutsKky, Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou, XXXVI, 3, 1863, p. 14. Prenolepis longicornis RoaxEr, Verz. d. Formicid., 1863, p. 10, no. 313. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: San Juan, Santurce, Arecibo, Utuado, Adjuntas, Ponce, Tallaboa, Coamo Springs. Very common in houses, gardens and fields. 60. Prenolepis vividula (Nylander). Formica vividula NyLanver, Acta Soc. Se. Fennic., II, 3, 1846, p. 900, no. 4. taf. 18, fig. 2, 9 2 Gh. Prenolepis vividula Mayr, Europ. Formicid. 1861, p. 52; Emery, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., L, 1906, p. 130, figg. 1-4, 8 Q 3. Culebra; Porto Rico: Monte Mandios, Monte Morales, Utuado. The identity of this species, originally described by Nylander from specimens taken in the hot-houses of the butanical garden of Helsingfors and since found in similar places in various parts of Europe, has been recently established by Emery. An examination of Nylander’s types from the Helsingfors Museum has enabled him to trace the species to America. He is inclined to regard Mexico as its original home. I had described a very similar form from Texas as P. melanderi and this Emery now regards as a subspecies of vividula. As a number of workers, two females and two males from the above mentioned localities in Culebra and Porto Rico agree very closely with Emery’s description and figures and with my types of melanderi, | do not hesitate to assign them to the same species. It is quite ei probable, therefore, that vividula is widely distributed in the West Indies, and that it first reached Europe with orchids and other plants from this source rather than from Mexico. 61. Prenolepis steinheili Forel. Prenolepis nodijera Fore. (nec Mayr), Mitth. Minch. Entom. Ver., V, 1, 1881, p. 2, no: 2, 9. Prenolepis steinheili Forex, Trans, Entom, Soc, London, 1893, p. 342, 9. St. Thomas (Forel); Porto Rico: Adjuntas, Santuree. 1908. ] Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 155 Two workers agreeing very closely with typical “ahh gee received from Professor Forel. . 62. Myrmelachista ambigua ramulorum subsp. nov. Pirate XI, Figs. 9 anv 10, _ Worker. Length 2-2.3 mm. _ Head a little longer than broad, suboblong, with slightly concave posterior border and slightly convex sides. Eyes flattened, near the middle of the head. Mandibles 5-toothed, the first, second and fourth tooth longest. Clypeus narrow, convex, with rounded anterior border, projecting in the middle. Frontal area large, very shallow and indistinct. Frontal groove short. Antenne short, 9-jointed; tips of scapes reaching only a short distance behind the eyes; first funicular joint _ nearly as long as the combined four succeeding joints, which are small and much 7 broader than long; terminal joint as long as the two preceding joints of the club _ ‘together. Pro- and mesonotum hemispherical’ from above, a little longer than the epinotum; mesoépinotal constriction pronounced on the sides, shallower above; epinotum longer than broad, narrowed in front, its basal surface somewhat flattened, in profile passing through a rounded angle into the shorter, sloping declivity. Petiole from above 1} times as long as broad, scale distinctly inclined forward, thick below __ but becoming more attenuated above in profile; its upper border from behind trans- " verse and feebly excised in the middle. Gaster elliptical. Legs rather stout, with g _ somewhat incrassated femora. Glabrous and shining. Mandibles subopaque, finely and sparsely punctate. Sides of head with a few coarse, scattered piligerous a Gaster very feebly and finely reticulate. . + Hairs yellow, suberect and sparse, longer on the body, shorter on the legs and antennal scapes; on the scapes confined to the anterior surface. Pubescence absent. Yellowish red; gaster black, with narrow pale margins to the segments; head _ black behind shading into red on its anterior third. Antennz and legs yellow; _ the clubs of the former and the middle portions of the femora, more or less infuscated. __-—s Female (deilated). Length 3.3-3.5 mm. Head 14 times as long as broad, oblong, with straight posterior and straight, allel lateral borders. Eyes large, flattened, a little in front of the middle of the head. Mandibles and antennz like those of the worker, but the first funicular joint is much shorter than the four succeeding joints together. Thorax regularly elliptical rom above, nearly twice as long as broad, broader than the head; in profile flattened al ove. Epinotum small and sloping, without distinct basal and declivous surfaces. : jiole resembling that of the worker, but with a proportionally lower and much ‘ nter node. Pilosity like that of the worker. Color variable, judging from two specimens; in one it is like that of the worker, ith the mesonotum and pleure dark brown; in the other (possibly immature) head and thorax are reddish yellow, with only the ocellar triangle blackened. Male. Length 2-2.3 mm. dead through the eyes broader than long, rounded behind, with short cheeks moderately convex eyes and ocelli. Mandibles with two teeth, the apical smaller 156 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, and more acute than the basal. Antenne 10-jointed, resembling those of the worker but with the club 4- instead of 3-jointed; scapes long, first funicular joint incrassated, as long as the three succeeding joints together; three basal joints of club subequal, longer than broad, terminal joints as long as the two preceding joints together. Thorax very broad and robust, nearly twice as broad as the head, elliptical, about 14 times as long as broad. Mesonotum rounded in front, much higher than the small pronotum, much flattened above and behind. Epinotum small, with a distinet but ’ rounded angle between the subequal base and declivity. Petiole with a low, blunt node. Gaster elongate elliptical, flattened above, with prominent genital valves, the outer pair being triangular, twice as long as broad at the base and rounded at the tip, the median pair slender, linear and directed downward and forward, the inner pair very long, cultrate, directed backward and turned upwards at their tips. Legs slender, femora not incrassated. Sculpture like that of the worker and female. Body and appendages, with the exception of the antennal funiculus destitute of hairs and pubescence. Piceous; mandibles, legs, antenne, scutellum, petiole and genitalia, except the outer valves, sordid yellow. Wings whitish hyaline, with very pale yellow veins. Culebra; Porto Rico: Arecibo, Utuado. This subspecies differs from the typical form of the species, described by Forel from a single worker taken in St. Vincent, in having the body more glabrous and of a much darker color and in the deeper mesoépinotal con- striction. It nests in rather populous colonies in the hollow twigs of trees, especially in the sea-grape (Coccoloba wvifera) and “‘torchuelo” (Bucida buceros). The workers move about in long files. 63. Camponotus ustus Forel. Foret, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. (2), XVI, 1879, p. 75, 9 2 o&. St. Thomas (Forel); Culebra; Porto Rico: Morro at San Juan, Utuado, Monte Mandios. This species is rather common, nesting like the allied C. inequalis of the Bahamas and Cuba, in the hollow twigs of the sea-grape (Coccoloba wvifera). In Culebra one colony was found nesting in the ground under a block of beach-worn coral. The workers and females, of which a consi number were collected, agree very well with Forel’s description. 64. Camponotus sexguttatus (labr.). Formica sexguttaia Fasricrus, Entom, System, Il, 1793, p. 354, 2. Formica ruficeps Fasricius, System. Piez., 1804, p. 404, ©. Formica bimaculata F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 50. Formica albofasciata F, Smrru, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3), I, 1862, p. 29. Formica (Camponotus) ruficeps Roar. Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., 1862, p. 265. Camponotus ruficeps Mayr, Sitzb. Akad, Wiss. Wien, LXI, 1870, p. 373. Camponotus sexguttatus Emery, Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, IX, 1894, p. 1. | 1908.) Wheeler, Ants of Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. - 157 Santa Cruz (Pflug, Fabricius); St. Thomas (Emery); Culebra; Porto Rico: Fajardo (Busck), Morro at San Juan, Coamo Springs. _ The female specimen on which Fabricius based this beautiful species, _ came from Santa Cruz, one of the Virgin Islands. It has since been found ‘a to be widely distributed through tropical America. Forel has described its * habits and figured its nest in Biologia Centr. Amer. Hymen. III, 1899-1900, 4 P 155, Pl. Il, Fig. 6. “‘It lives either in hollow twigs of trees and bushes, in bark, or in nests of coarse, loose carton, which it builds around the stems a of grasses in the savannahs by agglutinating the thread-like particles of grasses and other débris. These nests __are very primitive and not very populous. resemble the webs mixed with débris constructed by certain spiders. I _ observed these nests in Martinique, but never in Barbados, where the same species lives in hollow stems and under bark, never in carton.” In Culebra and Porto Rico I also failed to find any carton nests of C. sexguttatus but found it re- peatedly in hollow twigs, especially of the gran (Goccslaby sutton) shoving en sea-grape. It uses a small amount of *aplragms ot Camponolus ‘eapultabs ~ carton, however, in constructing at the _ end of the broken twig a diaphragm which has a round opening to serve as an entrance. Sometimes the diaphragm is flat, (Fig. 4a) in other cases _ produced as a cone (Fig. 4b). At Coamo Springs a number of workers were seen on the flowers of Serjeania lucida. 65. Camponotus saussurei Morel. Foret, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. (2), XVI, 1879, p. 103, taf. i, fig. 3, 8. St. Thomas (Forel). I reproduce Forel’s figure (Pl. XI, Fig. 11) of this, the most aberrant of the American Camponoti, as it is known from only a single worker. It should be diligently sought by the myrmecologist who has an opportunity tc collect in St. Thomas. It measures 4.6 mm. and is black, with the mandibles and tarsi reddish. The body is covered with erect whitish hairs, ome of which bordering the petiole and on the flexor surfaces of the femora e described as “thick, rigid and fusiform.” It is, in all probability, an boreal species. 158 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, Puate XI, Figs. 1 and 2. Macromischa isabelle sp.nov. Worker. Figs. 3 and 4. Macromischa albispina sp. nov. Worker. Fig. 5. Cardiocondyla venustula sp. nov. Worker. Fig. 6. Cardiocondyla emeryi Forel. Worker. Fig. 7. Solenopsis globularia F, Smith var. borinquenensis var. noy. Worker. Fig. 8. S. globularia lucayensis subsp. nov. Abdomen of worker. Figs. 9 and 10. Myrmelachista ambigua ramulorum subsp. nov. Worker. Fig. 11. Camponotus saussurei Forel. Worker. (After Forel.) — Fig. 12. «Epitritus emme Emery. Wing of female. Puate XII. ba ee — Fig. 13. Strumigenys rogert Emery. Worker. Fig. 14.. Strumigenys louisiane Roger var. obscuriventris var. nov, Figs. 15 and 16. Iridomyrmex melleus sp. nov. Worker. Fig. 17. Epitritus enme Emery. Head of female. : Worker, Fig. 18. Wasmannia auropunctata Roger. Worker. Figs. 19 and 20. Pheidole subarmata Mayr. var. borinquensis var. nov. Soldier. Fig. 21. Worker of the same. ' Fig. 22. Pheidole merens sp. nov. Soldier. ; a Fig. 23. Worker of same. Fig. 24. Pheidole fallax jelskii var. antillensis Forel. Head of soldier. : Fig. 25.° Pheidole jallax Mayr (typical). Head of soldier, ae Butietin A. M,N. H, Vou. XXIV, Prare XI f ie ae, B. Howe del. os ws 4 . oo Porro Rican Ants. E XII. XXIV, Prat R. B. Howe det. VOL. Porto Rican ANTs. Buruerin A. M. N. H. . - §9.57,96(729.2) Article VII— THE ANTS OF JAMAICA. By Witi1am Morton WHEELER. During the winter of 1905-06 Mr. Alexander E. Wight of Wellesley Tills, Mass., collected a number of Jamaican ants for the American Mu- “ um of Natural History. The collection comprises 22 different forms, ef which have not been recorded hitherto from the island. These all x to known species, but three of them represent new varieties and one 4 new Pailispacics. In order to make the list of Jamaican ants as complete as possible, I have included in the following pages also the records of Forel . Ern. André, and have added a few from specimens that have found their way into the Museum collection from different sources. Of the 40: enumerated forms, 9, or nearly 25 per cent., are well-known cosmopolites,. and nearly half.of the remainder are widely distributed through the West dies and adjacent South and Central American countries. The Jamaican una, so far as known, differs from that of Porto Rico in possessing large species of Camponotus (C. hannant) of the abdominalis group, and in lacking species of Macromischa, a genus represented in Cuba, San Domingo, Porto Rico, Culebra, St. Thomas and the Bahamas. The discovery by Mr. Wight of a Rhopalothrix in Jamaica adds a new and very interesting genus: to the Antillean fauna. Family FORMICIDA. Subfamily PonERINz. 1. Ectatomma (Holcoponera) strigatum (Norton).— Kingston (T. ). A. Cockerell, Ern. André), Port Antonio (Wight). Numerous workers. ‘om five colonies, with the following notes: ‘‘No. 30. Jan. 14. Procession 1 ground; ants slow-moving; when frightened they hide beneath bits of uth, stone, etc. No. 36. Feb. 6. Procession on ground near mouth of ye River. No. 45. Feb. 23. Procession on mud, by side of brook; an active species. No. 49. Feb. 26. Near mouth of Bog River, nesting de a stone. No. 59. May 3. Procession on the retaining wall of the | Platythyrea punctata (/. Smith).— Kingston (Forel). Odontomachus haematodes (L.).— Kingston (T. D. A. Cockerell,. . André); Port Antonio (Wight). Workers from three colonies. 159 160 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Subfamily Myrmicin. 4, Pseudomyrma delicatula Forel.— Kingston (Forel). This species is very closely related to Ps. flavidula F. Smith. 5. Pseudomyrma delicatula var. capperi Forel.— Kingston (Forel). 6. Pseudomyrma elongata Mayr.— Port Antonio (Wight). Seven workers taken “from a procession on a tree’ have the head and thorax of a rich brown color, paler than in the form which I have recorded one Bahamas. 7. Monomorium destructor (Jerdon).— Kingston (T. D. A. Coekguate Ern. André). 8. Monomorium omnivorum (L.).— This insect which is mentioned by Browne (Nat. Hist. Jamaica, 1756, p. 440) and other early authors (Lin- neus, Fabricius, Gmelin, Christ and Latreille) under the name of Formica omnivora, is referred by Dalla Torre (Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893,,p. 68) _ to the genus Monomorium, on the authority of Emery “in litteris.” None — of the other myrmecologists, who have examined large collections from Tropical America, seems to have recognized the species. Browne’s deserip- tion is too brief and imperfect to throw any light on the subject. C. H. Tyler Townsend stated in the ‘Jamaica Post,’ Aug. 25, 1893, that this insect is known as the “Tom Raffles” ant, because it was brought to the — island from Cuba in October, 1762, by a man of that name, but this date — cannot be correct if he refers to the insect described by Browne, Unfortu- — nately Townsend merely mentions the species under its old name Formica — omnivora, thus leaving the problem of its identity unsolved. 9. Monomorium floricola (Jerdon).— Port Henderson (Prof. ts H. Clarke); Hope Bay (Wight). Several workers with the note “No. 54. — March 8, procession up and down cocoanut palm.” 10. Monomorium carbonarium ebeninum Fore/.— “St. Margaret's Bay. No. 41. Feb. 18. Procession on stones near railway station, at sea-level. Port Antonio; No. 44. Feb. 23. Nesting among roots of orchid on brit F (Wight.) Lie 11. Cardiocondyla emeryi Forel Kingston (C. Gagzo, Forel). oe 12. Solenopsis geminata (Fabr.).— Kingston (T. D. A. Cockerell, — Ern. André); Port Antonio (Wight). Sa 13. Solenopsis azteca Forel var. pallida Wheeler—Port Antonio — (Wight). Numerous workers from two colonies with the notes: “No. 24. Bank of Bog River, feeding on fungus on cocoa-nut stump; No. 58. Apr. 28, nesting in rotting log.”” These specimens agree perfectly with the i ae. of the variety from Porto Rico. eo eee ~ 1908. ] Wheeler, Ants of Jamaica. 161 _ 14. Pheidole fallax Mayr.— Kingston (Forel). 15. Pheidole megacephala (/abr.)— Kingston (Forel). ; 16. Pheidole punctatissima jamaicensis subsp. nov. Gio off shore 4 road, 24 miles west of Port Antonio. -Nesting in rotting log.” (Wight.) The soldier of this form is very similar to that of the subsp. insulana Wheeler from the Bahamas, but differs in the following characters: The _ ruge on the front and sides of the head are stronger, the extreme posterior _ corners are less shining, the pronotum is coarsely reticulately rugose above, _ the lateral conules of the postpetiole are sharper and more acuminate, and _ the head, thorax and pedicel are dark brown in color. The coloration of the worker, too, is much deeper than in insulana. 17. Pheidole radoszkowskii Mayr var. opacissima Forel. —Willard - House, Kingston (Forel). 18. Pheidole subarmata Mayr.— Port Antonio (Wight). Several _ workers with the note: “Dec. 22. Nest in path, with small mound of particles of earth.” These workers are pale in color like those of the typi- _ cal form of the species. 19. Cremastogaster vicina Hrn. André.— Moneague (T. D. A. Cock- erell; Ern. André). 20. Cremastogaster vicina var. wighti var. nov.— St. Margaret’s Bay. “Feb. 26. Procession on ground in woods.” (Wight.) Several workers which agree well with André’s description of C. vicina except in color. The head, thorax and pedicel are dark chestnut brown, the legs and antenne a little paler, the mandibles yellow, the gaster black. The typical form has “the head light brownish red; the antenne, thorax and legs sordid reddish yellow; the gaster more or less deep chestnut brown; sometimes the head is lighter and of the same color as the thorax.” Perhaps a variety of this ant still darker than the variety wighti exists in Jamaica and may be the ne described as “‘formica minor nigerrima sylvatica, abdomine triangulari,” by Sir Hans Sloane (A Voyage to the Islands of Madera, Bardadoes, Nieves, St. Christopher’s and Jamaica, ete. 1725, II, p. 222). F 21. Cremastogaster victima (/’. Smith) var. steinheili Forel Kingston, ‘in twigs” (Forel); Port Antonio (Wight). A single winged female, “ No. 9. Jan. 7. Flew to light in evening.” 22. Tetramorium guineense (Fabr.).— Road to Shotover, 2 miles west Port Antonio, ‘nest in ground under a piece of wood.” (Wight.) 23. Wasmannia auropunctata Roger— Port Antonio (Wight). Num- us workers of the typical, smooth, Antillean form of this species, from 0 colonies, with the notes: “No. 5, Nov. 29, nest in dead bark on ground, der stone near sea-shore; No. 37, Feb. 6. Nest among dead leaves.” Rhopalothrix simoni Emery var. wighti var. nov.— Road to Shot- 162 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, over, 2 miles west of Port Antonio, about 500 feet altitude (Wight). “The ants, which were gathered with their brood in a cavity on the under side of a stone, acted dazed when the stone was turned and, when they were more disturbed, simulated death.” The specimens which are all workers, agree _ closely with Emery’s description of R. stmoni from Venezuela but are de- cidedly larger (2 mm.). This is the first Rhopalothria to be taken in the West Indies, all the other members of this singular genus haying been | collected on the adjacent continent. 25. Atta (Trachymyrmex) jamaicensis Ern. André— Jamaica (ox, Ern. André). 26. Cyphomyrmex foxi Ern. André.— Jamaica (Fox, Ern. André). 27. Cyphomyrmex rimosus minutus Mayr.— Lowlands near Bog River, Port Antonio (Wight). Two dedlated females'and five workers with the note: ‘‘No. 21, under bark of cocoanut log.” . Subfamily DoLicHoDERINZ. 28. Tapinoma melanocephalum Fabr.— Kingston (T. D. A. Cockerell, Ern. André); Port Antonio (Wight). Numerous workers from two colo- nies with the notes: “No. 7. Nov. 30, under bark of a tree; No. 22. Dec. — 26, procession on piazza of house.” 29. Forelius maccooki (/ore/).— Kingston (Forel). Subfamily CaMPoNOTIN2. 30. Brachymyrmex minutus Forel.— Mouth of Rio Grande River (Wight). Several workers, with the note: “No. 47. Feb. 26, under stone.” 31. Brachymyrmex heeri Forel var. obscurior Forel— Mouth of Rio Grande River (Wight). Several workers with the note: “No. 50. Feb. 27, under stone.” a 32. Prenolepis fulva Mayr—-Port Antonio (Wight). Numerous ] workers from two colonies, with the notes: “No. 27. Jan. 7, attending aphids on shrub. No. 28. Jan. 7. Running in a partly covered passage up trunk of cocoanut palm.” 33. Prenolepis longicornis (Fabr.).— Port Antonio (Wight). Numer-— ous workers with the note: ‘No. 46. Feb. 25. Procession in dwelling; movements very rapid.” . 34. Camponotus capperi Forel Jamaica (Capper, Forel). The worker of the type of this beautiful species has the epinotum sharply angu- lar in profile, the gaster yellowish brown, with a narrow dark brown band: ~ 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Jamaica. 163 across the posterior portion of each segment. The sitenity: and pubescence are long and abundant, especially on the gaster. _ 35, Camponotus capperi corticalis Forel Kingston, Botanical Gar- den (Forel). This subspecies has the gaster concolorous with the head and q - thorax, and the epinotum, humeri and posterior corners of the head are p paouch less angular in the worker major. 36. Camponotus capperi corticalis var. subdepilis var. nov.— Port 4 Antonio (Ww ight). ‘May 3. Procession on the retaining wall.” A _ worker major, media and six minor workers agreeing closely with types of j corticalis in color, but the white hairs on the body are much fewer, more erect and less flexuous. On each gastric segment they are reduced to three sparse rows. The pubescence is like that of corticalis. 37. Camponotus fugax Forel— Kingston, Botanical Garden (Forel). 38. Camponotus conspicuus /. Smith.— Kingston (Forel); Port Henderson (Prof. L. H. Clarke). 39. Camponotus hannani Forel— Kingston, Botanical Garden (Forel); Port Antonio; Shotover (Wight). Major workers, medize and minor workers from five colonies, with the following notes: ‘‘No. 18. Dee. 20. Golden Vale road; running on cocoanut log; No. 10. Dec. 7, ants huddled together in horizontal hole near base of a telephone pole; No. 25. Jaa. 5, crawling on tree; No. 26. Jan. 5, nest in decayed fence post; ants very fierce; No. 56. March 20; Shotover, East bank of Rio Grande, ants in rotting log, fierce and rapid of movement.” All of the specimens agree very closely with types from Kingston received from Prof. Forel. This is in all probability the species described by Sir Hans Sloane (I. c. p. 222) as “‘formica major rubra.” 40. Camponotus hannani willardi Fore/l— Jamaica (Capper, Forel, _ Fox ); Moneague (Dr. F.C. Paulmier). Forel described only the minor worker and media cf this subspecies. A soldier from the Philadelphia Academy collection (Fox) and four soldiers, a media and worker collected by Dr. Paulmier enable me to add the following notes: The hairs on the Hee are more erect and quite as abundant as in the typical hannana, but much more abundant on the inferior surface of the head and much longer on the antennal scapes and legs. The surface of the body is more shining in the worker forms. As Forel has pointed out, the head of the worker ninor is much shorter, broader and less rounded behind, with nearly straight osterior border. 59.57,96(96.2) Article VIII— ANTS FROM MOOREA, SOCIETY ISLANDS. By Wini1Am Morton WHEELER. _ During the winter of 1906-1907 a collection of ants was made for the _ American Museum on the little island of Moorea (Eimeo), near Tahiti, in _ the Society group by Mr. G. A. McTavish. The collection comprises 13 _ species, all of small size. Five of them (Monomorium pharaonis, Solenopsis geminata, Plagiolepis longipes, Prenolepis longicornis and Tapinoma me- _ lanocephalum) are well known cosmopolites; three others (Tetramorium pacificum, Technomyrmex albipes and Prenolepis obscura) seem to have a wide distribution among the South Sea Islands; three species of Pheidole cannot be identified as they are represented only by single sexual individuals ; one species (Ponera perkinst) has hitherto been recorded only from the Sandwich Islands; and one (Plagiolepis mactavishi), closely related to certain Indian and East African species, is here described for the first time. Subfamily PoneRInz&. 1. Ponera perkinsi Forel. Several winged females agreeing well with Forel’s description of the types from Hawaii. Without the workers, how- ever, the identification must remain somewhat doubtful. Subfamily Myrmicinz. 2. Monomorium pharaonis (L.).— Six deiilated females and numerous workers. 3. Solenopsis geminata rufa (Jerdon).— Several major and minor workers of the typical red color and with a prominent mesosternal tooth. . _ 4. Pheidole sp.—A deiilated female allied to Ph. megacephala and erhaps belonging to a subspecies of this form, but not to be identified with- ut the soldier. _ 5. Pheidole sp.— A single winged female, measuring only 4 mm. 6. Pheidole sp. A single male, too small to be the male of No. 4 and © large to belong to No. 5. ‘7. Tetramorium pacificum Mayr— One deiilated female and five 165 166 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Subfamily DoLIcHoDERINZE. 8. Tapinoma melanocephalum (Falr.).— Several workers. ae 9. Technomyrmex albipes (/'. Smith).— Eight workers and a male. Subfamily CaMPoNOTINZ. 10. Plagiolepis longipes (Jerdon).— Numerous workers. 11. Plagiolepis mactavishi sp. nov. Worker. Length 1-1.25 mm. i Head a little longer than broad, as broad in front as behind, with convex sides and distinctly excised posterior border. Clypeus carinate. Antennal scapes reach- ing a little beyond the posterior corners of the head; joints 2 and 3 of funiculus very small, broader than long; succeeding joints a little longer than broad, except the last, which is as long as the three preceding joints taken together. Thorax from above fully three times as long as broad, shaped like that of P. pygmea, %. e., hour- glass shaped when seen from above, with deep mesothoracic constriction capbttitly on the sides. This constriction is marked on the dorsal side by a transverse groove which divides the segment into two pieces of nearly equal size and of similar shape. Pronotum somewhat hemispherical; epinotum trunéated behind and nearly as broad — as the pronotum; in profile with subequal base and declivity, the former rounded, — the latter flattened or concave and sloping. Petiole small and narrow, with its node — much inclined forward, its upper border acute in profile, transverse and entire when ~ seen from behind. Gaster larger, elongate elliptical, not very pointed at bec tip. Legs of moderate length. Surface of body smooth and shining. } Pubescence and hairs white; the former sparse, most conspicuous on the. head and appendages; the hairs few in number, long, suberect and confined to the clypeus — and gaster. Honey yellow; the gaster and appendages a little paler; teeth of mandibles, thoracic sutures and two spots on the postero-lateral corners of the = erin segment, dark brown. Described from 10 workers. This species is closely related to P. ewigua Forel of India suit to P. alluaudi Emery and brunni Forel of Eastern Africa. P. exigua is darker in color than mactavishi, has shorter antennal scapes and a shorter thorax, with more angular humeri and narrower epinotum. In alluaudi the ante scapes and thorax are much longer, the petiole has a rounded upper bore er and the two brown spots on the first gastric segment are much larger. P. brunni is larger than mactavishi, with rounded petiolar border, and dark markings (spots or bands) on the posterior portions of all the gastric. seg: ments. P. brunni and alluaudi also have the antennal funiculi infuseate towards the tip and more robust. Wheeler, Ants from Moorea, Society Islands.- 167 12. Prenolepis longicornis (Latr.)— Eight females and numerous 13. Prenolepis obscura vaga Morel,— Three workers and two winged males. The former agree very closely with a type specimen from the ismarck Archipelago received from Professor Forel. The females measure The body is smooth and shining especially on the mesonotum, and 2d with gray pubescence which is most abundant on the head and gaster. Pilosity and color as in the worker. Wings slightly smoky, with vale brownish veins and stigma. | pee (Pp Ae em, ra fas ri z 2 Article IX— ANTS FROM THE AZORES. By Wiiu1am Morton WHEELER. __ The Azores have acquired a peculiar interest in the study of chorology __as types of what Wallace called “oceanic” in contradistinction to “conti- _ nental islands.” ‘This eminent naturalist, in his volume on ‘Island Life’ (p. 246 et seq.), has shown that the fauna of these islands is almost exclu- _ sively European in character, notwithstanding the fact that they are situated _ nearly 900 miles from the coast of Portugal and are enclosed by the 1000 fathom line, “while a depth of 1800 fathoms is reached within 300 miles in all directions.” ‘These islands,” he says, “lie in the course of the southwesterly return trades and also of the Gulf Stream, and we should therefore naturally expect that American birds, insects and plants would preponderate if they were conveyed by the regular winds and currents, which are both such as to prevent European species from reaching the islands. But the violent storms to which the Azores are liable blow from all points of the compass; and it is evidently to these, combined with the _ greater proximity and more favorable situation of the coasts of Europe and _ North Africa, that the presence of a fauna and flora so decidedly European is to be traced.” Wallace’s views were based mainly on the plants, birds and beetles collected in the Azores. I was therefore very glad of an opportunity, while on a trip to Europe during the past summer, to collect ants in San Miguel, the largest island of the group. The steamer stopped for only part of a day at Ponta Delgada, and I hastened to the open country near the fortress of ‘San Blas west of the quaint little town. My search for Formicide proved to be rather disappointing, however, as a three hour’s scrutiny of the surface of the soil yielded only the following four well-known species: 1. Ponera eduardi Florel— A single colony comprising six or seven workers nesting under a large stone. 2. Monomorium carbonarium ebeninum J’ lorel.— ‘Two colonies, under ones. : 3. Tetramorium caespitum (L.).— Very common under stones, blocks Marva, etc., and also in nests with diffuse or multiple craters. This species $ represented by two varieties, one larger and darker, like the form amon in rich moist soil in Europe, and the other smaller and redder, like variety met with on xerothermic hillsides in Switzerland and Italy. 4. Lasius niger (L.).— Like the preceding very common under stones blocks of larva and running over the ground in files. All the specimens 169 170 Bulletin American Museum of Natural —— ¥ Vv legs and antennal scapes. Three of these species are clearly of Roropen ae Monomorium, is of neotropical provenience. It has be ‘Madeira, however, and may have spread to the Azores Ponera eduardi also occurs in Madeira, the Canary I: other species of ants in the Azores, bat the few above 2 confirm the conclusions reached by Wallace insia as birds and beetles. idl 59.9,51B:14 _ Article X— NOTES UPON THE EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL . ANATOMY OF BALANA GLACIALIS BONN. By Roy C. ANpReEws. On February 22, 1907, two specimens of the North Atlantic Right Whale, Balena ylacialis Bonn., were captured off the southern coast of Long Island, New York, near the villages of Amagansett and Wainscott. Both - animals were females, one being adult and the other young. As they were beached just at the edge of low tide where surf was continually breaking over them, investigations were carried on with the greatest difficulty, and we were able to obtain but comparatively few external measurements. However, an opportunity was given for considerable study upon the fresh skeleton. For convenience in referenve I have arranged the following notes in the order adopted by True in his monograph on ‘The Whalebone Whales of the Western North Atlantic.’ EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. Size.— The leugth of the Amagansett whale at the time of capture was given me by the whalers as 56 feet and 7 inches taken with a tape laterally, from the tip of the snout to end of the “flukes.” When I arrived the flukes had been removed and the peduncle severed in two places, but the lengths of the several sections gave a total of 54 feet from the tip of the snout to the notch of the flukes, along the mid-dorsal line. The Wainscott whale was lying belly up and was measured in a straight line from the tip of the snout to the notch of the flukes. Hence the lengths of the two specimens are unfortunately not directly comparable. External Measurements. Amagan- Wain- Amagan- Wain- sett. scott. sett. scott. Feet Feet Inches Jl %i SS NGS I 54 40 +3 100 100 ; Inches Inches Zip of snout to eye (straight)..............-...... 150 103 23.1 -21.3 Si SNOCCMMERL CONGYIG,......5......-.5.: 192 120 29.6 24.8 =). ) posterior end of baleen........:.... 173 — 26.6 —— = * » * anterior end of bonnet............. 24 — 3.7 — Small” to caudal bifurcation.................... = 58 — 12.0 1 Reduced to per centum to agree with True, 171 anger ale Inches _ Inches Breadth of “small’’............... ACER ote ewe alias — yr Depth:of “umall.”’..... s/¢. 3.5 vena e Re Fe i) 13a Tip of mandible to end of condyle (straight)........ 159 ae Maximum depth of lower lip...................... 68 | —_ - thickness of lower lip.......... sea 2 ae Flukes, tip to tip. ....... (sn fen aieoee ee _— 160° Breadth of right lobe (notch to posterior margin)... 49 “4 Jo Length right lobes of flukes axially......... crams wid 92... 0a Pectoral from tip to insertion.............. PIE eh 86 «© head of humerus...... Peer Es 98 ey pie breadth..... a nia 8 gon Sone OO a 46 " C <@e insertion (207.0. on 37. “thickness. at insertion. «.4..7. 53. (fam. i ty “greatest thickness of posterior margin..... . 4 Length of blow-hole axially...... a ce) Siete mE oa Divergence posteriorly............ < denne Ase: 2» ee z! anteriorly....... Sa tee AN Rae IRE Breadth of bonnet............. BSA yo crest eat Pere Length of “ (jcdoeieg so wet ene eases Longest whalebone (excluding bristles) ers aaah ee 77 Greatest breadth base of whalebone................ 9 Color.— Both individuals were partly flensed when I ex: but in each case the skin of one side and of the back was pra The Wainscott whale externally was everywhere deuise ivory-I not the slightest indication of lighter color, either on the fins | even on those portions of the body infested by parasites. The Amagansett whale was of the same color with the e flukes and flippers and the region immediately surroundin where there were numerous milk-white patches varying in « two to fourteen inches. as On the flukes of this specimen, from the tips for a consi showing on both the inferior and superior surfaces. The pector were strongly marked with white in large patches, parti Hl 0 ferior surface along the posterior margin. Anteriorly and o . surface the white areas were greatly reduced in size ands um taking the form of narrow streaks. These white areas 1 and there was no indication of former injury or the pre ese Inasmuch as all hitherto recorded American specim ie according to True, with one exception, have been black, th IS VE color is noteworthy. A photograph of a whale, arty ne B. glacialis, captured at Amagansett, Long Island, N. Y., “MARIO "TT sourer “iy Aq popapow “4007 T 03 Your T a[vog -o[PYM Josueseury Jo POW ‘T “sq 174 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, shows the left pectoral to be strongly marked with white along the posterior edge. Capt. J. B. Edwards of Amagansett, who has had a life-long experi- ence as a whaler, says in a letter: “I haye seen several Right Whales with white markings or spots on the sides, and some with the breast and throat nearly all white.” In this connection Dr. True remarks: “The Cape Lookout specimen, captured March 20, 1894, a female, was said to be a ‘white bellied’ one. The figure published in the Bulletin of the North Carolina Dept. of Agriculture (14, No. 7, April, 1894, p. 4) shows the whole under surface light colored, from a point in advance of the eye to the anus, the white area extending up to the base of the pectorals and having irregular margins. If the drawing was correctly made from the specimen itself, it indicates a remarkable color variation. In a letter Mr. H. H. Brimley Fig. 2. Inferior surface of left pectoral fin of Amagansett whale, remarks that this specimen had ‘a great deal of pure white on its under side.’” * It would seem, then, that this species is subject to considerable color variation. Head.— The anterior portion of both the Amagansett and Wainscott whales presented the same general appearance. The mandible of the former specimen from tip to end of condyle, in a straight line, measured 13 feet and 3 inches. On the inner side of the right ramus there was a large shallow depression extending well into the bone and pure white in color — probably the scar from some old wound. ‘The lower lip of this whale had a maximum depth of 5 feet and 8 inches, its greatest thickness being 27 inches, and was strongly crenulated along the superior and posterior margins. Its interior surface was a light bluish-gray, uneven in tone, the light and dark colors giving a slightly mottled effect. The mucous membrane of the roof of the mouth was a delicate pink or flesh color. 1 Whalebone Whales of Western North Atlantic, p. 250, ; 1908.) Andrews, External and Internal Anatomy of Balena glacialis. -175 The “bonnet” of the Amagansett specimen measured 18 inches in length _ by 12 inches in breadth, its posterior margin being extended along the _ superior median line of the rostrum to within a short distance of the anterior 4 ends of the blow-holes, forming an irregular ridge, the average width being S inches. On both rami of the mandible, and at a point directly above the eye, numerous rough protuberances of the same character as the bonnet _ were to be found. All of these protuberances were thickly infested by _ Amphipod crustaceans (Cyamus sp. ?). | The region of the spiracles was only slightly elevated above the general level of the head, the blow-holes themselves having an axial measurement of 10 inches, diverging anteriorly 3} inches, and posteriorly 144 inches. Between the tip of the snout and the anterior end of the bonnet, 150 white hairs, each about one half inch long, were counted. In the region of the mandibular symphysis there were about the same number, but the rest of the head was absolutely naked. Baleen— The baleen of the Amagansett specimen, including both plates and bristles, was deep blue-black in color, with the exception of the ~ anterior portion, where for a distance backward of 18 inches, the bristles and extreme bases of the plates were pure white. The gum externally and between the plates was zinc white. The longest plate of whalebone from gum to tip, exclusive of the bristles, measured 6 feet 5 inches, its greatest basal breadth being 9 inches. The bristles were exceptionally abundant for this species, and reached in some instances a length of 10 inches. I was unable to measure the baleen of the Wainscott whale as it had been removed before I arrived, but the whalers stated that it was not more than 3 feet in length. Flukes and Pectoral Fins.— The flukes of both specimens were convex anteriorly, having acuminate, slightly recurved tips and an open, rather shallow notch. The posterior border was noticeably convex near the notch, and then nearly straight to within a short distance from the tips where it became slightly concave. The left fluke of the Amagansett whale evidently had been injured at the tip, which was blunt and rounded and eight inches shorter than that of the opposite side. The pectoral fins presented the characteristic angular form. The anterior border was irregularly convex, but posteriorly the margin formed a wide and blunt obtuse angle, the distal arm of which was short and nearly straight, the proximal being longer and very slightly convex. Eye.— 'The eyeball of the Amagansett whale measures 3} inches antero- posteriorly, and 3 inches in vertical diameter. ‘These measurements, owever, were taken from the preserved specimen after the eyeball had been immed of adhering matter. The iris of clear brown is surrounded by a 176 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, narrow irregular ring of lighter color and measures 2} inches on the long axis. The pupil is elliptical, slightly flattened laterally, its longitudinal diameter being 1} inches. Parallel to the optical orifice, above and hie. were two deep depressions or furrows 7 inches in length. . | gah aie OSTEOLOGY. Vertebre.— The following vertebral formule of the Amagansett and Fig. 3. Posterior view of first caudal vertebra of Amagansett whale, Wainscott whales show only a slight variation in the number of caudals. - Amagansettt C7 D114 #£4Lil Ca 24 Wainscott, kay 3 D 14 L il Ca 23 The cervical vertebre of the two individuals correspond closely. The neural arches of the sixth and seventh cervicals of the Wainscott whale are _ 1908.] Andrews, External and Internal Anatomy of Balena glanvales: ae Ys united, these vertebre being entirely free from the preceding ankylosed cervicals, except at the distal end of the left diapophysis and the inferior portion of their centra. In the Amagansett specimen only’the neural arch of the seventh cervical is free, the remainder, viz.: the entire centrum and the transverse processes at the distal ends, being ankylosed. ct Recognizing the fact that there is considerable question as to the correct number of lumbar vertebrae which may be assigned to this species, all the caudal vertebre with their attached chevrons were sent to the Museum in the flesh. Subsequently these were carefully numbered under my personal supervision, thereby precluding any possibility of error in the location of the first chevron and the precise determination of the lumbar units. Although in both specimens the posterior end of the inferior median carina was dis- tinctly widened upon the 32d vertebra, yet the 33d vertebra was the first to bear a chevron and is thus denoted as the first caudal. (It is true that the cheyrons had been removed roughly from the caudals of the Wainscott whale before they were transferred to the Museum and I was unable to examine them in situ, nevertheless every indication led me to believe that they cor- responded with those of the Amagansett specimen). Measurements of the skeletons and other relative data are appended in the following tables. Measurements of Skeletons of Amagansett and Wainscott W hales. Amagan- Wain- Amagan- Wain- sett. _ scott. sett. scott. ‘ Feet Feet Inches %} %i Total Length of whale...........6..00.-00e-00: 54 40. «#3 Inches, Inches, = ff “ skull (straight)........ Bas o's 163 110 100 100 Greatest breadth of atlas...............-.00000- 30 23..50'..184,.2/21.38 - ROME we Pciv gece heed eeees:: 17 17 10.4 15.4 Length of diapophysis of atlas.................. 8 5.75 4.9 §.2 Height of neural spine of atlas...............- em 4.50 2.4 4.09 Greatest breadth of Ist dorsal (posterior)........ 27 .50 21.25. 16.8 19:3 n IA aaa POR Rt an Sw 22 .50 17.50. .13.8,...15.9 Depth of centrum “ “ “ Sage aig 9 7.75. 5.6: 7.04 pS a Ae et Lv hass s 11 10 6.7 9.09 Length of diapophysis of 1st dorsal (posterior).... 11 6.50 6.7 5.9 Height of neural spine of Ist dorsal..........-... 5.50 3.25 3.3 2.9 Greatest breadth Ist lumbar.................... 44.50 33 27.3 30/0 6) depth“. “ (posterior).......... 27 19:25. 16.8...47.5 Depth of centrum “ f LEER, SE 10 8.25 6.1 7.5 Breadth of centrum Ist lumbar “ .........- 12.50 11 7.6 10.0 Length of diapophysis 1st lumbar..........-..... 16 11 9.8 10.0 NT OT eS dee 12.50 6.50 7.6 5.9 1 Reduced to per centum to agree with True, 178 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. ; [Vol. XXIV, Amagan- Wain- Amagan- W; sett. seg scott. sett. ott Inches Inches % Syiheg:, Greatest breadth of Ist caudal................. 36 24.50 © 22.0 22.9 | *¢)” depth «= “posterior ae 30 22.50 18.4 20.4 Depth of centrum “ “ “ m Jp eee 12 (i ae CO) Breadth of centrum of 1st caudal (posterior)...... 13.25 12.25 i Me | Length of diapophysis Ist caudal................ 13 6.50 (Fh 950 . Height of neural sping 6... 45 5s eay cu ee 12), 8 1 Se 2 Length of humerus (including epiphypes’ i cpupabaes 22 19 13.4 a ; Length of radius (excluding Risa eeaeins 21 19 12.8" a Length of ulna ( is sedi’ Poe ee lh ior 18 16.25 11.0 ae ¥ Neural spine ends on vertebra............... No. 45 . No. 44 ae te 2 First vertebra with transverse process perfor- yi ; ee ated by vertical foramen .............. No, 39°“ °88 01) Ea Transverse processes end on vertebra........ 4) Q2>i wt eae ah jrieb ani Anterior zygapophysis first raiernibies separated cag! Solio on vertebra wd) shanti b icici setae enten, Now 16.8 17 R " ee i Skull. The proportionate variations in the two skulls shown by the measurements given in the appended table are relative in all iis to. the extreme youth of the Wainscott specimen: Amagan- Wain- Amagan- on sett. scott. sett. Feet Inches % es ; Total length of qWigles 5... ic: ¢8e ae ee ee ak we 54 40 3 Inches Inches Length of skull (straight). 2.5... 0.0. .0s.0..2003 163 110 100 ~=—-: 100 Greatest breadth (orbital).....6.......60.00008. 102 76 62.5 69.0 Length of rostrum (straight)..................-. 134 91 82.2 82.7 Breadth of rostrum at middle (curved)........... 20 14 12.2) : 12.7 Anterior end of nasals to end of rostrum (on CUPVE) oo oe so gnacdleie als cps Seep tarna Rm etna eat a 127 82 77.9 T4.5 Breadth of orbital processes of frontals at distal (| MM rere atk LE La) Tl 11 9.50 6.7 8.6 Length of nasals (median)................0ee00- 10 9 6.1°° ae Breadth of 2 nasals distally....... cps Oueeatns tacle 9.50 § 61. Soa Length from tip of rostrum to anterior orbital margin (straight)... 056 95.4 pee ek 137 94 84.0 85.5 Length of mandible (straight)................++. 154 106 94.4 96.3 ni * « (curved) ss .\c.- Deewana eeu 170 122 104.0 110.9 Depth of mandible at middle..................+ 12 : 9 7.3 8.1 otis ¥ at coronoid, 5. sescin nema 18 13.50- 11.0 12:2 Scapula.— The differences in the scapule of the respective specimens a are minor and confined chiefly to the acromion. In the Amagansett scapula - this is long, strongly curved, and much contracted distally. In the Wain- scott whale it is but slightly depressed and shows little curvature. 1 Reduced to per centum to agree with True, / 1908.) Andrews, External and Internal Anatomy of Balena glacialis. 179 distal end is somewhat thickened and the proximal width is continuous throughout its entire extent. The right scapula of both animals is some- _what broader than the left. Measurements are given in the following table: Fig. 4. Scapula of Amagansett whale. Amaganseti. Right, Left. Inches, Inches, Ig ee 47 .25 45 I yy oy cues eu eeee eer ewees 38 37.50 INCA, Vhs db ache cs dele oo delete eee 9.50 9.50 Breadth of glenoid fossa....... URED, eat ts gc, 2c a yaa, phate aa 13 12.75 Wainscott. Right, Left. Inches, Inches, I ee Ss ic ee ch wb ee ecw 36.25 34.50 I PRU aI, Vy ds. ). 6 ss es vlads cece esos 26.75 26.75 NE ES) ies rs 5.75 5.75 EN EI ae 11:75 11.50 eit se aS 180 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Carpals.— 'The number and size of the carpal bones in the respective flippers of the two specimens differ materially. In the right carpus of the Amagansett whale, five distinct ossifications were found; the left carpus had four. In the Wainscott specimen there were four ossifications ink the é Fig. 5. Right carpus of Wainscott whale, showing ossifications, : right and three in the left carpus. These bones in both individuals were irregularly rounded in shape and composed of soft cancellous tissue, their relative sizes varying decidedly. ‘The positions of these structures, so far as they were represented by ossifications, remained constant. Phalanges.— The formula for the phalanges of the Wainscott specimen, the dissections having been made in the laboratory, is as follows: Wainscott I, It, UY, IV,-¥.. Unfortunately the flippers of the Amagansett whale were disturbed im transit, but from an examination of a cast taken soon after the specimen 908.) Andrews, External and Internal Anatomy of Balena glacialis. 181 ed the Museum, I am convinced that the formula would correspond th the Wainscott series above given. Although this formula agrees with hat of none of the skeletons in American museums as shown by True, it is certainly correct. Moreover, True has stated that as the series of phal- anges in all the mounted American skeletons is incomplete, he was not able to give a reliable formula. Chevrons— The number of chevrons present in the two individuals _ shows a marked variation. ‘T'welve were found in the Amagansett whale, and nine in the smaller Wainscott specimen. ‘This discrepancy is due in _ all probability to the decided difference in the ages of the two animals. The a ‘ < _ Fig. 6. Dorsal view of sternum of Amagansett whale. first chevron of the Amagansett series is considerably smaller than those immediately succeeding, and has no spinous process, the lateral laminz being free and somewhat contracted at the distal ends. The fifth chevron is the largest, measuring 114 inches in length, the spinous process being 8 inches wide. As the series of chevrons in all exhibited American skeletons is apparently incomplete, and as these were examined in situ, this observa- tion may prove of value in further study of the species. Ribs.— The ribs of each specimen number fourteen. The first is single headed, its length in a straight line and breadth distally being given in the table below. A considerable difference between the two sides of the skeleton ad 182 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. Wainscott. . 0. .\.s.. . 0 ++. 5.50 fe Si chlrb ih The results of the preceding notes may _ summar 1. The Amagansett whale exceeds in size the le recorded. 2. Considerable color variation in the species is g 3. The number of lumbars for B. glacialis is norm 4. The formula for the phalanges is I, II, II, | 5. 7 number of chevrons is twelve. 6. ‘The carpal bones, which ot very a 3 tare 56.81, 7T(115:76.4) 2 XI—A FOUR-HORNED PELYCOSAURIAN FROM THE PERMIAN OF TEXAS. By W. D. Marruew. Tetraceratops insignis gen. et sp. nov. ections of Permian vertebrata brought together by the late Be ope are now being catalogued, arranged and prepared for exhibi- and study at the American Museum under direction of Prof. Henry sborn. While engaged upon this work the writer came across a skull h appears to represent a new and remarkable genus of Pelycosauria. specimen, No. 4526 Am. Mus., Cope Coll., was collected by Mr. Le -. . ty Bae Tat ae Tetraceratops insignis, natural size. Eicharles’ H. Sternberg in 1897 in the Permian beds of Baylor County, Texas. It consists of a fairly complete skull about ten centimeters long vith one ramus of the lower jaw complete. The temporal arches of the ght side are gone and the whole specimen is somewhat crushed laterally id partly buried in a hard matrix. The most noticeable feature is the presence of two pairs of prominent _ y bosses or “horns,” one rising from the premaxillaries, the other from refrontals. ‘These bosses project upwards from the skull, are laterally 183 184 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, compressed, longer than high, rugose toward the tips and were probably — crowned with a horny cap. The premaxillaries bear a pair of large caniniform tusks set near together and projecting downwards, followed by two or three small teeth. Behind them is a diastema of 17 mm. to the enlarged maxillary canine. Behind the canine is a row of 9 or 10 smaller teeth, the last three laterally compressed, and rapidly decreasing in size. 'The dentition appears to be much as in - Dimetrodon except that the caniniform teeth are more differentiated in the new genus and the curvature of the tooth line much less, especially at the diastema. } The orbit is remarkably large and much further forward than in Dime- trodon and the borders are not so prominent; its vertical diameter is nearly one half greater than the horizontal. The face is high and compressed, the top of the skull very narrow. The temporal and occipital region is comparatively massive, with certainly one large postorbital fenestra, but in the present state of preparation of the type its structure cannot be clearly seen, and the presence or absence of a second temporal fenestra is not demon- strable. The pterygoid has a short massive transverse bar with two large external teeth and several smaller internal ones; in Dimetrodon there is a transverse row of moderately large teeth of uniform size. The palatal plates — of the pterygoid are buried in matrix, the quadrate plate is broad and flat, its relations apparently as in Dimetrodon. ‘The epipterygoid is a slender rod broadening out below into a thin plate sutured to the quadrate plate of the pterygoid; its junction with the parietal is destroyed by weathering. The lower jaw has one or two enlarged caniniform anterior teeth and — behind them a row of compressed pointed teeth, much smaller and more ~ numerous than the maxillary series. ‘The form of the jaw is not unlike that of Dimetrodon except that the articular region is not depressed as in that genus. The Pelycosaurian affinities of the new genus appear in: 1. Differentiation of the teeth, with enlarged premaxillary and nasil lary tusks separated by a diastema for the mandibular tusk, remaining teeth simple, pointed, laterally compressed, the mandibular series smaller. 2. High narrow skull, rimmed orbit. 3. Heavy transverse bar on pterygoid, with comparatively large teeth set along it. : The above specializations differentiate the typical Pelycosauria from the primitive Diapsidan or two arched type represented by the Protorosauria. They are further distinguished by the great elongation of the neural spines of the vertebrze, but these are unknown in the new genus. In Dametrodon the articular region of the jaw is much depressed and the adjoining parts of Matthew, A Four-Horned Pelycosaurian. 185 the skull much extended Acanaicatds; the curvature of the tooth row is nuch greater and the orbit much farther forward. In these respects the genus is far more primitive. On the other hand, the relative enlarge- d specialization of the caniniform teeth on premaxillary, maxillary, and pterygoid is further advanced in Tetraceratops. The peculiar ’ are not indicated in Dimetrodon or Clepsydrops, nor in any of the : a ‘imitive genera which Case has included under the order Pelycosauria. reptiles the nearest approach to them is seen in the carnivorous s Ceratosaurus and Allosaurus. In both genera the prefrontals : © ony horns similar to those of Tetraceratops but more rudimentary. wrus a median nasal horn is also present between the premaxil- ae the carnivorous Dinosaurs have a very considerable adaptive — dlance in the skull to the Pelycosauria, combined with a more remote relationship, the parallelism is net surprising. The skull has a con- » superficial resemblance to that of the Oligocene artiodactyl Pro- om the relationship to Clepsydrops and Dimetrodon it may be inferred ne vertebral spines of Tetraceratops were probably elongated into a dorsal fin. I have not seen in the collections any vertebre of this type appeared small enough to be of appropriate size. As the genus is a highly specialized predaceous adaptation, the skull would prob- of relatively large size to the skeleton, and should be correlated with I vertebre of smaller size than those with the less specialized and sche larger skull of Clepsydrops natalis. But the skeletal association must remain conjectural for the present. as et) ie : 59.9, 53M(931) XIII.— DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF “MESOPLODON FROM CANTERBURY PROVINCE, : NEW ZEALAND. By Roy C. ANpREws. Piate XIII. Mesoplodon bowdoini sp. nov. y the Cetacean specimens in the American Museum of Natural ) is is the skeleton of a Mesoplodon (No. 35027) apparently representing ies hitherto undescribed. It was collected at New Brighton Beach, rbury Province, New Zealand, in 1904. The sutures of the skull are osed and the terminal epiphyses of the vertebral bodies are completely sed, in most cases their lines of union being indistinguishable. The oi oid or ‘‘mesorostral”’ cartilage is also densely ossified throughout re extent. Therefore, the specimen must be adult. The sex is un- vn I believe it to be a male. $s specimen is evidently closely related to M. bidens, and the allied s, its skull agreeing fairly well in general proportions with those figured by Van Beneden and Gervais in their “Ostéographie Jétacés.”! Measurements of the skull are given in the appended table, also the ratio of the length of the different parts to its total length; these are compared the corresponding ratios for the skulls of M. bidens M. b Fearicerns based on the above-mentioned figures given by Van aden and. Gervais. Measurements of Skull. M., euro- | M. bowdoini peus, |M, bidens : mm | % | % | % length of cranium : 715 | 100 _ 100 100 of rostrum (from line between bot- | Is of real max. notches). . . . . | 428| 59.8 | 60.4 | 62.5 sf = E 1 Ostéographie des Cétacés, plates XXVI and XXIV. 203 204 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, | M., euro- M. bowdoini. peus. |M., bidens. £ “mm. % % % Height from vertex to lower border of ptery- oe UO ee er 311 | 43.6 35.2} 37.5 Length from tip of scadpenal 4b poaberoe ties margin of pterygoids (median) meee 563 | 79.0 — Length from tip of rostrum to crest over an- terior nares sions coe 490 | 68.5 78.0 75.0 Breadth between centers a onbite é cpatiegets 325 | 45.4 44.4 40.8 x8 “3 zygomatic processes of ] 1 ; q q | b squamosal aries” cop weteeiia 335 | 46.8 48.4 42.5 Breadth between temporal fous, aie aie 208 | 29.0 — — < * post-orbital processes of frontals (greatest) fed 3 345 | 48.2 48.8 42.9 Breadth of rostrum at base betwee bdteens : of real max. notches . ):)(: 0s gts. ce we 193 | 26.9 28.8 31.2 Breadth of rostrum at middle . ... . 52 7.2 9.2 7.5? Depth of rostrum at middle Pee tat gee 73 | 10.2 6.8 5.8 Greatest breadth of anterior nares me ae 65 9.0 — — “9 " “ premaxillz proximally . 167 | 23.3 23 .2 18.7 ° ¥ . es in front of nares : Ah oe 112 | 15.6 14.8 15.0 Greatest length of temporal foasa WEA cies aie 120} 16.7 14.0 12.5 . depth “ " - 80 11.1 10.0 . 9.1 Height from middle of orbital rim to top of max. crests Bl ce re 53 7.4 — es (posterior) 69 | 9.6 6.0 5.4 Ant.-posterior breadth base of tooth (intern.) | 75 | 10.4 | ee — SKULL. Superior View.— There are three maxillary foramina approx- unately level with the foramen in the premaxille. ‘The rostrum contracts gradually toward its distal end. Proximally it passes into the cranium by a widened base formed by the lateral expansion of the maxillaries. ‘These 1 Posterior margin of pterygoids probably broken, Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon. - 205 ry flanges extend forward along the lateral surfaces of the rostrum ‘its proximal fourth. ‘The edges of the maxillee overlying the orbital asses of the frontals are greatly thickened in our specimen, forming two iinent convex ridges or crests which curve inward anteriorly to meet uter borders of the maxillary tuberosities. The posterior extension of » tuberosities forms on either side a second ridge, running parallel to rst, but much shorter, thicker and more rounded at the crest. Our men somewhat resembles M. hector? in this respect, and disagrees with ms and M. europeus. ‘The antorbital notches are double and deep. orly the premaxille rise almost perpendicularly on either side of the ior nares; their proximal ends are strongly everted, completely over- ing the opening. Both are directed obliquely backward; the right and r of the two has a deep sinus running across it transversely, ending in rtical foramen between it and the maxilla. The sinus on the left side dis pant. From the right premaxillary foramen a groove extends for- and seer, almost reaching the suture between the mesorostral and maxillary ossifications; on the left side this groove is wanting. Imme- sh - in front of the foramina, the premaxille begin to assume a nearly tical position, continuing thus to the end of the rostrum. The nasal sare sunk between the proximal ends of the premaxillaries, the right 2 1 alone, because of its greater development, reaching the vertex. The — nsely ossified mesorostral bone appears between the edges of the pre- xillee on the superior surface of the rostrum, throughout its extent, the yosed portion being widest at the rostral base; here it is 22 mm. in breadth. ends proximally in a thin ridge of bone directed upward. The meso- stral has two shallow grooves on its superior basal surface, and a well ined median groove at its distal end. _ Posterior View.— The supraoccipital is flatter and directed more strongly rward than in either M. bidens or M. europeus. Superiorly it is concave he median line, and lies considerably below the level of the edges of the Is. The foramen magnum is widely elliptical, and slightly uneven the superior margin. Vertically, its greatest diameter is 50 mm.; in | diameter it measures 55mm. The occipital condyles are 75 mm. in test length, and 40 mm. wide. eral View.— The massive rostrum of our specimen is shorter propor- ately, more compressed laterally, and is thicker in the vertical diameter in either M. bidens or M. europeus. It is deepest slightly in advance anterior insertion of the pterygoids; at this point it is 95 mm. thick. erior surface in the middle third is concave, and the distal portion is 88 The basirostral groove is absent; in its place a sharp ridge on either side from the pseudo-maxillary notch forward on the 206 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, lateral surface of the rostrum for one quarter of its length. Anterior to this ridge a shallow, irregular groove runs toward the distal end, uniting at the extreme tip of the rostrum with a short, deep, alveolus-like pit or depression. The malar shows only a small portion of its expanded, ante- rior end in the bottom of the real antorbital notch. The temporal fossee of our specimen are roughly pear-shaped and ex- tended postero-superiorly. In M. bidens and M. europ@us these fossee lie nearly opposite the occipital condyles; in our specimen they are anes them. Inferior View.— A strong median ridge, probably the vomer, anpeali on the inferior surface of the proximal third of the rostrum. On either side of this ridge is a deep groove, 60 mm. in length, which gradually dis- appears. The palatal bones show on the inner or inferior side of the ptery- goids as narrow strips, reaching almost to the tips of the latter. On the © external or superior surface, the palatines appear again and are much wider than below. Here they do not extend as far forward as on the inferior surface, leaving the pointed anterior ends of the pterygoids, superiorly, for a distance of 45 min., in contact with the maxillaries. In M. bidens the — palatines completely surround the pterygoids, and in M. ewropeus nearly — so. The pterygoids of our specimen are badly broken and the inferior free _ portion of the left has been restored. However, in the right the original shape of the bone is preserved. Its exterior surface is deeply concave and the free lateral margin curves outward posteriorly. ; The zygomatic processes of the squamosals extend far forwaadl and are overlapped by the postorbital processes of the frontals. Ear Bones.— A comparison of the ear bones of our specimen with those of a young example of M. grayi shows a very close resemblance. The groove between the posterior lobes of the tympanic, however, is somewhat — deeper and shorter than in the latter individual. The inner surface of the tympanic, where it passes into the bulla, is decidedly narrower in our speci- men, than in the corresponding bone of M. bidens, as figured by Van Bene- den and Gervais; also the bullate portion of the periotic seems to bide. a than in M, Indens. Mandible— The mandible of our specimen is more massive Rese to in proportion to the skull, than in either M. bidens or M. europaus. Exter- nally the proximal half of each ramus is smooth and convex. ‘The superior margin curves upward and outward to form the walls of an irregular alveolus in which the base of the tooth is firmly implanted. The internal alveolar wall rises in a strong convex process half way up the sides of the tooth; externally this process is wanting and the margin is irregularly concave. The ramus is not swollen at the insertion of the tooth. The tooth itself is —— Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon 207 gated one third the distance from the apex of the mandible to the condyles; anterior margin is 15 mm. posterior to the beginning of the symphysis, is directed outward. The tooth is laterally compressed, convex pos- rly, and slightly concave anteriorly; its surface is rugose. Its greatest ht is 90 mm. and greatest width 75 mm. The small enamel-covered Fig. 1. Mesoplodon bowdoini. Tympanic and periotic bones. _ tip appears as if emerging from out the wide, flat base and is directed for- ward and outward. The apex of the right tooth is considerably worn. A ‘shallow but clearly defined dental groove extends from the anterior base of the tooth nearly to the end of the symphysis; behind the tooth it is indis- tinct. Fora distance of 40 mm. from the tooth the external alveolar margin projects above the internal edge. The symphysis curves slightly upward, is Fig. 2. Mesoplodon bowdoini. Side view right ramus. oved superiorly in the median line and carinate inferiorly; above, the i are ankylosed for 145 mm.; below for 93 mm. ‘The symphysis is a ittle less than one quarter the length of the mandible. -Hyoid Bones.— 'The basihyal and two thyrohyals are united into one ne. The thyrohyals measure 130 mm. in length and 50 mm. in greatest 208 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, breadth. They are curved, their free ends standing 183 mm. apart. The basihyal is 80 mm. in greatest diameter; the anterior edge is formed by two processes or tubercles having a notch 5 mm. in depth between them. ‘The stylohyals are 170 mm. in length and 33 mm. in greatest diameter. They have a distinct head, are flattened for half their extent, and then become prismoid. : VERTEBRH.—In the following description of the skeleton of our - Mesoplodon, the most salient differences between it and various examples of M. bidens will be briefly stated. The length of the entire skeleton of our specimen as mounted 4 is 166} inches or 4222 mm.; M. bidens (adult) 4350 mm.‘ The length of the verte- bral column is 138 caches or 3505 mm.; in two adult examples of M. bidens Fig. 3. Mesoplodon bowdoinue Top view of mandible. it measures 3580 mm.! and 3657? (estimated). The vertebral formula of our specimen is C. 7, D. 10, L. 9, Ca. 20*=46. Turner gives the formule of various specimens of M. bidens as follows:? C. 7, D. 10, L. 11, Ca. 11,4 Shetland specimen. C. 7, D. 10, L. 10, Ca. 19, Brussels specimen. C. 7, D. 10, L. 9, Ca. 20, Géteborg specimen. | Cervicals.— 'The atlas, axis and 3d cervical are ankylosed; the atlas and axis by both their centra and neural arches, forming a solid bone; the third vertebra by its centrum alone, the arch being free. The atlas has no dia- pophyses. The inferior transverse processes (parapophyses) are massive (the largest of the series) and extend downward and backward. On the | crest of the atlas and axis two short conical spines project directly upward; — 1M. P. Fischer, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. iy a CXIV, p. 1284, Turner Jour. Anat. and Phys., Vol. XVI, p. % Terminal caudal probably missing. 4 Incomplete, Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon. | 209 they are parallel, 13 mm. in height, their pices standing 25 mm. apart. The diapo- yhyses of the axis are short, thick, and stend outward and downward distally. Its rapophyses are long and united at the - |] ends with those of the atlas, enclosing slliptical foramen on either side. In M. d iden: no foramen is enclosed. The diapo- iyses of the 3d, 4th, 5th and 6th cervicals re thin plates. Those of the 3d extend ightly backward, of the 4th outward, and th 5th and 6th forward. From the 3d tg 6th they become shorter and rise n position on the arch. Their parapo- evs es all project downward and become horter and thicker in passing backward. e lamin of the arches of these vertebree ae united mesially, and directed yard; they have no distinct spines. In bidens (excepting where the 3d is anky- sed), the laminee of the arches of the 3d, 4th and 5th cervicals seem never to be united in the median line. The diapo- __ physes of the 7th vertebra are the longest the series and project strongly forward. te parapophyses are merely tubercles above _ which, on the centrum of the vertebra, are _ the articular facets for the heads of the Ist a E ibe The neural spine is 25 mm. high and leans forward. In the Shetland M. bidens (Turner) the __ antero-posterior diameter of the series of ~ cervical vertebrae was 139 mm.; the greatest Beis of the atlas was 127 mm. and its greatest breadth 139 mm. Fa Ll ® J1\= SAU ee 5 Ty ae \ e o - - 4 44 a 4.47 Dimensions of Cervical Vertebre. mm, tero-posterior length of bodies of 7 cer- _ vicals (inferiorly) as mounted . . . 145 itero-posterior length of centra of anky- losed ist, 2d and 3d vertebre (infe- EG i ern. |. 58” gay. 4: arenoplodion bowdoind Gkalevon. 210 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, mm, Height of atlas from tip of spine to lower edge of body . . . ... . . 188 Greatest breadth of atlas (between ends of parapophyses) . . .... . 200. Depth of neural canal of atlas... . 4.045%. «4 4s ss Breadth “cc “cc “ec “ec “c 57 Breadth between outer border st aiticular’ aurtaces for Gocipitia ‘conliyien 115 Height of 6th cervical (spine to lower edge of body) > Breadth of 6th cervical (between ends of —— ow. ih “centrum of 6th cervical . . . oo af Depth of 6th cervical. . ere Height of Vth cervical nici ie iswar daar of body) ee Breadth: of 7th’cervical (between ends of pe pie we 0). “ centrum of 7th cervical . . . J. 5 Depth‘of 7th cervical. . «2 5 5 3 Se Dorsal Vertebre.—- The ten dorsal vertebrae do not present important differences from those of other Ziphoids. ‘Their centra are concave aboye and elongated in the antero-posterior direction as the lumbar region is approached. Zygapophyses are developed on the arches from the 6th to the 14th vertebre inclusive. The neural spine of the first dorsal is acumi- nate and inclined forward. The spines of the 2d, 3d, 4th and 5th dorsals — are vertical and obliquely truncated distally, excepting that of the 3d which is rounded. The spines of the remaining units of the thoracic series are inclined backward, truncated at their apices, and become broader as the — lumbar, region is approached. The first seven dorsals bear tubercles on the posterior edges of their centra at the base of the arches for the articu- lation of the heads of the ribs. Metapophyses appear as well developed tubercles on the transverse processes of the 2d dorsal and gradually increase in size in passing backward. On the 8th unit of the dorsal series, which is the vertebra of transition, the metapophyses are large and widely sepa- rated from the transverse processes; the latter appear only as small tuber- cles on the anterior margins of the centrum at the base of the arch; the Sth dorsal bears no rib. In the 9th dorsal the transverse processes are 65 mn. long and deeply concave distally. The centra of the first eight vertebrze of the series have rounded inferior surfaces. An inferior median carina begins on the 9th and is strongly developed on the 10th dorsal. Dimensions of Dorsal Vertebre. Ist 10th Greatest height (spine to edge of body) . . . ......~. 214 315 ‘ breadth (between ends of itiidiai ae 260 Height of neural spine. . . le she Sr 202 Depth of centrum) 2. nek a 54 Breadth of centrum. . raramriiey ro 70 Antero-posterior length of centrum. mma i 87 a ay Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon. 211 ~ Lumbar Vertebre.— There are nine lumbar units. Their bodies are elon- tec __ vayienpmanty and increase in vertical diameter as the caudals are ched. They all possess a strong inferior median carina which grad- y decreases in size in passing backward. Their centra, below the trans- @ process on either side of the median keel, are compressed. The ral spines of the lumbars are high and broad, much compressed later- lly, and slope backward; they are truncated and expanded at their istal ends. The spine of the 8th lumbar measures 245 mm. and is the t in the vertebral column. Their broad lamelliform metapophyses forward and upward from the anterior edges of the arches, and in at about the same height throughout the series. The transverse es extend from the anterior half of the bodies outward and somewhat is; distally they are truncated. Their length exceeds the width of the centra in all the lumbar units. Measurements of Lumbar Vertebre. First Last mm mm. st height (spine toedge of body) . . . ..... .. . 340 377 a Oreadth (between ends of dia.). ... ..,. .. . 320 260 Depth of centrum . . . . Debs ies Takers sh tes pale rata aos ae 71 Breadth of “ : PAIS eS. ESO frog RUN aia tial 8 83 ength of centrum (sntero-pineterior) . OR ese Me Ast AO i 123 Height IEE ican A rely Sai is ot SO 253 ~ Caudals.— There are 20 caudal vertebrae. The first eleven have artic- ular surfaces for the attachment of chevrons and laterally compressed -centra. The twelfth is the vertebra of transition. The second series of depressed caudals (those lying within the lateral expansion of the “‘flukes”’) begins with the 13th vertebra. The neural spines are broad, inclined back- __ ward and thicken laterally as they decrease in height. Their metapophyses become correspondingly smaller, appearing as tubercles only upon the — spine of the 9th caudal. ‘The transverse processes extend directly outward _ from the bodies of the vertebree, and are broad in the beginning of the caudal region; in passing backward they become smaller. The posterior _ margins of the transverse processes of the 4th and 5th caudals are grooved; all the succeeding vertebrze have their transverse processes or the sides of as their centra pierced by a vertical foramen. Beginning on the 4th caudal on either side, two longitudinal ridges appear; one on the centrum above e transverse processes, and the other on the lateral surface of the arch ning the posterior extension, superiorly, of the metapophysis. As the spines shorten in passing backward, these ridges approach each other form- ing a lateral groove or canal. 212 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, On the first caudal the inferior median carina is divided posteriorly to form articular facets for the attachment of the first chevron. All the re- maining chevron-bearing caudals are channelled longitudinally below. The first caudal vertebra of the Shetland M. bidens (Turner) was 355 mm. in greatest. height and 254 mm. in greatest width. The following table shows a very considerable difference between our specimen and two examples of M. bidens in the points at which the spines ‘and transverse processes disappear in the caudal vertebre. Turner, an M. bowdoini. M. bidens. M hidens, Last vertebra bearing a neural spine is cag a ee 39 38 “3 “ ‘“« “ transverse processis . . No. 33 37 34 First vertebra with transverse process perforated by a vertical arterial foramenis . . . . . . . No.32? _ — alauieatis.: of First Caudal Vertebra. Greatest height (spine to edge of body) i breadth (between ends of diapophyses) Depth of centrum :. Reaieeens , ‘ Breadth of centrum ; Length of centrum (antero-posterior) Height of neural spine Length transverse processes Chevrons.— There are 9 chevrons present — probably the series orig- inally numbered 11. The 1st chevron is small, and consists of a pair of wing-like laminz, acuminate and free distally. The lamine forming the 2d chevron are united at their truncated distal ends, but have no heemal spine. The spine of the 3d chevron is long. Measurements. Ist 2d 3d 4th 5th mm. mm. mm. mm, mm, Greatest length of chevron... . . . . 65 60 160 162 133 " width of chevron ..;... 2). 3) i's) sale 70 82 109 100 Length of hemal spine. . . . .....— — 115 100 72 Width“... « distally. 30 gu) eee eee 70 97 98 Ribs.— 'There are 10 ribs present. The 1st to the 7th inclusive articu- late both by the tubercle and head, and the 8th by its head alone to the facet on the posterior margin of the centrum of the 7th dorsal. ‘Therefore | the 8th dorsal bears no rib. ‘The 9th and 10th ribs articulate by their tuber- cles to the transverse processes of their respective vertebree; they have no necks or heads. 1 Right side only. gkbeaksé ee Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon. 213 _ The first rib possesses well defined articular surfaces, is compressed erally and is the broadest of the series. The proximal half is strongly ve sd, and from the tubercle for one third the length of the rib, its pos- rior, or superior, margin is everted. 4 ‘The following six ribs are compressed at the necks and below the tuber- s on the inner sides, then for one fourth their length assume a prismoid ype; afterward they become nearly flat with but a slight median ridge e... Dosies side. In passing backward the prismoid portion of the ribs comes longer and the distal ends contract. Greatest Length of each Rib (straight). mm, Second . 415 Third . 510 Fourth 550 Fifth 564 Sixth 575 Seventh 560 Eighth 540 Ninth . 505 Tenth . 335! e: _ Srernum.— The sternum consists of four segments connected by car- -_ tilage. In the middle of both the anterior and posterior margins of each segment is a deep notch, which in the complete sternum forms three irregu- lar fenestra. d The terminal segment, or xiphisternum, has an oval foramen in its 4 center, and seems to be composed of two ankylosed portions. A distinct _ median carina is present on the external, or inferior, surface of each seg- 2 ment most strongly developed in the first of the series. There are five zm _ surfaces on each side of the sternum for the costal articulations. The _ first is on the side of the 1st segment; the second between the Ist and 2d ecccats; the third between the 2d and 3d; the fourth between the 3d and q 5 = and the fifth on the side of the terminal Bepment. Measurements of penne aa, mm, Mlengen Of complete sternum . .. ... - . ss 6. « « 545 1st 2d 3d 4th mm. mm. mm. mm, Deeper Orsestmmentes 0. cw ks 208 ONS 87 140 F Dee Ol fenmemtan . . . . . . . . 188) 140 (115 85 epth of anterior mediannotch . . . . . ... - 38 1 Distal end has been restored. 214 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, PrectoraLt Lims.— The scapula is fan-shaped. ‘The prescapular fossa is concave, and the spine well marked. ‘The acromion is broad, laterally compressed, concave on its inner side and projects strongly upward; its superior margin overlaps the coracoid border and is opposite the middle of the »prescapular fossa. In this respect the scapula of our specimen differs from that of any other member of the genus which I have seen figured. The coracoid is long, slender, and expanded distally where it assumes a prismoid form. ‘The humerus is short and thick. ‘Its proximal or upper extremity is divided into a head and external tuberosity, separated by a well marked bicipital groove; the distal extremity articulates with the Fig. 5. Mesoplodon bowdoini. Left scapula. radius and ulna by two transverse surfaces. The radius is straight, slightly convex externally and somewhat widened at its distal end; proximally it is obliquely truncated. The shaft of the ulna is slightly contracted in its middle; a cross section is an ellipse. The olecranon process is large, thick and fan-shaped. The carpus, as mounted, presents six ossifications. Those of the proximal row probably correspond to the scaphoid, lunar and cuneiform; the three of the distal row representing the trapezoid, magnum and unciform. The metacarpals are five in number. The formula for the phalanges, as mounted, is: I, I1,, [11,, [V,, V,. BULLETIN A. M.N. H. VoL. XXIV, Puate XIII; MESOPLODON BOWDOINI sp. nov. Andrews, A New Species of Mesoplodon. 215 Measurements of Pectoral Limb. M. bowdoini. M. bidens . mm, mm. Cmte, ) . . ,.. gy BO 203 Me eee ye Ls ga 311 mee geromion (medianline) ......... 110 101 af sd MR Ne gir wigs 1 ak ast gle 48 I... ke 88 El —_—. emeran (arentest) , ww 88 145 4 a Le Ee a aE 7 _ Ne Eb — MMEMMEY. Lo, 4... ee a — PB BB ~~ NO ae ee ©) — Mc kk et a eee 2 40 -- urempeeramon process... www www 8B a _ Conctustons.— From the preceding description it is obvious that many impo ant differences exist between the specimen here described and M. _bidens, its nearest ally. It would, perhaps, be possible to account for q “many a the cranial differences on the grounds of an excessive development in the bones, produced by age, but such a theory could hardly apply to the © 4 - seapular modifications. Moreover, under such conditions one would expect _ to find a corresponding increase in size, yet our specimen does not equal _ the average length of M. bidens, which is about fifteen feet. Nevertheless, F ihe range of individual variation known to exist in all of the members of this genus is so great that any determination made between closely allied species, without a considerable amount of material for comparison, must 4 jal more or less provisional. Yet, it seems improbable to me that the _ cranial and skeletal differences which this specimen presents, can come _ within the scope of age or sexual variations. Therefore, I propose to a isgnsie it as Mesoplodon bowdoini in honor of Mr. George S. Bowdoin, one of the Trustees of the American Museum of Natural History, through 4 Besboee generosity the enlargement of the collection of Cetaceans in this Juseum has been made possible. | s In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. F. W. True, for the use of notes and measurements, made upon the specimen. 1 Turner, Shetland specimen. 59.9, 53P(26.5) Article XIV.— NOTES ON TWO PORPOISES CAPTURED ON A VOYAGE INTO THE PACIFIC OCEAN. By JoHn TREADWELL NICHOLS. PuaTE XIV. The following notes concern two porpoises captured in the Pacific Ocean from a sailing vessel bound out around Cape Horn. Porpoises not infre- quently play about the ship’s bow, and sometimes one can be harpooned and secured. ‘Their flesh tastes somewhat like meat, somewhat like fish, and is a very welcome break in a diet composed chiefly of salted and canned foods. The skull of one and the skeleton of the other of the two specimens were preserved by the writer and are now in the American Museum of Natural History. Tursiops sp. No. 35045, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Approximate locality, 12° N., 120° W. Captured December 6, 1906. . Dimensions of skull:— Length 487 mm.; rostrum, 263 mm.; breadth of rostrum at its base, 120.5 mm.; breadth of rostrum at its middle, 74 mm.; orbital breadth, 214 mm. Color slaty black, grayer from throat to vent. Approximate length, 7} feet. The stomach contained mostly Fig. 1... Tursiops sp. large shrimp-like animals; also a few fish, and perhaps other food matter, and many parasitic worms. ‘The posterior teeth are much worn down, with hollow or soft centers. 217 218 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, This animal is quite different from Turszops gilli, and probably different from T. truncatus of our Atlantic. Coast, though the material is not suffi- cient to warrant separating it positively from that species. The skull differs in several points from that of 7. truncatus. The inter- maxille are rather flat distally. The maxilla, just back of the maxillary notch, is much less thickened. The malar along its outer margin is longer, _ and directed less downward. On the under side of the back of the cranium at the posterior border of the inferior nares, the vomer is visible between the backward prongs of the two pterygoids. At this point its sides are flaring, and it is much broader than either pterygoid alone. There is considerable variation in the series of truncatus skulls examined as to the comparative breadth of yvomer, but it 7" te “| | Fig. 2. Tursiops sp. is generally narrower than in No. 35045, even to less than half the breadth of a single pterygoid; and its sides are not flaring, 7. ¢., they have a more parallel tendency. The coinparative characters given in the two preceding paragraphs would be quite sufficient to separate No. 35045, were they not broken by two or three skulls. . There is a truncatus skull! in the National Museum Collection from off Hatteras, N. C., which has the conditions back of the maxillary notch per- haps more like those of No. 35045 than like those found typically in truncatus. In the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ Van Beneden and Gervais, there is a 1 Nat. Mus, No, 21538. Off Hatteras, N.C. U.S. F.C. : 4 | 1908.] Nichols, Two Porpoises from the Pacific Ocean. 219 figure! of a skull of 7. truncatus from Cette, France, which shows plainly the vomer-pterygoid conditions, and they are very like those of No. 35045. Lagenorhynchus cruciger (d’Orb. & Gerv.). No. 35150 Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. (?0'). Approximate locality, 49° S., 78° W. Taken November 1, 1906. Approximate length, 5} ft. The stomach contained a mass of more or less digested small fish, which may haye been mixed with other food matter. Fig. 3. Lagenorhynchus cruciger (d’Orb. & Gerv.). _ Porpoises that I believe to have been of this species were seen in approxi- tate localities of 36° 14’ S., 52° 43’ W. (Sept. 29), 47° 08’ S., 59° 34’ W. (Oct. 15), 52° 46’ S., 66° 00’ W. (Oct. 19), 53° 48’ S., 78° 42” W. (Oct. 29). I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. Frederick W. True of the _ U.S. National Museum for greatly aiding me in the study of these speci- mens, placing at my disposal the material of the National Museum and the necessary literature. 1 Van Beneden and Gervais, 1868-1879, Ostéographie des Cétacés, pl. XXXIV, fig. 6. Burierin A. M.N.H. Vou. XXIV, Phare XIV, * * ~ a a - é -— ~ , aa. aa « 4 TURSIOPS sp, eg aes ate eA i Ried 56.9, 725E(1181:7) icle av A REVISION OF THE AMERICAN EOCENE ich gi ts By WALTER GRANGER. Puates XV-XVIII. is paper forms one of a series of several, published in this Bulletin, » various groups of the American Equide and is intended, with the , as a study preliminary to a forthcoming monographic treatise of the e by Prof. Henry F. Osborn, to whom I am indebted for the privi- ‘in its preparation. The pencil drawings, by Mr. B. Yoshihara, of the figured types of Eocene Horses have been prepared under Prof. Osborn’s rec "a on for use in his Monograph but he has very generously offered them preliminary reproduction here. I wish also to make acknowledgment is _the preparation of this paper I have had access to all of the types, 1 one exception, of the American Hyracotheres. These include Marsh’s in the Yale Museum and Cope’s New Mexican Wasatch types in » National Museum. Leidy’s type of Lophiotherium sylvaticum is repre- nted in the collection of the Museum by a cast. All of the remaining r pare: in the American Museum Collection. Through the courtesy of '. B. Loomis of Amherst College I have also had for comparison the > important specimens of a rather extensive collection of horses made yy him i in the Big Horn and Wind River Basin in 1903. The American ) Mus eum Collection contains several hundred specimens of Hyracotheres, enting nearly all of the described species. About half of these are ithe Cope Collection and the remainder have been collected by the is expeditions sent out by this Museum since 1891. oe dvanston, Bitter Creek, and the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming, and of the 9 Gallinas in Northern New Mexico; from the Wind River Basin of tral Wyoming; from the Huerfano Basin of southeastern Colorado; m the Bridger Basin of southern Wyoming; and from the Uinta Basin jortheastern Utah. So far as I am aware, no horses have yet been found the Washakie Basin of southern Wyoming. That they occur there and be found in future exploration seems probable, however, since they fairly abundant in the Bridger and by no means rare in the Uinta. 221 a publishing this revision, as well as for much valuable criticism and rr. W. D. Matthew for free use of his notes on American Hyracotheres. een Hyracotheres have been recorded from the Wasatch of | , 222 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, The horizon of their greatest abundance is the Wasatch, especially the Wasatch of the Big Horn Basin, where they predominate over all other — forms, with the possible exception of Systemodon, a very closely related — genus. In the Wind River formation they also form a large part of the fauna. In the Bridger, however, they are exceeded in abundance by several families, and the same is true in a more marked degree in the Uinta. A. List of Original Specific and Generic Descriptions im Chronological Order with Chie? Subsequent References to the Species. WasaTcH AND WIND RIVER SPECIES. 1, Lophiotherium vasacciense Cope. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. XII. Separates, July 11, 1872, p. 2. Notharctus vasachiensis Corn, Paleont, Bull., No. 3, 1872, p. 3. Notharctus vasacciensis CopE, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., XII, 1872, p. 474. . Orotherium vasacciense Corr, Ann, Rep. U.S. G, 8. Terrs., 1872 (1873), pp. 606, 646. Orohippus vasacciensis Corn, System. Cat. Vert. Eocene N. Mex., 1875, p. 21. Hyracotherium vasacciense Core, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 634, pl. xxiv, fig. 24. Hyracotherium vasacciense WortMAN, Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 98. Hyracotherium vasacciense MartHEW, Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. Eohippus vasacciensis Hay, Bull. U. 8S. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. Type locality: Evanston, Wyo. Type Specimen: A weathered lower molar, probably the second. Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 4658. An indeterminate type; see Eohippus borealis. 2. Orotherium index Cope. Pal. Bull. No. 17, 1873, p. 4. Orohippus index Corr, System. Cat. Vert. Eocene N. Mex., 1875, p. 20. Hyracotherium index Corr, Tertiary Vert., 1884, pp. 630, 650.° Hyracotherium index Wort., Bull. A. M. N, H., VIII, 1896, p. 99. Hyracotherium index Mart., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. Eohippus index Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. Type locality: Evanston, Wyo. Type specimen: lower jaw fragment with p-m,. Amer. Mus., Cope. Coll. No. 4680. = Eohippus index. Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 223 3. Orohippus tapirinus Cope. em. Cat. Vert. Eocene N. Mex., 1875, p. 20. racotherium tapirinum Cops, U. 8. Geog. Surv. w. 100th M., IV, pt. ii, 1877, p. 263, pl. xvi, fig. 12. modon tapirinus Corr, Am. Nat., XV, 1881, p. 1018. ? tapirinus Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 619. therium tapirinum Worv., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 94. racotherium tapirinum Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. pp. Penne sey, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. | ype locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mexico. Type specimen: nt of ramus with badly worn m,_,. Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1064. s type is at least specifically indeterminate. See Eohippus resartus. 4, Orohippus angustidens Cope. stem. Cat. Vert. Eocene N. Mex., 1875, pp. 20, 21. otherium angustidens Corr, U. 8. Geog. Surv. w. 100th M., IV, pt. ii, 1877, pp. — , 265, pl. lxvi, fig. 22a. angustidens Kina (= Marsh), U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th P., 1878, p. 377. athertum angustidens Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 630, 648. ium index Wort., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 99. erium index Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. s index Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. L'y pe locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mexico. Type specimen: wer jaw fragment with m,_3. Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1079. = Eohippus angustidens. 5. Orohippus cuspidatus Cope. “System, Cat. Ext. Vert. N. Mex., 1875, p. 22. acotherium cuspidatum Corn, U. 8. Geog. Surv. w. 100th M., 1V, pt. ii, 1877, p. th pl. lxv, fig. 18. | s cuspidatus Kina (= Marsh), U. 8. Geol. Expl. 40th P., I, 1878, p. 377. Rekervunt cuspidatum Corr, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 631. cotherium index Wort., Bull. A. M. N. H., ‘VIII, 18£6, p. 99. yre rium index Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. hippus index Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. | Type locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mexico. Type specimen: Maxillary fragment with dp‘ and m‘. Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1077. = Eohippus (?) angustidens. 224 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 6. Eohippus validus Marsh. Am. Jour. Sci., XII, 1876, p. 401. Hyracotherium vasacciense Wort., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 82. Hyracotherium vasacciense Marr., Bull, A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. Eohippus validus Hay, Bull. U. S, G.S., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. Type locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mexico. Type specimen: Fragments of jaws with p,-m,r., pgm, and m, |., p*m' r., an m? 1. of doubt- ful association and many ivichiaasesauaile finda of skeleton. Yale Mus. Coll. Generic type for all American Hyracotheres earlier than the oat formation. = Eohippus validus. 7. Eohippus pernix arsh. Am. Jour. Sci., XII, 1876, p. 402. Eohippus pernic Marsu, Am. Jour. Sci., XLII, 1892, p. 349, text figs. 14, 15. Hyracotherium index Worr., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 82. Hyracotherium index Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. Eohippus pernix Hay, Bull. U.S. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. Type locality: Bitter Creek, Wyo. Type specimen:' Various skeletal fragments and teeth belonging to several individuals and to at least two species; from these may be selected, as the actual type, being the parts | first separately mentioned, the distal end of a tibia and the accom astragalus. Yale Mus. An indeterminate species; = Kohippus index (?). 8. Orotherium cristonense Cope. U.S. Geog. Surv. w. 100th M., IV, pt. ii, 1877, p. 254, pl. Ixv, fig. 13, 14, Pliolophus cristonensis Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 651. Hyracotherium (Pliolophus) cristonense Worv., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, P. 102, pl. ii, fig. I, text fig. 11. H. (Pliolophus) cristonense Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33. Pliolophus cristonensis Hay, Bull. U. 8. G.8., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. Type locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mex. Type specimen: Lower jaws. Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1002. = Eohtppus eristonensts. 1 Included in ‘the various fr agments associated with the type is the proximal half of a mt. II showing the articulation for the entocuneiform. This Marsh spperenty mistook for the mt. LV of the opposite foot and considered the facet as indicating a free fifth There is no fourth metatarsal with this specimen and it was upon this specimen that ee based ‘ed determination of the foot structure of Zohippus given in his original description of Z. vali a & Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 5 me 9. Orotherium loevii Cope. _ U.S. Geog. Surv. W, 100th M., IV, pt. ii, 1877, p. 257, pl. Ixy, figs. 15-17. liolophus loevii Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 651. -(Pliolophus) cristonense Worv., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 103. | Asn oricloncnets Hay, Bull. U, S. G.8., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. . Type locality: Rio Gallinas, Wasatch of New Mex. Type specimen: yment of left ramus with p,-m,. Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1128. = Eohippus cristonensis. 10. Hyracotherium craspedotum Cope. Amer. Nat., XIV, 1880, p. 747. _Hyracotherium craspedotum Core, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 631, pl. lviii, figs. 1, 2. ft [yracotherium craspedotum Woxrvt., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1886, p. 97, pl. 11, fig., text fig. 7. ' otherium craspedotum Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 36. “Babin cranpedotus Hs Bull. U. 8S. G. S., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. Type locality: Wind River Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Fragments both rami with m,_, r., p, and py-m, 1. Am. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 4830. = Eohippus craspedotus. 11. Hyracotherium venticolum i ve * Bull, U. $. G. 8. Terre, VI, Art. xv, 1881, p. 198. ‘Hyracotherium venticolum Corr, Tertiary Vert., 1884, pp. 630-635, pl. xlixa, xlixb, -xiixe. Hyracotherium venticolum Worrt., Revue Sci., V, 1883, p. 709, fig. 128-130. _ Hyracotherium venticolum Corr, Am. Nat., X XI, 1887, p. 995, pl. xxx, text figs. 5-7. __ Protorohippus venticolus Worv., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 105, pl. ii, fig. D., q text fig. 14. _ Protorohippus venticolus Marr., Bull, A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 36. Protorohippus venticolus Hay, Bull. U.S. G.8., No. 179, 1902, p. 610. Type locality: Alkali Creek, Wind River Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Skull, jaws, and large part of skeleton. Am. Mus., Cope. Coll. No. 4832. - aati venticolus. . 3 12. Systemedon etsagicus Cope. Tertiary Vertebrata, 1884, pl. Ixi, fig. 5 (no description). Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Fragment of - { March, 1908.] ; a 226 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. left ramus with p,-m,, roots or alveoli of p;_3. Amer. Mus., 0 p No. 4600. = Eohippus etsagicus. 13. Hyracotherium cristatum Wortman. 7 Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1886, p. $6, pl. ii, fig. H., text fig. 6. _ H. (Pliolophus) cristatum Wort., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 33 Eohippus cristatus Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 609. Type locality: ae Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: fragment with p,-m,r. Amer. Mus. Coll. Ne —_ : = Eohippus vesdiie 14. Hyracotherium (Pliolophus) — Wor Bull, A. M. N. H., VIL, 1986, p. 103, pl. ii, fig. J., text fig. 13. H. (Pliolophus) montanus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. Pliolophus montanus Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 6 ¢ Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: both rami with p, and roots of p,_g r., and m,_31. Amer. } No. 4593. = Eohippus montanus. BRIDGER SPECIES. 15. Lophiotherium sylvaticum Leidy. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 126. Lophiotherium sylvaticum Leipy, a U.S. G. 8. Terrs., I, 1873, pp. fig. 33-35. — Pliolophus sylvaticus Corr, Tackane Vert., 1884, pp. 631, 647, 652. a * Orohippus sylvaticus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. . Orohippus sylvaticus Hay, Bull. U.S. G.8., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. Type locality: Henry’s Fork, Upper beds, Bridger Basin men: Fragment of left ramus with p, and m,3. Nat. Mu 3753. = Orohippus sylvaticus. 16. Lophicdon pumilus Marsh. Am, Jour. Sci., II, 1871, p. 38. Helohippus pumilus Marsu, Am, Jour, Sci., XLIII, 1892, p. 353. Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 227 1s pumilus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. pumilus Hay, Bull. U.S. G. S., No. 179, 1902, p. 611. ype locality: “Marsh’s Fork,” Bridger Basin. Type specimen: Frag- right maxilla with p*m? and-roots of p**. Yale Mus. Coll. oly 17. Lophiotherium ballardi Marsh. 1. Jour. Sci, II, 1871, p. 39. s sylvaticus Marr., Bull, A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. s ballardi Hay, Bull, U. 8. G. 8., No. ‘179, 1902, p. 611. 4 m locality: Grizzly Buttes, Hor. B., Bridger Basin. Type specimen: sment of left ramus with m, 3. Yale Mus. Coll. = Orohippus ballardi. 18. Orohippus pumilus Marsh. 1. Jour. Sci., IV, 1872, p. 207. (Separates issued Aug. 7.) procyoninus Corr, Ann. Rep. U. 8. G. S. Terrs., 1872 (1873), p. 606. yppus pumilus Marsu, Am. Jour. Sci., VII, 1874, p. 249. ippus pumilus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. pus pumilus Scorr, Oss. and Sprer., Pal. Rep. Princ. Sci. Exp., 1871, p. 24. pumilus Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. Type locality: Grizzly Buttes, Lower beds, Bridger Basin. Type speci- ne he following loose teeth: p*|., m']., m* 71. m*r. Paratype, m*r., r., p‘r. of another specimen and a Groken tonth’ Wale Mua. Coll Orohippus typicus. 19. Helotherium procyoninum Cope. . Bull. No. 2, bearing date Aug. 3, 1872, p. 1. herium procyoninum Corr, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., XII, 1872, p. 466. 5 egaesiny Corer, Ann. Rep. U.S. G. 8. Terrs., 1872 (1873), p. 606. us pumilus Marsu, Am, Jour. Sci., VII, 1874, p. 249. m procyoninum Corr, Geog. Surv. W. 100th M., IV, 1877, pp. 262, 266. rium procyoninum Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884 ,pp. 631, 711, pl. xxiv, fig. 22. erium procyoninum Matr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. - procyonimus Hay, Bull. U.S. G. S., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. "Type locality: Cottonwood Creek, Horizon B, Bridger Basin. Type : : Third right upper molar. Amer. Mus., Cope. Coll. No. 5052. a ee eho: (?) pumilus. 228 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. 20. Orotherium uintanum Marsh. Amer Jour. Sci., IV, 1872, p. 217. Orotherium uintanum Corr, Bull. U. 8. G.8., Terrs., VI, p. Pliolophus uintanus Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 651. Orohippus uintanus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. Orohippus uintanus Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. Type locality: Henry’s Fork, Upper beds, Bridger Basin. — T ‘men: Lower jaw with p,-m,. Yale Mus. Coll. | = Orohippus uintanus. 21. Orohippus agilis Marsh. — Amer. Jour. Sci., V, 1873, p. 407. Orohippus agilis Marsu, Amer. Jour. Sci., VII, 1874, pp. 248, 249 Orohippus agilis Corn, System, Cat. Vert. Eocene N. Mex., 1875, Hyracotherium agile Corr, U.S. Geog. Surv. w. 100th M., ‘TV, pt Epihippus agilis OsBorn, Trans. Amer. Phil, Soc., XVI, 1890, p. 506. — Orohippus agilis Marsu, Amer, Jour. Sci., XLII, 1892, p. 349, text fig. Orohippus agilis Marv., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. E Orohippus agilis Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. oe No. 179, 1902, p. 611. Type locality: Henry’s Fork, Upper beds, Bridger Basin. men: Fragmentary skull with p,-m,1., nearly complete fore. i vertebree all in fine preservation. Yale Mus. Coll. = Orohippus agilis. 22. Oligotomus cinctus Cope. Pal. Bull. No. 12, March 8, 1873, p. 2. : Dees Pliolophus cinctus Corn, Tertiary Vert., 1884, p. 653, pl. xxiv, fig. 26. Orohippus cinctus Wort., Bull. A. M. N. H., VIII, 1896, p. 103. . Oligotomus cinctus Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 45. Orohippus cinctus Hay, Bull. U. 8. G. 8., No. 179, 1902, P. 611. Type locality: Cottonwood Creek, Hor. B., Bridger | specimen: Fragment of right ramus with Lrckets Pom,» Cope Coll. No. 5050. ip = Orohippus (?) ballardi. 23. Orohippus major Marsh. Am, Jour. Sci., VII, 1874, p. 248, Pliolophus major OsBorn, Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc., XVI, 1890, p. pa, ; Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. _ 229 jus major Marr, Bull. A. M. N. H., XIT, 1899, p. 45. us major Hay, Bull. U. 8. G.S., No. 179, 1902, p. 611. Type locality: Millersville, Horizon B., Bridger Basin. Type speci- : Upper jaw fragment with m,_,r., ead ml. Yale Mus. Coll. 24. Hyracotherium osbornianiiin Cope. Pertiary Vert., 1884, pp. 630, 647, pl. xxiv, fig. 23, thervum osbornianum Marr., Bull. A. M. N. H., 1899, p. 45. ippus osbornianus Hay, Bull. U.S. G.S., No. 179, 1902, p. 611. ['ype locality: Black’s Fork, Hor. B., Bridger Basin. Type specimen: e jaw fragment with first molar and roots of pand m,_,. Amer. Mus., . Coll. No. 5051. a Orohippus osbornianus. Uinta SPECIEs. 25. Anchitherium gracilis Marsh. ner. Jour. Sci., Il, 1871, p. 38. us gracias Maxrsu, Am. Jour. Sci., VII, 1874, p. 249. s Marsi (genus only), Popular Sci. Monthly. April, 1878, footnote on p. eee KING fees Marsh), U.S. Geol. Expl. 40th P., 1878, p. 407. s gracilis Scorr & Oss., Proc. Am. Phil. Soc,, 1887, p. 259. ashe Marr! Bull. A. M. N. H., XII, 1899, p. 49. us gracilis Hay, Bull. U. 8. G.S., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. Dis locality: White River, Uinta Basin, Utah. Type specimen: Frag- ar penal both rami with Poa and m,_ol., dps_4 and mr. Yale Mus. Coll. 26. Orohippus uintensis Marsh. i Am. Jour. Sei., XIV, 1875, p. 247. thippus Marsu (genus only), Popular Sci. Monthly, April, 1878, footnote on p. =) 678.- i. a ippus wintensis Kine oe yecamg U.S. Geol. row 40th P., 1878, /p. 407. thippus uintensis MATr., Bull. A: M. N. H. XI, "1899, p. 49. thippus uintensis Hay, Bull. U. 8.G.58., No. 179, 1902, p. 612. 230 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Type locality: White River, Uinta Basin, Utah. Type specimen: Upper and lower jaw fragments with m,_,r., p,-m,l., m,r. Yale Mus. Coll. = Epihippus gracilis. on B. Generic References. Orohippus? Marsh.* Type O. pumilus, from Henry’s Fork, Bridger Basin. It is unfortunate that this name, which is apparently applicable to all of the Bridger horses, should have been founded upon such a frag- mentary specimen. The type description was based upon two series of | loose upper teeth which represent two individuals and probably two species. The series which forms the actual type, being the first separately mentioned, has but one perfect tooth, the last molar, although a third premolar and — first molar are sufficiently well preserved to give their more important char- — acters and to make sure the reference of more complete material. The specific name pumilus is preoccupied by Lophiodon pumilus Marsh (1871), a name given to a specimen which is generically identical with the type of Orohippus. Helotherium Cope. The type is a single upper third molar from the — Bridger Beds which is generically identical with the type of Orohippus. If the date, Aug. 3, printed on “Paleontological Bulletin No. 2,” which contained the original description of Helotherium procyoninum, represents the actual date of the publication of this pamphlet then the generic name Helotherium would have to stand for the Bridger horses and Orohippus, proposed by Prof. Marsh on Aug. 7, would become a synonym. Prof. Marsh, however, questioned the correctness of the dates on the various “Bulletins” issued by Cope during the summer of 1872 and apparently — not without reason. That Aug. 3 is not the correct date for “ Bulletin No. 2” I am unable to prove, but the fact that there is a doubt as to its correctness and that Marsh’s name Orohippus is the one in general use and that Prof. Cope himself referred his specimen to that genus the following year (1873) warrants, I think, the retention of the name Orohippus. Orotherium Marsh.> Proposed by Prof. Marsh in 1872 (Aug. 13) as a genus from the Upper Bridger, the type being Orotheriwm uintanum from Henry’s Fork and based on a lower jaw. In his original description Marsh 1 Arranged in chronological order. 2 Names of valid genera are in heavy type. % Amer. Jour. Sci., 1872, p. 207. Separates, Aug. 7. 4Pal. Bulletin, No. 2, 1872 (Aug. 3), p.'1. =o 5 Amer, Jour Sci., 1872, p. 217. Orothertisns Marsh is preoccupied by Orotherium Aymard, 1850, ‘4 Z J 4. 8.] Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 231 distinguishes between this genus and the European genus Lophiotherium, but does not give its relationship to Orohippus, the type of which consists of upper teeth only. From additional material in the American Museum Collection, which includes upper and lower teeth in association, I am con- | __ gressive condition of the pre-molars. I hesitate, however, to consider these a characters as of full generic importance, preferring to treat the group as a _ subgenus of Orohippus. - Oligotomus Cope." The type O. cinctus is a lower jaw fragment with broken teeth and is from the Lower pater In his description Cope _ distinguishes it from Orotherium Marsh “in the possession of but two _ premolars. The inferior molars are six, leaving four true molars.” The specimen unquestionably belongs to the genus Orohippus and probably to one of Marsh’s previously described species. Echippus Marsh.2 Type E. validus from the Wasatch of New Mexico. Assuming that there are generic distinctions between Hyracotherium of Owen and the horses of the American Wasatch, Hohippus stands as the generic name for the American forms from this horizon, since it is the first _ and only name proposed. Prof. Marsh distinguished this genus from Oro- ~ Iippus by the fourth premolar, which he stated was, in both the upper and lower jaw, like the third premolar and not like the first true molar as in Orohippus. He remarks further that there are four functional digits in the _ fore foot and three in the hind foot with a vestige of the fifth metatarsal. This generic description, at least the part referring to the foot structure, appears to have been drawn not from EF. validus but from fragments asso- ciated with the type of E. pernix from the Wasatch of Bitter Creek, Wyo., which was described at the same time. There are no metapodials with the type of E. validus from which he could have made such determinations, but with the type of E. pernix there are both metacarpals and metatarsals. There is no indication of a fifth digit present, however, although he was correct in assuming that there was such a vestige in the pes of the Wasatch horses. I believe that this genus includes not only all of the Wasatch horses but those Shem the Wind River and possibly those from the Huerfano Basin. Epihippus Marsh. This name was established in 1878. In his de- scription Marsh states that the genus is found in the Diplacodon Beds of 1 Pal. Bull., Nov. 12, 1873, p 2 Am. Jour. Sci., XIi, 1876, p 3 Popular Science Monthly, Fg ot 878, p. 678, footnote. is | , 232 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, the Uinta Basin, that it is larger than Orohippus, has the same number of toes but has the premolars like the molars. No species was mentioned as. being the generic type, but EL. gracilis was the first described, and Dr. Hay in his Bibliography designated it as the type of the genus. The characters pointed out by Marsh do not serve to distinguish the Uinta from the Bridger forms. The distinctions are rather in the highly developed mesostyle, in the advanced condition of the second upper and lower premolars, in the crescentic external cusps of the upper molars and in the more perfect development of the cross crests. Helohippus Marsh.!. The type of this genus is Marsh’s Lophiodon pumilus from the Bridger Basin. In 1892 he elevated the species to generic rank and distinguished it from Orohippus by the presence of a diastema. between the first and second upper premolars. The type of Orohippus consisting as it does of loose teeth shows neither the presence nor the absence of a diastema, but referred specimens show various conditions from a con- siderable diastema to none at all. The character appears to be one of only specific importance. The type of Helohippus is barely distinguishable specifically from the type of Orohippus both of which bear the same specific _ name. ‘The former has specific and the latter generic priority. Protorohippus Wortman.’ ‘This genus was established by Dr. Wortman in 1896, the type being the skeleton from the Wind River Basin described by Cope as Hyracotherium venticolum. 'The characters which Wortman — pointed out as distinguishing this species from all other Wassee and Wind_ River horses, which he grouped under Hyracotherium, were “no vestige _ of the fifth digit in the hind foot. Superior molars with sub-crescentic external cusps and having a mesostyle and hypostyle. Fourth superior premolar with only three principal cusps, the fourth (antero-internal in this case) small and more or less in the position of an intermediate. Third superior premolar with four principal cusps, the antero-internal considerably enlarged and shifted inwards to form a cusp analogous with the protocone of the true molars.” ‘To take up in order these characters which Dr. Wort-_ man considers of generic value,— First; There is what I interpret as a Guest alee Does" ~ cobssified vestigial fifth metatarsal in the type of H. venticolum, and this i _ same condition is to be found both in the Bridger and Uinta horses. In j ; a well preserved pes from the Wind River (Amer. Mus. Coll. No. 4848) with which, unfortunately, there are no teeth associated for definite specific determination, there is, on the outer surface of the fourth metatarsal, a well defined facet for a small free fifth metatarsal. Second: I have not been able “to discover a true hypostyle in any of our Eocene horses, even in the Uinta 1 Amer. Jour. Sci., X LIII, 1892, 2p. 353. 2 Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 189 p. 104, Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 233. The mesostyle in the specimens of H. venticolum is in such a very mentary condition as to amount practically to an absence of that struc- j re, whic really makes its first appearance in Orohippus. Third: There tainly is a very marked advance in the development of the third and urth premolars, especially in the third, shown in a moderate degree only uich have been referred to H. venticolum. There are, from the Wind iver Beds, specimens which show various stages of premolar develop- nt, from the simple triangular teeth of the Wasatch stage to the more ss quadrate teeth seen in No. 4839 figured by Dr. Wortman! as rep- ing the extreme condition of this development in the formation, but. nge of variation is not more than might occur within generic limits. 1, therefore, that these characters, which Dr. Wortman has indicated as rating this species generically from all other Wasatch and Wind River ecies, are not of sufficient value for the purpose and that Protorohippus uld be considered as synonymous with Kohippus. It the determinations made above are correct the genera of American sotheres would stand, with relation to the various horizons, as follows: Wasatch, Eohippus | Wind River, ((?) Huerfano. Orohippus { Bridger. Epihippus 4 Uinta. “Tt remains to compare these three genera with the European forms. »péret, in his revision of the European Hyracotheres,’? has not been able o identify any of the American genera with those of Europe, and since uterial for extended and careful comparisons is lacking in the American useum Collection, I cannot do better than to accept Prof. Depéret’s. determinations. Apparently the closest approach between the forms of the _ two Continents is of Eohippus to Hyracotherium, in the Lower Eocene and of Epihippus to Lophiotherium in the Upper Eocene. Between the former : ’r. Wortman has pointed out the important difference of a single external “—_ on the second upper premolar in [Hyracotherium and two external eusps in all American species. If one is to rely upon Owen’s figures of Hyracotherium there is also an important difference between the two genera jhown in the intermediate cusps of the upper molars. In Hyracotherium. i ef Loc. cit., p. 105. The figure is slightly exaggerated, the p ° being less quadrate in outline- than the Growin indicates. 2 Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, 1901, pp. 199-225. the type but more strongly in the smaller specimens from the Wind River 2 | these appear to be more separate and distinct than in Eohippus, and show __» 234 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. : less tendency to form cross-crests. Depéret considers Eohippus to | intermediate stage of evolution between Hyracotherium and Pachynoloy Between Lophiotherium and Epihippus I may note two disti (1) in the European genus the second upper premolar has a single cusp, while in the American form there is a distinct second intern (2) in Lophiotherium the second lower premolar has two anteric posterior cusp, and in Epihippus this condition is reversed, there ‘1 anterior and two posterior cusps. C. Descriptions of Valid Genera and Species. : Wasatco and WinD RIVER STAGES. : Eohippus Marsh. Syn.: Protorohippus Wortman. cusp is well indicated, in which case the third premolar shows more | Cl second upper premolar of two equal external cusps e, (3) a disatema between first and second upper premolars, (4): ith a vestigial fifth digit, either free or codssified, (6) lower fo ‘small entoconid or with entoconid absent, (7) second Tawen's with two anterior and one posterior cusps, the second anterior cusp D some species. . (2)! Bohippus index Cope. Syn.: Orotherium index Cope. — Type locality: Evanston, Wyo. Type specimen: A fragme ramus with p,m, and roots of p,_, (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. Characters of type.— (1) Molars rather robust, (2) heel of m, stout, (3) m, wider than m,, (4) p, without entoconid, at leas indication of it in the somewhat weathered tooth, (5) p, comparative ‘small, (6) cingulum moderately developed on molars, (7) a dias tween p, and p,, (8) ramus thick and stout. 1 The genta 2 in i prefixed to the species refer to the chron given (antea, pp. 2 Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 235 Measurements of Type. 5 Cc Wm KM wOweat LS) oO Ps; M\—3 -p, transv. diam: : m, antero-post. Gar... =.“ transv. __-'m, antero-post. diam. . 5 “cc transv. ¢6 A Bete of ramus at m,. : to NRE ORO we _ 3 is the smallest of the known American Hyracotheres, the only other Ww hich approach it in size being E. angustidens Cope and E. cuspidatus », both from New Mexico. Dr. Wortman referred both of these types, wel | as much of the material in the American Museum Collection from y Horn Basin to this species. LE. cuspidatus i is based on an upper ar long to an animal of about the same size as E. angustidens to h species I have provisionally referred it rather than to index which is om a eet locality and possibly different horizon. The extreme 0 s of the molar teeth in angustidens is a character of sufficient , I think, to distinguish it from the present species. I am also e to “follow Dr. Wortman in his identification of the majority of the 5 Hom specimens as pertaining to E. index; a few of them do agree airy rly y well i in size and other characters but the gréater part of them are ully larger and with proportionately larger and less primitive pre- rs and should be placed in a separate species. Re jerrec specimens: Accompanying the type specimen and bearing the san > number i is a single lower third molar which belongs to a different di idual but probably to the same species. From New Mexico a single specimen in the American Museum Collection (No. 4637) is apparently eferable here. This specimen exhibits on the third lower premolar a well “4 ae antero-internal cusp. From the Big Horn are several specimens 9s. 193, 4523, 4589, 4604, 4605, 4620) which are close to the type in size a ad which show no specific structural differences; they are all fragmentary thou, ch and do not furnish additional characters. (4). Eohippus angustidens Cope. Syn.: Orohippus angustidens Cope. (5) Orohippus cuspidatus Cope. _ Type locality: Rio Gallinas,. New Mexico. T ype specimen: A fragment ofr ‘ramus with m,_3 (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1078). © Characters of type: (1) Lower molars very slender, (2) heel of m, long 236 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. ; and narrow with a single median crest, (3) antero-internal — of n not twinned, (4) m, and m, of equal transverse diameter, (5) rami Measurements oj Type. ~ ™M),>-3 : m, pinkeboteet. diniss: “ transv. eee i m, antero-post. diam... 3). wea. 4 “ transv. veh Depth of ramus at m, . This is one of the smallest species of the genus and differs 1 in the long narrow molars and in the thin, delicate jaw. 7 specimens in the American Museum Collection which approa in the slenderness of the molar teeth. The few small speci Mexico and the Big Horn appear to be closer to index than te The type of Orohippus cuspidatus Cope, from Rio Gallinas, (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1077), is a fragment of upper jaw wi milk molar and the first permanent molar. The latter te _ antero-posterior diameter 6.5 mm. and in transverse diam This is about equal to E. angustidens in size, to which 7 belongs. 6) Eohippus validus Marsh. Type locality: Rio Gallinas, New Mexico. Type fragment with p-m,r.; p,-m,andm,l.; p*m'r.; ? m?l. a skeleton fragments (Yale Mus. Coll.). . iy Characters of type: (1) Lower molars very short and Qn wider than m,, (2) heel of m, large, with external cusp and inte (3) p, comparatively very small and without entoconid, (4) | and narrow antero-posteriorly, (5) ramus stout. i Measurements of Type. mm, . m!' antero-post. diam............. 6.8 Pets: 6s bie is “ transv. RV Ai cry - 9.4 1 ae eT se ye BA p* antera-podt; ion Vs eee 5.4 — m, antero-post. ere : “ transv, i Ng gn ee 8. “ transv. OS ae m, antero-post. diawice “ transv. a Pe “ “ This species is the generic type for all known Wasatch and Win horses. It is quite the most primitive species of the genus; | 1e Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 4 ‘ow and simple fourth upper premolar is not duplicated in any other e or indeed in any — specimen which I have examined. (8.) Eohippus.cristonensis Cope. Syn.: Orotherium cristonensis Cope. (9) Orotherium loevii Cope. Type locality: Rio Gallinas, New Mexico. Type specimen: Lower s (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1002). zh ers of type: (1) Molars of moderate robustasen; (2) heel of m, tremely cond and heavy, (3) p, with small entoconid, (4) p, with rudi- | ntary antero-internal cusp, (5) long diastema between p, and p,, (6) gulum weak and not continuous. Measurements oj Type. ae mm eet eS ey ,™M,-3 eh. EMM cack" ay! vhgte ge ahcrer cate cary Manes UG Magee ram, satbero-post. dian. ‘ “ transv. | OSV ESS aa eae peace cee ee Cm Pr III gg Ge eg Re ue eo een ee “ transv. os A eee SS eee ane rea 2 EN er ys tig eee cy dy ee “ transv. EG Sys se Ths, wigs cdh':) 3) et Depth of ramusatm, . . . 18: The large basin-shaped heel of aie last sbi of this specimen is not found d in any other Wasatch type, although this seems to be a character of ! able variability in the Hyracotheres. The size and general pro- s of the teeth, however, distinguish this species from any previously tried, with the exception, perhaps, of Cope’s Hyracotheriwm vasacciense Gace, the type of which is a single (?) second lower molar agreeing “igh » closely with the corresponding tooth in the present species. _ The type of Orotherium loevii Cope (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1128), from y Mexico, was regarded by Wortman as being a small variety of E. eres The type is a very inferior one consisting, as it does, of jaw. ragment with badly worn and broken p,-m,. It is considerably smaller an the type of cristonensis, but the proportions of the teeth are much the m > and there is a distinct entoconid on the fourth premolar. Measurements oj Type of Orotherium loevit. mm. ~ p.-m, ase ; RP ei ie, arog? wate eee m, icater-post, dines. BAS ae os SRE UCT | “ transv. BA ry re (ho STR, vot ethene bie cae Pp, antero-post. os 5.5 “ transv. PN eee segs a ee hy cigeice et Oa as RA ee ee ig en 238 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vi a‘. Rejerred specimens: No. 4634, Amer. Mus. Coll., from the typ e loc is the closest approach to the type of the present species of any speci the collection, and this differs in having bifid antero-internal smaller heel. No. 4636, also from the type locality, agrees in | cusps not twinned but has a short heel. No. 165 from the Big | cbabiy' a does not orate to E. cristonensis. (12.) Eohippus etsagicus Cope. Syn.: Systemodon i ate Cope. Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: : with p,m, |., roots of py_3 and alveolus of p, (Amer. Mus., 4600). Characters of Type: (1) Molars moderately stout, (2) Pa (3) no diastema between Pp, and p,, (4) ramus deep. Ret: Measurements of Type. _ ag |: PR Se eR GRIER m, antero-post. diam. . “ transy. i _ p, antero-post. “ transy. . Depth of ramus at py, . “ce yoke eee Prof. Cope figured this specimen in hla Tertiary Vertebra explanation of the plate applied the name Systemodon et appears to be no other reference to the specimen. It nn racothere and is distinct from any previously described eae In size it is about equal to E. cristonensis but differs (1) in the ramus, (2) in having no entoconid on the fourth premolar, (3) i of the diastema. The specimen is of importance as being from the Big Horn Basin described previously to Dr. Wortm : ; Referred specimens: Two specimens in the American Muset (Nos. 228, 4597) appear to belong to this form; No. 4597 s rooted first lower premolar and but a slight indication of internal cusp on the third premolar. | A Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. oo ZO (13.) Eohippus cristatus Wortman. — Syn.: Hyracotherium cristatum Wortman. ip’ fas Type ¢ locality: Grey Bull River, Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: owe jaw fragment with p,-m,r. (Amer. Mus. Coll. No. 258b). Para- ye; a jaw fragment with m, (No. 240). Zz Characters of type: (1) Jaw and teeth robust, (2) p, without entoconid rith antero-internal cusp weak, (3) p; with a single anterior cusp, (4) 9 eres of molars strongly developed, (5) heel of m, stout. Measurements of Type. mm Psy 36. ae. : 20. Oty aakerppost: dita: ; 9.5 mis transv. “ 6.8 p, antero-post. “ 8. _ “ transv. iB Spe ae nae 5.5 Paratype. m, antero-post. Siig EN ae, Sa SGM RR ae HC “ transy. : 7.3 With the exception of those specimens which Cope and Wortman have erred to Hyracotherium tapirinum, this is the largest of the Wasatch srses and may be distinguished by the absence of the antero-internal cusp ‘ithe third premolar and the posterior position of the homologous cusp on the fourth premolar. Compared with E. craspedotus of the Wind River, present species has more slender teeth and the fourth premolar is com- _ paratively much smaller and with a narrower heel,’ also the cross-crests of 2 the molars are better developed. a - Rejerred specimens:. Nos. 4650, 4653, 4656 and 4655, Amer. Mus. Coll., ¢ probably referable to this species, but do not add any characters since * consist of lower molars only. (14.) Eohippus montanus Wortman., aa). Syn.: Hyracotherium (Pliolophus) montanum Wortman, : Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Fragments of both rami, with m,_, |., p, and roots of p,_, r- (Amer. Mus. Coll. No. 4593). F “d - Characters of Type: (1) Molars robust, (2) heel of mg of moderate size, @) Ps with small eitonanid, (4) p, double rooted, (5) no diastema between 240 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Measurements of Type. mm. P:-m, (approx.) vials $y Hasse echelge Mpeg th gee Ute Me Sa Tn ee a ae a oe a ge F m, antero-post. diam...) 64) 3/6 ei Ge “* transv. Oh Lae EEN ea le 6. p, antero-post. AE a paid Oe ctce ll are in “ transv. pao 4.6 depth of ramus at m, . 00. (2's) Vek BONS oe rr Dr. Wortman established this species on the distinguishing characters of “ (1) the absence of any diastema between the first and second premolars, and (2) the two rooted condition of the first premolar.” ‘The first character is observed in the type of E. (Systemodon) etsagicus Cope from the same locality but it is not possible to determine whether the premolar was double © rooted or not. The Cope type is deep-jawed, has more slender molars and ~ there is no distinct entoconid on the fourth premolar, characters which would seem to indicate that the present species is distinct. Referred specimens: The only specimen in the collection which appears to be referable here is No. 221, a fragmentary jaw from the Big Horn Basin. ~ which shows the additional character of a strong antero-internal cusp on the third preinolar. i | Eohippus resartus sp. nov. Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: A portion of a left ramus with p,-m, |. and, in somewhat doubtful association, fragments of upper jaws with p*-m'l., m?? r. (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 4657). Characters of type: (1) Lower molars stout and with cross crests well developed, (2) p, without entoconid, (3) p; with well developed antero- internal cusp, (4) ramus deep and massive. Measurements of Type. mm. mm, Pen eS i ee, Se eee 38 Ps-M,..... Dis es a oo oe 36.4 WYP eh ee ee 30 m, antero-post. diam..............5 10 m! antero-post. diam............ 10. “ transyv. +S elena 6.5 “ transv. ep ona aaa 11.5 p, antero-post,.“'. . ..e 2." oe. Oe ae 10. “ transy. ( Oe This species is proposed for the purpose of embracing the various speci- mens from the Big Horn Basin which have been referred by Cope and Wortman to Hyracotherium (Orohippus) tapirinum Cope, of the New Mex- ican Wasatch, a type which is not generically determinable and which, I think, should be abandoned as useless for the reference of additional material. 1908.] Granger, Revision of American Eccene Horses. 241 ‘The type is a fragment of lower jaw with very badly worn second and third ‘molars (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 1064). It was originally described as Orohip- pus tapirinus, was later referred by Cope to the genus Hyracotherium, and when Systemodon was discovered in the Big Horn Basin, Cope made it the ) e of that genus. Dr. Wortman, however, in his treatise on the subject, considered that Cope’s original determination.of the specimen as a horse V as the correct one. ‘The only reason, which I can determine, for consider- _ ing it a horse is the fact that in the last molar the oblique ridge which connects the anterior pair of cusps with the posterior pair has its anterior mination, as nearly as can be made out from the worn teeth, between the anterior cusps and not at the posterior face of the external cusp as in the Fig. 2. Figs. 1 and 2. Hohippus resartus. (After Wortman.) Upper teeth, crown view (composition from Nos. 139 and 212). Wahsatch, Big yf Wg. 1. UG Se a 7. Fig. 2. Lower teeth, crown view. Type specimen No. 4657 (third molar from No. 148a). _ Wahsatch, Big Horn. X }. - “era Abbreviations: pr.= protocone, de.= deuterocone, tr.= tritacone, pr?.= protoconid, _ det,= deuteroconid, me?.= metaconid, hi¢.= hypoconulid. majority of specimens of Systemodon from the Big Horn. There are from _ the Big Horn specimens which are intermediate in this respect between _ Eohippus and Systemodon and which do not fall satisfactorily into either genus. The present species is the largest of the Wasatch or Wind River _ Hyracotheres, exceeding in size E. craspedotus and E. cristatus. From the _ former it is distinguished by the strong cross crests of the lower molars and _ from the latter by the presence of a second anterior cusp on the third pre- _ molar and by the subequal anterior cusps of the fourth premolar. ; Referred specimens include Nos. 139 and 212 (Fig. 1), both from the Big Horn Basin. The first of these is a palate with the molars and third and fourth premolars and the second has molars and second and third premolars / (March, 1908.] 16 242 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, in association with a lower molar. ‘These two specimens combined give a fairly complete representation of the upper teeth of this species. The ‘characters of importance are (1) metaconules not clearly defined, (2) stro parastyle on third and fourth premolars, (3) outer cusps of second and premolars placed close together, (4) a postero-internal ledge on second , premolar. The specimens in the National Museum Collection from New Mexico which have been referred by Cope to H. tapirinum are probably referable to the present species, although in the absence of premolar teeth it is not possible to definitely separate them from Wortman’s E. cristatus. They do not agree well with Cope’s type of tapwrinwm in which the second molar has a much greater transverse diameter than the third. : Eohippus borealis sp. nov. Type locality: Big Horn Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Lower jaws with p,-m, of both sides (Amer. Mus. Coll. No. 214). Characters of type: (1) Molars moderately stout, (2) heel of m, short and — stout but not broad, (3) .m, about equal to m, in transverse diameter, (4) __ p, Without entoconid, (5) p, with two anterior cusps, (6) diastema between — p; and p,, (7) cingulum weal on py, moderate on molars, (8) jaw stout we not deep. Measurements of Type. mm. DoT ep, aR ee eR en m,-3 ; oh yp-wcte able LE ‘nh eagia oe ines al poaedea an © m, pellet. i » iby ost pi bacas take Coke eg napa “ transv. Se erik te a ee wade: de” Se pag ees el fa rr m, antero-post. Pere) a ve. we Miers asteceiaps et a “ transv. Co Sled Dg Lgl ELS Pte aia a p, antero-post. “bet oy) oii, a er “ transv. eee ba Shea SD iaie ote an I ie. Ga Depth of ramus of my: :) isis). syne eo es i) In the American Museum Collection there are between two and three hundred specimens of Hyracotheres from the Big Horn Basin. These consist mainly of fragmentary upper and lower jaws. In only a few instances are there upper and lower teeth in association. A large proportion of the specimens, perhaps one third, appear to belong to a single medium sized species. In the general structure of the lower teeth they do not differ very materially from the type of E. index from Evanston, and Dr. Wortman has referred the majority of these Big Horn specimens to this species. As I have mentioned before, however, it seems to me that there is too great a = Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. _ 243 ifference in size between the Evanston type and the majority of the referred ~ specimens from the Big Horn Basin to be bridged over by a single species, a ad I propose this name to embrace these numerous specimens and also a. y from the Wind River which appear to be referable to the same species. This form appears not to be represented from the Wasatch of New Mexico. e ‘ ay be distinguished from the various New Mexican types as follows;. = m HE. cristonensis Cope by (1) the absence of an entoconid on the fourth wemolar, (2) the relatively smaller third molar and shorter narrower heel; Ft E. angustidens Cope by greater size and relatively broader molars; ~ from Hyracotherium tapirinum Cope, by size; and from E. validus Marsh ob (1) relatively narrower molars and (2) larger fourth premolar. From _ the three types from the Big Horn Basin, E. etsagicus Cope, E. montanus: ~ Wort. and E. cristatus Wort., it is clearly distinguishable. In the first two. _ species there is no diastema between the first and second premolars, and in Z the last (E. eristatus) there is no antero-internal cusp on the third premolar, __ and the species is also much larger compared with Hyracotherium vasac- _ etense Cope, from Evanston, the present species has more slender molars. _ ‘Referred specimens: Among the more important specimens in the col- lection which may be referred to this species are Nos. 179, 4498, 4583, 4602,. - 4613, 4624. One of these, No. 4613', has upper molars associated with lower jaw; the upper molars agree well with those of No. 4602, and as the : — latter specimen has, in addition to the upper molars the third and fourth premolars, it may be selected for description of the upper dentition of E. borealis. (1) The molars show a moderate parastyle, (2) have the proto- conules distinct and the metaconules well separated on first and second teeth, (3) last molar with its posterior border square cut, a condition materi- ally different from that seen in some other specimens of about the same size- ___ in which the last molar shows strong lateral compression at the metacone, _ giving the tooth almost a triangular outline. These latter probably repre-- sent a species distinct from the present one. The measurements of No. 4602, which is a slightly smaller individual. than the type, are: . p*-m* 35. ’ mi : 22.5 } ra! Rabero post: athe: : 5 “ transv. zi : 8.5 m? antero-post. “ . : 7.5: “ transv. if 9. p* antero-post. “ 6. “ transv. i 7.3 1 See Bull. Am, Mus. Nat. Hist., 1896, p. 100, figs. 9 and 10. 244 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — The single lower molar from Evanston, Wyo., described by Cope as Lophiotherium vasacciense, is a type to which the reference of other speci- mens from widely separated localities and possibly different geological — horizons must be attended with much uncertainty. The lower jaw (Amer. Mus. Cope Coll. No. 4659), from the Big Horn Basin, which Dr. Wortman has described and figured as representing this species, agrees with the type, — _as he states, fully as well as any of the specimens from this locality do, but — it seems preferable, for the reason given above, not to consider it as repre- senting vasacciense but rather as a large deep-jawed variety of E. borealis. Aside from size and the depth of jaw it differs from the present species in having a weaker deuteroconid on the third premolar and a shorter heel on the third molar. The measurements of No. 4659 are: pP.-m, (approx.) + ue os ERAS eS ee ee m,-3 ; DUE SEE OT, oh ea ea ms; andianeipoed: pe SESAME e eat + Gy pre alle ker depth of ramusatm, . - . 6 66 ee ee ee 20. Nos. 4504 and 4660 pertain to this variety. Several specimens (Nos. 4617, 4596, 4578, 4591, 4626) represent a smniallek variety of EL. borealis, being closer to this species than to E. angustidens in — which the molars are extremely slender. No. 4578 has the molar series measuring 24 mm. as compared with 26 mm. in the type. ‘The other spo mens are intermediate in size. From the Wind River there are several upper and lower jaws (N Os. 12807, 12795, 12799) from the lower level (Cottonwood Draw and Bridger Cue which I am unable to distinguish from this species. (10.) Eohippus craspedotus Cope. Syn.: Hyracotherium craspedotum Cope. Type locality: Wind River Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Parts of both lower jaws with m,_, r., p, and p,m, |. (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. — 4830). Character of type: (1) Molars very robust, with low massive cusps, (2) m, considerably wider than m,, (3) heel of m, broad and very heavy, (4) cross crests of molars but little developed, (5) p, without a distinet entoconid, (6) very short diastema between p, and p., (7) prominent posterior cusp on P2: Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. . ae Measurements of Type. mm. ey es ae igs. «OB. " My,-3 2 Ren Taner re TN dc ha Rk es Oy m, antéro-post. diam. ra MEPS ahs Mor ue ee ae GL, “ transv. BE TA SAA Al Als a FRR CE RE NEES SET EAE AOC TC Ee UEeD 1 “ transv. Ja tie DE EE en ye ava eee Oe | SPEER CR PRMIUG OSB. es oo is bie eee we QO. | This is the largest species found in the Wind River and nearly as large any from the Wasatch. It is readily distinguishable by the short broad and the low, obtuse and well separated cusps of the molars. Referred specimens: As probably belonging to this species is’a crushed ull (No. 4831) with the molars and third and fourth premolars in fine _ preservation. Both Cope and Wortman have referred this specimen to § ‘this species. The premolars show but very slight progression, the third pend fourth being very simple triangular teeth, quite distinct in this respect — from E. venticolus, from the same beds in which the third premolar has the | 4 . second internal cusp well indicated. The molars show less development ____ of the parastyle than is seen in the larger Wasatch species. a A second specimen (No. 12819) which is either referable to this species % or to one undescribed has upper and lower jaws in association. The lower molars are more slender than in the type and there is no trace of an ento- ~ eonid on the fourth premolar. The upper teeth are similar to No. 4831. 5 Both of these referred specimens are from the Wind River. _ Measurements of No. 4831 are: oO pm’ (approx.) =. , 57. m— . ‘ 27.5 m' aiteeo post: Bam. : 9. “ transv. nm 10.7 _ pt antero-post. “ We => *. transv. " 9.6 (11.) Eohippus venticolus Cope. Syn.: Hyracotherium venticolum Cope, 1881. 2 ") Protorohippus venticolus Wortman, 1896. s Type locality: Alkali Creek, Wind River Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: _ Skull, jaws and large part of skeleton. (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 4832). Characters of type: Lower dentition, (1) molars moderately stout, (2) heel of m, broad and heavy, (3) m, equal to m, in transverse diameter, (4) py with well developed entoconid, (5) p, with two sub-equal anterior cusps 246 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, and no posterior cusp, (6) diastema between p, and p,; Upper dentition, (1) parser’ moderate, (2) intermediate cusps well indicated on all molars, (3) p‘ triangular in outline, (4) p* more advanced than p‘, the antero-internal — cusp being fairly well mation oe (5) p’ with poatero-intenaay ledge, © 4 short diastema between p' and p’. Measurements of Type. mm mm. PO es apt ci nota os Sey eee 45 | ae | MS 48.8. Ti ae hee Stier aes APU ERD MRNAS uci! Mog est veces s ce ce 6 est ee 28.2 m! antero-post. diam............ 8.1 m, antero-post. diam............... 8. “« transv. fs Ee alae 10.5 “ transv. Me 6. m® antero-post. “ = .......... 8.3 m antero-post. ‘3 92%. “ transv. Ga ahi ee 10.3 “« transy. i aa Pope 6.5 p* antero-post. “. .:......4. ; a “ transv. ere! Clay Ary 9. Length of skull from occipital con- p, antero-post: diam......3s. seme 6.8. dyles to tip of nasals......... 138. “* transv. “) 2 5.5 Length of femur................188. Length of humerus..........45.05 96. ty t EaIS 5 co's ses chee ee # **“alna.... veer ae ss a 116. * Oat TEE. s ee 68. * ** yadius, .’...++<) ela a ¥ me. IIT... 51. This is the most important specimen of a Hyracothere from our lower — Eocene, and it has been thoroughly described and figured by Cope. The — characters of the upper premolars serve at once to distinguish it from any Wasatch species, while its size, and the proportions of the lower molars; separate it from KE. craspedotus of the same beds. Referred specimens: There are no other specimens in the collection which can with absolute certainty be referred to this species although there are two (Nos. 4837, 4839), each with upper premolars, which represent either a small variety or a closely allied species, since both present the character — seen in the third premolar of the type. A third specimen (No. 4834), lower jaw, is also smaller than the type and has no entoconid on the fourth premolar although the premolars are relatively larger. HuERFANO STAGE. ? Eohippus. In the small collection of fossils obtained by Prof. Osborn and Dr Wortman in the Huerfano Basin in 1897 there are a few fragmentary re-— mains of Hyracotheres, including portions of two lower jaws, and rep-— resenting two species. One (No. 2685), a small slender jawed type, is Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. _ 247 recorded as coming from the lower beds, and the other (No. 2658a), a medi- um sized species with short broad teeth, is from the middle or upper beds. am unable to determine definitely the generic position of these two speci- mens. The fourth premolar is preserved in both jaws and, while the -entoconid is rather more highly developed than in the Wind River species, _ yet the tooth does not show the progressive character found in Orohippus. _ til the upper teeth are known the reference of the Huerfano horses to ver Eohippus or Orohippus must be more or less conjectural. Prof. )sborn has referred ' the smaller of the two specimens to the Wind River > genus, provisionally. as Measurements of No. 2685 Measurements of No. 2685a mm, mm. sm, (approx.).. coarse TR BERS are Ei en a eee 21.4 eg AS a 20". mi, trenev, diam oii ooh F. Er Ge ™m, antero-post. diam............ 10.8 Depth of jaw at m,................15.3 “ transv. BS Geet sik hee phos 5.4 Depth of ramus at m,........ i 18.5 etupvrs”s ~ BRIDGER STAGE. Orohippus Marsh, 1872. _ Syn.: Helotherium Cope, 1872. Oligotomus Cope, 1873. Helohippus Marsh, 1892. ee: = Characters: (1) Third and fourth upper premolars either molariform or well advanced toward that condition, the fourth always showing progression equal to the third, (2) second upper premolar with two external cusps and, in advanced species, a small internal cusp, (3) first upper premolar double rooted, (4) diastema between first and second upper premolars either present or absent, (5) mesostyle present (practically absent in O. major), (6) lower fourth premolar molariform, (7) third premolar, usualiy, with two anterior and one posterior cusp, (8) diastema between lower first and second pre- molar either present or absent. (16.) Orohippus pumilus Marsh. Syn.: Lophiodon pumilus Marsh. (9) Helotherium procyoninum Cope. ¥ ne Type-locality: “Marsh’s Fork,” ? Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: oA A right maxilla with p*-m? and roots of p!~? (Yale Mus. Coll.). 1 Bull. Amer. Mus., 1897, p. 258." 27 Spoon determine the’ position of ‘‘ Marsh’s Fork” but it probably is one of the numerous poe! ary ks leading into either Smith’s or Black’s Fork, and hence in the Lower Bridger. is a “aren Creek indicated on some maps in the upper part of the Green River Basin, north of Piney Creek, but I think this must be beyond the northern limits of the Bridger ex- 248 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Characters of type: (1) Teeth considerably compressed antero-poste- riorly, (2) parastyle much reduced, (3) mesostyle rudimentary, at least on m!-?, (4) strong internal ledge on p?, as indicated by roots of the tooth, (5) moderately tan ansieg toward full molariform condition, (6) short dias- tema between p! and p”. Measurements of Type. Pr a as Si en m'~ : wate a Due be eles Np oe Ok be pkey fen ean m? atthe api: diam EEN ee eR SS “ transv. Mea DR w ecih sahy RR gre eh Prof. Marsh in 1892 elevated this type to separate generic rank giving it the name Helohippus. He distinguished the genus by “a diastema between the first and second premolars, and the last premolar like the first — molar.” These characters are apparently meant as distinctions from Orohippus, the type of which consists of four loose teeth, and the presence or absence of a diastema cannot be determined although it is probable that there was one. There is no fourth premolar with the typical Orohippus but the third premolar certainly does not show any characters separating — it from the present species generically. Specific distinctions between the - two species are confined principally to the greater antero-posterior com-_ pression of the teeth in the present form. The single third upper molar from Cottonwood Creek, Hor. B. (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 5052), described by Cope as Helotherium procyoninum resembles the present species pretty closely although the mesostyle is rather better developed than in the first and second molars of O. pumilus. The specimen surely belongs to this genus and very probably to this species. The measurements of H. procyoninum are: mm, m! antero-post. diam, i. 9.) 4. “ transv. Cog hes es cle su Soap gece Stace ee (17.) Orohippus ballardi Marsh. Syn.: Lophiotherium ballardi Marsh. (22) Oligotomus cinctus Cope. Type locality: Grizzly Buttes, Lower beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type a specimen: Fragment of left ramus with my, (Yale Mus. Coll.). Characters of type: (1) Molars short and broad with outer and inner cusps placed well apart, (2) heel of m, short and not basin shaped, (3) cingulum weak.’ . Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. _ 249 Measurements of Type. mm. mn, antero-post.. a. 6.7 _ “ transv. 4.7 m, antero-post. diam. 9.3 * transv. Hid 4.4 _ This is one of the smaller Bridger forms, about equal in size to O. pumilus h which it may prove to be identical when more complete material is Referred specimens: Referable to O. ballardi are two fragments of jaws m horizon B. (Nos. 11627, 12648a). One specimen (No. 12122), from Dry Creek, Hor. C., is considerably smaller than the type and smaller than anything else in the American Museum Collection. The molar series sasures, in millimeters, 21.5, m,-» = 13., width of m, = 4.5. Oligotomus cinctus Cope from the same horizon is not specifically dis- guishable from this species and should be included under it. Measurements of O. cinctus. : mm ES SALI E Oe ae ea ne ee er ee ee ea i Cer rr sg Get we Rhy Oe “ transv. ote gy gh inal ae RR crane ate ninco See Ga « OMNG@E el. ke ew TB, (18.) Orohippus typicus nom. nov.! “Type ality: Henry’s Fork’ (?), Upper beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type _ specimen: Loose teeth, p*, m', m’*].; mr. (Yale Mus. Coll.). . Characters of type: (1) Parastyle paditenters, (2) mesostyle rudimentary, PF ') molars broad antero-posteriorly (4) third and (?) fourth premolars well advanced toward molariform condition but not fully molariform. Measurements of Type. mm. PMT eo he ee eT, “ transyv. ig ME GS he wee eet ky ae es __ This is the type of the genus. Since this species is not generically dis- _ tinet from the species described by Marsh the year before as Lophiodon aha, and since the reference to Lophiodon was erroneous, a new specific name is necessary to designate this species, and the name typicus is assigned. pate specific differences between this form and O. (Lophiodon) pumilus are -—— 1 To replace O. pumilus Marsh, preoccupied. aug fhe original description of this species the type is recorded as coming from Grizzly 250 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, slight. So far as comparisons can be made, about the only differences are in the greater antero-posterior diameter of the molars in O. typicus and in the slightly different form of the third and fourth premolars. ‘The two types — agree in the rudimentary condition of parastyle and mesostyle. Although O. typicus is recorded as coming from Henry’s Fork, and hence from the upper beds, it is a rather primitive form such as might be expected from the lower horizons. ‘This species also compares in size with O. ballardi. . Referred specimens: In the American Museum Collection are two speci- mens (Nos. 12121, 11631) which are pretty certainly referable to this species, but neither is sufficiently complete to afford any additional characters. Orchippus progressus sp. nov. 4 Type locality: ‘Twin Buttes, Hor. C., Bridger Basin; Wyo. ‘Type specimen: Fragmentary skull with molar and premolar teeth. (Amer. Mus. Coll. No. 12120). Collected by Mr. C. S. Mead, 1904. Characters of type: (1) Parastyle well developed, (2) mesostyle mod- erately developed on molars and on p* and p‘, (3) molars broad antero- posteriorly, (4) p* and p* each with two equal internal cusps but with outlines not fully quadrate, (5) p? three rooted but the internal ledge is — narrow and abruptly sloped, (6) moderate diastema between p' and p*. Measurements of Type. mm pm 39. mi-—§ , Mees hi tas J: 20 m! antero-post. diam. . of eee wale oe fen en ak rn “ transyv. $6 Ons gs Msg Se Las ip. 4 ome Sas Skea Wal sa ee ee m’ antero-post. “ : fe “ transv. 7 8.3 p* antero-post. “ 6.8 “ transv. " 8. A small species from the upper beds which shows a very general and uniform progression towards Epihippus of the Uinta formation. In size the species is about the same as O. typicus, but it is distinguished from it by the greater development of the parastyle and mesostyle and the less rounded outline of the last molar. (23.) Orohippus major Marsh. Type locality: Millersville, Lower beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type B specimen: An upper jaw fragment with m?* r. and loose m* 1. (Yale Mus. — Coll.). ee ead 7 1908.] Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 251 PF iinacters of type: (1) Parastyle moderately developed, (2) eseaiie but slightly indicated on m*, absent on m’, (3) m* more quadrate in outline than i in other Bridger species, (4) external cusps much flattened. Measurements of Type. Loa mm PMU es ws ae Ee BS “ transv. Sait Ge ee er Ne IE he: sa Mey m’ antero-post. “ a a Te RECO * transv. a 2 YAS Pe aR angst. cr oh tafe at This is the largest of the Bridger horses and probably the most primitive. _ The molars show, in the practically absent mesostyle and in their outline, _ arather strong resemblance to the molars of Eohippus craspedotus from the Wind River, and the discovery of more complete material may compel its removal from the genus Orohippus. Rejerred specimens: A lower jaw (No. 11634) from Church Buttes, Hor. B., supporting the second and third molars, agrees with the type in size and is probably referable to it. The characters are, (1) heel of m, moderately stout, (2) cingulum heavy, (3) m, short and with greater trans- verse diameter than ms, (4) ramus very robust. ’ Measurements. mm. he CS PR Sena ene Ae ered lie Ae ivap ° By § m, ietkeite-poat. dixie’ PM cA yy a tl eal eat eee “ transv. eri eg gts iy ea whee en ftw ee nis «“ Rae ee UP yh Th cP eens, rn) eae ae DE MINOIME ME AGL) eee a WS eter Be A lower jaw (No. 11633) from Henry’s Fork, with the fourth milk molar and first and second true molars, equals the type in size and may belong to the species. Of interest in this specimen is the great length of the diastema between the first and second premolars, a character which separates it at once from the large advanced forms of the upper beds which I have grouped under the sub-genus Aminippus (Orotherium) Marsh, and which includes the species agilis, uintanus and sylvaticus. ‘4 Measurements of No. 11633. mm. m,-. : ot SN Oe ee? Beso ia Oe m, gntero-post. dinis. ORE ae me eS nS cPen da Neeeuama | te 1% “* transv. Mg ee St oO gaa rape ta oe Deen eS ee eee IO, 252 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, (24.) Orohippus osbornianus (Cope). Syn.: Hyracotherium osbornianum Cope. Type locality: Black’s Fork, Hor. B., Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Lower jaw fragment with m, and roots of p34 and m,_, (Amer. Mus., Cope Coll. No. 5051). Measurements of Type. mm, p.-m, (approx.) oh oof a aL wipe om je mele bien ny” Gu oe Myr g (APPTOX.): sei Pi we los esc ec eaale wae 2 m, antero-post. diam... .. (4 . sw ee “ tramsv. REPU TREN AEN Depth of ramus a6:-M,).. °c a ae ee The type of this species exhibits but few characters for comparison, but it represents a medium sized form from the lower horizon and does not ap-— pear to be referable to any previously described member of the genus. Referred specimens: No. 12648, consisting of skull, jaws and a large part of the skeleton, was obtained for the American Museum by the writer in 1905 in the lower levels of the Bridger formation, near Granger, and ~ agrees reasonably well so far as comparisons can be made with the type of this species, the chief differences being in the depth of the ramus, a- character of variability in Eocene horses. ‘The dental characters of this referred specimen are: upper series, (1) Parastyle strong, (2) mesostyle remarkably well developed on all teeth posterior to p', (3) p* and p* prim- itive, p* being considerably more quadrate than p’, (4) p? with no distinet internal cusp, (5) diastema very short on one side and absent on the other, — (6) p, double rooted, (7) canine very small and weak, not larger than p'; lower series, (1) molars moderately robust, (2) cingulum very heavy, (3) heel of m, short and stout, (4) p, without entoconid, (5) diastema about equal to antero-posterior diameter of p,, (6) canine very weak, (7) short diastema in front of canine, (8) incisors of equal size and with expanded and sharp cutting edges, (9) ramus thin. Measurements of No. 12648. mm mm, p'-m! 49.30 | Pe-Mg on ieee oe es oe pe 46.4 1 ra ee at) AE APSR Spied 24. 1 26 m' antero-post. diam........... oe m, antero-post. diam,..........+. Beir | “ transv. Mees ae 9.5 “ transv. (‘eas oe 5 m* antero-post. “ow... 8. m, antero-post. “ .../cuneeNeeee 10. “ transv. Ne ai MINER fe, 9. ‘“ transv. 6. et ea, 6 p> antero-post, “ .......... (By p, antero-post. “ ....+ssseunme a, “ transy. geet 4, eee 4 ““ transv. (‘1 5.4 depth of ramus at m, (increased by crushing) ......4.% ss ssn 16. 8.] ) Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. , 253 Some of the more important measurements of the skull and skeletal S are: mm. ee 8.) as ORY as ae, aoe si WN aR ee ne We A bie ehh 7 Se es oat eR anal oa Rah es NP Mey | Jie es Og A A Sn RR ee SAS “ RMN hb ge yee i Se ee st SME c a 2 oe yb ee eee 42. = MRM tc Ee ere cee ae ey ig REE ee Sy Be eee " oo Sb Sa SE a a eae earn) cnr tcnde Sacre 1 ~ Aside from the skull and jaws there are preserved all of the pre-sacral __yertebree, parts of both fore and hind limbs including nearly complete manus and pes, a few ribs, fragments of pelvis and three sternal bones. The skull is badly crushed and the hind limbs and vertebre are broken or weathered. A few characters of importance are to be noted, however, There are parts of thirty presacral vertebrae preserved; of these the seven cervicals are clearly distinguishable, of the remaining twenty-three dorso- lumbars fifteen are rib-bearing and eight seem to be lumbars. In the fore limb there is no material difference from Eohippus venticolus, the fibula has ~ a very slender shaft but it is not interrupted. In the manus and pes there is a slight advance over E. venticolus in the reduction of the lateral digits, the ischium is remarkably long and the blade of the scapula relatively broad in comparison with Hyrachyus. | _ Five other specimens of lower jaws in the collection (Nos. 12656, 12657, 11622, 11623, 11624) agree with the type in measurements and, with No. 12648, in the development of the premolar cusps, but all differ from the latter in having more robust jaws, one specimen (No. 11624) has canines fully twice the size of those of No. 12648. This size of the canines may very easily be a sexual character, though. Orchippus atavus sp. nov. Type locality: Mouth of Cottonwood Creek, Lower beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Collected by Dr. O. P. Hay, 1903. Type specimen: A fragmentary skull and portions of a hind limb (Amer. Mus. Coll., No. 11625). Characters of type: (1) Parastyle strong on first and second molars, weak on other teeth, (2) mesostyle only slightly indicated, except on m,, where it is well developed, (3) p* and p* very primitive; the p* is nearly tri- ____ angular in outline, the p‘ has the postero-internal cusp well developed and ___ is more quadrate in outline than p*, (4) p? with no distinct internal cusp, (5) moderate diastema, (6) canines of moderate size. 254 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Measurements of Type. Pre i i m}— ; ote anc ll Aes orm Sa Sve a te ae m! enteiepee: diam. . 7 “ transv. ; 9 m' antero-post. diam. . wi la a Fee ge ger “ transv. 66 GOT AE 2 Samir as ee p* antero-post. ORG ve te 6 “* transv. 8 Diastema S A medium sized species from the lower beds and, excepting O. major, the most primitive of any yet found in the Bridger. The third premolar shows but little advance over Eohippus venticolus. The fourth premolar, however, has the postero-internal cusp, or tetartacone in a higher developed condition than is found in any Wind River specimens. The cusp is nearly as large as the deuterocone but its position is less internal. It is the develop- ment of this fourth premolar ’beyond that of the third, together with the presence of a mesostyle, which places the species in the genus Orohippus instead of Hohippus. 3 ; This species may readily be distinguished from O. osbornianus by its — weak development of mesostyle, as well as by the moderate diastema and by the more primitive condition of the third and fourth premolars. Referred specimens: Provisionally referred to this species is a lower jaw, — (No. 11626) from Grizzly Buttes, which shows a very primitive condition of the third premolar, there being but a single anterior cusp and a large unicuspid heel, which is the condition of the second premolar in most species of Bridger horses. The fourth premolar is a molariform tooth, however, the two posterior cusps being sub-equal. Measurements of this jaw are: : mm, Pz-M, ° . . . . Py . . . . vi & . . ° . . . 40. M\~3 hae ts 3 26 m, transv. Alan. Esa ig: Bape iS coe Subgenus Aminippus nom. nov." Several species of the Equide from the Upper Bridger are decidedly more advanced than any from the lower part of the formation, but the differences are here regarded as of only subgeneric value. Ovotheritum Marsh, 1872, is the only generic name founded upon a species unquestion- ably from this level; as this is preoccupied it becomes necessary to propose 1 To replace Obothartan' Mate, EE DPE Aminippus = better horse, 7. é., more like the modern forms. d 1908.) . Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. _ 1280 4 a new name for these more progressive forms and the name Aminippus is _ chosen. Orotherium wintanum Marsh is the type of the subgenus, which includes the species sylvaticus of Leidy and agilis of Marsh. Characters: (1) Third and fourth upper premolars molariform, (2) second upper premolar with internal cusp, (3) no diastema between first _ and second upper premolars, (4) mesostyle moderately developed, (5) second lower premolar with single anterior and single posterior cusps, (6) no diastema between first and second lower premolars, (7) third and fourth _ lower premolars molariform. a) 15. Orohippus (Aminippus) sylvaticus Leidy. Syn.: Lophiotherium sylvaticum Leidy. Type locality: Henry’s Fork, Upper Beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: A portion of the left ramus with p,m, and m, (Nat. Mus. Coll. No. 3753). This is the first form described from the Bridger; in fact, the first species of Hyracothere described from any of the American Eocene stages. | Characters of type: (1) p,;* and p, molariform, but with p, very narrow anteriorly, (2) anterior pair of cusps on both molars and premolars placed - ¢loser together than the posterior pair; this character serves to distinguish the present species from O. uintanus, the closest allied form, (3) m, robust and with short stout heel, (4) well developed cingulum. Measurements of Type. mm. p;-m, in aaah’ Sie een a Rei CE eee BOIL 3 ™M,-; 3 CS er eee ere tier mee. LR a ae oh 2 a eet te a SO “ transv. - Beta in 5.6 CE RGR NGRG, IBM. kw kw te tl we OG ite transv. PAS i Steeles ose hae ee ee p, transv, te EE et Bec ae rae! Depth of ramus at m, 13 In an important specimen (Amer. Mus. Coll., No. 12649) of this . ‘species from Sage Creek Spring, Hor. C., collected by Mr. P. C. Miller, the upper and lower teeth are found associated. The characters of the wpper teeth are: (1) Molars not compressed antero- posteriorly but m* shows strong compression at the postero-external angle, giving the tooth a sheared off appearance as in Systemodon and Hyrachyus, (2) parastyle moderately developed, weakest on m°, (3) mesostyle moderately F id _.1 The third premolar is not present in the type, but in an associated specimen (No, 12649) n_the American Museum Collection. 256 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, developed on molars, strongest on m*, (4) metaconule not well separated in — last molar, (5) p* and p‘ fully molariform quadrate teeth. Measurements of No. 12649. I og oa 5 taney ue he's hae ae 41 ae 42.3 ae ea ca ee oe woe sks co ate 24 Mimg- cine i dsc es dees bn 27.2 - p* antero-post. — sseceeeeseee 0.5) My anitero-post. diam... [ensues 8.2 TOR. Leis fF) ieee 9.2 “ transv. ae 6. mi‘ antero-post. .. 8.4 m, antero-post.: “ ... 4. sae 10.5 m® transv. Ee eee 10.6 “ transv. ‘tha. oe Or m® entero-post;: 600 anise ee 8. “ transv. AES He ae a 10.6 Distinctions between this species and O. wintanus are found: (1) In the shorter, broader third molar, (2) the placing closer together of the anterior pair of cusps of both the molars and the premolars, (3) the comparatively stronger entoconid on the third premolar. (20.) Orohippus (Aminippus) uintanus Marsh. Syn.: Orotherium uintanum Marsh. Type locality: Henry’s Fork, Upper Beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: A lower jaw with p,m, r., in fine state of preservation (Yale Mus. Coll.). Characters of type: (1) No diastema between p, and p,, (2) p, with comparatively weak entoconid, (3) anterior pair of cusps on the molars as wide apart as the posterior pair, (4) m, very slender with long narrow heel. Measurements of Type. mm, . mim, Pigg ooo sien os asad be p, antero-post. diam............ Pee Weiss ces. 3s ss ee 26.5 “ transv. < ee 5. m, antero-post. diam............ 14.5 Depth of ramus m,..........+se5- 16. “* transv. ‘eM eee Bi Prof. Marsh made this the type of the genus Orotherium, distinguished from the European Lophiotherium by a posterior tubercle on p, and by the twinned condition of the antero-internal cusp of the molars, and transferred _ : the species L. sylvaticum and L. ballardi to this genus. He did not, however, make any distinction between Orotherium and Orohippus, the type of the latter consisting of upper teeth only. The species is distinguished from O. sylvatious by the slenderness of the ms, by the wider separation of the anterior pair of cusps on the molars, and 1908 J Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 257 by the comparatively weaker entoconid on the third premolar. With O. ag is, the third member of the subgenus, comparison’s cannot be made ‘since there are no specimens of either species with upper and lower teeth in association. ‘These two species agree in size, however, and it is possible 1ey may belong to the same form. (21.) Orchippus (Aminippus) agilis Marsh. Type locality: Henry’s Fork,‘ Upper beds, Bridger Basin, Wyo. Type specimen: Anterior portion of skull, nearly complete fore limb, and several v (Yale Mus. Coll., No. 1268.) _ Characters of type: (1) Parastyle rudimentary, (2) mesostyle weak, strongest on m’, (3) p* and p‘ fully molariform quadrate teeth, (4) p? with _ well developed internal cusp, (5) no diastema between p! and p’, (6) canine large. Measurements of Type. ease mm. Length EE Rce i's inic ghana s:0' Bl. a" (DORON) ais oe eae Cae Bae 49. IN 4h), 8605.) mt. ores edd cade does Sveees 23 potd ioe a ASR Se 49, mi antero-post. diam............... 8. PE SS Mids gslewekicedees 40. “ transv. Petey Laeiie ieee 9.5 p' antempgesan OS eo oa ee 7 Antero-post. diam. of canine alve- UB ei cate ue tek ain ee 7.2 Separable from O. sylvaticus Leidy by the weaker parastyle and mesostyle and probably by the more quadrate outline of the last molar. In the type of O. agilis only the root of this tooth is preserved but it indicates a tooth of rather different shape from that of O. sylvaticus. Uinta STAGE. Epihippus Marsh. Characters: (1) Third and fourth upper premolars molariform, (2) mesostyle fully developed, (3) external cusps of upper molars crescentic, (4) second upper premolar with prominent postero-internal and small antero-internal cusp, (5) no diastema, (6). third and fourth lower pre- molars molariform, (7) second lower premolar with one anterior and two posterior cusps, (8) no diastema. | 1 There is no definite locality given for this type in Prof. Marsh’s records but Mr. J. Heisey, one of Marsh’s collectors in the Bridger, has informed me that it was collected on Henry’s Fork and is therefore from the upper beds. The advanced condition of the premolars, as well as _ the nature of the matrix in which the specimen was imbedded, would seem to bear out this __-- Statement. March, 1908.] . 17 258 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, (25.) Epihippus gracilis Marsh. Syn.: Anchitherium gracilis Marsh. (26) Orohippus uintensis Marsh. Type locality: White River, Uinta Basin, Utah. Type specimen: Lower jaws with dp,_4, m,_91.; dpg_4, m, r (Yale Mus. Coll.). ' Characters of type: (1) Crowns of molars high, (2) m, and m, of about equal antero-posterior and transverse diameters, (3) antero-internal cusp strongly bifid, (4) cingulum rather weak but continuous. | Measurements of Type. mm, Mm,» . : BR) OM pa UI CoS m, antero- pont diate: ofa aoobe abe eds pear fee aan eae “ transv. He 8 Vay dalwi Tas ani ihe ea een leg er E. (Orohippus) uintensis Marsh: I am unable to distinguish between ‘this species and E. gracilis. ‘The type is from the same locality and horizon as E. gracilis and consists of jaw fragments with p,-m,1,m,r,m'? r. ‘The first and second lower molars agree so closely with those of EZ. gracilis that the differences may be due entirely to individual variations and to age. The characters of E. wintensis are (1) Parastyle moderate, (2) mesostyle large and massive, not compressed antero-posteriorly, (3) metaconule dis- tinct, (4) p, with four nearly equal cusps, (5) p, with one anterior and two posterior cusps and strong oblique crest, (6) p single rooted, (7) p34 with antero-internal cusps bifid. Measurements of type of E. uintensis. mm, pm, ig gah ee asi) BA jee hell eals ae er m,-3 ; wR TR Sr tee sd m, antero- post: Hos’ eet DOMES. 9s a oa or “ transv. Hoa Uy sig fhe -joawelguimtae eal ae oe dager m,-» ; siete AL itll ace eal ae IL pe a ae m, antero- peaks Seite: pit iis Se Euege eRe, Bees peak “ transv. -" 12. Referred specimens: No. 2042 2 Mus. Coll. 1) is is a young individual with milk teeth and first and second true lower molars. ‘These are similar in structure to those of E. gracilis and E. wintensis, and are intermediate in size between the two types. : Epihippus parvus sp. nov. Type locality: White River, Hor. C., Uinta Basin, Utah. Type speci- ~ 1908.] Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 259 _ men: Both upper and both lower jaws and fragments of the skeleton (Am. - Mus. Coll., No. 2038, Coll. by Exp. of 1895). Characters of type: (1) Parastyle very prominent, (2) mesostyle complete __ and compressed antero-posteriorly into a sharp ridge, (3) p* and p‘ similar to molars, (4) p’ with a strong postero-internal cusp and an incipient cusp at __ the antero-internal angle of the tooth, (5) m, with a very much reduced heel. Measurements of Type. - mm. mm, p'-m? (pprox. Vesteeeer essen ees 42. SME ae ea SD a se ip aa 36. HONS ies gee ie eases 20. Brg (APEROR, ) icy ome woleis ays 0 + 3 40a see m!' antero-post. diam............ 7. m, antero-post. diam............... 9. “a transv. pele aaNne ere 9. “ transv. ON ase aay Anata Aaa 4.5 Sageemuero-post, “ .......... 6.5 Te RNLOTO- Pose. ere a ys 6.3 “ transv. Mca deand © 35 9. “ transv. bBDEIN I nee eee ES 4.3 p envero-post. ~“ .......... 5.5 “ transv. Be ie pean NG a 7.8 _ The distinguishing characters are the small size, the great development of parastyle and the compressed mesostyle. Rejerred specimens: No. 2066 (Am. Mus. Coll.) comprising an upper and lower jaw, apparently represents a large variety of this species. It is inter- mediate in size between LF. gracilis and E. parvus but has the characters of mesostyle and parastyle found in the latter. STATUS or GENERA AND SPECIES AS HERE TREATED, IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER IN THEIR Respective Horizons. ‘index Cope. angustidens Cope, includes cuspidatus Cope. cristonensis Cope, includes loevii Cope. Fo hippus | validus Marsh. ; (Wasatch) { elsagicus Cope. cristatus Wortman. vasacciense Cope montanus Wortman. tapirinum Cope} Indet. types. resartus sp. Nov. pernix Marsh ] | borealis sp. nov. “(Wind — { craspedatus Cope. River) Viunpathoolus Cope. 260 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ( pumilus (Lophiodon) Marsh, includes procyoninus Cope. ballardi Marsh, includes cinctus Cope. typicus nom. nov. (to replace O. pumilus Marsh, preoccupied). major Marsh. osbornianus Cope. ; atavus sp. nov. progressus sp. NOY. Orohippus (Bridger) syluaticus Leidy. | Subgenus Aminippus nom. noy. (to re- uintanus Marsh. place Orotheriwm Marsh, preoccupied). — agilis Marsh. L Epihippus { gracilis Marsh, includes wintensis Marsh. (Uinta) | parvus sp. nov. OBSERVATIONS ON PREMOLAR DEVELOPMENT. One of the progressive characters of the Eocene Horses is the gradual molarization of the second, third and fourth premolars. in both the upper and 2 3 lower jaws. Dr. Wortman. discusses in his paper on the Wasatch and Wind River Hyracotheres* the ‘ premolar evolution in the _ ys La ig Pi American horses and takes. _ Pe issue “with Prof. W. B. Fig. 3. Eohippus venticolus. Upper teeth, side and Scott as to the method by crown views. X 4. (After Wortman.) which the quadritubercular condition of the third and fourth upper premolars of the Upper Eocene Hyracotheres has been brought about from the tritubercular condition of these teeth in the Lower Eocene forms. Prof. Scott states in his article on the evolution of the mammalian pre- molar teeth ? that the fourth cusp is added, in the fourth premolar at least, always at the postero-internal angle of that tooth. Dr. Wortman’s studies. of the Hyracotheres, however, led him to conclude that in this group the process of development has been different, and he says: “In the horse series — of America, however, the addition of this fourth main element to the crowns. of the superior premolars has pursued an entirely different course, and. ’ 1 Loc. cit., p. 106. 2 Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phil., 1892, p. 414. 1908.) — . Granger, Revision of American Eocene Horses. 261 instead of appearing at the postero-internal angle of the crown it has been added at the antero-internal angle. The proof of this assertion is to be seen in the third and fourth superior molars of Hyracotheriwm index and Pro- * gm venticolus.” | My own conclusions, based upon much more extensive material than Dr. Wortman had, especially from the important Bridger stage, are that in Orohippus prrreres) UprEeR BRIDGER Orohippus (atavus) LowrerR BRIDGER Eohippus (?venticolus) ‘WIND RIVER Eohippus (borealis) WASATCH Fig. 4. Four stages of Eocene Horses, to show development of internal cusps on the upper premolars. 5 the fourth premolar this fourth cusp has been added, as Prof. Scott states, 3 at the postero-internal angle, while in the third premolar it has been added : at the antero-internal angle. The mode of development is, therefore, dif- ferent in the two teeth, a fact which may account for the advancement of the third over the fourth premolar in the process of development as shown in some Wind River horses. Apparently Dr. Wortman’s error was due to 262 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, the fact that he did not have a fourth premolar of Orohippus for comparison, and in assuming that the method of development was the same in the fourth as in the third premolar. In Eohippus venticolus there are in the fourth premolar three principal cusps, two external and one internal, also two smaller cusps occupying the position of intermediates. The anterior one of these latter, the protoconule, Wortman believes to be the cusp which is destined to become, in Orohippus, the fourth principal cusp, corresponding in position with the protocone of the molars. ‘This is not the case, however, as is shown in the figures; the protoconule remains as an intermediate cusp and it is the posterior intermediate which is eventually shifted inward and becomes the fourth main cusp, analogous with the hypocone. Another progressive character in the Equide is seen in the gradual shifting forward of the point of greatest transverse width in both the upper and lower series of teeth. ‘This is especially well shown in the lower teeth, where the point of maximum width is shifted from the last molar, in certain species of the Wasatch genus EKohippus, to the third premolar in individuals of the modern Equus. The series of outline drawings, made from careful measurements, shows the condition as found in various genera in the suc- cessive geological horizons. The specimens selected for these outlines have been chosen for the purpose of best illustrating the point, and the character as indicated in the drawing is not always constant in that genus, but there is no very great variation to be found within generic limits or even between different genera from the same formation.. The characters ex- hibited by genera in various formations in which horses occur are as follows: Wasatcu.— In a few specimens of Eohippus, including the type of L. eristonensis, the third molar is the widest tooth of the series. In the majority of cases, though, it is the second molar which has the greatest width. Winp River.— Eohippus venticolus is similar to most of the Wasatch forms in that the second molar is the widest, but it shows an advancement in the relatively wider premolars. BripGer.— Orohippus uintanus has the first and second molars of about equal size. It shows progression over the Wind River forms in the reduced third molar and in the further increase in width of the premolars. Uinta.— In Epihippus the first molar is usually slightly wider than the second, a condition not found in any Bridger horses. OxigocENE.— In the genus Mesohippus the fourth premolar is quite uniformly the widest tooth of the series and there is a marked reduction of the molars. . Miocene.— Hypohippus and other Miocene genera show an advance over Oligocene forms in reduction of molars and in haying the third and fourth premolars of nearly equal width. Equus caballus. Recent. ee 1 Equus complicatus. Pleistocene, J nr ‘ Hypohippus sp. Loup Fork, y Mesohippus sp. White River. 7 MOET 0 oes, > en mee ----* A i Epihippus uintensis. Uinta. Orohippus uintanus. Bridger. : 3 ¥ . 2. § ha § — MOLI OF ee Sees ¥. Eohippus venticolus. Wind River. Eohippus cristonensis. Wasatch. Fig. 5. Accurate outlines of lower cheek teeth of Equide. greatest transverse diameter in each series, ranging from the third molar in the Arrows indicate point of : : asatch species to the third premolar in the modern Equus. 264 Bulletin American Museum of Natural His a eee PLEISTOCcENE.— In nearly all specienens of I cene | and fourth premolars are the broadest of the series ; nd width. Recent.— There is an occasional. pm zs the 1¢ which the third premolar is the widest tooth of the, observed in any of the Pleistocene species. The s tively larger than in any fost forms omnia NT ace : . = b P * a SS Liege _ < ., 3 ‘ ‘ “yi * * i ‘x u a et ae Fear ® “4 ' t A bed 7 a fl L sz - has ; \ i t Wy * r Vout. XXIV, Prats XV. WasatcH AND LOWER BrrpaerfHorses, , f ? et All figures natural size, Fig. 1. Hohippus index Cope. Type. Amer. Mus. Coll. a, crown view, b, outer view of lower jaw. ‘Fig. 2. Hohippus validus Marsh. Type. Yale Mus. Coll. a, crown view and b, outer view of lower jaw; c, crown view of fourth upper premolar and first molar. Fig. 3. Hohippus borealis Granger. Type. Amer. Mus. Coll. Fig. 4. Orohippus atavus Granger. Type. Amer. Mus. Coll, Buietin A. M. N. H. ’ Vou. XXIV, Prater XVI. BripGerR Horses. All figures natural size. Fig. 1. Orohippus (Lophiodon) pumilus Marsh. Type. Yale Mus, Coll. Fig. 2. Orohippus major Marsh. Type. Yale Mus. Coll. Fig. 3. Orohippus typicus Marsh. ‘Type. Yale Mus. Coll. Third upper molar, right.. Fig. 4. Orohippus ballardi Marsh. Type. Yale Mus. Coll. iy Fig. 5. Orohippus agilis Marsh. Type. Yale Mus. Coll. t Fig. 6. Orohippus uintanus Marsh. Type. Yale Mus. Coll. BuuuetTin A. M. N. H Vou. XXIV, Prats XVII. sa Ve ewguv ee wre ~ AG ons Soin ORR © pan > Buuenn A.M.N. A. of Vou. XXIV, Puarr XVIII. nce: lela hy Sa > © whale (and therefore as a whalebone whale with a finless back, a n of the report, repeated by scores 1This statement is of special interest as being the orig: rg hag he A oe a e Nordkaper is a fish-eating subsequent writers, including the early sysematists, t . ens, however, gave the information at second-hand, as his words, here patna : “Ich habe von andern vernommen, dass bey Heitland ein kleiner Wallfisc ein Nord-Kaper genandt, der hat mehr als ein Tonne Hering bey sich gehabt.”’ Sp erge eoder Groenlandische Reise-Beschreibung, p. 107. Tite He evidently here alludes to Martens’s report about the Heitland whale already quoted. ayamnguaam of Greenland, 2d London ed., 1818, p. 73. 284 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, right-whale), but we learn also, on the unequivocal authority of contempo- rary persons, on the one hand, that this was the whale at that time most commonly caught near the coast of Iceland, especially by French and Spanish whalers, who in the seventeenth century and still long afterwards. every summer used to carry on a lucrative whale-fishery in the Icelandic — sea, and on the other hand, that this ‘Sletbag’ was an animal very different from the North or Greenland whale.’ They later quote from an Icelandic manuscript supposed to have been written about the middle of the eight- eenth century a passage about the Sletbag, and finally summarize the matter as follows: “At all events, so much seems finally proved by these statements of ancient and more modern dates, that the Icelanders haye at all times agreed in regarding the ‘Sletbag’ as an animal quite different from the North whale, or the Greenland whale, being, in fact, a right-whale of inferior size, and with much shorter whalebone; and, at the same time, it is proved beyond all possibility of doubt, that this ‘Sletbag’ of the Ice- landers was the very one that was hunted by the Basques in the summer, in the sea near Iceland, during the long period of at least two centuries.” * Respecting the occurrence of the Sarda or North-caper about New-— foundland and southward, the annals of the New England whale-fishery afford items of information of special interest. In Paul Dudley’s well- known account of the New England Whales and Whale-fishery, written doubtless as early as 1724 and published in 1726,? we have a rather detailed account of what he calls “The Right Whale,” which runs as follows: “But here I would have it noted, that the following Account respects only sc Whales, as are found on the Coast of New England. “And of these there are divers Sorts or Kinds. As first, The Right, or a Whalebone Whale is a large Fish, measuring sixty or seventy Feet in Length, and very bulky, having no Scales, but a soft fine smooth Skin, no Fins, but — only one on each Side, from five to eight Feet long, which they are not ob- served to use, but only in turning themselves, unless while young, and carried by the Dam on the Flukes of their Tails; when with those Fins they clasp about her Small, and so hold themselves on. ‘This Fish, when first brought forth, is about twenty Feet long, and of little Worth, but then the Dam is very fat. At a year old, when they are called Short-heads, they are very fat, and yield to fifty Barrels of Oil, but by that Time the Dam is very poor, and term’d a Dry-skin, and won’t yield more than thirty Barrels of Oil tho’ of large Bulk. At two Years old, they are called Stunts, being stunted after weaning, and will then yield generally from twenty four to twenty eight Barrels. After this, they are term’d Scull-fish, their Age not being known, 1 Memoirs on Recent Cetacea, pp. 3 2 Phil. Trans., X XXIII, 1724-1725 71738), pp. 256-269, 43 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic so Whale. 285 __ but only guess’d at by the Length of the Bone in their Mouths. The Whale- a q Epes, so called, grows in the upper Jaw on each Side, and is sometimes six __. orseven Feet in Length. A good large Whale has yielded a thousand Weight of Bone. "Tis thought by some, that the hairy Part of the Whale-bone, ‘ and which is next to the Tongue, serves in the Nature of a Strainer of their _ Food....The Entrails of this Whale are made and situated much like those of an Ox, and their Scalps are sometimes found covered with Thousands of Sea-lice. One of these Whales has yielded one hundred and thirty _ Barrels of Oil, and near twenty out of the Tongue” (I. ¢., pp. 256, cai William Douglas, in his ‘Summary, Historical and Political, . ..of the &s British Settlements in North America’ (London, 1760), gives an anes by of the New England Whale-fishery, i in the course of which he says: “.... _ The New-England true whale is the same with the European Novh-tane _ whales, are not easily killed, being agile and very wild; the Dutch do not fish them....Upon the coast of New England, whales go northward from _ the middle of March to the middle of May” (op. cit., pp. 297, 298). ‘In _ another connection he again refers to the subject, incidentally comparing r ~ the New England “true” Whale with the northern or Greenland Whale, but evidently not distinguishing them as two species; yet his comparison serves, taken in connection with the passages above-quoted, to throw into relief the differences between the two. It also shows that a little allowance -_ for exaggeration is to be made in reference to the length given for the “bone” of the New England “‘true” Whale. He says: “The New England whalers _ distinguish ten or twelve different species of the whale-kind; the most beneficial is the black whale, whale-bone whale, or true whale, as they call it; in Davis’s-straits, in N. lat. 70 D. and upwards they are very large; some yield 150 puncheons, being 400 or 500 barrels of oil, and bone of eighteen feet and upwards; they are a heavy loggy fish, and so do not fight, as the New-England whalers express it; they are easily struck and fastened, but hot above one third of them are recovered; by sinking and bewildering _ themselves under the ice, two thirds of them are lost irrecoverably; the whale-bone whales killed upon the coast of New England, Terra de Labra- dore, and entrance of Davis-straits, are smaller; do yield not exceeding 120 __ to 130 barrels of oil, and of nine feet bone 140 lb. wt. they are wilder more | agile and do fight” (op. cit., p. 56). 4 Hector St. John’s ‘Letters from an American Farmer’ (London, 1782), contain an account of the Nantucket whale-fishery, in which he gives, “the _ names and the principal characteristics of the various species of whales known to these people.” He says ‘‘the river St. Lawrence whale” is the only one with which he was well acquainted, which he describes as “seventy- five feet long, sixteen deep, twelve in the length of its bone, which commonly 286 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, weighs 3000 Ib. twenty in the breadth of their tails and produces 180 barrels of oil.” He afterwards, in his enumeration of the species, includes * ‘The right whale, or seven feet bone, common on the coasts of this country, ne ; sixty feet long” (op. cit., pp. 167, 169). It thus appears that the Right Whale of the eastern coast of the United States was regarded by whalers as not only distinct specifically from the -Greenland Whale, but also as identical with the whale of the North Cape. It seems, indeed, to have been generally known among New England whalers, down to the last part of the nineteenth century, as the “North- caper,” as I have learned from Provincetown whalers formerly engaged in the pursuit of whales in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Their “North-caper” (also called “Black Whale”) was not only smaller, yielding less oil and much shorter bone, but had a “bonnet” infested with parasitic “7 and was migratory, passing north in spring and south in autumn. Eschricht and Reinhardt,! in speaking of the species now under con- sideration, present the following summary of the results of their investi- gation of its early history: ‘“‘Much as we could wish, on reviewing the above-mentioned statements derived from very different authors, that the — historical evidence about the whale mentioned by the name of ‘Sletbag,” ‘Sarde,’ or ‘Nordkaper,’ had contained a more complete description of it, yet it must be admitted that they are sufficient to prove our former asser- tion, that the ancient Icelanders as well as the whalers of different nations — really used to distinguish between this whale and the Greenland whale, and that. this distinction was in all respects well founded. As certain characteristics of the ‘Sletbag,’ we are already enabled to point out the 4 following: ae “1, That it was much more active than the Greenland whale, much | ia quicker, and more violent in its movements, and accordingly both begat s difficult and more dangerous to catch. ‘ae “2. ‘That it was smaller (it being, however, impossible to give an etias = statement of its length), and had much less blubber. ; “3. ‘That its head was shorter, and that its whale-bone was, eusaplaell tively speaking, much thicker, but scarcely more than half as long as that — } of the Greenland whale, being however still much longer than that of even the very largest fin-whale, although the ‘Sletbag’ itself probably scarcely \ attained to half the length of the last-named. pi) “4, That it was regularly infested with a cirriped belonging to the genus Coronula, and that it belonged to the temperate North Atlantic as exclusively as the Greenland whale belonged to the icy Polar sea, so that it 1 The extracts here following are from the English translation of their ‘Om Nordhvalen’ — (1861) published by the Ray Society in 1866, in ‘Recent Memoirs on the Cetacea,’ pp. 39-41. tg all Ui ? Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. -. Zoe __ was to be found farthest towards south in the winter (namely, in the Bay of Biscay and near the coast of North America, down to Cape Cod [and even to the Carolinas]), while in the summer it roved about in the sea round eland, and between this island and the most northerly part of Norway nd also about Newfoundland]. _ “The existence of such a North Atlantic right-whale may be said to be certain, that it is much more surprising that it ever should have been mitted in the zoological system than that it has now, as we hope, regained 3 former place in it. The reasons why Scoresby, and afterwards Cuvier, ould not acknowledge it as a separate species,’ were, besides an insufficient »wledge of the historical evidence relating to it, partly the fact of the rmer’s not having seen anything of it on his many whaling expeditions, _ and partly the great resemblance to the Greenland whale, so evidently seen in the only picture given of the ‘Nordkaper.’ Neither of these reasons will, however, on a closer consideration, seem particularly weighty. ...We may also say that the drawings of the ‘Nordkaper,’ ? which, as we have mentioned, e published by Lacépéde, have been thought far too much of, when they wve been called the only evidence of any authenticity of the existence of s whale,® and when it has been inferred, from the ‘circumstance of their biting scarcely any difference from the genuine Greenland whale,* the ‘Nordkaper’ must be identical with this animal. In order to make ch an inference we ought to have ascertained beforehand whether these fawings do really represent the ‘Nordkaper’ properly so called, and nether this name, so frequently misused, has not been misapplied in this stance too; but here we have no means of arriving at a certain conclusion. épede tells us that he obtained the drawings from Sir Joseph Banks 2 months before the publication of the ‘Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés’ 804), with the information that they were drawn in Greenland by Bach- om in the year 1779.° But in Baffin’s Bay the ‘Nordkaper’ is as rare as the sea near Spitzbergen. According to what we have stated above, bt 1“Tn the first edition of the Oa Sip Animal,’ (1817), Cuvier still believed in the existence ‘Nordkaper’ (Balena glacialis K1.) (1. c. vol. i, p. 286). It was not till in the ‘Recherches ossemens fossiles,’ and in the wes © ‘Sur la détermination des diverses espécés de Baleines A : os ‘Ann, d. Se. nat.’ T. ii, 1824), that it was abandoned, and it is easily to be seen this al teration in Cuvier’s opinions was, to a great extent, occasioned by the statements of ir 2 Lacépade Hist. nat. des Cetacés, om 3.7 ; s ¢ ___—s8 ** Le seul document muni de que — authenticité que l’on ait cru pouvoir y rapporter.’ a vier, ‘Recherches sur 1. oss. foss’. 4me Ed. T. viii, p. 256.” _ #*Scoresby, Acc. vol. i, p. 448, note. Cuvier, l. oD Py gaia _ +4§** Fist. nat. d. Cétacés, p. 108.’ ‘Ce Cétacé’ (le Notdkaper) vit dans la partie de l’Ocean ique Bee onal située entre le Spitzberg, la Norvégeet l’Islande. Il] habite aussi dans mers du Groenland, of un individu de cette espéce a été dessiné, en 1779, par Mr. Bachstrom, le oo remis dans le temps & Sir Joseph Banks, m’a 4té envoyé, il y a trois mois, pas cet c, ae 288 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, only single individuals, at many years’ intervals, have strayed thither, and it is not very probable that Mr. Bachstrom really had an opportunaaa ofS ate seeing one.” * Ser. These authors go on to state that Scoresby, knowing that the Grecia Whale, ‘‘made for seas filled with ice,” was not likely to “have appeared regularly far down in the Atlantic along the coasts of France and Spain,” attempted to explain the accounts of the old Basque whale-fishery on the . ground that it was based on the capture of Fin-whales. Cuvier, well aware that such an explanation was inadmissible, “accordingly did not fall into Scoresby’s error, but, following his authority in supposing the ‘Nordkaper’ “a and the ‘Greenland whale’ to be the same animal, he was led into the mis- . take of rejecting what was right in Scoresby’s reasoning, and of setting forth the older theory that the whale has been gradually driven up into the Arctic” ee Sea, in all its crudity. ”2 [Here follow quotations from Cuvier’s waiting ee this point, giving his reasoning in the matter. ] RECOGNIZED AS A DISTINCT SPECIES BY THE 18th CENTURY SYSTE- MATISTS. ; The Nordkaper was introduced into systematic zodlogy gel Klein, in 1741,° under the name Balena glacialis, but evidently as a composite spe- cies, having in part reference to the true Greenland Whale. He makes of it three varieties, viz: a, australis = “Eisfisch,” Zorgdrager; 6, occiden- talis = “Zud-Kisfisch,” * Zorgdrager”; c, borealis = ““Nordkaper,” Zorg- drager. The last can alone certainly refer to the Nordkaper, and his account of it is, in full, as follows: “C. Borealis; Nordkaper, Ejusdem [1. e., Zorg- drager]. Vescuntur & esca Balen vere & Harengis &e. Adeps earum majoris est consistientiz; ideo non adeo sollicite qveruntur. Figuram Borealis vid Eph. N. C. G. Dee. II, An. VII, Obs. XXI, Optamus meliorum.” Klein’s Balena glacialis, c. borealis, is therefore the Nord- kaper of Zorgdrager, which has been already considered. Brisson, in 1756, gave® it a far better introduction under the name — Balena islandica, or “La Baleine d’Islande.” Although he cites only _ Klein (as weretin ie and Harrebow’s Anderson, he presents its characters, as rR, 4, 1 “Tacépéde does not say who Mr. Badhateow was; nor have we been able to find any other’. traces of such a pean. He can scarcely have had any appointment in the Danish f ae and in the list of the missionaries of the brethren in Greenland, given by Crantz, the name g Bachstrom is not found. He was most probably on board a whaling ship, as the words of Lac®- ee péde would seem to imp oh ia 20m Nordhvalen (K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk, Skr., 5 Raekke, Naturvidensk, og Math. ey. Afd., V, 1861, pp. 463, 464); Recent Memoirs on the Cetacea, 1866, pp. 39-4 a. * Hist. pise. nat., Miss. ii, 1741, p. 12. 5 4On Zorgdrager’s ‘Ziudys-Vissch,” see Eschricht and Reinhardt, Om Nordhyalen, p. 463; te Rece nt Mem, on Cetacea, pp. 25, 26. bs - 5 Reg. anim., p. 350 1908] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. _ 289 __ then known, with brevity and precision, as follows: “Elle ressemble par sa 3 | figure a la précedénte [“‘la Baleine ordinaire de Groenland”’]: elle en differe seulement parce quelle a la téte & les lames de corne, qui garnissent la ~ mAchoire supérieure, beaucoup plhis petites, & le corps plus mince. Sa a peau est lisse, & d’un noir que tire un peu sur le blanchatre. Elle se nourrit 4 de Harengs. On la trouve sur les cétes de Norwege & d’Islande” (op. cit., pp. 350, 351). 3 By Linné, Gmelin, Erxleben, Donndorf, and most other systematists _ of the eighteenth century, the Nordkaper is either treated as identical with _ the Greenland Whale or as merely a variety of it, or else (as in the case of _ Erxleben) as a species not satisfactorily determined.. ____ Bonnaterre, however, in his ‘Cetologie,’ published in 1789, again gave it full specific rank, adopting for it the not very appropriate name Balena _ glacialis. He cites as authorities Anderson, Brisson, Horrebow, and Klein. __ The characters given are, however, substantially those mentioned by Brisson. _ He adds that “il est tres-dangereux de harponner cet animal, 4 cause de son extrémé agilité.” We have here set forth all the traits and characters ___ of the animal as it was known prior to the middle of the nineteenth century, except that its habitat is given merely as the “mers du Nord, prés des cétes de Norwege & d’Islande.’”’ It is properly introduced under a binomial ___ Latin designation, appropriate enough as its habitat was then understood. Tt, however, only visits its northern habitat during its summer migration, and is not, strictly speaking, an animal of the glacial seas to the extent the name glacialis might be supposed to imply. ___ Lacépéde, in 1804, retained * it as a species under the name Balena __ nordeaper and gave supposed figures of it, after drawings by Bachstrom, but which, as Eschricht and Reinhardt believe, really relate to Balena __-mysticetus (see antea, p. 287). The characters given are derived from pre- ceding authors, and his account (aside from the figures) relates to the true Nordkaper. As already detailed in the words of Eschricht and Reinhardt (see antea, p- 287), Cuvier rejected the species altogether in his memoir ‘Sur la détermi- _ nation des diverses espéces de Baleines vivantes,’? influenced apparently __ by the theory that the Greenland Whale formerly ranged far to the south- ward and had been driven to seek safety from the persecutions of whalers in the icy seas of the north, and by Scoresby’s opinion that the Nordkaper . did not exist as a species distinct from the Greenland Whale. Cuvier’s well-known rigid criticisms of the literature of cetology led him into error in other cases as well as in this, he rejecting species that were not based on EO OT yen des ‘Sci. nat., II, 1824, pp. 27-41; ‘Ossem. foss., V, 1823, pp. 359-388. {April 1908.] 19 290 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, what he deemed tangible characters. At the same time, he succeeded in placing the general subject on a much higher scientific plane, although in the vast amount of rubbish he swept away were some vestiges of truth, He showed, from osteological considerations, that the Greenland Whale _ was specifically distinct from at least one of the Right Whales of the southern _ hemisphere — the Baleine du Cap, afterwards named Balena australis, ‘and to which for many years were referred by numerous authors all the Right Whales of the southern waters. NINETEENTH CENTURY RESEARCHES AND OPINIONS. | It is hardly necessary to follow in detail the history of the species through the long list of systematic writers down to recent times, who, ace a cording to personal predilections, recognized it as specifically distinct or as referable to the Greenland Whale, since nothing of importance was added to its history down to the capture of the young example in the port of San Sebastian in 1854. This was fortunately figured by Dr. Monedero,* and ~ the skeleton was later acquired by Eschricht for the University Museum at Copenhagen. In 1858, Eschricht received, through his friend Professor — Geffroy of Paris, a copy of Dr. Monedero’s lithographed | sketch of the animal, in which he recognized at once a species very different from the Greenland Whale. He immediately hastened to Pampeluna, where the - 4 skeleton had been preserved, and secured it for future study at Copenhagen, to which place it was at once transported. On his return from Pampeluna Eschricht visited Paris, and laid before the French Academy his celebrated — memoir ‘Sur une nouvelle méthode de l’étude des Cétacés,” in which he says: “Il devient done plus que probable que les Baleines franches qui f jadis furent l’object d’une péche dans le golfe Biscayen et dans le partie septentrionale de |’Atlantique, ont appartenue 4 une espéce différente de toutes les autres” (/. ¢., p. 60), and promised later to communicate the re- sults of his investigations of its skeleton. He here mentions, however, no distinctive characters, nor does he refer to it by any particular name, | ba scientific or vernacular. ; In 1860, he favored the French Prd We with a communication entitled ‘Sur les baleines franches du golfe de Biscaye,’ * but we vainly look here for ; _ what the title so encouragingly leads us to hope for. No details regarding. 4 1 Copia al naturel del Ballenato muerto en la playa de 8. Sebastian, el 17 de Enero de 1854, : " hecha por las indicaciones y direccion del Dor Monedero, The apure (the only authentic one of the species extant prior to 1879) is reproduced in Gervais and Van Beneden’s ‘‘ Ostéographie — de Cétacés,”’ livr. 3, 1868, pl. v 2 Compt. rend. de |’ jig Hos Sci., XLVII, 1858 Pp: 51-60. ’ Compt. rend. de l’Acad. des Sci., L, 1860, pp. 924-929. 1908.]} Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. . 29T _ its structure are presented, but the statement is made that it is distinguishable by striking differences both from the Greenland Right Whale and the Baleine- du Cap. His last public reference to the subject appears to have been in the memoir ‘Om Nordhvalen,’ published in 1861, in which he promised the special results of his examination of the young skeleton in a future essay; “here it may be sufficient to state, that he has succeeded in establishing the fact, that the Nordkaper, though belonging to the group of South Sea whales, is really, as we had supposed, an independent species perfectly different from the Cape whale.” * - Van Beneden has also stated that Eschricht contemplated giving a de- _ scription of this skeleton in a new work which was to have been published = at Paris but which was suspended by his death when only a few sheets had been printed.?, Van Beneden gives the following extract from a letter from Eschricht dated the 23d of June, 1861: “Je joindrai 4 Ja seconde livraison, pour les baleines franches (Leiobalena), mes recherches sur la baleine de Biscaye et sur la japonica, dont j’ai recu un foetus trés-maltraité.” * In the same connection Van Beneden states that Professor Reinhardt “‘s’est engagé & publier la description de ce squelette unique, qui se trouve au musée de |l’université de Copenhagen.” ‘This skeleton remained unde- scribed, however, till 1879, when it was described by Gasco,‘ as noted more fully on a later page of this paper. In the meantime, however, it had be- come the basis of the name Balena biscayensis. Origin of the name Balena biscayensis.—'The name Balena biscayen- sis has figured prominently since 1864 in the literature of cetology, and has been almost universally accredited to Eschricht. In none of Eschricht’s. published writings, however, is the term used, nor panne approaching it nearer than “Baleine franche de Biscaye.’”® The first occurrence of the name is in Dr. J. E. Gray’s paper entitled ‘On the Cetacea which have been observed in the Seas surrounding the British Islands,’ published in 1864,° in which occurs: “The Right Whale of the Bay of Biscay (B. biscayensts) is regarded as a different species from the B. mysticetus by Eschricht and Van Beneden” (I. c., p. 201), without citation of their papers, or any additional comment. A few months later, in a paper entitled ‘Notes on the Whalebone Whales; with a Synopsis of the Species,’ 7 he more formally introduced it, as follows: 1 Eschricht and Reinhardt, Recent Memoirs on Cetacea, p 2 Milne Edwards, in 1864 (Ann. des Sci. nat., 5¢ sér., I, 1564, “DP. 201-224), published, after Eschricht’s death, from the proofsheets, this part of the propose work, under the title ‘ Re- cherches sur la distribution des Cétacés dans les mers boreales,’ which includes “ I,— Introduc- = U.S, 1 be: 201-204); ‘‘ II.— La céte occidentale du Groenland” (pp. 205-224). In this th ere is no reference to the specimen taken in the Gulf of Biscay, nor even to the Nordkaper. 3 Ostéogr. des cétacés, livr. 4, 1868, p. 98. 4 Tl balenotto catturato nel 1854 a San Sebastiano (Spagna) (Balena biscayensis, Eschricht )- la prima volta descritto. F. Gasco. An. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XIV, 1879, PP. 573— * 5 Compt. rend. de l’Acad. des Sci., L, 1860, p. 924. 6 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864 pp. 195-248. (Read May 24, 1864.) 7 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3 ser., XIV. Nov, 1864, pp. 345-— 353. 292 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, © “2. Balena Biscayensis, Esch. & Van. Ben. “Hab. The Bay of Biscay, I have seen no remains of this Whale” (J. ¢., p. 348). Slightly later it was used by Prof. W. H.: Flower, who, in his ‘Notes on the Skeletons of Whales in the principal Museums of Holland and Belgium,’ etc.) in speaking of Gray’s genus Eubalena, says: “Type species, Z.' australis (Desm.) Probably several other species, including Balena bis- — cayensis, Eschr.; but these are not yet well determined” (J. c., p. 391). In 1866, in his ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British Museum’ (p. 89) Gray introduced this species still more formally, as follows: “2. Balena Biscayensis. : “Baleine de Biscaye, Van Beneden, Bull, Acad. Roy. Belgique, {(2) XII,] 1861, 402, “Balena Biscayensis Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, 200 [= 201]. “ Baleine franche du golfe de Biscaye, Eschricht, Comptes Rouen 1860; pe* dela Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, t. 13, 4° livr. [lege t. X XIT]. “Balena (Eubalena) Biscayensis, Flower, P. Z. S. 1864, 391. bs 1 oa “Inhab. Bay of Biscay, St. Sebastian. A female and its young, Jan. 1860 [lege 1854]. Skeleton at the Museum of Pampeluna [lege Copenhagen].” This is followed by a quotation of two lines (as given above) feopi tie 1864 paper; by a reference (4 lines) to what Cuvier stated about the occur- — rence of the Greenland Right Whale in the Gulf of Gascony, ete.; by six lines from Flower’s above-cited paper, and ten lines from Eschricht, followed __ by a few lines of comment. 7 On an earlier page of the ‘Catalogue’ (p. 84), he also refers to “the whale which Eschricht has described under the name Balena Biscayensis”; and later still, in 1870, in his ‘‘Observations on the Whales desesshadiaataa aa ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés’ of MM. Van Beneden and Gervais,” he mentions? __ the San Sebastian whale as “‘the specimen which has been named Balena Biscayensis by Eschricht,” or as ‘‘ Balena Biscayensis, Eschricht,” ete. _ Thus was introduced the name Balena biscayensis into the literature of zoology. It was first employed by Gray in 1864, on two occasions, and again in 1866, when he gave references and synonyms; but he now ascribed __ its origin to Eschricht, and later abandoned it as lacking proper basis. i Eschricht was the first modern author to recognize the Right Whale of the North Atlantic as different from the Greenland Right Whale, and not e only as different from it, but as having no close relationship to it, he stating am it to be, on the other hand, nearly related to Balena australis of the south- 1 Proc, Zool, Bae: London, 1864, pp. 384-420. (Read Noy. 8, 1864). a = 2 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th’ ser., VI, Sept. 1870, pp. 197-199, 200. ome re a under the title ‘Contribution to the Coasts,’ 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. . 293 ern seas. He failed, however, to designate it technically, which was first done by Gray, who simply gave to Eschricht’s vernacular designation a Latin rendering. Yet, from 1864 down to the present time, the name Ba- lena biscayensis has, with the exception of a single author (E. D. Cope, as will be noted later), been universally ascribed to Eschricht, who never even used it. In fact, it was not proposed till after Eschricht’s death, which . occurred February 22, 1863. Balena cisarctica Corr.— 'The Balena cisarctica was described by Prof. E. D. Cope in 1865,' from a specimen taken in Delaware Bay, opposite the 3 : ety of Philadelphia, three years previously. Professor Cope refers to it as “a half grown individual,” the skeleton of which, without the intervertebral cartilages, had a length of “thirty-one and a half feet,” and gives a brief account of its leading osteological features. He says of it: “This species may readily occur on the European coasts, and is, no doubt, allied to, or the same as, the species pursued by the Biscay whalers, which Eschricht says is related to the australis. This does not appear to have been described, though catalogued without: reference by Gray and Flower, under the name biscayensis. ‘The species above described may be called Balena cisarctica; its skeleton will be more fully illustrated in a future publication.” He says further that it is the “Black Whale” of the whalers of the eastern coast of , the United States. Its identity with the so-called B. biscayensis has sivas been accepted by all leading writers on the Cetacea, except Gray and Fischer. Later -inyestigation has shown that there is no reason for doubting that Cope’s assumption that they are specifically the same was well founded. Indeed, his reason for calling it Balena cisarctica was the fact that he evidently considered the earlier name, Balena biscayensis, as practically a nomen nudum, and not that he considered this earlier name to represent a different species. He also, it should be noted, correctly attributed the name to Gray _ instead of to Eschricht, to whom, as already stated, all other writers have invariably ascribed it. Eschricht, Gray, and Van Beneden, 1861-187 1.— 'Three prominent names dominated the literature of cetology during a large part of the middle of the nineteenth century — D. F. Eschricht of Copenhagen, John Edward Gray of the British Museum, and J. P. Van Beneden of Belgium — so far at least as the present species, the so-called Balena biscayensis ‘‘Eschricht,” is concerned. Its type is the specimen captured in the harbor of San Sebastian, 1 Note on a Species of Whale occurring on the Coastsof the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1865, pp. 168, 169. There is also a further reference to the species, op, cit., pp. 180, 181. This and ‘other ee on North American Cetacea were republished in 1866 istory of the Cetacea, especially of the Eastern American Philadelphia, 1866, pp. 1-15, in which the description of the present epoca” occurs at pp. 1 1-3. 294 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Spain, in January, 1854, which, however, though. figured soon after by Monedero, remained practically undescribed till 1879. Its skeleton was secured in 1858 for the Museum of the University of Copenhagen by Esch- richt, when its examination by him. confirmed him in his previous opinion, __ based on an exhaustive study of the literature bearing on the Greenland Right Whale and the Right Whale of the North Atlantic, that these two ‘animals were not only distinct species, but that the latter was much more — nearly related to the Right Whales of the southern seas than to those of the Arctic seas. His statement of its affinities was immediately accepted by all cetologists except Gray, who, after introducing the name Balena biscay- ensis into scientific literature, apparently by inadvertence, later took the ground that it “as a zoological species rests on very slender grounds,” and considered it as ‘‘not proved that the Greenland Whale had not [form- erly] a more extended distribution than at present,’ and had been driven a by the whalers from the temperate parts of the North Atlantic to the icy seas. Van Beneden, on the contrary, accepted the species; and this and other differences of opinion between’ him and Gray led to a series of controversial papers which form an interesting and instructive episode in the history of. 3 the present subject. Early in the year 1868, Professor Van Beneden published a paper on ‘Les baleines et leur distribution géographique,’* with a map illustrating the distribution of the five species recognized by him as “Baleines propre- ment dites,”’ or those having neither a fin nor a “‘bosse” on ‘the back and without gular folds. Among these species is “2 La Balena biscayensis” a (pp. 15, 16). Its early history, in relation to its former distribution, is: a briefly stated, and its supposed range is indicated on his accompanying map of the distribution of the Right Whales. Unfortunately the map is incom- plete, failing to show certain areas well known to be frequented by Right Whales, and somewhat erroneous as regards the ranges of some of them, _ as was promptly shown by Gray in a paper ‘On the Geographical Distribu- tion of the Balenide or Right Whales.’ ? Gray, however, while pointing out the faults of Van Beneden, committed others peculiarly his own, espe- cially in relation to the San Sebastian specimen, of which he says: “Mr. Flower informs me that this skeleton belongs to my genus Cuvierius,’ which has brittle whalebone, with a large coarse fringe (which easily splits into strips), and a bifid first rib”’; and later on refers to it as “ Balena (H unterius) biscayensis.” He also says: “It is very doubtful if this is the Whale found 1 Bull. de l’Acad. roy. de Belgique, 2me sér., XX V, No. 1, 1868, PP. ye avec une carte, 2 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., Vol. I, "April, 1868, PE 242-247 On this point cf. Flower, Proc, Zool. Soc, London, 1864, p. 391, where he refers it to Gray’s genus Eubalena! As Cuvierius is a Fin-Whale, this may ave been a la for Eubalena, but the immediate Pepa does not or to warrant this supposition. Further. more, Gray in 1870 (Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., VI, 1870, » Pe 200), cae oe “ Baliena biscayensis, Eschricht,”’ is ‘‘a Cuvierius with a double-headed first rib. 1908.] . Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 295 on the coast of North America, as it ought to be according to Van Beneden’s chart. The only reliable account of the Whale of that coast is to be found ___ in Dudley’s paper in the ‘Philosophical Transactions’ (xxxiii, p. 258), who says the ‘Scrag-Whale’ (B. gibbosa,. Erxleben) has white whalebone, ‘that won't split,” which seems to show that it was a true Balena, which is _ separated from Eubalena on account of the toughness, flexibility, and __unsplitability of its whalebone; and, indeed, Dudley says the Scrag-Whale _ ‘is nearest the Right Whale (B. mysticetus) in figure and quantity of oil.’” Jt seems unaccountable that Gray should in this connection ignore alto- gether the Right Whale Dudley described! as the Right Whale of the ___ New England coast and take up his “Scrag-Whale” for comparison in the _ present connection — a species which has never been satisfactorily identified, i’ and is not now recognized as a valid species.” But Gray’s reasoning from _ such false premises need not be further followed. He further quotes from Cope to the effect that Cope’s Balena cisarctica has the first rib “single- headed,” and that this species is therefore referable to his genus Eubalena, while B. biscayensis is not thus referable. _ At about this date appeared Van Beneden’s account of Balena biscayensis in Van Beneden and Gervais’s notable work, the ‘Ostéographie des Cétecés,’* in which he gave a résumé of its early history, derived mainly from Eschricht and Reinhardt’s ‘Om Nordhvalen,’ and referred to the San Sebastian whale ~ and Cope’s Balena cisarctica, which latter he believed to be identical with the so-called Balena biscayensis. He adds little that is new, beyond a description and figure of a tympanic bone of B. cisarctica, loaned him by Cope. Various subfossil remains of Right Whales, which he also figures, __ he considers referable to B. biscayensis. ‘These are (1) two lumbar verte- bree from the coast of Ostende; (2) a mass of cervical vertebree from the Lyme Regis of England; (3) another mass of cervical vertebree from the isle of Sainte-Marguerite, figured and described by Lacépéde as those of a Rorqual (Balenoptera) and later determined by Cuvier to be those of some species of Balena; (4) a fragment of a rib unearthed at Furnes. In 1870, Dr. Gray published a review of this work, under the title, “Observations on the Whales described in the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés’ _ of MM. Van Beneden and Gervais,” ‘ in which he criticised the general ie. 1 See antea, PP. 284, 285, where Dudley’s account is given in full. 2The name Scrag Whale arrer to have been long current among whalemen for a whale occurring on the eastern coast of the United States. The first original reference to the species, Dudley’s, appears to be that furnished me in 1869 by the Hon. N. E. Atwood of Province-.- town, Mass., an experienced whaleman and naturalist, for my ‘Catalogue of the Mammals of usetts’ (Bull. Mus Comp. Zodl., I. 1869, p. 203). He says: “‘A species of whale known by this name Vis, Algor nearly allied to if not identical with the right whale, is sometimes taken here....The most prominent feature is that on its dorsal ridge, near the ul, there are a number of small projections or bunches, having some resemblance to the teeth of a saw. It has no dorsal fin or hump onits back.’’ He further speaks of it as ‘‘ rare.” 3 Livr. 4, 1868, PP. 90-110, pl. vii. 4 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., VI, Sept. 1870, pp. 193-204. LO! LOE 296 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, character of the work, as well as numerous special points, in the course of which he again took up the subject of Balena biscayensis. He here resumes . his criticism of Van Beneden’s former essay and map, already noticed, on — the distribution of the Right Whales, in which connection (pp. 196-200) he takes occasion to give the history of Balena biscayensis. After stating that it, “as a zodlogical species, rests on very slender grounds,” and alluding -to the whale-fisheries formerly prosecuted “in the Bay of Biscay and in the British Channel,” he states:....‘‘but it is not proved that the Greenland whale had not a more extended distribution than at present, after it has been the object of capture for so many years, and, on the other hand, that the specimens that wandered far away from the usual habitat of the species would not become smaller, less fat, or more active than the others, which were better fed. The same argument. may explain the difference observed by whalers in the size and form of the whales caught on the coast of Iceland and the coast of Greenland. At the same time I would not deny that the whales of this latter place may not be a different species; but as yet we have not sufficient materials for separating and characterizing them” (J. ¢, p. 197). This would seem to imply that he ignored the existence of the species he had himself formerly recognized provisionally under the name Balena biscayensis. He then alludes to the San Sebastian specimen taken “in 1834” (lege, 1854), which he says “has been named Balena biscayensis by Esch- richt,” and states that “he [Eschricht] thinks that he observed in the develop- ment of the various parts of the skeleton a difference from that which he had observed in the skeletons of Balena mysticetus. But we must recollect that this was to support a theory that the latter whale was éxclusively con- fined to the Polar seas and that the Right Whale of the North Atlantic must be different” (J. ¢., p. 197). pha Apropos of this statement, the criticism he had visited upon the supposed 4 author of the “‘Mysticétes” of the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés’ may well — be recalled in the present connection, namely: that there is shown “‘a very limited knowledge of the subject.” It is also regrettable that he did not exhibit ‘‘a more philosophic spirit,” and manifest a little deference to so high an authority in cetology as Eschricht. His criticism of the Balena biscayensis of the ‘Ostéographie,’ which, he states, is founded on what ap- pears to him “‘to be very incongruous materials,” is not, however, without point, and his claim that “the only ground on which they are united is that 1 The authorship of Sh portions of the work which had at this time appeared not rey distinctly announced, Dr. Gray innocently assumed that the author of the part relating “ bay oy tes” was Gervais, and poured upon him his vials of criticism, made the more by including in a general way “previous short essays” of this author on the Cetacea, which are referred to as showing a very limited knowledge of the subject. The mistake in phe te to - nD we however, soon exposed by its avowed author, Van Beneden, as be pre aa etailed. Te 4 — 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 297 3 all the specimens were procured from the North Atlantic, together with the preconceived idea that only one whale can inhabit that region,” is doubtless to some degree true. After discussing in detail these several fragments, ___ he gives it as his opinion “‘that there is not at present any material to make out what the Balena biscayensis of Eschricht is, and, that the Balena bis- Be cayensis of these authors [Van Beneden and Gervais] is made up of the Me ee of various whales” (J. ¢., p. 199). After further reference to only two are recognized, both of which _ are referred to the genus Balena, namely, (1) B. mysticetus Linn., and (2) —e ) 1 The Atlantic Right Whales: A Contribution, embracing an examination of I. The ex- terior characters and osteology of a cisarctic Right Whale — male. II. The exterior characters of a cisarctic Right Whale — female. III. The exterior characters of a cisarctic Right Whale - —gsex not known. To which is added a concise résumé of historical mention relating to the __—*~present or pt gpl eee “i Me te Bassett Holder. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., I, No. 4, m- Pp. 99-137, pl . X-X May, 1883. 2 In this Dcanction Sei ation ma be eee to the sketches of a whale captured February 23, 1897, at Amagansett, Long Island, Y., made by Mr. Beard and published in his ‘Dan Beard’s Animal Book’ (New York, Moffat, Yard & Co., 1907), p. 213 (animal, in profile and j front-views etc.), p. 219 (diagrams of animal), and p 222 rphotosteph of parasites, from life). ie 3 Cf. Allen, Science, 1st ser., I, pp. 598, 599, Tue 29, 1883. Also Holder and Allen, ibid., me i, Paso 32-134, aac. 266, 267. 8vo, ole a +36. Soc. London, 1864, pp. 389-391; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VI, 1869, p. 115. 302 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. XXIV, B. australis Desm. ‘To the latter are apparently referred not only all of the” existing species of Right Whales except the Arctic or Greenland Right Whale, but several fossil species, including Gray’s Macleayius britannicus + or, as called later, Halibalena britannica,’ from the Lyme Regis of England. ‘This extreme conservatism also characterized his notice of this group of animals © ‘ in 1891,3 where of Balena australis it is said: “This form inhabits the _ ~ temperate seas of both northern and southern hemispheres, and is divided into several so-called species according to their geographical distribution: — B. biscayensis of the North Atlantic, B. japonica of the North Pacific, B. aus- tralis of the South Atlantic, and B. antipodarum and B. nove-zelandie of the South Pacific” (/. ¢., p. 239). This view is perhaps naturally reflected in the writings of later British compilers of popular works on natural history, although in opposition to the opinion of all modern cetological authorities. Contributions of Guldberg, 1884-1893—In 1884, G. A. Guldberg published a note‘ on the former distribution and migrations of “Balena biscayensis Eschricht,” announcing the discovery by him of its bones on the shores of Finmark, left there by the Dutch whalers of the sixteenth century, and of evidence of its reappearance in numbers along the coast of Norway; 3 and also a more extended paper on the same subject,> in which part of a skull and various other bones, found on a small island off the coast of Fin- mark, are described. A further contribution was made by this author in 1891,° giving an account of specimens captured during the nineteenth cen- tury, including new records for Norway (1889) and Iceland (1890, 1891), and measurements, etc., based on this new material. An article of twenty pages by the same sulin also appeared in 1893,’ containing about eight _ pages of historical observations, followed by descriptions and figures (the latter from photographs received from Captain M. Berg) of the external q characters (pl. i), and an account of its osteology, including the pelvic bones” 7 a: and pelvic limb (pl. ii), based on Iceland specimens. Eubalena is recog- — nized as generically distinct from Balena, with four species: (1) E. bis- ca yensis, of the North Atlantic; (2) EL. australis, of the South Atlantic; (3) E. japonica, of the North Pacific; and (4) E. antipodarum, of the South . Pacifie (/. ¢., p. 18). eB. Van Rensten, 1885.— In 1885, Van Beneden, in a paper on the Cetacen i 4) _ 1 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., VI, 1870, p. 204. i Cn 2 Gray, Proc. ool. Soc. London, 1873, 73h 140-142, % Mammals, Living and Extinct. am Henry Doe and Richard Lydekker. so. 4 London, 1891. ‘ r sos cg a sur les cotes de Norwege. Bull. Acad. roy. de Belgique, 3¢ sér., ‘ma aa pp. hea ot a 6 Bidrag til noiere kunskab om MET Shy ie ie ek ep pig tia Christiania idensk.-Selsk. Forhandl., 1891 4 Nature, exe. 1884, pp. 148, 149. 5 Sur la ésence, aux temps anciens et modernes, de la Baleine de Biscaye (ou : SOD. 1 vi : 7 Zur Kenntniss des Nordkapers. eeu iscayensis Eschr.). Zool, pers Abth fir Syst., VII, May 20, 1893, pp. 1—20, pll. i and ii. ~ 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. _ 303 , is the European seas,’ recorded the capture of a specimen of the Basque hale on the coast of Spain, between Guettaria and Zaraux, February 3, _ Graells, 1889.— In 1889 appeared an important paper by M. P. Graells, n the whales of the Atlantic coast of Spain,? which contains much new ter of historical interest relating to “Balena biscayensis Eschricht,” to ich the paper mainly relates. It contains measurements and figures of Guettaria specimen, mentioned above, now for the first time described. » figures accompanying this paper are not only inartistic, but the author tes that they are inaccurate, which may explain the discrepancies be- eon them and Gasco’s based on photographs.* Jouan, 1890.—In 1890, Henri Jouan published an account of the Jes, seen or captured on the coast of France,‘ which contains a list of the ences of the Basque Whale on the French and neighboring coasts for bout two centuries. ‘These are: (1) an adult female, stranded or captured n ame de Ré in 1680,— not preserved but measurements were taken and e available by Fischer in 1881 (republished from Segnette); (2) a female a “and young in the harbor of San Sebastian, Jan. 14, 1854 — the young one _ captured and its skeleton later transferred to Copenhagen and studied by _ Eschricht, but first fully described by Gasco in 1879; (3) a specimen re- i - ported as taken at San Sebastian Jan. 11, 1878; (4) a young female taken z hear Taranto, in the Mediterranean, Feb. 9, 1877, the skeleton of which was preserved, and described by Capallini as Balena tarentina, and rede- __ scribed later by Gasco and referred by him to B. biscayensis; (5) a specimen a _embayed early in November, 1881, near Fontarabie, in the western end of _ the Mediterranean, and though attacked by fishermen finally escaped to the open sea; (6) a specimen, supposed to represent this species, seen but not taken, Dec. 24, 1887, near San Sebastian; (7) two seen and one taken _ by fishermen near Algiers, in the western part of the Mediterranean, in | February or March, 1888; to which should apparently be added (8) the _ Guettaria specimen, taken Feb. 3, 1878, and its skeleton preserved in a * museum at San Sebastian and described by Graells in 1889. These eight Bi opoeed instances resulted in the preservation of three skeletons and the _ external measurements of another specimen. BY. Ridewood, on the structure of the ‘Bonnet, 1901.—A paper by W. G. i EF Bidewood, published in 1901,* on the structure and origin of the ‘bonnet’ 1 Les Cétacés des Mers d’Europe. Bull. Acad, roy. de Belgique, 3e sér., X, 1885, pp. 707— _ __ 2{Z,as Ballenas en las Costas oceanicas de Espana. Mem. Real. Acad. de Cienc. de Madrid, x 6B kn 8, 1889. pp. 1-115, pil. i-ix. alebone Whales of the Western North oa mare 4g Iv 1 Afparition ae Cétacés sur les cétes de France. Bull. So inn, we Normandie, 4¢ sér., * Pp (ies 7 Rate Structure of the Horny Excrescence, known as the ‘“‘ Bonnet,” of the Southern P. Right Wi Whale (Balena ausiratis). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, pp. 44-47, pl. vi. 304 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, in the “Southern Right Whale,” is chiefly of interest as a histological con- tribution, based on a specimen of uncertain origin, by perhaps a good histol- ogist, but one strangely ignorant of the well-known function of this structure, as the nidus of parasitic crustaceans, by which its growth is promoted, if not originally caused, instead of being due to the failure of the cornified layers of the skin ‘‘to rub off at their normal rate, but remain and accumu- late to produce a hard mass, projecting above the general surface of vogh epidermis as a kind of corn” (!). . True, 1904.— A most important recent contribution to the history of és North Atlantic Right Whale is contained in 'True’s ‘Whalebone Whales of : the Western North Atlantic.?1 The references, however, to its history are somewhat scattered, occurring passim under the following — captions: ‘Chapter I. The earliest references to Whalebone Whales in — American Waters’ (pp. 6-33). ‘Chapter II, A chronological account of 4 important contributions to the natural history of North American Whalebone _ Whales’ (pp. 34-77). In these chapters the North Atlantic Right Whale — is mentioned informally, or incidentally, in connection with other species of Whalebone Whales, in copious extracts from original sources, for the most part in chronological sequence. In ‘Chapter III. A review of Cope’s and Scammom’s Species’ (pp. 78-106), an account is given (pp. 79, 80) of Cope’s Balena cisarctica, based on the type specimen in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Chapter VIII (pp. 244-_ 268) is devoted entirely to ‘The North Atlantic Right Whale, nals glacialis Bonnaterre.’ In Chapter X, a concise description of Balena — glacialis occupies fifteen lines on p. 298. Five plates (42 to 46, inclusive), 4 from photographs, are devoted to illustrations of this species, and include — the skull of a Long Island specimen (dorsal, lateral, and ventral views, pil. 9 42 and 43); two views of the skull of the Charleston specimen (pll. 43 and 45); a side view of the type skeleton of Balena cisarctica Cope (pl. 44); 4 the left scapula of four different skeletons (pl. 45); head and side view of a specimen in the flesh, taken at Provincetown, Mass., and two sternums — y (pl. 46). The text figures illustrate the nasal bones of the type of B. cis-_ arctica (fig. 84, p. 252); the sternums of the Taranto, of an Iceland, and — a Long Island specimen,’ showing wide differences of form (fig. — Mi 258); six scapulee, representing five American specimens and the *e specimen (figs. 88-93, p. 259). 1 The Whalebone Whales of the Western North Atlantic, compared with those oc European Waters, with some observations on the species of the North Pacific. By Frede True, Head Curator, De fae amg of Biology: United States National Museum, Smit Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. XXXI 1904.— 4to, pp. vii + 332, pll. Tl, nd | gures 2 The sternum of the Long Island specimen is a restoration, wrongly modeled from sternum of a Rorqual. : . 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 305 The text contains an exhaustive summary of all the published accounts _ of the external and osteological characters of all the then known specimens, ~ both European and American, and much original matter relating to sai ae q 4 American examples not previously described. Under the headings, ‘size,’ _ ‘external proportions,’ ‘ color,’ and ‘osteological characters,’ detailed com- __ parisons are made between European and American specimens, with numer- __ ous tables of comparative measurements of the total length in the flesh, of the skeleton, skull, and various individual bones. His conclusions are summarized in ten propositions, with the final statement: ‘‘ While there are _ many points regarding the Nordcaper that need to be further investigated, ___ there is at present, so far as can be ascertained from the material seenitibste’ “no valid reason for separating the American from the European specimens as ‘distinct species” (p. 262). He then devotes several pages (pp. 262-267) to a consideration of the “opinions regarding the identity of the Right Whales _ of the Eastern and Western Atlantic” advanced by cetologists, or the rela- ‘tionship of Balena biscayensis to B. cisarctica, from Zorgdrager and Martens down to Van Beneden, Holder, Guldberg, and other late writers. He fails, however, to notice the attitude of Flower on the question of the relation of the _ North Atlantic Right Whale to the Right Whales of the North Pacific and the southern hemisphere, although his opinion has dominated later British au- thors who have written of these whales. In his Chapter XI, ‘Whalebone Whales of the Eastern North Pacific Ocean,’ True treats briefly of the Right Whales of the Northwest Coast, under the name “Balena sieboldii Gray (?),” basing his notice, in lack of additional material, on Scammon’s ac- count of it, and closes by quoting, without comment, Van Beneden’s strongly expressed conviction that the Right Whale of the North Pacific is a distinct species from that of the North Atlantic. Andrews, 1908.— Only one other contribution to the history of the North _ Atlantic Right Whale will be mentioned in the present connection,—a notice by Roy C. Andrews of two specimens! captured on the coast of Long Island, New York, February 22, 1907, and secured for this Museum, through the liberality of Mr. Geo. S. Bowdoin of this city. As the prepara- tion of these specimens for shipment to the Museum was made under the superintendence of Mr. Andrews, he fortunately had opportunity to take » notes and measurements of the animals while in the flesh, and later to study the skeletons of both animals at the Museum. His paper, as the title indi- cates, relates to the external and internal anatomy of these specimens, which were both females, one of them an old and very large individual, the other about two thirds grown. In addition to detailed measurements of the exter- : 1 Notes on the External and Internal Anatomy of Balena glacialis Bonn. Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, pp. 171-182, figs. 1-6. {April, 1908.] 90 306 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, nal parts, and of the skull and various other portions of the skeleton, much information is given regarding the vertebral column, pectoral limb, sturnum, — scapula, vertebree, etc., which parts are illustrated by text figures. There — is also a figure of a model* of the adult specimen, carefully made from the animal ‘by James L. Clark, animal modeler at this Museum, which is doubt-_ less the most accurate me sine din 0 of the external form of this speaen aa published. Bini ve a III.— RELATIONSHIPS AND NOMENCLATURE. Relationships.— As already shown (antea, pp. 281-288) the wun ) his early part of the seventeenth century recognized the Arctic or Gree and — Right Whale, when they first met with it in the Spitzbergen seas, as a very ia different animal from the Right Whale that for several centuries had been | - the foundation of the whale-fishery of the temperate North Atlantic, and it ¥ | was on the basis their crude comparisons of the two species in the annals of — their craft that they were recognized as distinct by the systematists of the — eighteenth century. Later, however, Cuvier united them as a single sei owing to the absence of specimens of the more southern form, and influenced — largely by the opinion of Scoresby (see antea, p. 289), whose personal knowl- edge of the subject was confined to the Right Whale of the Arctic seas. — Eschricht, from his study of the literature became convinced that the North Atlantic and the Greenland animals not only differed widely in 2 “- general conformation, but occupied distinct geographic areas. He had not — then seen a specimen of the North Atlantic species, and when he later had’ opportunity to study the now famous San Sebastian specimen, he was able to announce that it not only represented a species distinct from the Green- — land Whale, but one that was not at all nearly related to it, it much more a closely resembling Balena australis of the southern hemisphere. Unfortu- ; nately the publication of his memoir on this specimen was prevented by his death, and the osteological characters of the species remained undescribed till nearly twenty years later, when a second representative of it was cap- tured in the Mediterranean, and its external and osteological characters were described and illustrated by Capellini in 1877 and by Gasco in 1878. onda In the meantime, however, it had received wide recognition in the literature: a of zodlogy under the name Balena biscayensis. mee In 1864, J. E. Gray’ proposed to separate the Right Whales into ty wo 3 generic groups, retaining in Balena only B. mysticetus Linn., and foun “i ; hele, 2 ae ae 4 1 The scale given in the title t to o this illustration, ‘1 inch to 1 foot,” relates to the model an i not tothe animal. The model is about 7; natural size (linear), if e 2 Proc, Zobl, Soc. London, 1864, pp. 199-201. “ae 1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. . 807 his new genus Eubalena on B. australis Desm. He was unable to satis- __ factorily identify B. biscayensis, which later he regarded it as having no ___ “godlogical basis,” and still later referred it to his genus Hunterus, after __ having also considered it as probably not separable from B. mysticetus. These two groups have been recognized by various authors as well founded, as by Flower (in 1864 and 1869), Van Beneden, and Guldberg, and by the latter adopted as a full genus. ‘They may be diagnostically con- ____ trasted as follows:* ___ Balena.— Head and body enormously thick in proportion to the length, with a the head forming about one third of the total length; skull greatly arched, thus a ae space for the long baleen, which differs much in texture as well as length a n that of the whales of the Hubalena group. _ Eubalena.— Head and body relatively long and slender, with the head forming , BS about one fourth of the total length; skull much less*arched, and the baleen about ___ one half shorter than in Balena, and also much thicker, not so smooth, and with a ____ The total length is nearly the same in both B. mysticetus and E. glacialis (= Balena biscayensis auct.), but the bulk of the former is enormously greater than in the latter, especially of the head, which results in great difference in external proportions, and in the structural details of the skull. _ The other Right Whales (excepting of course the genera Neobalena and _ Rhachianectes) closely resemble the North Atlantic species, but the North Pacific Right Whale is apparently larger with longer baleen. ° | Eubalena Gray. ; _ Bubalena Gray, P. Z. 8., 1864, 201, 589; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XIV, 1864, 348; Cat. Seals and Whales, 1866, 91; Synop. Whales and Dolphins, 1868, 1; Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales, 1871, 42.— Fiowenr, P. Z. 8., 1864, 390; Trans. Zool. Soe. London, VI, 1869, 115.— VAN Benepren & Gervais, Ostéogr. des Cétacés, livr. q _ 4, 1868, 114 (in text).— Litisezora, Nov. Acta Reg. Soc. Sc. Upsala (3), VI, 1867, 14.—- GuLpBer«, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl.. 1891, No. 8,12; Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VII, 1893, 18. Monotypic, with Balena australis Desmoulins as type. cn ace Ce pe a ee RM ty nieed : ' Four species of Eubalena are commonly admitted by cetologists, and seem to be fairly well founded. ‘Two occur in the northern hemisphere and two (possibly three) in the southern hemisphere. Those of the northern 1In this connection reference may be made to the four genera propened by Eschricht in 1849 (Kong. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 5th ser., naturv. og math. Afd., I, 1849, p, 108) for ; es of whalebone whales as then known, all of which he placed in a comprehensive group _ Balena, dividing it into two primary divisions, Liobalena (Right Whales), and Ogmebalena (Humpback and Finback Whales). he latter he further divided into Kyphobalena (Hump- acks = Megaptera Gray, 1846), and Pterobalena (Finbacks = Balenoptera Lacépéde, 1804). is was, as here defined, the same as the Balena sensu stricta of authors, and, no type being designated, must be regarded as a synonym of Balena. 308 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, = hemisphere are separated from those of the southern hemisphere by a bro: belt of tropical and subtropical waters, covering not less than fifty | Jeg of latitude; the species of the two hemispheres are not only restri temperate latitudes, but are also absent from the Arctic and Antarctic On the other hand, the home of B. mysticetus is the iey waters of the . Phi it pipiens: southward in winter on the closing of its summer: species of Hubalena are likewise migratory, moving toward wai tudes with the approach of winter, and seeking colder lnthuaes = ‘ return of the warmer season. It is, indeed, physically impossible for the Right Whales of | th temperate zone to visit the south temperate zone, or those of the visit the former. As shown by Lieut. H. M. Maury,’ on evidence never been refuted nor seriously contested, the torrid zone is ‘ ground” for the right whale; “....and that it is physically as i i for him to cross the equator as it walla be to cross a sea of flame. these researches show that there is a belt from two to three thous in breadth, and reaching from one side of the ocean to the othe, the right whales are never found” (I. ¢., p. 253). As this ¢ continued for ages, it is seemingly unnecessary to institute a d parison between the Right Whale of the North Atlantic and tiv of the southern seas. Yet a comparatively recent English awe (Flower, see antea, p. 301) has lumped them altogether as one s cle the name Balena australis. This strange conservatism is still 1 i by British authors, as Lydekker,? Beddard* and Millais,* in their popular accounts of these animals, in spite of the fact that all, I zodgeographic knowledge of the conditions which govern the geo distribution of animals is utterly opposed to such a conclusion. The somewhat different with the Right Whale of the North Pacific, ei e its relation to its congener of the North Atlantic. They have th separated, not by tropical waters, but in part by the icy barrier of seas, and in part by immense continental areas; there is also well-marked diversity in size and other characters, es Pacific species is scientifically very little known. Nomenclature.— As already shown (antea, p. 288), the Right N the North Atlantic was provided with names by the early sy by Klein (1741), who called it Balena glacialis, c. borealis, pes oy (1756), who named it Balena islandica, but as both of these auth 1 Sailing Directions, 7th ed., Wiie p. 253. re al Natural History, Vol. i III, sect. 5, 1895, p. 12. oy ook of Whales, 19 ‘ anmnia of Great Britain iy Ireland, Vol. III, 1906, pp. 224-231. $ ——-1908.] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. . 809 _ pre-Linnean, their names are not open to consideration. Bonnaterre, in 1789, named it Balena glacialis; his name, based on the Nordkaper of previous authors, is shown by his description and references to be clearly plicable to the present species: Lacépéde, in 1804, renamed it Balena ordeaper, with primarily the same basis. Many years later (1864), J. E. Gray applied the name Balena biscayensis to the San Sebastian specimen, parently inadvertently, through giving a Latin rendering of Eschricht’s i Baleine de Basques,’ since he ascribed it to Eschricht, and the species has passed, as already shown at length (antea, p. 291), into literature as “ Balena _ biscayensis Eschricht.” The following year, Cope described an American specimen of what is considered to be the same species under the name alena cisarctica, in the belief that B. biscayensis had not been properly founded. In 1877, another synonym, Balena tarentina, was added by Capellini, on the basis of a straggler taken in the Bay of Taranto in the __ Mediterranean. Other late names have been based on fossil fragments ____ believed to be also referable to the same species. These, owing to their late origin, do not require consideration as possible substitutes for B. — glacialis Lacépéde. ____ In this connection it is necessary to consider briefly the question of the _ possible specific distinctness of the Right Whales of the two sides of the - North Atlantic. Unfortunately the skeletons of only three specimens from _ the European coasts have ever been secured, all young animals (the Ice- land specimens are of course not pertinent), and no American example has been available in Europe for direct comparison with any of them. It has been generally conceded, however, for many years that no satisfactory _ differences are apparent on which it is safe to separate specifically the Ameri- _ can and European examples. Mr. True, in his ‘Whalebone Whales of the _ Western North Atlantic,’ published in 1904, has most carefully brought together all available data bearing on this question, which he has presented and discussed with great fairness. His conclusions confirm those of pre-_ vious investigators, and for the present there seems to be no alternative but to give them full acceptance, namely, that “there is at present... .no yalid reason for separating the American from the European specimens as distinct species” (J. c., p. 262). To him also belongs the credit of reviving _ the name Balena glacialis of Bonnaterre as the correct name for the species." From this point of view the synonymy and principal references to this species. may be given as follows: * 1] had reached the same conclusion in 1881, as shown by the following transcript of the closing lines of my discussion of the nomenclature of the species: ‘‘If the practice of substituting . the earliest names that can be identified in the light of present knowledge for others of later date _ that have become familiar through long use, now so rife, is to be followed, there is no question as _ to the tenability of Bonnaterre’s name, which, sooner or later, some one will revive, in view of which we reluctantly now adopt it.”” — MS. 310 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Eubalena glacialis Bonnaterre. Nortu ATLANTIC Right WHALE. ae ay i Sarda Ever, Purchas his Pilgrims, III, 1625, 471, 710.— Fiscurr, Actes Soc. Linn, de Bordeaux, XXXV, 1881, 41-45. Sletbag (of the Icelanders), cj. EscuricuT & REINHARDT, Ray Society Memoirs on. Recent Cetacea, 1866, 32-33. Die Nord-Kaper Wallfisch Martens, Spitzb. oder Grocshaid: Reise-] 1675, 106. APM Whale of the North Cape Martens, Account of several late Voy. and Dise., London, 1711, [pt. ii], 151. Noortkaper ZORGDRAGER, Bloeyende Opkomst der Aloude Hedendaagsche ce Visschery, 1720, 91. e. Right or Whalebone Whale Dupury, Phil. Trans., XXXII, 1726, 256. | Se Nordkapper Earpn, Det Gamle Gronlands Nye Perlusti; ete., 1741, 20 - eae Nachrichten von Island, Grénland, und der Sirhan Davis: 1746,— FiscHer, — “a : Actes Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, XX XV, 1881, 36-40. ae: Nord-Caper Cranz, Hist. Groenland, 1765, 145. Baleine d’ Islande Brisson, Reg. anim., 1756, 350. Black Whale; True Whale; Wholebens Whale, Early New England Whalers a Dovenass, Summary, Hist. and Polit., Brit. Settlem., I, 1760, 56. Seven feet bone Whale St. JoHN DE Gabieoatte: Letters frie an American Ferner, 1782, 169. ie By Atlantic Right Whale SourHweE.u, Seals and Whales of British Seas, 1881, 61-69. ee. North Atlantic Right Whale Au.En, Science (1), I, 1883, 598, 599; II, 1883, 134, 267 i (review of Holder’s paper). paths ‘ Balena glacialis, ¢. borealis Kunin, Hist. Pisce. Nat., Miss. ii, 1741, 12 (ex Zorgage) = Cf. Fiscurr, Actes Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, XXXV, 1881, 40. de Balena islandica Brisson, Reg. anim., 1756, 350 (ex Klein, Anderson, = TirpEMANN, Zool., 1808, 571.— Daaavese, Nat. Hist. Cetacea, 1834, ; bg Balena mysticetus Yalon diet Kerr, Anim. Kingd., I, 1792, 357. Balena glacialis BONNATERRE, Cetologie, 1789, 3 (ek Klein, Brisson, Anderson, ete. ne. — Virey, Nouv. Dict. Sci. nat., IIT, 1816, 183-185.— Cuvier, Ragne anim., I, 1817, 286.—[Mituar], Encye. Brit., 5th ed., V, 1817, 330.— Dane Mamm., 1822, 527.— DesMovuLins, Dict, class. d’Hist. nat., II, 1822, ee Hina, Faun. Amer., 1825, 297. Lesson, Man. de Mammut 1827, - that ith hath been Exported out of the Province, to the great ¢ thereof; to obviate which mischief, Br 1r ENacrep. . . .that all Pomel residing within the Precincts of this Province, or the Peovinll of Penn vania, who shall kill or bring on shore any Whale, or Whales within Delaw Bay, or elsewhere within the Boundaries of this Government, shall f full and entire Tenth of all the Oyl and Bone made out of the said W or Whales, unto the present Governor of this Province for the Time Ricketson says, in his ‘History of New Bedford’ (p. 56), p ed 1858: “The attention of the early settlers of New England was early ca to the whale-fishery....As early as 1690 they had reached the banks of N Foundland in their utile of whales. But the voyages of ei 1 Doc. relative to Col. Hist, ‘New York, Vol. V, p. 510. 2 Ibid., Vol. V, PP. 583, 782, Vol. VI, e 160. 3 Hist. of Long sland, Od ed., Vol. I, 34 9. 4 Leaming and Spicer’s Grants Scndesuiona: and Original Constitution of the F New Jersey, etc. (no date), pp. 519, 520. r = Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 319 n of Nantucket and New Bedford were upon the coast, and for several s did not reach beyond the capes of Virginia and Cape Hatteras. The Whale, balena mysticetus, was the only species known to the first = Pitkin 2 “The whale fishery first attracted the attention of the jericans in 1690, and originated in boats from the shore. In 1715, six ps, of thirty-eight tons burden each, were employed in this fishery, from Nantucket] island. For many years their adventures were confined the e American coast, but as whales grew scarce here, they were extended e Western Islands, and to the Brazils, and at length to the North and Se: ..In 1731, the Americans had about thirteen hundred tons of u Desstered in this fishery along their coast. About the year 1750, 2 left the American coast.’’ Crapo, in his ‘Historical Address,’ delivered on the occasion of the ‘Cen- nial in New Bedford,’ July 4, 1876, has given (pp. 64, 65) extracts from e records of the town of New Bedford,? under dates November 11, 1652, pril 13, 1653, April 15, 1690, February 19, 1692, and “1792-3,” which , that whales at that time were occasionally stranded or captured along shores of Martha’s Vineyard. Under the last-mentioned date three killed in February 1793, are referred to as “great whales, betwixt and seven and eight foot bone.” ear 1680 [16902] a Mr. Paddock from Cape Cod came to Nantucket to nsi uct the English how to whale in boats from the shore, which business ied good till 1760, when it became poor by the scarcity of whales. In ring of 1726, there were eighty-six whales caught here. One Mr. T previous to this was engaged in the business, but not to any amount rthy of record.” (Crapo, /. c., p. 67.) lent to show how important a réle this speties of whale played in the y maritime history of the New England and Middle States; also its ies abundance, and how a century of pursuit for its commercial products ced it to commercial extinction.‘ View Comm. United States, etc., 1816, pp. 42, 43. son cigs of the Massachusetts Historical Society, ” [Vol. not stated]. ed to Richard A. Pease’s valuable ‘Historical ‘Sketches of Martha’s Vineyard’ in the ' Vineyard Gazette,’ which I have been unable to see). 2e a above extracts were compiled (in 1881) from the original sources, some of them p din honaigl wd ph on the American Whale-fishery, where many more of similar im se. e fo we ally, Alexander Starbuck’s ‘History of the American Whale Fishe f earliest ‘eras tion to the year 1876’ (Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Wisherics 75- 1876 Part IV, 1878, pp. 1-763); A. Howard Clark’s ‘History and present eee te [Ww | Fishery. (Fisher es and Fishery Industries of the United States, Sect. V ied Il, 1-218); J ‘ Holder’s ‘The Atlantic Right Whale’ (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat m1 pp - 99-187); Freder ick W. True’s ‘The Whalebone Whales of the North Atlantic? ; Siniths, wl., Vol. XX XIII, 1904). 320 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, V. EXTERNAL AND OSTEOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. 3 ee Thanks to the valuable contributions of Cope (1865), Holder (1883), True (1904), and Andrews (1908), the external and osteological characters of the Right Whale of the Atlantic coast of North America, are now well known — better even than those of its representative on the Atlantic coast of Europe, as made known by Capellini, Gasco, and Graells, on the basis of three immature specimens captured, respectively, at San Sebastian and Guittare, Spain, and in the Bay of Taranto, Italy. Guldberg has also de- . scribed both young and adult specimens from Iceland. Ten skeletons of American specimens are preserved in American Mu- seums (and none elsewhere’), of six of which Mr. True was able to give notes and measurements in 1904. There is still another in the Museum of Com- parative Zodlogy at Harvard University, here for the first time described, — and the two recently acquired by this Museum. External measurements of three others, of which no part appears to have been preserved, are also given by Mr. True. The present location, place and date of capture, of these skeletons is as follows, in geographic sequence from north to south. — Skeletons in Museums. Provincetown, Mass. April, 1864 Mus. Comp. Zoédlogy, Cambridge, Mass. Long Island, N. Y. — Field Mus., Chicago, Ill. Amagansett, L. I., N. Y. 1888 U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington, D. C. Long Island, N. Y. 1875 ? Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York. Armagansett, 7 I, N.S Feb. 22) ae oe eee ae i “cc “cc “cc “ce “é “i “ “cc “ “cc > Delaware Bay. 1862 Mus. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Pa, x Beaufort, N. C. 1874 State Mus., Raleigh, N. C. é Cape Lookoui, N. C. Feb, 15, 1898 Mus. University of Iowa.” Charleston, 8. C. Jan. 7, 1880 Charleston College Mus., Charleston, s. Cc. The two Long Island specimens recently acquired by this Museum have already been sufficiently described (antea, pp. 171-182, figs. 1-6), so that it remains merely to add some account of the Provincetown specimen, with illustrations * of some of the more important parts of the skeleton, and to briefly summarize the external characters as made known by other his cui 1 Since this was written the younger of the two Lon Island specie ia ; Museum in 1907, has been sent to the University Museum, Cambridge, England, in Sechiegh eet for et) other tome etc., p. 246 $ These illustrations are reproduced from unpublished lithographic plates made by T, a Sinclair & Son, Philadelphia, in 1881, for a monograph of the North American Cetacea then ae leg course of preparation by the writer for the United States Geological Survey of the 30 : under the late Dr. F. V. Hayden, Director, as already exp ae foe p. are published here with the kind approval of the Hon, James R ed Shen Department of the Interior. The drawings were made under my oe oviaee ‘i the Wisc. Acad. Sci.” (which has no Museum), as given by True, ‘ Whalebone Whales,’ - 1908.) _ Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 821 ___ Stze.— The largest American specimen thus far recorded is the adult female taken at Amagansett, Long Island, February 22, 1907, which, ac- cording to the measurements taken by the whalemen and given to Mr. _ Andrews, was 56 feet 7 inches from. the tip of the snout to the end of the _ flukes, or 54 feet from the tip of the snout to the notch of the flukes, as m ed by Mr. Andrews himself. A much younger female, takén at the _ same time and place, was about one fourth less in linear measurements, with a disproportionately much shorter head. The next largest American specimens are two taken on the coast of North Carolina, respectively an adult female and an adult male, which measured (total length), according to Brimley, respectively 53 feet and 50 feet.1. Nearly all of the other Ameri- ar specimens of which measurements have been recorded were obviously immature. According to Guldberg, the largest of six Ice'and specimens had _a total length of 51 féet 8 inches; the next largest, 47 feet 7 inches. As __ already said, all of the extant European specimens are young, and hence - not comparable with adults. The largest European specimen of which _ measurements have been recorded is the Ré Island example, captured in - 1680, and repor ed variously as adult and young, with a total length of 50 _ feet 7 inches. The length of adults of this species may be regarded, there- fore, as ranging from about 48 to 54 feet. Measurements based on the _~ skeleton seem to average, in a full-grown specimen, about 5 feet less than _ the total length in the flesh. Something depends upon how the external _ measurements are taken, as differences of method may considerably vary _ the results, and especially the ratio of the length of the head to the total length. It is evident, however, that the length of the head is dispropor- _ tionately less in young animals than in adults. __ Color— According to the published descriptions of this whale, the color is usually a uniform ‘‘ivory black,” ‘“‘deep black,” or ‘“‘blue black,” but, as in other whales that are ordinarily wholly black, they are subject to white mottling, especially on the pectoral limbs, the flukes, and lower surface of _ the body, which, in rare instances, may be largely white. Mr. H. H. _ Brimley in a paper on ‘Whale Fishing in North Carolina’? thus describes _ the coloration of specimens taken on the coast of North Carolina: “Its color is a dense shining ivory black above, while below the color and ap- _ pearance is that of the purest polished ivory white, the white often extend- _ natural history draftsman James Henry Blake, of Cambridge, Mass., and are not only artistic but possess the utmost accuracy. For the use of the material I am indebted to Mr. Alexander =." for so many years Director of the Museum of Comparative es er The specimen which they were taken was captured at Provincetown, Mass., in April, 1864, by Captain N. E. Atwood and ily R. Soper, and secured by Professor Louis Agassiz for the Museum the Gray Fund. 1 C7}. True, l. c., p. 246. E 3 2 Bulletin of the North Carolina Department of Agriculture, Vol. XIV, No. 7, April, 1894, _ pp. 4-8, with illustrations. [April 1908.) 21 322 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, 4 ing some distance up the sides. Sometimes it is pied below and the a amount of white is very variable, and sometimes, again, pure black speci- _ mens are killed, showing no white at all. The line between the color is 9 always sharply defined, although the dividing line is very irregular. There. 3 is no shading through the skin to the pink blubber, whether the color be black or white. ‘The white-bellied whales yield the most oil and they usually _ have a patch of white on the tip of each fluke, so that if only the flukes are seen as the whale goes down the fishermen can often tell whether or not it is a white-belly that they are pursuing” (I. ¢., p. 7). Mr. Andrews (antea, pp. 172, 174) refers to white spots on one of the Amagansett whales observed _ by him, and quotes Captain J. B. Edwards, an old whaleman of Amagansett, as stating: “I have seen several Right Whales with white markings or spots _ on the sides, and some with the breast and throat nearly all white.” Guld- _ berg refers also to the occurrence of white spots on the Iceland specimens _ captured by Captain Berg. Hence it is evident that specimens of this spe- cies showing more or less white are not peculiar to any particular locality; that the amount of white present may vary in amount from a few small _ spots to large areas, occupying considerable portions of the ventral surface; and that, when present, they are not superficial but involve the whole thick- ness of the skin down to the pink blubber. PROVINCETOWN SPECIMEN. : gy aa This, when studied, was a partly disarticulated skeleton, sex not recorded, 5 of a specimen secured at Provincetown, Mass., for the Museum of Com- _ parative Zodlogy in April, 1864.1 According to Captain Atwood,’ one of its captors, it yielded 80 barrels of oil, and the whalebone was sold for $1,000. _ The length in the flesh is said to have been 48 feet? The skull is shown in profile (Plate XIX), from above (Plate XX), and from behind (Plate XXI, fig. A). The principal dimensions are as follows: Chaos a Measurements of the Skull, elites Total length, axial, from occip. condyles to tip of intermax.. . . . . . 3650 “ “« following curvature. . 950... 4...) Sr ‘Van Beneden, in referring to this specimen (Bull, Acad. Roy, de Belgique (2), XXX, 1870, p. 385) erroneously conjectured it was captured in summer, 4) 2Cf. Allen, Bull. Mus. Com, Zo6l. I, No. 8, 1869, p. 202. = 3 On the authority of Prof. W. H. Niles of the Massachusetts Institute of Technolo was in charge of the preparation of the skeleton, he then being a student at the Mu Comparative Zodlogy. According to information recently received from my : Henty Blake, this whale was captured in Massachusetts Bay, near the Plymouth sh 0 towed into Provincetown harbor. The skeleton remained many years at the Museum ef it was mounted (in 1888) and placed on exhibition, The original whalebone - sold stated above, for $1000 at the time the specimen was captured, and that now attached to skull is a clever restoration, hardly distinguishable on casual inspection from the origin Mr. Blake gives the depgth of the animal in the flesh as 47 feet, and the yield of oil as barrels and 14 gallons. Some of the whalebone was seven feet in length. ed Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. _ 323 mm, cs pbebeeggng suture to post, border of oncip. condyle Eee S| ronto-nasal sutureto “ a SG ate ice cy anterior border of nasals to post. border of occip. condyle ah eae RRR amNa go ih va naeele, along outer ii oi 7 - ie UNO A a ra BE adth of nasals Mis bike dinh as fb gjces oho ot: SIO es EEE SS LSE SC ee <7 of maxillary, axial 2780: ie following curve cot aap. ‘external border 3150 of intermaxillary; axial . Pee tah Aa PR Sie ee $s. id along doreal iduinventity BR fe SEY SN a h of skull at orbital peoocenes.of frontal. 45 6 ee re 2500: ee 7 Deer mim meonesses cs sw www ts ke SOO st breadth of ee as gk og mk ww tO BS breadth of occipital condyles. .......'.... =. «240 o-posterior breadth ‘ Reece wth SPS Thy SS ae) 2 Meverse diameter ofmeuralcanal.. . . . . . . 1... ee es 145 fo-posterior diameter of neuralcanal . .......... =. «2186. th of mandible, axial . CLES a eee PS . along extemal lelintatare VP SE RAT ey NS ... Ly ho crenata Airs A dee Bea a e diameter of doindyle eS, oa Fy. BENG DIA eta s fs x ; ¢ My RR ee re ue “The principal dimensions of this skull, in comparison with those of n other adult skulls of this species — three from the coast of the United »s and four from Iceland — embracing all known that are comparable. ies to age, are as follows: rf arative Measurements of Eight adult Skulls of Eubalena glacialis (Bonn.). America. Iceland. llength (straight) 4140' 3861? 3810° 3650 39205 3910* 38307 33808 mm. Orbital breadth 2591 25539 23629 2500 2550 2460 2500 2150 “ .” (straight) 3912 3478° 33349 3270 3820 3900 3820-3190 « « (long curv.) 4318 3861° 40779 4000 4033 —— 4030 3480 « nsett, Pin 4 Island, N. Y., Feb. 22, 1907; in American Museum of Natural History, : 5008. “aie pees: Measurements from R.’C, Andrews, Bull. Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist., Loo. sn SN. C., March 20, 1894; in State Museum, Raleigh, N.C... Male. Measure- . Ww. e, Whalebone Whales of the Western North ‘Aflantic, 1904, p. 253. Island, Rew York; in Field Museum, Chicago, Ill. Measurements from True, 1. c.. wn, Mass., April, 1864; in Museum Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass. nd, fast; ny in von. Tao ha Christiania. Male. Measurements from Guld- s id 1 161; in Gatvordty Museum, Christiania. Male, Measurements from Guld- cel; ey {290; in University Museum, Christiania. Measurements from Guldberg, J. ¢.. 0; Geicuat 1891; in Bergen Museum. Measurements from Guldberg, J. c., p. 13. , ted on the basis of Mr. True’s table of precentages. 324 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Although practically adult, it is slightly exceeded in size by all of the others except one of the Iceland examples. Vertebral Column.— 'The vertebral formula in this species seems subject | to slight variation, as is the rule with most animals, through variation in the number of lumbars or caudals, which Mr. Andrews has found to vary in two specimens taken at the same time and place on Long Island. The .total number seems to range from 55 to 57, with the average at 56, which is the number in the Provincetown specimen, namely: C. 7, D. 14, L. i, Ca. 24 = 56. Cervical V ertebre.— The cervical vertebre (Plate XXII, Figs. D-H) differ in several notable particulars from any of those thus far figured as belonging to the genus Eubalena, and are especially interesting as presenting a wonder- ful degree of bilateral asymmetry. Viewed in profile the spinous processes are united above from the 1st to the 5th inclusive, the 6th and 7th alone being free, both as regards each other and those preceding them. Of the trans- verse processes, those of the first cervical only are wholly free on both sides, those of the others being united at their extremities into groups which may be indicated as follows: left side, 1, 2, 3-4, 5-6-7; right side, 1, 2-3, 4-5-6-7. In the first cervical the transverse processes have no inferior lamellz, but they are developed from the 2d, 3d, and 4th on the left side, and from the 2d and 3d on the right. Those of the 2d and 3d on each side are united basally; that of the 3d is much smaller and is free throughout its length. In viewing the cervical vertebrae from below, the 1st and 7th are seen to be separated from the others by well-marked sutures, but there is no trace of sutures, at least medially, between the other cervicals. The transverse processes of the atlas are rather short but very broad and thick; that of the left side much heavier than that of the right, the whole — left half of the atlas being in fact very much more developed than the right, as is distinctly seen in Plate XXII, Fig. E. The transverse processes of the axis are rather longer than in the atlas, but many times more slender; those of the succeeding vertebree decrease in length and size to the 6th; the 7th is rather heavier than the 6th. A striking feature in the present example is the slight degree of ankylosis between the atlas and the axis, which have actually coalesced at only three _ points, namely: by a small portion of the centra at the base of the transverse processes, and by-the union of the neural spines. The cervical vertebra of the type of B. cisarctica Cope are shown on q the same plate (Plate XXII, Figs. A-C) for comparison. They represent a much younger and smaller specimen, with many differences in the details of ankylosis. ae 1908.) Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. . 325 Measurements of the Cervical Vertebre.t Muuuwenaverso breadth ofatias . ....-...«.=.....2..~. «655 Vertical breadth of atlas . . SS SaaS _ Transverse breadth of articular surface’. Piano Biss Re _ Transverse breadth of articular surface of right: half . FE MO AMER gee _ Vertical breadth of articular surface of lefthalf . . ....... =. = 270 Seemmmunor articular concayity ... . - - - - + + es sieves ss | ere ID II ro ee BB ‘ i ee 6: ks any k Dia Use by otebcy Oe et ee Bonietias «© ‘centrum of 7th ENS 5 eases 270 a aks setae of 7th sorviend Renee Pacis. OS yen ee Bo Fs 980 i Length Ga-cemtmm (20-7th) BUperiOny 9) ee ew eee 180 ern (ist—-gth) eupetionly . .. 4... . =. 2.2. +... . + 200 “i 4 ge EO DS an ea ere.” | . cages of crest formed by neuralspines. ........... 2. + 4360 Length of neural spine of Ist cervical =. . . 2. 2. 1... . . 110 | Length of neural spine of 7theervical . . ........... ~ 90 Pe : ich aimee breadth of neural canal anteriorly EI, SED Ai pees LAO MODE APE mer ye ‘ae is 0 he SE a aay es ee eI Vertical diameter of neural canal Airis Vr bord) mnie ee se oe, ee boas wtf eee EEN hes a. a wey eo Measurements of other Vertebre. 6th 6th 6th D. L. Ca. Vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly . .. .. . . 220 265 310 Greatest transv. diameter of centrum, ant. . . . . . . 250 300 = 320 Length of centrum, ventral border . . ..... =. =. 100 155 170 Height of vertebra totopofspine ....... . . 560 675 580 Greatest breadth of transyv. processes . . ..... . 585 1120 600 Transv. diameter of neuralcanal ........ =. 190 130 76 _ Vertical ‘ aioe ig Rr merore seh! Te, Eas eo 135 75 Measurements of First Pair of Ribs. Right Left mm. mm, DIAG MRS , , , et e eee) 8 20 WUTC ye eee ee Se ee 140 1260. Breadth at distal end Re etic iS yuy 1p DR ocala Rat ee 240 Scapula.— The scapula is symmetrically fan-shaped, the superior border regularly rounded. Viewed from above the superior or suprascapula border is slightly sinuous, being feebly sigmoidal. ‘The cartilaginous portion is wanting. The glenoid border presents an oval outline, with the antero-pos- terior diameter one-fifth greater than the transverse. ‘The acromion process 1 Without the epiphyses, 326 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural, History. [Vol. XXIV, is flat, rather narrow and long, slightly broadest at base, the average width being rather more than one-half the length. The coracoid is undeveloped. The point of greatest contraction of the blade is just below the acromion process; from this point it abruptly expands to form the broad, deeply hol- lowed glenoid fossa. The blade is slightly concavo-conyex, the surface smooth. The following are the principal measurements: Greatest length, -1011 mm.; extreme breadth, 880 mm.; length of suprascapular border, following the curvature, 1270 mm.; circumference just below the acromion process, 710; transverse breadth of glenoid fossa, 240; antero-posterior breadth of same, 310; length of acromion process, 200; greatest breadth of same (at base), 130; thickness of suprascapula border, 60-75 mm. — Gane XXIV, Fig. A.) + The scapula varies in size and somewhat in form in differen individuals, and even in the same animal, as shown by the ee table. Height, 1020 breadth, 1250 Iceland (Guldberg). indian “cc 1080 “cc 1220 “ “cc : “ 965 “ 1200 right 9 te “ 953 1143 eft j Amaganset (Antxewa) es 830 4 1011 Provincetown (Allen). Pectoral Limb.— 'The bones of the right pectoral limb (Plate XXIV, Fig. — B) were still (when studied) held in place by cartilage, except the 5th digit, — the phalanges of which, however, were still ligamentously connected. Only — 8 the terminal phalanx of the 3d and 4th digits were wanting. The distal — epiphysis of ulna and radius are ununited, while the proximal are pee ankylosed, as are both epiphyses of the humerus. The humerus is a short, thick bone, deeply constricted around the middle, expanding distally for articulation with the bones of the forearm, and becoming greatly enlarged - at the proximal end. The following are its principal measurements: __ Extreme length ... . toe ee ee ee a Greatest transverse diameter piooinialhy oe ee ow el a ‘ “ of head .. $ “1 “. distally 0.060. ww 2 de, Antero-posterior diameter ofhead . . . ....... + « « « « SOO 7 Least circumference.of shaft at middle. . . . . . 9... 5... 6 es oo gy The radius is broad and flat distally, the transverse breadth of the border equalling seven tenths of the total length of the shaft; i. it is much less expanded and much thicker. ‘The a of least breadth i a . the principal measurements: 1908.1 Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. 397 mm, Extreme length (mearthe anterior border) . . . ....... =... 555 _ ‘Transverse diameter of proximalend ............. . 240 ) Antero-posterior diameter of proximalend ........... .. 155 Seevaeansvyerse diameter of distalend [ ..... 2.2.2.2... =... 350 = Antero-posteriordiameterofdistalend. . ......... 2... . 165 | Least transverse diameter ofshaft . . .........4. +... 185 The ulna, like the radius, is fan-shaped in its distal two thirds, and greatly thickened proximally. The length of the distal border is rather more than ove half of the total length of the bone. Its principal measurements are as follows: Seas mm, Mies Menta bl gag wg le wot 480 mucmmmeverse diameterofdistalend ........2.2.2. 2... +. 280 Dummemewverse Giameter . . 6. ke kw ee we we we 10 Antero-posterior diameter of distalend . ..... Lent eRe eee) ‘The carpal bones are wholly concealed in the hardened cartilage. __ The digits, five in number, decrease in length in the following order: III, Il, IV, V, I. Digit Il, has 6 phalanges; digit II, 5; digit IV, 4; digit V, 3; digit I, 2.1 (Plate XXIV, Fig. B.) In respect to the relative length of the digits, the number of phalanges in each, and the relative length of digit ITI, in comparison to the whole limb, the manus in the present species closely resem- bles that of Balena mysticetus. The number of phalanges in the several digits appears to be variable, as is known to be the case in other cetaceans. . Measurements of Bones of the Manus. Digits. D WAPANER © MER Fife ig ee, mm. mm. mm, mm, mm, Length of lst phalanx ......... =. +. 120 170 160 160 150 Wie Acad +. aim peetiieias ys aedindeia cel Cc 2- 52) AOD BE (260i 140,00880 EY a in haa 125 160 108 95 “Ath we (he ee ae 95 120 260 a a i Ia aan aa a 55 85 a i ea 260 Total length ” eu trois PSs Seek yy 2985 780-70109520 480 The total length of the pectoral limb, measured from the most proximal point of the head of the humerus to the tip of the longest digit, falls, in the 1 True (/.c., p. 261) has given a different formula for this specimen, but on what authority is not stated. _My examination, however, was made when all the parts were in situ, and were thus drawn (see Plate XXIV, Fig. B). Mr. True refers to the impracticability of gg to give reliable formule from mounted specimens in American Museums, and it may be added in cor- toboration of this statement that the mounted specimen in this Museum, of which the digital formula is given by True, ag on examination to have nearly all of the metacarpals and restored in wood! 2 Includes the dried cartilage between the nodes as well as that terminating the digit. 328 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, dried state, a little short of two meters (1970), of which the upper and fore- arm bones constitute one half; probably in life the carpns and manus would together equal the upper and fore-arm segments. . Sternum.— The sternum (Plate XXIII, Fig. A) is an irregularly oval buckler, convex externally, flat internally, and consequently much thicker in the middle than toward the edges. The upper border is greatly rounded, the - lower more pointed. Its greatest diameter is 250 mm., its length 320 mm. — In form this sternum is quite different from any hitherto figured, but most nearly approaches that of the.Chicago Field Museum specimen (True l. c., pl. 46, fig. 3), and the Taranto, Italy, specimen (True, /. c., text fig. 85, p- p. 258). It is very unlike the figure that purports to represent this specimen given by True (J. ¢., pl. 46, fig. 4). The sternum of the first American Museum specimen Abel by True (J. ¢., text fig. 87, p. 258) is a restor- preparator. These’ is obviously, however, great individual savatian inthe form of the sternum in this species. The five known examples differ markedly from each other, but the tendency is toward a more or. less heart- , shaped form, as in the specimen figured by Andrews (cj. antea, ‘p. 181), i and in the Iceland specimen figured by Guldberg (1. ¢., pl. ii, fig. 4). < 5. Pelvic Bones.— Only one of these, the left, is niedetoa It was enveloped in dried cartilaginous tissue and is evidently complete. On carefully removing this tissue from the ossified portion, it was found to be a_ : soft porous bone, 220 mm. in length and 70 mm. in greatest width. — -Asshown — in Plate XXIII, Fig. I, the lower border is strongly arched. The anterior. two-thirds is greatly expanded, rising into a high, obtusely rounded convexity, having an inward curvature. The posterior third is cylindrical. The point of the greatest expansion is a little anterior to the middle of the bone. If there were originally connected with it vestiges of a pelvic limb, these parts must have been overlooked or lost. This seems, however, improbable, as the prep- aration of the skeleton was made under most intelligent supervision; the investing cartilage, which was in tact when these parts were studied, would also seemingly have shown trace of connection with appendages, if they had been as well developed as those shown in Guldberg’s plate (J. ¢., pl. ii, figs. 5-7), had any such existed. ‘The pelvic element described by Guldberg has twice the linear dimensions and a much greater mass than in the Province- town specimen, with an attached femur 125 mm. long, and having a thick- ness of 72 to 88 mm. In the Amagansett whale, described by Mr. Andrews (antea, pp. 171- 182), the pelvic bones are well developed, crescent-shaped, and abruptly expanded in front of the middle, thence tapering rapidly anteriorly, and ex- tending posteriorly as a somewhat flattened, cylindrical bone, becoming 1908. ] Allen, The North Atlantic Right Whale. - 329 thickened at the posterior extremity. The right pelvic bone, measured along the curvature of the dorsal margin, has a length of 450 mm.; the left one a length 435 mm. Each pelvic bone had attached to it a vestigial femur,— a flattened bone, 135 mm: long, 58 mm. wide, and 10 to 28 mm. thick, parallel-sided for about half the length, with one entire side straight, the other sloping at an obtuse angle. Unfortunately they were separated from the pelvic bones before their position and manner of attachment was noted. One of the pelvic bones with its vestigial femur is shown in the accompanying text figure. The pelvic bone and femur in Eubalena glacialis greatly resembles Fig. 1. Right pelvic bone, inner view, and vestigial femur of the large Amagansett Whale. these bones in Balena mysticetus, as described and figured by Struthers.* In each species there is evidently a wide range of individual variation in respect to the size and form of these bones, as shown in the eleven specimens of B. mysticetus described by Struthers, and by the several specimens of E. glacialis described and figured by Guldberg, and the two described in the present paper. These variations affect the curvature and thickness, as well as the general size, of the pelvic bone and the size and form of the femur, which possibly may in some cases be wanting, as was probably the case in the Provincetown specimen above described. 1 On the Bones, Articulations, and Muscles of the Rudimentary Hind-Limb of the Green- land Right Whale (Balena mysticetus). By John Struthers, M.D. Journ. Anat. and Phys., XV, 1881, pp. 141-176, 301-321, pll. xiv-xvii. Vor. XXIV; Pate XIX. EUBALENA GLACIALIS (BONN,). Skull and lower jaw, in profile. Vout. XXIV, Prats XX. tie NE yr nee a ERTS < Bae , EUBAL-ENA GLACIALIS (BONN.). Skull and lower jaw, from above. VoL. XXIV, PLaTe XXI. EUBAL-ENA GLACIALIS (BONN.). ipital view of skull; B, C, D, anterior, exterior, and interior views of the right ear-bone. wuerin A, M,N. H, Vou. XXIV, PLare XXII. = clr ch ee EUBALENA GLACIALIS (BONN.). a Cervical vertebrae: A-C, from type of Balena cisarctica Cope (A, left side; B, i right side; C, centra, from left side). D-H, Provincetown specimen (D, from above; E, from front; F, left side; G, from below; H, from behind). BuLuetin A. M. N. H. Vou. XXIV, Prate XXIII. - EuBALENA GLACIALIS (BONN.). A, sternum, front view; B and C, sixth dorsal vertebra, side and front views C; D and E, sixth lumbar, side and front views; F and G, sixth caudal, side and front views; H, hyoid bone; I, pelvic bone. *) ‘ = © Bowen A. M,N. Vou. XXIV, Puare XXIV. a EN EUBAL-ENA GLACIALIS (BONN.). A, scapula; B, left pectoral li mb; GC, first rib, left side; D, first rib, right side; K, ribs of right side. 59.88;6 C XIX oo REVIEW OF THE MANAKINS OF THE GENUS CHIROXIPHIA. By W. DeWirr MILuer. PLATE XXV. senus Chiroxiphia.is a small group of Miepak a difficult to define S peat characters alone, on account of the great variations in external mam ong the several species, but well characterized by the coloration’ of ¢ adult males, all of which have a blue back and a red or yellow crest. usually understood, the genus consists of four well known and thor- ughly established species : —C. linearis, C. lanceolata, C. pareola, and C. A fifth species, C, regina, is also recognized but its standing has been questioned. ‘Two additional forms (atlantica and boliviana) e listed as subspecies of C.. pareola. . the present paper, eight species are recognized. C. regina is regarded valid species, the two forms commonly treated as subspecies are con- dered worthy of specific rank, and a new species allied to C. pareola is lescribed. Reasons are given beyond, why the genus should not be broken p as has recently been done. In the description of colors in this paper, Ridgway’s ‘ Nomenclature of olors’ hoa been used. All measurements are in millimeters. The “width ill” measurement is the width of the lower mandible at the anterior p at of the bristles on its sides. F This paper is based upon the series of these birds in the American Mu- eum of Natural History, and I am greatly indebted for the loan of addi- on material to the authorities of the United States National Museum, TOU gh Dr. Charles W. Richmond; to the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, ough Mr. Witmer Stone; and to Mr. Geo. K. Cherrie of the Brooklyn titute of Arts and Relinces, Te eight species of the genus Chiroxiphia fall into four super-specific ge — The two northernmost species, linearis and lanceolata, the only ones aching the Isthmus of Panama, differ from all the others in the form of the imaries, which are much broader, the outer five not conspicuously nar- owed and not abruptly longer than the rest. The outermost primary is orter than the first, instead of being equal to or slightly shorter than the — 331 332 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. xX: V sixth as in all other species. The central pair of retrices is more or | elongated and narrowed; the heel is perfectly bare. — II.— C. pareola and its three near allies form a group chica the plain, slightly rounded tail and the wide bill. The heel is bare. tern of coloration and form of crest as in Group I. III.— C. boliviana is unique in the long, broad-feathered aiid rounded tail and the narrow crest. The heel is feathered, and = small and narrow. oe IV.— C. caudata, the southernmost ménibet of the genus, is able for the form of the crest, which covers the entire pileum, an extension of the blue over the entire body, excepting the head a The form of the tail is like that of section I; the heel is feathered as III; the bill is small and narrow. ue The species are taken up beyond in their natural sequence as f can be expressed in a linear arrangement. This order a their geographic distribution, beginning with the most noth accompanying map.) 1. Chiroxiphia linearis. Pipra linearis BONAPARTE, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1837, 113 (“Mexico”). Pipra fastuosa Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1842, 174 (Realejo, Nicaragua). Geog. Dist. Southern Mexico (Oaxaca and Chiapas), southwe thre us mala and Nicaragua to, at least, central Costa Rica. This is the northernmost representative of the genus, and is th species confined wholly to Mexico and Central America. C. linearis closely resembles C. lanceolata in color but is well charac ter by the form of the central pair of rectrices. These are narrowly linear greatly elongated, particularly in the adult male, in which they p: beyond the rest of the tail for a distance of four or five inches. On ai of this peculiarity Bonaparte created the genus Cercophena * vi as its type and only species. Bes The bill is black, and is small and narrow compared with’ pareola group. The frontal feathers are decidedly elongated a the anterior-most antrorse. The crest is crimson, averaging darker th of any other species excepting C. boliviana. “he The blue of the mantle is paler and more greenish than in an species of the genus, but some specimens are practically identical lanceolata in the shade of the blue. i 1Consp. Voluc, Anisod., 1854, 6. Miller, The Species of Chiroxipha. 333 <¢ Equator Zz Ze i Chiroxiphia linearis . oO “ lanceolata 4 te} “ atlantica ‘ # “ pareola \\ 10} “ caudata ‘ * “ boliviana ia BD w& “ napensis WHS A He regina ¥ Be - 60 7 60 30 40 30 Geographic ranges of the species of Chiroxiphia. 334 Bulletin American Museum of Natural. History. (Vol. XXIV, The under parts have been described as “intense black” but while not of the strong “olive-slaty” cast of C. lanceolata, the plumage n revi looks dingy by the side of such deep black species as C. pareola or. itlant Mr. Ridgway states that of the series of this species examined by. in the adult males from Nicaragua and Costa Rica invariably had longer tails and shorter and relatively narrower bills than those from southern Mexico and Guatemala. ‘That the difference in length of tail is probably fortuitous is shown by comparing the following measurements given by Mr. pre aed with those of the American Museum series: 3 adult males from Oaxaca . . . MP ee 3 adult males, Chiapas (1) and amtansals (2) . 6 8 eo let a aa 10 adult males, Nicaragua (2) and Costa Rica (8) . ...... . . 165.2 The American Museum series comprises: ek 1 adult male from Oaxaca with tail . . . 9... a > 3 1 adult male from Guatemala . . «| gia a ca 9 adult males, Nicaragua (8) and Costa Rica (1), 130-160, ‘avernmee «ee ae 2. Chiroxiphia lanceolata. Pipra lanceolata Waaurr, Isis, 1830, 931 (‘Guiana sive Cajenna”). Pipra pareoloides D’OrBIGNY & LAFRESNAYE, Rey. Zool., 1838, 165 (Cartagena, Colombia). : Geog. Dist. Panama, nearly or quite to the Costa Rican line, and se and central Colombia and Venezuela. This species is, in all its plumages, very similar to C. linearis, excepting in the form of the central rectrices, which, in lanceolata, project less than an inch beyond the others, and are lanceolate, tapering to a long and fine point. There is also a decided difference in the frontal feathering. This is less developed in the present species than in C. linearis, the black frontlet being narrower and the feathers less elongated. The bill is longer than that of the Long-tailed Manakin and relatively narrower, and is dark brown, not black. The colors of the crest and back are intermediate in shade between those — of linearis and pareola, but so similar to both that individual variation in. — the shades causes a complete overlapping of the three species in these char- acters. The red of the crest is almost identical in lanceolata and pareola but — averages a trifle darker in the former. The specimens with the lightest and — greenest backs agree with linearis in this respect, while those with the — darkest and bluest mantles are very similar to pareola. ; Miller, The Species of Chiroviphia. 335 The under parts are less nearly black than in any other of the black- _ breasted species, being of a decided “olive-slaty” cast. The females of linearis and lanceolata are almost indistinguishable in color of plumage, but the latter is usually a lighter and yellower green above. _ The crown is usually green or merely reddish tinged and the full red crest a of the male is rarely acquired. ___ Bonaparte restricted’ the genus Chiroxiphia to two species, C. caudata, % ‘the type, and C. lanceolata. ‘The latter, however, is much more closely - allied to C. linearis and bears only a superficial resemblance to C. caudata, A in the form of the tail. ____‘The Trinidad records of C. lanceolata, accepted even by Mr. Ridgway in the recently issued fourth part of his great work,’ are almost certainly , _ erroneous, as no species of the genus is recorded from that island by Léotaud, x -nor did either Chapman or Cherrie meet with it. Dr. Hellmayr, in his list. of the birds of ‘Trinidad,’ has entirely overlooked this Manakin, as no mention is made of it either among the species of known occurrence or in the list of those that have been wrongly accredited to the island. The absence _ of Charoxiphia from Trinidad is a curious fact in distribution, as the genus is represented on the island of Tobago as well as on the adjoining mainland. Venezuelan specimens, as pointed out by Ridgway, are less black below than the average Colombian skin, having a strong “olive-slaty” tinge. — But of four adult males from Panama (Boqueron, etc.), three are duller _ below than most Santa Marta birds and strongly washed with olive-green _ on-the rump and flanks. ‘Three specimens (<' ad., 3’ im., 2 ad.) from Coiba (or Quibo) Island off the west coast of Panama, indicate the existence there of a slight insular form. Their bills exceed in size those of a majority of Panama and Colom- _ bian specimens. The blue of the adult male appears to be just appreciably darker and duller than in mainland birds, and the crest of this specimen is of maximum length. The female is distinctly darker than the typical form; the olive-green of the upper parts is a less golden-green, having less yellow in its composition. ‘The shade of the upper surface agrees closely with that of the female of C. linearis. These differences are probably too slight to necessitate the separate recognition of the island bird, but it is possible that a larger series might show the desirability of such separation. 1 Birds of North and Middle America, Part IV, 1907, 738. 2 Novitates Zoologice, SALE, Noxt; ‘1906. 336 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 3. Chiroxiphia atlantica. Chiroxiphia pareola atlantica Daumas, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, XIII, 1900, we (Tobago). ; Geog. Dist. Island of Tobago. Chiroxiphia atlantica is confined to the single small island of Tobago, lying immediately north of Trinidad, and is the only insular form of the genus. It is one of those species in which the characters are better developed in the female than in the male. The latter appears to differ from the same sex of C. pareola only in its somewhat greater size. Unfortunately the series of available birds of these two species ‘in the © greenish plumage is poor and inadequate, few of the specimens haying had the sex determined by the collector and many lacking dates. As nearly as I am able to judge from this material, however, the female of C. atlantica lacks the red crest or has it only imperfectly represented, while in C. pareola . it is always (?) present and well developed. ‘The latter, in fact, evinces a _ strong tendency to approach the adult male in plumage as shown by the frequent presence of more or less black on the head, and a bluish tinge to — - the dorsal plumage, as well as by the red crest. ‘This tendency is apparently wanting in the Tobago bird, which is also of a lighter olive-green above and j paler and yellower on the under surface. The five outer pa are slightly broader than in the female of pareola. The description of the female given by Dalmas* is difficult to util stand, particularly the statement that the under surface is without yellow, — as the three of four specimens seen by me all have a decided -_ of yellow below, much more so than in pareola. a I am also unable to appreciate the differences said to exist in the — of the adult males. The red crest undoubtedly averages a trifle longer than in pareola but apparently the difference merely corresponds to the larger size of the bird; and the slightly greater extent of the black frontlet anc blue mantle are due to the same circumstance. i The females of atlantica, although averaging rather smaller eu he- adult male in length of wing and tarsus, have a longer tail and lames In C. pareola there is at least a tendency in the same direction. ¥ Inasmuch as my material shows no intergradation and seems to indi- cate that complete overlapping of characters is improbable, it seems prop ae to treat C. atlantica as a full species. However, its specific distinctness is not here strongly insisted upon as it is quite possible that a larger and better series would give different results. nis as Hef avo vert plus foncé sur le dos, sans teinte jaune sur le front ni sur la face inférieu armas Miller, The Species of Chiroxiphia. 337 4. Chiroxiphia pareola. ra pareola LINNRUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, I, 1766, 339 (Brazil, Cayenne). acus superbus PALLas, Spic. Sol: I, tise: 6, 1769, 8 (pl. 3, fig. 1), Surinam; (coll. Mus. Geversianum). % Geog Dist. Guianas, lower Amazon Valley, and eastern Brazil. C. hes has the most extensive distribution of any species of the genus. side it with the Atlantic coast line, running from British Guiana south- 10 Cape St. Roque and thence southwest to Rio Janeiro. It has been en as far inland as Santarem and Obidos on the lower Amazon, some Pianeta, South of the Amazon Valley I have found no records away 1 the coast or the large river valleys of the interior and it is possible that ay be absent from the great Brazilian plateau. It may perhaps be regarded as the central species of the genus. Several forms have been confused with it. These are compared with cola under their respective heads. As now restricted there is no appre- le geographic variation, in either color or size, in this species. The color of the crest in this species and in C. atlantica, described in the _ key as ‘glowing light crimson,’ cannot be matched by any of the shades in b gd oo eaamman of Colors.’ It appears to be between scarlet and crimson. , =] 5. Chiroxiphia regina. _ Chis regina' Scuarer, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), XVII, 1856, 469 (Borba, Brazil; coll. Vienna Mus.). Geog. Dist. Upper Amazon Valley. - Chirowiphia regina is a rare species in collections, and, so far as I know, Pikes are no specimens in any museum in this country. | It is unique in the genus in possessing a yellow instead of a red or flame- - colored crest. According to the original diagnosis by Mr. Sclater, and} the _ very brief description in the British Museum Catalogue by the same author _ ity, it differs from C. pareola in this respect alone, and for this reason Mr. _ Ridgway lately suggested that regina might possibly be only a color varia- _ tion of that species. _ Dr. Hellmayr’s recent indorsement ?* of C. regina, however, should set apr aoe ee 1 Not regine as given by Ridgway (Bds. N. and M. Amer., Pt. IV, p. 736). 2Novitates Zoologice, XIV, No. 2, 1907, 361. Otay 1908.] as 338 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. xxiv at rest all doubts as to its validity. He records seven specimens, including females and both adult and immature males, collected on the Rio Madeira in 1907. No other species of the genus was taken by the collector. The females, I believe, are the first to be recorded. Dr. Hellmayr states that fe they “may be easily distinguished from those of the C’. pareola races by their — much darker and greener under surface.” He fails to say whether or not the male has any specific character besides the color of the crest, but judging by the collector’s notes, the feet are darker than those of pareola. The — measurements given show that the yellow-crested species agrees closely — in length of wing and tail with pareola. 'The crest is described as sulphur yellow by Taczanowski. Sclater’s plate (Catalogue of American Birds) _ represents it as gamboge-yellow. Dr. Hellmayr mentions a difference in the shade of the crest and i in the breadth of the black frontal band cconng y to locality. a C. regina evidently has a definite geographic range, the great lowlands of Brazil, where it appears to replace the allied species. At ; fourteen specimens have been recorded, all from the valley of the upper Amazons. The definite localities are as follows: Borba, Humaytha and Paraizo on the Rio Madeira, ‘Lake’ Manaqueri on the Rio Solimées, and — Rio Javari, which separates Brazil and Peru. age A curious mounted specimen in the collection of the American Momus (Maximilian Coll.), an adult male from “Brazil,” may here be mentioned. — It agrees with pareola except that the crest is chrome, shot with red, mostly much paler than that normally present in pareola. ‘This cannot be due to — fading and the bird is either an actual intergrade between regina and pore or, more likely, merely a variant of the latter. 6. Chiroxiphia napensis sp. nov. ° PLaTE XXV. 1888, 307, part (Sarayacu, Ecuador); Aisa, Bull. ‘Keo, Mus. Nat. E 1889, 72 (Napo, Ecuador), Specific Characters.— Similar to C. pareola but darker, with lighter crest. Gener size slightly smaller, bill larger. PRL Type No. 30459, Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., J ad, Napo, Ecuador, L. Séderstrém, Geog. Dist.— Headwaters of the Rio Marafion, Ecuador, (Napo, Sarayacn).: In the collection of the American Museum there are four a of a Chiroxiphia from Napo, Ecuador, that evidently represent a I undescribed form. They differ from C. pareola in slightly smaller size, with relatively Ia 1908.] Miller, The Species of Chiroxiphia. 339 bill; the feet are darker and the upper anterior end of the tarsus is more feathered. The general coloration is deeper, but the crown patch is a lighter, more orange red and less emarginate posteriorly. __ In the adult males the back is of a considerably deeper blue. A single __unsexed bird in the greenish plumage with red crest, probably an adult female, is much darker than any of the skins of pareola, especially on the g under surface. E -C. napensis is separated geographically from C. pareola, with which it has heretofore been united, by an immense area of country inhabited by __ other species. Its relationship to C. regina which lies immediately to the eastward and between napensis and pareola, may be closer than is at present evident. The orange shade of the crest, the dark plumage of the female, __ and probably the deeper color of the feet, are an approach to the characters __ of C. regina. The dark blue mantle of the male may be another indication of affinity, for in the colored plate of regina published in Sclater’s ‘Catalogue of American Birds,’ the mantle is represented as of a deeper shade than in As no intergradation is known to take place between napensis and its allies, it has seemed best to give this new form full specific rank, Two adult males recorded in the ‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’ from Sarayacu, Ecuador, which lies about sixty-five miles south-southwest of pen», doubtless belong to this species. 7. Chiroxiphia boliviana. PLaTE XXV. Chiroxiphia pareola (not Pipra pareola Linn.) SctarerR & Savin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, 617 (Nairapi, Tilotilo, Prov. Yungas, Bolivia); Sciatrr, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XIV, 1888, 307, part (same localities as given above). Chiroxiphia pareola boliviana AutLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., II, March, 1889, 87 (6000 feet altitude, Prov. Yungas, Bolivia). Geog. Dist. Headwaters of the Rio Beni, Department of La Paz, Bolivia. The earliest record for this species seems to be in the ‘Proceedings’ of — the Zoblogical Society of London for 1879, where Dr. Sclater recorded several specimens from Bolivia under C. pareola. ‘They were said to “agree with Brazilian skins [of pareola] except in having the crest rather narrower and of a somewhat deeper color.” Ten years later Dr. Allen very properly separated the Bolivian form on the strength of a single rather poor specimen from Yungas (dated Sept. 1885), naming it C. p. boliviana. Besides the type I have seen two other specimens, a fine adult male 340 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — 4 collected by Mr. R. S. Williams at Santa Cruz, near Apolobamba, on Aug. — 26, 1902, and presented by him to the American Museum, and a similar — specimen in the collection of the National Museum from Quebradaonda,! _ taken by G. Garlepp, on June 20, 1892. Both agree closely with the type - and emphasize the distinctness of boliviana. Indeed so strongly charac- _ terized does this form prove to be that there cannot be the slightest doubt -of its full specific value. The salient characters of this excellent species are the small and narrow bill, with all the outlines less curved than in pareola or napensis; the feathered — heel-joint, and particularly the long, broad-feathered and strongly rounded tail, ‘The outer rectrices are 8.5 or 9 mm. wide as compared with 6 to 7 in the above species, and are relatively broader towards the tip. Good additional characters are the great backward extension of the black frontlet, - and the very narrow, dark crimson crest, the individual feathers of which are truncate rather than rounded or pointed as in the other species. ~The — mantle is a dull grayish azure and somewhat less extensive than in allied — forms. ‘The rictal bristles are unusually well developed, and, as in ne the feet are more deeply colored than those of pareola. ie: These differences trenchantly separate boliviana from its nearest rdintinchs a the two species above mentioned, and the possibility of intergradation taking _ place between them is too remote to need consideration. The geographic — . ranges of both this species and C. napensis as far as known are much more restricted than those of any other of the continental forms. Unfortunately I have seen neither the female nor the young salle of o. boliviana. Both are recorded under C. pareola in the British Museum Catalogue. The comparatively long tail of this species is a step in the direction of. Fe monotypic genus Antilophia of southwestern Brazil and eastern Bolivia. The latter appears to be nearer Chirowiphia than its present position in books indicates. In its own range it evidently replaces C hirowtphia, for the Smith Collection of Matto Grosso birds contains a large series of Anti- lophia galeata but not a specimen of the related genus. 8. Chiroxiphia caudata. Pipra caudata Suaw, Nat. Misc., V, pl. 153 (1794). Pipra longicauda Virriu., Nouv., Dict., XTX. p. 163 eee Pipra ignicapilla Waaunn, ola! XXIII, 931 (1830). Geog. Dist. Southern Brazil, Paraguay, and northern Argentina. 1 This locality I iret been inabia to find on any map but believe it to be in the same region as the other localities. 1908.] Miller, The Species of Chiroxiphia. _ 3d4i This very distinct species is the type of the genus Chiroxiphia. It is the southernmost in distribution not only of the genus but, I believe, of the entire family. The northern part of its range overlaps the extreme southern _ part of the area inhabited by C. ‘pareola. Instead of the truncate or emargi- _ hate vertical crest of the other species, C. caudata has a full globular crest __ bovering the entire pileum. In his recent treatment of the family Mr. Ridgway restricts Chiroxiphia to C. caudata, using Bonaparte’s name Chiroprion for all the remaining species. The characters used to divide the genus are the differences in A sform of the crest and frontal feathers, and the supposed discrepancy in the t of feathering of the tibio-tarsal joint. Even did the latter character Ehcia, the desirability of recognizing Chiroprion would certainly be doubtful. = as C. boliviana* is found to have the heel-joint feathered as in C. caudata Baty the differences in the coronal feathering and in coloration remain, _ characters surely insufficient of themselves to separate the species generically. If Chiroprion is separated it is impossible to consistently deny recogni- tion to Bonaparte’s other genus Cercophena, to include linearis and lance- olata, and to create a new genus for C. boliviana. It seems far better to. regard these differences as of only specific or subgeneric value and to leave the genus Chiroxiphia with its usually accepted limits. The following key to the species of the groups in which the central - rectrices are not elongated, applies to the adult and subadult males only. The series of females at hand is so imperfect that it has been ONE best not to attempt to include them in the key. Key to the Species. a. Tail more than three-fifths as long at wing exceeding 44 mm. in length; width of bill at base less than width of outer rectrix; extreme lower end of tibia concealed by feathers; crest dark crimson, very narrow, scarcely or not wider than the very broad (anteroposteriorly) black frontlet; back dull grayish ENUM Oia acu kb pceieibe <0 neni de pee meg Chiroxiphia boliviana. aa. Tail less than three-fifths as long as wing, less than 44 mm. in length; width of bill at base greater than width of outer rectrix; extreme lower end of tibia not concealed by feathers posteriorly; crest glowing light crimson to yellow, broad, 4 much wider than the moderately broad black frontlet; back azure (lighter or darker). b. Crest red. c. Larger, with relatively smaller bill, wing usually exceeding 70 mm. (69.2-77.4), tail usually exceeding 33.5 mm. (33.2-40.5), width of bill at base 7.6-9 (av. 8.2), crest glowing, light crimson, decidedly emarginate posteriorly; back light azure; feet pale. 1 This species had not been seen by Ridgway at the time he divided the genus. 342 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol Gia d. Smaller, wing 69.2-75 (71.2), tail 33.2-36.4 (av. 3 (Northeastern and eastern South America). Chiroxiphia pare dd. Larger, wing 75.-77.4 (av. 76.1), tail 2 av. 39.! (Island of Tobago)............... Chiro: at cc. Smaller, with relatively larger bill, wing usually less t (68-70.5), tail usually less than 33.5 mm. (31.5 bill at base 8.5-8.8 (av. 8.6); crest scarlet-ve emarginate posteriorly; back dark azure; feet dar bb. Crest yellow of upper Amazons), Rg yg ute, Heats In the following tables of measurements, the first table gives th ments of C. pareola from different parts of its range. | The ng “Bahia” bird, a ‘Museum Boucard’ specimen without origi omitted from the final measurements because of the belief 4 th: reality have come from Tobago. Four mounted specimens of pa Brazil (2 adult males and 2 immature males, or more a measurements of which are not given below, agree well with t Brazil here recorded. The accompanying map shows the geographic ranges of the of the genus as worked out from all available specimens < yu records. Interrogation points indicate that the position of the locality doubt, either because it has been impossible to find it on waists m ip 0 the records fail to give the exact locality. The Species of Chiroxiphia. Miller, 8 ¢°9 SI gig 89 sisuadnu Paredes | L8(1'8)¢°2 P9(6'S)e'S | LSIG LILI o'GE(Z FE)S'ZE €1(Z' 69) njoasod ras f | 6(9°3)Z'°8 L(L'9)F'9 | G'6L(T'61)E'ST aPC “Ihe 6E GL(L’ZL)Z' TL noyunyo Al OMSE 9°8 r9 G61 £68 S4z voyunyo | Al 2,,T payunyyo 9°8 L ¢6I CIP 4 aan (48019 por 4ooj1od ut) $2 6(L'8)Z'8 1(8'9)¢°9 61(8° 81)" ST Zr(E' 1h) OF GLIGEL)S ZL | voyunyw (so u9eTZ) |~ SE ‘sappy bunox pun sayowag fo sjuawainsna py 1(9'9)%°9 9°¢(¢'S)F'¢ SI(8' LIF LT G° LEG’ LES LF TL(8°69) 89 pumayog g 8° 8(9°8)¢°8 ¢°9(Z'9)L°¢ 8I(9' LIE LT 8'ze( “ze)o Is G°0L(Z'69) 89 sisuadnu g ¢ S(T'3)9'2 z9(8'S)F'S 6I(T' 81) LT F 98(9' FE)Z' SE GL(Z 1L)% 69 njoasnd ci 6(¢°8)" 8 9:9(¢°9)6°S | 2:0z(L'6D 6I G’ OF(S' 6E)S'° SE P LUT 9L) SL Dovunyyo L re €9 61 6 8°92 é ., Bye ,, I ¢'8( °3)9'L OL°S)F'S 61(1° ST) LT ¥ 98(8' F8)8° Ee GZL(P IL)S° OL [izeig “eyed L T'8(1'8) ‘8 279( ‘92S | FIP SDE'sSt L P&(9 PE)P FE 9° OL(F' OL) OL [izvig, ‘WereyURg “OLA z ¢'g(€'8)T'8 96°S)L°9 | SSIS LI) AT 9° FE(6' €8)s SE “GL(TZL)% 69 BUBIND) YOU] z €s(1's)o°z 96°9)L°9 | STC’ SIF LT 9° Se(G' FE)¢ SE 8° IL(L°02)%° 69 feueimy ysug FP ma so uprar | ajo quo _ *snsxey, WeL “SUrAA “£4800 yO ONS “We BULLETIN A. M.N. H. VOL. XXIX, PLATE XXV. BRUCE HO RSFAL , ) os CHIROXIPHIA BOLIVIANA. CHIROXIPHIA NAPENSIS. 59.57,96:15 le XX.— HONEY ANTS, WITH A REVISION OF THE AMERICAN MYRMECOCYSTI. By Witu1am Morton WHEELER. INTRODUCTION. __ For several years specimens of our American species of Myrmecocystus e been accumulating in my collection, and at various times I have deyoted considerable attention to the habits of these remarkable ants in the arid lands of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado. This ma- ial and these observations prove not only that the accounts of previous s are very fragmentary but that the problems suggested by our Myrme-_ sti are much more complicated than has been supposed. Since I may unable to continue my field work on this group for some time to come, nd since the preparation of a chapter on the honey ants for a forthcoming ok has compelled me to examine the pertinent literature and the speci- ns in my collection with some care, I have decided to publish the follow- - account of the material in hand. — Our Myrmecocysti present both taxonomic and ethological difficulties. _ We seem to have only two species, and these are closely related, but each __ is represented by several still more closely related geographical races, or _ subspecies and varieties. Although in part recognized by European myrme- x ecologists, these subspecies and varieties have not been accurately defined. Such definition, indeed, could hardly be expected, for this is impossible BF ithout extensive studies in the field, because the workers of the same 4 _ colony sometimes vary greatly in size and color and in some cases even tend — to become dimorphic. Another difficulty, which seems not to have oc- _ curred to previous observers, arises from the fact that the extraordinary habit of producing honey-storing repletes, rotunds, nurses, or plerergates, Pras they have been designated by different writers, seems to be entirely ~ absent i in certain forms of both species, and that even in the forms in which it has been observed, this habit may, perhaps, be manifested only in par- 3 ticular localities or during certain seasons. ‘These considerations tend to ; ee tplicate the matter of classification, since the question must arise as to ei taxonomic value of the presence or absence of this particular habit. The ants of the genus Myrmecocystus are confined to the warmer and 4 ytore arid portions of Europe, North Africa, Central Asia and Southwest- mm North America (Fig. 1). In these xerothermic regions they may be 2. 345 346 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXT said to take the place of the more moisture-loving species of F orice t which they are very closely related. In fact, the two genera differ only i certain minor characters, such as the greater length in the ork ; female Myrmecocystus of the fourth as compared with the fifth join at the maxillary palpi and the more parallel frontal carine. In many, b not in all, species of the genus the wings of the male lack the discoidal ¢ ll, but this is present in the females. Comparison shows that there are « -er- tain striking differences between the Old World and North American sp The males of the American forms are small, resemble those of Lasius have very simple genitalia. The workers and females have gular but mental ammochete. In the Old World species the males are much large and more like those of Formica, with more complicated genital ee the ammocheetze of the workers and females are developed as a tuft. n the mentum and are absent on the gula. All of the Old World species a moreover, highly carnivorous, whereas those of the New World hi: varied diet: some being excessively carnivorous, while others, at lea during certain seasons, are aphidicolous or feed on the sweet excretions plants. Forel, many years ago (1886), called attention to some of the Si differences between the palearctic and nearctic M. yrmecocyatt, and ¢ cluded that we ought, perhaps, to separate the latter, “retaining for the the name Myrmecocystus and reéstablishing the genus Cataglyphis Foerst for the other species.’ He hesitated to do this, however, because th bs male of M. melliger and eneovirens, and the worker and female of Form oculatissima and aberrans were unknown and the winged sexes of M. bom cinus were imperfectly known. M. eneovirens has since been consign to the genus Melophorus, and the winged sexes of certain forms of M liger have now been found. As they differ very little from those mexicanus 1 believe that Cataglyphis should be reinstated, at le; subspecific name. Rs Our North American Myrmecocysti are known to range over th - plains and deserts of the southwest from the City of Mexico to Denvye Colorado. Of the two species, M. melliger is the more abundant. at lo altitudes of about 300-1500 m., whereas meaicanus seems to int mum environment at about 2000-2500 m. time there was much misunderstanding in regard to their re in 1832 first described a Myrmecocystus under the name of Fo: mi m ligera from specimens taken near the City of Mexico, but it is im po sil to determine which of the species he had under observation, and there a no types in existence. In 1838 Wesmael described some ordinary worke! and repletes of a Mexican ant as Myrmecocystus mewicanus. His types 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 347 have been preserved and one of these was examined by Emery (1893), who thus succeeded in establishing the identity of the species. Forel (1886) had previously seen specimens of a different Myrmecocystus taken in Texas (Collection de Saussure) and Mexico (Museum of Lyons) and had de- scribed it as M. melliger, believing that it was the species described by both Llave and Wesmael and that only one species existed. It is therefore necessary, as Emery has shown, to cite Forel and not Llave as the author- ity for melliger. Until the existence of two species had been established, the synonymy was in great confusion, and is still in that condition in Dalla * _ Torre’s ‘Catalogus Hymenopterorum’ (VII, 1893, pp. 217, 218). I give . 1. Map showing (in black) the distribution of Myrmecocystus sensu stricto in North America and of the subgenus Cataglyphis in the Old World. my interpretation of the references in connection with the following brief _ descriptions of the different forms, but many of the allusions of the earlier authors, especially those to Llave’s Formica melligera must forever remain _ doubtful. Good specimens of the typical melliger and mexicanus seem to _ be rare in collections, and the males and females of these particular forms are still unknown. Nor have any full and accurate observations been published on their habits. For the present, therefore, we shall have to be content with the old accounts of Llave, Lucas and Wesmael, with Mc- Cook’s much more satisfactory observations on a variety of meaxicanus, _ and with my field notes on several of the forms of both species observed in the southwestern states. 348 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. cx rn Parr I. Descriptions or AMERICAN Myrmecocysti. Bi 1. Myrmecocystus melliger Forel. (Fig. 2.) ?Formica melligera LuAveE, Reg. Trim. o Collect. Mem. Hist. Lit., 1832, p. 4 Myrmecocystus melliger Foret, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXX, 1886, (exclus. synonymy) ; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VII, 18 667; Foret, Biol. Central. Amer., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 218 (in part). m Worker major.— Length 8-9 mm. are Head rather large; excluding the mandibles, about as broad as 1s long, narrower in front than behind, with rounded posterior corners and somewhat ro or convex sides. Eyes small, less than } as long as the side of the head. — broad, convex in the middle, but not carinate, with broadly rounded but 1 not p 0- jecting anterior border. Frontal area large, triangular, its outline ind: i Frontal groove replaced by a rather indistinct ridge or raised lin large, 7-toothed, with the apical tooth long and curved. Antenne sl lende joint of maxillary palpi but little more than } as long as the penultimate Thorax long, constricted in the mesonotal region; in profile low and de above, Epinotum, when seen from above, broad, truncated pile in Petiole lower than the epinotum and about half as broad, thick, very blunt ibe with a faint median impression. Gaster rather large, broadly elliptical, 2 flattened above. Legs long. Surface of body very finely punctate and shagreened; feebly shining, he: glabrous. Mandibles coarsely longitudinally striated. mes Hairs and pubescence grayish, the former erect, rather abundant pea all parts of the body, including the maxillary palpi, legs and antennal scapes cence dense on the gaster, petiole, thorax and legs, so that these pice ve luster, much shorter and sparser on the head, so that its shining surface is Head and anterior portion of thorax yellowish red. Posterior portion petiole, and legs more brownish red; gaster black but appearing gray on a of the layer of pubescence. Mandibular teeth and anterior border of clypeus ish. Replete.— Length 9-12 mm, “a In all respects like the worker major except in having the gaster filled w and dilated to form a translucent sphere, as large as a pea (6-8 mm. in di sh the surface of which the sclerites appear as isolated dark patches separ ; tense, pellucid, yellowish intersegmental membrane. Sty Worker minor. — Length 4.5-5 mm. : Resembling the worker major, but with the head distinctly longer - as broad in front as behind and with straight, subparallel sides. Colo red of the head, anterior portion of the thorax and legs being duller a brownish, 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 349 Mexico: Guanajuato (Dugés), City of Mexico (Flohr), Matamoras (Langstroth), El Moral, Ciudad Porfirio Diaz (seven repletes from S. F. Rangel); Chilicote, Chihuahua aha ordinary workers from C. H. Tyler Townsend). Texas: (Forel); Brownsville icoantiiuh El Paso rete worker, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Coll.). The repletes from El Moral agree very closely with Forel’s description. I am not so certain that the other specimens belong to the typical melliger. This form is distinguished from mexicanus by its small and more mesially Fig. 2. Myrmecocystus melliger Forel, a, replete; b, head of same from above’ X8. placed eyes, broader head in the worker major and darker color. Unfortu- nately both the female and male are unknown. 2. Myrmecocystus melliger orbiceps subsp. nov. (Fig. 3.) WHEELER, Biol. Bull., XIII, 4, 1907, p. 200, fig. 11, ©. Worker major. Length 7-8 mm. Head fully as broad as long, orbicular, with much inflated and rounded cheeks. In other respects the structure of the body is like that of the typical form. . _ Surface finely and rather irregularly reticulate-punctate, opaque, except the head, which is shining. Mandibles coarsely longitudinally striated. Clypeus with a few scattered piligerous punctures. 350 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Hairs and pubescence silver gray, the former erect, abundant, but rather short, slender and tapering; the latter long, very dense on the gaster, where it completely conceals the surface, somewhat shorter and less abundant on the thorax and legs and much less abundant on the head where the shining surface is exposed. The erect hairs on the antennal scapes and legs are usually abundant and bie ae ic! ous though shorter than those on the body. Rather vivid yellowish red, passing into brownish red on the epinotum, petiole, middle and hind coxe and tips of the antennal funiculi. Gaster blackish but appear- ing silver gray and glossy on account of the dense pubescence. ’ Worker minor. Length 4-6.5 mm. Head longer than broad, hardly broader behind than in front, with straight i. parallel sides. Eyes relatively a little larger than those of the works major, and antennz more slender. Head less shining. Hairs and pubescence like those of the worker major, but somewhat shorter. Only the head yellowish red; the renizinder of the body and the legs blackish; pronotum reddish in larger spec Female. Length 11-12 mm. Head rectangular; without the mandibles, as broad as long, with straight ade parallel sides and straight posterior border, Eyes rather small, not more than} as long as the side of the head. Last joint of maxillary palpi not more than $ aslong as the penultimate joint. Thorax robust, through the wing insertions a little broader than the head, elliptical, nearly twice as long as broad, flattened above. Epinotum rounded, sloping, without distinct basal and declivous surfaces. Petiole compressed anteroposteriorly, with flat anterior and posterior surfaces and a blunt border, which is notched in the middle. Gaster broadly elliptical, somewhat flat- — J tened. Wings long (13-13.5 mm.), with large discoidal cell, all Sculpture, pilosity and pubescence similar to those of the worker major, but the thorax above is shining, like the head, and the hairs and pubescence are longer and more abundant on all parts of the body and especially on the head. The punctures — on the head and mesonotum are — coarser and the clypeus is covered — with sar aI foveolie. . 2 and sides of the thorax suffused — with red; head paler red but darker — than in the worker. Legs and tenne dark red, Gaster appearit silvery gray on account of the der pubescence concealing the blas ground color. Wings hyaline wi yellow veins and stigma and t membranes suffused with along the costal margin. Fig. 3. Myrmecocystus melliger orbic oy subsp. . nov., a, worker major in profile; b, hea of same from above, ae Texas: Type locality: Creek, near Austin ae lander, Wheeler); other localities: San Antonio, Marble Falls, San 4 Barksdale, Ft. Stockton, Langtry, Del Rio (Wheeler); Laredo (J. Clendon). iy Wheeler, Honey Ants. 851 2 ie New Mexico: Alamogordo (H. L. Viereck, G. v. Krockow, A. G. Ruthven). i pepeons: Ash Fork and Tucson (Wheeler); Cochise County, .300- 00 m. (C. R. Biedemann). , This subspecies is certainly distinct from the typical melliger and is udily recognized by its more abundant and more silvery pubescence and losity, and the peculiar orbicular head of the worker major, which is rply separated from the long-headed minor workers and may be com- red with the singular soldier of the north African M. bombycinus, al- gh the orb-headed form occurs in greater numbers in the colony. 3. Myrmecocystus melliger mendax subsp. nov. (Fig. 4.) _ Worker major. Length 6-7 mm. Bet Differing from the worker major of orbiceps as follows: Head smaller and rectang- ular, as broad as long, excluding the mandibles, with straight, subparallel sides, straight posterior border and rounded posterior angles. Cheeks not inflated. Color _ of the head a duller red and the infuscation of the thorax deeper, extending further _ forward and involving the pronotum, Silvery gray pubescence somewhat less abun- a dant and erect hairs stouter and more obtuse, especially on the gaster. Worker minor. Length 4-5.5 mm. a a6 Like the corresponding form of orbiceps, except that the head is dark red behind, 2 ae hairs more obtuse and the pubescence somewhat sparser. Female. ~Length 9-10 mm. oa & BeiRdeenbling the female of orbiceps but with the thorax yellowish red, like the head, with the epinotum, pleurz behind and below, and clouds on the parapsides and 5 _ anteromedian portion of the mesonotum, fuscous. The legs, too, are paler than in iy Male. Length 5-6 mm. ____ Head, including the eyes, as long as broad, narrowed in the region of the cheeks, which | are longer than the eyes and somewhat concave. Mandibles larger, with etna one apical, the other near the middle of the blade. Antennal scapes long __and slender, first funicular joint enlarged distally, about three times as long as broad; eae teining joints narrower, subequal and cylindrical. Thorax robust, broader ‘iien 1¢ head, shaped somewhat like that of the female. Petiole like that of the worker, more acute above in profile. Genitalia resembling those of Prenolepis. Legs very slender, with large claws and pulvilli. Wings large, with well-developed dis- ~— coidal cell. e aepedy shining, finely and irregularly punctate. Mandibles subopaque, not ~ Hairs and pubescence similar to those of the worker, but the hairs more tapering Said flexuous, and the pubescence more dilute, so that the surface of the body is more 352 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol XX Black; mandibles, antenne, tarsi, and joints of legs piceous; bases of ger appendages whitish, tips brownish. Wings hyaline, the membranes so sordid along the costal margin; veins and stigma pale fuscous or sordid yello Colorado: Mt. Washington, near Colorado Springs, a 19 (t ype Colorado City; Denver (Wheeler). Arizona: Grand Cajion (Wheeler). I should be inclined to regard this form as a mere varity of o bice vceps Fig. 4. _Myrmecocystus melliger mendax subsp. nov., a, outer, b, med: venital valve of male. were it not that the largest workers and the females are smalle: no orb-faced individuals occurred in the three colonies Me in Colorado. One of these colonies was very large and containec dreds of workers and many males and females. The soil stant in the wings of ten males in my collection. 4. Myrmecocystus melliger mendax var. comatus var. nov. ( This variety is clo he r the typical mendax but | having the erect hale decidedly longer, more In tapering and HerUpUR ah ‘The « ation of all the phases i like that of mendax. Th has a discoidal cell in the Length of worker 3. 8 Fig. 5: Spernciopy ets mation pode yu. female 10 mm.; male 6n comatus var. nov a, worker major; ead oO . Ie J same from above, | x 7. scribed from numerou one female and one ; from several large colonies at Ft. Davis, Texas, June 8 and 9, 1902. | 4 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 353 5. Myrmecocystus melliger mimicus subsp. nov. Worker major. Length 5-6 mm. —_-—Resembling mendax but smaller and with different sculpture, color and pilosity. Va _ The gaster is shining, like the head, owing to the pubescence being much shorter and _ more dilute. Thorax and petiole subopaque. Erect hairs yellowish, similar to those of mendax but shorter, somewhat less abundant and on the legs more oblique. Head, , petiole, antenne and legs uniform deep brownish red; gaster black. _ Worker minor. Length 3-4 mm. __ Head proportionally longer and narrower than in the worker major. Thorax __ more or less infuscated, especially behind. Female. Length 8-9 mm. _ Sculpture and pilosity as in the worker. Head red, darker behind than in front. ‘Thorax, petiole and gaster black or very dark reddish brown. Legs red, femora somewhat darker. Wings 10 mm. long, with yellowish veins and stigma; mem- branes very faintly suffused with yellow along the costal border. Male. Length 4 mm. Resembling the male mendazx but decidedly smaller. Mandibles with only one tooth (the apical). Wings usually without a discoidal cell. The hairs are shorter and much less abundant and the surface of the body is more glabrous than in mendaz. Wings faintly tinged with yellowish along their costal borders; veins and stigma very pale yellow. Mandibles, antenne, legs and genitalia brown. ‘Texas: Chisos Mts. (W. B. Phillips); Alamito; Langtry; Ft. Stockton; Alpine; Del Rio; Monahans, Ward Co. (Wheeler). New Mexico: Albuquerque, May 7, 1905 (Wheeler); Alamogordo _ -¢G. v."Krockow) ; Embu- - doand Deming (T.D.A. hk: Milles). rps ae Cockerell); Las Truches : ay ; (Miss L. Gerhardt). _ Arizona: Tucson ; - Phoenix; Jerome; Tem- _ pe; Yucca; Ash Fork (Wheeler). — California: Goshen — Je. (J. C. Bradley). 2 . The types of this sub- ‘apecies comprising nu- merous workers, six : es and six females, Fig. 6. Myrmecocystus mexicanus var. horti-deorum are from Albuquerque. McCook. Male, female, major and minor workers, slightly nlarged. These males all lack the discoidal cell in the wings and the same is true of a single male from re er 4 May, 1908.) 23 354 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX Vv, a Langtry, Tex. Of six males taken from a single colony at Monah, Tex., two have a complete discoidal cell, three have no trace of it be: m one it is incomplete. The coloration of the workers is somewhat y but what I regard as the typical form of the subspecies has the he thorax, petiole, legs and antenne of a uniform deep red color and gaster black and shining and without a silvery gray luster. Sia duals closely resemble certain forms of Formica, especially F. jusca p Wheeler and F’. nitidiventris Emery. Worker. In size, sculpture and ity this form closely resembles ie mimicus, but the thorax and — portion of the head are rather inco: in coloration, varying from very dark m to black. nm” Ft. Davis, Texas (Wheeler). fog The specimens of mimicus cit d yaaa from Alamito and Alpine, Texas al eel transitional to this variety as_ the Fig. 7. Myrmecocystus mexicanus have the thorax of a very ba I . var. horti-deorum McCook. Repletes, 1 ay slightly enlarged. color. 7. Myrmecocystus melliger mimicus var. depilis Forel. Foret, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 135 $; WHEELER, wbid., p. - Worker minor. Length 4-4.5 mm; Shining and as dark in color as jesuita, but with much fewer erect hal body and appendages. On the scapes the hairs are entirely or almost entire ing and are present only on the flexor surfaces of the tibie. Mexico: Pacheco, Zacatecas (Wheeler). California: Needles, Mojave Desert (Wheeler). - A cotype of this variety from Pacheco, in my possession, has on the tennal scapes a few erect hairs but these are absent in the type desc Forel and in a single specimen from the Needles. The material, - is insufficient, and the variety may have been based merely on rubbe mens of what I have called jeswita. . 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 355 8. Myrmecocystus melliger semirufus Hmery. M. melliger var. semirufus Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VII, 1893, p. 667, oS. ‘Worker. Length 3-4.5 mm. Differing from the preceding forms of melliger in the smaller and more nearly _ uniform stature of the workers, and in color. Head, thorax, legs and antennz light yellowish red, petiole brownish, gaster blackish or piceous. Surface of body rather ; een: Hairs and pubescence somewhat sparser and shorter than in mimicus, ammochete longer than in any other form of melliger. Pubescence most. : California: San Jacinto (Emery); Needles (Wheeler). Arizona: Phoenix; Tucson; Yucca (Wheeler). New Mexico: White Sands (G. v. Krockow). Emery undoubtedly includes two distinct forms of melliger under the - name semirufus: what I shall regard as the true semirujus from California and small work- ers of mendax from Denver, Colorado. He also describes male specimens but does not “mention whether these came from California or Colorado. Judging from their size (5-6 mm.) they were probably from _ the latter state as we should expect both the male and female “Of semirujus to be even smaller geop int yecoak a worker, by head of sume, than those of mimicus. A type head of female. X 10. specimen from California, re- _ ceived from Prof. Emery, is identical with all the specimens recorded from the above mentioned localities in that state, Arizona and New Mexico. I shall show in the sequel that semirujus is a very distinct form ethologically. 9. Myrmecocystus melliger semirufus var. testaceus Emery. M. melliger var. testaceus Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VII, 1893, p. 667, &- Worker. Length 3-4.5 mm. Entirely yellowish red. Sculpture, pilosity and pubescence much as in the typical semirujus. The pubescence is longest and densest on the gaster to which it gives a grayish color and silky luster. Page we Cie IH = eg 356 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Ae California: San Jacinto (Emery); Claremont (C. F. Baker). : d Emery attached this variety directly to melliger but that it is merely a _ color form of semirufus is shown by specimens taken from several colonies at Phoenix, Arizona and Needles, California. These specimens have the basal half of the gaster yellowish red and the apical half infuscated so that they are intermediate between semirufus and testaceus. Prof. Emery has kindly sent me a type specimen of the latter form. 10. Myrmecocystus mexicanus Wésmael. ? Formica melligera Luave, Reg. Trim. o Collect. Mem. Hist. Lit., 1832, ky 463; Lucas, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1860, pp. 269-280. © ? Myrmecocystus melligerus Roaze, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VI, 1862, p. 254, ? Cataglyphis melligera Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XII, 1862, p. 701, no. 3. Myrmecocystus mexicanus WESMAEL, Bull. Acad. Se. Belg., V, 1838, pp. 756-761, 8%, figg. 1-4; Westwoop, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., VII, 1841, p. 145; F. Smrrn. Cat. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 200, 8; Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3), I, 1862, Proc. p. 83; PAGENsSTECHER, Jahrb. f. Litt. Heidelb., LIV, 1, 1861, pp. 172-176; — Froriep Notiz., II, 1861,-pp. 193-197; WrrnLAND, Zool. Garten, IT, 1861, p.135; Ritry, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, III, Journ. of Proc. 1873, p. cix; Emmry, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VII, 1893, p. 666; Foren, Biol. Centr. Amer., — Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 129; PERGANDE, Proc, Calif, Ada. Sal (2), IV, 1893, p. 30. ae Worker. Length 4.5-9 mm. T.. Differences between the major and minor workers much less marked than in i melliger. Head, without the mandibles, distinctly longer than broad in the wore major and even longer in the smaller workers, narrower in front than behind, with — rounded posterior corners; sides slightly convex in larger, straight in smaller indi viduals. Eyes large, more than } as long as the side of the head, placed ft laterally and towards the posterior corners of the head than in melliger. Ocelli small. Clypeus very faintly carinate in front, its anterior border rounded and slightly pro- jecting. Mandibles 9-toothed, their tips shorter and less curved than in melliger, . Last joint of maxillary palpi a little shorter than the penultimate joint. ee long and slender. Thorax long and narrow, constricted in the mesoépinotal region Se; and in this region faintly concave in profile; pronotum low, faintly convex; epir tum more abruptly rounded, its base passing through a very rounded angle into t declivity; seen from above the epinotum is truncated behind, and as broad as lo Petiole less than half as broad as the epinotum, less thickened than in cuneate in profile, with flat anterior and posterior surfaces, with its blunt b faintly impressed in the middle. Gaster narrower, more convex above and mo pointed behind than in melliger. Legs very long and slender. Surface shining, very finely punctate-reticulate, but fainter than in 17 mandibles finely and densely striatopunctate. Hairs and pubescence y shorter and less abundant than in the typical melliger, so that they do ee the shining surface. Erect hairs on legs and antennal scapes abundant, but litt shorter than those on the body, rather obtuse. _ Pubescence more uniformly distri ribut and not much denser on the gaster than on the head. F 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 357 Replete, a, dorsal, b, latera g.9. Myrmecocystus mexicanus var. horti-deorum McCook. view. xX 10. 358 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Testaceous or yellowish brown; posterior portion of head and upper portions of pro- and epinotum more or less infuscated; gaster fuscous. Teeth of mandibles blackish. Replete. Length 10-13 mm. Like the worker in all respects except that the gaster is distended to form a dull amber-colored sphere about the size of a pea. Mexico: (Wesmael); San Luis Potosi, May 20, 1879 (E. Palmer); Santa Maria, Baja California (Eisen and Haines). The description is drawn from a series of specimens from San Luis Potosi received from the Museum of Comparative Zoédlogy. As these have been in alcohol nearly 30 years, their colors are not very well preserved, but the gaster is distinctly fuscous and the head and upper portions of the thorax are much darker than in the following variety and subspecies. I do not hesitate therefore to refer the specimens to the typical mexicanus. _ 11. Myrmecocystus mexicanus var. horti-deorum McCook. (Figs. 6-10.) Myrmecocystus mexicanus H. Epwarps, Amer. Natur., VII, 1873, pp. 722-726; ‘a Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. V, 1875, pp. 72-75; Buaxn, ibid., p. 98; Lomw, Amer. — Natur., VIII, 1874, pp. 365-366, 6; Saunpers, Canad. Exton; VII, 1875, pp- 3 12-14, 1 fig.; McCook, Proce. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1879, pp. 197-198; Ann. al Nat. Hist. (5), IV, 1879, p. 474; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., VII, 1879, Prod: poe P M. melliger Foret, Aerzt. Intelligenzbl. Miinchen, XXVII, 1880, p. 32; McCook, — Amer, Entomol., III, 1880, pp. 273-274; Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1881, — pp. 170-230, pll. I-X; The Honey Ants of the Garden of the Gods, Phila., 1882, re. pp. 1-76, pll. I-X; Romangs, Nature, XXV, 1882, pp. 405-406; SCH, Entomol. Nachr., VIII, 1882, pp. 186-191; Haaren, Stettin. Entom. cued XLII, 1882, pp. 347-352; Emery, Kosmos, XI, 1882, pp. 296-298; Form Mitth. schweiz. Entom. Gesell., VII, 1, 1884, p. 4. - a . melliger var. hortus-deorum McCoox, Prog, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sei., 1881, i 7 hortus-deorum Fore, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXX, 1886, p. 202, Q a. . . horti-deorum DALE Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 217. ' mexicanus var. horti-deorum Emery, Zool. fae ss Abth. f. Syst., fe p. 666. Worker, Length 4.5-9 mm. Differing from the typical Mexican form in color, which i is yellow throug with the mandibles and posterior portion of the head slightly reddish, teeth dark red. Basal surface of epinotum somewhat flatter than in the angle between the base and declivity less rounded and the anterior and poste surfaces of the petiole somewhat more convex. Hairs and pubescence veleg ell or whitish, the former more slender and tapering. Replete, Length 10-13 mm, abba -1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 359 Like the larger workers except in having the gaster distended and filled with one Length 10-11 mm. Head similar to that of the worker but as broad as long, without the mandibles. \pic tooth of mandibles very long and curved. Last joint of maxillary palpi le more than half as long as the penultimate joint, which like the third and fourth ts is broad and flat. Thorax like that of the melliger forms, broader than the 1. Petiole in profile high, with flat anterior and posterior surfaces and rather acl » border, notched in the middle. Gaster short, broadly elliptical, convex above. Legs 3 moderately long. Wings long (12 mm.) with large discoidal cell. Sculpture, pilosity and pubescence as in the worker. The yellow of the head, and gaster is more brownish. Wings hyaline, with yellowish brown veins Male. ‘Length 4.5-5.5 mm. “eng similar to the males of the melliger and but the mandibles have 2-3 Fig. Myrmecocystus mexicanus var. horti-deorum; a, outer, b, median, c, nies genital valve of male. and unequal teeth in addition to the apical tooth. The discoidal cell is absent in the wing (I find it present and of abnormal triangular form in only one out of 25 specimens taken from several different colonies), and the genitalia have a different shape (Fig. 10). ____ Gaster shining, head and thorax more opaque, very finely punctate or shagreened. _ Pilosity and pubescence similar to those of the worker but much less abundant, on the legs. Pale yellow; head and gaster dark brown, thorax lighter brown, its sutures, a the genitalia, mandibles, border of clypeus and antenne whitish yellow; legs and _ the veins and stigma of the wings sordid yellow. ee Colorado: Garden of the Gods, Manitou, Colorado City (McCook, _ P. J. Schmitt, Wheeler). New Mexico: Santa Fe (Loew; Krummeck; R. Thaxter, Wheeler q Txped.); Abiquiu (Cope); Pecos (T. D. A. Cockerell). California (McCook). 360 _ Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. X 7 Redescribed from a number of workers and females from all of these localities except California, and from topotypes of males and females ta July 25-28, 1903 and 1906. This variety is very constant and m regarded as a subspecies, but before elevating it to this rank, it y desirable to have more material of the typical form from several in Mexico. ig, Myrmecocystus mexicanus navajo subsp. noy. pire : (Fig. 11.) 4 Worker. Length 3-4.5 mm. “i Differing from the two preceding forms in its much ay size and in the lowing characters: the whole b of a pale whitish yellow color, the gaster which is more or less f owing to the dark contents of the | showing through the diaphanous ye integument. The eyes are de larger, being more than 4 as the side of the head. The « p of the epinotum is longer t base and slightly concave, ant is narrow, anteroposteriorly pressed, and its free border is r and entire. The hairs and pubes are much sparser than in the forms of the species. The sea wien eh awa, Tne ae erect hairs only on their a of Tema, 56-10) faces and the legs only on. surfaces of the femora. In sor mens there are also a few oblique hairs on the flexor surfaces of the t surface of the body is uniformly shining and the pubescence is very d Female (deilated). Length 9 mm. z “ie Head narrower than in horti-deorum, with slightly larger eyes. ei 1 of body paler, pilosityy and pubescence sparser. This form, which is very distinct both in structure and habits i is Jes from a large number of workers and a single female taken May 7a n 1905, from several colonies in the dry deserts east of the town of Alb New Mexico. - 13. Myrmecocystus mexicanus mojave subsp. nov. Worker. Length 4.5-5 mm, Resembling the worker of navajo in stature, in the shape of the nai Wheeler, Honey Ants. 361 , but differing from this and the other forms of mexicanus in having the Seaach shorter, so that the pronotum, seen from above, is as broad as long. s and pubescence white, more abundant than in horti-deorum and mezxicanus. lo r p ovr yellow, with the ante portion of the head brown and the legs: -antenne whitish. ito Mornia: Ontario (J. C. Bradley). scribed from two dozen specimens, some of which are in a partially » condition, with the ingluvies full of honey dew. Part II. Ersoioaicat Nores anp DESCRIPTIONS. 1. The Typical Mexican Forms of Myrmecocystus. ly Kectidata of the habits of Myrmecocystus in the papers of Llave, Fund Lucas are based on hearsay, as none of these authors saw cimens. ‘That these accounts refer, perhaps, to two different of no great moment, since they are couched in very general terms. _ addition to some notes on a few alcoholic specimens, Llave gives the fing description of the habits of his Formica melligera: “A careful r, who lives in the town of Dolores, in the vicinity of which the 2 are found, told me that, out of curiosity, he had excavated some sts belonging to the ants which the peasants call busileras. He me that the inhabitants of these nests are a species of small ant which {make an earthen mound at the entrance of its dwelling, and that in the excavations and removing the earth, one comes upon a kind y from the ceiling of which the busileras hang suspended and hud- ther, covering both the roof and the walls of the gallery. He told that the peasant women and children are well acquainted with these that they seek them assiduously for the purpose of obtaining the honey that when they are going to make a present of them, they take hold of n very cautiously, carefully remove the head and thorax and then place | them in a dish; but if the insects are to be eaten as soon as found, the sac- _ charine portion is sucked out and the remainder thrown away. The head eles are removed, I was told, to prevent the ants from injuring one a r, for although they are unable to walk, owing to the prodigious lume of the abdomen, they nevertheless struggle when placed in a dish, and catch hold of and rupture one another, so that in the end they become flaccid and depleted. Indeed, the skin which unites the segments of the domen is so delicate and especially so distended, on account of the enor- ous quantity of honey which it contains, that the least puncture causes the 362 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, contents to flow out. ‘They say that when this operation, namely the remoyal of the head and thorax, is not performed, the honey diminishes and, according to the peasants, is consumed by the ants.” 4 Concerning the function of the replete worker Wesmael promulgated an erroneous conception which he gleaned from the statements of Baron de Normann, who brought the types of M. meaicanus to Belgium. He says: “According to the statement of M. de Normann, this species of ant constructs subterranean habitations, which the individuals with vesiculate abdomens never leave. ‘There, condemned to almost complete immobility, their unique function is to elaborate a kind of honey, which is then disgorged _ into special reservoirs analogous to the waxen cells of bees. Unfortunately M. de Normann saw only a fragment of this kind of comb, too distorted to give an accurate idea of its structure, and he could not bring it to Europe, as he knew not how to preserve it during the voyage. For my part, I am much inclined to believe in the reality of the facts reported by our honorable envoy; first, because I have no reason to doubt his veracity; and second, — because these facts follow almost of necessity from the structure of these singular ants; for how can we impute the active habits of their to individuals all of whose movements must be impeded by the inet 5 and weight of their abdomen, which, moreover, would have its delicate walls torn by contact, with the slightest projection? On the other hand! since these ants, in their capacity as workers, have the ovaries suppressed, the volume of the abdomen can be attributed only to Bis os cessive development of the digestive organs it contains, a development which — "3 must originate in the superabundance of nourishment brought to these — sedentary ants by the other workers; and these workers in turn, would not — waste their time and efforts in furnishing their big-bellied companions with 4 such a copious amount of food, if the latter did not return it to the com- _ munity with interest. Hence the big-bellied ants are only the cooks, so ie speak, who prepare food and provisions without other utensils ait Aheist = stomach. hinge “One is much inclined to ask, whether in the colonies of the Mexiea 4 ants, the big-bellied individuals are already such on quitting the pupal stage. In the absence of positive information on this point, we may suppose — that the excessive development of the abdomen is, perhaps, merely the — result of over-feeding, coupled with perpetual inactivity. It is well known — that in our own species certain individuals who have reached an age when — the sexual organs lose their activity, sometimes take on, in the midst of — repose and econ un enormous abdominal amplitude. It is also. Tat re ey 1] have here mansiaied Lucas’s translation of Llave, as I have been unable to find. the original even in the beautiful library of the new Hispanic Museum, 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 363 known that the same causes produce the same effects in the domestic animals, which we fatten after they have been castrated. Be this as it may, however, it is worth remarking, that in the ants under consideration, the vesiculate abdomen contains no organs; or rather, it is itself only a huge sac-shaped stomach, beginning at the second segment and terminating in the anus.” In May, 1852, Langstroth presented to the Philadelphia Academy some trepletes of a Myrmecocystus which his brother had collected at Matamoras, Mexico. ‘The low altitude of the locality shows that they belonged to M. . Fig. 12. Desert at Yucca, Arizona; home of Myrmecocystus melliger mimicus subsp. nov. melliger. ‘These repletes were correctly described ‘‘as living repositories for the surplus honey of the colony, which in time of need answer the purpose of the full honey-combs of the bee.” At the same meeting Leidy reported on the gastric anatomy of the specimens, asserting that the honey is con- tained within the greatly distended stomach and that ‘‘all the other viscera of the abdomen are completely obliterated, and even the tracheal vessels haye entirely disappeared, which is an important physiological fact, as by the supply of oxygen being cut off, none of the honey is consumed in the 364 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX) ” } process of respiration.” In June of the same year Wetherell (1852) pi e- sented to the Academy the results of a chemical analysis of the honey of t he Langstroth repletes. He found that the average weight of the honey in ¢ of these individuals was 0.3942 gr., the average weight of the ant 0.048 so that “‘the honey which an average one of these ants contains is 8.2 t ra greater than the weight of its body. .... The syrup extracted from the ant — had an agreeable sweet taste, the odor very much resembling that of syrup of squills. It reacted slightly acid to blue litmus paper. W evaporated by the heat of steam, it dried to a gummy mass, which did exhibit traces of crystallization after standing for a couple of weeks. was very hygroscopic, becoming quickly soft from the absorption from the atmosphere.” As a result of further analysis We that “the honey contained in the Mexican ant is a nearly pure the sugar, so-called, of fruits, which is in a state of hydration, 1 grape sugar, C,, H,, O,, and differing from grape sugar in not «1 The source of the acidity he could not determine, but raised th to whether it was formic acid or acetic from the oxidation of t which the specimens had been preserved. M. mexicanus and perhaps also of melliger, comprise all that seem to have been published on the typical Mexican for The following observations relate exclusively to the forms United States. ing white sheen of its body. In this respect it is not unlike M. bombycinus, which, when running rapidly over the desert s resemble a rolling drop of quicksilver. M. orbiceps, too, TS ver dry localities. I have found it along the limestone esearpmen wh and in the deserts of Trans Pecos Texas, New Mexico and A may be most conveniently studied on the Jollyville Plateau, a foie les. of Austin, and at San Pedro Springs on the outskirts of San Antonio. i the Sarahan Myrmecocysti it runs over the ground with great agility in full glare of the sun. 5 a The nest, which is always in stony soil, has the form of an obscure ra with an irregular or arcuate and sometimes very large entrance (2- in diameter) leading down obliquely into the soil. ‘The main galler formed breaks up at a depth of 20-30 cm. into short passages and $$$ $$ —____——— 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 365 irregular chambers. ‘The colonies are rather small, comprising hardly more than 300-500 individuals, and therefore resemble colonies of certain species of Formica (subpolita, munda, schaufussi). Among the workers one always finds a few, sometitnes less than a dozen, of the large, orb- headed individuals (Fig. 3) which characterize this subspecies. All the workers contain an abundance of formic acid, with which they seem to defend themselves in much the same manner as the species of Formica. A few of them, confined in a vial, are soon suffocated with their own secre- tions. Winged females were taken April 21 and 27. Fig. 13. Nest crater of Myrmecocystus melliger mimicus subsp. nov. in adobe soil. Tucson, Arizona. About } natural size. _ On first examining the colonies of orbiceps on the lime-stone hills near Austin, | was greatly impressed with the complete absence of anything resembling the repletes of the typical melliger. Again and again, at various Seasons of the year and in different localities, I excavated nests, but was never able to observe the slightest tendency to gastric distension in any individuals of the colony. The ants were never seen climbing about on the low desert vegetation in search of aphid excrement or the sweet secretions of galls or flowers. It was not difficult, however, to ascertain the character 366 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, of their food. On one occasion, while watching a nest, I saw many of the workers returning with male and female termites that had been captured just after their nuptial flight. Others were bringing in dead harvesting ants (Pogonomyrmex). In some of the nests whole chambers were set aside as kitchen middens and were filled with the remains of a great variety of insects. I am convinced, therefore, that M. orbiceps is a highly predaceous and - carnivorous ant like the various palearctic Myrmecocysti described by Forel (1890 a and b, 1895), Lameere (1902) and Escherich (1902). 3. Myrmecocystus melliger mendax subsp. nov. This subspecies closely resembles the preceding both in its a nee and in its nesting habits, but has a more northerly distribution. I have ; seen it only in Colorado. During the summer of 1903 I found a single colony near Colorado City, a second much more flourishing colony near Mount Washington, south of Colorado Springs, and in 1906 a third was found nesting between the cracks of a stone sidewalk in Denver. ‘This is the northernmost point to which any of our Myrmecocysti have been traced. I came upon the Mount Washington colony July 18 at 4.10 P. M. soon after a shower and just as the sun emerged from a bank of clouds. The -, males and females were issuing for their marriage flight from a nest which | was in coarse pebbly soil around the roots of a cactus. I should not have | found the colony had not my attention been attracted by the throng of — feverish workers surrounding the entrance whence the sexual forms were issuing. There was nothing unusual about the flight: the males and — females climbed about on the pebbles and plants with quivering wings and antenne and rose into the air one by one. As it was late in the aft 3 the nest was marked for excavation on the following day and I walked to- ‘i wards the town. I had gone less than a quarter of a mile when I found several females that had already descended from their flight, removed their : wings and were running over the ground in search of a place in which to — establish their formicaries. On the following day the nest was excavated _ : with great care in the hope that it might contain repletes, but I was disap- 4 pointed. Remains of insects in some of the chambers showed that this subspecies, like orbiceps, is carnivorous. The nest still contained seyeral males and deilated females which had either returned voluntarily after the — marriage flight on the previous day or had not participated in it. The var. comatus, which is merely a more hairy form of mendazx, observed only in Hospital Cafion at Fort Davis, Texas. Some of the nests were near oak trees (Quercus cinerea), which the ants were ascending, ap- — parently for the purpose of visiting aphids on the foliage, but none of tl o, 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 367 returning individuals had their gasters enlarged and I was unable to find repletes in any of the nests. Some of the nests, however, had large kitchen middens of insect fragments near their entrances, showing that this ant is predatory like orbiceps and the typical mendax. 'The absence of repletes in this instance did not surprise me because some nine months of rainless weather had preceded my visit to Fort. Davis, a period more than sufficient to exhaust any store of honey that might have been collected during the previous year. 4. Myrmecocystus melliger mimicus subsp. nov. This is the most abundant and widely distributed form of the genus from ‘Trans Pecos Texas to the Mojave Desert and probably throughout Chihuahua and Sonora. It prefers the pebbly or pure adobe soil of the more arid deserts (Fig. 12). Here it constructs rather regular craters 10-15 Fig. 14. Nest crater of Myrmecocystus melliger semirufus Emery. Needles, California. About } natural size. em. across at the base and 3—4 cm. high, with a circular opening varying from 1.5-2 cm. in diameter (Fig. 13). I have carefully excavated a great number of colonies of mimicus and its var. jesuita, in widely separated localities but have never been able to observe in the workers the slightest 368 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, tendency to develop repletes. ‘The ants live in such arid and barren places that it is difficult to understand how they can obtain sufficient moisture for their daily needs, to say nothing of storing it up for future consumption. The workers are diurnal like those of the preceding subspecies and varieties and prey upon insects. 5. Myrmecocystus melliger semirufus Emery. This is a very distinct form characterized by the small size and feeble polymorphism of its workers, and occurs only in the pure sand of the river- bottoms and gullies in the deserts. It is not uncommon along the Gila River near Phoenix, Arizona and the Colorado River near Needles, Cali- fornia. Its craters (Figs. 14 and 15) are somewhat larger and more regular Fig. 15. Nest crater of Myrmecocystus melliger semirufus Emery, under all-thorn (Keberlinia) bush, Mojave Desert, California. About % natural size. ‘ than those constructed by Lasius americanus in warm, sandy places in the Eastern States. At Needles the workers were found attending peculiar coccids (Orthezia) which were feeding on some small desert shrubs. ‘This would point to the existence of repletes in the nest, but although I excavated a number of these, a task that was greatly facilitated by the loose consistency Wheeler, Honey Ants. - 369 af the sand, I found nothing but workers of the ordinary size and form. the time I was under the impression that I had succeeded in excavating any of the nests very thoroughly, but as I never unearthed a queen, and — in sand are apt to extend far below the surface, I admit that sen rujus may develop repletes i in chambers to which I failed to get access. Nothing is known concerning the habits of the var. testaceus, but it, too, : lives in pure sand. 7 6. Myrmecocystus mexicanus var. horti-deorum McCook. the earliest account of this insect was communicated by Capt. W. B. jon of Santa Fe, New Mexico to Henry Edwards (1873). This account, oh og be more properly called a fanciful improvisation, impressed s as being so valuable that he communicated it to Charles Darwin and J it both in the ‘Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences’ 1e Be Abitican Naturalist.’ McCook, who a few years later, as we shall m le a careful study of horti-deorum, was inclined to reject the t Romanes (1883) republished the whole article, together with the ram accompanying it, in his book on ‘Animal Intelligence,’ ng contribution to the study of ant psychology! One may reject s like those of — Fleeson, Lincecum, Buckley and other “Or oa Edwards the colonies sbaretedl by Capt. Fleeson at Santa 1s tof three distinct kinds of ants, probably of two separate genera, st - encroachment upon the duties of their fellows. The larger num- - of individuals consists of yellow worker ants of two kinds, one of which a pale golden yellow color, about one third of an inch in length, acts as ses and feeders of the honey-making kind, who do not quit the interior of the nest, ‘their sole purpose being, apparently, to elaborate a kind of honey, which they are said to discharge in the prepared receptacles, and et Minstitutes the food of the entire population. In these honey-secret- 2 ee workers the abdomen is distended into a large, globese, bladder-like form, about the size of a pea.’” The third variety of ant is much larger, ~ Dlack i in color, and with very formidable mandibles. For the purpose of b better understanding the doings of this strange community, we will designate E: a as follows: {May, 1908.) . 24 370 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, No. 1.— Yellow workers; nurses and feeders. No. 2.— Yellow workers; honey makers. No. 3.— Black workers; guards and purveyors.” Then follows a description of the nest and the behavior of the guards which perform certain ridiculous military tactics on three sides of a square. One section of the black warriors is described as “entering the quadrangle by a _ diagonal line bearing N E, and carrying in their mouths flowers and frag- ments of aromatic leaves which they deposit in the center of the square.” Fig. 16. Garden of the Gods, near Manitou, Colorado, looking north; showing the rocky ridges on which Myrmecocystus horti-deorum nests. The interior of the nest, which has two entrances, is depicted as follows: “By removing the soil to a depth of about three feet, and tracing the course of the galleries from the entrances (b) and (d), a small excavation is reached, across which is spread in the form of a spider’s web, a net work of squares spun by the insects, the squares being about one-quarter inch across, and the ends of the web fastened firmly to the earth of the sides of the hollowed space which forms the bottom of the excavation. In each of the squares, supported by the web, sits one of the honey-making workers (No. 2), 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 371 apparently in the condition of a prisoner, as it does not appear that these creatures ever quit the nest. Indeed it would be difficult for them to do so, as their abdomens are so swollen out by the honey which they contain, as to render locomotion a task of difficulty, if not to make it utterly impossible. The workers, (No. 1), provide them with a constant supply of flowers and pollen which, by a process analogous to that of the bee, they convert into honey.” In 1875 Saunders published a few observations made on horti-deorwm. in the mountains around Santa Fe by Krummeck who says that he has “sat Fig. 17. Shin-oaks (Quercus undulata) in the Garden of the Gods. by their nests and watched them working, for, at one time, six or seven hours; the workers carry leaves of different plants home, to feed, as I sup- pose, the others that produce the honey.’ Saunders adds that “Mr. Krum- meck has tried to procure us specimens of the plants on which this insect feeds, but has not yet succeeded. He does not think that the honey is. deposited by these honey ants in cells, as has been stated, but that they keep the fluid in their bodies, and the workers feed from them, and that when the honey in the sac of an individual is exhausted, it dies. In refer- ence to the uses made of this honey in New Mexico, he says that the natives. make a very pleasant drink of it, which is made in the proportion of three- 372 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, or four drachms of the honey to six ounces of water. It has not commercial value, is not brought to market, but simply made for their own use. They use this drink among themselves in the mountains in cases of fever, where medical attendance cannot be obtained. The honey is also used by them as a cure for eye diseases, especially for cataract.” The following is one of the most interesting remarks in Saunders’s paper: ‘In early life none of these insects present any unusual distension of the body, but when arrived at a certain period of maturity some individuals begin to show a distended Fig. 18. Nest crater of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum, from above; Red Rock Cafion, near Manitou, Colorado. About $ natural size. abdomen, which after a time becomes swollen into a comparatively immense sphere, produced by the distension of the membrane connecting the abdom- inal segments, this sphere or sac being filled with a sort of honey. Another class of individuals in the community, raised from the same brood of eggs, manifest no tendency of this sort, but retain the usual normal form of the | abdomen.” At first sight this looks like a bond fide observation, but the context shows that it is merely a restatement in somewhat clearer and more positive form of Wesmael’s supposition above quoted (p. 362). It oceurs, in fact, in a paragraph reviewing the work of the Belgian author. There” } | 9 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 373 is therefore nothing to indicate that Krummeck made any observations of his own on the development of the repletes of M. horti-deorum. We see how Baron de Normann’s supposition that the repletes produce honey continued to influence the thoughts of succeeding writers... Capt. Fleeson improvised the gossamer receptacles and both he and Krummeck were of the opinion that the ants used their stomachs as a kind of distillery for making honey out of flowers and leaves. In commenting on Fleeson’s vagaries McCook says: “‘One can hardly refrain from the thought that Fig. 19. Nest crater of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum built at edge of stone. Red Rock Cafion, Colorado. About % natural size. Capt. Fleeson was testing the credulity of the writer by one of those jokes of which naturalists are occasionally the victims. But, if-the narrative is to be taken in good faith, I can only explain the facts by supposing, first, that the observer happened upon a nest of cutting ants (Atta fervens), within whose boundaries a nest of Melliger had chanced to be established, and had confounded the habits of the two as those of one formicary; or, second, that the cutting-ant, or some other species of similar economy, has really acquired the habit of kidnapping and domesticating the honey ant for the 374 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, o sake of its treasured sweets, precisely as many ants domesticate aphids, oe as the slave-making ants, Formica sanguinea and Polyergus lucidus, domesti- — cate Formica fusca and F. schaujussi.” I am inclined to believe with | McCook, that both Fleeson and Krummeck confounded two totally different _ species of ants— M. horti-deorum and some leaf-cutter, or Attiine ant. — The carrying of the flowers and leaves must refer to the latter and the web mentioned by Fleeson would seem to be an attempt to describe the fungus a garden of some Attiine ant. But if these suppositions are correct, we must a assume that both authors either jumbled together observations which og had made in very different parts of New Mexico, or merely repo hearsay, for quite apart from the fact that there is no kn« ant that agrees with Fleeson’s worker No. 3, it may be 1 stated that there are no leaf-cutting ants in the neighborho which has an elevation of more than 2000 m. We surely that the Atta fervens (= texana) to which McCook ref because this ant is peculiar to the low-lying and rather | Texas. Iam therefore of the opinion that neither Fleeson’s no: accounts contain anything of value except the mere record of t of M. horti-deorum at Santa Fe. Equally worthless is a bi by Blake (1873) of the gastric structure in some specimens sented to the California Academy by Edwards, since he that the intestine of the replete “is not continued beyond seems to imagine that the honey is contained in the body ce In 1874 Loew, who was chemist and mineralogist to Wheeler Exploring Expedition, published a few notes on M. which he, too, observed at Santa Fe. He describes the nest main, and then remarks that “the opinion that the honey is receptacles is entirely erroneous; the only receptacle is their swollen up to the size of a pea, clear, transparent,” ete. The he repletes is described as “slightly acid in summer from a trace of fo m acid, but perfectly neutral in autumn and winter; it contains a little more water than the honey of bees, and has therefore somewhat greater limy Like previous writers he seems to believe that the ants produce the 100 in addition to storing it, and makes the utterly impractical suggest “it would be worth while for beekeepers to try to introduce them into s kind of bee-hive with a suitable dry soil and the proper toodvers : them.” a We owe to McCook (1882) the first and, up to the present a trustworthy and adequate account of the habits of any of the Myrmecocysti. His work is so well known and accessible that I n i fine myself to a brief outline of its contents. He discovered if mee a 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 375 in the Garden of the Gods near Manitou, Colo. (Fig. 16). The nests, which were found on the tops of stony ridges, are described in great detail. The large circular entrance 2—2.5 cm. in diameter is in the center of a cone- shaped crater of pebbles 8-25 cm. in diameter at the base and 5-8 cm. high (Figs. 18 to 20). The entrance opens into a vertical or oblique gallery which at a depth of 9-15 cm. breaks up into several smaller galleries. These usually extend to one side of the entrance gallery. At a depth of 20-35 cm. the smaller galleries lead into chambers with smooth, flattened floors and Fig. 20. Myrmecocystus horti-deorum nest, with two craters. Red Rock Cafion, Colo- rado. About 4 natural size. rough, vaulted ceilings. ‘These chambers vary from 12-15 em. in length and 7-10 em. in width, and may be 4 em. high in the middle. McCook has described some very large formicaries, the galleries of one of which covered an area of more than 2 sq. m. and reached a depth in the soil of more than ameter. In the chambers the repletes hang, side by side, by means of their claws from the vaulting which is evidently left rough as an adaptation to this peculiar habit (Fig. 21). These individuals are capable of more movement than has usually been supposed, but if they fall from the ceiling they are unable to regain their pendent position without assistance. 376 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ~ —- McCook effectively dispels the notion that the repletes manufacture the honey, by showing how they obtain and store it. M. horti-deorum is de- cidedly nocturnal, unlike the different subspecies and varieties of melliger, which are diurnal. Indeed, the etiolated appearance and pale yellow color of the northern forms of mexicanus at once suggest a fondness for darkness, just as the deeper tints of the typical form of the species suggest diurnal or crepuscular habits. During the day, therefore, the workers of M. horti- deorum are never seen outside of the nest, but frequently a guard of workers Fig. 21. Repletes of Myrmecocystus horti-deorum hanging from roof of honey ‘ chamber. (After McCook.) ec is stationed just within the large opening, apparently for the purpose preventing other ants, spiders, ete. from entering the nest. MeCook fou that during July the workers leave the nest in a file at about 7.30 P. M. and visit the shin oaks (Quercus undulata) which grow abundantly along the © rocky ridges in the Garden of the Gods and the surrounding country (Fig. — 17.) The twigs of these oaks are often covered with small woody ga about the size of a pea and of a more or less conical or spheroidal : the work of the Cynipid Holcaspis pernictosus Bassett. a night these, > 1 Rile in 1880 “briefly ‘described these ‘galls under the name of Cynips ee but he did not breed the insect that produces them, This was described by Bassett in J as Holcaspis parninicess and was taken from galls collected in Utah. I have not seen B types, but a lot of galls labelled ‘‘H. perniciosus, Garden of the Gods” in the Bassett coll of the American Museum of Natural History are unquestionably the same as those de ang figured by McCook in 1882 as Riley’s C. quercus-mellaria. I should be inclined to ¢ ccep! this as the specific name of the insect, for there can be no doubt concerning the ident galls, were it not that there seems to be a growing unwillingness on the part of cecid art f recognize names based merely on the plant deformations. 1908] Wheeler, Honey Ants. ate galls exude minute droplets of a sweet, watery secretion (Fig. 23). This is eagerly collected by the ordinary workers, carried to the nest in their 7 “crops and fed to the repletes, which thus function as living bottles or casks, . 4 storing the precious liquid so that it can be drawn upon when other sources of food are exhausted. Forel, in 1880, disproved Leidy’s and Blake’s statements by showing _ that the gaster of the replete horti-deorwm owes its size and rotundity ex- % ively to an enormous distension of the crop, or ingluvies and not of the Fig. 22. Replete Myrmecocystus horti-deorum in the act of regurgitating food to workers of the ordinary form. (After McCook.) stomach, and that all the other structures found in the gaster of the ordinary worker are present in the replete, though they are necessarily crowded up __ against the gastric wall. These observations were confirmed by McCook’s careful dissections and figures of the gaster of ordinary workers, semi- repletes (“semirotunds”) and repletes. He inferred that “the process by _ which the rotundity of the honey-bearers has probably been produced, has its exact counterpart in the ordinary distension of the crop in overfed ants; that, at least, the condition of the alimentary canal, in all the castes, is the same, differing only in degree, and therefore, the probability is wey great that the honey-bearer is simply a worker with an overgrown abdomen.” He found, moreover, that ‘‘a comparison of the worker with the honey- __ bearer shows that there is absolutely no difference between them except in _ the distended condition of the abdomen” and he therefore inferred “that ___ the worker majors, for the most part, and sometimes the minors, are trans- formed by the gradual distension of the crop, and expansion of the abdomen, _ into the honey-bearers, and that the latter do not compose a distinct caste. 378 Bulletin American Musewm of Natural History. [Vol. XXI It is probable, however, that some of the majors have a special ten _ Cc to this change by reason of some peculiar structure or form of the in and abdominal walls.” Although McCook gave these excellent r for believing that the replete must develop from a worker of the ¢ type, he did not actually witness the transformation. His account « a great many other details in the behavior of M. horti-deorum, but a: of these are common to most other Camponotine ants, I need not d them in this connection. vi My own observations on M. horti-deorwm were made during July August 1903 and 1906. At first I worked in the Garden of the Gods located several nests on the ridges where McCook make his obseryatio many years ago. But the region is now so overrun by tourists th and continuous observation of ant-nests is out of the question. It sought new localities and was soon able to find a number of fine nests s« of} the Fontaine-qui-Bouille, along Bear Creek and Red Rock aii A few nests were also found at a much greater distance from the ¢ the Gods, west of Manitou and south of the Ute Pass. In all of tl localities there are thickets of shin oaks (Quercus undulata and gamb and the nests are situated only on the summits of dry, stony i: _ they are in the Garden of the Gods. Bei During the two summers I excavated fully a dozen fine colotien deorum and was able to confirm every detail McCook’s interest of the nest architecture and tl the ordinary and replete workers. unable to make observations at ni; have no doubt that McCook’s ae ~ the foraging habits is perfectly ac and trustworthy. I am _ ine ined believe, however, that the exude the Holcaspis galls may rari portion of the food of the ants a Fig. 23. Galls of Holcaspis perniciosus these insects may obtain muc! on twigs of Quercus undu owing the exuding droplets which are "collected by most of their honey from the CO rim. About 4 natal ie. weit 4 aphids on the oaks and otter the neighborhood. It would b indeed, if thks ants did not take advantage of this food s undoubtedly must be greater than that obtainable from the galls. + I have been able to prove what has been surmised by previous Do namely, that workers of the ordinary size and form develop into r In the nests which I excavated during July there were mann Wheeler, Honey Ants. — 379 les and females. While keeping several colonies in artificial nests it arred to me that the change from the ordinary to the replete worker must in during the callow stage while the integument of the gaster is still very ft and distensible. I accordingly isolated a number of young callows in my nests and fed them with maple syrup and cane sugar water. partook of the substances greedily, and a few of the workers in each ally began to assume the replete condition. During the course 9 six weeks several of them became what I call semirepletes (McCook’s nds”) and four of them, three in one nest and one in the other, ly attained the dimensions of the perfect replete. Most of the workers, r, showed no inclination to assume this form. In most cases, as 9k has shown, it is the major workers that most readily tend to e ey etes, but this is not an invariable rule. In the honey chambers nt colonies I have usually found a few replete medi and minime among the larger but no more turgid sisters. Thoroughly hardened of the ordinary form, according to my observations, are no longer become repletes. It is probable, therefore, that McCook’s failure Ir repletes from isolated major workers was due to his using indi- that were too old. ‘| c certain callows should aspire to become animated pots or casks, hers prefer to be active foragers and providers, is an enigma. I ve, however, that this is due to differences in the “structure or » intestine and abdominal walls,” as McCook suggests. It is probably an unusual example of the division of labor, which is shown r ft | study to exist in various forms and degrees among all ants with morphic workers. The individual worker performs different duties t stages in its life, beginning in its callow stage as a mere nurse, ming a forager, warrior or guard and in its old age sometimes oaching on the function of the queen by becoming a_ parthenogenetic nother. It is not improbable that many worker ants acquire habits — using this word, for the moment, in its restricted and technical sense as loyed in human psychology — and tend to perform throughout life the ecial function which they happened to assume while in the callow stage. is may account for the development of the replete both in the individual id the species not only in M. horti-deorum but in all other honey ants. While excavating the nests above mentioned, I was impressed with certain iarities in their structure and situation, which seem to be explainable $s adaptations to the development of repletes. One-of these peculiar- 380 Bulletin American Museum of Natural Histery. [Vol. XXTYV,- of vaulted chambers like those in which the repletes hang, whereas soft or friable soil would be most disadvantageous. The development of repletes also makes it necessary for the ants to seek very dry situations for their nests. Hence we always find them, in the environs of Manitou at least, on the summits of ridges which shed the rain very rapidly. The honey chambers must be kept very dry both to prevent the disastrous results of crumbling and slipping walls and to obviate the growth of moulds on the repletes, which are, of course, imprisoned for life in dark cavities and filled Oe ee eee eed ee Fig. 24. Desert near Albuquerque, New Mexico; home of Myrmecocystus mexicanus navajo subsp. nov. with substances that readily favor the development of fungi. I believe also that the size of the nest openings and galleries, which are so much larger than would seem to be required by such small, slender ants, may be an adaptation to securing plenty of fresh air in the honey chambers. If these suppositions are correct there is obviously a reciprocal relation between the’ replete habit and an arid environment: the ants store honey because they are living in an arid region where moisture and food are precious and the storing of honey in replete workers, in turn, is possible only in very dry soil. 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 381 7. Myrmecocystus mexicanus navajo subsp. nov. This subspecies bears somewhat the same relation to M. horti-deorwm that semirujus does to melliger, that is, it is a small, pale, depauperate form. I found its nests to be rather common, though widely scattered, in the desert south of Albuquerque, New Mexico (Fig. 24). A few were seen even in the streets of the town. ‘They are, however, so very inconspicuous that my Fig. 25. Nest of Myrmecocystus mexicanus navajo subsp. noy. near Albuquerque, New Mexico. Entrance in middle of figure, at a; vestiges of crater shown as fine granulations at b. About 4 natural size. finding them was the merest accident. The entrance (Fig. 25a) is very small, not more than .5—1 cm. in diameter and is not surrounded by a conical crater as in nearly all the other American Myrmecocysti. A vestige of this structure may nevertheless be said to be present, for a very thin layer of small pellets of earth is scattered by the ants over a circular area, 30-60 cm. in diameter, around the entrance (Fig. 25b). Immediately encircling the entrance, however, there is a zone free from pellets. I excavated twenty-two of these nests and found their internal structure 382 Bulleten American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, | to be like that of the horti-deorum nests, except that the galleries are more a tenuous and the chambers smaller and less distinct. The latter lie ata depth of 20-25 cm. The colonies, too, are much smaller than those of horti-deorum and comprise hardly more than 100-150 workers. No traces of repletes could be found in any of the nests although several of these were so completely excavated that I obtained the mother queen. All the nests contained larvee and cocoons but no males were taken on the two occasions when I collected at Albuquerque (May 7 and 28). There can be no doubt that M. navajo is a distinctly nocturnal oy, It is even paler and more etiolated than horti-deorum. 1 was unable to learn anything about its feeding habits. The dry mesa on which it lives has elevation of about 1300 m. and at the time of my second visit was covered with blooming desert plants (Yucca, Ephedra, Astragalus, Dalea, Fallugia, © etc.). These, in all probability, support aphids, coccids and membracids which in turn furnish M. navajo with food, for I can hardly believe that this delicate little ant is carnivorous. ; Part III. Honey Ants or Various GENERA AND THE SteNIFICATION OF THE REPLETE. The foregoing account shows that both ot the North American ae a of Myrmecocystus are sufficiently plastic to have produced seyeral races and Re that these differ from one another more in their habits than in their structure ‘a In the same species, melliger, as we have seen, there are forms that roduce — repletes and seem to feed almost exclusively on sweet juices, and other that are highly carnivorous and are not known to have workers with ¢ distended crops. We must conclude, therefore, either that the observations repres the permanent condition of the colonies, in other words, that certain r: always and others never develop repletes, or that repletion, which is merely ‘ a physiological state, is an inconstant character. The latter conclusion — implies that only certain colonies, at certain times in their development, or when nesting in certain regions, where the sweet exudations of aphids” and plants abound, develop repletes, whereas colonies of the same races — nesting in a different environment have become increasingly predatory a nd carnivorous. After studying these ants and excavating many of their nests at all seasons of the year and in many localities in the southwest I am_ clined to believe that the replete habit is confined to certain subspecies ; varieties, both in M. melliger and mexicanus, but am compelled to a that some or all of these forms may be sufficiently plastic to assume e the replete or the predatory habit according to circumstances. ‘This ¢ 1908] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 383 has prevented me from describing the predatory forms of M. melliger as aMistinct species. I leave the matter to be decided by some future investi- _ gator who can devote months or even years to the study of our desert ants. a iy. Although my observations are.incomplete, they prove nevertheless that ss ‘the conditions in the majority of the subspecies and varieties cannot be the "same as those described for M. horti-deorum. If such deserticolous forms as M. orbiceps, mendax, mimicus, semirufus and navajo ever produce _ repletes, the sweet liquid used for this purpose cannot be obtained from oak- 3 ‘ ! tor the very simple reason that oaks do not grow in the deserts. And a Dis low, dry, halophytic and xerophytic vegetation of these regions develops very few galls of any kind, honey would have to be supplied by coccids and phids, and these, too, are by no means abundant on desert plants. ‘That repletion, nevertheless, may be merely a sporadic or temporary ~ condition among the different American Myrmecocysti seems to be indicated E by the manner of its occurrence among other ants. It will therefore be ‘4 advisable to review the observations that have been made on the replete _ habit in general, especially as such a review will also show some of the phylo- pectic stages through which the st Set M. melliger and mexicanus and the _ variety horti-deorum have, in all probability, passed. Repletes are known to occur only in the Camponotinse and Dolichoderine, : q the two subfamilies comprising the ants most given to feeding on the sweet _ excretions of Homoptera and the exudations of the galls and nectaries of _ plants. Structurally these ants differ from most of the species of Ponerine, _ Dorylinee and Myrmicine in having a thinner and more pliable chitinous __ investment over the whole body, and especially over the gaster. When out _ foraging on the surfaces of plants the individual worker is therefore able to collect and carry home a considerable amount of honey by greatly dis- _ tending its crop. This leads to a separation of the gastric sclerites and the _ transparent intersegmental membrane is exposed to view, permitting the 3 light to shine through the limpid contents of the crop, while the remaining _ abdominal organs are crowded up against the posterior wall. This dis- tension, which may be called incipient repletion, is often seen in the workers _ of our various species of Formica, Lasius, Camponotus, Prenolepis, Brachy- -myrmex, etc. that are returning to the nest from a visit to their herds of aphids and coccids. Any of the workers of the colony, especially while in their _ callow or semicallow stages, may assume this incipient repletion, which is very slight compared with the perfect repletion of Myrmecocystus. The relatively insignificant distension of the gaster in the foraging workers of the ants above mentioned is the generalized basis from which the more _ specialized condition of the true honey ants has arisen, first, by restricting _ the repletion to certain workers in the colony (physiological division of 384 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. labor), and second, by exaggerating the distensibility of the ingluvial a gastric walls in these individuals. Certain callows, engaged i in feeding th young, had a tendency to remain in the nest and receive the honey brov in by foragers. At first they were simple receivers, able to move about free through the chambers and galleries of the nest, and distribute the foo¢ the larvee and their fellow ants, but in the course of time, by increasing # capacity, they became receptacles, without power of locomotion and sus- pended themselves from the ceiling of the chambers as living a «4 26. Prenolepis (Nylanderia) imparis Say; a, worker in Fig. ordinary condition; b, replete. X 12. honey with animated necks and stoppers. ‘Those who, in anthropomorr a mood, are wont to extoll the fervid industry and extraordinary m performances of ants should not overlook the patience and self displayed by the replete Myrmecocystus as it hangs from the nest, month in, month out, for years perhaps — a reservoir of tempe: oral as well as liquid sweetness. wail We may now turn to a consideration of the honey ants deserib d various authors. The species may be arranged in two series, the comprising certain forms that exhibit what may be called the semirepl condition — a stage somewhat in advance of incipient repletion, the. secon the forms that have attained the extreme of gastric distension. To former belong the five first cases described below, to the latter only Cam 30083 Wheeler, Honey Ants. 385 ~ notus inflatus and the Myrmecocysti. The transition from the semireplete 7 oe perfect replete is represented by Plagiolepis trimeni and Leptomyrmex _ rufipes. In conclusion I have added a few remarks on a small group of ~— Indomalayan Cremastogaster species, which have been regarded as honey ae), - 1. Prenolepis (Nylanderia) imparis (Say). ae ‘ pie This ant, which is the largest of the North American species of the genus, it measures only 3-4 mm., is also the most widely distributed, ranging oss the continent from the alanis to the Pacific in the transition zone. ‘he ipical form, which is dark brown or black, prefers to nest in clayey soil 1 shady places, but the smaller and paler variety testacea Emery occurs in pure sand. I have found both forms most abundant in the immediate - Vicinity: of oak-trees, testacea in the pine barrens of New Jersey and the 4 typical imparis in the rich woods of that state, Illinois and New York. The colonies rarely comprise more than 300 or 400 workers. The nests are _ never under stones, but always in the form of small craters, consisting of Per large, irregular earth or sand pellets, which at first sight resemble _ the pellets excavated by the smaller Attiine ants of the subgenus T'rachy- _ myrmex. N. imparis is a very timid, mild-mannered ant and lives very largely on the exudations of plants and the honey dew of aphids and coccids. The workers visit their pastures in files and return with their gasters greatly distended. Fig. 26 shows the difference between a depleted worker (a) i aeting the nest and one returning with its gaster distended to its utmost eapacity (b). In the latter the more heavily chitinized, brownish sclerites of the gaster are widely separated by the tense intersegmental membranes, through which shine, like an amber bead, the liquid contents of the crop. . The gait of the depleted insect is very free and elegant, but when its crop is full it lumbers or waddles along in a very awkward fashion. _ My attention was first called to the repletes of Nylanderia by my friend ' Prof. Harold Heath, who sent me a lot of specimens which he had been vcerting in California. With these he sent the following notes which I transcribe from his letter of April 15, 1901: ‘In our yard here in Palo Alto is a remarkably large nest of the Prenolepis among the roots of a live oak. _ This latter habitat is also shared by several colonies within a mile or so of the university, and there are numerous others living under the eucalyptus, __eypress and other trees. In similar positions they occur widely through the _ Santa Clara Valley, especially about San José, where they also tunnel by _ the road sides and in bridle paths far up on the sides of the foot hills. _ “Many of the colonies during the heat of the day remain comparatively ara. Ais _‘-[May, 1908.] 26 386 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. quiet, coming out during the morning and evening; but in several of the _ nests well-shaded, especially by the live-oaks, they are incessantly ac throughout the day. In the nest here in the yard a continual incon stream laden with food stuffs passes the procession going up the - nk | along the branches, and a careful search among the delicate © leaves usually brings to light many individuals actively engaged in collecting food. ‘This appears to be a waxy secretion which accumulates on the under- : sides of the leaves, on the stems and upon the buds of yet undeveloped leaves. — Lp. It is certainly not the sap of the tree, for several twigs which I barked were passed over without notice. As many as ten individuals may a be found at work on the underside of a single leaf, working their ‘mandibles AS actively and gathering up small quantities of something which, as I have fa said, appears to be a waxy or resinous secretion. This is stored up me several individuals, possibly the majority, for the abdomens of those r turning to the nest are as a usual thing somewhat larger than those of tl a) d members leaving it and appear more or less translucent. In perhaps o1 pF out of twenty the abdomen is twice the normal size, frequently giving s individuals a shaky, uncertain gait. ‘The secretion has a sweet taste, sor times also slightly acid, something like that of weakly acidulated honey. — “During the ascent of the tree several workers may stop as if restin and group themselves in a shaded fissure of the bark and remain for sev minutes or even hours before proceeding on their journey, but so far a have been able to observe, all of those en route for the nest never delay. — “Very frequently individuals are seen returning to the nest with oak-flowers or parts of insects. Their diet appears to be varied, as’ Thi noticed in a colony kept in an artificial nest (Janet pattern), raw or cooked meat, insects and almost any substance with a sweetish taste being accep 2 ble.” 1G) be The late Rev. P. J. Schmitt, O. S. B., wrote me several years ago, that he had long been familiar with the replete habit of Nylanderia, and I also had frequent occasion to see the ants visiting aphids and the ¢ floral nectaries of Ailanthus glandulosa and other plants and r their nests with greatly distended gasters. ‘The “waxy secretin tioned by Heath was probably honey dew or some substance analoge ps that exuding from the galls of Quercus undulata in the Garden of t Kellogg (1905, p. 547, fig. 750) has recently mentioned the habits of NV deria and published a figure in which the distension of the genes in th pletes is unduly exaggerated. 4 er The replete habit is also observable in our North Ameiiaial pecies Prenolepis sensu stricto (P. parvula, bruesi, melanderi) which are ¢ | mu smaller insects than Nylanderia though of similar habit, except that i a) 3 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 387 _ yery frequently nest under stones. In none of these species, however, are ~ the repletes as numerous or as much distended as those of imparis. All of our species of Prenolepis sensu lato are peculiar in that the males and winged _ females which mature during late summer or early autumn, pass the winter in the maternal nests and celebrate their nuptial flight early i in the following “spring. It is probable that this hibernation of the virgin sexual forms is _ rendered possible, or at any rate facilitated, by the ability of the workers to _ store up liquid food, although in this respect they are very inferior to M yrme- cocystus. This ability to store food may also account for the large size of the queens of Prenolepis, and especially of Nylanderia, as compared with a ‘the workers. Our tiny Brachymyrmex heeri depilis Emery has habits very similar to a Riese of certain Prenolepis. It lives a subterranean life under stones, cultivating root-coccids. The typical West Indian form of the species has been imported into Europe with tropical plants, and was first observed by Forel in the hot-houses of Switzerland. He says of this ant (1895): “I have observed specimens of Brachymyrmex heeri Forel with the gaster enormously distended with honey, but nevertheless running on the plants outside the nest; they had merely gorged themselves with the honey-dew of coccids and were returning home.” 2. Melophorus bagoti Lubbock. ae ‘The Australian genus Melophorus is so closely related to Myrmecocystus that one of its species, M. eneovirens was long considered to belong to this genus. That Melophorus is also fond of living in arid regions is shown _ by the remarkable development of the ammochetz or long circumoral bristles used in cleaning the fore legs and strigils. As I have shown in a former paper (1907a), all the series of these hairs (clypeal, mandibular, mental and gular) are present in Melophorus. In the New World Myrme- _ cocysti, however, there are none on the mentum and in the Old World species there is a tuft on the mentum but none on the gula. _ The genus Melophorus was based by Lubbock on M. bagoti in 1884. types came from Central or Western Australia (21° S. Lat.”). Lub- _ bock transposed the generic and specific diagnoses that had been written out ~ for him by Forel, but the latter rectified the blunder a few years later (1886). M. bagoti is of a rich ferruginous red color and has polymorphic workers. _ The length of the smaller ones has not been recorded but that of the larger is 13-16 mm. In the latter the gaster is distended somewhat as in the Nylanderia repletes, and, as Forel has stated, is far from attaining the- 388 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, amplitude of Myrmecocystus. ‘The insect is undoubtedly able to walk about and in all probability does not hang from the roof of its galleries. - During the summer of 1907 Professor Forel kindly gave me a replete — of M. bagoti, from which the accompanying figure was drawn (Fig. 27). Fig. 27. Melophorus bageti Lubbock, replete. x 5. a a In this specimen the gastric sclerites are greatly enlarged. Apparently they were originally much smaller but along their borders the intersegmental — membranes seem to have hardened and turned brown secondarily. The — lines representing the original lateral borders of the sclerites are shown in — the figure. bo oa 3. Melophorus cowlei (Froggatt). Froggatt (1896) described this ant as a Camponotus, but his figures and _ description show very clearly that it is a typical Melophorus, closely related — to bagoti. Comparison of Froggatt’s figures with Lubbock’s and with he : replete of bagott in my collection, shows that the head in this “penta broader than long and somewhat narrower in front than behind, 1 that of cowlei is distinctly longer than broad. This species also ad - narrower thorax and the petiole of a different shape, judging from Froggatt’s rather inadequate description. ‘The replete, which measures 17 mm. the gaster distended to much the same extent as that of bagoti, but sclerites seem to be shorter and the intersegmental membranes larger. Froggatt described all three phases of M. cowlec from specimens take % at Illamurta in the James Range and Spencer Gorge in the McDonnell” Range, in the very center of Australia. He says that this ant is known to the natives as the “Ittootoonee” and gives the following notes sent him Baldwin Spencer: “I came across a single nest of the golden yellow spec which was a small one, consisting of branching passages close to -: Wisi, Hondy Aal.:, 00 389 face, under a little block of quartzite in one of the gorges amongst the . i Dennell Ranges. In this nest the honey ants, though considerably peroten out, seemed to be able to move about slowly. waist it was a _ young colony and they were not fully developed.” q 4. Leptomyrmex varians Emery var. rufipes Emery. ae is the only honey ant known to occur among the Dolichoderine. a fae. genus Leptomyrmex, which is confined to Australia and New Guinea, Z ‘is characterized by its very slender and emaciated body, extremely long legs and singular’ head. In 1882 Forel published the following note on . rufipes: ‘In the excavated nests of this variety Mr. Turner found workers with the gaster considerably dilated by the crop full of transparent honey. _ The gaster resembled that of M yrmecocystus, without, however, attaining s such dimensions.” In an alcoholic specimen of this ant which I saw in Prof. Forel’s collection, the gaster appeared to be much more distended _ than in the repletes of Nylanderia and Melophorus. 5. Plagiolepis trimeni Forel. _ This species was discovered by Mutschinson at Natal and described by ~ Forel in 1895. ‘The types were all repletes, 6.5 mm. in length, of which the head and thorax together measured only 2 mm. They are described as. being of a “sordid brownish yellow color, more reddish on the head and _ thorax; the sides of the gastric segments brownish; feet and antenne yellowish.” The gaster “is distended with honey, like a round cyst, _ transparent, as large as a hemp seed, on which the chitinous lamine of the segments appear as islands. ‘The anterior portion of the first segment has a hollow depression in which fits the petiolar scale. With the aid of a lens _ it is possible to distinguish, below and behind, the stomach and gizzard with its reflected calyx, both of them displaced and flattened against the gastric _ wall.” Forel further states that the gaster is ‘“‘nearly as fully distended asthat of Myrmecocystus melliger.... Locomotion must be almost impossible tire insect. Its appearance is that of a Myrmecocystus nurse en minia- .’ P. trimeni therefore represents a stage of repletion intermédiate between Nylanderia and Melophorus on the one hand and M prmacorsaliin on the other. 6. Camponotus inflatus Lubbock. Lubbock described the worker of this ant in 1880 from specimens taken 390 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — at Adelaide, Australia. His diagnosis was, however, so imperfect that the — insect had to be redescribed by Forel (1886). McCook (1882) has also — studied and figured this species (1882, Figs. 71 and 74). According to Forel, it “has nothing to distinguish it particularly from other Camponoti, | except the purely physiological distension of its gaster, evidently due to the _ enormous plenitude of the crop, as in Myrmecocystus melliger. This dilatation, however, is smaller than that of melliger.” > More recently (1896) Froggatt has described the male and female of C. inflatus from specimens collected at Ayers Rock, Illamurta in the James — Range of Central Australia. All three phases of this ant are black with paler _ legs and antenne. The repletes measure 17 mm. Froggatt records the _ following notes sent him by Baldwin Spencer: “The black honey ant q (Camponotus inflatus Lub.) is called ‘Yarumpa’ by the natives, by whom — it is esteemed a great luxury; it is, par excellence, the honey ant of the central country, and ranges across the Murchison in Western Australia. We found — them plentiful in certain districts on the hard sandy plains, and also very abundant in patches among the Mulga scrub. The ground all round Ayers — Rock, to the south of Lake Amadeus, was strewn with heaps of sand where — the natives had been digging them out. ‘They construct no mounds over x their nests; the entrance, which is an inch in 'ength by a quarter of an inc iy in width, leads down into a vertical shaft or burrow from five to six feet in depth. About a foot below the surface horizontal passages about a foot — in length lead off from the main shaft, at the end of which were three « 3 four of the honey ants, while the bottom of the main shaft, which is exea into a larger cavity, contained a considerable number. The ‘honey an are quite incapable of movement and must be fed by the workers. Un all the other ants noticed in this country, these did not appear to ¢ twigs, leaves or grass to carry into their burrows.” : 7. Cremastogaster inflata F'. Smith and ©. difformis 7. Smith. — is As Frederick Smith’s original account of these two Myrmicine ants’ (1857, 1858) has led to their being regarded as honey ants, we may properly include them in the present survey. Both species range from Tena to Borneo through Burma, Java and Sumatra. C. inflata oceurs _ Philippines and difformis in Celebes. Of the latter species Em described a subspecies physothorax and a variety mucronata. In allt ants the gaster remains unmodified but the epinotum, or posterior Di js rtion of the thorax is greatly enlarged in difformis and even inflated in 7 ata (Fig. 28). In this species it is also of a honey-yellow color unlike’ | “i ae mainder of the body which is dark brown or black. Emery (1900) has iso F 1908.] » Wheeler, Honey Ants. 391 described another species, C. twmidula from Sumatra, which shows an in- cipient stage in the expansion of the epinotum. ‘ Smith stopped long enough in the series of his often hopelessly inadequate _ specific diagnoses to pen the following remarks on C. inflata: “This is one _ of those singular and anomalous species, which, without any particle of information, derived from observation, puzzle and perplex the naturalist; : _ what can possibly be the use of the bladder-like excrescence on the thorax _ of this insect, it is difficult to imagine; to aid of a microscope, a small circular orifice r the touch it is elastic, and apparently forms a3 receptacle for saccharine fluids. With the can be seen at each of the posterior lateral _ angles of the swollen part, and small crys- tallized particles are apparent, not only within the orifice, but scattered over the surface of the inflation; we may, therefore, reasonably suppose that this singular appa- ratus is for the purpose of elaborating a suitable and necessary aliment for the larvee of this singular insect.” Of C. difformis he says: “This species resembles the C. infla- tus in form; but the swollen portion of the thorax is of a solid consistency; it forms, however, a similar laboratory of saccharine matter; the orifice from which it exudes is not exactly at the posterior angles, but a little way beneath; in some specimens, masses of crystallized particles can be seen beneath the orifice of this species, both large and small workers have been examined, and the same apparatus is found on them both.” More recently Bingham (1903) has made Fig. 28. | Cremastogaster inflata F. a few observations on these ants which he Yew.” SCsn) % laterals 2 dorsal ibes as follows: ‘“C. difformis, physo- t and inflata have the metathorax remarkably large and swollen, with a hollow in each side interiorly, communicating exteriorly by a tiny aperture. In live specimens there seems to be a continual flow from this aperture of a sweet fluid, and I have watched the workers of C. physothorax licking one another’s thoraces vigorously.” These brief but interesting notes do, indeed, leave the reader in some per- plexity. Janet (1898) surmised that the epinotal enlargement in C. inflata 2 B. a os 392 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, might be due to hypertrophy of the peculiar glands which he, Meinert and x Lubbock had found in this portion of the thorax of our northern ants. These _ structures, which Janet studied and figured with great care, consist of a pair 4 of chambers each opening to the exterior by means of a button-hole-shaped _ orifice on the metasternum. ‘The glands proper open into these chambers, — a which contain hair-like organs apparently for the diffusion of the secretion. — In a number of specimens of C. iflata in my collection, from Zamboangan, — Philippines, two broadly elliptical or nearly circular openings are seen on each side of the epinotum (see Fig. 28a). The upper, which is somewhat — smaller, is the tracheal orifice, or stigma, the lower is undoubtedly the — external opening which leads directly into one of the large inflated cavi- te ties. As all of my specimens are dry and carded, I am unable to ascer- tain the histological structure of these organs. I am convinced, however, that they represent, as Janet supposed, an enormous development of the a organs found in the corresponding portion of the epinotum of our common _ ants. This is also indicated by an examination of specimens of C. difformis from Perak and of mucronata from Sumatra. In these the openings of the epinotal chambers are more ventral and more slit-shaped than in nh and may therefore be described as intermediate between those of inflata — and our northern species of Cremastogaster. . As the function of the metasternal glands even in our common ants is st unknown, we can hardly expect to form a satisfactory conception 7 the hypertrophied homologues of these organs in a few Indomalayan s : that have hardly been studied in a living condition. ‘That these should secrete a sweet liquid to be fed to the ants or to their young is s' ing at first thought and suggests the nursing habits of the Marina b when we stop to consider that ants are in the habit of feeding their y and one another with a secretion of the labial, or salivary glands, we see no reason why, in certain species, thoracic glands might not be dev oped for a similar purpose. It will be very interesting, nevertheless, — future investigation proves that certain species of Cremastogaster, a gem whose members are so conspicuously fond of feeding on the sacchariz excrement of aphids and coccids, have themselves developed a capacity distilling a substance resembling honey dew. It should be possible, sin C. inflata occurs in the Philippines, for some of our entomologists, —— an opportunity to visit these islands, to investigate this interesting s which was first suggested by Frederick Smith half a century ie be * - i ‘ re": '* ba *. a) , ~ 1908.] Wheeler, Honey Ants. 393 CONCLUSION. In the foregoing pages the habit of developing repletes has been shown to recur sporadically in some six different genera of ants, namely, Prenolepis, _ Melophorus, Plagiolepis, Leptomyrmex, Camponotus and Myrmecocystus. _ We are therefore dealing with a case of convergent development and as in other cases of this kind, we are led to determine the external conditions 7 that must act as the common stimulus in calling forth this peculiar adapta- tion on the part of such different ants. The geographical distribution of _ the various honey ants points to drought as one of the most important of _ these conditions, for nearly all of these insects are confined to the dry plains and deserts of North America, South Africa and Australia. Forel seems to be the only author who has noticed this peculiarity in the distribution of _ these insects. He says (1902): “The extraordinary distension of the crop seems to be frequent in the Australian species of the genera Melophorus, Camponotus and Leptomyrmex. 1 suppose that this is due to the extremely dry climate of the country, which must compel the ants to remain, often for long periods, in their subterranean abodes. At such times a store of provisions in living bags must be very useful to them.” There can be little doubt of the truth of this statement, but I believe that it should be expressed in a different manner. The impulse to develop repletes is probably the brief and temporary abundance of liquid food (honey dew, gall secretions, etc.) in arid regions and the long periods during which not only these substances but also insect food are unobtainable. ‘The honey is stored in the living reservoirs for the purpose of tiding over such periods of scarcity, and the ants remain in their nests because they do not need to forage. Hence the confinement mentioned by Forel is not the immediate but one of the ulterior effects of drought, for I am convinced from my observations on desert ants that no amount of dryness will keep these insects in their nest when they are in need of food. Nylanderia imparis would seem to be an exception to the general rule of distribution in the honey ants, since the typical form of this species occurs in rather shady places and in clayey soil which holds moisture rather tena- ciously. It is not improbable, however, that what is known as var. testacea Emery is really the ancestral form of this species. This ant nests in sandy soil and is one of the most abundant insects in the pine barrens of New Jersey and in similar localities in the Eastern States. Now these are xerophytic regions, as shown by the pines, scrub oaks and many other plants, and the _ sand in which this vegetation grows does not retain water readily and there- fore presents conditions not unlike those of the deserts and great plains. 394. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol LG The dark colored typical imparis is much less abundant and probably — represents a secondary adaptation to moist woods and firmer soil. This — would account for the persistence of pron in an ant inhabiting ag 7 humid, shady localities. Most ants of temperate, ‘teenage regions have a mixed diet, -con- sisting of insects, honey dew and plant excretions. When such species come __ to live in deserts or other arid regions, where the long droughts of summer and the cold of winter restrict plant and insect life to a brief senns eel q usually take on one of the four following adaptations: 1. They may exaggerate the insectivorous habits which they. alvoadly possess, and become intrepid, ravenous, hunters. They thus manage to secure a sufficient amount of food even under unfavorable conditions. This — adaptation is beautifully shown in the Old World Myrmecocysti which are represented by the greatest number of species, subspecies and varieties in the deserts of North Africa. The same tendency, however, is ie: " in the American races orbiceps and mendax. ) 2. Many species have taken to eating and harvesting senda ke obvious adaptation to arid regions covered with a short-lived herbaceous flora, as is shown by the species of Pogonomyrmex in the New World, Messor, — Solenopsis and Pheidole in both hemispheres, and [7 oleomyrmes, Oxyopo- 4 myrmex, Goniomma, Meranoplus and Pheidologeton in the Old World. — These ants still feed upon insects when these are obtainable, but seeds — furnish such an inexhaustible and nutritious food supply that the bahiinty e collecting and storing them in the nests has become highly developed. 3. A number of species, the honey ants, which have been cescrine te } the foregoing pages, have taken to storing the sweet exudations of plants ~ ; and the excretions of aphids and coccids in the crops of a physiolagienema ‘ the repletes. 4. Some ants manage to live and thrive in arid regions becouli they cultivate and eat fungi. This habit, which I have described in detail in a — recent article (1907b), is peculiar to a single tribe of American Myrmicine — ants, the Attii, and probably originated i in the luxuriant rain-forests of the — tropics. ‘Thence several of the species have migrated into the deserts of a Northern Mexico and the southwestern states, where they can always o pe | the vegetable débris for the substratum on which to grow their fungi | and Ki where these delicate plants can be successfully cultivated some distance | below the dry surface of the soil. : «J 1878. SD SE EE eS Le Wheeler, Honey Ants. B95 LITERATURE. André, Ernest, Species .des Formicides d’Europe. Gray (Haute- Sadne), 1881-1882; Supplement, 1885; 2™* Supplement, 1885. Bassett, H. F. New Species of North American Cynipide. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., XVII, 1890, pp. 59-92. Bingham, C. T. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Hymenoptera II, Ants and Cuckoo Wasps. London, Tay- lor and Francis, 1903, xix, 506 pp., 1 pl., 161 text figg. Blake, James. On the Structure of the Honey-bag in the Honey-making Ant Myrmecocystus Mexicanus. Proceed. Calij. Acad. Sci., V, 1873, p. 98. Edwards, Henry. Notes on the Honey-Making Ant of Texas, and New - Mexico, Myrmecocystus Mexicanus of Westwood. Proceed. Calij. Acad. Sci., V, 1873, pp. 72-75, 1 fig.; Amer. Natur., VII, 1873, pp. _ 722-726, 1 fig. Emery, Carlo. Catalogo delle Formiche sistenti nelle Collezioni de Museo Civico di Genova. Parte II Formiche dell’Europa e delle regioni limitrope in Africa e in Asia. Ann. Mus. Civico Stor. Natur. Genova, XII, 1878, pp. 44-59. _ Emery, Carlo. Materiali per lo studio della fauna tunesina raccolti da G. e L. Doria. Rassegna delle Formiche della Tunisia. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), I, 1884, pp. 373-386. Emery, Carlo. Revision Critique des Fourmis de la Tunisie. In Explor. Scient. de la Tunisie. Zool. Hyménopt., 1891, 21 pp. Emery, Carlo. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der paliarktischen Ameisen. Ofversigt af Finska Vet. Soc. Férhandlingar, XL, 1898, pp. 124-151. Emery, Carlo. Formiche Raccolti da Elio Modigliani in Sumatra, Engano e Mentawei. Ann. Mus. Civico Stor. Natur. Genova, (2), XX (XL), 1900, pp. 661-722, 16 figg. Emery, Carlo. Rassegna Critica delle Specie palearctiche del genere Myrmecocystus. Mem. R. Accad, Sci. Ist. Bologna (6), III, 1906, pp. 173-187, 35 figg. _ Escherich, Karl. Zur Biologie der nordafrikanischen Myrmecocystus- Arten (Formiciden). Allgem. Zeitschr. 7. Entomol., VII, 1902, no. 18, 19, pp. 353-359, 390-394, 2 figg. Forel, Auguste. An Weingeist-Exemplaren der Honigameise (Myrme- cocystus melliger Llave = M. mexicanus Wesmael) gemachten Beo- bachtungen. Mitth. morph. phys. Gesell. Miinchen, Jan. 1880, pp. 1, 2. Forel, Auguste. Etudes Myrmécologiques en 1886. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXX, 1886, pp. 131-215. _ Forel, Auguste. Fourmis de Tunisie et de l’Algérie Orientale. Compt. Rend. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXIV, 1890, pp. lxi-lxxvi. Forel, Auguste. Eine Myrmekologische Ferienreise nach Tunesien und Ostalgerien. Humboldt, IX, Heft 9, 1890, p. 296 et seq. Forel, Auguste. Les Formicides de la Province Oran. Bull, Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat., XXX, no. 114, 1894, pp. 1-45, pll. I, IT. 396 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 3 _ 1895. Forel, Auguste. Une Nouvelle Fourmi Melligére. Ann. Soc. Entom. — Belg., XX XIX, 1895, pp. 429, 430. a 1902a. Forel, Auguste. Les Fourmis du Sahara Algérien. Ann. Soc. Entom, Belg., XLVI, 1902, pp. 147-158. 1902b. Forel, Auguste. Fourmis d’Algérie. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XLVI, 1902, pp. 462, 463. ; 1902c. Forel, Auguste. Fourmis Nouvelles d’Australie. Rev. Suisse de Zool., X, 1902, pp. 405-548. 1896. Froggatt, W.W. Honey Ants. Report Horn Exped. to Centr. Australia. Zool., Pt. II, Feb, 1896, pp. 385-392, pl. xxvii. 1898. Janet, Charles. Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes et les Abeilles. Note 17. Systéme glandulaire tégumentaire de la Myrmica rubra; Ob- — servations diverses sur les Fourmis. Paris, Carré et Naud, 1898,30 pp. 9 figg. é 1905. Kellogg, V.L. American Insects. New York, Henry Holt &Co. 1905. 1902, Lameere, Auguste. Note sur les Moeurs des Fourmis du Sahara. Ann, Soc. Entom. Belg., XLVI, 1902, pp. 160-169. 1852. Langstroth. [Honey-ants from Matamoras, Mexico.] ers Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1852, p. 71. 1852, Leidy, Joseph. [Anatomy of Honey-ants.] Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1852, p. 72. 1832. de Llave, Pablo. Registro Trimestre o Collection de Memorias de Historia, Literatura, Ciencias y Artes, Mexico, 1832. an 1874. ‘Loew, Oscar. The Honey Ants. Amer. Natur., VIII, 1874, pp. 365,366. — 1881. Lubbock, Sir John. Observations on Ants, Bees and Wasps; with a — Description of a New Species of Honey-Ant. Part VII, Ants. Journ. — Linn, Soc. Zool., XV, 1881, 167-187, pl. viii. a. 1884. Lubbock, Sir John. Observations on Ants, Bees and Wasps. Part Xig With a Description of a New Genus of Honey-ant. Journ. Linn. Soc. © Zool., XVII, 1884, pp. 41-52, pl. ii. 4 1894, Lubbock, Sir John. Ants, Bees and Wasps. Internat. Sci. Ser. New York, Appleton & Co. Rev. ed. 1894, pp. 47-49, 428, 429, pl.iv, fig. 1. BS 1860. Lucas, H. Observations sur les Busileras, ou Fourmis 4 Miel du Mexique > (Myrmecocystus melligerus). Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2), XII, 1860, pp. 3 27 1-280. i, 3 1879, McCook, H. C. On Myrmecocystus Mexicanus, Wesm. Proceed. Acad. — Nat. Sci. Phila., 1879, pp. 197, 198; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), IV, 1879, p. 474. 1882, McCook, H.C. The Honey Ants of the Garden of the Gods and the — Occident Ants of the American Plains. With 13 pll. Phila., Lippin- . cott & Co. 1882. “aN 1906. McCook, H. C. Honey Ants of the Garden of the Gods, Harper's Monthly, June, 1906, pp. 126-133, 6 figg. a 1880a. Morris, C. Living Honey Comb; a Novel Phase of Ant Life. Journ. — Sci., Feb. 1880. M 1880b. Morris, C. Habits and Anatomy of the Honey-bearing Ant. Journ. y Sci., July, 1880. a 1880. Riley, C. V. Honey-producing Oak-Gall. Amer. Entomol., 1880, P. 298. Wheeler, Honey Ants. (397 Romanes, Geo. J. Animal Intelligence. Internat. Sci. Ser. New York, Appleton & Co., 1883. Saunders, W. The Mexican Honey Ant (Myrmecocystus mexicanus). Canad. Entomol., VII, 1875, pp. 12, 13, 1 fig. Smith, Frederick. Catalogue of the Hymenopterous Insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo; Mount Ophir, Malacca; and at Singapore, by A. R. Wallace. Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. Zool., 11, 1857, pp. 42-130, pl. I, II. Smith, Frederick. Catalogue of Hymenopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum, VI, Formicide, London, 1858, 216 pp., 14 pll. Wasmann, E. Die Honigameise des Géttergartens. Stimmen aus Maria Laach, 1884, pp. 275-285. Wesmael, C. Sur une Nouvelle Espéce de Fourmi du Mexique. Bull. Acad, Roy. Sci. Brux. Bell, Lettr., V, 1838, pp. 766-771, pl. xix, figg. . 1-4, Wetherill, Chas. M. Chemical Investigation of the Mexican Honey Ant. Proceed, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 1852, pp. 111, 112. Wheeler, W.M. An Annotated List of the Ants of New Jersey. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., X XI, 1905, pp. 371-403, 4 figg. Wheeler, W. M. On Certain Modified Hairs Peculiar to the Ants of Arid Regions. Biol. Bull., XIII, 4, 1907, pp. 185-202, 14 figg. Wheeler, W. M. The Fungus-Growing Ants of North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, pp. 669-807, pl. xlix-liii, 31 text-figg. +5 » i aa relish | Sella a8: \ ‘ ; . a iB \e : : ; Be: 1 . ‘ 59.57,96(735W ) esa XXI— THE ANTS OF TEXAS, NEW MEXICO AND | ARIZONA. (Parr 1.) By Wiiit1am Morton WHEELER. PLates XXVI anv XXVII. _ Although the ant-fauna of ‘Texas, New Mexico and Arizona comprises a greater number of species than that of the whole remaining portion of - America north of Mexico, it has never been made the subject of systematic investigation. In the following study I have brought together the scat- tered and rather meager materials published by previous authors and have _ added several new forms, especially of Pheidole, a cosmopolitan genus _ represented by a great number of species in tropical and subtropical Amer- ica. A residence of four years (1899-1903) in central Texas, several ex- - eursions to the Trans Pecos deserts of that State, and a journey through New Mexico and Arizona during the spring of 1905, have enabled me not _ only to secure the large series of specimens now deposited in the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, but also to observe the living ants in their natural environment. This, as every myrmecologist knows, is often of the greatest importance in determining the status of species, subspecies and varieties. In obtaining material for the following study from a number of local- ities which I have been unable to visit, I have received generous assistance _ from several collectors, especially from Messrs. C. F. Baker, J. H. Batty, _C. R. Biedemann, C. T. Brues, T. D. A. Cockerell, C. G. Hartmann, H. _ Heath, G. von Krockow, W. H. Long, J. F. McClendon, A. L. Melander, _C. Schaeffer, H. Skinner, C. H. T. Townsend, E.S. Tucker and H. Viereck, _and Misses Mary Cooper, Lillie Gerhardt, Margaret Holliday, Clara Klau- -mann, Anna Pritchett, and Augusta Rucker. ‘These collectors have, indeed, contributed a large part of the more valuable data recorded in the fol- i lowing pages. x Family FORMICID. Subfamily PoNERIN”. 1. Stigmatomma pallipes (Haldeman). Typhlopone pallipes HaupEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., II, 1844, p. 54, &. 399 400 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV a Arotropus binodosus ProvaNcHER, Natural. Canad., XII, 1881, p. 207, Q, fig. — 32, 33; Entom. Canad. Hymén., 1883, p. 539, 9, figs. 73 and 74. : Amblyopone binodosus Provancuer, Addit. Faun. Canad. Hymén., 1887, p. +240, S, &, fig. Stigmatomma pallidipes DALLA Torr», Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 14. Stigmatomma pallipes Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, pp. 261, 262, 8S Q &; Wuee er, Biol. Bull., II, No. 2, 1900, p. 56 et seq., figs. 5-7. A single worker taken under a stone in Shoal Creek, Austin, Texas, by Mr. C. T. Brues, This is the only record of the occurrence of this subboreal ant at so low a latitude. a. Se 2. Acanthostichus texanus Forel. Foret, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLVIII, 1904, pp. 168, 169, 2. “Female. Length: 5.6 mm. The whole body, which is narrow and cylindrical, is nowhere more i 08 mm. broad (0.6-0.8). Mandibles trenchant, smooth, shining, strongly curved downward, — with only a few scattered punctures. Eyes situated behind the middle, at the third — fifth of the head. Head subrectangular, much longer than broad, distinctly broader behind than in front, broadly excised behind. Thoracic dorsum hardly convex, without a distinct border, shouldered and barely submarginate, with the | s portion as long as the scutellum. Basal surface of epinotum nearly square, but passing over onto the sides and declivity through a rounded though sudden curve, — Node of petiole forming nearly a rectangular parallelopipedon, } to + longer than — broad, a little higher behind than in front and with all its sides rounded as in case of the basal surface of the epinotum. The anterior border is a little more s denly, the lateral borders on the contrary, more evenly rounded. The petiole bears E a backwardly curved tooth on its lower surface. First gastric segment more elon- — gate than in serratulus; pygidium less depressed, bordered with a shorter series of | less numerous but equally long spinules. Antenne and legs short and thick. The scapes, which are considerably arched, reach only half way to the posterior omens of the head; funicular joints very short and thick. Antenne 12-jointed. — 4] lacking. a Perfectly smooth and very shining. Pilosity erect and fine, yellowish, pointed, of medium length, rather sparse both on the tibiz and the scapes. Puberna | much scattered but distinct and rather coarse. i Reddish brown. Legs, antenne, mandibles and venter of a somewhat ish red. Brownsville, Texas. (Wickham). This species is very distinct from the others in lacking the sharp th and petiolar nerge, and in its more elongate shape. It approaches cornis Emery.” (Forel.) 4 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. — 401 3. Cerapachys (Parasyscia) auguste W heeler. _ Waeruer, Biol. Bull., III, 1902, pp. 181-184, figs. 1 and 2, 8 9; Psyche, Oct. ‘Dee, 1903, pp. 205-209, fig. Of this interesting form I have seen specimens from only two colonies, one taken by Miss Augusta Rucker, the other by myself at Austin, Texas. __ It lives in small comniunities under large stones and is hypogeeic in its habits. 4. Proceratium croceum Roger. Emery (Zool. Jahr., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 264) mentions a _ worker of this species from Texas. 5. Platythyrea punctata F’. Smith. Platythyrea punctata F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VI, 1858, p. 108, No. 9, 3 &. Foret, Rev. Suisse. Zool., IX, 1901, p. 335, 336; Wuerter, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., X XI, 1905, pp. 80, 81, fig. A-C. - Platythyrea inconspicua Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX, 1870, p. 961, 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6) X, 1890, p. 56, &. _ Platythyrea pruinosa Mayr, Verhand. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX, 1870, p. 962, 8; Foret, Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 1893, p. 358, 359, & . There is a specimen of this species from Brownsville, Texas, in the United States National Museum. It may also be expected to occur in Southern z _ Florida, as I have taken it as far north as New Providence in the Bahamas. 6. Pachycondyla harpax I’. Smith. Ponera amplinoda Bucky, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., VI, 1866, p. 171, No. 33, 9. _ Pachycondyla harpax F. Smith Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. Be. 266, 8; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymen., III, 1899-1900, p. 12; Wurxrver, Biol. Bull., II, 1900, pp. 1-31 passim, figs. 2, 3, 8. Worker. Length: 7-8.5 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, slightly broader through the eyes which are well in front of the middle of the head; sides straight and subparallel, the posterior border broadly excised. Mandibles lance. with about 10 teeth and with concave external borders. Clypeus broadly rounded in front, very convex in the middle. Cheeks without a carina. Antenne rather robust, scapes not quite reaching the posterior corners of the head; four basal and the terminal joint of funiculus distinctly longer than broad, remaining joints about as _ broad aslong. Thorax rather flat above, pronotum with an impressed median line and a sharp margin on each side; promesonotal suture very distinct, mesoépinotal — (May, 1908.] 25 402 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X IV, , suture obsolescent. Epinotum with a flattened basal surface much shorter tk the declivity which is also flattened, bounded on each side by a crenated mar and passing over into the basal surface through a rounded obtuse angle, P very thick, as high as the epinotum in profile, with flat anterior and posterior surf as long above as below, with the upper surface faintly rounded. Seen from a it is broader than the epinotum, hardly broader than long, with a straight pos: border and the outline of the front and sides forming a semicircle. Gaster trunc in front, with a very indistinct constriction behind the first Renate rather n tapering and with a powertul sting. Legs robust. ; Mandibles and clypeus somewhat shining, the former rather finely and icromalag punctate, the latter rugulose. Head and shores opaque, punctate-rugulose, s finely and densely shagreened or pahetalate, Hairs and pubescence yellowish gray, the former coarse, erect, aiibe dant, and present also on the antennal scapes; the latter most abundant and longest, on the gaster. : Black; mandibles, clypeus, frontal carine, antenne, tip of ales, sting, cox, and legs dark red; scapes, coxe and femora otten darker or quite black, Sonn their articulations. Female: Length: 8-9 mm. Very closely resembling the worker except in the usual sexual hata petiole is higher and not so thick anteroposteriorly, and distinctly broader long when seen from above. The wings are brownish hyaline, with sale e brown stigma, The upper surface of the pro- and mesonotum and seut coarsely and rather densely punctate. Mandibles and middle of dlypeus and shining, the former with large and widely scattered punctures, Male, Length: 7-8 mm. Head, excluding the eyes, about as broad as long, rounded peblualiea short cheeks. Mandibles very small and far apart, rapidly tapering to a minutely denticulate tip. Clypeus carinate in the middle, with a sinuous a border. Antenne very long and slender, first joint twice as long as the second only about 4 as long as the third joint. Joints 3-13 very long and cylinaaee basal being somewhat longer than the terminal. Thorax through the wing ir as broad as the head through the eyes, pro-mesonotum convex above, the latte distinct Mayrian furrows. Epinotum rounded, without distinct basal and de surfaces, with a prominent V-shaped ridge, which has its point directed forwa: surrounds the flatter declivity. Petiole thick and rounded above and on not as high and not more than half as broad as the epinotum; seen from al fully 4 as long as broad and transversely elliptical. Gaster with a distinct tion between the first and second segments. Legs slender. . Body somewhat shining. Head finely and densely punctate. Thera: indistinctly punctate, with sharply, longitudinally striated pleura. | irregularly and transversely rugose, the ruge converging and becoming con with the V-shaped ridge. Petiole and gaster very minutely and incons ) punctate. Pile and pubescence similar to those of the worker and female, but less a especially on the thorax. ~ 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 403 ea mandibles, mouthparts and legs sordid yellow; femora more or less iscated. Wings like those of the female. , _ Texas: “ag Del Rio (W mee): Barksdale (Brown); Brownsville Thies species is piuidatv' in Central Texas where it nests in small colonies der stones and logs. The workers move about in the early morning in Gade of the vegetation in search of insect food. The nests are irregular leries and chambers in the soil. The larve are tuberculate and are fed 1 pieces of insects and myriopods. For a fuller account of the habits of : a see my paper “A Study of Some Texan Ponerine”’ (Biol. Bull., I, 7. Neoponera villosa (/. Smith). . -Pachycondyla villosa Data Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 35; Foret, -__ Biol. Central. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 14. a Pieorenee villosa Eueny, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 47. - Worker. Length: 12-13 mm. eS Head, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, with faintly rounded, _ subparallel sides and broadly excised posterior margin. Eyes large and convex, in _ ~ front of the middle of the sides. Cheeks with a sharp carina extending from the eye to the clypeal border. Between this ridge and the antennal insertions the surface is : Ee abiasavs. Mandibles with faintly concave outer borders and about 13 subequal teeth. Bei ooes convex in the middle, with a slight median excision in its anterior border. _ Antennz moderately long; scapes surpassing the posterior angles of the head by ~ about their own breadth; funicular joints all distinctly longer than broad. Thorax Sin and narrow, but little broader in front than behind. Pronotum with angular - humeri and sharp lateral borders. Promesonotal and mesoépinotal sutures distinct. Basal surface of epinotum flat, much longer than the sloping and somewhat con- cave declivity, which is bordered on the sides by strong anteriorly converging ridges. _ Petiole in profile with straight anterior and rounded posterior surface, the latter ~ continuous with the dorsal surface, from above somewhat longer than broad and _ nearly as broad as the epinotum, triangular, with straight sides converging ante- - riorly, and with sharp semicircular upper border to the node. Gaster truncated in front, with a distinct constriction between the first and second segments. Sting a and powerful. Legs long. Subopaque; mandibles covered with very fine longitudinal strie and coarse, _ Sparse punctures. Head, thorax and body densely punctate, the punctures on the _ head being somewhat larger than those on the remainder of the body. iM 3 _ Pile and pubescence golden yellow, on the posterior portion of the thorax and petiole silvery white; pile coarse, erect and sparse even on the antennal scapes, the _ pubescence abundant and more or less concealing the ground color and sculpture. _ ____ Black; mandibles, frontal carinz, coxe, legs, sting and in some specimens also _ part of the petiole, dark red. 404 Bulletin American M useum oj Natural History. [Vol. Female. Length: 14 mm. ie Closely resembling the worker except in the usual sexual characters. “Wings " brownish, with dark brown veins and stigma. fen: Male. Length: 12 mm. ee Head, excluding the eyes, distinctly sega than broad, rounded and scan 4 behind, with short cheeks. Mandibles very small and far apart, rapidly. tapering | to a blunt, edentulous point. Clypeus rather long, evenly convex. Antenne very 4 long and slender, scape thickened, twice as long as the first funicular joint but less — than 4 as long as the second. Joints 2-13 very long but gradually diminishing in 2 length distally. Thorax broader through the wing-insertions, than the head through _ the eyes. Epinotum narrow, convex and rounded. Petiole similar to that of the worker, but its node is much more rounded in profile; seen from above it is a siderably longer than broad, rounded behind and with the sides slightly concave converging in front. Gaster with a marked constriction between the first and mend segments. “a Sculpture, pilosity and coloration similar to those of the worker. Mandibles, q mouthparts and subgenital plate yellowish. a is a Texas: Brownsville (C. Schaeffer); Alice and Kenedy (Wheeler); Vie toria (Hunter). This well-known species of tropical America occurs only in nothoeasieial Texas and according to my observations does not extend farther north than — San Antonio. Southward it is known to extend through Mexico, Central 4 America, Brazil and Paraguay. At Kenedy I found a small colony nesting — in the ground at the foot of a tree. The workers run about rapidly in th bright sun on trees and fence-posts in search of insect food. a 8. Ponera opaciceps Mayr. Ponera opaciceps Dauia Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 40; Trans. Ent. London, 1893, p. 363, 0; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f VIII, 1894, p. 267, 6; Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXVIII, 1896. Foret, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 124, 6; Wuertmr, Ann. § Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 199, 9; Wuereter, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1906, p. 335, 8. This species is not uncommon under stones in moist places at . Braunfels, Granite Mountain and Austin, Texas, and in the lower. tion of the Grand Canyon, Arizona. It occurs also in Mexico, th Antilles and Brazil and as far south as Montevideo (Silvestri). It i to our northern P. coarctata pennsylvanica, but the punctation of th is extremely fine. It differs from P. jada in its larger size (3.10 darker color and distinctly angular epinotum. Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 405 9. Ponera trigona Mayr. var. opacior Forel. , Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1893, pp. 363, 364, 6 9; Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. “Teal, XXVIII, 1896, p. 22, 9. Se Pexas: Austin, McNeil, Marfa (Wheeler); Plano (E. 8. Tucker); Paris iss Augusta Rucker). New Mexico: Las Vegas (T. D. A. Cockerell). Colorado: Canyon City (P. J. Schmitt). _ California: Palo Alto (H. Heath). _ Florida: Jacksonville (Mrs. A. T. Slosson). ‘Mexico: Ojos del Diablo, Chihuahua (C. H. T. Townsend). __ In the worker of this species the eyes are situated at about the anterior of the head, the maxillary palpi are 1-jointed, and joints 3-6 of the ; = funiculi are much broader than long. 10. Ponera ergatandria Forel. Foren, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1893, pp. 365, 367, & 2 @; Emmry, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXVIII, 1896, p. 22, 2; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 16. et _ “Worker. Length: 2.3-2.9 mm. Narrow and much elongated. Mandibles relatively short, with 4 teeth in front and distinctly denticulated behind. Clypeus short, rather strongly two-notched in front. Frontal furrow longer than half the distance from the frontal carinze to the occiput. Eyes vestigial, of two or three facets, situated a little in front of the anterior fifth of the sides of the head. The scapes do not reach the posterior sixth of the head. The pronotum is longer than broad, much longer and narrower than in P. jeda, trigona and opaciceps, not enlarged at its anterior corners, which are absolutely effaced. Epinotum as is P. contracta but the basal surface is a little longer _ than the declivity, and the latter is not even marginate, but rounded on all sides. Petiole much narrower, lower and a little thicker than in P. contracta, otherwise of the same form. It is at least twice as broad as thick, of the same height as the first gastric segment. Gaster very long and narrow, hardly constricted behind the first segment, which is narrower, lower and less truncated in front than P. feda, contracta and punctatissima. Legs much shorter than in any of these species. _. Shining, finely punctate, like P. contracta, but the punctation of the head is finer. Pilosity and pubescence longer and paler, very apparent. Body sordid brownish yellow, with the lower portion of the head, certain portions of the thorax and the middle of the gastric segments deep brown. Legs antennz, mandibles and tip of abdomen more or less pale, sordid yellowish or brownish. Female. Length 2.7-2.9 mm. Shorter and broader than the worker, otherwise presenting the same characters, yr ee ee eh ohana m in : Ve hes c eae . , ates alien Real —— ore ct te a 406 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. ‘. “" but more deeply and strongly sculptured. Wings subhyaline; veins and s very distinct. Much smaller than the females of the European species. Male. Length: 3 mm. im Apterous, ergatoid; much elongated and very narrow. In other respects tremely close to the dimorphic male of P. punctatissima (P. androgyna Roger), k still more closely resembling the worker from which it differs only in the characters: It is blind, with a small pigment spot in place of the eyes. — gated, rectangular, } longer than broad. The scapes hardly reach to the poste : fourth of the head and are subclavate. Funicular joints broader and more widely” | separated from one another. The teeth of the mandibles are somewhat more i The clypeus is a little longer and less vaulted. The gaster has one more segment and the male genital organs are altogether normal; the scales are large, the external — genital valvules short, triangular. The pygidium has no spine and the hypopygium is rounded. Pale sordid yellow; antenne and anterior portion of the h middle of the gaster somewhat more brownish. The antennw, moreover, ar jointed and the narrow thorax is in all respects like that of the worker.” (F Of this interesting species, which, as Forel has shown, has egatoid I have taken a few workers under stones along the sources of the River at New Braunfels, Texas. Previously the species was known 0 from the island of St. Vincent and Costa Rica. 11. Ponera inexorata W heeler. WHEELER, Psyche, June, 1903, pp. 94, 95, & 9, fig. 2. This ant occurs under stones in rather dry rocky places at Aisling? ; Angelo and Fort Davis, Texas. ‘The worker differs from the other known North American forms, except P. gilva, in its larger size, and from all : = this and ergatandria in its yellow color. The epinotum is not marginate on the sides as in gilva, and the mandibular teeth are I numerous. by 12. Leptogenys (Lobopelta) elongata (Buckley) Wheeler. Ponera elongata Buckury, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., VI, 1866-67, p.172, 6. a Ponera texana Bucxury, tbid., p. 170, %. ae Lobopelta septentrionalis Mayr, Verhandl. k. k. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XX? "1886, pp. 438, 439, 9. Leptogenys septentrionalis Emmry, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 268, 8. Leptogenys (Lobopelta) elongata Wurxrter, Biol. Bull., II, 1900, pp. 2, 7, fig. 4 S 9 gj Trans, Tex. Acad, Sci., IV, pl. 2, No. 2, 1902, p. 9; Biol. Bull, VI, 1904, pp. 251-259, fig. - .l Texas: Austin, New Braunfels and Belton (Wheeler); (C. Schaeffer). —-1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 407 - Florida: Belleair (Mrs. A. T. Slosson). Colorado (Cresson). Maryland (Pergande, Mayr). ____ This interesting ant, as I have shown (Biol. Bull., VI, 1904, p. 251-259), 4 _ largely, if not exclusively on slaters (Awnaclidtaddusis Oniscus). There aa no winged female but a gynecoid worker that functions as the reproduc- ‘ individual of the colony. The yellow males are nocturnal and fly to § “let lights. | 13. Odontomachus clarus Roger. Z -Odontomachus clarus Roger, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., V, 1861, p. 26, No. 81, %; . Datxa Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VI, 1893, p. 50; Foren, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 124, 6; Wuerter, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 199. 9. EE omackss texana Bucktey, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., VI, 1867, p. 335, No. 37, &. _ Odontomachus hematodes WuxEter, Biol. Bull., 11, No. 1, 1900, passim, fig. 1. Texas: Austin, San Antonio, Marble Falls, San Angelo, Milano, Alpine and Fort Davis (Wheeler); Meridian (W. H. Long). _ Arizona: Huachuca Mountains (C. Scheeffer). 4 Mexico: Cuernavaca (Wheeler), Guadalajara (J. F. McClendon). ~. This form may be regarded, as Forel suggests, as a pronounced subspe- cies of O. hematodes allied to the subspecies insularis Guérin and hir- sutiusculus Smith. It differs from these forms and the typical hematodes in the following characters: In the worker the sculpturing of the head is much finer and leaves more of the sides and occipital region sparsely punctate and shining; the pronotum is transversely instead of longitudinally striated, and the petiole is not suddenly constricted above and then pro- duced into a long point, but tapers more gradually to a short point. In the male the circular ridge on the epinotum is much feebler than in the male of hematodes, and the legs and antenne are more deeply infuscated. ; The same difference obtains between the females of clarus and hematodes as between the corresponding workers, except in the sculpturing of the __-pronotum, which is transverse in both. The coloring of the head, thorax, petiole and legs is much lighter and more yellowish than in any of the forms of hematodes known to me, except the var. pallens Wheeler from the Baha- mas. For an account of the habits, larvee, etc., of O. clarus see my paper in the Bioi. Bull., II, 1900. Vit es 408 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History, [Vol. Subfamily DoryLinz. 14. Eciton cecum (Latreille). (PI. XXVI, Fig. 3.) ?Formica omnivora OttvieR, Encycl. Method., Ins., VI, 1791, p. 496, No. Formica ceca LATREILLE, Hist. Nat. Fourm., IX, 1802, p. 270, fig. 56, G. Labidus latreillei Jurtne, Nouv. Méth. Class. Hymén., 1807, p. 283, 3; | Gen. Crust. et Insect., IV, 1809, p. 123, @; Larremtin, Nouv. Dict. Hi 2 Ed., XVII, 1816, p. 141, 7; Scuuckarp, Ann. Nat. Hist., V, 1840, No. 3, &'; Wrstwoop, Arcan. Entom., I, 2, 1842, No. 4, 3; Lae Mayr, Wien. ent. Zeit., V, 1886, p. 33, 9. sae Labidus jurinei SHuckarp, Ann. Nat. Hist., V, 1840, p. 198, No. 2, 7. Labidus jurinei Westwoop, Arcan. Entom., I, 2, 1842, p.75,No.3,%. Mutilla fulvescens BLANCHARD, Cuvier, Riga, Animal, 3 Ed., lane mh 118, f.2, 3. ee Labidus sayi Hatpeman, Stansbury’s Explor. Utah, 1852, p. 367, t. IX, f. 1- Labidus pilosus F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymén. Brit. Mus., 1859, p. 7, No. 9, 3’. Eciton vastator F. Smrru, Journ. Ent., I, 1860, p. 71, &. Eciton erratica F, Smrru, Journ. Ent. Soc., I, 1860, p. 71, 3; BATES, Natur. zons, II, 1863, p. 358, 9. Nycteresia ceca Roger, Berl. entom. Zeitschr., 1861, p. 22, 9. Myrmica rubra Buckuey, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila, 1866, P. 335, e Hymeén. Europ., I, 1886, p. 840, f, ot ae Eciton cecum Mayr, Wien. Entom. Zeit., V. 1886, p. 119, 9; Verh. pe Wien, XXXVI, 1886, p. 440, &. Forsn, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymén., i 1900, pp. 25, 26, 160, 6 9; Emery, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Ist. 9, ’ 8; Wueeter, Amer. Natur., XX XV, 1901, pp. 158, 159, Q « Eciton jurinei Mayr, Wien. Ent. Zeit., V, 1886, p. 33, . Labidus sayi Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe., Suppl., Vol., 1887, p. 259. Labidus servillei Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXII, 1890, p. 39, do. Eciton omnivorum Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ttal., XXIII, 1891, p. 19, XXVI, 1894, p. 179, t. ii, f. 9a-d; Zool. Jakrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII 258, 9. ete Eciton smithii Dauua Torre, Wien. Ent. Zeit., XI, 1892, p. 89; Catalog. Hy VII, 1893, p. 6, 3. Ecitcn latreillei var. sayi DALLA Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VU, 1893, p. 4 C Texas: Austin, Fort Davis (Wheeler); Hockley; Meri Long); Barksdale (Brown) Dallas (Boll). Utah: Fort Gates (Haldeman). Mexico: Nautla, Vera Cruz (C. H. T. Townsend). The above extensive synonymy is attributable to the wide geograpl distribution and common occurrence of this species, which extends fr a 1908.) _ Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 409 _ Texas to Argentina, and the extraordinary polymorphism of the genus, _ the three phases having been assigned to as many genera even by the same authors. As many other Ecitons are known only from male or worker g specimens their synonymy will probably undergo great changes when all the sexual forms are known. But it will be a very long time before we 2 are in possession of this knowledge, owing to the extremely recondite habits of these ants. The males of EL. corcum are common about the electric lights G at Austin from the latter part of March to late in April. The workers are _ subterranean, or hypogeeic and forage in galleries just beneath the surface of the ground or under large stones. They feed not only on all sorts of _ insects but even on carrion (dead dogs, cats, ete.). They may be caught in traps baited with kernels of walnuts and pecans, of which they seem to be very fond. E. omnivorum would therefore be a very appropriate name _ for this species, although it is not certain that it is really the species thus designated by Olivier. 15. Eciton esenbecki (Westwood). (PI. XXVI, Figs. 1 and 2.) _ Labidus esenbecki Wrstwoop, Arcan. Ent., I, 1845, pp. 75, 76, pl. 20, fig. 4, 3. Eciton esenbecki Mayr, Wien. Ent. Zeitr., V, 1886, p. 33, 7; Davia Torre, Catalog. _ Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 2, 9; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899- 1900, p. 25, o'; Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, 1900, pp. 7-16, <. Male. Length: 15 mm. Head, including the eyes, twice as broad as long, prolonged and suddenly con- stricted behind the very prominent eyes and ocelli and then broadening out with rounded posterior corners. Frontal carinse not reaching to the anterior ocellus, converging behind and terminating abruptly without curving outward. Distance between eye and posterior ocellus a little greater than the distance between the posterior ocelli. Mandibles very long, gradually tapering to slender, pointed tips, straight at the base and tip and slightly compressed, but bent somewhat angularly at the middle. Clypeus unarmed, with straight anterior border. Antennal scapes somewhat longer than joints 1-4 of the funiculus; funiculus tapering towards the tip. Thorax robust, through the wing insertions a little broader than the head through the eyes. Scutellum without a median sulcus. Meta- and epinotum each with a median depression, the latter also with angular sides. Petiole more than twice as broad as long, with elevated border and dorso-median depression; anterior corners rounded; posterior corners more acute. Gaster cylindrical, with deflected tip and prominent genitalia; subgenital plate bifurcate, with pointed tips; lateral plates broader and more rounded. Legs slender; anterior pair small, middle and hind pairs much longer; middle metatarsus more than half as long as the tibia; claws toothed. : Opaque; finely granular; head, thorax and legs covered with sparse piligerous on 410 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — a a punctures. Tips of mandibles, genitalia and posterior edges of gastric soyments = smooth and shining. Hairs and pubescence fulvous, the latter confined to the gaster and antennal funiculi, the former long and erect on all parts of the body, including the antennal — scapes. In addition to these hairs there is a pair of prominent tufts of very long hairs on the epinotum, petiole and first gastric segment. On the succeeding seg- ments the hairs are arranged in four tufts, two on each side. On the terminal segments the hairs are more abundant and their arrangement in definite tufts is less apparent. Venter with shorter and more curved hairs. Ferruginous throughout ; wings yellowish hyaline, with yellow veins and stigma. A single specimen taken by C. Schaeffer at Las Borragas, near Browns- ville, Texas, during June (Brooklyn Museum). It is probable that this is the male of Eczton crassicorne F. Smith, the worker form of which is not uncommon in Mexico. 16. Eciton (Acamatus) schmitti Emery. (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 13.) Eciton schmitti Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, pp. 258, 259, O; — Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXVI, p. 183, 6; WHerter, Amer. Natur., XXXV, 1901, pp. 161-163, f. I, 3. Eciton sumichrasti WHEELER, Amer. Natur., XXXIV, 1900, PP. 563-574, f. 1-3 fe sont Ts) schmitti Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, 1900, p. 16. 4 Texas: Austin, McNeil, Del Rio and Fort Davis (Wheeler); Meridian — and Denton (W. H. Long); Paris (Miss Augusta Rucker). mER 4 New Mexico: Clayton and Las Vegas (Wheeler). Colorado: Salida and Colorado Springs (Wheeler). Missouri: Doniphan (P. J. Schmitt); Columbia (A. M. Ferguson). North Carolina: Black Mountains (Wm. Beutenmiiller). Next to E. cacum this is the commonest and most widely aetabneel ; species of Eciton in the United States. Like many of the smaller bye 4 of the genus it is fond of kidnapping the brood of other ants. For an acy count of its habits see my papers in the American Naturalist (1900-1005 2 17. Eciton (Acamatus) sumichrasti Norton. Eciton sumichrasti Datta Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 6, $; Emery, — Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 259, 6; Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXVIII, — 1896, p. 47, &; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. pe = Eciton (Acamatus) sumichrasti Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. base Ist. Bologna 19¢ p. 16. 1908.) Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 411 a This species, which differs from the preceding in having the cheeks of _ the worker more deeply pitted or foveolate, is recorded by Mayr from _ ‘Texas, but I have never been able to find it in that state. What I took to be swmichrasti, when I first began, to study ants, was schmitti. The former . species is, however, very common in Mexico. I have taken it at Cuernavaca, _ Morelos and have received specimens from Tapotlan, Jalisco (C. H. T. Town- _ send) and Guadalajara, (J. F. McClendon). Its habits appear to be very _ similar to those of E. schmitti. 18. Eciton (Acamatus) californicum Mayr. Eciton californicum Datia Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 2, 8; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 259, &; Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XXVIII, 1896, p. 48, &. Eciton (Acamatus) calijornicum Emery, Mem. Real. Acc. Sci. Ist. Bologna, 1900, p. 16. Several workers taken at Las Vegas and Romeroville by T. D. A. Cock- erell appear to belong to this species. ‘They agree very closely with a series of specimens collected at Palo Alto, California by Dr. Harold Heath. 19. Eciton (Acamatus) opacithorax Emery. (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 4.) Eciton californicum Mayr; subsp. opacithorax Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 259, 5; Bull. Soc. Ital., XX VI, 1894, p. 184, S; Forel, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymen., III, 1899-1900, p. 28, &. Eciton (Acamatus) opacithorax Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, 1900, p. 15, a6... 0. Eciton ‘a Wuee er, Amer. Natur., XX XV, 1901, p. 163-165, f. 2 e and 3, 2S. The types of this species are from Doniphan, Missouri. I possess speci- mens also from Belmont, North Carolina (P. J. Schmitt), Austin, Texas and the Las Cruces Mountains, California (H. Heath). A female speci- men which I took in a nest at Austin differs from the female of E. schmitti in the following particulars: The eyes are much smaller and distinctly concave, the posterior corners of the head and lateral borders of the pro- notum are rounder, the head and thorax more shining and covered uni- formly with coarse punctures. The color is somewhat paler. Length 12 mm. The habits of this species, so far as I have been able to observe, are similar to those of EL. schmitti, but it is much less abundant. 412 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 7 20. Eciton (Acamatus) wheeleri Emery. Emery, Bull. Soc. Ital., XX XIIT, 1901, pp. 55, 56, f. 8, &. Worker. Length: 2.3-4 mm. Head somewhat longer than broad, with arcuate sides and projecting posterior angles in the form of somewhat outwardly curved teeth. Eyes very distinct. Frontal carine curving around the antennal insertions and in front of these forming a pair of pellucid projections. Mandibles narrow, with oblique and indistinctly denticulate masticatory border. Antennal scapes reaching to the eyes, basal funi- cular joints a little broader than long, the penultimate joints a little longer than broad. Thorax elongate, with a faint, saddle-shaped depression between the meso- and epinotum, the latter about half as long as the promesonotum. Pronotum with a transverse carina in front, epinotum rounded behind. Petiole a little longer than broad, unarmed beneath. Postpetiole a little broader than the petiole, broader than long. Head with numerous coarse piligerous punctures on the sides, but smooth for the most part. Thorax opaque, entirely rugose-reticulate, with scattered piligerous punctures, sides of the pronotum and mesothoracic dorsum somewhat shining, prothoracic dorsum somewhat more opaque. Petiole somewhat less opaque than the epinotum; postpetiole faintly shining, distinctly reticulate, with less pronounced piligerous punctures than the petiole and epinotum. Gaster shining. Claws simple. Hairs long and abundant, erect or suberect, both on the body and appendages. Rich ferruginous red; thorax and pedicel somewhat darker; gaster and legs paler. Types from Hays County, Texas. This ape occurs also in the . adjacent county of Travis, at Austin, and I have received specimens from _ Guadalajara, Mexico (J. F. McClendon). It is closely related to E. opaci- thorax but differs in the more robust petiole and the peculiar, slightly — diverging teeth into which the corners of the head are prolonged. 21. Eciton (Acamatus) pilosum F. Smith. Eciton pilosum Dauta Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 5, 9; Emmry, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., XX VI, 1894, p. 183, $; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 27, O; Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bolowsiag 1900, P. 16, 6; Wuee ter, Amer. Natur., XX XV, 1901, p. 165, &. This species occurs as far north as Austin and New Braunfels, Texas, — . and extends southward through Mexico and Central America into Brazil. 22. Eciton (Acamatus) pauxillum Wheeler. WHEELER, Psyche, June, 1903, pp. 93, 91, f. 1, . ; A diminutive species of which I have seen only two small colonies, o 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 413 . at Austin, Texas and one in the Paisano Pass near Alpine Texas. It is related to E. nitens Mayr and commutatum Emery. 23. Eciton (Acamatus) commutatum Lmery. Eciton nitens Mayr, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXI, 1870, p. 398, &; Wien. Ent. Zeit., V, 1886, p. 121, No. 14, 9; Peraanps, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2), V, p. 874, Eciton (Acamatus) commutatum Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, 1900, p. 14, &. Five workers, collected by Mr. A. L. Melander at Austin, Texas, agree with the descriptions of this species, which is closely allied to, but not iden- tical with, the true nitens described by Mayr in 1868 (Annu. Soc. Natural. Modena III, p. 168, No. 9). According to Emery, ‘the funiculus of the antenne in commutatum is more club-shaped and more thickened at the tip compared with the base, and the terminal joints are shorter than in nitens. ‘The postpetiole is a little broader and decidedly shorter than the petiole, whereas in nitens it is but little shorter and much more distinctly broader than the petiole.”’ 24. Eciton (Acamatus) harrisi (17aldeman). (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 10.) Labidus harrisii HaupEMAN, Stansbury’s Explor. Utah, 1852, p. 367, 3; Cresson, Trans. Am, Ent. Soc., 1872, p. 194, 3. Eciton harrisi Datta Torre, Catalog. Hymenopt., VII, 1893, p. 3, @; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 261, j%; Foret, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 28, o'; Wuerter, Amer. Natur., XXXV, 1901, p. 165, f. 2a, 3. Eciton (Acamatus) harrisi Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, 1900, pp. 7, 17, f. 18, 3. Utah: Fort Gates (Haldeman). Texas: Austin, July 27, July 4 and Aug. 1 (Wheeler); Waco (Wr. Prather); Brownsville (C. Schaeffer); Dallas (Boll). New Mexico: Mesilla (T. D. A. Cockerell). Arizona: Palmerlee, Cochise County (C. Schaeffer); Nogales, June 22 (Oslar). Mexico: Sinaloa (J. H. Batty). This species, which may prove to be the male of E. piloswm, is easily distinguished by its short, straight mandibles with straight inner and convex outer borders. . 414 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, “a 25. Eciton (Acamatus) mexicanum (F. Smith). (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 11) Labidus mezicanus F. Smrru, Catalog. Hymen. Brit. Mus., VII, 1859, p. 7, No, 16, o'; Cresson, Trans. Am, Ent. Soc., 1872, p. 194. Eciton (Labidus) subsulcatum Mayr, Verh zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVI, 1886, p. 440, 3. Labidus subsulcatum Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Suppl. Vol., 1887, xs. 259, Eciton mexicanum Data Torre, Catalog. Hymen., VII, 1893, p. 4, @; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 260, 3%; Foren, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymenopt., III, 1899-1900, p. 27, &'; Wuerter, Amer. Natur., pee 2 1901, p. 165. Eciton (Acamatus) mexicanum Emery, Mem. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, 1900, Pp. 17, f. 19... Texas: (Belfrage); Austin, July 4 (Miss M. Holliday); Da Bat. Arizona: Nogales, July 18 (Oslar). Mexico. ' The male of this species is easily distinguished from all the known males of the genus by the peculiar shape of the mandibles which are narrow, straight at the base and curved at the tips, with the middle of the external margin concave and a low but distinct projection on the inner margin. 26. Eciton (Acamatus) arizonense sp. nov. (PI. XXVI, Fig. 5.) ao Male. Length: 12-13 mm, Head, including the eyes, twice as broad as long, not prolonged behind the eyes and ocelli, which are very large and prominent. Lateral ocellus only about tits diam- eter from the eye; median ocellus situated far back and almost between the lateral ocelli. Clypeus unarmed, with straight anterior border. Frontal carine separated by a deep depression, very prominent, continued back to near the anterior ocellus - and curving round the antennal insertions. Mandibles faleate, about twice as long as the eyes, straight at the base but thence unifoymly curving and tapering to a_ slender point. Antennal scape robust, about as long as joints 1-4 of the long and gradually tapering funiculus, Thorax short and robust, about twice as long as h i Scutellum without a longitudinal furrow. Epinotum rounded above, concave _ below. Petiole more than half as long as broad, depressed in the middle in front, with rounded posterior angles. Gaster long and cylindrical, with small genitalia; subgenital plate with a shorter, more obtuse median and two longer, more acute lateral teeth; outer appendages not spreading. Legs feeble; middle metatarsus about half as long as the tibia; claws toothed. iam Head smooth and shining? remainder of the body somewhat more opaque. >) Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 415 Mandibles and antennal scapes very finely punctate. Thorax and gaster very finely and delicately shagreened, except the posterior edges of the segments which are smooth and shining. _ Body and appendages covered with rather silky, pale yellow, appressed pile, which is longest and least appressed on the epinotum and petiole. as Rich reddish brown. Wings yellowish hyaline, with yellow veins and stigma. : "Texas: Brownsville (C. Schaeffer); Austin, June 27 (Miss Holliday). New Mexico: Las Cruces (T. D. A. Cockerell). eae Nogales, June 31, July 15 (E. J. Oslar). _ In general appearance this species very closely resembles E. mexicanum .5m., but may be at once distinguished by its long sickle-shaped mandibles longer pile, especially on the posterior portion of the thorax and petiole, te claws and less projecting pronotum. In mexicanum the subgenital ie is bidentate. In this and many other respects E. arizonense resembles . spoliator Forel but it differs in its greater size and larger eyes, in not _ having the head coarsely and deeply punctured, etc. 27. Eciton (Acamatus) oslari sp. nov. (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 8.) Male. Length: 11 mm. ____Head distinctly less than twice as broad as long, projecting and much rounded _ behind the large eyes. Ocelli large and prominent, the lateral ones less than their ¢ diameter from the eyes. Clypeus unarmed, with a broadly excised anterior border. Frontal carine prominent, separated by a deep groove and continued around the _ antennal insertions posteriorly. Mandibles narrow and rather long, falcate, bent _ from their very bases, and uniformly tapering to a sharp point. Antenne long, scape but little thicker than the funiculus and hardly longer than its three basal 3 joints; funiculus of nearly uniform breadth throughout. Thorax nearly twice as long as high. Pronotum with a marked concavity on its anterior surface, so that ____ the mesonotum overarches the head very prominently. Scutellum rounded behind, _ without a median furrow. Metanotum rounded, epinotum rectangular in profile, _ with its horizontal basal surface only half as long as its perpendicular declivity. _ Petiole 14 times as broad as long, rectangular, with straight, parallel sides and straight _ posterior margin; its upper surface very convex. Gaster long and cylindrical, with _ connate lateral valves and small bifurcate subgenital plate. Legs small and feeble; of median pair half as long as the tibia. Claws minutely toothed. Head and mandibles shining, sharply and sparsely punctate. Thorax, petiole _ and legs subopaque, finely and rather indistinctly punctate. Pile yellowish gray, appressed, short but rather dense on the thorax, petiole ___and gaster, somewhat longer and more erect on the antennal scapes, mandibles, _ Eeeeploure, legs and venter. q Posterior half of head, upper surface of mesonotum and scutellum, black, re- q mainder of body including the appendages reddish brown. Wings gray, with yel- p fowish brown veins and prominent dark brown stigma. 416 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. ‘[Vol. 3 Described from a single specimen collected by E. J. Oslar at Nog Arizona, July 15, 1903 (Cornell Univ. Coll., Lot, 256). i This species resembles arizonense but differs in the color of and wings, the narrower thorax and gaster, smaller mandibles, development of the head behind the eyes, smaller ocelli, less prot frontal carinee, and more slender antenne. In color and or t more closely related to E. harrisi, but the mandibles have a shape, the frontal carme are not continued so far postero-late the petiole is larger. as 28. Eciton (Acamatus) spoliator Forel. (Pl. XXVI, Fig. 12.) Eciton spoliator ForxE, Biol. Centr. Am., Hymen., III, 1899-1900, p. Eciton (Acamatus) spoliator Emery, Men. Real. Accad. Ist. Bologna, “Male. Length: 8.5 mm. With the appearance of E. melsheimeri, but the mandibles are much la the head has a different form. Mandibles long, arcuate and V tips touch each other enclosing a space which is longer than the head | about ? ofacircle. They are smooth, shining and punctate, very narrow and f¢ at their tips. Labrum deeply bifid. Frontal carine rather far , Length: 3.5-4 mm. Head, excluding the eyes, a little longer than broad, with extremely short cheeks and more extensive postocular border. Eyes and ocelli very large. Mandibles ‘small, with a few minute teeth. Clypeus convex, with rounded anterior margin. 1 scapes small and slender, shorter than the two basal joints of the funiculus ogether; first joint globular, remaining joints subequal, cylindrical. Thorax ust, flattened dorsally, considerably broader than the head. Epinotum with swellings in the place of the spines. Petiole and postpetiole robust, node former large, low and rounded. Postpetiole about twice as broad as the phronder than long, broadest behind, with sides somewhat angular in the n> Smooth and shining; head, ducaphing the mandibles and ‘dip pous, opaque, finely . e-punctate. Metapleure and epinotum opaque and finely punctate. itl ~ Mandibles, anterior border of clypeus, antenn end: legs sordid yellow. Head = ag black; clypeus, thorax, pedicel and genitalia brown, with sordid yellow Bul Wings like those of the female but with somewhat paler stigma. Texas: Austin; Del Rio (Wheeler); Barksdale (Brown). Mexico: Cuernavaca (Wheeler). 41 have described this species at length since it belongs to a group of sidole with highly polymorphic workers, concerning which there is some fusion in the literature. Emery believes that the typical kingi André and wsendi André are based on the soldier and intermediate of the same spe- Similarly, according to this authority, Ph. tepicana, rugifrons and carbonaria were all described by Pergande from different forms of the same species. For an account of the habits and parasites of instabilis see “my article in the Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIII, 1907, pp. 2-12. “Laan, 1908.) 28 Bh . 434 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. 52. Pheidole pilifera coloradensis Emery. Pheidole pilifera (Roar) var. coloradensis EmEry, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. fs VIII, 1893, pp. 290, 291, 2 &. Soldier. Length: 4-4.5 mm. Allied to Ph. pilijera. Head large, excluding mandibles a little ues with parallel sides, rounded posterior corners, deeply excised posterior h pronounced vertical groove which is continued forward to the frontal dibles convex, with two apical, two small basal and a few irregular teeth. Clypeus short, with a median carina, and very faintly and sinus anterior margin. Frontal area subtriangular, moderately impressed, with carinula. Eyes rather large, about $ the distance from the anterior to the corner of the head. Frontal carine very short, each continued asa ridg bounding a distinct depression as long as the antennal scape. en scapes reaching a little behind the posterior borders of the eyes; «club s« shorter than the remainder of the funiculus, joints 2-8, about as long s b Thorax in front about half as broad as the head, with distinct humeral | rallos Promesonotum without a transverse constriction; convex and somewhat an; behind. Mesoépinotal constriction pronounced. Base and declivity of e of about equal length, concave between the spines which are robust, erect. at their tips, somewhat more than half as long as the basal surface and furt! than long. Petiole from above nearly square, with abrupt, anteroposteric pressed and deeply notched node; in profile without a median ventral toot petiole more than twice as broad as the petiole and fully three times as. Gaster elliptical, smaller than the head. Legs rather long. a Mandibles shining, coarsely punctate, at the base tongitudeaatan ru peus irregularly rugose throughout. Head subopaque, more shining on th half. Cheeks and anterior half of upper surface longitudinally punctat smoother behind, with large elongate foveole scattered over the surface, ar granular along the groove to the occiput. Thorax subopaque, middle of pre tum and epinotum narrowly shining. Surface of former rugulose-punctat densely punctate. Petiole subopaque, finely granular on the sides. shining above. Gaster smooth and shining. Hairs dark yellow, erect or suberect, rather short and moderately al covering the surface of the body, legs and antennal scapes. Dark brown; mandibles legs and anterior fourth of head reddish y a of mandibles and anterior border of clypeus black. Antenne, posellae or head and sides of thorax light brown, clubs of antenne infuseated. _ ri of gastric segments yellowish. Worker. Length: 2-2.3 mm. ter Head, excluding mandibles, as broad as long, with straight pos’ Eyes nearly as large as those of the soldier, a little in front of the middle Clypeus with broadly rounded, entire anterior border. Antenne | onder extending nearly three times its apical diameter beyond the posterior corr head. Thorax resembling that of the soldier but humeri less pronounced a spines more slender. Petiole from above oblong, fully twice as long. a ~ 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 435 oad in front as behind, with slightly concave sides; node similar to that of the r. Postpetiole about twice as broad as the petiole, somewhat broader than , with the sides rather sharply angled in the middle. Gaster somewhat smaller in the head. Head, thorax and petiole opaque, densely punctate; mandibles and cheeks longitudinally striated. Posterior portion of the clypeus, frontal area, postpetiole nd gaster smooth and shining. ___ Hairs whitish; very sparse, suberect on head and body; short and appressed 1 the legs and antennal scapes. _ Dark brown, head darker, often black; mandibles, clypeus, cheeks, legs and antennew much paler. Female. Length: 6-6.5 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles, slightly broader than long, a little broader 1nd than in front, with very faintly and broadly excised posterior margin. Man- es, clypeus and antennz similar to those of the soldier. Tip of scape reaching aalf the distance between the eye and the posterior corner of the head. Thorax ust, through the wing insertions as broad as the head. Mesonotum and scutellum E ie Epinotum like that of the soldier, spines very robust, obtuse, more than . as far apart as long, directed backward and upward. Petiole similar to that of the soldier but with very acute tooth-like anterior corners and slightly concave sic Postpetiole nearly three times as broad as the petiole and three times as broad as long, with the sides prolonged into long, rather blunt conules which are convex anteriorly and slightly concave posteriorly. Gaster oblong elliptical, about the Site of the thorax. _ Mandibles shining, coarsely punctate and towards the base striate; clypeus : ‘saa head subopaque, the former irregularly rugose, the latter rather spnrealy and j “setae rugose, with punctate interrugal spaces and depressions for the an- ‘tenn. Mesonotum and scutellum coarsely and sparsely punctate, the former with _ fine longitudinal striz on its posterior half. Epinotum subopaque, punctate-rugu- _ lose on the sides and with coarse transverse ruge between the spines. Petiole and postpetiole subopaque, the former finely, the latter more coarsely punctate. Gaster shining, very finely shagreened. _ Hairs yellow, abundant, suberect, more appressed on the gaster and dorsal por- tion of thorax. 3 Very dark brown, almost black; mandibles, clypeus, anterior third of head, legs _ and antennz, except their clubs, yellowish brown. Wings yellowish hyaline, with yellow veins and stigma. Male. Length: 44.3 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles, about as broad as long, rounded and prominent ehind, with very short cheeks. Mandibles small, tridentate. Clypeus convex, _ with entire anterior border. Antennal scape distinctly shorter than the two first funicular joints together, first funicular joint elliptical, distinctly longer than broad, but broader than the succeeding subequal and cylindrical joints. Thorax decidedly broader than the head through the eyes, long and flattened above. Epinotum with ___ evenly convex basal surface as long as the nearly vertical declivity; spines minute, _ about as long as broad at their bases and very acute. Petiole from above oblong, _ with a conical rounded node; postpetiole about twice as broad as the petiole and a r ae ee 436 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. nearly twice as broad as long, with rather acutely angled sides. Gaster 2 as usual. | than the somewhat concave declivity into which it passes between the s The latter are very long, pointed and directed backward and distinetly — ward at their tips. Petiole from above a little broader than long, subor with cotivex, irregularly rounded sides and without a peduncle. Node with - tened anterior slope and abrupt, concave posterior slope; the summit com anteroposteriorly, rather sharp, deeply, broadly, and angularly notched it is really bicornuate. Postpetiole about 1% as broad as the petiole, nearly times as broad as long, convex and rounded in front, concave behind; surfaces meeting to form a transverse ridge which is prolonged on each e | a rather slender, pointed conule. Gaster oblong-elliptical, flattened. lee long and slender. a Mandibles shining, covered. with very sparse, elongate punetanae or at the extreme base opaque and densely punctate. Clypeus smooth and vi in the middle, transversely and rather finely rugose on the sides. ontal are shining. Head subopaque, covered throughout with coarse longitudinal r which diverge towards the posterior corners. On the cheeks and sides of the interrugal spaces are punctate-recticulate, on the posterior corners th sent coarse, shallow and somewhat elongate foveole. Thorax subopaque; meso- and metapleure covered with sharp, dense, longitudinal rugs, tum and scutellum shining, the former smooth and very finely shagre middle, longitudinally rugose and coarsely punctate on the sides. Sew a few coarse piligerous punctures, its posterior border and the paraptera ¥ coarse parallel strise. Mesonotum and upper surface of epinotum st densely punctate-rugulose. Petiole and postpetiole nearly opaque, rathe punctate-rugulose. Gaster shining, entire first segment and posterior p remaining segments more densely shagreened or granular and somewhat base of remaining segments smoother and more shining. “(a Hairs coarse, brownish yellow, erect, and abundant, especially on rhe antennal scapes and legs. Black; gaster with a deep reddish tinge at the bases of the segmente; tips of antennal scapes, funiculi, trochanters and tarsi dull y red, g 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 453 Described from a single specimen taken at Nogales, Arizona (Oslar; Cornell University Collection). : This female is of such huge size and presents so many singular char- : _ acters that I have not hesitated to describe it although the soldier and _ worker are unknown, for it is too Iarge to be the queen of any of the other _ described species from the United States except, perhaps, Ph. titanis. The _, color and sculpture ofthe soldier and worker of this species are, however, very different. 2 67. Pheidole vinelandica Forel. _ Pheidole bicarinata race vinelandica Foret, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXX, 1886, ©. R. Reavy, 45 9 o. | = Pheidole vinelandica Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVI, 1886, p. 458, 2; Ibid., XX XVII, 1887, p. 591, 2, and 606, 6; Datta Torre. Catalog. Hymen., 1893, pp. 97, 98; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 292, 2. 6; Foret, Ann. Bas: Ent. Belg., XLV, 1901, p. 348, 2} 6 Q &; Wueever, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXII, 1906, pp. 336, 337. Texas: Austin, Marble Falls, Langtry (Wheeler); Paris (Miss Augusta Rucker) ; Arizona: Grand Cajfion, 3,700 ft. (Wheeler). Many series of specimens of this species from different parts of the country show that it is hardly distinct from Ph. bicarinata Mayr. The soldier of the typical vinelandica differs from that of bicarinata in having larger frontal carine and a transversely rugose instead of a finely punctate epinotum. The Texan specimens of vinelandica agree very closely with typical specimens from New Jersey and North Carolina, but specimens from Colorado (Canyon City, Colorado Springs, Boulder) have the epinotum with distinct and often rather coarse transverse ruge, while the frontal earinee resemble those of the typical vinelandica. This species is highly variable in color, some forms having dark chestnut brown soldiers with nearly black workers, whereas in others the soldiers are reddish yellow and the workers pale brown. _Ph. vinelandica nests in dry, saridy soil fully exposed to the sun’s heat and light. Its tiny nest entrances are surrounded by diminutive craters, barely an inch in diameter. Occasionally it is also found nesting under stones. 68. Pheidole vinelandica var. longula Emery. Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst.) VIII, 1894, p. 292, &. Texas: San Angelo, Alice, Henrietta and Austin (Wheeler); Denton -(W. H. Long). The soldier of this form differs from that of the typical vinelandica in 454 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. x XI its proportionally longer head, with more parallel and less roundec si and in the sculpture of the epmotum, which has fine but distinct transy ruge in addition to the fine punctation. It presents the same color y tions as the typical form of the species. 69. Pheidole vinelandica buccalis subsp. nov. s The soldier of this form differs from that of the typical somewhat larger size (3.5 mm. )s in having a somewhat narr and in the coloration, which is piceous brown, with the disks of t bles and a large spot on each cheek dull orange. ‘The defined against the dark brown border of the head. The chi 1 corners of the head, pleure and appendages are slightly pal remainder of the body. ‘The rugee on the base of the epinotum ai indistinct. ‘The worker too, is larger and darker than that of t typi vinelandica, measuring nearly 2 mm. in length. The female n neasul 5 mm. and is dark brown and very opaque, with the anterior head, the mandibles, tibize, tarsi, tips and bases of the femora dt The hairs on the body are more abundant than in the oan species. Arizona: Ash Fork; Prescott (Wheeler). Described from a single deilated female and many soldi a 70. Pheidole casta sp. nov. (Pl. XXVI, Figs. 22 and 23.) Soldier. Length: 3.5-3.7 mm. nye Head, excluding the mandibles, about 1? times as long as broad, slightly broader in front than behind, with subparallel sides and narrowly excised posterior border. Eyes rather small, flattened, situ: the distance from the anterior to the posterior corners. Mandibles « two larger apical and two very indistinct basal teeth. Mentum with ty teeth. Clypeus with a short but prominent carina and a distinct notch in middle of the anterior border. Frontal area rather large, shallow, with a me carinula. Frontal carine prominent but rounded, about 4 as long as the ant scapes, which are short, slender and somewhat curved at their bases, and slightly thickened fips that extend a little beyond the posterior orbits. — long as the remainder of the funiculi; joints 2-8 distinctly broader than le rax robust, through the angular humeri about % as broad as the head. portion of pro- and mesonotum about as broad as long, the latter without 1 t verse groove, but with an abruptly declivous posterior surface. Basal st i epinotum a little longer than the declivity, slightly concave. Spines a Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 455: d at the base, directed upward and slightly outward and continued forward: heir bases as sharp ridges. Space between the spines sloping. Petiole from ve violin-shaped, a little more than 1} times as long as broad, with prominent erior angles. Node anteroposteriorly compressed, with straight, entire upper der. Postpetiole about twice as broad as the petiole, nearly three times as long: s broad, with prominent and rather acute conules in the middle of the sides. Gas- e elliptical, somewhat larger than the head. Legs short, with incras-. and tibiz. g; mandibles sparsely punctate; clypeus shining in the middle, sub- — ead longitudinally rugose on the sides. A little less than the anterior f head longitudinally rugose, except in the rather pronounced antennal. ( i _ Posterior portion of head sparsely punctate. Epinotum, petiole and post- i e very finely punctate; extreme base of epinotum transversely ® pale yellow, erect and moderately abundant on the body, short and on the legs and antenne. h yellow; antennz, legs and gaster paler, borders of mandibles, anterior: Rclineus and articulations of antennz black. p Length: 1.3-1.5 mm. i, excluding the mandibles, rectangular, a little longer than broad, with. rior border. Mandibles with two prominent apical and several smal- ‘teeth, Eyes moderate, just in front of the middle of the head. Anterior st of clypeus not emarginate in the middle. Antennal scapes reaching to the rior corners of the head. Thorax rather long, with convex, hemispherical tum, and rounded humeri. Mesoépinotal depression pronounced but narrow. otum with subequal base and declivity. Spines short, acute and erect, their ; prolonged forward as ridges along the sides of the basal surface. Petiole- 1an half as broad as the epinotum, about twice as long as broad, somewhat ler behind than in front. Node rather compressed in profile, with long, some- ¢oneave anterior, and short abrupt posterior slope. Postpetiole distinctly sr than long, about twice as broad as the petiole, subcampanulate, with nded sides. Gaster about the size of the head. Legs rather short. Shining; mandibles finely and indistinctly punctate, anterior % of head finely ‘itudinally rugose and subopaque, more reticulate around the eyes. Epinotum | posterior portion of mesonotum subopaque, evenly and sharply punctate. 2 and postpetiole opaque on the sides and below. Gaster glabrous. 2 Eiiicsity similar to that of the soldier but shorter and less conspicuous. ~ Brownish yellow, mesonotum somewhat darker, gaster, legs and antennz paler. ad chestnut brown, with paler mandibles and clypeus. Mandibular teeth black. Riteribed from several soldiers and workers found in the cajion of the- o Grande at Langtry, Texas, nesting in the ground under cedars. ‘This species is related to Ph. tysoni Forel of the Atlantic States and to. . subarmata Mayr and cornutula Emery of the American tropics. The ad of the soldier is much longer and the humeri more acute than in tysont nd the frontal carinze are not produced into teeth and the clypeus is not ire as in swbarmata and cornutula. The workers of all of these forms. 456 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. vi ‘ are hardly distinguishable; the head of the casta worker, however, 5 se to be more rectangular and less glabrous than in the three species men at 71. Pheidole humeralis sp. noy. (Pl. XXVIL, Fig. 39.) Soldier. Length: 3-3.3 mm. Tees Head large, suboblong, excluding the mandibles 1} times as ‘omg ah slightly narrower behind than in front, with sharp anterior angles, bro: angularly excised posterior border and pronounced occipital groove. — about 4+ the distance from the anterior to the posterior corners. Mar convex, without distinct apical teeth. Clypeus short, flattened in the broadly excised anterior margin. Frontal area elliptical, deeply impressed , with a median carinula. Antenne short, scapes reaching to the eyes, yreain ¢ rved | their bases, joints 2-8 of the funiculus small, about as long as broad, s ibequa Frontal carine nearly as long as the antennal scapes. Thorax throagh 6h > hume which are very broad and angular, about half as broad as the bead. 1 um from above trapezoidal; in profile somewhat angularly convex in in the mesonotal region. Mesoépinotal constriction pronounced. — profile with subequal base and declivity, the former horizontal, the 1, Spines robust, long and blunt at the tips, directed outward and back winieit them the base and declivity are confluent in a narrow groove in the middle. from above violin-shaped, 1% times as long as broad, broader press with pronounced anterior angles. Node not compressed anteroposteri at the summit, which is transverse and only faintly excised in the midd 7 2 from behind. Postpetiole 14 times as broad as the petiole and fully twice as long, with indistinctly angular sides. Gaster elliptical, flattened, 2 as the head. Legs of moderate length. a Smooth and shining; mandibles coarsely punctate; clypeus oat ; . middle, longitudinally rugose on the sides, Anterior half of the head w longitudinal rug, which extend only about half as far back Wiring carine as on the sides of the head. Shining posterior half of head wv scattered punctures. Thorax glabrous, except meso- and metapleure subopaque and obscurely punctate-rugose. Petiole and postpetiole shining | opaque on the sides and below. Gaster glabrous. nila Hairs yellowish, suberect or reclinate, long and abundant, gaster, shorter on the antennal scapes and legs. Ferruginous; borders of mandibles, anterior border of clypeus, gaster dark brown or black; clubs of antennz, and frontal carine and p : legs in some specimens yellowish: Worker. Length: 1.8-2mm. Pa Head, excluding the mandibles, but little longer than broad, with a : excised posterior margin and pronounced but very short occipital g moderate, flattened, just in front of the middle of the head. Mandible : minute and acute denticles of which the apical are scarcely larger t Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 457 with a broad but feeble excision in its anterior border. Antennal scapes ug to the posterior corners of the head. Humeral angles of thorax rounded, nt as in the soldier. Upper surface of mesonotum moderately and y rounded, Epinotum similar to that of the soldier; spines well-developed, Petiole more than twice as long as broad, but little broader behind than in node rather thick, with long, slightly concave anterior slope, short abrupt ior slope, and rounded summit. Postpetiole but little broader than the +, slightly broader than long, with rounded sides. Gaster somewhat smaller 2 head, with straight anterior border. Legs rather slender. oth and shining; mandibles coarsely punctate towards their tips, striated as. Sides of front, cheeks and regions about the eyes finely longitudinally Remainder of head and the mesonotum with small, very sparse piligerous *s. Meso- and epinotum, sides and ventral portions of petiole and post- le, densely punctate or reticulate. Gaster glabrous, very sparsely punctate. ilosity like that: of the soldier but somewhat sparser, conspicuous and suberect. antennal scapes and legs as well as on the body. ack or very dark brown; mandibles, antenne, cox, tarsi, tips and bases of 10ra and tibize yellowish. Antennal clubs, and scapes except their tips, cly- nd anterior corners of head, brown. scribed from several soldiers and workers taken by Miss Mary Cooper sicana, Texas. : Species is quite distinct in the peculiar structure of the thorax of lier. In this respect it resembles Ph. barbata but is much smaller he head is proportionally longer, the postpetiole narrower, with less w sides and the gaster smaller. The workers of the two species are ry different, that of barbata having much longer and more slender legs -antennee and lacking the occipital groove and the spines on the epi- 72. Pheidole marcidula sp. nov. Soldier. Length: 2.5 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles, about + longer than broad, slightly broader in ; than behind, with slightly bulging sides, angularly excised posterior margin | deep occipital groove. Eyes moderate, a little less than 4 the distance from the terior to the posterior corners. Mandibles convex, with two stout apical teeth. eus short, rather deeply impressed in the middle, with broadly excised anterior n. Frontal carine very short; frontal area triangular, rather shallow, with a "median and two lateral carinule. Antenne slender, scapes reaching to a little : id the eyes. Club a little shorter than the remainder of the funiculus. Funi- Séidar joints 2-8 fully as long as broad. Thorax robust, less than half as broad as be the head, humeri prominent but rounded, mesonotum longer than broad in profile, ex in the middle, but anteriorly and posteriorly somewhat flattened. Mesoépi- % ‘notal constriction rather broad and shallow. Epinotum with subequal base and - declivity and blunt spines, which are less than half as long as their bases, directed pward and slightly outward. Petiole somewhat violin-shaped, about twice as 458 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX ) long as broad, and a little broader behind than in front; node ae posteriorly. Postpetiole less than twice as broad as the petiole, 14 times a as long, with blunt but distinct lateral angles in front of the middle. G: spicuously smaller than the head. Legs rather slender. Head and gaster shining; thorax, petiole and postpetiole nearly opeepamg dibles covered with coarse, sparse punctures. Clypeus smooth in the midd! finely striated on the sides. Cheeks and front traversed by sharp, but coarse, longitudinal rugee, some of which extend back in the occipital meet a series of transverse ruge which are confined to the bottom of t and the adjacent region in front, but lengthen and extend out posteriorly o occipital lobes where they disappear. Thorax and pedicel very mee punctate, mesonotum slightly smooth and shining above. Hairs pale yellow, moderately abundant, suberect, shorter om antennz, somewhat obtuse on the gaster. Yellow; the head and antennal clubs a little more reddish; the n clypeus reddish brown, the former bordered with black.. n4P Worker. Length: 1.3-1.5 mm. i, dee Head, excluding the mandibles, a little longer than broad, with d angularly excised posterior border. Eyes rather large, convex, rt ie middle of the head. Mandibles with larger apical and smaller basal t¢ convex, with the anterior border narrowly excised in the middle. Ante nearly reaching the posterior corners of the head. Mesonotum evenly ro: Mesoépinotal impression distinct. Epinotum with subequal base and Spines as long as broad at their bases, acute, flattened, directed outward, and backward. Petiole nearly three times as long as broad, hardly broad than in front, sides slightly concave at the middle, node compressed anter with entire upper border. Postpetiole a little broader than the petiole broader than long, subglobular. Gaster smaller than the head. gs rath Smooth and shining; mandibles subopaque, finely striatopunctate. Ch and front with only a few indistinct longitudinal ruge. Meso- and epin sides and ventral surfaces of petiole and postpetiole subopaque, pres” ne | den punctate. te. _ Hairs very sparse, suberect on the body, pointed on the pepe obtuse on the remainder of the trunk, but especially on the thorax, p petiole, where they are arranged in pairs somewhat as in Leptothorax on antenne and legs shorter denser and appressed. Yellow; legs somewhat whitish; mandibular teeth and corners of ¢ dish, cal er is ‘ Described from a single soldier and seven workers taken fro a z oe by? a colony under a stone at Barton Creek near Austin, ‘Texas. , This species is related to vinelandica but the sculpturing of t he h the soldier and worker is much less extensive, the mesonotum of the is much longer and narrower, and the pilosity of the worker is ve Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 459 73. Pheidole pinealis sp. nov. - (PI. XXVIL, Fig. 38.) Sol Length: 3.2-3.5 mm. He 2a id large, excluding the mandibles, about } longer than broad, as broad in 1t as behind, with subparallel sides, angularly excised posterior margin and deep | groove extending forward as far as the frontal area. Eyes rather small, ¢, about 4 the distance from the anterior to the posterior corners of the head. libles convex, with two stout apical teeth. Clypeus flattened in the middle d, impressed in front, with a distinctly excised anterior border. Antenne -developed, scapes reaching to a little beyond the eyes. Club somewhat shorter 2 remainder of the funiculus; joints 2-8 as long as broad. Frontal carine 4 as long as the antennal scapes. Frontal area shallow, triangular, with a in carinula. Thorax, robust, about half as broad as the head. Mesonotum d as long, with prominent humeri. Epinotum with subequal base and y, the latter sloping. Spines longer than broad at the base, very acute, fed upward and slightly outward and backward. Petiole nearly twice as long d, somewhat. violin-shaped, but little broader behind than in front; node ch compressed anteroposteriorly, with rather sharp upper border distinctly sised in the middle. Postpetiole nearly three times as broad as the petiole and times as broad as long, with prominent, rather acute lateral conules. Gaster adly elliptical, smaller than the head. Legs of moderate length. Smooth and shining; mandibles coarsely and sparsely punctate. Clypeus arly rugulose in the middle, longitudinally rugose on the sides. Anterior 1 of head coarsely rugose, posterior $ with coarse and sparse piligerous punctures. otum between’ the humeri with sharp transverse ruge. Entire epinotum sel} y punctate, pleure and ventral portions of petiole and postpetiole indistinctly ose. Gaster with small, scattered, piligerous punctures. ‘Hairs yellowish, coarse, and rather abundant, suberect; shorter and more re- inate on the antennal scapes and legs than on the body. : Rcxinous brown; head, pronotum, pleurze and legs more yellowish; borders “mandibles, anterior hiaides of clypeus and a sharply defined sagittate blotch on e middle of the head, dark brown or black. _ Worker. Length: 1.3 mm. a | Head; excluding the mandibles, nearly as broad as long, subrectangular, with * y excised posterior border. Eyes moderately large, convex, a little in front the middle of the head. Mandibles with two larger apical and several small ~ basal teeth. Clypeus with feebly excised anterior border. Antennal scapes reach- ing a little beyond the posterior corners of the head. Mesonotum rounded, without ‘ t humeri. Epinotum similar to that of the soldier. Petiole about twice as long as broad, scarcely broader behind than in front, with concave sides and compressed node, the transverse upper border of which is not excised in the middle. - Postpetiole about half again as broad as the petiole, somewhat broader than long, _with rounded sides. Gaster about the size of the head. Legs moderate. Smooth and shining; mandibles striatopunctate; cheeks and front of head itudinally rugose. Mesopleure, epinotum and ventral portions of petiole and stpetiole opaque, densely punctate. Hairs similar to those of the soldier, but less Brown; gaster darker, mandibles yellowish. Ce he ee 460 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X \ Described from eleven soldiers and a single worker taken from a under a stone in Limpio Cafion about 10 miles west of Fort Day The chambers of the nest were stored with large seeds. This species is very closely related to Ph. vinelandica but the has a larger head, prominent pointed conules on the posta id spot on the vertex. The worker pinealis, judging from the single s] I have seen, is much less pilose and of a more uniform color vinelandica. 74. Pheidole desertorum Wheeler. Texas: Ft. Davis. (Wheeler). Arizona: Ash Fork, Prescott, Fhoentx, and Tuscon ea Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXII, 1906, p. 339, 2 5 Texas: Paisono Pass and Terlingua (Wheeler). Arizona: Grand Candin. 3876 5 ft ft. (Wheeler). 77. Pheidole dentata Mayr. var. commutata Ma Pheidole commutata Mayr, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVI, 186 Mayr, Ibid., XX XVII, 1887, p. 598, 21, 604, 9; Datia Torre, Catalo; VII, 1893, p. 93; Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, oe as Pheidole dentata subsp. or var. commutata Foret, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 352. Pheidole dentata var. commutata WHEELER, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. p. 18, pl. iii, figs. 37-40. ‘ Texas: Laredo (J. F. McClendon); Hearne, Denton | (W. H. Long); New Braunfels, Austin, Galveston, Alice (Wheeler). Also in Florida and Missouri. a I quite agree with Forel that this form is not spectili ly dis Mayr’s dentata and that. this in turn should not be regarded as morrisi but as an independent species. As Mayr observe of commutata are highly variable in color even in the same pee Kae ; Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. 461 sing peearly black, while others are red, with a brown or black gaster. The : , too, vary in a similar manner. ‘The females are rich red, with Fd Riad, dark brown band across each gastric segment. The antennal seapes of this sex are distinctly but very slightly flattened and dilated at heir curved bases, though this is not the case in the soldiers. Ph. com- mutata is perhaps the most abundant Pheidole in Central Texas where it nests under stones or in and under old logs, or makes untidy fused craters many openings about the roots of trees or other plants. It is a highly vorous species with no tendency to harvest seeds. Forel’s Ph. dentata faisonica from North Carolina is hardly distinct from the Texas and da form. 78. Pheidole morrisi Fore! var. impexa var. nov. (Pl. XXVH, Fig. 31.) _ from a compact crater nest about 5 inches in diameter in pure sand, differ ciently from typical specimens from North Carolina to be regarded a distinct variety. ‘The soldier and worker are much more hairy and | anterior portion of the head of the former is much more coarsely rugose. - Tn the female there are no dark blotches on the head and mesonotum and _ the dark brown color of the gaster is confined to a narrow band across the : posterior portion of each segment. The male is pale yellow throughout, 4 with, only the posterior two thirds of the head infuscated. ‘The male of the &: variety wancee Forel of North Carolina has the thorax brown above and _ the wings have somewhat darker veins than impexa. 'The males of the typical form from the sandy pine barrens of Lakehurst, New Jersey, are : black, with slightly infuscated wings and brown veins. I am unable to 4 ish the soldiers, workers and females ‘of this form from North gq Carolina specimens received from Forel. This author describes the males among his specimens as “sordid yellowish testaceous, with the upper sur- face of the head brownish.” The types of this species are from Vineland, _ New Jersey. In the females of all the forms of morrisi the antennal scapes are distinctly dilated and flattened at the base. seth sala 79. Pheidole titanis Wheeler. : a (PI. XXVI, Fig. 30.) ' 3 Wuerter, Psyche, June, 1903, pp. 95-97, 2 &. Texas: Chisos Mts. (O. W. Williams); Paisano Pass (Wheeler). 462 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vi ol. This and Ph. rhea are the largest species known to occur in the T States and are among the largest of the genus. + 80. Pheidole hyatti Emery. (Pl. XXVH, Fig. 32.) Emery, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, pp. 295-296, 7 6. Soldier. Length: 44.5 mm. Head rather small, excluding the mandibles about as broad as long behind as in front, with angularly excised posterior border, deep ocei and rounded posterior lobes; sides slightly convex. Eyes rather large, : convex, } the distance from the anterior to the posterior corners, — very.convex, with two stout apical and several small basal teeth. Clypeus | Ae and indistinctly carinate in the middle, with a pronounced excision in the 2 border. Antennal scapes reaching nearly to the posterior corners of t distinctly dilated and flattened at their curved bases and of nearly equal throughout. Club somewhat shorter than the remainder of the funiculu joints 2-8 considerably longer than broad. Frontal carinze prominent, as long as the antennal scapes. Frontal area triangular, rather deep, carinula. Thorax in front with prominent but rounded humeri, half ; as the head. Pronotum rounded above, mesonotum rounded anteriorly, tr. impressed in the middle and angular behind. Mesoépinotal constrict Epinotum with the base slightly longer than the declivity, the former grooved in the middle, the latter somewhat concave. Spines m long as broad at the base, directed upward and slightly backward and Petiole violin-shaped, nearly twice as long as broad, a little broader behind front, with concave sides. Node but little compressed anteroposteriorly, and blunt above, without a median excision. Post petiole less than twice as the petiole, about twice as broad as long, broader in front than b rounded sides, Gaster somewhat smaller than the head. Legs rather sl Mandibles smooth and shining, sparsely punctate, except at the they are longitudinally striated. Middle of clypeus and front and poste: of the head shining; remaining portions of clypeus and head subopaque, cS peus longitudinally rugose. Portions of head lateral to the frontal caring r rugose, with a general longitudinal trend to the rugee and punctate intersti middle of the head. The ruge subside more and more and the punctw but in turn become finer and disappear on the shining posterior corners, furrow transversely crenate. Thorax, petiole and postpetiole subop and densely punctate, except the upper surface of the pro- and mesone is smooth and shining. Gaster shining, finely shagreened. Hairs yellow, coarse and erect both on the body and appendages, dant and of unequal length, especially on the gaster. Ferruginous; legs more yellowish, gaster brownish, teeth of man anterior border of clypeus black. a Worker. Length: 2.5-3 mm, 1081 Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. sin 4 Head, excluding the mandibles, longer than broad, elliptical, rounded behind. _ Byes large, convex, just in front of the middle. Mandibles with two longer apical ; “and several smaller basal teeth. Clypeus flattened, with its anterior margin nearly ee traight. Antenne slender; scapes surpassing the posterior corners of the head by . 2 than 4 of their length, slender and not dilated or much curved at the base, F ewhat enlarged distally; joints 2-8 of the funiculus fully twice as long as broad, orax long, resembling that of the soldier, but the promesonotal region is more ded on the sides. Petiole more than twice as long as broad, resembling that the soldier, postpetiole but little broader than the petiole, as long as broad, sub- ar. Gaster about the size of the head. Legs long and slender, Shining; mandibles striatopunctate; cheeks and sides of front finely and longi- tudipally rugose. Sides of pro- and mesonotum, the whole epinotum, petiole and »stpetiole subopaque, finely and densely punctate. .e "Pilosity and color as in the soldier. Female. Length: 6.5-7 mm. Head, excluding the mandibles broader than long and broader behind than in _ front. Posterior margin but little excised, occipital groove shallow. Eyes large, F in front of the middle of the head. Mandibles and clypeus as in the soldier. An- * scapes more dilated and flattened at their curved bases. Thorax through ‘the insertion of the fore wings distinctly broader than the head. Epinotal spines _ short and acute, with very broad bases. Petiole and postpetiole similar to those - of the soldier, but the former segment with a higher and sharper node, distinctly ss ipptieed in the middle. Wings very long (8 mm.). + _ Mandibles shining, coarsely punctate, with fine strie at the base. Clypeus (Shining: mandibles opaque, rather coarsely striato-punctate, clypeus and cheeks inier striated longitudinally. Head with very sparse and small punctures. Thorax _ subopaque, promesonotum and sides and base of epinotum finely striato-punctate, _epinotal slope smooth and shining as are also the gaster, petiole and postpetiole. ‘Hairs and pubescence white and sparse, the former erect, the latter rather uni- formly covering the body. Dark chestnut brown, almost black. Aaihanaies and legs somewhat paler. Man- dibles and gula yellowish. Numerous specimens found running on cottonwood trees at Tucson and Phoenix, Arizona. This is probably the species cited by Fenner as C. brevispinosa var. which he found nesting in “large colonies; one nest observed under root of cotton-wood tree; immense number of ants traveling in columns in many directions, but sluggish and slow in movements.” : This species is closely related to C. brevispinosa Mayr, virgula Forel and rochai Forel. From brevispinosa, it differs in the shorter antennal seapes, very different sculpture, shorter and less convex base of the epinotum, and in having no traces of a longitudinal impression on the postpetiole, ete. From virgula it differs in the much broader postpetiole, which is not con- stricted in front, the presence of denticles on the petiole, the absence of the marginate sides to the pro-mesonotum, ete. From rochai it may be dis- tinguished by its much less pronounced sculpture, smaller anteromedian tooth on the petiole, and much smaller epinotal spines. 100. Cremastogaster victima missouriensis Pergande. Emery, Zool., Abth., f. Syst., VIII, 1894, pp. 287, 288, &. i Several workers collected by Miss Augusta Rucker at Paris, Texas, and five workers taken by Miss Clara Klaumann in Dickinson County, _ Kansas, agree very well with cotypes of this subspecies from Missouri, _ received from Mr. Pergande. - Texas. According to Mayr, minutissima differs from material. Neither of the forms seems to be at all comm 484 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. — 101. Cremastogaster minutissima Mayr. Cremastogaster minutissima Maxr, Verh. zool, bot. Ges. Wien, X 995, § 9; Dauza Torre, Catalog. Hymen.., Vil, ithe Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., VIII, 1894, p. 287. ee, A number of workers, females and males taken : Braunfels, Texas, under stones in shady woods, appeé small yellow species, which might be more properly reg of victima. The types, which are in the Stockholm smaller epinotal spines and a smoother surface, the fe prominent erect hairs on the legs. But victima missou surface and the same pilosity in the female, and the n les 1 of victima very closely. I am unable to decide this question Wheeler, Ants of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. » Puate XXVI. Eciton esenbecki Westwood, <. Head of same. Eciton cecum Latreille, 3. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) opacithorax Emery, <. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) arizonense sp. nov., 3’. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) minus Cresson, 3’. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) nigrescens Cresson, 3’. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) oslari sp. nov., d. Head. Eciton (Acamatus) melshemeri Haldem., 3. Head. 10. Eciton (Acamatus) harrisi Haldem., 3’. Head. 11. LEciton (Acamatus) mexicanum F. Smith, 3. Head. 12. Eciton (Acamatus) spoliator Forel, 3. Head. 13. Eciton (Acamatus) schmitti Emery, j. Head. 14. Pheidole lamia Wheeler, 21. 15. Same in profile. 16. Head of same from the front. 17. Pheidole lamia Wheeler, &. 18. Pheidole sciophila sp. nov., 2. 19. Pheidole sciophila sp. nov., %. 20. Pheidole metallescens splendidula subsp. nov., 2. 21. Pheidole metallescens splendidula subsp. nov., . Pheidole casta sp. nov., 2. Same in profile. Solenopsis salina sp. nov., &. Head. Thorax and pedicel of same in profile. Solenopsis pilosula sp. nov., $. Head. Thorax and pedicel of same.in profile. Solenopsis krockowi sp. nov., %. Head. Thorax and pedicel of same in profile. CHNBMAR WN . BRENBRENN Pirate XXVIII. ig. 30. Pheidole titanis Wheeler, 21. 31. Pheidole morrisi Forel var. impexa var. nov., 2. 32. Pheidole hyatti Emery, 2. 33. Pheidole texana Wheeler, 2. 34. Pheidole texana Wheeler, &. 35. Pheidole crassicornis porcula subsp. nov., 2}. 36. Pheidole macclendoni sp. nov., 2. 37. . Pheidole xerophila sp. nov., 2. 38. Pheidole pinealis sp. nov., 2. 39. Pheidole humeralis sp. nov., 2. 40. Cremastogaster arizonensis sp. nov., 9. , ie A iets ae a ST fa cette dina OE clea BuuueTin A. M. N. H, VoL. XXIV, Puate XXVI. i a R. B. Howe del. Ants oF Texas, NEw Mpxico AND ARIZONA. Al tna AP Dain Sta ie Mim am Se + 1 th ‘e 59.9, 735 R xn THE PEARY CARIBOU (RANGIFER PEz ARYI ALLEN). By J. A. ALLEN. large series of specimens, including perfect skins and skulls of both e nd also of young adults, obtained by Commander R. E. Peary in t len n Grant Land, in October, 1905, enable me to complete the de- n of this very distinct and beautiful species, which was originally d from imperfect skins, without skulls, taken by Commander Peary > Land, in June, 1902." Its nearly pure white color and small zuish it strikingly from all other known species of the genus. sent large series, numbering 67 skins and 53 skulls, was collected ie P Peninsula and in the vicinity of Lake Hazen, in about latitude al Bass hence about three degrees north of the type locality, which is ‘the northern border of Ellesmere Land. As, however, Ellesmere winnell Land, and Grant Land form a continuous land area, with e quite similar climatic conditions, the Caribou of Ellesmere Land aunt Land are probably not markedly differentiated, although the hb vn mantle in the Ellesmere Land specimens is, with one exception, ably darker than in the Grant Land specimens. This is hardly counted for by difference of season, since the Ellesmere specimens, taken i in June, were still in winter pelage. pearyi differs from both R. granlandicus and R. arcticus, its allies geographically, in being very much smaller, taking the skull sis for comparison (external measurements taken in the flesh are , the jemales of granlandicus and arcticus being as large as the l ‘of pearyi. In color pearyi is radically different, being sometimes os t as pure white as the Arctic Fox or the Arctic Hare, at least in effect n seen in life at a little distance. Peary’s reference to this species in st the Pole’ (1907, p. 57), “as this magnificent snow white animal,” na bard y an exaggeration, although the median area of the back in nearly : Joey a slight tinge of gray to gray-brown, and also in the extent of this area, th is sometimes much restricted, and sometimes forms a broad mantle. st » large series of skins of R. granlandicus here used for comparison collected in November, by Commander Peary, at Inglefield Gulf, on 1 This Bulletin, Vol XVI, » Pp. 419-412, figs 1 and 2, Oct.31,1902. Republished in Peary’s “Nearest the Pole,’ 1907, pp. 350-352. 487 specimens shows a mixture of gray, varying in different individuals | PAE 488 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ' the Greenland side of Baffin Bay, opposite Ellesmere Land. These dine greatly resemble in coloration the ordinary Woodland Caribou, being dark brown with the neck much lighter and the ventral area white. They thus ' give no suggestion of the whiteness of pelage shown by their relatives on — the opposite side of Baffin Bay. The series of R. arcticus (Cervus tarandus, var. a. arctica Richardson) — is from néar Wager River, north of Hudson Bay, and was collected in October by Captain George Comer. ‘This locality is only a short distance from Melville Peninsula, which Richardson especially mentions as within the range of his variety arctica, although not strictly its type locality. ‘This is a much lighter colored animal than R. granlandicus, from which it also — differs in the character of the antlers. There is a blackish band across the chin, and a broad dark brown band across the nose, extending posteriorly in a V-shaped patch to nearly opposite the eyes; the cheeks, forehead and top of the head are lighter or yellowish brown; the throat, sides of the head up to the base of the ears, and the whole neck all around back to the - shoulders, the whole ventral surface, inside of thighs, the buttocks, and the greater part of the tail are uniform cream-white. The limbs are dark brown nearly to the hoofs, adjoining which is a band of yellowish white, which . extends upward for a short distance as a narrow median line on the poste- rior face of the carpal and tarsal segments. ‘The whole body, except the ventral surface, is dark brown, passing into a lighter color on the flanks, where the hairs are tipped more or less with yellowish or pale fulvous, below which is a broad lateral band of dark brown. In average specimens of R. pearyi the whole head and the limbs are uniform white,’ like the neck and underparts, with a more or less strong grayish cast over the mid-dorsal area. From this they vary on the one hand to nearly pure white all over, and on the other to white with a grayish brown mantle, varying in different individuals, independently of sex and age, from drab-gray to drab-brown. In these darker specimens the dark chin: and nose bands seen in other species of caribou are outlined by a faint plumbeous hue, the ears are similarly shaded, as is the median front surface — of the fore legs, while the anterior face of the hind legs is distinetly pale — drab-gray divided medially by a narrow white line, making the dark band double. Where these darker shades appear the pelage is brown basally, — and the drab tint in places reaches the surface. Elsewhere the pelage is white to the base. Another striking feature of the pelage in R. pearyi is — its extreme softness and fineness, in comparison with that of any other — 1The whiteness of the head is well shown in the half-tone plate facing p. 80 of Fates. ‘Nearest the Pole,’ where two sledge loads of Caribou give a front view of two fine The plate facing p. $46 gives also side and front views of a fine head. ; : — 1908.] Allen, The Peary Caribou. _ 489 known caribou. In the Ellesmere Land specimens the pelage is less soft, but in these the coat is thinner and more worn, as they were killed just before the season of moult, which takes place in July. As shown by the subjoined table, 15 of the largest and oldest male skulls of R. pearyi (all adult, with well-worn teeth) have an average total (condylo- basal) length of 303 mm., ranging from 257 to 335 mm., the smallest being one of the oldest of the series, with the teeth most worn. The same length in a series of 7 old male R. arcticus is 363 (345-397) mm., and for 3 old female skulls of arcticus 320 (303-337) mm., or considerably more than the males of peary. Three male skulls of granlandicus average 368 (361- _ 375) mm., or slightly more than the 7 skulls of arcticus, with slenderer, less palmated, and more recurved antlers. In R. pearyi the main beam of the right antler in old males has an average ~ length of 1019mm., the longest measuring 1205 and the shortest 826, with 4 above 1100 mm. and 3 below 900mm. In7 R. arcticus the same average ‘measurement is 1200 mm. (1062-1505), and in R. gralandicus 1141 (1063- 1246) mm. Thus the average in arcticus and gralandicus about equals the maximum in peary?. In R. pearyi the antlers have a much greater upward curvature than in areticus, in proportion to their length; those of the latter being remarka- ble for their long, low, backward sweep and slight divergence, although _ occasionally a specimen departs from this normal and approaches the curvature and divergence seen in granlandicus and pearyr. Figures 1-6 illustrate the types of antler seen in pearyi, and Figs. 7-10 the variation seen in two fine heads of arcticus, one of which presents the unusual feature of two large and equally developed brow antlers, one on each antler, directed one above the other, thus avoiding contact. An average adult skull of the female of R. pearyi is shown in Figs. 11 and 12. _ ‘The inward curvature of the distal third of the main beam in R. pearyt __ is especially marked, the distance between the tips being, in one third of the specimens, less than 150 mm., and in one specimen (Figs. 11, 12) they actually «ross to the extent of 60 mm. The greatest spread (at point of palmation of main antlers) equals about one half to two thirds the length of the main beam. In 7 specimens the brow antler is developed from the right antler, in 8 others from the left. ‘The brow antler increases in size with the age of the animal, _ being longest and broadest in very old animals and not well-developed in males that have just fully acquired the permanent dentition. In general the antlers are broader in all of their palmated parts, in proportion to their size, than in either arcticus or granlandicus. _ A feature of interest in these skulls is the large amount of individual variation. One male skull, and also one female skull, has two well-devel- oped canines on the same side, both of normal size, the supernumerary ’ ine 490 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. © c one standing in front of the other in a small piece of intercale bape There is the usual wide range of individual variation in the form ant development of the various elements of the skull seen in other species of deer when large series of skulls are brought together for compel = ) is especially noticeable in the size and form of the nasal and lachrymal fossee, and in the relation of the ascending branch of t : maxillaries to the maxillaries, etc., the same wide range of individual var me tion prevailing in this species as in Odocoileus sinaloe, illustrated in former paper.’ A rather unusual feature is a false suture, outlining w at first sight seems to be an intercalated bone to fill the space between ci ascending branch of the premaxillary and the maxillary, but the:s ‘ture is superficial, appearing on the outer surface and usually not extending — very deeply into the bone. tetas According to the experience of most’ teavellanel on the Arctic eer the so-called Barren Ground Caribou is a migratory animal, leaving the coast at the approach of winter and moving southward in great herds, to” return northward again in the spring. ‘This, however, does not appear to be the habit of the Grant Land Caribou, according to Commander Peary’s notes on them in his ‘Nearest the Pole’ (New York, Doubleday, Page & Co., 1907). Thus, in referring to one of his hunting parties, he says: “After dinner [September 11, 1905], three Eskimos came in with th meat of four musk-oxen killed in Rowan Bay, and in the evening the P Bay party returned with the meat and skins of seven reindeer valley on Fielden Peninsula. ‘These, the first specimens of this magni q snow-white animal, were from a herd of eleven surprised in a valley: ‘lose to Cape Joseph Henry, and among the seven was the wide-antlered buck leader. ‘These beautiful animals, in their winter dress almost as whi e | $ the snow which they traverse, were found later scattered over the entire region from Cape Hecla to Lake Hazen, and westward along bet ; Grant Land coast, over fifty specimens in all being secured” (J. a >. Later in the season “hunting parties of the Eskimos were kept constantly _ in the field, covering the country north to Clements Markham Inlet nd south to Wrangel Bay and Lake Hazen. The results of these as satisfactory, considerable numbers of musk-oxen and reindeer pei 2 (1. ¢., p. 60). By October 1, the “ game score reached seventy-th oxen and twenty-seven reindeer.’ Other bags, comprising well as musk-oxen, are reported as received October 25 and No Under date of December 16 it is stated (I. ¢., p. 84): “Two lange'® deer were found on the southern slopes’ at the United States their horns locked, frozen in a death struggle.” 1 This Bulletin, XXII, 1906, pp. 203-207, pll, xx—-xxvi. 1908.] Allen, The Peary Caribou. 491 During Commander Peary’s survey of the northern coast line of Grant Land, he states that late in June, 1906, on reaching Cape Hubbard, the ¥ northern point of Jesup Land (Heiberg Land of Sverdrup), he came im- mediately upon the recent tracks of six deer, and in just thirty-five minutes _ from the time he landed, his party had captured two deer and a hare. He says of these: “Both were does, neither pregnant, nor very large, and very _ thin though evidently putting on flesh, the skin of course in bad condition and antlers in the velvet. A very noticeable feature was the length of the hoofs, and the development of the dew claws into regular spoons as large as a hare’s ears, thus giving the deer natural snowshoes, which they need in this country not only for the snow, but for the boggy saturated ground as well, at this time of year” (J. c., p. 205). On June 29, at the same place: “At 2p. M. the men returned. ‘They found at close quarters that the three deer seen from the summit of the cape [Cape Hubbard] had increased to six and a fawn, all of which were secured (three bucks and three does)” (l. c., p. 208). Two days later, on the Garfield coast, at the northwest corner of Grant Land, Commander Peary saw a deer grazing and sent the boys to bring it in, “which they did in about an hour (a buck with small horns in the velvet). This made twelve obtained thus far. A fresh track was seen between the tent and the sledge which we left; and another deer _ __was seen on the opposite side of the bay” (J. c., p. 210). ____ hese references show that reindeer, or caribou, were present about July 1 on both sides of Fridtjof Nansen Sound, which was still so well closed with ice that Peary and his party crossed on the ice from Grant Land to Jesup Land and returned in safety at this late period in the season; which shows that during most of the year Nansen Sound must be here passable for caribou, and that the herds of Jesup Land (or Axel Heiberg Land) and Grant Land are practically the same herd. ‘They also show that his hunting parties found both males and females commonly associated in the same herd, ee TS ta ae — a. a? eae J E both in autumn (September-November) and in June and July; and that in winter as well as in summer caribou were met with practically to the north- ern border of the most northern of arctic lands. : Bulletin American Museum of Natural’ History. 492. zer | ——|—— 111 | ——|— sce | 96% | — oz |¢2 |99 G6 |z6 | 6 6c | 6c | 6% OIL | ZIT | FOT 6Iz | Ses | STc 06 |es8 | 98 zg |1¢ |9F 291 | S21 | TLT 76 |86 |*8 6Et | FFT | 621 PIT | IZt | TIT 16 |96 | 68 92 |96 | $8 48 |€6 | 98 82 |9L |F2 60622, £6626 P9626 8Z6LE FIGLE 60626 €16L6 68626 186LZ) 1Z6LZ|976LZ/6E62Z 8862689626 T062z Z06LE OZ6LE ‘vhanad safibuny fo synyg Té fo sjuauainsva Wy SP6LE LE6LE LE6LE 0€62z qsasuoy Jo sdij uaeay -2q aoUvIsIp ‘SiepUy “uoryeujed jo oy patie proids jsojyRels quy **9IN}RAIND Suoje ‘dy 0} wiveq UreuUl ‘SIepUy -Y}00} JAMO, JO YISsue'T eee ee eee . * ur Bai yided *prouo.109 jo dij 0} ajsuy ovue 0} Jepi0g aArIstio -uy ‘afqrpuvul jo YISUe'T vb ents eres "gous uMOID ‘MoIyjO0} Jedd “** UL 3B YIpvorq [VIVleT ste eee ee yisue} TVsTeyTe, dd ieee See YIpvsig prlojsey_ Peas ER ** “sqIq -10 48 YIPPeIq 4So}woIH gotten YIpRaiq XIRUIOSAZ aAoge [NAS jo YIpvoigy sete eee syeseu jo qisue’y ee ;d jo SnjooA -[e 0} ayrxeureid Jo dry, ord a < =) ‘— ~ Ss WY => n S oy L = = L ~— — x= 1908. ] Allen, The Peary Caribou. 497 Same specimen shown in Fig, 3, Rangifer pearyt. Fig, 4. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Fig. 5. Rangifer pearyi. No. 27939, near Lake Hazen, Grant Land, October, 1905; Com- mander R. E. Peary. About # nat. size. Antlers unusually divergent. (Compare with Fig. 3, showing unusually narrow spread, and with Fig. 1, of average or normal spread.) 1908. } Allen, The Peary Caribou. 499 Fig. 6. Rangijfer pearyi. Slightly oblique view of specimen shown in Fig. 5. “ULIOJ PUB 9ZIS BSRIBAB Jo sie[juUy ‘ezIs ‘yeu $ JNOqY ‘“aUIOD vs10ayH ureydeg ‘Avg UospnNyZ Jo ysvod JsaMYIAOU ‘IOATY IOSVM ‘9E67ZZ ‘ON ‘SnoyouD safihunpy "2 “Bq ? [Vol. XXIV atural History. / ~ i) > ~ = = L ~% ~) ~ = & 38 a : s S SS) = = = _ ™ > = ‘— ~ * © ~~ ~~ = > jaa) “— 1908.] Allen, The Peary Caribou. 501 Fig. 8. Rangijfer arcticus. Front view of specimen shown in Fig. 7. 502 Fig. 9. Captain George Comer. About $ nat. size. A brow antler from both right and left antlers. Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Rangifer arcticus. No. 22985, Wager River, northwest coast of Hudson Bay; 1908.] Allen, The Peary Caribou. 503 Fig. 10. Rangifer arcticus. Nearly front view of specimen shown in Fig. 9. [Vol. XXIV, > a S 5S H Ss a 4 S — => ~ = — S = - > > A) > ~ S = S 2 = a S) = xs = S L SS Ss Q a te 59.9, 33S Article XXITI— NOTES ON SOLENODON PARADOXUS BRANDT. By J. A. ALLEN. Pirates XXVITI-XXXIII. The Museum has recently secured three specimens of Solenodon para- doxus Brandt, collected in San Domingo in 1907, by A. Hyatt Verrill, for the Kny-Scheerer Company, dealers in natural history specimens, of New York City. They comprise a very old male and a very old female,’ pre- served in formalin, both with the teeth much worn, and the complete skele- ton of a young specimen still retaining the entire milk dentition. The two-adult animals have been utilized for a group, the specimens having been very carefully modeled by Mr. ‘Herbert Lang. The skin of the female was removed for mounting, the skeleton and most of the soft parts being preserved separately. Of the male only the skin of the head could be used for mounting, owing to its bad state of preservation, although the specimen is available for anatomical study. Hence the male is shown as peering from a hole in the artificial rock-work that forms the setting for the group. An illustration of this group, from a photograph, was published in ‘The American Museum Journal’ for February, 1908 (Vol. VIII, No. 2), and_ is here reproduced in Plate XXVIII. A figure of the female, from a wash-drawing, from life, was published by Mr. Verrill (/. c.), with an account of its capture, external characters, habits, distribution, native names, etc. The other two specimens were captured by Mr. Verrill after the above account was prepared. The first specimen was taken “near E] Cajon, and the other two near La Honda,” localities not given on ordinary maps, but situated in the eastern part of the Republic. _ Mr. Verrill states that “the animal was well known to the natives in certain isolated localities, but that over the greater portion of the Republic it was absolutely unknown. ‘This is readily accounted for by the presence of the mongoose in most parts of the country, and it is only a question of time when this pest will overrun the entire island and the Solenodon will become actually exterminated.” 1 This is the specimen figured and desertbed by Mr. Verrill in his ‘Notes on the Habits and External Characters of the Solenodon of San Domingo (Solenodon paradoxus),’ published in the ‘American Journal of Science’ for July, 1907 (4th ser., Vol. XXI PR: 55-57, with a half- tone figure in the text), and also in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natura’ istory’ for the same month (7th ser., Vol. XX, pp. 68—70, pl. iv). 505 506 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXT ei Great credit is due Mr. Verrill for persevering in his special quest for — this animal until success rewarded his efforts, for its discovery seemed at 4 the outset almost hopeless. Credit is also due to Dr. G. Lagai of the Natura Science Department of the Kny-Scheerer Company of New York, who fo many years has taken great interest in securing specimens of Solenodon, and who engaged Mr. Verrill for this enterprise. Mr. Verrill’s account of the animal is the first that has appeared pre on actual observation of the animal in life and in its natural surroundings. He says: “In its habits the Solenodon resembles a hog, rooting in the earth — and cultivated grounds, tearing rotten logs and trees to pieces with its power- — ful front claws, and feeding on ants, grubs, insects, vegetables, reptiles, and fruit, and at times proving destructive to poultry. On several occasions it — has been known to enter the houses in search of roaches and other vermin, — and has been captured in rat-traps. “Tt is strictly nocturnal, and spends thie day in caves, holes in the coral q limestone rocks and in hollow trees and logs. It is a slow, stupid creature. — It is unable to run rapidly, but shambles along with the zigzag, sidewise . motions of a plantigrade. It is doubtless owing to this that it obtained the ; native name of ‘Orso’ (bear). “Tts long snout and stout front feet, with their curved claws, and its 4 thick, short neck, prove impediments to forward progress. According to the natives it is incapable of running straight. They also claim that when 3 pursued it frequently trips itself and tumbles heels over head. When hunted — with dogs it thrusts its head into the nearest hole or shelter and allows itself — to be captured without resistance. “The only specimen that I obtained was a female which was captured a alive and uninjured. A few days after its capture it gave birth to three naked young. These the mother promptly devoured, and she died bass 7 days later.” Solenodon paradoxus was first made known to science by Brandt i in i : paper presented to the Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg in December, q 1832, and published the following year,’ from a skin and imperfect received from Haiti. His description of the species is remarkably full and : q accurate, considering the nature of the material. This specimen remained — unique until 1907, when the three specimens collected by Mr. Verrill (as noted above) were secured by this Museum, The single previously know1 specimen described by Brandt was restudied some thirty years later 1 y 4 Peters,’ in comparison with his new species from Cuba (Solenodon * ii 1 De Solenodonte, novo mammalium insectivorum genere, By; Jette Breach: ‘Mins ep l’Acad, de St. Pétersbourg, II, 1833, Fa tener 459-478 By WwW. separate, DP. 1-20, pll. - 2 Uber die Séugethiergattung W. Peters.’ Abhandi. der’ Y Konigl. ‘Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1863 (1864), pp. 1-20 Yl. i-iii is ‘ _ 4 4, 1908.] Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradozus. 507 the original type of S. paradoxus having been loaned to him by the authori- ties of the St. Petersburg Academy for this purpose. All subsequent ac- counts of this species, down to 1907, have also been based on this unique original, including the discussion of the phylogeny and dentition of Solenodon by Leche in 1907,' to whom the skull was again entrusted by the authorities of the St. Petersburg Academy for investigation (Leche, /. ¢., p. 4). As is well known, the genus Solenodon is an isolated type, represented, so far as known, by two species, one of which (S. paradoxus) is confined to Haiti, the other (S. cubanus) to Cuba. It is the sole genus of the family Solenodontide, which finds its nearest living representatives in the family Centetide, confined to Madagascar and some of its outlying islands, thus an equally isolated group. Both are commonly regarded as survivals of primitive types, whose ancestral history remains to be discovered. The characters of Solenodon have become well known, especially through Fig. 1. Solenodon paradorus. Side view of head of old male, Slightly ‘less than + nat. size. : the labors of Dobson,’ who has described not only the osteology and denti- tion, but the myology and visceral anatomy, based on S. cubanus; while its phylogeny and dentition have been especially considered by Leche,*? who has also described and figured the milk dentition of S. cubanus. In external characters S. paradoxus and S. cubanus are in general quite similar, but they differ somewhat in size, and markedly in coloration, and also in some other features, as will be presently noted. 1Zur Entwichlungsgeschichte des Sapneyeienne der Siéiugetiere zugleich ein Beitrag zur Stammesgeschichte dieser aiergrupDe. Von Wilhelm Leche. Zweiter Teil: Phylogenie, Zweites Heft: Die Familien der Centetide, Solenodontide und Chrysochloride. Mit 4 Tafeln und 108 Textfiguren. Zoologica, Heft 42. Stuttgard, 1907. 2 A Monograph of the Insectivora, Systematic and Anatomical, By G. E. Dobson. Part og eg the i Erinaceide, Centetide, and Solenodontide. 1882. (Solenodonti- a 87-96, pll. viii, ix.) "PD "Gp. cit., pp. 6-24 (passim), 55, 56, 144-146, pl. iv, figs. 55-58. 508 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX S. paradoxus may be described as follows: al ‘ q The nose (from eye to tip of nose) is naked on the dorso-median area, and ¢ it ‘ so on the distal third, the short hairs of the facial region advancing laterally 1 sides more than on the top; fore”and hind feet naked, the bareness ng uj a b é Fig. 2. Solenodon paradoxus, Three views of proboscis, 4 nat. size. a, nia a above; 0, from side; c, from below. . ward on the thighs to become confluent with the bare glandular area of the rump a ‘and lower back; tail naked. - The nose-pad (Figs. 1 and 2) is about 8 mm. wide at the extremity, produced a dorsally about 5 mm., and extending ventrally in a V-shaped point for about 10-12 mm. The proboscis hind a length of about 40 mm., and is supported at the ‘base by a ql small plate of bone, joined to the premaxillaries by cartilage. a The nostrils (Figs. 1 and 2) are situated at the front lateral corners of the nose- — pad, and are separated at the middle by a space of about 4-5 mm. The ear is oval, obtusely rounded apically, the greatest width about equal to the , length of the ear above the wore (Fig. 1). as: The tail is naked, very ditely il ; regularly annulated with small flat tubercles, from 4to 1mm, in trans- verse diameter; annulations about — 1 to the millimeter on the basal ha of the tail, becoming narrower a ally, where there are 2 or 3 ann Fig. 3. Solenodon paradorus. Palatal sur- tions to the millimeter, == face, showing number and character of the ridges. The pelage is short, thin, | ’ at. size. sparse, in comparison with that S. cubanus, with much less underfur; the feet are less clothed, as is the pes the naked, glandular area on the thighs and rump is more extended, _ ie In coloration the female (in these two specimens) is brighter than the m The general color of the median dorsal area is dusky. brown, front of the eyes, and laterally along the sides of the body and lower back; ‘the are lighter basally, and have lighter tips near the lateral and posterior bo! ~~ ae : 1908.) Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradocus. 509 _ the dark dorsal area; sides light, tinged with fulvous, deepening to rufous on the shoulders, and to chestnut on the sides of the neck and sides of the head; throat and pectoral region darker, blackish chestnut; ventral surface pale rufous; a small _ oval white spot on the nape, about 8 x 15 mm. in extent. ‘The pelage of the male is, unfortunately, in bad condition, the hair having be- come in large part detached. The white nape spot present in the female (probably an individual variation) is apparently absent. The pattern of coloration is in other Fig. 4. Solenodon paradoxus. Left fore foot, from below, nat. size. respects similar, but the tints are paler, the rufous especially much weaker in tone. The interdental palatal ridges (Fig. 3) are apparently less strongly developed than in S. cubanus, as figured by Peters (I. ¢., pl. ii, fig. 7), and cease about oppo- site p', instead of being continued forward to the base of the middle incisors, there being only 7 in paradoxus instead of 9 asin cubanus. In this respect the present specimens agree well with Brandt’s figure (l.c., pl. ii, fig. 5) of the type of paradowus. Mr. Verrill’s description of the external ‘chardcbend: from the living animal, is ; ? Fig. 5. Solenodon paradoxus. Left hind foot from below, nat. size. j i of interest in the present connection, especially his references to the sparseness of the pelage, and the color of the naked parts of the animal, which is as follows: _ “The body and head are covered with sparse, coarse hair, which is reddish fer- ruginous from the eyes to the shoulders, and dusky brown on the rest of the body. “The hair becomes very thin and scattered on the hind quarters, which for some distance on the back and sides are naked, roughly corrugated, and warty, with a sparse, short, wooly growth between the excrescences. 510 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Ve LX “The legs, snout, and eyelids are naked and with the bare skin of the run pinkish white. The ears are short, thin, rounded, and are bluish gray witl edges. The heavy, rat-like tail is dark brown and naked. The claws are The front feet and claws are large, heavy, and mole-like and well adapted t and tearing asunder rotten wood, etc. They are much smaller in proport in the Cuban species, however. The snout is also more flexible than in , 2 from which it also differs in the smaller extent of the naked skin of the color, size, and other characters.” I am indebted to Mr. Herbert Lang for the subjoined external n Those of the male (see Table II) were made in the same detail as thon \ Peters of the type (female) of Solenodon cubanus (l. c. pp. 5, 6), fobs C0} nv 3 - Bia No. 28270 °No. 28271 Total length in straight line . ...... . S535 510 : “f “along curvature of body .. . . . 586 BER: 3i5 Length oftail . ... 5a i te 220° “from caleaneum to tip of middle claw reer yy! OB tas a “ olecranon to “ “ “* Ao peng Bet Bh us “of the muzzle in front of the incisors . . . 39 a 40 ee ; The above measurements show that in these two specimens he considerably exceeds the female in size. The female is somewhat 0 than the male, having the teeth rather more worn, but both are what m be termed ‘old adults.’ a Dobson states that an adult male Solenodon cubanus in the Paris M um, and another male in the Hunterian Museum are both somey than the type of the species, a female, as described by he says, ‘““we may, perhaps, infer that the male is sorteni m. the female.” Peters’s specimen, as shown by his figures of the skull, middle-aged animal, with the teeth wholly unworn; compared with a skull in the U. S. National Museum Colléction (No. 37983), of ap about the same age, it is decidedly larger (see measurements of sk Table II), and also larger than a second skull in the U. 8. National ] Collection (No. 2222), also a female (see Table 11); from this we r 1398 haps, infer that Peters’s specimen was an exceptionally large fer 1From Brandt, l, ¢. 1908.] Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradoxus. 511 that the males mentioned by Dobson had not attained full size, although _ “apparently quite full grown.” The figure given by Dobson of the Hunterian 7 —— ie ae ae Fig. 7. Solenodon paradoxus. Female genitalia. 4 nat. size. specimen shows it to have been moderately young; in the old age stage it would certainly have been notably large. ~ Recent ie tf 512 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV II, ComPparATIVE ExTeRNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Solenodon mpi AND S. cubanus (9). Length from end of nose to base of tail (in curved line over the mm, iss back i932 net Length from end of i nose vibes anus s straight tine). : Length of head (in straight line). . . . . ..... ‘Breadth of head in-frontof ears). 4.00.) 54s eee Distance from eyes to point of nose . . . . . 1 ew we Length of eyelids. (fissure), \/5000 8 0) i ee A ee Distance of eyes from each other . . . ... 2... . 380 Distance from eye t0:288 «4 sys eevee Distance between ears at base 032 0 Ge ss oe Height of ear (0.0 s eee ees ee ee ee ee a Breadth ofear. . . Rey en eer a EAS Sot cn a Length of proboscis to incisors. ee yi 9 Ei iet rae aoe Breadth of proboscis at base .! fo yt ei eee 0 6 Breadth of proboseis at middle“. \ je ..i3) eee See Height of probostis'‘at base 6. ee Height of proboscis at middle. . Bera’, <3 Length of muzzle (hairless part) on lower! sider proboscis. af Distance from point of under lip to corner of mouth . Distance between corners of mouth Length oftail . . . _ Thickness of tail at middle. ree Length of hand to end of third digit: (without deotali: “ 1st digit (without claw) . aha j “ « Claw of 1st digit (over curvature) . ee aaa “ & 9d digit (without claw) . . St Shaky Oye are “ « Glaw of 2d digit (over ‘Guana: iS ithe” nw “ 3d digit (without claw) . . A ieee PTT “ © claw of 3d digit (over curyatire) 4 OE tis Fs “ © 4th digit (without claw). . . wnt a ae ea “ “© claw of 4th digit (over curvature) . EE Geog ye ay “« “5th digit (without claw) . : ata Shoat, eo “ ‘claw of 5th digit (over cutvatire). sie dol ee ee ae “foot to end of middle digit (without law). Bae eee “« “© Ist. digit’ (without-claw) 00599... 2 © eo who ee «“ “claw of 1st digit (over piposiaae Wise Namal “« 2d digit (without claw) Rt : “claw of 2d digit (over curvature) . TM Va fe “ “3d digit: (without. claw): \\ 3p ae ni a cra, ee “ © claw of 3d digit (over curvature) . . . . . ; “4th digit (without claw) . MER Giset © “ — “ claw of 4th digit (over curvature). . . . . “ © 5th digit (without claw) . ov NWR ee a “« © claw of 5th digit (over curvature) pied pity : Lang het aren ae in Whee 4 36 +> ere ae ba x 2 Type of So lon cubanus Peters. Measurements from Peters, 1. c., pp. 5, 6. — 2 1908.] Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradozus. 513 In external characters S. paradoxus and S. cubanus present a number of noteworthy differences, as in the relative length of the tail, the relative development of the fore claws, in coloration, and in the character of the pelage, as follows: S. paradosus is slightly the larger (much larger if the comparison is based on the skulls); the tail is relatively about one fourth longer (see Table III), and the fore claws nearly one half shorter and corre- spondingly weaker. In coloration S. paradoxus has the dorsal area lighter than S. eubanus, Fig. 8. Solenodon paradoxus. Glandular surface of left thigh. About #. but the chief difference is in the color of the head, sides of the neck, shoulders, and throat, which in cubanus are light yellow, golden yellow, or light ocher yellow, as described by Peters, Gundlach, Poey, and Dobson, or nearly pure white, as in two alcoholic specimens in the U. S. National Museum collection (Nos. 15526, adult female, and 15527, quarter-grown young, possibly somewhat faded),-in abrupt contrast with the color of the back; in paradoxus the head is lighter colored than the dorsal area, but is not in 514 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, i abrupt contrast with it; the dark rufous of the head becomes somewhat lighter anteriorly, but on the sides of the neck, shoulders, and breast passes into deep rufous chestnut, very unlike light yellow of these parts in cu- — banus. The pelage is much heavier — longer and thicker — and more woolly in cubanus than in paradoxus, in which latter species the nose, facial nee and feet are also much more thinly clothed. The well marked differences in the skull and teeth, noted below, fave long been known, and show that instead of the two forms being only “local varieties,” as suggested by Dobson, they are really not closely related, end a might well be regarded as referable to different subgenera. ra - TasiLE III. ComparAtivE MEASUREMENTS OF SKULIS OF Solenodon paren doxus AND S. cubanus. ; S. paradoxus. S. << | (G gt 98 Qt 8 gt mm. mm. mm, mm, mm. pe mm, Occipito-nasallength. . .... — 87 88 77.80 SBT) Condylo-basallength. . .... — 79 76 73 «75 _—_ Basal length SPS aed tic iia" 9 GAS ae aes 69 871 78.7 69.9 ' Basilar length . ...... — 69 67 62 625 — —- Palatal “ Shag they ae at gt ele 41.5 438 45 438.2 — Palatilar “ op em BOP BF 34 345° — — Breadth at zygom. ‘pha ot wiakilln . 31.5 36 34 31.5 31.5 34.7 cco a ys “3 . “ “ squamosal. 30.3 36 31 31 332.5 33.5 31.7 Interorbital breadth . . . . . . 17.7 15 ‘15 15.2 - 15 + AS64152 Mastoid 4 BNE yD. eee hee cE as 26.3 27 _-_ — Breadth of occip. senile bed soc bhi g bye Meme 17 15.6039 _- —. Breadth (transv.) of occip. crest . . — 20.5 20 19.7 17.2. Breadth of rostrum at ant. border... — 9 9 7.2 TGi ee ef s © odie sete Ts Oke 12 10 10 299.4 —_ Distance outside to outside of third ee molars... Shy 2b eas ae 18 182 12 — Palatal border to fokkineht magriure . — 380 30 27. 27.30 e “« © hamular process- ...— 10 10 13 — — = Length of uppertoothrow . . . 39 40 39 35 36° 30°) gals Space occupied by incisors ... — 135 14 11.2 11 —_- — ff “ e-p'% Sh ja a ee 15 14.7 15 _-> = 18, paradoxus. Type, Measurements from Peters, l. c., pp. 11, 12. 2 8. paradorus, old’ ie 0. 28270. Measurements from the specimen, 38. paradorus, old 9, No. 28271. Measurements from the specimen. 48. cubanus, ars 37983, U. 8. Nat. Mus.. Measurements from specimen, 5S. cubanus, 483 U. S. Nat. Mus. Measurements cia | pet Taha 6S, cubanus, Bae Measurements from Peters, l. ¢., pp. 78. cubanus, 3, Hunterian Museum, Measurements from ‘ Dokoaae ‘Monograph of the Insectivora,’ p. 90. = e a 5 1908.] Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradoxus. 515 (Table III continued.) Space occupied by p*-m° LEVERS: 15.5: 16 $4 82-6 IRD ee “ “te fppolare ts 2 Ga reecs (10 10.3 7.56 7.7 —- — Lower jaw, length (to angle) . . . — 566 55 49.6 50 “ height at condyle . . . — 13.5 14 12 730—- — ‘ * “ “coronoid. . . 25.5. 25.2 26 23 24 28 25.4 Length of lower toothrow . .. . 33 36 35 32 32.4 30.5 33 Space occupied by incisors . . . . — 7 t 7 7 —_- — a ep a 1B: 15 0 aie Vee en ei - s Se NEI gist See AB 13 10 100.3 —- — a“ ee a te ee OWS Ae te ie In cranial characters and dentition, as long since pointed out by Peters (l. c.), the two species are exceedingly distinct. S. paradoxus has a much larger, heavier, and more massive skull, both relatively and absolutely, in comparison with the general size of the animal, as is well shown in Plates XXIX-XXXI. The posterior rudiment of the zygomatic arches is much more developed and ends in a long slender point, in one of the three known adult skulls, but is less developed in the others. The interpterygoid fossa in paradoxus is shallow, and much wider in jront than posteriorly; in cu- banus it is much deeper and one third to one half narrower in front than posteriorly; and the pterygoids are not only broader in cubanus but extend much further back, and the hamular processes are also much more developed and more posterior in position. The interorbital region is relatively much broader in cubanus. In S. paradoxus the proboscis is supported at base by a bony subquadrate plate,’ 5 mm. wide and 4 mm. long (in the old female; slightly smaller in the somewhat younger male), which is wholly lacking in S. cubanus, or merely represented by somewhat hardened or ‘horny’ cartilage. In other features of the skull the two species show close resemblance. The differences in dentition are correlated with those of the skull, the individual teeth being about twice as massive in paradoxus as in cubanus, but have the same details of form. The intervals, however, between i! and i”, and between i® and the canine, are somewhat greater in cubanus than in paradoxus. . Neither of the two skulls of S$. cubanus before me shows any palatal vacuity, the palatal floor being uniformly ossified throughout (excepting, of course, the usual foramina); in S. paradorus both adult skulls show a very small longitudinal vacuity in the palatines, but they look more like accidental fractures than normal vacuities. As the young skull of S. para- doxus has the palatines completely ossified, it seems probable that this is the normal condition. The female skull of S. paradoxus has a very large 1 Called ‘os proboscidis’ by Brandt, by whom it is well described and figured. 516 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X vacuity on each side of the basal third of the rostrum (see XXXI, Fig. but as such vacuities are absent in all other known skulls of & they are evidently abnormal or pathological. In correlation with the heavy ossification of the skull and the’ of an ‘os probocidis’ in S. paradoaus, the hyoid bones and all of the Ia gial cartilages are densely ossified (Fig. 9). ‘ The milk-dentition in Solenodon has been described atid Lesche,! on the hese cubanus, but his il laste tions do not form satisfactory bast ic parison, only a : of the teeth beng _Paradorus, Hyoid bones and without any indicatic itio the maxillary-premaxilla: suture. The figures indicate slight differences in the form of the pai what is seen in S. paradoxus. His descriptions are comparative with the milk-dentition of the Centetidee, and are thus not definite and detailed. _ e All the milk teeth of the upper mandible were present and in place e3 p _ the canine and dp’, which had fallen out by masceration, but were preserved. The permanent tooth is visible at the bottom of the sockets, in each case. The canine and dp* were, however, easily replaced, and are shown in situ in Plate XXXII. The formula of the milk dentition is I 3%, C +P 4 =14. Id’ is not larger than id? or id’, but differs from them in being three-sided, with the inner face convex, and the longer diam transverse to the axis of the premaxille. Pd? is slightly larger than both are conical, with a well developed cingulum. The maxillo-inter- maxillary suture separates dp’ and the canine. The canine is similar in form to the adjoining incisor and slightly smaller; consequently times smaller than the permanent canine. Dp! is similar in form to LO p and nearly as large; dp? is about one half the size of p? and of similar form. Also dp* has the same form as p* and is about two thirds as large. a In the lower jaw id, and id, have the same form and nearly the s pe size as i, and i,; but dp, is a small tooth, rather long, laterally fl and sharp-edged, but wholly lacks the inner groove so conspicuov and is only about one tenth as large. Cd is very small—a mere p while pd, is nearly as large as p, and of the same form; dp, has fallen o and its successor protrudes above the alveolus; it has been preserve I i Fig. 9. So ossified larynx. Nat. siz Ls 1 Boy enpreernoe des Zahnsystems der Siugetiere, Part II, Heft 2, iss ». 5 ii pl, iv, figs. 5: a t 1908.] Allen, Notes on Solenodon paradoxus. — 517 is a minute conical tooth (not shown in the photograph, Pl. XXXII); dp, is a relatively large tooth, similar in form to ps, but about one half smaller. As complete ankylosis of the bones of the skull in Solenodon occurs quite early in the life of the animal, photographs of a young skull of S. paradoxus are here given (Plate XXXIII) showing the principal sutures at the stage when the milk dentition is still in situ. For use of specimens of Solenodon cubanus, for comparison with S. paradoxus, 1 am indebted to the kindness of the authorities of the U. S. National Museum, through Dr. Frederick W. True, Head Curator of the Department of Biology. These specimens comprised two examples in alcohol, No. 15526, 9 ad., and No. 15527, 3 juv., about one fourth grown, from the Sierra Maestra, Cuba, collected by the late Dr. Juan Gundlach; also an adult female skull (No. 37983, from No. 15526, in alcohol) and another adult female skull (No. 223%), with locality simply “‘ Cuba, Prof. Poey.” ‘az huh . 7? ti a ? ’ i 3 43 ‘ ae 3 ee tae | " % Ww 4 se - nie aes: | ‘7 ty + wes pied et “Sy Se Ge we ‘IIAXX @VId ‘AIXX “TOA ‘unesnyy uvoLioury ye dnory peyuNoy{ *SsOXOdVUVd NOGONATOS BuLuLeETIN A. M.N. H. 2 o. SOLENODON. Figures natural size, 1. S. paradorus, Am. Mus. No. 2. S. cubanus, U. S. Nat. Mus. 3. S. paradoxus, Am. Mus. No. Vou. XXIV, PLATE XXIX, 28271, No. 37983, 28270, yt BULLETIN A. M.N. H. 2 o. SOLENODON. Figures natural size. paradoxus, No. 28271, . cubanus, No. 37983, paradoxus, No. 28270, Vou. XXIV, Prats XXX, BULLETIN A, M. N.H. 1. Solenodon paradoxus, No. 28271, 2. 2 and 4. No. 37983, natural size. 9 o and i S. Vou. XXIV, Puate XXXI,. mt S. cubanus, paradoxus, No. 28270, &. Figures BuuuetTin A. MN. H. SOLENODON. Milk Dentition. Figures twice natural size. +) S. paradoxus, No. 28272 VoL. XXIV, PLATE XXXII. a et Oe Fe PEE BuLueTiIn A. M.N.H. VoL. XXIV, PLATE XXXIII SOLENODON. Figures natural size. S. paradorus. Young skull, showing sutures. Fig. 4, slightly oblique view of occipital aspect. PGE sh y hy re ed hs 56.57, 98L Article XXIV.— A FOSSIL LARRID WASP. By S. A. Ronwer. There are but two fossil Larride known. One, Larrophanes ophthal- micus Handl. from Gabbro, Italy, and the present new one. The following is the original description of Larrophanes ophthalmicus (p. 888, V1, Fossilen Inseckten): “In der Sammlung v. Bosniaski befindet sich ein merkwiirdiges Hymenopteron, welches ich nur bei den Sphegiden unterbringen kann. Der Abdruck ist leider etwas undeutlich und lisst das Fliigelgeiider nicht unter- scheiden. Die Fliigel waren relativ kurz, der Kérper sehr schlank, 22 mm. lang und yon dem Habitus einer sehr schlanken Larride oder Pompilide, mit ziemlich kurzen Beinen. Das Abdomen war kurz gestielt und hinten spitz zulaufend. Auffallend sind die grossen in der Mitte zusammenstos- senden Facettaugen, welche etwa an jene der Astatus-Miinnchen erinnern. Jedenfalls gehért diese Form in die Gruppe der Larrinen, bei welcher ahn- liche Augen mehrfach vorkommen, ist aber mit keiner der bekannten Gat- tungen zu identifizieren.”’ Pison cockerelle sp. nov. Q. Length about 11 mm., length of anterior wing 73 mm., width of thorax 34 mm., width of head 3} mm. Head as wide as thorax, finely and evenly punctate; antennz inserted low down on face; ocelli in an equilateral triangle; eyes appar- ’ ently but slightly emarginate within, however this is not clear in the fossil; dorsulum and scutellum finely, evenly punctate, similar to head; metathorax strongly ob- - liquely striated, middle furrow not strong but quite distinct; on the posterior face the strie start from the middle furrow; first cubital cell long, longer than the second and third combined; receiving the first recurrent nervure near the apex; second cubital cell petiolate, the petiole shorter than the width of the cell; third cubital cell much narrower on the radial nervure than on the cubital nervure, receiving the second recurrent nervure near its base; submedian cell shorter than the median, about asin Parapison (Fig. 3, p. 459, Die Gattungen der Sphegiden, Kohl); abdo- men impunctate. Color black; wings subhyaline, venation brown. The following measurements are in 1: First recurrent nervure basad to first transverse cubitus . . . .. . . 119. Length of the petiole of second cubital cell . . . . ee ges Third transverse cubitus beyond second transverse Gitta < on tadina Pies, coe Second recurrent nervure beyond second transverse cubitus . . . . . . 170. Transverse median basad to basal nervure. . 136. - Habitat — Station 14, Florissant, Colorado, “1907 Ww. P. Cockarell). 519 520 Bulletin American Museum of Natural eat ae In shape of the third cubital cell and position of he rans) this species is more like a Parapison (= Pison ff. Kohl) thar second transverse cubitus in Parapison is wanting. This has more species in the Australian Region than any other one species in the Nearctic Region, and is mae N eotropical Region. Type in the American Museum of Natural oi SuppLeMENTARY Nore. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. From the amber. Museum at Kénigsberg, Prussia, I study a Larrid found in Prussian Amber, of oligocene older than the species described above, but does mt primitive characters. Pison oligocenum sp. nov. 9. Black or very dark brown, length 8 mm, or a little 2 mm.), length of anterior wings about 4mm., nervures dark. little developed; marginal cell long, navrope, “shay poin’ three submarginal cells, the first much longer than the other t s. m. petiolate above, a subequilateral triangle, about 272 measured obliquely, 493 » long, but only 170 » on marginal; | meeting first transversocubital, second joining third s. m. ~nervure falling about 100 » short of transverso-medial. Len joint 246 ». A further.account of P. oligocenum will be given on the amber wasps and bees, to be published in Germany. a 56.57, 93T (78.8) Article XXV.— ON THE TENTHREDINOIDEA OF THE FLORIS- SANT SHALES. By S. A. RoHweEnr. - Through the kindness of Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell I have had the pleasure of working up the fossil Tenthredinoidea of the expedition of 1907 to the Florissant shales. In working the species of this expedition a few notes on some already described species were made and as they may be useful they are given in the following paper. To make easier the determination of new material a table to separate all the species known to occur at Florissant is given. At present there are eighteen genera represented in the Tertiary at Florissant, seven of which are known only in the fossil condition. Com- paring the fossil and recent species we find that there are 25 fossil species to 31 recent species (these represent 14 genera). ‘Two of the genera are known to be both recent and fossil. Six of the fossil genera are not known to occur in Colorado to-day but are found in the eastern or southern parts of the United States. Of the five remaining genera that are found both fossil and recent in Colorado all but Tenthredo and Pteronus, which are circumpolar, may be called eastern genera, having more eastern than western species. It will be seen from the above that the fossil fauna of _ Florissant bears but little resemblance to the recent fauna, but is more like the present day fauna of the eastern States, Virginia and northward. I wish to express my thanks to Mr. C. T. Brues for the kindness of sending his manuscript before his valuable paper (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., Vol. LI, No. 10) appeared, and to Prof. T. D. A: Cockerell for valuable assistance. The types of the new species herein described, except Pseudocumbex clavatus, are in the American Museum of Natural History. | PR ec 58 inereemese 5 “Sone aes TABLE TO SEPARATE TENTHREDINOIDEA OF FLORISSANT BEDs. Radial cell with two cross-nervures; length perhaps 13 mm. Megaxyela petrejacta Brues, Radial cell with one cross-nervure . RNG EN 1a 9,4: ‘ eros Radial cell without a cross-mervure ...... +... +. 18, a erent wines with a subcostal mervure 2... ee wii ide p ew we Be Front’ wings without subcostal nervure . . . . .. ...... 38. 2. Cu, present; abdomen dark; smaller . . . . . Atocus dejessus Scudd. Cu, absent, abdomen light; larger . . . . . Neurotoma cockerelli Roh. 521 522 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Lanceolate cell of fore wings petiolate . ..... 2.2.4.4. -. Lanceolate cell of fore wings not petiolate : recurrent not siaselliels length4mm. .... "Pein perier ) Second cubital receiving both recurrent nervures; basal and first recur- rent parallel; length 7mm.ormore . 5B. Transverse median récelved in sbout middle of first discal cell; pee . recurrent almost interstitial with second transverse oubitisas . - Dineura laminarum Brues.! Bd Transverse median received before the middle of first discoidal; second recurrent not nearly interstitial with second transverse cubitus. Dineura saxorum Ckll.* Basal nervure and first recurrent nervure not parallel . . . . . . . 7. Basal nervure and first recurrent nervure parallel i 32, Pegueaths ta Lanceolate cell contracted; basal nervure joining subcostal retiigte from _ q origin of cubitus . . . . . . « Hemichroa eophila Ckll. | Lanceolate cell with an oblique. cross-nervure; basal nervure joining the cubitus near its base . . . . . . Paremphytus ostentus Brues. Lanceolate cell with an oblique cross-nervure; basal nervure joining sub- costa at or near the origin of cubitus . . . cate Sb Be Lanceolate cell with a straight cross-nervure or contraenelta peti nervure~ joining subcosta remote from origin of cubitus . . . *\ ae oe Basal nervure interstitial or nearly so with transverse median: renee Basal nervure remote from the transverse median . : Asa ta cu. Abdomen unicolorous; stigma bulging from costa, transvenie radial very ‘ closetoapex . . . . . Paleotaxonus typicus ‘Bruss, a Abdomen pale, marked with blaehes sttatad not bulging from Saat trans- verse radial near middle and drawing stigma out 4 Paleotaxonus trivittatus Roh. Length 17 aime 20088 PO eee ee : Pahl: 12. Length9mm. .. aa ie sei 8 Transverse median sbinewhint more than ve own lingth beyeaiil ‘basal nervure . .. . . . Pseudosiobla misera Brogay, #3 Transverse median less than ite own n length beyond basal nervure ; Pseudosiobla megoura Ckll. Second cubital on radial more than two times as long as first cubital on cubitus; wings infuseated . . . . . Second cubital on radial no longer than first cubital on cubitus; wings a hyaline . . . ae pen alec, ee Freee wheeleri Ckll. 7 Lanceolate Gateaed.” case panty a ee -Lanceolate cell with a straight cross nervure Srila + +k ol Three encleseg cubital cells; antennz not clavate, 9-jointed | 4 Macrophya pervetwate., sie’ a separated as follows: me 1 Since the above was written another species of Dineura was found, The three may be x Transverse median received by first discoidal between middle and base; (length i head and thorax dark, abdomen banded with light Transverse median received by first discoidal near middle, not ‘a Be basad to middle “ Robust; intercostal vein not its own iength basad to basal; second recurrent very. clo to second transverse cubitus . D. laminarum Slender; intercostal vein more than its own length basad to basal; ic eculrer quite free from second transverse cubitus ‘ . coc 1908.] Rohwer, The Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant Shales. 523 Two enclosed cubital cells; antenne clavate, 6-jointed. Trichiosomites obliviosus Brues, 16. Lanceolate cell of hind wings not petiolate at apex . . Tenthredo avia Brues. Lanceolate cell of hind wings petiole at apex . . ALRIaMES 17. Length 13 mm.; venation light; petiole of lanesdlate cell of hind: wings short, less than one third of basal nervure . . Tenthredo submersa Ckll. Length 104 mm.; venation dark; petiole of lanceolate cell of hind wings more than half the length of basal nervure . . Tenthredo infossa Brues. 18. One enclosed cubital cell; i ge long, projecting much beyond end of the abdomen . . . . . . Lithoryssus parvus Brues. Two or more enclosed cubital calle; ieitocnboe not projecting . . . . 19. 19. - Second cubital receiving both recurrent nervures; lanceolate cell petiolate; length seven mm. . . . . . . Pteronus prodigus Brues. _ Second cubital receiving only one | Sacurvent nervure .. oT Seisaks:, Sy eR 20. Lanceolate cell petiolate; length9mm. .. . Liaconaantl vexabilis Brues. Lanceolate cell with a cross nervure, not petiolate; length 17 mm. or over; antenne clavate .. . oc cn eae 21. Length 174 mm.; apical joint “ heihaion: Sainte Posdavtnies ovatus Roh. Length 25 mm.; apical jointed of antenne rounded at apex Phenacoperga coloradensis Ckll, LYDID. Neurotoma Konow. Neurotoma cockerelli sp. nov. “Apparently a male. Length 11mm. Head nearly as wide as thorax; broadest across the orbits; hind margin rounded; narrowest at base of mandibles, antenns inserted close to clypeus; basal joint longer and broader than second (from the second the joints are wanting). Head and thorax deeply and coarsely punctured; basal plates finely punctured; abdomen smooth. Color black; abdomen beyond the basal plates ferruginous with darker bands at the junction of the segments. Wings hyaline; nervures brown, stigma paler. Comparing the venation with that of Neurotoma jasciata (fig. 36, plate xxiv Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxix) the following differences were noted: {1). . The basal nervure joins the cubitus nearer the middle of the first cubital cell, and is slightly more oblique. (2). The transverse median joins the anal nervure nearer the’ cross nervure of the _ lanceolate cell. (3). The third cubital cell is longer. (4). The second recurrent nervure is longer and is straight. Habitat.— Station 17, Florissant, Colo., 1907 (T. D. A. Cockerell). The only other member of this family known from the Florissant shales is Atocus elefessus Scudder. Neurotoma cockerelli may be easily known - from this species by the absence of the cross nervure between the median cell and the second anal cell (Cu, being absent); the light-colored abdomen; and its larger size. 524. Bulletin Adherence Mi emaee oj Natural History. [Vo Atocus Scudder. This genus is known only by the type species. It falls between toma Knw. and Pamphilius Latr. It may be separated from Newr by the presence of Cu,, and from Pamphilius by the absence of Se,. indebted to Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell for his notes on Mr. Seud« Atocus defessus. Mr. C. T. Brues (p. 270, Bul. Mus. of Conti gives some valuable notes on this genus. TENTHREDINID&, EMPHYTIN&. Paleotaxonus Brues. This genus will fall near Pseudosiobla Ashm., both hive verse median and basal nervure interstitial or my so. it ma from Pseudosiobla by the following comparison: Paleotaxonus Brues. Pseudosiobla J 1. Intercostal vein present. 1. Intercostal vein 2. Subdiscoidal nervure (m,) paral- 2. Subdiscoidal lel with the cubitus. parallel with the cubitus. 3. Marginal cell made angulate by 3. Marginal cell not the drawing down of the marginal nerv- rounded on the lower ma ure by the second transverse cubitus. 4, Second cubital c 4. Second cubital cell much more more than half the bent than half the length of the third cubital _ cell. cell. Paleotaxonus typicus Brues and Pseudosiobla excavata Nor so the shape of the stigma, but Paleotaxonus trivittatus Roh. h similar to Pseudosiobla excavata, and it is undoubtedly a Pale In the costal area Paleotaxonus is similar to Stromboceros quite distinct from that genus, being known at once by th a cross nervure in the lanceolate cell. Paleotaxonus trivittatus sp. nov. Probably a female. Length 10 mm., length of anterior wing of abdomen in widest part 3 mm. Head as usual in the larger sp malar space not large, although perhaps it is not wanting; ante: beyond the metanotum, Intercostal vein very distinct, a little less basal of basal vein; basal vein joining the subcostal about twice t e lengtl 1908.] - Rohwer, The Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant Shales. 525 intercostal vein basal to the origin of the cubitus; second cubital cell wider where the first recurrent nervure joins it than at any other place; third cubital cell about - three times wider at apex than at base; transverse medial received a little beyond the middle of third cubital cell; subdiscoidal nervure (m,) long, parallel with cubi- tus; third discoidal cell long and narrow as in Paleotaxonus typicus; stigma taper- ing from base to apex, more drawn out where the transverse marginal joins it than it is in P. typicus, not forming a bulge on the costa as P. typicus, similar to Pseudo- siobla excavata Nort.; cross nervure of lanceolate cell a little more oblique than in P. typicus daccseding to Mr. Brues’s figure of P. typicus). Hind wings with two discal cells, the upper exceeding lower on outer margin, but it is not as wide; lanceo- late cell of hind wings with a distinct petiole at apex, which is about as long as in Eriocampa. Color rufous; middle lobe of mesonotum, basal plates, four posterior legs (the anterior ones cannot be seen) quadrate spots on sides and in middle of each abdominal segment above black; antenne apparently rufous. Wings hyaline; nervures and stigma black. Habitat — Station 13, Forissant, Colo., 1907 (T. D. A. Cockerell). The specimen is very well preserved. The markings of the abdomen are very distinctive. I know of no American species of Emphytine that is similarly marked. In the presence of the intercostal nervure this differs from P. typicus. This may make some difference in its generic position, but if so Paleotoxonus would verge into Pseudosiobla. Pseudosiobla Ashmead. Pseudosiobla megoura Chill. I do not think that this is a true Pseudosiobla, but it is nearest to this genus and for the present will be left here. The transverse marginal is not so bent as in Pseudosiobla excavata (Fig. 48, plate xxviii, Vol. xxix, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.); the basal nervure is farther from the cubitus; the transverse medial in basal fourth of first discoidal. The large, long abdo- men and the habit of entire fossil are very unsuggestive of Pseudostobla. Tenthredo misera Brues is probably the same as this species. If this is true misera would be a synonym of megoura. Mr. Brues description of misera does very well for megoura, and misera is not a Tenthredo, the cross- nervure of the lanceolate cel] being oblique. However these two species may be separated by the characters given in the foregoing table. Eriocampa Hartig. Eriocampa wheeleri C'//l. A specimen from station 14, 1907 (Geo. N. Rohwer) seems to be the female of wheeleri. The venation measurements average about 110 « larger 526 Bulletin American Museum of Natural Hits ) f than those given by Prof. Cockerell, but there is no lilerence Length 9 mm. PHYLLOTOMIN#. Paremphytus Brues. This is a very remarkable genus! It is easily separated (Caliroa Costa, Ertocampoides Knw., Phyllotoma Fallen) by first transverse cubital; basal: nervure joining oubttnety shape ¢ third discoidal cells; ete. | “> eddie NEMATINZA. Pteronus prodigus Brues 2. Station 14 (W. P. Length 8 mm.; legs apparently black. CIMBICIN. Trichiosomites Brues. An excellently preserved specimen with reverse from | (W. P. Cockerell) differs in these points from Mr. Brues’ « obliviosus: — Abdomen rufous; venation pale brown; be gently inward; third transverse cubitus (the first is absent thus causing the marginal and cubital nervures to diverge scutellum not smooth, but punctured as the rest of thorax separated punctures. His specimen may have been a male, t tl edly a female. PHENACOPERGINE. Pseudocimbex gen. nov. Body similar to Cimbex. Head a little wider behind eyes; ¢ 7-jointed, clavate, the last two joints forming the club, the last apex; the club is very broad and short having a spherical appearan without an appendiculation; a distinct subcostal cell; intercosta basal nervure and transverse median interstitial; stigma very ne cubital cells (the fossil where the first teinevedien cubitus should ' but I feel sure this is as described); first and second cubitals each r rent nervure; basal nervure and first recurrent parallel or subp cell of fore wings short, ending a short distance before the tra slightly oblique cross-nervure in about middle of cell (the anal sea obscure, but I believe it is as here described). Type of genus Pseudocimbex clavatus Roh. Pei “Ae 1908.] Rohwer, The Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant Shales. 527 Following Rey. Konow’s arrangement (genera Insectorum, 1905) this genus and Phenacoperga Ckll. would form a new tribe between the Cim- bicini and Syzygonini. Following Dr. A. D. MacGillivray (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXIX, pp. 569-654, 1906) this new subfamily falls nearer _ Nematine than it does Pergine. In general habit it resembles Cimbicine and Perginze (including all allies), but I think it is nearer the Cimbicine. Lhave followed Dr. MacGillivray and called it a subfamily. _ The two genera of this new subfamily are both fossil. They may be separated as follows: f : : Phenacoperga Ckll. Pseudocimbex Roh, 1. Club of antenne obtusely 1. Club of antennz truncate at rounded at apex, elongate. apex, short, somewhat spherical. _ 2. Radial cell angulate near base, 2. Radial cell not thus angulate, caused by the pulling down ofthe second _ rounded on lower margin. transverse cubital. 3. Lanceolate short and broad, end- 3. Lanceolate cell long and rather ing before the transverse median. narrow, not ending before the transverse 4. Cross-nervure of lanceolate cell median. in about the middle. 4. Cross-nervure of lanceolate cell near base of cell. ~ Phenacoperga coloradensis and Pseudocimbex clavatus may be known “yout args We d Fig. 1, a, Fore wing of Pseudocimbex clavatus sp. nov.; b, radial cell of Phenacoperga coloradensis Ckil.; c, lanceolate cell of same; d, antenna of same; e, antenna of Pseudocimbex. from each other most easily by their size. P. coloradensis is 25 mm. long, while P. clavatus is only 174 mm. 1In the figure the stigma of P. clavatus is too large, the lanceolate cell of P. coloradensis too wide and the cross-nervure straight instead of oblique. Di 528 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. — [Vol. XXIV, Pseudocimbex clavatus sp. nov. Apparentlya 9. Length 174 mm.; length of fore wing 14mm. Head not quite as wide as thorax; antenne short, stout, very thick, the last two joints forming the club which is very broad appearing spherical; first recurrent nervure received in about middle of the first cubital cell; second recurrent received in about the middle of second cubital cell; subcostal cell similar to Lophyrus sp. (fig. 45, Proe. U.8. Nat. Mus., Vol. X XIX, plate xxvii), but is not as broad above the basal nerv- ure; stigma very narrow almost wanting; cross-nervure of lanceolate cell rather broad and slightly oblique, color black; abdomen probably rufous. Wings appar- ently fuscous; nervures and stigma dark brown. Habitat.— Florissant, Colo. Collector unknown. Probably from Fossil Stump Hill at station 17. Type in the museum at the State Capitol Building, Denver, Colorado. FENUSIN2. Fenusa Leach. Fenusa primula sp. nov. Probably a 9. Length 4 mm.; length of fore wing 3mm. Head not as wide as thorax, antenne as usual; costa thick also subcosta; stigma rounded on lower mar- gin; basal nervure very strongly bent, cubitus on the lower part of first cubital cell very weak; first cubital cell much narrower at apex than at base, in this respect like Scolioneura betuleti (fig. 75, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxix, plate xxxvii); second cubital three times wider at apex than at base; first recurrent received in first cubital a little beyond middle; second recurrent at ‘about basal third of second cubital; transverse radial in abou middle of second cubital; transverse median received a little beyond middle of first discoidal; lanceolate cell petiolate, the upper part of the petiole very weak, petiole probably longer than Fenusa pygmea (Fig. 74, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxix); hind wings not decipherable, but the lanceo- late cell seems to be reduced to a line as in Kaliosysphinga dohrnii (fig. 73, Proc. etc.). Color black; wings subhyaline, nervures brown. é Differs from Fenusa pygmea (fig. 74, Proc. ete.) in the following char- acters: (1) first transverse (really second because the first is wanting) cubitus is shorter; (2) stigma rounded on lower margin, not angulate; (3) transverse radial slightly curved; (4) upper nervure of lanceolate cell weak; (5) first recurrent a little nearer transverse cubitus; (6) second transverse | cubitus is not so oblique; (7) cubitus arising nearer basal. The following measurements are in yp: = 4 ‘al (1). Length of first (second) transverse cubitus . ... .. .+ «6. SOD | (2). Width of second cubital at third transverse cubitus . 0 es ee (3). Width of stigma in widest part . . . oc, Oe (4). Distance from lower (nearest) part of sti iema to ES trauselei oubivigs 238 (5). Width of median cell (widest part) . . Meee Ses Habitat.— Florissant, Colo., station 14, 1907 (s. A: Rohwer we , ~ 4 y — = ee te Sea eed fe 1908. ] Rohwer, The Tenthredinoidea of the Florissant Shales. 529 SCHIZOCERIN &. Lisconeura gen. nov. Broad, stout species; abdomen sonrewhat oval; intercostal vein absent; stigma rounded on lower margin; basal nervure more than half its own length basal to ori- gin to cubitus; first recurrent short, not parallel with basal; three enclosed cubital cells, the first small, the second and third of about equal length; second and third eubitals each receiving a recurrent nervure; transverse median near middle of first discoidal cell; lanceolate cell petiolate; antennz question. _ Type, Scolioneura vexabilis Brues, Bull. Mus. of Comp. Zoél., Vol. LI, No. 10, p. 263. March, 1908. This genus may not belong in this subfamily, but the venation is nearer to this group than any other. If the antenne are more than three jointed there would be no doubt that it would form a new subfamily. Mr. Brues assigned this to Scolionewra with a doubt, but it is not very closely related to that genus. The position of the basal nervure alone would exclude it from that genus. The shape of the second and third cubitals will easily separate it from its supposed allies. DINEURIN2. Dineura Dahilb. There have been two species described as belonging to this genus and there is another in this collection. The three species so far known may be separated by the characters in the foregoing table. There are other charac- ters which also separate them. D. /aminarum has the intercostal nervure quite close to the basal, not its own length basad to basal; D. cockerelli has it about one and a half times its length basad to basal; D. savorwm has it two times its length basad to basal. In the position of the intercostal nervure and second recurrent nervure cockerelli is nearer to saxorum but easily known by the position of the transverse median. All the fossil spe- cies differ from Dineura as now defined in the position of the intercostal nervure. D. cockerelli and saxorum have it as in Mesoneura Hartig, but position of the transverse radial, second recurrent, and the shape of the costa are not as in that genus. D. laminarum has the intercostal as in Pseudodineura Knw., but in the character of the transverse radial and second recurrent it is more like Mesoneura. Dineura Dahlb., Mesoneura Hartig, and Pseudodineura Knw. are closely related and undoubtedly had a near common ancestor or Mesoneura and Pseudodineura have been recent offshoots from Dineura. Dineura laminarum Brues. A well perserved specimen from Station 14, 530 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV. 1907 (W. P. Cockerell) differs from the description of the type in having the second recurrent a considerable distance from the second transverse cubitus, about as in D. geeri (fig. 63, plate xxxiii, Proc. ete); and the thorax is entirely black. The following measurement of this specimen may be of value. Length of intercostal nervure 119 yp. Intercostal basad to basal nervure 85 yp. First recurrent from first transverse cubitus 663 y. Length of first cubital cell on cubitus 527 p. Dineura cockerelli sp. nov. Probably a 3’. Length 83 mm.; length of anterior wing about 7} mm. Rather slender, not nearly so robust as D. laminarum. Head partly covered with a piece of wood. Stigma widest at base tapering gently to apex; intercostal vein about one and a half times its length basad to basal; basal nervure curved on the lower part; transverse radial not strongly oblique, received a little beyond second trans- verse cubitus as in D. geeri (fig. 63, plate xxxiii, Proc. etc.); transverse median received a little beyond middle of first discoidal cell; first recurrent nervure received in second cubital cell nearly the length of first cubital from base; second recurrent received in second cubital about the length of second transverse cubitus from apex; third discoidal sharply pointed at apex, caused by the inward move of the second recurrent; lanceolate cell as in D. geeri. Hind wings as usual, except the lower discal cell is shorter than the upper, about as in Pseudodineura hepatice (fig. 65, plate xxxiv, Proc. ete.), D. sarorum and D. laminarum also have this character. Color: head and thorax dark; legs as much as could be seen dark; abdomen dark banded with light as in D. saxorum. Wings hyaline; nervures and stigma dark brown. The following differences were noted when compared with Dineura geeri (Fig. 63, Proc. ete.): (1). Intercostal nervure considerably basad of basal. (2). Stigma more tapering. (3). Third discoidal cell more sharply pointed at apex. (4). First recurrent nearer middle of second cubital cell. (5). Second “ “cc “ “c “ce > “SE “ (6). Lower discal cell of hind wings shorter than upper. The following measurements are in p. Length of intercostal nervure ...9. 0°. «ww we Intercostal nervure basad to basal. .°: . . 2.’ . 2° 1°) Se Transverse median from basal’ .9. 9. . . s 60+» oie Sunn First recurrent from first transverse cubitus . . . . . . 4. + « « « « 425 Length of first cubital cell on cubitus ere | Bs Habitat.— Florissant, Colo., station 13 B' (8. A. Rohwer), 1907. 1 Station 18B is between Stations 13 and 14, lower on the slope than 13 (see Ckll. Vol. XXIII, 1907, p. 131, Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. peng 5 Geographically it is lower than either 13 or 14, but the layer worked at 13B is the same as that worked at 14. While the layers w at 13 correspond to 14A (the upper layer of 14 above the heavy sandstone and shale, a’ 8 feet above) but are much more weathered and break with ease, During the expedition of 1907 sta- tion 14 was extended eastward to meet the excavations made years ago at station 9, However the central part of 9, where all 1906 and 1907 fossils came from, was not reached, Se 56.79,5L(115) Article XXVI—NOTES ON THE SKULL OF LYSOROPHUS TRICARINATUS COPE. By E. C. Cass. ‘The genus Lysorophus was first described by Cope from several verte- bre from the bone bed of eastern Illinois (Cope, ’77). Later Case gave a more detailed account of the vertebral column (Case, ’00 and ’02). Finally Broili, from very full material, supplemented the description of the verte- bree and gave an account of the skull. He came to the conclusion that Lysorophus was entirely limbless and a member of an extremely primitive family of reptiles to which he gave the name Paterosauride (Broili, ’04 and ’04). This family he regarded as one of the original groups of reptiles, assigning to the reptiles a diphyletic origin. He says (’04): ‘‘Wir miissen also fiir die Reptilien eine diphyletische Entwicklung annehmen, deren eine Wurzel bei den amphibischen Stegocephalen zu finden, deren andere, aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach, bei den Fischen zu suchen ist.” A series of five skulls in the collection of the American Museum, collected by the author in Texas in the summer of 1906, permits some addition to Broili’s description of the skull. In one the palate is exposed and a careful preparation has revealed something of the interorbital structure. The bones of the upper surface show a practical agreement with the description given by Broili. The bone described by him as the postfrontal extends forward to the nostril and forms a portion of its border, it having the position usually occupied in the reptiles by the postfrontal, prefrontal and the lachry- mal. The posterior angles of the skull and the region of the nostrils are wider than figured by Broili, but these may well be specific differences (Fig. 1, C). The palate is distinctly amphibian. ‘The posterior surface is formed by a large flat bone, undoubtedly a parasphenoid; in two specimens which show this bone there is a line dividing it into anterior and posterior portions, but it is impossible to say whether this is a simple break or a break following the line of a suture. In one specimen the posterior portion is directly con- tinued into the occipital region forming a portion of the articulation; it is impossible to tell whether this occipital portion is a separate element or is continuous with the large plate. I take the large plate to be the para- sphenoid plus the basisphenoid, with the basioccipital cartilaginous. It seems certain that Broili’s assumption, that there was a basioccipital with 531 532 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, a single, reptilian condyle and that it has been lost, is wrong. The articu- lation of the skull to the vertebral column was by two exoccipital (?) condyles. Anterior to the parasphenoid it is impossible to determine the separate elements. ‘There are two nearly concentric rows of sharp, even teeth. ‘The maxillary-premaxillary series is nearly semicircular and extends back nearly as far as the anterior end of the parasphenoid. ‘The inner, vomerine series is shorter but has nearly the same form as the outer. Between the inner rows of teeth and the plates which support them there is a deep vacuity extending to the upper surface of the skull; this region was excavated with the greatest care and not the slightest trace of any roof to this portion of the _ Fig. 1. Lysorophus tricarinatus Cope. Figures X 2. A, lateral view of skull; B, prnetior view of skull; C, upper view of skull; D, palatal view of skull. mouth was encountered. It probably represents the large posterior openings of the nares (Fig. 1, D).. The lateral view of the skull shows the large orbital cavity. Broili considers that this must have been divided by a slender bar into temporal and orbital cavities, but in several perfect specimens of this region I find no trace of such a bar. The interorbital septum is composed, in the specimen, _ of three pieces but these may be fractured portions of an originally solid plate. In the posterior portion of the cavity a vertical plate appears just beneath the anterior edge of the quadrate; this may be the epipterygoid or the anterior edge of the brain case, more probably the latter (Fig. 1, A). The articulation with the vertebral column was by two condyles formed b 1908.) Case, Skull of Lysorophus tricarinatus Cope. 533 by distinct, exoccipital elements (Fig. 1, B). In two specimens there are paired pre-atlantal elements between the skull and the first vertebra. The evidence furnished by the palate emphasizes the extremely primitive character, as determined by Broili. The complete ossification of the verte- bree, the intra-vertebral position of the ribs (some of which are distinctly two-headed), and the well developed quadrate speak for the reptilian char-. acter of the animal; but the presence of the parasphenoid and the double: | articular condyles seem to render its amphibian nature .unquestionable. Were it not for the extreme specialization of this limbless, Gymnophiona- like form it would occupy almost exactly the transitional position between the amphibians and reptiles. This evidence of its amphibian nature negatives the conclusion of Broili, drawn from the presence of jugular plates, that the reptiles may have had a diphyletic origin and have sprung from the fish as well as from the amphibians. 1877. Cope, E.D. Descriptions of the Extinct Vertebrata from the Permian and Triassic formations of the United States. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XVII, pp. 182-193. 1900. Case, E.C. The Vertebrates from the bone bed of Vermillion County, Jil. Journ, Geol., Vol. VII, p. 698. 1902. Case, E.C. Paleontological Notes. Journ. Geol., Vol. X, No. 3, p. 256. 1904. Broili, Ferd. Permische Stegocephalen u. Reptilien aus Texas. Paleonto~ graphica, Bd. L, p. 1. 1904. Broili, Ferd. Stammreptilien. Anat. Anzeiger, Bd. XXV, p. 579. 56.9,735 B (1182: 7) . Article XXVII.— OSTEOLOGY OF BLASTOMERYX AND PHYLOGENY OF THE AMERICAN CERVID. By W. D. Marruew. In a preliminary contribution upon the Lower Miocene fauna recently discovered in South Dakota (Matthew, 1907), the writer commented upon its importance in supplying the intermediate stages between hitherto dis- connected faunz, and in enabling us to perceive the exact relationships between genera which could until now be connected only in a general or provisional way. One of the most interesting and important of these con- necting links is furnished by the complete knowledge of the osteology of _ -Blastomeryx. ‘This genus proves to be a very primitive deer, approximately ancestral to the American Cervide, and derivable in its turn from the Oli- gocene genus Leptomeryx, whose relationship to the Cervid phylum had not been suspected. We are thus enabled to trace the ancestry of the American Cervide back to the Oligocene, by successive stages known from the entire | skeleton, and not merely from the inadequate evidence of teeth and jaws. f This phylum is thus placed on a plane with those of the Equide, Camelide and a few other series. It is indeed an approximate phylum: the known species are probably not in direct genetic sequence. But this reservation applies, in my opinion, to all the accepted phyletic series to a greater or less extent. It is a necessary consequence of the general causal conditions of the evolution of the Tertiary mammals. The evidence for the establishment of this phylogeny can conveniently be presented in the following sequence: he 1. A somewhat detailed account of the osteology of Blastomeryx, based upon the Lower Miocene species. 2. Specific distinctions and geological occurrence of Blastomeryz. 3. Relationship of Blastomeryx to the modern Cervide, and the evidence on ‘ which it is considered approximately ancestral to the American Telemetacarpal deer. 4 _ 4, Trend of evolution in this phylum, indicating what we should expect to find in the Oligocene ancestors of Blastomeryz. 5. Relationship to European Oligocene Selenodonts. 6. Relationship to Leptomeryx of the American Oligocene; evidence of the Cervid affinities of this genus and for considering it as ancestral to Blastomeryz. 7. The phylogeny of the American Cervide and its interpretation. | 8. Provisional phylogeny of American ruminants (diagram). be 9. Classification of the Selenodonts (key). 535 on aS 536 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, 1. Osteology of Blastomeryzx. The genus Blastomeryx has been hitherto very incompletely known. The discovery of several well preserved ‘specimens in the Lower Miocene enables me to give the principal characters of the skeleton and to determine its relationship. The principal specimens are: No. 13822, a fairly complete skull and jaws with limbs and feet, and a few verte- bre. No. 13015, anterior part of a skull with the greater part of the skeleton. No. 13224, upper and lower jaws, hind limbs, and feet. No. 13016, lower jaw, atlas and scapula. No. 13014, lower jaw (type of B. advena). Nos. 13017, 13823-4, etc., upper jaw, several incomplete lower jaws, hind foot, and various isolated bones. All the above are from the Upper Rosebud beds on Pine Ridge Indian Reservation, South Dakota, excepting No. 13224, which is from Lower Miocene beds south of Lusk, Wyoming. They represent three specimens closely allied to each other and to the typical B. gemmijer from the Middle Miocene of Colorado. Skull—— The general proportions of the skull are much as in Moschus or in Dremotherium. The face is rather short and deep anteriorly, the cranium comparatively long, with a low sagittal crest and moderately promi- nent occiput. The orbits are of medium size and not especially prominent, the anterior half of the orbit lies above m’ and part of m*. There is no trace of horns, the upper canines are developed into long, slender laniary tusks, as in Moschus, Cervulus, Dremotherium, etc. The superior branch of the premaxilla.is a wide and rather long plate, as in Moschus, and much wider than in most of the modern deer. The nasals are long, slender, and narrow, entirely different in form from any modern Cervide; more as in Tragulus, and very like those of Leptomeryx. 'There was apparently a considerable prelachrymal fossa, but its exact proportions and limits, and the presence or absence of a facial vacuity cannot be determined. The basicranial region shows very primitive conditions, approaching those in Leptomeryx. The basioccipital and basisphenoid are long, narrow, and lie in nearly the same plane with the palate. ‘The tympanic bulla is nearly ~ round and strongly inflated, but small, and does not cover the entire meso- tympanic fossa, leaving a depressed channel next to the basioccipital at the bottom of which appears the petrosal. The stylohyoid pit is compara- tively small; the auditory meatus rather long, cylindrical, and but slightly 587 Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryzx. “uorysod [et JVYMOULOS S] [NYS VY, *OZIS TINGeU ‘MU JAMO] PUB [[NYS JO MIA apIg “ZZSET “ON nyeu Sit Wo1 pese[dsip euruvo Jeddn ayy pur ‘uorsel [eIGIO 9Y4 UL paysnss ‘ad AT, ‘snuiid Thsawmopsnjyg “1 Si ite a ete 55 eres sie edna ee a cae 3 eo) anes idl ail 538 - Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, flattened on its inferior surface. ‘The various modern deer show different degrees of reduction and flattening of the bulla and meatus, with enlargement of the stylohyoid pit; in most of them the internal exposure of the inferior surface of the petrous bone is reduced, partly by widening of the basioccipital, partly by decrease of the petrous bone anterointernally. They also showa — varying degree of shortening of the basicranium, elongation of the face, and increase of the angle between basifacial and basicranial axes. The lower jaw is rather deep, comparatively short, and heavy anteriorly, with broad but short coronoid process and slenderly proportioned condyle _ as compared with most Cervide. Dentition.— Formula Ig Ct P32; M$. The lower incisors and canines are small and procumbent. The upper canine is as large as in Moschus, projects downward, forward, and outward from the alveolus and vertically downward at the tip. The upper premolars are comparatively simple, con- structed much as in Dremotherium, the second with apparently a small basal cusp representing the inner crescent, the third with an irregular and imperfect inner crescent formed by basal cingula extending from the inner cusp, and the inner cingulum com- plete only on the fourth premolar. The modern deer show various stages of advance beyond this, Rangijer being the most advanced, with the inner three premolars. The lower premolars show a cor- respondingly primitive stage. ‘They are compara- tively narrow, with the three internal crests not united internally but separated by open valleys. In colt” Type (Non 14554, the modern deer these inner crests join internally to Upper canine, natural 4 varying extent, enlosing basins or lakes. In the Bovine this premolar transformation is carried further, the lakes being usually more or less cement-filled. The molars are moderately brachyodont, of rather uniform size, and uniform height of crown. ‘The upper molars show the primitive Cervid pattern, strong parastyle, mesostyle and anterior external rib of the para- cone, weak metastyle, and metacone flat externally. ‘The upper molars have no internal cingulum but show a minute internal basal cuspule between the — inner lobes; the corresponding external basal cusp between the outer lobes of the lower molars is more prominent. ‘These Lower Miocene species of Blastomeryx show distinct traces of the “Paleomeryx fold” in the lower molars on the posterior face of the anterior inner crescent. ‘The prominent crescents fully formed and of identical type on all A a A 1908.] Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryx. 539 anterior basal cingulum on the lower molars appears to be characteristic of the genus; it is more developed than in any other primitive deer with which I have made comparison. In general the teeth correspond very nearly with those of Dremotherium Fig. 3. Blastomeryz olcotti, Type, No. 13224. Lower jaw, inside view, and crown view of cheek teeth. Natural size. . and Amplhitragulus.' The basal cuspules of the molars are stronger, the anterior basal cingula on m,, much more prominent. The premolars are very much the same in construction and proportions; they are interme- diate between the simple trenchant type of the Tragulids and the double- erescent type of most modern Pecora. 'They are more advanced than the genera of the Phosphorites Prodremotherium, Bachitherium, Lophiomeryzx,? less than Dicrocerus or Paleomeryx, decidedly less than the so-called Paleo- meryx of the American Miocene. In comparison with the American Oligocene genera Leptomeryx has essentially the same tooth pattern, but the premolars are simpler and more trenchant, their inner crescents very rudi- mentary, and the molars have shorter crowns and the crescents more obliquely set. In Hypertragulus the molar pattern is different, correspond- ing to that of Tragulus, and the premolars are, as also in that genus, much simpler and more trenchant, but more reduced than in the Chevro- tain. In Hypisodus the molar pattern is also different, more like that of the Camelidz; the teeth are much more hypsodont; the premolars are relatively small, compressed, and reduced, and the molars peculiarly narrow, as in the Camelidee. } Vertebre.— The atlas resembles that of Merycodus, especially in the large size and incomplete separation of the cotyli and axis facets, and in the strongly 1 See Filhol, 1881, pll. xiii—xvi. 2 See Filhol, 1876-7. 3 Cf. Matthew, 1904, fig. 21. 540 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, | marked paired median depressions at the anterior end of the arch for attach- ment of the occipital muscles. The fifth and sixth cervicals are moderately long, proportioned nearly as in Mazama, longer than in Cervulus, and much longer than in T’ragulus. The dorsals, so far as they are preserved, are pro- Fig. 4. Blastomeryx advena, Type, No. 13014. Lower jaw, inside view, and crown view of cheek teeth. atural size. portioned much as in the smaller deer and antelopes. ‘The ribs are strongly curved, the anterior ones broad and flat, the posterior ones quadrate in cross- section proximally and flattened oval distally, the form throughout the series being much as in Merycodus and the smaller antelopes. In Tragulus the curvature and length of the ribs is much less, and their form more as in the smaller carnivora, narrow, little curved, round oval in section, and but little flattened or broadened in the an- terior part of the series. There are six lumbars, all with short, broad plate-like spines which curve strongly forward in the posterior part of the series. The transverse processes are broad and flat, much shorter than in Mazama, somewhat shorter than in Cervulus. The sacrum consists of four verte- Fig. 5. Blastomeryx primus, Type, No. bre, whose spines are codssified into ssee2. Basicranial region of skull, natural a continuous plate, as in Mazama and : most of the deer; not separate, as in — Cervulus. In Tragulus the sacral spines are coéssified into a continuous plate, but it is not so high, and differs in various details of form. Two proximal caudals indicate a very short, small tail. Fore Limb.— The scapula differs from that of the smaller Pecora chiefly in the prominence of the spine, which is higher than in Merycodus, much “snynasag pure snydojnyday Ulo1] poytpour Slr pue w1qaiIoA Zursstur sy} ‘TROT puke UOZIOY ots oY} WOI] ThsswopsM)g Jo SudUIJeds IoY}O WoIF po10jsal o1e SQUIT] pur prey Jo syed (pepeysuN) SUISSTU OUT, “ejoxR “gs ‘asprny oulg (Speq pnqesoy 10ddQ) eusd01Y JAMO] ‘GTOST "ON *9Z1S [RINJVU Y}ANOJ-9UO ‘UOJaJOYS ey} JO UOTIWIOJSoY “DUaapy Thiawopsv[g °9 “SWAT fj via yy { i a 541 Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. ‘NI ST 1908.] RD danas hid tr 542 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, higher than in Cervulus, Mazama, or Cephalophus. The humerus is not completely preserved in any of our specimens, and I do not observe any significant differences from the small modern Pecora. The radius and ulna are separate throughout, the ulnar shaft very thin and flat, but retaining a considerable depth throughout. The radial shaft is moderately curved, as in Merycodus. ‘The carpus is not complete in any of our specimens, the proximal row is preserved in No. 13822, but I do not observe any very significant differences from modern deer except in the greater vertical diameters of the bones. The metacarpus is remarkably primitive. The lateral digits were appar- ently complete, and less reduced than in Tragulus; the cannon bone, how- . ever, is perfectly formed, and of true pecoran type, and the distal keels complete even upon the small lateral metacarpals. In Dremotherium the lateral metacarpals are complete' but reduced to filiform vestiges; in Mos- chus the lateral digits are comparatively large, but the shafts of the meta- podials are not complete in either fore or hind foot, only proximal and distal ends being preserved. In Merycodus? the lateral digits in both fore and hind feet are reduced to very small vestigial remnants of proximal and distal ends of metapodials and tiny phalanges with flat facets. In most of the deer and all of the Bovide the distal remnants of the lateral metacarpals have disappeared, only the phalanges being represented. In Antilocapra and Giraffa the lateral digits are entirely gone. The phalanges of the median pair of digits are compa tate long in Blastomeryx, as compared with Merycodus, in agreement with the Ceryine affinities of the one and the antelopine affinities of the other genus. Hind Limb.— The pelvis is distinctly Pecoran in type, and differs widely from that of Tragulus in the angulation between pre- and post-acetabular bars, the eversion of the upper end of the ilium and greater development of its superior plate. The femur is more primitive than in any modern deer, less so than in Tragulus. ‘This is seen especially in the comparatively narrow patellar trochlea facing more anteriorly and less distally than in modern deer, indi- cating a less horizontal position of the femur and the thigh more free from the flank. The tibia presents no especial peculiarity. The distal rudiment of the fibula is quite as much reduced as in Merycodus, the shaft being represented - by a very small, short spine. The hind foot is decidedly more advanced than the fore foot, the lateral whi being reduced to short splints pe? ; presumably distal rudiments 1 Gaudry, Enchainements, III, p. 108, fig. 142. 2 Matthew, 1904, figs. 13-14 iT 1908.]} Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. 543 were also present, but they are not preserved in our specimens. The proximal splint of Mts. ii is partially codssified with the cannon bone, the splint of Mts. v is free in all our specimens. The tarsus affords no very significant charac- ters; it is much like that of Merycodus and of the smaller Cervide. The metatarsus is con- solidated into a cannon bone, typically pecoran, _ somewhat shorter and more robust than in _Merycodus, the distal keels complete. As in Merycodus and in all primitive pecora the med- jan furrow is strong and well defined. This furrow is generally present in modern pecora, but more or less obliterated. It is entirely absent in the Camelidee, fairly well marked in Tragulus, but of somewhat different form. ‘The phalanges, like those of the carpus, are relatively long. The limb and cannon bones in these Lower Miocene species of Blastomeryx are materially shorter and more robust than in Merycodus, but in species from the Middle and Upper Miocene the distinction is less apparent. 2. Species of Blastomeryx. Three Lower Miocene species are repre- sented in our collections, as follows: B. advena Matthew, 1907: smaller, teeth more compressed, p, absent, fourth upper and lower pre- molar more rounded or oval in form, limbs and feet very small. B. primus sp. nov. Larger, teeth broader, p, vestigial and spaced. P4as in B. advena. Limbs and feet nearly two fifths larger. B. olcotti sp. nov. Size of B. primus, but p4 more triangular in outline, p, less reduced and in series with p,-m,. Limbs and feet one-fourth larger than in B. advena. The following measurements give the pro- portionate size of the three species. Fig. 7. Blastomeryzx olcotti, Type, No.$13224. Hind foot, natural size. 544 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, advena primus olcotti mm. mm. mm. Length p,m, . . ier eh ue ale 49 49 Transverse diameter of Me: sister BF, 6.4 6j1.. Length of metatarsus . . . . . 100 140 . , 125 The type of B. advena is a lower jaw, No. 13014. I refer to the same species No. 13015, the anterior part of a skull, fore and hind feet, pelvis, most of the vertebral column and ribs, and parts of limb bones; No. 13823 _ hind foot; all from the Upper Rosebud of South Dakota. The type of B. primus is No. 13822, skull, jaws, fore and hind limbs and feet, atlas, and other vertebree. No. 13016, lower jaw, altas, and scapula, ———— $B Leptomeryx evansi, skull and jaws, natural size. No. 11870, Middle Oligocene, South Dakota. is referred to the same species. Both are from the same level and locality as the preceding. The type of B. olcotti is No. 13224, upper and lower jaws, hind limbs. and feet; 13224a lower jaw and hind foot of a younger individual was. found associated with the type specimen. Both are from the “Arickaree”’ formation south of Lusk, Wyoming. This species is more primitive in its premolar construction than the two preceding, and the associated fauna has. a somewhat older facies than that of the Upper Rosebud, but corresponds. closely with that of the Upper Harrison beds immediately to the eastward, with which this “‘Arickaree” is probably continuous. Comparison with the type species, B. gemmifer, is difficult on account 908.] Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. 545 of the imperfection of the type. The referred specimen No. 9449! is a trifle larger than B. advena and differs in the form of p,, broader anteriorly and narrower posteriorly, so as to have a more quadrate outline; and in the greater proportionate length of the hind cannon bone, consolidation of Mts. ii with the cannon bone, and other details indicating a more advanced stage. ‘The type specimen of B. gemmi- jer is a third lower molar and is a little larger and more robust, agreeing more nearly with B. primus and olcotti, and not clearly separable from them; but probably if it were better known its stage of evolution would be demonstrably more advanced, as it is in the referred specimen from the same level and locality, the Middle Miocene, Pawnee Creek beds of Colorado. B. wellsi? of the Upper Miocene dif- fers in more reduced premolars, molars larger and somewhat longer crowned; and a referred specimen shows the jaw to be very long and slender anteriorly. Professor Scott has described * and referred to Blastomeryx a species from the “Loup Fork,” probably Upper Mio- cene, which is much more advanced in skull and skeleton structure than those on which the preceding description is based. It is of much larger size; bears a small or rudimentary antler; the orbits are more prominent; the ulnar shaft is reduced to “‘a mere thread of bone”; the Hind foot. ah Fig. 9. Fore and hind feet of to- lateral digits are much more reduced and meryx evansi, natural size. No. "89, the shafts of the lateral metacarpals in- Cope Collection. Middle Oligocene, Col- complete. This cannot well be conge- neric with the Lower Miocene species, whether or not it be regarded as derived from them. If we do so regard it, B. gemmifer would probably represent an intermediate stage, as is indicated, in fact, by the little we know of it. In view of the near agreement in size and other characters between Fore foot. 1 Matthew, 1904, p. 124, fig. 17. 2 Ibid., p. 125, figs. 18-19. 3 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., 1890, Vol. XX, p. 76. {June, 1908.] 35 546 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, oe ee Pe B. gemmifer and the Lower Miocene species, it seems preferable to place the latter in Blastomeryx, and regard the species described by Scott as refer- able to a more advanced genus, with rudimentary antlers and with the lateral digits of the fore foot incomplete. It seems inadvisable to name the Upper Miocene genus until we know something more definite of its dentition and skull characters, and its distinctions, if any, from Mazama. Blastomeryx antilopinus Scott, 1894, and B. borealis Cope, 1878, with Paleomeryx americanus and madisonius Douglass, 1900, belong to a larger, more brachyodont phylum of Cervidee, with supraorbital horns (or antlers) of peculiar type. They are distinct from Blastomeryx, probably also from the true Paleomeryx, but at present of uncertain relationship. 3. Relationship to the Cervide. Structurally Blastomeryx is most nearly related to the musk-deer, but might stand in a general ancestral relation to the Cervide and especially to the smaller American deer. Its geological and geographical distribution would prevent its being regarded as actually ancestral to Moschus or to the Cervide generally, for we find in the Upper Oligocene of Europe genera more nearly representing the hypothetic ancestors of this family. Blasto- meryx must be regarded, therefore, as a persistently primitive type, which may be ancestral to Mazama and perhaps Odocotleus but hardly to any of the remaining Cervide. Its structural resemblance to Moschus is greater than to any other living genus. But in view of the fact that genera closely. related to Blastomeryx inhabited Europe at a somewhat earlier epoch, it is obviously more probable that Moschus is a little altered descendant of one of the primitive Cervidee of the Old World, than that it is actually de- scended from the American genus. The more typical modern Cervide have been divided (Brooke, 1878) into two groups. In one (Plesiometacarpalia) the distal end of the lateral metacarpals has entirely disappeared, only short proximal splints remaining. In the other (Telemetacarpalia) the distal ends of the lateral metacarpals are retained as splints of various lengths, the proximal splints are eitherabsent _ or else fused more or less completely with the cannon bone. The first group includes nearly all of the Old World deer; the second includes all the New World genera together with two or three exceptionally primitive Old World deer. (Of the three holarctie genera, Cervus ranks with the Old World, — Alces and Rangifer with the New World deer, in accord with their principal distribution.) The Old World deer therefore are distinguished by the pre- cocious reduction of the lateral metacarpals, while in the New World deer the reduction is retarded. This distinction corresponds to that between — 1908.] Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. 547 a MAZAMA. Fig. 10. Phylogeny of American Cervide. Skulls, half natural size. Leptomeryx evansi No. 11870 Middle Oligocene; Blastomeryx primus, No. 13822, Lower Miocene; Mazama nemori- vaga, No, 15486, Recent (South America), 548 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Blastomeryx and the contemporary European Paleomerycine. It appears probable therefore that if the Old World deer are derivable from Dremo- therium and its allies, the New World deer are derivable from Blastomeryx. 4. Trend of Evolution in the American Cervide. The structural changes necessary to convert Blastomery into the modern Cervid type may be summed up briefly, as they tend to show the trend of evolution in this phylum, a necessary preliminary to considering No. 15486. Mazama nemorivaga. Recent (South the derivation of the genus. America). These are: 1. Increase in size and development of antlers. Blastomeryx stands 1 to 14 No. 13822. Blastomeryx primus. Lower Miocene feet high at the shoulders ere) and is hornless. Rudimen- tary antlers appear in the larger Upper Miocene “ Blas- tomeryx” according to Scott. No. 13224, Blastomeryx olcotti. Lower Miocene The South American Maza- (‘‘Arickaree”’), has antlers ranging from simple spikes to two or three tines. ‘The Sonoran Odocoi- No. 13824. Leptomeryx sp. Lower Miocene ° (Lower Bonu. - leus stands three feet high and the antlers are thrée to five tined. The Nearectic species of Cervidee stand four No. 11870. Leptomeryx evansi. Middle Oligocene to. five feet high, and the (White River). ‘ antlers are five to seven tined, Fig. 11.” Phylogeny of American Cervide. Upper $ 7 teeth, natural size, or variously complicated. 2. Complication of the premolars by completion of their inner crescents. In Blastomerys« the inner- crescent is complete only on p‘; on p* the inner cusp is low and partly connected by incomplete ridges with the posterior and anterior margins; on p* the inner cusp is low and small, with very rudimentary ridges. In Mazama the inner crescent is complete on p**, low and imperfect on p’. In Odocoileus it is complete on p?~, but still low and a little irregular on — ma stands two feet high and. SS ee A 1908.] Matthew, Osteology of Blastomerys. 549 p’. In Cervus it is more nearly perfected on p?, and in Rangijer it is quite perfected. ‘The lower molars show a corresponding change in the compli- cation of their inner sides. In Blastomeryx there are three marked transverse ridges on the inner side of the tooth, separated by open valleys. In Maza- ma p,and the posterior half of p, show strong crested inner cusps corre- sponding to the inner crescents of the molars, partially united with the transverse ridges. In Odocoileus the anterior half of p, has become com- pletely molariform, the posterior half somewhat degenerate (corresponding to absence of a posterior crescent on the upper premolars); p? also shows a strong high pillar on the inner side of the median crest. Evidently this tooth is not exactly analogous in its process of complication with the adjoining one. In Cervus, Alces, and Rangifer the process of complication is carried farther but not by identical methods, so that it is inadvisable to state it in detail. 3. Reduction of the upper canines. In Blastomeryz, as in other Miocene Cervidee and a few modern survivals, they are long, slender laniary tusks. In Mazama they are quite small but usually present in the milk, less generally in the permanent dentition; in Odocoileus they are never present in the per- manent dentition. 4. Disappearance of the “Paleomeryx fold” on m,_3._ It is vestigial in the Lower Miocene species, apparently absent in Middle Miocene species, certainly absent in Upper Miocene species of Blastomeryx. In the larger and more brachyodont American Miocene species referred to Paleomeryx it persists into the Upper Miocene. It is characteristic of all primitive Cervidee (Paleeomerycine), according to Schlosser, and absent in any of the late Tertiary and modern Cervide. 5. Broadening and shortening of the nasal bones. In Blastomeryx the nasals are long and very narrow, as in all the Oligocene ruminants (Leptomeryx, Hypertragulus, Poébrotherium, etc.); in Mazama very much shortened and broadened, especially posteriorly; this change is carried a little farther in Odocoileus. The Camelide show a corresponding change from Poébrotherium to the modern types; in Tragulus, however, the primi- tive form is retained. 6. Relative elongation of the lower parts of the limbs, associated with a more horizontal position of humerus and femur. Aside from the length and curvature of the bones, the shortening and more distal position of the patellar trochlea furnishes a convenient index of this change. 7. Reduction of the ulnar shaft. 8. Considerable reduction of the lateral metacarpals. In Blastomeryx the lateral metacarpals are slender but apparently complete. In Mazama the distal splints are half the length of the shaft. In Odocoileus, Rangifer 550 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, and Alces the distal splints are much shorter, and in Cervus they have com- pletely disappeared, only the phalanges being left. 9. Very slight reduction of the lateral metatarsals. 10. Sharper definition of the dorsal portions of the distal keels of the metapodials, narrowing and elongation of the metacarpal cannon bone, partial obliteration of the median furrow on the metatarsal cannon bone, and various minor changes which need not be recapitulated. 5. Relationship to European Oligocene Selenodonts. The close resemblance of Blastomeryx to Dremotherium and Amphitra- LEPTOMERYX BLASTOMERYX MAZAMA Fig. 12. Phylogeny of American Cervide. Fore feet, half natural size. Leptomeryx evansi, No. 6782; Blastomeryx advena No. 13015; Mazama nemorivaga. gulus in dentition and general skeletal characters has been pointed out. It is, however, somewhat more primitive in dentition, and considerably more — primitive in skeleton characters, although occurring in a geologically later stage. The ruminant genera from the earlier Oligocene of Europe are more primitive in dentition, but in none of the better known genera is the condi- tion of the manus and pes such as we should expect to find in an ancestor of Blastomeryx. In Prodremotherium, although the cannon bones ate less —— a ee eee 1908.] Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. ‘551 completely formed than in Blastomeryx, the lateral metacarpals are much more reduced; and the same is true of the more primitive genera Lophio- meryx and Gelocus,' although the metapodials in these genera are not soldered “~~ “=-- LEPTOMERYX BLASTOMERYX MAZAMA Fig. 13. Phylogeny of American Cervide. Hind feet, half natural size. From the same individuals as Fig. 12. together and their distal keels are confined to the plantar surface. It appears, therefore, that Blastomeryx, cannot be derived from any of the known Euro- 1Cf, Zittel, 1893; Kowalevsky, 1876. 552 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, pean selenodonts, but represents a phylum of Cervide in which the reduction of the lateral metacarpals was exceptionally retarded in relation to other progressive characters. ‘This feature, as we have seen, is distinctive of the American deer. 6. Relationship to Leptomeryzx. Among the American Oligocene selenodonts Leptomeryx appears to ful- fil accurately the theoretical requirements for an ancestor of Blastomeryz. This interesting little genus has been placed with the Tragulines by Leidy,* Cope,” and Scott,? with the Tylopoda by Riitimeyer* and by Scott® in his later studies: while Dr. Schlosser® has regarded it as ancestral to the Ovine. The present writer has dissented from all these views and regarded it as an independent offshoot of the Pecoran-Traguline stock.7’ The skeleton char- acters of Blastomeryx throw considerable new light on the question, for they show in one phylum of Cervide a marked approximation to the char- acters of Leptomeryx in teeth, skull, and skeleton characters. ‘\ 4 \ : i (mena) 2 \ ree: 3N39011d L L r LN ~ 5 aay ! a nuclosoyguy xhuriuosdey . “ennaay) s72]2000P0 a \\ = \ ‘ silighiaeg 19 \sryvyasq| +1 4N390 1 ppiog Jaf ibang hy are smapo20R0 \ * \ x: \ adn -LS131d i poy CT aking SONY zie TmapiOOOPO vuvzpy 61) 7142) D oH) prpRReED pata ) (6777407) 1N3939 560 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIy, in America, on the other side, we have parallel series of approximate phy- logenies; sometimes closer in the one country, sometimes in the other. The southern continents, cut off during the early Tertiary from the northern, developed their faune independently; but these faunz originated from primi- tive types which are certainly present in the early Eocene faunz of the north- ern world, and may quite well be regarded as a similar but earlier dispersal from a northern origin. This subject is too broad to be considered here, however. PHYLOGENY OF AMERICAN RUMINANTS. 8. Phylogeny of American Ruminants. In the diagram (Fig. 15) I have attempted to show the occurrence and approximate phylogeny of the American ruminants, together with a few of the more important Old World types. ‘The Old World genera are in brack- ets, and Old World phyla in dotted lines. 9. Key to the Classification of Ruminants. In the following arrangement I have indicated the primary progressive stages by numerals (I, II, III; 1. 2.) the divergent group characters by letters (A, B, C; a, b, c; a, 8). The characters selected are merely those necessary for an analytical key; they are not the whole nor always the most important or distinctive characteristics of the several groups. Dorcatherium and Hyemoschus would in this arrangement fall more readily in the second division under the Hypertragulide, as a distinct sub- — family. It will readily be understood that the horizontal (numerical) — divisions are of necessity arbitrary lines.. With a complete knowledge of — fossil Artiodactyla every intermediate stage would appear, and the point at which the lateral digits become vestigial rather than functional is not easy to — define. The families of the higher Artiodactyla may be defined as follows: Molars selenodont, quadricuspid. I. Manus and pes functionally tetradactyl. . : 1, Upper molars with strong parastyle and mesostyle and usually a metastyle,._ but no external ribs on paracone or metacone. Muzzle short and broad, — c' and p!' stout, caniniform, diastemata short or absent . Agriocheride (Oreodontide), II. Manus tetradactyl, pes der nar! didactyl. Muzzle mers as in the following groups ; er ke Sar ay tk : : 1. Podial bones separkte: 1908.] - _ Matthew, Osteology of Blastomeryz. 561 a. Upper molars with parastyle, mesostyle and both external ribs promi- a, SS eee ; . . Leptotraguline, 2. Navicular-cuboid aod dnemouun-trapesoid sohesified> 5 b. Upper molars with parastyle, mesostyle and anterior external rib promi- nent. Premolars well devéloped. . . . . Leptomerycine. c. Upper molars with parastyle, mesostyle odd. both external ribs promi- nent. Premolars well developed. . . . . . . . . Protoceratine. _d. Upper molars without mesostyle, both external ribs prominent. Pre- ‘ molars simpler, trenchant . . . . . . . . Hypertraguline. e. Molars narrow, hypsodont, premolars wails reduced, p, incisiform. Hypisodontine. III. Manus and pes didactyl. A. (Tylopoda) Podials separate. I’ disappearing, i*, c+; p} becoming canini- form. Principal diastema behind p}. Molars very narrow, premolars small, pro- gressively reduced. Digitigrade with progressive development of plantar pad ‘ Camelide. 4 B. Revicular-cuboid and magnum-trapezoid codssified, I'* absent. Molars : ‘broader, premolars less reduced. Unguligrade. ? 1. Distal keels of median metapodials incomplete ragry (Tragulina). bd a. Upper molars as in Hypertraguline. . . . ~ Listhosi ev pagulide, b. Upper molars asin Protoceratine . . . . ts Gelocide. 2. Distal keels of metapodials completed dorsally (Pecora). a. Upper molars as in Leptomerycine, premolars more or less complicated, p, ‘behind principal diastema, vestigial or absent. Progressive development of antlers. Cervide. -b. Upper molars as in Protoceratine; premolars more or less complicated; dentition brachyodont. Progressive development of bony bosses on the skull. Giraffide. ce. Molars usually more hypsodont, but apparently derived from same pattern i as in Protoceratine. Face depressed upon cranial axis. f a. Progressive development of antlers or deciduous horns . Antilocapride. 8. Progressive development of true horns . . . Acme” SF PP Sms 8 Seat ag EES The Pecora and Tragulina are derivable from the sishet groups of Hyper- tragulidee, which in common with the Camelidee may be derived from the Leptotraguline. The Cervide are derivable from Leptomerycine, the ‘Tragulidee from Hypertraguline, the remaining Pecora more nearly from Protoceratinee. The Hypisodontine are allied with the Tylopoda, and apparently not ancestral to any of the later groups. _ The successive stages of specialization may be summed up as follows: qe a 4 Camelide Cervidee Bovide | 5 senodont: 2 Toes 2-2 Giraffidee Antilocapridz sa eid F Tragulidee Gelocidee i A ia : ; molars Toes 4-2 Hypertragulidz 4—cusped "| Oreodontide J A Toes 4-4 Dichobunide Bunodont. Upper molars 6-cusped f Trigonolestidz = sf tritubercular 1 Variable in Protoceros. {June, 1908.] 36 562 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV. PRINCIPAL REFERENCES. 1878. Brooke, Victor. On the Classification ofthe Cervide, ete. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, pp. 883-928, pl. lv. 1884. Cope, E.D. On the Structure of the Feet in the Extinct Artiodactyla of North America. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XXII, pp. 21-27. - 1887. Cope, E.D. Classification and Phylogeny of the Artiodactyla. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. XXIV, pp. 377-400. 1888-9. Cope, E.D. The Artiodactyla. Am. Nat., Vol. XXII, pp. 1079-1095; tbid., XXIII, pp. 111-136. 1900. Douglass, Earl. The Neocene Lake Beds of Western Montana. Univer- sity of Montana, pub. July 1, 1900, auct. O. P. Hay. 1904(?) Douglass, Earl. New Vertubintas from the Montana Tertiary, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. II, (1903) pp. 145-200. | 1876-77. Filhol,H. Recherches sur les Phosphorites du Querey. Ann. Sei. Géol., Vol. VII, pp. 1-220, pll. x-xxxvi; VIII, pp. 1-340, pll. i-xxviii. 1881. Filhol,H. Etude des mammiféres fossiles de Saint-Gérand-le-Puy (Allier). Ann. Sci. Géol., Vol. XI, pp. 1-86, pll. i-xx. 1891. Flower & Lydekker. Mammals Living and Extinct. | 1876. Kowalevsky, W. Osteologie des Genus Gelocus. Palwontographica, Vol. 4 XXII. 1896. Lydekker, R. A Geographic History of Mammals. 1869. Leidy, Joseph. Extinct Mammalia of Dakota and Nebraska. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VII, pp. 1-472, pll. i-xxx. 1901. Matthew, W.D. Fossil Mammals of the Tertiary of Northeastern Colorado. Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, pp. 353-446, pll. xxxvii-xxxix. 1902, Matthew, W.D. The Skull of Hypisodus, with a Revision of the Hyper- tragulide. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVI, pp. 311-316. 1904, Matthew, W.D. A Complete Skeleton of Merycodus. Ibid., Vol. XX, pp. | 101-129, and plate. 1905. Matthew, W.D. Notice of Two New Genera of Manian from the Oligo- cene of South Dakota. Jbid., Vol. X XI, pp. 21-26. 1907. Matthew, W. D. A Lower Mincion Fauna from South Dakota. Jbid., Vol. XXIIT, pp. 169-219. 1864. Milne-Edwards A. Recherches anatomiques, etc., sur la Famille des Chey- ‘rotains. Ann. Sci.*Nat., Zool. (5), Vol. I1, pp. 49-167, pll. ii—xii. 1902. Schlosser, Max. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Saiigethiere aus den siiddeut- schen Bohnerzen. Koken’s Geol. u. Pal. Abh., Bd. V (IX), iii, s. 117-258, taf. vi-x. 1903. Schlosser, Max. Die fossile Siiugethiere Chinas nebst einer Odontographie der recenten Antilopen. Abh. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss., Cl. Tl, Bd. XXII, — s. 1-221, taf. i-xiv. 1904. Schlosser, Max. Die Fossilen Cavicornia von Samos. Beit. zur Pal. u. ~ Geol, Ost.-Ung., Bd. XVII, s. 21-118, taf. iv—xiii. 1891. Scott,W.B. Onthe Osteology of Mesohippus and Leptomeryx, ete. Jour. Morph., Vol. V, pp. 301-406. 1894, Scott, W.B. The Mammalia of the Deep River Beds. Trans, Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. XVIII, pp. 55-185, pll. i-vi. - 1899. Scott, W. B. The Selenodont Artiodactyls of the Uinta Eocene. Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci. Phila., Vol. V1, pp. 1-121, pll. i-iv. ae a ne | ee adioratet eahidiie tic ae Article XXVIII— MYRIOPODA FROM PORTO RICO AND CULEBRA. By Fruippo SILveEstTRi. The Myriopoda hitherto recorded from Porto Rico number 12 species, viz: Otocryptops melanostomus Newp.; Siphonophora portoricensis Brandt; Stemmiulus compressus Karsch; Iulus curiosus Karsch; I. cesar Karsch; _ Spirostreptus sculpturatus Karsch; Spirobolus multiporus Karsch; Rhino- ericus parcus; Rhinocricus arboreus Sauss. var. krugit Karsch and var. gundlachi Karsch; Odontopeltis mauritit Brandt; Tridesmus sectilis Cook. From Culebra, one of the Virgin Islands, no Myriopoda have been till now described or recorded. In March, 1906, Prof. W. M. Wheeler, while visiting Porto Rico and Culebra, among other interesting specimens collected a number of Myriopods, representing 18 species, of which 5 belong to the Chilopoda and 13 to the Diplopoda. Of the former, one species (Geophilus culebre), and of the latter, 6 species (Rhinocricus modestior; Diopsiulus wheeleri; Microspiro- bolus insularis, Microspirobolus marmoratus; Tridesmus portoricensis; Lasiodesmus caraibicus), are new to science. Including Professor Wheeler’s interesting collection the known Myriopods of Porto Rico are now as follows: CHILOPODA, Rhinocricus parcus, Otocryptops melanostomus, Rhinocricus arboreus v. gundlachi, Newportia ernsti. modestior. Otostigmus caratbicus, Spirobolus multiporus, Microspirobolus insularis. DEPLOPODA. Vs marmoratus, Lophoproctus? Orthomor pha coarctata, Diopsiulus compressus, Leptodesmus sallei, Siphonophora portoricensis, . mauritiz, Tulus curiosus, Tridesmus portoricensis, «cesar. Le, sectilis, Orthoporus sculpturatus, Lasvodesmus caraibicus, ‘From Culebra we know at present: CHILOPODA, DIPLopopa, Cupipes? ungulatus, Rhinocricus arboreus, Geophilus culebre, Diopsiulus wheeleri, Among the Diplopoda of Porto Rico and Culebra here recorded or 563 564 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, described, the species of Diopsiulus deserve special mention, because this — genus is also recorded from West Africa, Ceylon and New Guinea but not from Central America, where the family Stemmatoiulide is represented, as far as we know, only by the genus Stemmatoiulus Gerv. q Very few Myriopods are yet known from the southern portions of North America and from the other West Indian Islands, so that we cannot speak of the affinities of the Porto Rican Myriopods with relation to the species of the above mentioned countries. CHILOPODA. a 1. Otocryptops melanostomus Newp. Porto Rico: Monte Mandios, Utuado. 7 This species has a wide distribution in tropical America, south to Argen- tina and in the oriental region from Java to the Philippine Islands. 2. Newportia ernsti Poc. Porto Rico: Coamo Springs. ; Already known from St. Vincent, Venezuela, Brazil. 3. Otostigmus caraibicus Kraep. Porto Rico: Utuado. This species was described from a specimen collected in St. Tidal and until now has not been recorded from other localities. 4, Cupipes ? ungulatus Mein. Culebra. Only one specimen, wanting the anal legs and therefore not to be cer- tainly identified. Since only the last tergite is marginate it resembles Cupipes ungulatus Mein., but differs from it in having unarmed pleura. 5. Geophilus culebre sp. nov. Female.— Color dull ochre-yellow, maxillipedes pallid rusty with black claw. Body moderately narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly. Head (Fig. I, 1) of nearly equal length and breadth, narrowed anteriorly. An- tennz of modebala length somewhat attenuated. Protea plate covered. Width — of basal plate more than twice its length, narrowed anteriorly. Mandibles (Fig. Ty 1908.] Silvestri, Myriopoda jrom Porto Rico and Culebra. 565 6) with one pectinate lamella as in all other species of Geophilus. First maxilla (Fig. I, 4) with a very short process on the outside of the antepenultimate joint. Second maxille with the claw of the palpus moderately long and simple, without hairs. Maxillipedes (Fig. I, 2) reaching the frontal margin of head, unarmed. First sternum (Fig. I, 2) with a small submedian area of pores; sterna 2-25 with a wide transverse and posterior area of pores, which from sternum 26 begin to be interrupted in the middle, and with slightly wider interruptions continue to the Fig. I. Geophilus culebre: 1, head with basis of the antenne and first two segments from above; 2, head with maxillipides and two segments from below; 3, sternum 15th; 4, first and second maxillae; 5, posterior part of the body from below; 6, mandibula, penultimate sternum (Fig. I, 5). Sterna 15-20 (Fig. I, 3) with a transverse triangu- lar anteriorly depressed, rusty area. The sternum of the last pediferous segment (Fig. I, 5) trapezoidal, with legs somewhat longer than those of the preceding seg- ment, and armed with a rather robust claw, subcoxe with two large partly covered pores, Anal pores not detected. - Pairs of legs 60. Length of body 37 mm. Habitat.— Cubebra. 566 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — This species belongs to the G. carpophagus Leach group, but to establish its affinities it is necessary to know better the West Indian Geophiloidea. DIpPLopoDa. 1. Lophoproctus sp. Porto Rico: Utuado. Only one specimen, wanting antenne and hairs, and incapable of identi- fication. . 2. Siphonophora portoricensis Brandt. Siphonophora portoricensis BRANDT, Bull. Acad. St. Petersburg, I (1837), p. 179. — Gervais, Apt., IV, p. 209 (1847). C. Kocu, Die Myriapoden, I, p. 90, fig. 78 (1863).— Prrers, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 549 (1864).— Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, XXIV, p. 478 (1849). Species briefly described and here simply recorded for Porto Rico. - 3. Diopsiulus compressus (Karsch). Stemmiulus compressus Karscu, Zeit. Naturw, (3), VI, p. 11 (1881).— Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, p. 478 (1894). Color brown with median row of light isabelline spots on segments 2-10; on the following segments the spots are contiguous, forming a narrow median stripe with a row of similarly coloured spots along the line of the pores and another row between this and the ventral surface umber in color like the proximal part of the legs. Body rather robust and compressed, somewhat narrowed anteriorly and much more posteriorly. Head almost smooth, with a few saties long facial hairs. Ocelli two, the superior much the larger. : Antenne elongated, the second joint the longest, joints 3-5 subequal in length, the sixth } shorter than the preceding and a little thicker at the tip. , Collum quite convex, nearly smooth; the anterior border arched; the sides with ; three small carine, the outer submarginal. A. Following segments with a median sulcus and deep longitudinal strie, which * on the submedian surface of the segments are oblique, diverging posteriorly. No setee on the dorsal surface of the specimens examined. Repugnatorial pores” in dorsal in position and somewhat behind the suture, Preanal segment with posterior dorsal margin convex, slightly projecting Lena \ the anal valves, and furnished below on each side with six setiferous, conical processes, — Base of preanal scale wider than long, subtrapezoidal with two long submedian set. Anal valves slightly convex, moderately hirsute, with internal margin emetic: elevated. Legs (Fig. II, 6) slender, moderately long, hirsute. Number of segments 45. 1908.) Silvestri, Myriopoda from Porto Rico and Culebra. 567 i Length 27 mm., width of 15th segment 2.2 mm.; dorso-ventral diameter of same segment 2.6 mm.; length of antenne 3 mm. __- Male.— Body somewhat more slender than that of the female. Hypostoma (Fig. II, 1) with the internal maxillary stipites longer than in 3 _ First pair of legs (Fig. II, 2) well-developed, 7-jointed, but joints 1-2 very closely united; joints 3-5 (especially 4-5) internal with long, robust, pubescent, somewhat pee ow pe Se — % = ring Fig. II. Diopsiulus compressus male: 1, hypostoma; 2, first pair of legs; 3, seta of third segment of the same legs; 4, second pair of legs, PB penis; 5, second copulatory legs; 6, legs of 10th seg- ment; 7 anterior view and.8 posterior view of the first copulatory legs. ) clavate sete (Fig. II, 3); sixth joint with an internal row of short sete and others scattered dorsally and laterally; last joint or claw rather short. Second pair of legs much reduced (Fig. II, 4), 3-jointed, as shown in figure. Third pair of legs long, moderately crassate, with very small claw and three long, robust setz at the apex of sixth joint. First copulatory legs as in Fig. II, 7-8. Second copulatory legs (Fig. II, 5) very small, 3-jointed. Penis (Fig. II, 4, P) long, slender, tapering. 568 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, — The redescription of this species is based on 2 2 and 1 @ specimens collected by Professor Wheeler at Utuado, Porto Rico. 4. Diopsiulus wheeleri sp. nov. This species is very closely allied to the preceding but may be easily recognized by the following characters: Fig. III. Diopsiulus wheeleri, male: 1, antenna; 2, first pair of legs; 3, third pair of oy 4, 10th Ex, pair of legs; 5, second pair of legs, P, penis; 6, anterior and 7 posterior view of the = tory legs; 8, second copulatory legs. “ v7, ts tay Sg ee Fe TE ne te an _ Santa Cruz and Antigua by Po- 1908.] Silvestri, Myriopoda from Porto Rico and Culebra. 569 Body small, little compressed but narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly as in D. compressus (Karsch). Color brown with a median isabelline stripe and a row of not very distinct spots along the line of the repugnatorial pores. Head and antenne (Fig. III, 1) similar to that of D. compressus, but the sixth joint of the latter is less than 4 shorter than the fifth. Legs (Fig. III, 4) more slender and slightly less hirsute. Male.— First pair of legs (Fig. III, 2) with the internal part of joints 4-5 with two long, robust setz. | Second pair of legs (Fig. III, 5) similar to that of D. compressus. Third pair of legs (Fig. III, 3) well-developed, with very small claw and the other joints furnished with sete as in the figure. First copulatory legs rather different from those of D. compressus (see figures ITI, 6-7). Second copulatory legs (Fig. III, 8) with the third joint shorter and less slender than in D. compressus. Number of segments perhaps 35-38 (the type specimens are broken). Length 12-15 mm., width of 15th segment, 1.3 mm. Habitat.— Culebra. This species is named after Prof. W. M. Wheeler, by whom it was collected. 5. Rhinocricus arboreus (Sauss.). Julus arboreus Sauss., Linn. Ent., XIII, p. 331 (1859).— Mém. Mex. Myr., p. 98, pl. iv, fig. 28 (1860). Spirobolus (Rhinocricus) arboreus Karscu, Zeit. Naturwiss. (3), VI, p. 8 (1881). ’ Rhinocricus arboreus Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXIV, p. 493, pl. xxxviii, fig. 4. This species is recorded from the Antilles (St. Thomas), by Saussure, from Porto Rico by Karsch, and from St. Thomas, cock. Professor Wheeler collected specimens in Culebra, the fe- males of which have 51—54 seg- ments, the males 50-53, and the immature females 50. Fig. IV. 6. Rhinocricus arboreus (Sauss.) Rhinocricus arboreus gundlachi: 1, antenna, 2, 3 anterior view of copulatory apparatus; 3, apex of var. gundlachi Karsch. the internal part of copulatory apparatus. Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 8; Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXIV, p. 494, 570 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. vr _ Several specimens of this very distinct variety of R. arboreus W lected by Professor Wheeler in Porto Rico: Vega Baja. pi Karsch described this variety from Porto Rican aia For the shape of the antenne and the copulatory legs see F 7. Rhinocricus modestior sp. nov. Male.— Color dark brown, with the posterior part of all the segn anterior portion of the collum brick-coloured; antennz and legs dark Head smooth, the vertex with a median sulcus, which is produ over the frontal area and terminates on the clypeus where it is d with 2+2 setiferous pores. Antenne (Fig. V, 1) short, gradually becoming a little crassate to t! which is the wi last joint with m cones. Eyes near sisting of about - ranged in 7-8 t Collum mc rounded at the and piled Fig. V. present, at least ay: inetinocricus modestior: 1, antenna; 2, apex of the 7-28. Preanal ohenueet oe pen ota ‘apparatus, 3, anterior view gular posteriorly, vit ately rounded tp,s projecting very slightly beyond the anal valves. Preanal scale subtriangular. Anal valves moderately convex with the margin compressed. Legs 1-3 a little crassate, but with the joints not especially p other legs rather short and slender. Copulatory legs, see figures V, 2-3. Number of segments 50. Length 48 mm., width 4.6 mm. Deed Habitat.— Porto Rico: Coamo Springs (1 immature male and 1 specimen, with 43 segments). eG 8. Rhinocricus parcus Karsch. Spirobolus (Rhinocricus) parcus Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 68. a Rhinocricus parcus Pocock, Journ, Linn. Soc., XXIV, p. 494. ee 485. 1908.] Silvestri, Myriopoda from Porto Rico and Culebra. 571 This species is known from the description given by Karsch and only from Porto Rico. 9. Spirobolus multiporus Karsch. Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 58; Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXIV, p. This species was also recorded by Karsch for Porto Rico only. _ It is very probably congeneric with the following species. 10. Microspirobolus marmoratus sp. nov. Female.— Body lightly isabelline with a dorso-median black stripe™and] the sides more or less variegated with black which usually predominates over the isabel- Big; ¥ i, Microspirobolus marmoratus: 1, hypostoma; 2, antenna; 3, legs of third pair; 4, anterior bw of eatery apparatus; 5, apex of the internal part of copulatory apparatus; 6, leg of pair. line; preanal segment black; antenne and legs light isabelline. Subcylindrical, slightly narrowed posteriorly. | a 572 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Head smooth, vertex with faint sulcus, clypeus with 3 + 3 setiferous points. — Eyes small, nearly round, consisting of about 22 not very distinct ocelli. Antennz — (Fig. VI, 2) short, gradually crassate as far as the sixth joint, fitting in a cavity of the mandibles. Hypostoma (Fig. VI, 1) with the infrabasilare consisting of two small, elliptical, widely separated plates covered by the basilare. Collum smooth with the lateral margin reaching the inferior side of the second segment, rather wide with obtuse rounded angles and a marginal sulcus, whict 1 is prolonged also on the anterior margin to just behind the eyes. The following segments are smooth with a weak transverse sulcus, the posterior part a little higher than the anterior and longitudinally striate ventrally. Sterna transversely striate. Repugnatorial pores very small, opening a little behind the transverse sulcus. Preanal segment dorsally triangular, rather pointed, slightly projecting i the anal valves. Preanal scale wide, subsemielliptical. Anal valves convex with margins compressed. Legs (Fig. VI, 6) short. Number of segments 37-38. Length 21 mm., width 2.6 mm., length of antenne 1.5mm 2 Body more slender and legs longer than in the female. Legs 1-3 (Fig. VI, 3) somewhat crassate. Copulatory legs, see figures VI, 4-5. ; Habitat.— A few specimens collected at Utuado (Porto Rico), by Professor Wheeler. This species is easily distinguishable from Spirobolus multiporus Karsch, a at least in color, and is referred by me to the genus Microspirobolus, of which I described one species from Venezuela. 11. Microspirobolus insularis sp. nov. Female.— Color blackish with the antenne and legs pale brick-color. Head smooth as in preceding species. Collum smooth or with 2-3 short strie on the lateral posterior part, sides rate ; narrowed, more so than in the preceding species, with the anterior angle more or — less acutely rounded and the posterior more or less obtusely rounded, provided lat- erally and antero-laterally with a marginal sulcus. The following segments smooth with the suture longitudinally striate, copecisllly . laterally, the posterior part of the segments a little higher than the anterior part and — : ventro-longitudinally striate. Repugnatorial pores very small as in M. marmoratus, ¥ Preanal segment gradually a little narrowed dorsally, subrounded posteriorly, not projecting beyond the anal valves. Preanal scale wide, short, rounded poste- riorly. fat Legs rather short. Number of segments 48-49, Length 30 mm., width 2.7 mm,; length of the antenne 1.7 mm, Male.— Copulatory legs very similar to those of M. marmoratus (see Fig. V1 1-2), Habitat.— Porto Rico: Utuado, 3 1 heer e er 1908.] Silvestri, Myriopoda jrom Porto Rico and Culebra. 573 € This species is closely related to the preceding, but is very easily recog- Microspirobolus insularis: 1, anterior view of copulatory apparatus; 2, apex of the internal part of copulatory apparatus. nized by color, number and sculpture of segments, and form of the preanal segment. 12, Orthoporus sculpturatus (Karsch). Spirostreptus sculpturatus Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 39 (1881).— Po- cock, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, XXIV, p. 482 (1894). Female.— Color brown with the extreme posterior part of segments light brown; antenne and legs light brick-color, in other specimens the body color is subrufous, with the ventral part, antennz and legs rufous-umber. Head smooth with a faint sulcus on the vertex and four setiferous points on the clypeus. Eyes wider than long, separated by a space greater than their transverse diameter, consisting of about 36 ocelli arranged in five transverse rows. Antenne (Fig. VIII, 3), when reversed, reaching a little beyond the collum, gradually very little crassate. Hypostoma; see Figure VII, 1. Collum smooth, with the sides a little narrowed, furnished near the lateral margin with two deep sulci, anterior angle obtusely rounded, posterior angle sub- rectangular, more or less rounded. The following segments with the prozone nearly smooth, the metazone all rather deeply and finely wrinkled longitudinally, ventrally longitudinally striate. Suture crenulated. Repugnatorial pores very small, somewhat behind the suture. Sterna smooth, Legs very short, Preanal segment nearly smooth or very little wrinkled, dorsal surface wide pos- teriorly, rounded, not projecting beyond the anal valves. Preanal scale wide and very short. 574 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. Anal valves convex with very narrow margins. Number of segments as many as 58. Length 60 mm., width 4.5 mm., length of the antenne: 3. mm. Male.— Collum as in the fensaia: 4 Legs (Fig. VIII, 4) with 4th-5th joints furnished with a rather smal . 5 are Fig. VIII. Mey i eke 1, hypostoma, 2, anterior view of ‘ory aoa tenna; 4, f 10t ee 5, apex of anterior-internal part of copulaieeee Copulatory legs, see Figure VIII, 2 and 5. iv flee Habitat.— My redescription is founded on specimens collec ial Wheeler in Porto Rico, Utuado, Santurce and near Aibonito, south si The specimens described by Karsch were also from Forte Rico. 13. Iulus curiosus Karsch. Tulus curiosus Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 15 (1881). — Paraiulus curiosus BoLLMAN, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 46, p. 61 (1892 Tulus curiosus Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soe. London, XXIV, p. 480 (1. Porto Rico. Until a new examination of the type specimens is made, it isin to establish the right generic position of this and of the bie ; dom ; i £ if 1908.]} Silvestri, Myriopoda jrom Porto Rico and Culebra. 575 | 14. Iulus cesar Karsch. Tulus cesar Karscu, Zeit. Naturw. (3), VI, p. 18. Paraiulus cesar BoLLMAN, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 46, p. 61. Tulus cesar Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, XXIV, p. 480 (1894). Porto Rico. 15. Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.). Prof. Wheeler collected specimens of this widely distributed tropical species in Porto Rico: Utuado, Coamo Springs, Morro at San Juan. 16. Leptodesmus sallei (Sauss.). Polydesmus sallei Sauss., Myr. Mexique, p. 42, pl. ii, fig. 8 (1860). Odontopeltis sallei Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., XXIV, p. 512 (1894). Leptodesmus sallei Arrrms, Denk. Ak. Wien, LX VII, p. 388 (1899). Some specimens of this species were secured by Professor Wheeler at Utuado and Monte Mandios in Porto Rico. Saussure recorded the species from the Antilles and Pocock from San Domingo and Hayti. 17. Leptodesmus mauritii Brandt. Polydesmus mauritii BRANDT, Bull, Sci. St. Petersbourg, V, p. 311 (1839). Oxyurus mauritii Perers, Monats. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 533. Odontopeltis mauritii Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, XXTV, p. 513 (1894). Of this species we know only the short description given by Brandt, from which it appears that it is different from L. sallez, at least in coloration. Porto Rico. Lasiodesmus gen. nov. Body slender, subcylindrical, composed of the head, collum, anal valves and 19 segments. Head not covered. Antennz (Fig. IX, 1) short, with the 6th joint longer and more crassate than the other, the 5th and 6th joints each with a lateral fine brush of olfactory cones. Collum (Fig. IX, 2) small, convex, subelliptical, covered with many tubercles, each of which bears a rather long seta. The following segments (Fig. IX, 2—4) cylindrical and have the metazonz some- what higher than the prezonz, and covered on the dorsal part with as many seti- ferous tubercles as the collum; they are destitute of lateral carinz and the inferior 576 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, part of the metazone is only a little lower than the dorsal and without setiferous tubercles, or nearly so. Repugnatorial pores (Fig. IX, 3) are rather conspicuous and located on the lateral subposterior part of the metazone of the segments 5, 7, 9, 10, 13, 15-19. Sterna very small and somewhat produced at the bases of the legs. Fig. IX. Lasiodesmus caraibicus: 1, antenna, 2, head, collum and first two segments; 3, ie seg- ment; 4, posterior part of body; 5, leg of 10th segment. Legs (Fig. IX, 5) rather short with the second joint a little longer than the third and furnished beneath at the apex with a long seta; claw simple and ratherrobust. __ Segmentum preanal (Fig. IX, 4) furnished with setiferous tubercles as in the preceding, dorsally triangular at the apex, subcylindrical, projecting beyond the anal valves when closed and not when opened as in Figure IX, 4. ia Male unknown. This genus at first sight is similar to Cylindrodesmus Pocock, except for 4 the form of the antenne. The armature of the metazone is easily recog- — nizable as distinct. 18. Lasiodesmus caraibicus sp. nov. Female.— Body brick-colored with the ventral part and the legs umber. Head (Fig. IX, 2) bearing a great number of short hairs. Antenne (Fig. IX, 1) short, with joints 2-4 about equal in length and in width, — the 5th very little longer than the 4th, but somewhat wider, the 6th longer and wider — as in Fig. IX, 1. ae Preanal scale subtrapezoidal with posterior margin a little sinuated and the angles: bearing a long seta, For the other characters see the description of the genus. Habitat.— A single female specimen from Utuado (Porto Rico). 1908.) . Silvestri, Myriopoda jrom Porto Rico and Culebra. 577 19. Tridesmus sectilis O. F. Cook. O. F. Cook, in the description of the genus T'ridesmus (Brandtia, p. 21), gives this as the type species, but-he has not yet published the description of it. 20. Tridesmus portoricensis sp. nov. Female.— Color umber with the antenne whitish from the second joint. _ Head nearly smooth with a sulcus on the vertex. Antenne rather long, with the joints as in figure X, 1. Collum (Fig. XI) wide anteriorly and laterally projecting beyond the head, a Aecriin NJ eae Yr Fig. X. Fig. XI. Tridesmus portoricensis, Fig. X. Fig, XI. 1 anterior part of body; 2,10th and 11th segments; 3, posterior part of body (in the figure the sculpture of the body is not reproduced). 1, antenna, 2, leg of 10th segment. anterior margin widely rounded and divided by sulci into 12 distinct areas, posterior ° part laterally somewhat obliquely truncate, and in the middle slightly truncate, besides the marginal areas the surface is divided into ten others, each a little ele- vated in the middle, being furnished with a small tubercle. [August, 1908.) 37 578 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. 43 The following segments (Fig. xD with the posterior part divided in the lateral margin of non-poriferous carinze with 3 areas, the rest of the ¢ ; 0 face has four median, transverse tubercles, the anterior of which are it Ww the posterior and at the sides of these there are two other small t latero-anteriorly. The carine are wider than half the width of peat: rectangular, with the anterior angle more or less rounded, the posterio: poriferous carinse of the anterior segments slightly produced, and on segments gradually becoming more acutely produced; the lateral. carine is slightly three-lobed, on the poriferous carine of the fifth lobed, on the others to the 15th, three-lobed, and from the 16th to the lobed. Repugnatorial pores open rather far from the margin on the area, a Preanal segment (Fig. XI) very short, subrounded poste projecting beyond the posterior angles of the 18th segment. angular with two posterior submedian setiferous tubercles. : Sterna small, smooth, somewhat produced at the base of the le Legs (Fig. X, 2) scarcely projecting beyond the lateral m rin the 2d and 3d joints subequal in length. 5 Length 8.5 mm., width 2.1 mm., length of the antennz 1.2 m Habitat.— The above deatiription is based upon a female sy segments including the collum, collected at Utuado (Porto Rico). in the accompanying il- _. lustrations. The corre- 59.9:04 Article XXIX— MAMMALOGICAL NOTES.— LVI. By J. A. ALLEN. It is thought best to bring together here under a general title various minor notes on mammalogical subjects that are too short to be conveniently issued as separate articles. Those of the present installment are as follows: I. Concrescence in Premolars of a Bat. Il. Bats from the Island of San Domingo. Ill. Note on the Type of the Genus Sciuropterus. IV. Note on the Type Locality of Rangifer arctica (Richardson). VY. Northward Extension of Range of Coyotes. VI. The Generic Name Galera Brown. I. CONCRESCENCE IN PREMOLARS OF A Bart. In a small collection of bats recently received at the Museum from the vicinity of Merida, oe! are several bitin of Artibeus quadri- vittatus Peters, one of which has the two up- per premolars on each side fused, as shown sponding teeth in the 0% lower jaw are normal. ¢ : On the right side of the upper jaw the two pre- molars are solidly fused . ( Fig: 1. Artibeus, quadrivittatus No. 243898. Outside view at the base, but the cusps of left upper tooth row, showing fused premolars. 4. are distinct from the cin- -gulum upward. On the left side the fusion extends upward for two thirds the length of the teeth. Normally these two teeth are quite similar in structure except that the first is only about half the size of the second, and are crowded in between the canine and first molar, against which they are closely appressed. In the fused teeth there is nearly the same disparity 579 Ah yyw" 580 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, in size between the two parts, but the portion representing the first molar rises much higher than in the nor- mal tooth, the two cusps of the fused teeth being of equal height on the right side and nearly so on the left. The accompanying illus- trations render further description unnecessary. The specimen showing the ab- normality is quite young, the milk incisors being still present, but the oF? iexdttibeus quad ats, No. eset, rest of 4 teeth were fully devel- specimen. ¢. oped, except the canines, which had not quite reached their full height. While this anomaly may not have much significance in its bearing Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 3. Artibeus quadrivittatus, No. 24398. Inside view of left upper tooth row, showing fused 1 premolars Fig 4, Artibeus quadrivittatus, No. 24381. Inside view of right upper tooth row, normal specimen. #. upon the ‘concrescence theory’ of the formation of cusps, it is of considera- ble interest on account of the extreme rarity of its occurrence. II. Bats rrom THE IsLAND SAN DoMINGO. A small collection of bats, made by Mr. A. H. Verrill in January, 1907, during his expedition to San Domingo in 1906-1907, have been recently acquired by this Museum. They number only six species, but have con- siderable interest, since little has hitherto been definitely known regarding the bats of San Domingo. ‘Two of the species appear to be undescribed. The only other mammals obtained by Mr. Verrill on the island are 1908.] Allen, Mammalogical Notes. 581 P three specimens of Solenodon paradoxus (see antea, pp. 505-517, pll. xxviii- _ Xxxiil), and a few specimens of the introduced Mus alexandrinus I. Geoffroy. Chilonycteris macleayii fuliginosa (Gray). One specimen, in forma- | lin, a. Honda, January, 1907. 2. Otopterus waterhousii (Gray). Nine specimens, skins and skulls, a Cafia. Honda, Jan. 1, 1907. " 3. Artibeus jamaicensis parvipes Rehn. Four specimens, two alco- _ holie and two skins, Cafia Honda, Jan. 8, 1907. Forearm, 52-55 mm. Pid 4. Ardops haitiensis sp. nov. _ ‘Type, No. 25750, adult, skin and skull. Cafia Honda, San Domingo, - Jan. 5, 1907; A. H. Verrill. Smallest of the species of Ardops yet known. Forearm, 39 mm., as against 46 and 47 in A. nichollsi (Thomas), and A. lucie (Miller), as given by Miller! Total length of skull, 19, as against 20.4 and 23 in nichollsi and lucie; maxillary toothrow (c-m'), 5.5 (7.6 and 6.4); 2d finger, 34 (86 and 41); thumb, 12 (11 and 15.6); 3d finger, 80 (96 and 110); tibia, 15.5 (16.4 and 19). Other measurements, cranial and external, are pro- e _ portionately small. Known only from the type. The genus Ardops has not previously been reported from outside of the. Lesser Antilles, the three previously described species being respectively _ from Dominica, Montserat, and St. Lucia. The allied genera Phyllops and Ariteus are known respectiv ely from Cuba and Jamaica, each being represented by a single species. 5. Nyctinomus brasiliensis musculus Gundlach. Two specimens, one in formalin, and a skin with skull. 6. Mbollossus verrilli sp. nov. Type, No. 25764, adult, skin and skull, Samana, San Domingo, Feb. 5, 1907; A. H. Verrill. Not closely related to any known species, but for convenience of descrip- tion it may be compared with M. tropidorhynchus Gray, of Cuba. Much larger than M. tropidorhynchus, and general coloration darker; forearm, 40 mm. (in tropidorhynchus, 34); 3d metacarpal, 41 (in tropi- dorhynchus, 35); thumb stouter and much more curved; feet larger. Skull, 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 407. 582 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, total length, 17 (in tropidorhynchus, 15); width of brain case, 9 (in tropi- dorhynchus, 8). The skull is more massive, the rostral portion especially more thickened, the brain case more expanded, and the dentition throughout notably heavier; the lower jaw is markedly deeper and heavier, and the ~ canines in both jaws are nearly twice as large as in tropidorhynchus. Represented only by the type. III. Notre on THE Typr oF THE GENUS SCIUROPTERUS. ~ The genus Scturopterus F. Cuvier was first defined under the vernacular name Sciuroptére by F. Cuvier in 1823 (Mém. du Mus., X, 1823, p- 126), and based on “‘le sciuroptére assapan (sciwrus volans Lin.), qui me servira d’objéct de comparaison avec le ptéromys taguan,...”” The first use of Sciuropterus is by the same author in his ‘Dents des Mammiféres,’ in the ‘table methodique,’ p. 255, where is given _ SOURCE aa ie bef F. Cuv. Sciuroptére ad opaing ne scturus volans Linn.” Regarding the ‘assapan’ of F. Cuvier, the original type of his Seis terus, he says (‘Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres, livr. viii, July 1819): “C'est sous le nom impropre de polatouche que Buffon a parlé de cet animal, originaire de l’Amerique septentrionale, tandis que le polatouche, propre- -ment dit, est du nord de l’ancien continent, et que c’est des Russes qu’il a recu ce nom, ou pluté6t celui de polatouka.” ‘This is important, inasmuch as Sciurus volans Linn. includes both the assapan and the polatouche, while Mus volans Linn., on an earlier page of the same work (ef. Syst. ie ed. 10, 1758, pp. 85 and 88), relates exclusively to the assapan. Mr. Oldfield Thomas, in a recent paper entitled ‘The Genera and Sub- genera of the Sciwropterus Group, with descriptions of three new Species’ — (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), I, pp. 1-8, Jan. 1908) has, with apparently — good reason, divided the group into six genera (Trogopterus Major, Seiurop- — terus F. Cuv., and Iomys, Belomys, Pteromyscus and Petaurillus, genn. nov). He has also separated his Sciwropterus sens. stric. into four subgenera, of — which three are new, namely: Sciwropterus, Glaucomys, Hylopetes, and — Petinomys, and designated a type for each. The type of Glawcomys is- Uritortaesely: given as “Sciwropterus (Glaucomys) volans (Mus volans — Linn.),”’ which is F, Cuyier’s “sciuroptere assapan,” the monotypic type of ‘ his genus Sciuroptére (later his Scvwropterus). 4 Sciurus volans Linn. was, as said above, composite; although ie primarily on No. 22, Fauna Suec. (1746), which relates exclusively to # the — European flying squivral (‘Habitat in Finlandia & Lapponia”), it also included the North American flying squirrels as described and figured | *, 1908.] ‘Alles; Mavendlogical Neteas's/:.< 583 Catesby and Edwards. ‘Previous to 1908, the type of Scturopterus had repeatedly been given as Sciwrus volans Linn. (Allen, N. Am. Rodentia, 1877, p. 653; Palmer, Index Gen. Mamm., 1904, p. 625), which was also the only species mentioned where the Latin form of the name was first used. If we go back, however, to the original institution of the genus it is evident that only the assapan (Mus volans Linn.) was considered. In dividing the genus Sciwropterus into subgenera this fact might well have been recognized, and Mus volans Linn. taken as the type, leaving Sciwrus volans Linn. part (= Pteromys russicus Tiedemann) as the type of the paleearctic section of the genus. Under all of the circumstances, however, it may possibly be _ conceded that it was within the rights of the first reviser (in this case Mr. Thomas) to select Mus volans Linn. as the type of his new subgenus Glaucomys, and Pteromys russicus Tiedemann as the type of Sciuropterus, although it would have better expressed the historical facts in the case if this designation of types for the two groups by the first reviser had been reversed. In determining the type of a genus where a previously designated type _ is a composite species, it is proper, not to say important, to ascertain which element of the composite was employed by the founder as the principal or sole basis, as the case may be, of his genus. IV.— Nore on THE Type Locatity oF RANGIFER ARCTICA (RICHARDSON). Richardson gave no definite type locality for his “Cervus tarandus, var. arctica,’ but in his ‘Introduction’ to the ‘Fauna Boreali-Americana’ (I, p. xxv), where the name is first used, he included it in his: list of “‘quadrupeds known to inhabit the Barren-grounds.’’ The region mentioned by him as the Barren-grounds is defined (J. ¢., p. xxiii) as “bounded to the westward by the Coppermine River, Great Slave, Athapescow, Wollaston, and Deer Lakes, to the southward by the Churchill or Missinippi River, and to the northward and eastward by the sea.” This region is joined on the westward and southward by his ‘Eastern district,’to which he assigns his Cervus tarandus, var. sylvestris. His personal acquaintance with the Barren-ground Caribou (his var. arctica) appears to have been made first, and mainly, in the Coppermine River country, during his journey down to the Coppermine, along the coast of Coronation Gulf, and on the return trip across country to Fort Enterprise, considerably south of the southern boundary of the Barren-grounds. He says (I. c., p. 250) of the Woodland Caribou (his var. sylvestris), “of this 584 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXTV, variety I know little’’; but of the Barren-ground Caribou (J. c., p. 242), that it resorts ‘‘to the coast of the Arctic Sea, in summer,” and retires “in winter to the woods lying between the sixty-third and sixty-sixth degree of latitude.” He gives wood-cuts (J. ¢., p. 240), “‘made from drawings by Captain Back, of the antlers of two old buck caribou, killed on the Barren Grounds in the neighborhood of Fort Enterprise.” Hence it is necessary to consider Fort Enterprise, in the winter range of the Barren Ground Caribou, as the type locality of this form. He says, however, that Captain Parry saw them on Melville Peninsula, and further states that on the coast of Hudson Bay none go to the southward of Churchill; but, as said above, his personal acquaint- ance with the animal relates to Fort Enterprise and to the country to the eastward of the Coppermine River. V. NorrHwarp EXTENSION oF RANGE OF CoYOTEs. The Museum is indebted to Mr. Madison Grant, Secretary of the New York Zodlogical Society, for a specimen — skin and entire skeleton — of a Coyote killed near Whitehorse, on the Alsek River, Alaska, in February, 1907. ‘This is by far the most northern record for any form of coyote. . Mr. Grant informs me that in 1902 he found that coyotes were known to occur near Golden, in eastern British Columbia, where the residents of the _ vicinity reported their appearance as recent, and as still the subject of comment. Previously the most northern record west of the Rocky Moun- tains was “‘the arid interior of British Columbia (Ashcroft, Shuswap). ise East of the Rocky Mountains the former northern limit of distribution of coyotes is the vicinity of the fifty-fifth parallel,? or about the northern boundary of the Provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan. Richardson (J. c.) states that in his day the coyote, or prairie wolf, was very abundant on the plains of the Saskatchewan, where, according to recent advices, it is — still numerous.’ Mr. Ernest T. Seton informs me that he found, during — his trip to the Barren Grounds in 1907, that it was gradually extending its — range to the northward, and was now not uncommon as far north as Laie ¢ Slave Lake. “ As is well known, the coyotes of the northern plains (Canis latrans Say — and C. 1. pallidus Merriam) are the largest members of the coyote group, considerably exceeding in size the coyotes found in the region west of the mone Mountains in the same latitudes. The Alaskan specimen received — 1 Siertasn. ‘Riga Biol. Soc, Wephing tenes XI, 1897, p. 25. 2 Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Amer., I, 1829, p. 73. 3 Karly in the present year the Museum received 4 specimens, skins and skulls, ¢ near Maple Creek, skatchewan, by E. E. Baynton, 1908. ] Allen, Mammalogical Notes. “585 from Mr. Grant has no near relationship with the coyotes of the Saskatche- wan plains, being not only very much smaller, but quite different in color and in dentition. As would be expected, it is, on the other hand, closely related to Canis lestes Merriam, of the trans-Rocky Mountain districts. The present specimen is apparently an old female, and differs from an old female of C. lestes, from Shuswap, B. C., in being smaller, and slightly in other characters, and may be separable as.a northern form of lestes. Al- though the differences between these two skulls are quite appreciable, it would be rash, in the absence of more material for comparison, to recognize ' these differences in nomenclature. The subjoined measurements of three female skulls — the Alaska specimen, a female estes from Shuswap, B. C., and one from Maple Creek, Saskatchewan (young female, too young to be fairly comparable with the others, but the only one available) — show the Alaska specimen to be the smallest of the three, and illustrate the wide difference in the size of the teeth between the /estes and latrans types, as regards not only the length of the premolar-molar series, but of Ttiiyidual teeth. Measurements of Skulls: No. No. No. 7 28197 | 72876 28281 r 2 2 Diese ice. bien sb ten ee aoe BE oad 190 Soemememeamal length... 0... ee cee cee atee 171 174 181 cs 5 on 05% o 4 505 ops hte 161 | 167° | 170 RT ce a gc ss enc wap, aces me ETD 159 162 166 sR a eA 86.3 86.3 -- TR 31 33 30 ME OPOACtD see eee adele 31 33 31 IGEN 0. 6 oo nics ens vad pam nigie wera’ s ale 91 97 90 EE ooo ay 5c Walaa vite oe Silvis aicie wadiwyie 64 56 61 Length of upper premolar-molar series.............. 63 67 71.3 as ios cc ee cscs taper es tate ener’ 34 35 38.5 Length of upper carnassial......................4.. 20 19 20 Length of lower premolar-molar series............... 74 74 80 SESE Ee ee ree ners 33.5 34 37 5 ese on riee ace nase en edicnioeng 20 20.5| 23 The Alaska specimen is much darker than Saskatchewan specimens, and less fulvous; but the ears, nose, and anterior surface of the limbs are 11, Am. Mus. No. 28197, Q, Alsek River, Alaska; Madison Grant. 2. U.S. Nat. No. 72876, 2, Shuswap, B.C.; Biological ures 3. Am. Mus. No. 28281, 9, Maple Creek, Saskatchewan; E, E. Baynton. This is a quite young specimen, as shown by the absence of ankylosis and the rudimentary condition of the sagittal and occipital crests. While not full grown as regards the size of the skull, the dentition is fully developed. 586 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. _ [Vol. XX much more rufous, as in the /estes type. Compared with a lestes specit of the same sex (2) from southern British Columbia, the carnas slightly longer and heavier, or about like the corresponding tool of male /estes skull from southern Oregon. The bulle in the Alaska specimen are smaller, narrower, more elongate and less swollen than in the lestes specimens. These slight differences may, however, be individual rather | D. than racial, a point to be determined by examination of additional eave a specimens. See There is apparently no insuperable barrier to their continuous” range, ; through the valleys trending north and south, from the plains of British Columbia northward, west of the main Rockies, but if coyotes inhabit this region they must be rare or of local occurrence, since none haye previously = been received from any part of this district, which, however, i is faunally a not yet well known. ee. In conclusion I desire to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Biological Survey, for the loan of the pee of ea lestes on which the above comparisons are based. setter VI. Tue Generic NAME GALERA BROWNE. : The first modern use of Galera as a generic name was by J. E. Gules i 1843 (List of Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, pp. xx and 67). He oad the name to Browne (/. c., p. xx), and referred to it the single species Mustela — barbara Linn., citing under it Galera subfusca Brown, Jam. t. 29 [sic], f. 4 (I. c., p. 67), although Browne was not a binomialist and did not use subfusca S. as a specific name. Thomas, in 1901 (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIL, Feb. 1901, p: 180, footnote), recognizing the propriety of separating ye : cally the Grisons from the Tayras (following Nehring), adopted “Gray's — _genus Galera” for the latter. Galera was again brought to notice by Sherborne in 1902, in his ‘In Animalium’ (p. 408), where he cites ‘Galera P. Browne, Hist. Jam: ed. 2, 1789, 485.” It was also included by Palmer, in 1904, in his “Ind ex Generum Mammalium’ (p. 289), where he gives “Galera oe mi Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaica, 2d ed., 485, Tab. 49, fig. 1, 1789. Mustela barbara Linneus, from Brazil. ” He quotes from Brows! creature [the Guinea Fox] is often Drougit to Jamaica from the coasts 0 Guinea [Guiana],' where it is a native.” Here Palmer, perhaps foll — ng Gray (as above), makes two erroneous’ assumptions: (1) that the “ Gr 1 The words in brackets are Palmer’s, SS AS ey EAE ae Sa een vate 1908.] Allen, Mammalogical Notes. - 587 Fox” of Browne is the Mustela barbara of Linneus; (2) that the Guinea Fox was brought from Guiana and not from Guinea, as stated by Browne. As will be shown later early authors, from Pennant down, accepted Browne’s Guinea as Guinea and not as Guiana.’ Asa further indication that Guinea in Africa was referred to, we find under Hystrix (p. 487): “This creature is seldom seen in Jamaica; though frequent enough on the coast of Guinea, from whence it is sometimes brought there in the African ships.” It is fur- ther to be noted that in referring to animals brought from continental America he nowhere uses any other expression than “the main continent.’’ On the basis, apparently, of Gray and Palmer, Elliot in 1905 (Check- List of the Mammals of the North American Continent, etc. p. 418) adopted “Galera Browne” as the proper generic designation of the Tayra and Grison groups, with “Type Mustela barbara Linneus.” In 1907 he (Cat. Coll. Mamm. in Field Columbian Museum, 1907, pp. 442, 443) continued the same use of Galera. The history of the case of Galera is as follows: Patrick Browne in his ‘Civil and Natural History of Jamaica’ (fol., 1756), proposed the name Galera (I. c., p. 485), in a generic sense, for an animal he called “the Guinea Fox,” of which he gave a rude figure (/. c., pl. 49, fig. 1) and a very brief account. Two editions of this work appeared, the second bearing date 1789, which are textually the same, except that the second has a new title- page, a new map, and “Four additional indexes [unpaged] to Dr. Brown’s [sic] Natural History of Jamaica.”’ The latter are simply a concordance of the systematic names of the author, of both the plants and animals, and those of Linneeus. Galera Browne dates from the first edition of his ‘History,’ which was published two years before the beginning of binomial nomenclature. Its republication in the second edition (1789) was without change, except that to the plate was added “Fig. 1. Mustela barbara?,” evidently based on Linneus’s references to Browne in the 10th and 12th editions of his Syst. Nat., as noted below. Erxleben (Hist. Reg. Anim., 1777, p. 453) identified Browne’s “Galera” with the ‘‘Vansire”’ of Madagascar, and with the ‘‘ Koekeboe” of Guinea ’ 1 Thus Pennant, in his ‘Synopsis of Quadrupeds’ (1771, p. 225, Nos. 160 and 161), and al later in his ‘History of Quadrupeds,’ has a ‘‘Guinea Weesel’’ based on Browne’s Cakes ee “Guiana Weesel,”’ based on Mustela barbara Linneus. 2A collation of the two editions shows that the second differs from the first as follows: @) a new and considerably altered title-page; (2) a new and greatly improved map of Jamaica ated 1774; (3) a systematic concordance of Browne’s plant and animal names with those of Linneus, forming 23 unpaged leaves, and entitled as above; (4) the plates are reéngraved (and reversed), and are much more coarsely done than the originals, with sometimes slight omission of details; and in place of the names of the draftsman (*'G. D. Ehret delin. 1755’’) and engravers (‘Patton Sculp.,” and others, on different plates) are added at the bottom of the plates the technical names of the objects delineated, which were not given on the original plates; (5) the first three signatures of the main text (pp. 1-12) have been reset, with very slight verbal changes but the pagination is unchanged. The rest of the text consists evidently of “left-over” sheets, utilized for a second edition. ’ 588 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. — [Vol. XXIV. (Rossmann, Reise nach Guinea, 1708, p. 299), employing for the 3 collectively (and properly, as these three names all refer to the same spe the name Mustela galera. Schreber adopted the same name at about the — same date. (Schreber and Erxleben cite each other; Schreber gaye the — page reference to Erxleben, but Erxleben cited only Schreber’s plate, 1 hich is copied from Browne’s.) They both combined with these “le ’ su le Galera” of Buffon (Hist. Nat., XV, 1767, pp. 155, 156), dosbileas aman: ‘ Buffon believed that the “Galera” or “‘Guinea Fox’ of Browne might be : the same as his “la Belette noir du Bresil,” which he says is also found in — Guiana, where it is called Tayra; and he further conjectured that the name _ galera is ‘un mot corrompu & dérivé de tayra”; and also suggests that while the animals described by Browne as the Guinea Fox may hay Ea brought to Jamaica from Africa, that they had been first shipped from Brazil to Guinea and thence to Jamaica. Aside from these one Buffon’s “le Tayra ou le Galera” is also Browne’s ‘Guinea Fox.” Buffon doubtless took his cue from Linnzeus, who in 1758 (Syst. Mat. 4 ed. 10, p. 46) described the Tayra, evidently from personal knowledge of _ the animal, under the name Mustela barbara, including as his sole reference: _ “Confer. Brown. jam. 485. 49. f. 1. Galera?” In the 12th edition he — again cites Browne, and again with a mark of interrogation. In this’ way | began a confusion which still prevails, as the sequel to this note will show. ee Browne’s long Latin diagnosis of Galera contains little that is : cable — to the Tayra, but much that well agrees with the Mungoose of East . ri which his figure, though crude, and evidently not ad nat., strongly suggest Besides, he says: ‘This creature is often brought to Jamaica toute coasts of Guinea, where it is a native,....It burrows under ground... Te of the size of a small rabbit or cat, at very strong in its fore-feet, -w ich | are much shorter than the hinder.” The Tayra, however, is not a native of Guinea; it is not a fossorial, burrowing animal but is arboreal; it is nuch larger than a ‘“‘small rabbit or cat”; its color would not be deseribed a “‘subfuscus,” it being black, with the head gray, and with a prominent whi or yellowish spot on the foreneck. f vial Browne’s Guinea Tox was correctly identified by Pennant, Schre' Erxleben and other eighteenth century authors with the “Vondsire ira” « Flacourt (Hist. de la Grande isle Madagascar, 1661, p. 154; later 1 Vansire of Buffon) who obtained a specimen in that island, doubtless b there, as well as to Jamaica, from Africa, but whose true home a iY found to be the neighboring coast of Africa (ef. Thomas, P. Z. S., 188: 154). As noted above, it was first properly introduced into binomial nome ee 1 The head of the animal appears to have been based on a Didelphis, especially the te et 1908.] Allen, Mammalogical Notes. 589 a clatare by Erxleben, as Mustela galera; it was later (1826) renamed by F. _ Cuvier Atilax vansire, and is now currently known as Herpestes galera (Erxl.), the Water Mungoose. If, therefore, Galera Browne be tenable from his second edition (1789) it must replace Herpestes Iliger, 1811, now used for the Mungooses. In any case it has nothing whatever to do with the _ Tayras of tropical America. As, however, Mustela barbara Linn. has repeatedly been treated as the type of Galera, a word on this point seems’ Article 30 of the International Code of Zoélogical Nomenclature rules that “Species which were species inquirende from the standpoint of the author of the generic name at the time of its publication” “are excluded from consideration in sélecting the types of genera.’ ‘Therefore the en- | graved name “Mustela barbara?” on plate 49 of the second (1789) edition of Browne’s work does not render this species available as the type of Galera; nor will the designation of this species as the type of Galera by Gray in 1843 avail, in face of the fact that the Galera of Browne was a Mungoose and not a Tayra. ‘Therefore Galera Gray, 1843 (nec Browne) = Tayra Oken, - 1816; while Galera Browne, 1789 (type Mustela galera Erxl.) = Atilax F. Cuy. 1826 = Herpestes Illiger, 1811. 56. 57, 93T (118: 78.8) Article XXX— THE TERTIARY TENTHREDINOIDEA OF THE | EXPEDITION OF 1908 TO FLORISSANT, COLO. By S. A. RoHweEr. The saw-flies of the expedition of 1908 to the Florissant Tertiary shales were but seven in number, but they are very interesting. Five of the seven species were new, one of these forming a new genus. The large Schizocerus konowit suggests to the writer a neotropical form, but otherwise the species are very similar to what one would expect in the eastern Atlantic States today. Of the other described ones there is one, _ Megaxyela petrefacta Brues, which resembles closely a Megaxyela from Texas. The new genus, Nortonella, is probably a mutant from one of the older genera of Tenthredinine, and would not be characteristic to any region. Nortonella suggests a possible clue to the origin of that group of Tenthre- dinoidea which has both recurrent nervures received by the second cubital cell. With the species described in this paper the fossil saw-flies of Florissant number 30, representing 19 genera. The recent are 31, representing 14 genera. Schizocerus konowi n. sp. 9. Length 9.25mm.; length of anterior wing6mm. Head as usual for genus. Middle lobe of mesonotum longer than usual, extending backward much farther than usual, narrowing distinctly posteriorly; the basal half bounded by a broad, rounded ridge, which is crossed transversely by distinct furrows, these furrows are quite close together. Thorax generally rather closely punctured, with medium size punctures. Intercostal cell distinct, broad at apex; stigma large, lower margin quite straight, apex obliquely truncated; basal nervure about half its length basad to origin of eubitus; first recur. received near base of second cub.; second recur. received in basal half of third cub.; third cubital much wider on radial nervure than on cubitus; tran. med. received in middle of first dise.; lanceolate cell very broadly contracted. Lanceolate cell of hind wings shortly petiolate, not as longly so as usual. Color black; abdominal segments 1-4 ferruginous. Basal half of wings hyaline, apical half very dark; venation brown. Habitat.— Tertiary shales, Florissant, Colo., Station 13B, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). Type in the University of Colorado. This species is not related to any described recent one of boreal North America, and is quite different from any modern one known to the writer. The curious sculpture bounding the middle lobe of the mesonotum is very 591 592 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. _ [Vol. 3 distinctive. Among the described fossil species from Florissant it is n to Lisconeura vexabilis Brues, but is quite different from that. The reverse of the type does not show the curious structure of the thorax a as well as the type does. uk Named in honor of the late Rev. F. W. Konow. - ae eps ved & bie Be Eriocampa bruesi n. sp. Peet Probably a 3. Length 5 mm., length of anterior wing 4.5 mm. Antennd short) un stout, slightly clavate; joints hous, five and six equal. Head and thorax closely rather finely granular or punctured. Posterior tarsi longer than their tibise; first joint about equal to 2 + 3.or a little longer. Intercostal vein apparently absent; — stigma rounded on lower margin; basal nervure joins cubitus at its base; first recur. a in basal half of second cub.; second recurrent a little basad of middle of third cub.; “a second tran. cub. shorter than the first, and much shorter than the third making the iF third cubital much wider at the apex; second cubital on radius more than twice the te length of first cubital on cubitus; tran. med. in basal third of cell; lanceolate cell with the contraction not as strona. as usual; cross-nervure of lanceolate cell decidedly a oblique. Color dark brown or black; basal two-thirds of abdomen f : femora and tibie except apex rufous; tarsi infuscated. ber» hyaline; venation ; brown. a Habitat.— Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colo., Station 13B, 1908 (eto 4 Smith). Type in the University of Colorado. ray In the apparent absence of the intercostal nervure thig speci from Eriocampa. i Its size will at once separate it from the other members of the genie Pt the following table will make their separation certain: ; Second cubital on radial no meee than first cubital on cubitus; (wingu y length 9mm.) . . wheeleri | - Second cubital on radial more shail Spirkoe: as eae as first cubital oe cubitus . 1. Length 9 mm.; abdomen black; wings infuscated; cross-nervure of lancec rk cell not decidedly oblique . . . . scudderi Brues. Length 6 mm.; abdomen at base Ri evigteatn perp: hyaline) cross-nervur lanceolate cell strongly oblique , . . . . . « « + « « Obruesi E Nortonella n. gen. Habitus much as Tenthredo and Macrophya. Head large, as wide as the deep. Antenne 9-jointed, filiform, joint three longer than four. Legs and a men absent in type. Intercostal vein absent, stigma large; tran. radial r bent, received in about middle of third cubital; four cubital cells; second rec both recurrent nervures, the first a little basad of middle, the second near ba of the cell; basal nervure more than half of its length basad of origin of ¢ np tahini: Sees SR nee ees fei, 1908.] Rohwer, Tertiary Tenthredinoidea. 593 lanceolate cell with a short, broad cross-nervure. Hind wing with two discal cells; lanceolate cell petiolate at apex. Type Nortonella typica Roh. This new genus belongs to Tenthredinine and is probably most closely related to Macrophya. It may be known from all its allies’ by the absence of the intercostal nervure, and second cubital receiving both recurrent nervures. Nortonella typica n. sp. Sex ? Length perhaps 10 mm.; length of anterior wing (Fig. 1) about 8.5 mm. Head and thorax closely, finely punctured. Third antennal joint a little longer than fourth; apical joint smaller and shorter than preceding one. Stigma large, rounded Fig. 1. Nortonella typica n. sp. Anterior wing. on lower margin, drawn out by the transverse radial; tran. med. in basal third of cell; cubitus drawn upward by the first tran. cubitus; radius drawn up by the tran. rad.; basal nervure slightly bent on lower part. Color black. Wings hyaline; venation rather pale brown. Habitat. Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colo., Station 13B, 1908. Collector unknown. ‘Type in the University of Colorado. Of the fossil species of Florissant, Colo., this one is more closely related to Macrophya pervetusta Brues, but it is very different from that. Dineura cockerelli Roh.— A specimen and reverse from Station 13 B in the Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colo., 1908 (Geo. N. Rohwer). Differs in being only 7.5 mm. Jong and in a few other characters. Dineura fuscipennis n. sp. Sex ? Length 8 mm.; length of anterior wing 6.5 mm. In general habitus much like D. cockerelli Roh. Head rounded, not as wide’as thorax. Third antennal joint somewhat longer than fourth; fourth and fifth equal; antennze extending back as far as the scutellum at least. Middle lobe of mesonotum bounded by a rather sharp ridge. Intercostal nervure its own length beyond basal; stigma rounded on lower margin; tran. rad. in basal third of third cub.; second recurrent received by second cub. about half the length of the second tran. cubitus from apex; tran. med. received a little beyond middle; basal nervure bent inwardly posteriorly; the venation is 594 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vole XXIV, — much like D. cockerelli but differs in a few marked particulars. Color black; basal — two-thirds of abdomen light. Wings strongly infuscated; venation dark brown. Habitat.— Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colo., Station 13B, 1908 (Ss. A. Roh- wer). Type in the University of Colorado. This species is much like D. cockerelli Roh., but the infuseated wings and the decided change in position of intercostal nervure will separate it from that species. This is nearer Dinewra as now defined than any of the other fossil species of Florissant. | | The following table will separate the four species known from Lake Florissant. Tran. med. received between the middle and base of first discoidal cell; (length 7 vin cw Bec . .« saxorum Ckll. Tran. med. received ade or beyond giaille of rut: dinooial ool: 3 ‘at pee 1. Robust; second recurrent very close to second tran. cubitus laminarum Brues. Slender; second recurrent quite free from second tran. cubitus . . . . 2. 2. Wings hayeline: intercostal vein more than its own length basad of basal cockerelli Roh. Wings strongly dusky; intercostal vein its own length beyond basal _- j Suscipennis Roh. Atocus defessus Scudd.— A specimen from Station 13B of the Florissant _ shales, 1908 (W. P. Cockerell). ‘This specimen confirms the characters _ given on p. 524, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908. Whether — Atocus is a good genus or not is a question. I think that it should be re- duced to a subgenus of Pamphilus. Tenthredo saxorum n. sp. Probably a 3. Length 14 mm.; length of anterior wings 11 mm. Rather slender. Head and thorax rather coarsely granulated. Head developed behind eyes; as wide as thorax. Antenne as usual, reaching to about middle of seutellum, joints not well differentiated. Venation very similar to modern species. Stigma tapering gently to apex; tran. rad. curved, joining third cub. near apex; third cub. — twice as wide at apex as at base; second recur. joining third cub. about the length — of second tran. cubitus from base; tran. med. in basal third of cell; cross-nervure ¥ of lanceolate cell rather short, bring the cell almost together; lanceolate cell of hind — wings normal for genus Tenthredo, i. e., not petiolate at apex. Abdomen long as head and thorax; parallel sided. Head and thorax deep black; basal two-thirds of — abdomen ferruginous, apex black. Wings hyaline; venation black. Habitat.— Station 221 of Tertiary shales, Florissant, Colo., 1908 (8. A. Roh wer.) Type in the University of Colorado. 1 1 Station 22 was established in 1908 on a hillside facing southwest. The hill is of ‘Fossil Stump Hill,’’ and is where a good deal of the Scudder material came form. layers worked at station 22 are the same as those worked at Station 17. The expecta ful to Mr, Thompson — who in former years collected fossils for Scudder — for showing us tion 22, and other favors. Rohwer, Tertiary Tenthredinoidea. 695 : Of the fossil species of Tenthredo this is nearer T. avia Brues, than any ~ the others. It and T. avia are the only fossil species which have the z may be easily known from T’. avia by the different shape of the olate cell and much darker color. . . . saxorum in color is related to T. occidentalis Cress., a recent species at Florissant, but it is much larger than that species, and is more y sculptured. 56.57, 98M Article XXXI— A FOSSIL MELLINID WASP. By S. A. RoHwer. Mellinus handlirschi n. sp. ?. Length of head and thorax 4.75 mm.; length of anterior wing 6. mm. ae and thorax black, closely, rather finely punctured. Wings clear hyaline, _ perhaps iridescent; venation dark brown. Radial cell long and narrow, widest __ where the second transverse cubital joins it, from whence it tapers to an acute apex. Second cubital cell subquadrate, slightly narrower on the radial nervure. First _ recurrent received by the first cubital near its apex, but quite free from the first __ transverse cubitus. Second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital about the same distance from the second transverse cubitus as the first recurrent is from the first transverse cubitus. Submedian cell shorter than the median. Submedian cell of the hind wings distinctly longer than the median. _ _Habitat.— Station 14 of the Tertiary shales of Florissant, Colo., 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). Type in the museum of the University of Colorado. In venation this species is almost exactly like the modern Mellinus rufinodus Cress. The only difference is that the second cubital cell does not narrow so strongly towards the radial nervure. The sculpture is probably somewhat coarser than-in M. rufinodus. q ‘This is the first fossil Mellinus which has been given a specific name. Brischke (Schr. Nat. Ges. Danzig. n. f. vi, p. 278, 1886) states that there is one in Baltic Amber. Dedicated to Dr. A. Handlirsch in recognition of his helpful work on Paleoentomology. 597 56.9,72T(1181) _ Article XXXII— NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN TITANOTHERES FROM THE EOCENE AND OLIGOCENE. By Henry Farrrietp Osporn. INTRODUCTION. In the preparation of the United States Geological Survey monograph “The Titanotheres’ the collections of Eocene and Oligocene materials in the larger museums of the country have been reviewed with care. Like the Oligocene titanotheres previously reviewed,! the Eocene titanotheres prove to be in a high degree polyphyletic. The remarkable collections made by the American Museum expeditions under Messrs. Wortman, Peterson, Matthew, and Granger, throw a flood of light on the phylogenetic and strati- ' graphic succession. The present bulletin, published with the approval of Director Smith of the U. S. Geological Survey, is a partial synopsis of the “new systematic and phylogenetic results which will be set forth fully in the monograph. It has been prepared with the assistance of Mr. W. K. Gregory. © I. Species rroM THE WIND River ForMATION, Lower EoceENE. Lambdotherium popoagicum Cope. Eotitanops borealis (Cope). Lambdotherium popoagicum Cope. (Figs. 1, 2, 3.) Doubts (Osborn) as to the reference of this animal to the titanotheres have been removed by the careful examination (Gregory) of all the materials known, which proves that it is a very slender-limbed and in certain respects 1 The Four Phyla of Oligocene Titanotheres. Bull..Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVI, Feb. 18, 1902, pp. 91-109. : 599 600 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, aberrant rather than generalized form. It was adapted to the dry land con- ditions which prevailed (Loomis) in the region of the deposition of the Lower Wind River beds in northern Wyoming, which at the same time Fig.1. Lambdotherium popoagicum Cope. Upper cheek teeth; composition from different individuals, chiefly No. 4664 Amer. Mus, X } eS ee ee eee ee ee ae ee _ Fig. 2. Lambdotherium popoagicum? ierue of L. primevum Loomis). — Inferior true molars. No. as Amherst Museum, Courtesy of Prof. F. B. Loomis. xX}. ae, ee, wept ares a Oe nee, anes a : 2s. Se, Fig. 3. Lambdotherium No. 4880 Amer. Mus. ulna and manus, front view; ae radius and ulna proximal rt outer side view; atlas, bac left scapula, distal portion, outer i view. All xX 4. : ‘favored other slender-limbed forms, such as Eohippus and Heptodon. — The accompanying figures illustrate the principal characters of the feet — and teeth. Eotitanops Osborn. Type reference.— Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, 1907, p. 242 (ype species designated (Paleosyops borealis Cope), genus not defined). a | possibly Mesatirhinus. In this 1908.] Osborn, New or Little Known Titanotheres. 601 Type species.— Palewosyops borealis Cope (Fig. 4). : Generic characters.— From Wind River formation (? Lower). Superior molars _ subquadrate and rounded in form; conules reduced, sub-lophoid; m‘-m%, 63 mm. (estimated). Inferior molars without metastylids. Hypoconulid of m, subconic. First inferior premolar present. Manus tetradactyl, functionally tridactyl with a tendency to mesaxonic structure. _ The geological level of this animal is not as yet precisely determined, that is, whether it was contemporary with Lambdotherium in the Lower Wind River formation or a sequent form in the Upper Wind River. Cope _ placed it with the genus Palao- ‘syops provisionally; it certainly does not belong to this short and broad-skulled phylum, but rather me of the long-skull Fig. 4. Eotitanops borealis (Cope). ee prone Saal ed phy la, P4—-m3 right. No 4892 Amer. Mus. X §. uncertainty and in the presence of characters which distinguish it clearly from both Lambdotherium and Mesatirhinus it is well to assign this animal a new generic rank, under the name Eotitanops. Tt embraces the species Eotitanops borealis (Cope) and E. brownianus (Cope). Il. Species rrom THE Lower Bringer Formation, Mippie Eocene. Limnohyops priscus. Limnohyops matthewi. Limnohyops monoconus. 1. First broad-skulled group, LimNonyors Marsh and Paumosyops Leidy. ‘Members of these two phyla evolve contemporaneously and are espe- cially characteristic of the Bridger. While very distinct in some characters they are so closely similar in others that in most previous descriptions they have been extensively confused. Limnohyops priscus sp. nov. (Fig. 5). Type locality.— Grizzly Buttes, Bridger Basin, Wyoming, level B2. Type.— A crushed skull with excellent dentition, No. 11687, Amer. Mus. dis- covered by the American Museum expedition of 1903. 602 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X3 Specific Characters.— Level, Bridger B2; p'-m* 148 (type) to 161 m. tinguished from the contemporary Limnohyops levidens Cope by its larger : z Fig. 5. Limnohyops priscus. Type. P'-m left. No. 11687 Amer. Ms, by the more progressive character of pm*-pm*. Second superior p elongate with a very rudimentary tritocone. Large hypocone on mt? The name refers to the low geological level and primitive ct this species. Limnohyops matthewi spec. nov. as (Fig. 6.) Bic. Type locality— Grizzly Buttes, Bridger Basin, level B2. ae Type.— A skull, No. 11684 Amer. Mus., lacking the anterior pe tion. Discovered by the American Museum expedition of 1903. — Specific characters.— From level B2 Bridger formation. Inte between L. levidens and L. monoconus. M® of small size with bs Fig. 6. Limnohyops matthewi. Type. No. 11684 Amer, Mus. X% a quadrate inner half. Occiput very high and narrow. Cranial p greatly abbreviated, bringing posttympanic and postglenoid process union. Temporal openings subcireular as defined by zygomatic arches. oy The species is named in honor of Dr. W. D. Matthew of t th Museum staff. 1908.] Osborn, New or Little Known Titanotheres. 603 Limnohyops monoconus spec. nov. (Fig. 7.) Type locality.— Grizzly Buttes, Bridger Basin, level B2. _ Type.— A crushed skull with dentition, No. 11679 Amer. Mus. Discovered by Mr. Quackenbush of the American Museum Expedition of 1903. Specific characters.— Recorded from level B2, Bridger. M* without hypocone, roundly triangular in form, with broadly extended ectoloph and parastyle. P?-m? He) Ses a Fig. A Limnohyops monoconus. Type. Crushed skull, inferior view. No. 11679 Amer, us. X 4. 150, pm? 163 mm. Condyle to incisive border 510. Occiput very high, cranium relatively elongated, with space (4 mm). between posttympanic and _ postglenoid processes. Temporal openings as defined by zygomatic arches elongate. : 604 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Named in reference to the presence of but a single cone on the inner 5 side of the third superior molar, an exceptional condition in the genus — Limnohyops. Ill. Spectres FROM THE Uprer BripGeR AND LOWER WASHAKIE Forma. TIONS, Mrppie Eocene. Paleosyops leidyi. _ Mesatirhinus petersoni. Paleosyops grangeri. Manteoceras washakiensis. Paleosyops copet. 1. Forst broad-skulled group (continued). Palzosyops leidyi spec. noy. (Fig. 8.) Type locali'y— Henry’s Fork, Bridger Basin (Wyoming), levels 2-04, - Type.— A well preserved skull No. 1544 Amer. Mus., associated with considerable _ portions of the skeleton. This specimen is now iounkad ¢ in the American 4 the missing parts having been supplied from other individuals. esse’) by the. American Museum expedition of 1893 under Dr. J. L. Wortman. Specific characters.— From Bridger levels C2-C4. Of larger size; total length of skull 415 mm.; p’-m’, 158; p.-m;, 168. Diastema behind canine. P*,.p* superior with mesostyles. Barely defined swellings representing the rudiments of beri frontonasal horns. ‘p 4 The species has long been confused with the Palwosyops major aad ; P. paludosus of Leidy, the types of both of which are from the Lower Bridger, ; Cottonwood Creek. It is named in honor of Joseph Leidy, the discoverer of the family and of the genera Paleosyops, Titanotheriwm ant Megacerops. i a i Paleosyops grangeri spec. nov. (Fig. 9.) Type locality.— Twin Buttes, Bridger Basin, level C1. en Type.— A palate and grinding teeth with portions of the lower jaw and s Amer. Mus. No. 12189. (Amer. Mus. Exp. 1904.) . Specific characters.— From level Cl Bridger. Exceeding P. robustus inc dental proportions, p*-m*, 165 mm. Fourth superior premolar enlarged ( ransv 31). Molars with extremely prominent parastyles and oblique ectolophs. This is named in honor of Mr. Walter Granger of the American ] staff, whose explorations have transformed our knowledge of the animals. j i I f a2 s " : | ei, ee ey s ER BREA fo MS Ie ot nth Fig. 12189 A Osborn, New or Little Known Titanotheres. mer. Mus, 9. yess grangeri. Type. Upper dentition, right side. xX % 605 606 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX Paleosyops copei spec. nov. (Fig. 10.) Type locality.— Lone Tree, Henry’s Fork, Bridger Basin, level D3. Type.— A series of superior grinding teeth, No. 11708 Amer. Mus. (Expetition of 1903.) ; Specific characters— From level D3 Bridger. Apparently the last of the 4 “e Paleosyops phylum. Of more diminutive size (p*-m‘, 153 mm.), but the most — Fig.10. Palewosyops copei. Type. P!—m3, right. No. 11708 Amer. Mus, X }. progressive species of Palewosyops known in the evolution of its superior premolars — and molars. Heavy cingula embracing the inner sides of the crowns. A rudi-- mentary tetartocone on p’. as Named in honor of the late Professor E. D. Cope, the describer of Lambel dotherium, “‘ Paleosyops”’ borealis, and other species of Eocene Titanotheres. : 2. Second Broad-skulled Phylum, MANTROCERAS. There is little doubt that Manteoceras Hatcher * (of the Upper Bridger and Lower to Upper Washakie) represents the broad-skulled phase of tk stock which gave rise to the long-skulled phyla Mesatirhinus, Metarhin and Dolichorhinus. The type species of the genus is: Manteoceras manteoceras (Osborn MS.) Hay. Type.— A skull lacking the dentition, No. 1569, Amer. Mus, from the Was Basin, Wyoming. original description by Osborn the type skulls were setenrad to “ Tel lidens Cope.” In Hay’s catalogue * this species is entered as ‘Manteoceras m Osborn,’ but under modern rules of nomenclature this name is tee 1 Amer. Naturalist, Vol. XXIX, 1895, p. a 2 Bibliography and Catalogue of the Teesil Veriebines of North America, 1902, p. 632, a ee 1908.] Osborn, New or Little Known Titanotheres. 607 attributable to Hay, since in his catalogue this manuscript name is printed together with the designation of the figure and description of the type speci- mens." 3 | Manteoceras washakiensis spec. noy. (Fig. 11.) Type locality— Base of Haystack Mountain, Washakie Basin, Wyoming. Geological level, summit of the Lower Washakie (A). Type.— A well preserved skull with dentition, No. 13165 Amer. Mus. Dis- covered by Mr. Paul Miller of the American Museum expedition of 1906. Specific characters.— Distinguished from M. manteoceras of a somewhat lower | geological level by its more progressive characters as follows: canines short, obtuse, recurved; internal lobes of pm’, pm* broadening, with shelf for development of deuterocone; p? (ant. post. 19 mm., transv., 17) with marked external convexities and a reduced external cingulum; p* (ant. post. 19, transv. 25) exhibits the tetarto- Fig. 11. Manteoceras washakiensis. Type. No. 13165 Amer. Mus. X z. cone fold somewhat more conspicuously than in the most progressive Bridger level D specimens. P* (ant. post. 24 by trans. 30) is progressive in transverse measure- ment and in the development of the tetartocone shelf. The molars are progressive in their large size (m? ant. post. 42, transv. 48), in the strong development of the internal cingulum, and in the elongate ectolophs. ‘The species is so named because it is a more recent phase, probably characteristic of the Washakie rather than of the Bridger. 1 Osborn, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, pp. 87-90, figs. 7, 8. 608 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. (Vol. 33 3. The Narrow-skulled Phyla, Mesatirainus, METARHINUS @ i CHORHINUS. we, Mesatirhinus gen. nov. Type species.— Paleosyops megarhinus Earle.’ _ Generic characters.— Levels Bridger C and D, Washakie A, and bana B. Titanotheres of small size (skull length 354-425 mm.), typically m persistent or progressing to dolichocephalic. The horns when present a or rudimentary, chiefly borne on the nasals. An infraorbital shelf. — a sagittal crest. Molars with flattened outer cusps, reduced coma Hi relatively abbreviated, 7. e., with reference to Palwosyops; carpus and t astragalus with elongate sade: sustentacular distal and cuboidal facets _ I and forming a reversed L (J); Bin yi slender. i wig ke Mesatirhinus pete (Fig. 12. Type-— A skull with Amer. Mus. No. 12184, ft > Spring, Bridger Basin, le covered by Mr. Miller, 4 pedition of 1904. Specific characters. ger D (also C3) and V Pm'—m', 156 mm.; m'-m’%, length, preméxilariall (estimated); preorbital more elongate (217). as in Mesatirhinus mege broad occipital ae bre Comparison of i the type of M. meg leave no doubt that 1 here with a much r stage of evolisional ” | longer, the preorbital 1 12. Mesatirhinus petersoni Type. skull” top view. No. 12184 Amer. Mus. X 4. cially. The grinding t more space and there advance in all the rectigradations which proves that the diffe ces i and size are not merely due to fluctuations of size or differences of si 1 Amer, Naturalist, Vol. XXV, Jan, 1891, pp. 45-47, 1 fig, € z , Mi { ; 1908.] Osborn, New or Little Known Titanotheres. 609 _ The species is named in honor of Mr. O. A. Peterson, now of the Carnegie Museum, whose titanothere collections in the Uinta formation, greatly extended our knowledge. IV. SPprEcIES CHIEFLY FROM THE UppeR WaASHAKIE (‘‘Horizon B”’) anp Lower Uinta (“Horizons A, B”), Mtpp_e AND Upper Eocene. Metarhinus earlet. — Dolichorhinus intermedius. Metarhinus fluviatilis. Dolichorhinus hyognathus (“cornutus’’). 3. The Narrow-skulled Phyla (continued). Metarhinus Osborn gen. nov. Type species.— Metarhinus fluviatilis Osborn (vide infra). _ Generic characters.— Levels Washakie B, Uinta A and B. Small titanotheres (skull length 355 to 440 mm.), persistently mesaticephalic. Narrow, abbreviated preorbital region, premaxillary symphysis greatly elongated and anterior narial openings deeply recessed in side view. Infraorbital shelf present, or wanting (M. diploconus); occipital condyles narrow. Grinding teeth subhypsodont; premolars progressive; hypoconulid of m, small, conic. The name alludes to the somewhat later geological appearance of this genus as compared with Mesatirhinus. This apparently represents a dwarfed and possibly fluviatile side phylum, leaving no descendants. Metarhinus fluviatilis spec. nov. (Fig. 13.) Type locality.— Uinta Basin, Utah, Level A. Type.— A skull, No. 1500 Amer. Mus., discovered by the American Museum expedition of 1893 in the lower horizon (A) of the Uinta Basin. Fig. 13. Metarhinus fluviatilis. Type. No. 1500 Amer. Mus. X }. 610 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. often present in these coloni during July. i 3. Many much larger colonies were found in different localities, c oceup ing several nests and comprising thousands of belligerent workers. . these it was often impossible to find more than a few dozen glacialis wo: and in some cases none was to be observed. “Males and winged females were sometimes present, the former appearing first as in es subintegre colonies. ¢ On clear, sunny days during the latter part of ca I devoted time to watching the aserva colonies but in no instance were any of nts seen to make a foray. The nests, moreover, were often situated in 1 the immediate vicinity of flourishing glacialis colonies which showed no; the signs, so often visible in colonies of this same ant when nesting subintegra nests, of being harassed or of losing their brood. A series of experiments performed with both artificially de winged virgins, and with fecundated queens of aserva, introduced into containing several glacialis workers and their broods, gave. essentially t same results as described for F. rubicunda and subintegra. bus sei queens were, however, fiercer than those of subintegra and did not stop tweak the legs and antenne of their assailants but killed them ought n appropriated the brood. The secreting and guarding of the brood a : assistance given to the hatching callows exhibited the same picture as: i the other subspecies, and when the aserva queens were placed in colonies containing a mother glacialis, the latter was also eventually ki or injured. From these observations and pear we are justified i in concluc that, though the aserva queen founds her colony in the same manner as tl queens of rubicunda and subintegra, the workers do not make forays. T small number of glacialis seen in old colonies are, therefore, the su vivors of the brood which was hatched under the guardianship of the y aserva queen when the colony was being founded. ‘This is not surpri: for it is known that the workers of fusca may live several years ad t largest aserva colonies are probably in many cases not more than five: six years old. Bt I am able to account for the discrepancy between my experiments ¢ the founding of colonies by the subintegra and aserva queens at South B Ty well and those which I performed at Colebrook, Conn., only on the si position that the queens in the latter locality were immature or ve is indeed probable that there is in the life of the sanguinea queen a ‘ - Bie 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. 633 logical moment’ which is necessary to the release of the catenary reflexes of colony formation, and that the individuals on which I experimented during the summer of 1905 either had not attained or had already passed this critical point in the maturation of their instincts. VY. REMARKS ON THE ONTOGENETIC AND PHYLOGENETIC DEVELOPMENT OF SLAVERY AND ‘TEMPORARY SOCIAL PARASITISM. Since my account of the American F. rubicunda was published, my method of experimentation has been applied to the typical European san- guinea. Wasmann' at once sought to discredit my work on the ground | that I had employed only virgin queens, and that his own experiments with fecundated individuals indicated that the sanguinea colony is formed by adoption. Viehmeyer? repeated my experiments with the European sanguinea and obtained precisely the same results as I had described for rubicunda. Now Wasmann returns to the subject in a rather voluminous paper,® and relates a number of observations and experiments which have induced him to agree with Viehmeyer and myself. It is naturally a source of no little gratification to me to find that at last the eminent Jesuit has not only confirmed my predictions of 1904,* by showing that the European F’. rufa, pratensis, truncicola and exsecta are temporary parasites like the allied American forms, but has also accepted my views on the formation of colonies by the sanguinary ants so fully that there remains between us no dissension in regard to the facts. ‘There is, indeed, an outstanding difference in interpretation, but this relates almost exclusively to a purely speculative matter, the phylogenetic origin and development of slavery. As the observations on F’. subintegra and aserva above recorded have a bearing on this interpretation I may be pardoned for again returning to the discussion. Wasmann is still desirous of deriving the dulotic from the adoptive — method of colony formation as is shown by a tendency in many parts of his work to obliterate the boundaries between these two methods. It may be granted that such a procedure is more consonant with the fluently variable character of living phenomena, and also that the term adoption has been used rather loosely both by Wasmann and myself, but I neyertheless believe ine a Biologie und die Entwickelungstheorie. 3d edit. Freiburg i. Br., 1906, p. s 2 Zur Koloniegriindung der parasitischen Ameisen. Biol, Centralbl. XXVIII, No. 1, Jan. 1, 1908, pp. 18-32. 3 Weitere Beitrige zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen. Biol. Centralbl., XXVIII, Nos. 8-13, 1908, pp. 257-271, 290-306, 321-333, 353-382, 417-441; 3 figg. 44 New Type of Social Parasitism among Ants. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xX, Oct. ll, 1904, pp. 347-375. 634 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XX T 1, ia that the two processes are quite distinct genetically and that it is expedien and desirable to distinguish them carefully in all future investignaaaa the founding of colonies by queen ants. We have been using ‘ first, in a general sense, to designate the founding of colonies by queens ¢ f one species with the aid of workers of the same or an allied aia a os this sense the term is equivalent to ‘consociation’ or ‘affiliation’ and _ of course, merely a brief description of the fact that mixed colonies of same or of two or more species are formed. Second, the term ‘adopi is used in a special sense to designate the amicable reception and ret of a strange queen in the colony of an allied species (social parasitism temporary and permanent). And third, the term is used in another sense to designate the direption and appropriation of the brood of one cies by an alien queen who is accepted and retained by the hatching v (dulotic parasitism). Here it is obviously only a matter of words wl we say that the queen adopts a strange colony in a juvenile condition adopted by that colony when it has matured, since the pragmatic resi the same in both cases. In the general sense, above referred to, the ‘adoption’ is merely a description of a condition which is the very bas colonial organization in the social Hymenoptera; in each of the speci senses, however, it designates a particular method of bringing about | condition when the ants concerned belong to different species. Now the discrepancy between Wasmann’s position and that of Vi meyer and myself is this: Wasmann contends that phylogenetically du : arises out of temporary social parasitism and tends to return to social rare sitism of the permanent type. Viehmeyer and I are perfectly villir grant the degeneration of dulotic into permanent parasitism in cases Polyergus, Harpegoxenus (Tomognathus) and Strongylognathus, but w are not convinced of its origin from temporary parasitism. A In order to understand Wasmann’s position it will be necessary tor view his facts. He has found that the workers of adult F. truncicola — col nies, which are temporary parasites in their juvenile stage, will approp rial ‘ worker fusca pupe placed in or near their nest and permit the hatching ar to survive as auxiliaries. He gave a truncicola colony a large numb ar | pup belonging to the following species: 660 F’. fusca, 100 rufibarbis, rufa, 300 pratensis, 50 easecta, 50 sanguinea, 50 Camponotus ligniperd and 100 Lasius niger. The Camponotus and Lasius pupee were at once 1 jected, the pupe of F. rufibarbis, sanguinea and exsecta were retained, bt not reared. ‘The following were hatched and adopted: F. fuses t? of the total number), pratensis (about 3), rufa (about }). He cor ud from this and similar experiments performed with wild colonies that “J truncicola even in its old and independent colonies preserves a pronoul c 1908. ] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. 635 penchant for rearing the pup of the very species of Formica, with whose aid its colonies are established.” He reached the same conclusion as the result - of experiments with F’. exsecta, which he now finds, as I predicted, to be a temporary social parasite like truncicola and the long series of allied North American and European species of the rufa and microgyna groups. He failed, however, to find any such tendency in the typical rufa and pratensis, which are, nevertheless, temporary parasites of much the same character. The following quotation seems to contain the gist of Wasmann’s present views on the relations of social parasitism to slavery: “‘We are unable to draw a hard and fast line between the founding of colonies by robbing the pup (pupillary parasitism of Santschi and Wheeler) and by adoption (tutelary parasitism of Santschi and Wheeler). Both types seem to occur and sometimes pass over into each other. In nature the union of these types may occur when the old fusca, that have fled with their brood on the invasion of a sanguinea queen, gradually return and associate themselves with the young workers that have hatched in the meantime from the cap- tured pupe. In this manner we can perhaps explain more satisfactorily the large number of auxiliaries in young fusca colonies than by the robbing of pupeze alone. “My experiments also show several striking transitions between the colony founding of rufa and sanguinea. The rufa queen often defends herself violently from the assaults of the fusca and kills a number of her assailants. On the other hand she sometimes appears much interested in the worker cocoons of the fusca, collects and defends them and even prefers to remain with them rather than be adopted by the old workers. Neverthe- less F'. rufa, in a state of nature, is not a slave-holding ant, and when she employs alien auxiliaries in founding her colonies, this is usually accom- plished by adoption and not by robbing the pupz. “Indeed, the analogies between the colony founding ‘of rufa and san- guinea deserve careful consideration in connection with the question under. discussion. In both species colonies are frequently formed by detachment (‘Zweigkolonienbildung’) and just as the queen of the former species is readily accepted by workers of her own species, and with them establishes a new colony, so also in the case of sanguinea. Just as the former, if she is unable to find workers of her own species with which to found a colony, turns to alien auxiliaries (social parasitism), so also the latter. As in the former so also in the latter two forms of parasitic colony-founding occur: by adoption on the part of adult fusca and by appropriation of the brood. In rufa, however, the parasitic method is still facultative, in sanguinea it is more obligatory. We see, moreover, that of the two tendencies which diverge from the facultative parasitic founding of colonies, one, leading to 636 —t«z Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. [Vol. XXT) => the adoption colonies, has become obligatory in truncicola, while the other, leading to the predatory colonies, is more or less obligatory in its de ment. ‘There exist, therefore, manifold transitions between the fac and obligatory types of parasitic colony formation on the one hand, a1 between the two types of parasitic colony formation (by adoption and tl robbing of pupze) on the other. At any rate, if we are to form a conception _ -of the phylogenetic origin of the regular types of adoption colonies on the — one hand and of predatory colonies on the other, we must start via ® cies of Formica in which the parasitic method was facultative, one in ° there already existed the possibility of developing both forms a D: colony formation. “Accordingly, we may say that the origin of slavery in F. not to be sought in a ‘truncicola-like form,’ but rather in a uf for in truncicola the parasitic founding of colonies by adoption has a become obligatory. On the other hand the inclination of F. select for rearing, among different pupe, the very ones (fusca) belc to its former auxiliary species, makes it possible to understand slave-makers (like sanguinea) also continue to rear the pupe of the orig auxiliaries with which their colony was founded, and do not at once devour them as they do with the pupe of strange species. Hence the results « - rived from a study of truncicola retain their decisive importance in an hypothetical explanation of the origin of slavery. One may also desigi the truncicola-stage as a preliminary to the sanguinea stage to the exten the former species produces only temporary mixed colonies of three: p duration, while the latter, on the contrary (at least in the case of the ty European sanguinea), produces permanently mixed colonies; for there be no doubt that the permanent are to be derived from the pee colonies. But this derivation must proceed from temporary mixed ec onies. in which adoption has not yet become so obligatory as it is in trum but in which the possibility of founding colonies with robbed pee open (as in rufa) and capable of a gradual development.” _ With most of this passage I agree, but there are in its last parag: certain statements to which exception may be taken. I am unable to fin in any of the facts hitherto published by Wasmann on fruncicola, a sy! cient basis for conclusions concerning the phylogenetic origin and develop ment of slavery. YF. truncicola, according to his account, behaves like other temporary parasite, except that its pure adult colonies will rear t pupee of fusca. It is not a little strange that F’. consocians, which on ae “ of its much smaller queens, may be supposed to be in an even more advane stage of temporary parasitism, will not, as I have shown (The Found of Colonies, ete., loc. cit., p. 61) rear the auxiliary incerta in adult coloni 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. - 637 In the case of truncicola and exsecta Wasmann claims that the rearing of auxiliaries is due to a harking back, so to speak, to the mixed juvenile stage of the formicary. But why do not consocians and rufa behave in a similar manner? In the above described experiment, in which he gave the truncicola colony the cocoons of a variety of Formice and other ants, it is -seen that the number of fusca (660) is greater than the sum total of all the others (600). Is it not possible that these proportions were such as to develop a tendency or habit to prefer the fusca, quite irrespective of any inherited reminiscence? And is it not probable that the greater survival of fusca in an alien living environment may be due to the greater vigor of its brood? ‘That fusca is a very hardy species in all its ontogenetic stages is shown by the great abundance of its colonies, notwithstanding their exploi- tation by a whole series of parasitic Formice and Polyergi, its wide dis- tribution and its occurrence in the most diverse conditions of soil, moisture, temperature and altitude. At any rate, the experiment to be conclusive, should have been made with equal numbers of pup of the various species of Formica, Lasius, and Camponotus. But even granting Wasmann’s inter- pretation of truncicola’s motives for rearing fusca, what bearing does this have on the slave-making colonies more than is already indicated in the founding and development of these colonies themselves? That the workers of sanguinea, rubicunda and subintegra continue the tactics of their young queens and rob the fusca pupe, has its raison d’étre in the behavior of the queens and does not need to be explained by reference to truncicola or any other temporary parasites. What requires explanation, however, is the fact that the aserva workers, if my observations are correct, do not make slaves, although their queens behave like the queens of subintegra, rubicunda and the typical sanguinea. It may be true, as Wasmann maintains, that san- guinea queens are sometimes adopted by adult alien fusca workers, but I have never seen anything to suggest this in my numerous experiments on the three American sub-species. If it occurs in a state of nature it must be very exceptional. But even if its frequent occurrence be granted, it does not throw any light on the origin of dulosis. This still remains a distinct phenomenon which may have been grafted on to an incipient form of temporary social parasitism, or develop within its sphere but is not, prop- erly speaking, a stage in its development. Wasmann’s observations on rufa are of unusual interest because they seem to indicate that we have in this species two tendencies, coéxisting Janus-faced, so to speak, in the directions of temporary social and dulotic parasitism. In this species both tendencies are probably useful, according to the benign or belligerent attitude assumed by the workers of her own or the alien species among which the queen is endeavoring to establish herself. 638 Bulletin American Museum oj Natural History. _—_[Vol. F. aserva perhaps represents the next stage in the phylogenetic developmer of dulosis, one in which the dulotic tendency has supplanted that of ade but without being transmissible by the queen to her worker offsprin The European sanguinea and the American rubicunda would represent somewhat more advanced stage, with the workers becoming dulotie ; without a very strong tendency to make forays; and lastly the subspeci subintegra, with its very numerous slaves and frequent forays, would rep! sent the culmination of dulosis in the sanguinary series. ‘That phylet development has followed some such course is suggested by the small sti tw of all three phases in subintegra, which in this respect is further r from rufa than any of the other forms of sanguinea, including the type There are, however, other conditions which lead me to believe. ha phylogenetic origin of slavery may not be so clear as I have just indicat 1. It is not improbable that the young queens of many ants that, no sense temporary social parasites, will nevertheless usurp and ¢ brood of other species with which they may come in conflict. ‘te words, the tendencies of the sanguinea queen may be very general the Formicide although this has not been established by a u hoped to investigate this matter during the past summer, but. the work o subintegra and aserva, together with a faunistic study of the Casco Bay: m ts consumed all my time. Experiments must be performed, pe fc it can be positively stated that the dulotic instincts are se ciate with those of adoption, as they seem to be in F. rufa. err ‘a 2. The behavior of the young sanguinea queen is evidently a mixtw wre predatory and philoprogenitive reactions. . Is it not possible that the for rm which are the more characteristic, have their phyletic roots in the anci predatory habits of the solitary wasp-like or mutillid-like ancestor: ; r which, by common consent, the Formicide have been descended? * Th - ancestors, like the existing solitary wasps, probably provisioned their ne with insect prey. Certainly the behavior of the young sanguinea ¢ while collecting and defending the brood which she has captured, im suggestive. If she deposited her eggs immediately after capturing brood and her larvee fed directly on this brood after the manner of Por larvee, we should have a condition like that seen in existing solitary w excepting that these do not feed on the larvee of allied wasps, but on. pillars, spiders, crickets, flies, aphids, etc. The sanguinea larvee ¢ feed on the fusca brood directly, but both they and the queen are fed by adult workers, so that in this case we have an example of the transition predatism to parasitism. . A . 3. ‘This transition is very instructive because zoologists. have ) gb of the opinion that parasitism usually arises from predatism, that it i S, caooum ee en pe. ae ae Ree es PT tT eae 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. _ 639 fact, merely a refined (in the sense of the German “raffinirt”) method of predatism. In the animal kingdom, at least, there are many cases which point to this as the regular phyletic sequence, but it would be difficult to cite a case in which parasitism has given rise to predatism, and this is, if I - am not mistaken, the sequence postulated by Wasmann in his interpretation of dulosis.' In my opinion we may seek the origin of dulosis, even of the sanguinea and Polyergus types, in such predatory habits as are still exhibited, albeit in a degenerate and specialized form, among the thief ants (Solenopsis fugax, molesta, etc.), which live in the gallery walls of the nests of many different Formice and prey on their larvee and pupe. Viehmeyer has, in fact, given good reasons for supposing that the dulotic habits of Harpe- goxenus (Tomognathus) have had such an origin, and the same is probably true of Strongylognathus, in which we also have the mature females of parasite and host coéxisting in the same formicary. In both of these genera, however, the dulotic instincts have degenerated secondarily. Dulosis, on this supposition, would be either the continuation or revival of an ancient predatory habit, merging into and modified by the general adoptive instincts. This interpretation would also account for the predatory habits of the worker sanguinea, which have been emphasized by Forel, Darwin and myself, and finally also by Wasmann, in a passage in which he admits that the inclina- tion of the workers to rob pupe has its foundation largely in the ‘‘ karnivore Ernihrungsweise” of sanguinea. In this connection it is interesting to note that the annual dulotic forays of sanguinea do not begin till imme- diately after the marriage flight of the males and females and hence at the very time when the latter are founding their colonies by an activity essentially like that of the workers. This simultaneity of impulse in the workers and young queens, like the migratory instincts of many animals and the mar- riage flights of the ants themselves, probably depends on meteorological conditions. Polyergus presents an interesting problem for future investigation, as Emery has shown in a recent paper.? Forel, Wasmann and Viehmeyer concluded from their experiments that young queens of P. rufescens are adopted rather readily by strange fusca and rufibarbis workers. I found that the young queen of our American P. lucidus is not readily adopted but received with marked hostility and usually killed by strange workers of the slave species, F’. incerta, and that she shows no interest in the brood. Emery 1In the plant kingdom parasitism seems to proceed from pegronby slam and there are probably among animals (e. g., among myrmecophiles) several cases in which scavengers have developed into parasites. 2 Sanervazioni ed Esperimenti sulla Formica Amazzone. Rendic. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, Sess. Feb. 1908, pp. 49-62. 640 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. — [Vol. has performed similar experiments with rufescens with precisely the s : ) results. Concerning the probable method employed by this ant in € lishing its formicaries, he says: “Huber found that the workers of Polyergus do not begin their f till after F. fusca and rufibarbis have completed the education of their yc males and females. This observation is accurate only in part, as For el t observed. ‘The fact is that F’. fusca and its Caen aiie: are more pr than Polyergus by about a month. " “The female F. fusca is therefore capable of founding a nest before Polyergus can emigrate from their natal formicary. A female F. fi f which Wasmann captured in April, 1886, had already produced w pupe by the middle of June. In September, 1894, Wasmann found nascent formicary of rufibarbis, containing in 1 addition to the queen’ callow workers. i “Might not a female Polyergus occupy one of these nascent nest: taining only the female of the host species and her still immature off “Another hypothesis seems to me more probable, namely, t _ Polyergus female selects a colony in its second year, containing a fus female surrounded by workers, still few in number, with abundant eg larvee and pupee, assassinates the mother and usurps her position.” Frém the fact that in artificial nests the female Polyergus remain: different to the brood, Emery concludes that she “‘seeks only adoption : something mysterious besides (ancora qualcosa di misterioso).” mysterious something, he believes, may be the eggs of its host, an¢ | cites in support of this suggestion some unpublished observations of Sants who found that the queen of the temporary parasite Bothriomyrmea me nalis, after killing the queen of her host (Tapinoma erraticum), re several months without laying, and that it was only after she had b with the eggs from another Tapinoma nest that she began to ie y connection Emery cites an observation of Wasmann, who found P workers licking up the juices of larvee and eggs which they had p with their sickle-shaped mandibles. I may add that I have made s observations on P. lucidus workers in artificial nests. There is le that the workers occasionally eat the eggs and it is quite prob . Emery,: with his usual perspicacity, has suggested an interesting m for future experimentation. His supposition, if it proves to be « would support my views on the predatory significance and origin of d ilo 1 Emery confirms Forel’s account of the participation of the young deilated f P. rufescens in the forays of the workers. He believes that these females mate with th the parental nest and that the same is true of the peculiar ergatoid females which c Dec frequently in colonies of the European amazon, He even doubts whether copul oar in the air as in other species, although both Huber and Forel have witne ‘i ights of Polyergus. Burrill (A Slave-making Foray of the Shining Amazon, Journ, } oe ~e? ar — ee = 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. 641 In conclusion I append the following notes on some imperfectly known species which are, in all probability, temporary social parasites: 1. Lasius fuliginosus Latr— De Lannoy' has recently found a mixed colony of L. mixtus and fuliginasus, which Emery? is probably right in regarding as indicating that L. fuliginosus founds its colonies by temporary parasitism on L. mixtus. He calls attention to the fact that “L. fuliginosus differs from most of its congeners in having females that are only a little larger than its workers. L. carniolicus and, to some extent, also L. bicornis are in the same condition. The great majority of species of the genus Lasius, on the contrary, have females that are much larger than the workers; they have large rotund gasters, full of stored fat, capable of nourishing the mother during her long fast and while engaged in establishing a family and compelled to subsist exclusively on the resources of her own body.” We are justified in inferring that the microgynous and macrogynous species of Lasius bear the same relation to each other as is borne by the microgynous and mesogynous species of Formica to the various macrogynous varieties and subspecies of F. fusca and pallidefulva. 2. Formica exsecta suecica Adlerz.— Wasmann, in his latest paper, calls attention to the small size of the queens of F’. easecta and its subspecies pressilabris, a fact which impressed me while I was studying these ants in Switzerland and Germany during the summer of 1907. In his ‘Fourmis de la Suisse’ Forel long ago mentioned several small mixed colonies of exsecta-fusca and exsecta-pressilabris fusca, which I pointed to as evidence of temporary social parasitism. Early in July, 1907, I found a small col- Entom. Soc., XVI, Sept. 1908) has recently described a feeble marriage flight of our American lucidus, and August 20, 1903, I saw a large and very typical flight of this ant near Colorado Springs. Burrill saw a male attempting to mate with a female, and I am unable to believe that copulation does not occur during flights like the one I witnessed. It is true, nevertheless, that the mature males and females linger long in the parental formicaries. I have noticed this in a beautiful lucidus colony which I have had under observation for the past five years near Bronxville, N. Y. During four years this colony produced numbers of males and females, both winged and ergatoid, and the winged females lingered for weeks in the nest without deilation. The first week of the past April I found the whole community with its larve and mother queen enjoying the spring warmth in the superficial galleries just under the large flat stone with which I had covered the nest in September, 1903. I captured the queen and part of the colony and transferred them to an artificial nest. August 9 I again visited the nest, and to my surprise, found it teeming with several hundred mature males clinging to the lower surface of the stone, but with no winged or deiilated females. Besides the males I found only a single large ergatoid female, several dozen workers and slaves and half a dozen cocoons enclosing nearly mature male pupe. Without doubt, the ergatoid had usurped the réle of the mother queen and, being unfertilized, had produced only male offspring. The comparatively small number of slaves had been able to rear an enormous number of these little creatures although the absence of incerta pup in the nest indicated that the Polyergus workers had made no forays during the ast summer. 4 I find in one of my note-books an observation which is very significant in connection with the foregoing quotation from Emery. August 12, 1903, I discovered under a small stone near Colorado Springs, Colorado, an incipient mixed colony of P. breviceps and F. fusca var. argentata. It consisted of a fine deailated queen and 7 or 8 diminutive workers (micrergates) of the former species, a few small cocoons, apparently also belonging to the Polyergus, and about a dozen small argentata workers. This was doubtless a colony in its second year, strictly comparable to second year colonies of sanguinea and the temporary social parasites. 1 Notes sur le Lasius niger et le Lasius fuliginosus. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LII, 1908, p. 47-53. 2 Remarques sur les Observations de M. de Lannoy touchant l’existence de Lasius mixtus dans les fourmiliéres de Lasius fuliginosus. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LII, 1908, pp. 182-183. 642 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X3 ony of easecta-pressilabris-fusca on the slopes of Monte Generoso in Ticino, and Wasmann has just described a small easecta-fusca colony w he discovered in Luxemburg during October, 1906. Adlerz has deseril as suecica a Swedish subspecies of easecta. A type female of this fo: received from Professor Forel proves to be even smaller than that of exsect The latter measures 6.5-7 mm., whereas the former is no larger tl] largest workers and measures sity 5mm. fF. suecica is therefore the m microgynous of all the European Formice. Its queen: is, in fact, as dimi utive as those of the North American microgyna, impexa, nepticula ; nevadensis, and must have very pronounced parasitic habits. As the American species of the exsecta group, exsectoides and ulkei, have qu large as those of F’. rufa and truncicola, we have in the easecta group a ser of micro-, meso- and macrogynous females strictly comparable to the ser which I have established for the rufa group. It is interesting to ne on both continents the microgynous species and subspecies are de boreal or monticolous, whereas the meso- and macrogynous forms C f extend down into the lowlands and have a more southerly distribution. 3. Formica dakotensis Emery The taxonomy of this species ne et some rectification. Emery first described the workers of the. typical f¢ from Hill City, South Dakota.! In the same paper (p. 663) he des a small female ant from Wisconsin as var.? specularis, denoting query that the insect might prove to be either a variety of F’. fusca Mayr or an independent subspecies of fusca. Wasmann afterw: females, males and workers of this same specularis, collected by mann at Prairie du Chien, Wis., to Forel, who recognized them as a dakotensis but described them as a new variety under the name of was? Emery wrote me some time ago that he had compared some of ha fe: with his type of specularis and found them to be identical. F. is therefore merely a synonym. Like Forel I have been guilty of n synonym in redescribing specimens of the typical dakotensis from as I’. montigena.* Examination of one of Emery’ s types in Forel’s convinced me of this error. ‘ At Prairie du Chien Muckermann found several mixed colonies. dakotensis var. specularis and F’. subsericea and other larger colonic taining specularis only. Wasmann, although he had never seen this y, in the field but knew its habits only from Muckermann’s notes, j E the conclusion that it is probably incipiently dulotic or, at any rate, rept a stage midway between truncicola and sanguinea.t And, notwi h tal ra 1 Bete on 2 ~ay 7 pene der nordamerikanischen Ameisenfauna, Zool. Jahrb., st eC OF Fourmis de baitish Golumbia, Ann, Soe. Ent. nee Pring te on 1904, p. 153, ota. 3 A New Type of Social Parasitism, etc., loc. cit., pig ae 4Ursprung und Entwickelung der Sklaverei bei den ester Biol. Centralbl., - 277 et seq. : a ive Ba if Ta. 4 i 1908.] Wheeler, Ants oj Casco Bay, Maine. : 648 my comments on this prognostication, he seems still to adhere to it in a table published in his latest paper.! Now, although, like Wasmann, I __ have never studied the var. specularis in the livirg condition, I have never- theless become well acquainted with the typical dakotensis. This ant is not uncommon in certain localities in Colorado at altitudes above 6000 ft. _ (Pike’s Peak, Ute Pass, Florissant and Buena Vista). Its adult colonies are very much like those of truncicola and consocians but more populous. They sometimes occupy several nests near one another, under stones, about the roots of bushes and in old stumps. During the summer of 1903 I found two juvenile mixed colonies of this ant with F. incerta, and this discovery, . combined with the fact that the females are very small, shows that the species must be a temporary social parasite. As the adult colonies often occur in the very midst of incerta and fusca (var. argentata) colonies, without exhibiting any tendency to mix with them, I fail to perceive the slightest suggestion of dulosis. The presumption is therefore very strong in favor of the same condition obtaining in the var. specularis. At any rate we should drop all further allusions to incipient dulosis in this ant till it has been studied by some one thoroughly familiar with the subject under discussion. - 4, Stenamma (Aphenogaster) marie Forel.— In his original description of the worker of this species, Forel * called attention to its close resemblance to the worker of S. (A.) tennesseense Mayr, an ant which I have given good reasons for regarding as a temporary social parasite on S. (A.) fulvwm. According to my experience, S. marie is a rare species confined to the Atlantic States. It has been taken in Connecticut, New Jersey, North Carolina and Florida. Sept. 8, 1901, I captured a winged female running in the grass of a door-yard at Colebrook, Connecticut, and I have since received a deiilated specimen taken by Mr. Wm. Beutenmiiller in the Black Mts. of North Carolina. Both of these females are remarkable on account of their small stature (4.5 mm.) which does not exceed that of the worker. In this respect it closely resembles the female of tennesseense and contrasts with the large females of all our other North American species of A pheno- gaster. But although the epinotal spines are large and robust, they are not so enormously developed and flattened as is tennesseense, and the head, thorax and pedicel are rugose and much less shining. The body and ap- pendages are reddish brown, with more yellowish coxee and tarsi; the wings are slightly infuscated, with pale veins and brown stigma. I believe there can be little doubt that this species is, like tennesseense, a temporary parasite on one or more of our numerous varieties of S. fulvum. Owing to the 1 Weitere Beitrige, etc., loc. cit., p. 430. 2 Espéces Nouvelles de Fourmis Américaines. Compt. R. Soc. Entom. Belg., Séance du 6. Fév. 1886, p. 4. 644 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. * close agreement in size, color and form between these two species, he reve it will require extremely close observation to detect a mixture of their nies in the field. a sab 5. Oxygyne.— Forel has assigned to a special subgenus, Oxygyne, interesting series of Cremastogaster species (emme, ebenina, — fran corensis, dalyi, aberrans, ranavalone, pauline, agnetis, daisyi, 2 ea _ depressa) from Madagascar, India and the Malayan region, becmalll hey have unusually small, glabrous females, with falcate, pointed or very | mandibles, abbreviated frontal carinee and sometimes very strong epinc spines and a robust abdominal pedicel.! The workers of these fornis an however, essentially like those of the ordinary macrogynous speci Cremastogaster. In one species of Oaygyne (rdnavalone), accordi Emery,? the mother queen has the gaster enormously enlarged and sub- spherical as in the old mother queens of the permanently parasitic Anergat atratulus of Europe. Forel suggests that the structural peculiarities Oxygyne females may be correlated with peculiarities of habit. Compar son of a series of these insects, kindly presented to me by the eminent : : v1 ‘ mecologist, with the microgynes of Formica, and especially with th Kp 0 A phenogaster tennesseensis and marie leaves no doubt in my mind that th are temporary parasites on other species 6f Cremastogaster. baie’ shaped mandibles, so much like those of Polyergus and _— point to a method of assassinating the host queen similar to that em by Bothriomyrmex. At any rate, such a supposition would const good working hypothesis in carrying on further researches on the sp Oxygyne. In this case, also, extremely close observation in the field required to detect the existence of mixed colonies. The foregoing notes suggest that the results hitherto obtain study of dulosis and temporary social parasitism are only a Res 2 subject of extraordinary interest. Although at present this interest mainly theoretical, it is not improbable that the results alread obtait may be capable of some practical application as soon as we have acq ; a more accurate knowledge of the economic status, especially in fe of some of our more abundant ants, such as F’. rufa of Europe and US toides, integra and their allies in the United States. If these in aa really as useful in destroying forest pests as some authors have maint . their colonies may, perhaps, be greatly increased by an adroit intre ie 1 These species are described in the following papers: Les nee in Grandidier's Physique, Naturelle et Politique de Madagascar.. 28 fasc. 1891, 2 yh sg ie wu No Eaptees des Formicides de Madagascar (Recoltées Rood M. Sikora). . Soc, a. XXXVI, 1892, "ay 516-536; Les Formicides de Empire des aa "ot de Ge ‘ Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vil, VIII, IX, XIII, XIV, 1892-1902; Myrmicine > l’Inde et de Ceylan. Rev. Suisse Zool., x, 1902, pp. 165-249, 2 Descriptions de deux Fourmis. Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 1897, pp. 12-14, 2 fis i "5 : 1908.] Wheeler, Ants of Casco Bay, Maine. 645 of their temporary hosts (F. fusca and subsericea) in certain regions. It is probable, however, that taking advantage of the tendency of most of these ants to form colonies by detachment or budding may lead to the same re- sults. Field study of the Formicide is certainly becoming much more interesting and precise through our increasing knowledge of dulosis and _ temporary social parasitism, since every ant colony examined no longer represents to the observer merely a meaningless aggregate of individuals, but a definite stage in the life-cycle of a colonial organism. Thus the myr- mecologist is prompted to attack a host of fascinating problems suggested by the origin, development and decline, both onto- and phylogenetic, of a living community and the instinctive processes involved in the numerical regulation of its polymorphic components. 59.9(728) Article XXXIV— MAMMALS FROM NICARAGUA. By J. A. ALLEN. During the last two years the Museum has received several collections of birds and mammals from Nicaragua, made by Mr. William B. Richardson, who for many years was in the employ of Messrs. Salvin and Godman as an ornithological collector in Mexico and Central America. The mammals thus far received comprise about 400 specimens, representing nearly 60 species, of which about one-fourth appear to be undescribed. This is perhaps not surprising, in view of the fact that very few mammals have been previously received from Nicaragua. The most important of Mr. Richardson’s discoveries are a new and very distinct species of Bassaricyon, and a new species of spiney rat, allied to the Ecuadorian Echimys gymnurus Thomas, and representing a hitherto unrecognized genus. ‘The collection contains also several other species which are quite different from any previously known. Mr. Richardson’s collecting trips have covered a wide extent of country. From his home at Matagalpa, in the central part of Nicaragua, he visited the highlands to the northward and northwestward, and also the Pacific coast; eastward his explorations extended from Lake Nicaragua to the vicinity of the Atlantic coast. The principal points at which collections -were made are as follows: Matagalpa, altitude about 3000 feet. San Rafael del Norte, altitude about 5000 feet. Ocotal, altitude about 4500 feet. Chinandega, on the Pacific slope, about 700 feet. Chontales, lowlands east of Lake Nicaragua, altitude about 500 to 1000 feet. Tuma and Lavala, east of Matagalpa, on the Atlantic slope, below 1000 feet. Rio Grande, south of Tuma, and at somewhat lower altitude. Prior to his present engagement Mr. Richardson had given very little attention to mammals, and hence has been somewhat handicapped in his work by lack of experience, yet his collection is a most valuable one and adds greatly to our knowledge of the mammal fauna of this part of Central America. Unfortunately quite a number of the skulls of some of the smaller species were accidentally lost, but future shipments will probably contain additional specimens of most of these species. Later shipments will be made the basis of a supplemental paper. I am greatly indebted to Dr. M. W. Lyon, Jr., Assistant Curator, Division 647 648 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, ; 7 of Mammals, United States National Museum, for the use of important ‘ specimens for examination in the present connection, including the type of the genus Bassaricyon. if 1. Marmosa murina (Linneus). One specimen, San Rafael del Nos : April 11, 1907. a 2. Marmosa murina mexicana Merriam. One specimen, Volean de” Chinandega, May 9, 1907. s. 3. Caluromys laniger pallidus Thomas. One specimen, adult male, Matagalpa, April 30, 1906. 4. Metachirus fuscogriseus Allen. Six specimens (5 9, 1 @): Matis galpa, Dec. 12, 1906, Jan. 8 and Nov. 17, 1907; San Rafael del Nowe, April 16; Lavala, Oct. 6; Tuma, Nov. 26, 1907. Fe 5. Metachirus nudicaudatus colombianus Allen. One specimen, modes? not quite adult (last molar just in place), Chontales, Feb. 27,1908. Very closely resembles the type of this subspecies; but the top ‘of the a head and nape are blacker, and the general coloration above is a darker. Further material may show that the forms from the two regions a are subspecifically separable. Bt 6. Didelphis mesamericana tabascensis Allen. Six specimens — four & adult (3 o&, 1 2) and two about one-fifth grown, taken at Matagalpa, — Jan. 8, 25, skal 28, and Sept. 14 and 17, and at Lavala, Oct. 6, 1907. Five are in the gray phase and one in the black phase. The two young ones | . about the same age, but one was taken Jan. 8, and the other Oct. 6. 7. Cholepus hoffmanni Peters. ‘Two specimens, a young male a an adult female, Matagalpa, Jan. 2, 1908. ~ 8. Bradypus griseus (Gray). ‘Two specimens, an adult female ania “- young female about one fourth grown, Chontales, Feb. 20, 1908; said by th collector to be mother and young. a i The adult has a long black dorsal stripe, extending from the front 1 he shoulders to the middle of the back, flanked on either side by a narrow band — of dull orange, which fades out laterally into a broader band of yellowish — white. The young specimen has a short dull black dorsal stripe of soft — black hair, shorter than in the adult, and not bordered by orange and | yellowish white as in the adult. The young specimen is apparently till in first pelage, with the general color above dull cinnamon brown, instead of gray brown varied with white as in the adult. The name griseus Gray is adopted provisionally, as the descr ataa type locality are fairly pertinent. ee 9. Cyclopes dorsalis (Gray). One specimen, male, Rio April 7, 1908. oc 10. Tamandua tetradactyla chiriquensis A//en. One specimen, adul & male, Ocotal, May 7, 1908. * i ony a eee 1908. ] Allen, Mammals jrom Nicaragua. - 649 11. Tatu novemcinctus (Linnews). Two specimens, an adult male, Lavala, Oct. 19, 1907, and a younger specimen (label lost). 12. Mazama tema Rafinesque. Five specimens, an adult and two young males and two adult females, all taken at Tuma, Nov. 28—Dec. 8, 1907. 13. Lepus floridanus chiapensis Nelson. Three specimens: Leon, May 1, 1907; Chontales, Feb. 13, 1908; Ocotal, May 9, 1908. These specimens differ from L. /. aztecus in the same manner as chiapensis is said to differ, but the dorsal surface is apparently more heavily washed with black than in chiapensis. 14. Lepus gabbi tumacus subsp. nov. Type, No. 28409, adult %, Tuma, Nicaragua, Dec. 2, 1907; W. B. Richardson. Similar in size and cranial characters to L. gabbi, but coloration much deeper throughout; rufous of feet and limbs much more intense, and soles of feet much - darker; ears darker and whole dorsal surface much more heavily varied with black, which is the predominant color of the whole dorsal area. Represented by two specimens, the type, from Tuma, and another speci- men from Ocotal, May 11, 1908. Both are adult males, and the collector’s measurements are respectively as follows: total length, 360 and 340 mm.; hind foot, 68 and 70. Skulls, occipitonasal length, 69 (type), 66; zygomatic breadth, 32 (type), 31.6. 15. Dasyprocta punctata Gray. Four specimens: Matagalpa, May 14, male, and Sept. 26, juv., 1907; Lavala, male and female, Oct. 7 and 19, 1907. 16. Coendu mexicanus (Kerr). Three specimens: male, Volcan de Chinandega, May 10, 1907; female, Chontales, Feb. 18; female, Ocotal, May 1, 1908. ‘The collector’s measurements are 28334 J Total length, 790; tail vertebre, 370; hind foot, 70 28485 9 “ Laiee eS baited “i Sade 2 @O 28484 Q “ Beh See ~ ee ha ee ay 17. Proechimys centralis (Thomas). ‘Twelve specimens: Rio Grande, March 20-April 4, 1908. Hoplomys’ gen. nov. Type, Hoplomys truei sp. nov. External characters in general as in Proechimys, but the spines much coarser and stronger. Molariform teeth with four transverse furrows instead of three as in Proechimys, deeper and longer, and those of the maxillary teeth much more oblique. (Figs. 1-4.) 1 §m@Aa, arms, armor, vs, Mouse; in allusion to the spiney covering. 650 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, a 7: This genus is characterized externally by the abundance and strength of i the spines, which occupy nearly the whole of the dorsum and nearly conceal ~ the underlying fur. The enamel — ; pattern of the molariform teeth presents four strong, deep, oblique __ furrows instead of three short, ed : low, transverse furrows as in Pro-— : echimys; the same differences char- _ 4 acterize the lower molariform se-_ ries, except that m, has only ehneele furrows instead of four, as in the other teeth. These differences are Fi ey Hoplomys truei. Type. No. 28367, a oa The last molar only slightly worn. #3. well shown in the | accompany iis figures. Echimys gymnurus Thomas is to be referred to this genus, and pot also Echimys subspinosus Tomes, both from Ecuador. 18. Hoplomys truei sp. nov. Echimys centralis ALLEN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, 1897, 42, Costa Rica (not of Thomas, 1896). 5 Type, No. 28367, 3 ad., Lavala, Matagalpa Province, Nicaragua, Oct. 5, 1907. General color of upper parts black- ish. varied with pale rusty brown; flanks grayish brown; whole ventral area pure white; forelimbs dusky gray- ish brown, the toes lighter; hind feet buffy white, more or less edged and mottled with dusky brown; soles of all the feet blackish brown; ears nearly naked, dark brown passing into black- ish apically; tail wholly naked and coarsely scaled, grayish brown above, whitish below. Head and body, 380 (type) and 400 mm.; tail, 170 (type) and 140; hind foot 50 (type) and 45 (collector’s measurements) ; hind foot, : with elaw (in dry skin), 58 (type) and a's Arasliny® deat: CaP tha 51. Skull (type), occipito-nasal length, cies. No. 6018 ee ; . ar . The teeth are slig hitly ree bi pe” than in t 55; zygomatic breadth, 27; mastoid skull of Hoplomys shown in Fig. 1, but C : ie Ts tion has not changed the pattern of t breadth, 21; length of nasals,20,upper [Stace of the teath, ‘. DP molariform series, 10; lower, 10.5. This species closely resembles in coloration Echimys semis pi Tomes, ‘ from ‘‘Ecuador”’ (exact locality not known,’ but probably ff 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. ‘London, 1860, p. 265, fig. 1-4, skull. 2 Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. ist. (6), oa Dec, 1897, p. 551. 1908. ] Allen, Mammals jrom Nicaragua. : 651 the coast). It differs from it in the spines not being “‘confined to the middle of the back”’; neither are they “short and flexible,” but long and very rigid. Neither is the tail “pretty evenly sprinkled with shortish hairs,” but is entirely naked, the scales coarse, smooth and conspicuous. The skull as figured bears a close general resemblance to that of H. truei, and also to that of P. centralis Thomas, especially in the heavy ascending branch of the zygomata, which in H. truei is much narrower in lateral view. The nasals, however, are markedly different from the nasals in either P. centralis or H. truei, they terminating considerably anterior to the premaxillaries. In 1897,' I referred a young specimen of spiney rat collected by Mr. A. Alfaro at-Suerre, Costa Rica, to Echimys [= Proechimys] centralis, and later (on the museum label) to E. semispinosus Tomes. It proves, however, Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 3. Hoplomys truei. Lower jaw of skull shown in Fig. 1. 3%. Fig. 4. Proechimys trinitatis. Lower jaw of skull shown in Fig 2. j. to be referable to H. truei, both in external characters and in the tooth pattern. This shows that the range of H. truei extends southward into Costa Rica. It has not been reported from Panama, whence many speci- mens of spiney rats have been received in recent years, all referable to the Proechimys centralis group, except the San Miguel Island form described by Bangs as Loncheres [= Echimys] labilis. ‘This makes the third genus of spiney rats now known from Central America. The heavy-spined Echimys gymnurus Thomas, from northern Ecuador, differs radically in coloration from H. truet but agrees with it in tooth pat- tern, in the coarseness of the dorsal spines and (comparatively) hairless tail. It is beyond question a species of Hoplomys.’ 1 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, p. 42. 2 On referring to my notes on the Echimyine made at the British Museum in 1901, I find Echimys gymnurus Thomas indicated as the type of a “gen. nov.,’’ with a rough sketch of the tooth pattern. The genus is here first published (see above) as Hoplomys, with H. truei as type, a species congeneric with H. gymnurus. 652 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. X2 Tr This species is named in honor of Dr. F. W. True, Curator of the Dep: ment of Biology, U. S. National Museum, who was the first to make kr the occurrence of any member of the Octodontide in Central 4 19. Heteromys vulcani sp. nov. | isthe Type, No. 28315, Q ad., Volean de Chinandega, altitude about 4000 feet, \ 1907; W. B. Richardson. Soles hairy, 5-tuberculate; no lateral line. Above blackish, varied owing to the whitish basal portion of the spines showing at the surface, > on the sides, black prevailing over the median area; ventral surface ; limbs white or yellowish white; fore limbs wholly white; hind limbs ext the dorsal surface; fore and hind feet white; ears small, rounded, antil, * dark brown or blackish, very faintly edged with white; tail bicolor, blackish whitish below, very scantily haired,-the annulations unconcealed, and lig tufted. In the adults the spines are heavy, nearly without intervening h younger specimens the spines are weaker and mixed with dark hairs, pale rufous, giving a slight ruddy tinge to the dorsal surface. Total length (type), 220 mm.; tail, 110; hind foot, 25 (collector’s meas’ Four adult specimens, total length, 205 (190-220); tail, 100 (90-110). S$ total length, 31; condylo-basal length, 27; zygomatic breadth,—; inter 7; mastoid breadth, 14; length of nasals, 11; breadth of rostrum ¢ upper molar series, 4. Four other adult skulls give the same be. practically the same mastoid breadth. Vel This species is represented by 12 specimens, mostly adull are in poor condition. Nearly all are from the type locality. — Heteromys vulcani is easily recognized by the combined chara small size, hairy soles, fore limbs wholly white, and absence of a le The type is the only specimen in the series in which the tail exceeds 1 ( The nasals are emarginate or V-shaped posteriorly, and terminate s in advance of the posterior border of the premaxillee. 20. Heteromys fuscatus sp. nov. Type, No. 28451, 3 ad., Tuma, Nicaragua, Dec. 1, 1907; W. B. Richard. General color above intact darker on the head, slightly varied with k gray; back slightly suffused with fulvous; sides pale fulvous strongly lined wi , black; top and sides of nose nearly black; thighs and outer surface of hind limbs an 1*On the ere of Echinomys semispinosus Tomes, in Nicaragua.’ "+ Proc, v. 8. Mus., XI, 1888, , 468. This record is Peek rimarily on three specimens collected in the vicinity of Gr which proved to be not semispinosus Tomes, but referable to a new species later by Thomas, from Nicaragua specimens, as FE. centralis, In the same connection he a mention of three specimens from Pacuare, Costa Rica, likewise referred by True to J spinosus. Through the kindness of Dr. M. W. Lyon, curator of mammalsat the U. 8. N useum, these six specimens have been sent to me for examination, and all prove to ben to Proechimys centralis, 1908. ] Allen, Mammals jrom Nicaragua. 653 buttocks dusky gray or blackish; outer surface of fore limbs gray; upper surface of fore and hind feet whitish; ventral surface and inside of limbs pure white; no fulvous lateral line; tail nearly naked, bicolor, blackish above, whitish below; ears nearly naked, dusky, with a barely perceptible edging of white; soles of hind feet naked, brownish black, 6-tuberculate. Total length (type), 300 mm.; tail, 150; hind foot, 30 (collector’s measurements). Three specimens (2:3, 12) measure, total length 293 (280-300); tail, 153 (150- 160). Skull, occipitonasal length, 36.3; condylo-basal length, 32; zygomatic breadth, 15.7; interorbital breadth, 10; mastoid breadth, 15.5; length of nasals, 10; width of rostrum above base of incisors, 5; upper molar series, 4.5. This species agrees in size and proportions with H. repens Bangs, from Panama, except in having smaller feet, but differs from it greatly in colora- tion, being much darker, while the suffusion of the upper parts is much paler — buff instead of tawny. The skull differs in the less posterior ex- tension of the nasals, which terminate slightly in front of the posterior border of the premaxille instead of extending decidedly beyond them. This species is based on 4 specimens, the type, from Tuma, a second specimen from Chontales, and two from Matagalpa. All are adult, but the Chontales specimen is a little younger than the others, and a little smaller and darker. ‘ 21. Neotoma chrysomelas sp. nov. Type, No. 28372, 2 ad., Matagalpa, Nicaragua, Sept. 17, 1907; W. B. Richard- son. ' Sides of body, from nose to thighs, golden brown; dorsal region, from top of head to base of tail, similar but heavily overlaid by black-tipped hairs, rendering the dorsal area blackish; ventral surface white, with the basal half of the pelage dusky, usually showing more or less at the surface along the lateral borders and inside of hind limbs; fore and hind limbs passing into dusky apically; fore feet abruptly silvery white; hind feet whitish, mottled with dusky, sometimes the white, sometimes the dusky prevailing; ears large, dark brown, the apical two-thirds nearly naked; tail heavily haired, wholly concealing the annulations, blackish above, grayish white below. Total length (collector’s measurements), 380 mm.; tail vertebra, 170; hind foot (from dry skin), 36. Skull, total length, 47; condylo-basal length, 45; zygo- matic breadth, 25; length of nasals, 19. Four specimens (3 <6, 1 @), all adult, measure as follows: Total length, 375 (340-390); tail vertebre, 160 (150-170). Skull, total length, 45.9 (45-47); zygomatic breadth, 24.7 (24-25); nasals, 18.2 (17.8-19). All the specimens were taken at the type locality. Neotoma chrysomelas is a member of the N. ferruginea group, to which also belong N. picta and N. isthmica, and perhaps other ferruginous forms of southern Mexico. It differs from N. ferruginea Tomes, its nearest geo- graphical ally (type locality, Duefias, Guatemala), in larger size, relatively broader skull, and longer nasals (skull of N. ferruginea, total length, 45 ‘ae Yr ay ‘ >? «es 654 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, zygomatic breadth, 21, nasals, 16.7). The two forms apparently are quite — similar in coloration, judging from Tomes’s description (P. Z. ‘5S. es pp. 282-284). 22. Akodon teguina (Alston). Five specimens, all collected at ‘gael Rafael del Norte, altitude 4000 to 5000 feet, April 12-17, 1907. Provision- ‘. ally referred to A. teguina, the type locality of which is Coban, Guatemala although probably subspecifically different. 23. Reithrodontomys modestus Thomas. Seven specimens, of wisest four are from San Rafael del Norte and three from Lavala. Cro the skulls are lost or too much broken to be of use in identification. Three — adults measure, total length, 140 mm., tail, 70-75. A young adult agr ‘a very well with Thomas’s description of modestus, but two adults d er in having the sides of the body strongly suffused with yellowish rufous, and — the tail is gray below instead of concolor, and the breast spot is fulvous instead il of drab, as in the younger specimens. The type locality of modestus (Jino- — tega, Nicaragua, altitude 4650 feet) is only a short distance from Sen Rate del Norte. fh 24. Reithrodontomys sp. One specimen, without skull, Ocotal, May 11, : 1908. A dull-colored medium-sized species; total length, 170 mm., tail, 80. 25. Reithrodontomys sp. Two immature specimens, without skulls, one each from Rio Grande and Tuma (below 1000 feet). 4 26. Reithrodontomys sp. One specimen, San Rafael del Naw ‘ola 10, 1907. A very small species with a very long tail (total length, 140 m My tail, 90), wholly unlike the other San Rafael specimens of Reithrodontomys. — a Further notice of these undetermined species of ood dese ae deferred in the hope that additional specimens with good skulls wi received in later shipments. 27. Oryzomys (Melanomys) chrysomelas Allen. Sixteen specim all from the east coast low country, as follows: Lavala, 2 specimens, Oct. and 13, 1907; Tuma, 6 specimens, Noy. 20-28, 1907; Chontales, 2 spee i) mens, Feb. 20 and 25, 1908; Rio Grande, 6 specimens, Feb. 25, 28, March 30, April 2 and 4, 1908. The collector’s measurements of 12 specimens, about an equal numl be of males and females, all adult, are: Total length, 206 mm. (200- tail vertebrae, 98.5 (80-110); hind foot, without claws, 20.1 (20-20.5). Externally these specimens are indistinguishable from the original typ series of five from Suerre, Costa Rica, of which there were no externa measurements, of which none was very old, the teeth of all being al unworn. In the present series the skulls average slightly larger, evident owing to the greater age of most of the specimens, in some of which th teeth are much worn. 1908. ] Allen, Mammals jrom Nicaragua. 655 28. Oryzomys couesi Thomas (ex Alston). Twenty-nine specimens, — of which 23 are from Chontales, Feb. 8-28, 1908; 2 from Ocotal, May 4 and 11, 1908; 1 from San Rafael del Norte, April 12, 1907, and 3 from Tuma, Nov. 3, 23, and 24, 1907.- These specimens agree satisfactorily with Thomas’s redefinition! of O. couesi (type locality, Coban, Guatemala). The coloration above is fulvous, finely lined with black on the back, which is thus somewhat darker than the sides; below buffy white. Very old specimens are brighter colored, tending to rufous on the lower back and to strong buff below. Ten of the oldest specimens of the series (judging by the skulls) measure (collector’s measurements), total length, 268 (260-280); tail, 136 (130-140). Basal length of skull, 27.5-29.5; nasals, 11-11.6; width of braincase, 12.2-12.7. This species has apparently a wide range, from the low Atlantic coast district (altitude 500 to 1000 feet) to the highlands (altitude 4000 to 5000 feet) of the central part of the Republic, specimens from the latter district being in no way distinguishable from those from the former. 29. Oryzomys alfaroi Al/en. Nine specimens: Chontales, 6 specimens, Feb. 13-25, 1908; Tuma, 3 specimens, Nov. 15-18 and 25, 1907. These specimens are indistinguishable from the type and topotypes of the species, from San Carlos, Costa Rica. 30. Oryzomys alfaroi incertus subsp. nov. Type, No. 28584, 3 ad., Rio Grande, March 28, 1908; W. B. Richardson. Differs from O. alfaroi alfaroi in smaller size, darker back, and golden rufous instead of pale fulvous suffusion of the upper parts. Total length (type), 190 mm.; tail, 100. Two other specimens measure, respectively, total length 190 and 200; tail, 100. Five specimens of alfaroi from Chontales measure, total length, 210 (200-220); tail, 106 (100-110). The skulls are badly broken, lacking the occipital portion, but so far as they can be compared appear to present no distinctive features. 31. Oryzomys ochraceus sp. nov. Type, No. 28548, 3 ad., Rio Grande, Nicaragua, March 27, 1908; W. B. Rich- ardson. Pelage very thick, long and soft. Upper. parts ochraceous, somewhat darker on the back by the admixture of black-tipped hairs, and brighter on the flanks; top and front of head not darker than the body; under parts strongly washed with buff or pale yellow; ears dark brown, naked; upper surface of fore and hind feet dingy grayish brown; tail uniform dark brown throughout, not lighter below, naked in sume specimens, in others with very short fine hairs, not concealing the annulations. Total length (type), 300 mm.; tail, 180; hind foot, 40 (collector’s measurements). 1 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. XI, May, 1893, pp. 403, 405. 656 Bulletin American Museum oj N: atural History. [Vol.. a The type is a very old male. Three other specimens, the smallest a young ad measure respectively as follows: total length, 280, 310, 340; tail, 150, 170, The skull, particularly in the old specimens, is very broad and heavy, | ‘ith 1 supraorbital ridge very heavy and broadly overhanging the orbits. Total (type), 36; condylo-basal length, 30; zygomatic breadth, 20; interorbital b 7; mastoid breadth, 13; length of nasals, 14; upper toothrow, 6. Posterior be of nasals ending in a V-shaped point, opposite the front border of the orbit. — palatal foramina short and broad, 5 X 2 mm. The skull in 4 specimens young adult) averages, total length, 35.5; zygomatic breadth, 19. O. ochraceus differs greatly from any other species of Oryzomys to me. A marked feature is its heavy soft pelage, which has a ler the back of about 15 mm., the basal four-fifths of which is deep p t the hairs individually tipped with rufous, mixed with others tipy black. On the ventral surface the basal part of the pelage is grayish beous, the surface heavily washed with deep buff or pale yellow. In measurements it is much smaller than O. devius Bangs, from and differs from it markedly in coloration, in the character of the and in the form of the skull (compared with topotypes of O. d From OQ. talamance Allen (compared with the type) it differs in larger size and in coloration. It also appears quite distinct, rc species thus far known from Guatemala or Mexico. [I take the present opportunity to describe a strongly marked new : cies of Oryzomys from Costa Rica, collected by M. A. cc r., 1904, as follows: Oryzomys carrikeri sp. nov. ae Type, No. 25976, 2 ad., Rio Siesola, Talamanca, Costa Rica, August 18, M. A. Carriker, Jr., for stig the species is named. Pelage very short, fine, soft and velvety. Sides, from nose to rump, ¢ brown; back dark brown suffused with ochraceous; below, from chest to k 5 tail, uniform gray — dark gray in worn pelage, gray washed with whitish in f pelage; chest and throat whitish — nearly white in fresh pelage; ears of n size, dark brown, almost naked; fore feet whitish, hind feet flesh oles a n a naked; tail practically naked (all the seales distinctly visible), dull brown lighter below, especially on the basal fourth. Total length (type), 265 mm.; tail, 133; hind foot, 30.5 (collector's m ' ments). Two other specimens measure respectively: of ad., 248, 121, juv. ad. (a nursing fémale), 240, 118, 30. _ Skull (type), total length, 31.5;. basal, 26; zygomatic breadth, 14.7; interorbital, 5; mastoid, 11.2; nasals, 125 molariform series, 5. The adult male skull gives essentially the same meas ments; the young adult female skull is about 2 mm. shorter, with the otheed in sions in proportion. The nasals extend posteriorly considerably beyond th p -maxillaries and end in an obtusely V-shaped point. The supraorbital well-developed; the anterior palatine foramina are narrow anteriorly and d posteriorly, the two foramina forming a V-shaped opening. 1908. ] Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua. 657 Represented by three specimens, all from the type locality and all collected August 18, 1904, by Mr. M. A. Carriker, Jr. Oryzomys carrikeri belongs to the same group as Q. alfaroi of Costa Rica, O. gracilis of Ecuador, O.-velutinus of northeastern Colombia, and O. villosus of Trinidad. It differs from O. aljfaroi in its much darker coloration above, suffused with ochraceous instead of pale yellow, and in being nearly twice larger. In size and coloration it approaches OQ. villosus and O. velutinus, especially the latter, some of the adult topotypes of which are almost indistinguishable in coloration from O. carrikeri, but the ears in both the Trinidad and Colombian species are fully twice the size of those of carrikeri, while the cranial differences are strongly marked. —O. talamance, also from Talamanca, belongs to a quite different group,' in a general way resembling O. costaricensis, but about twice the size of that species.] : 32. Sigmodon hispidus griseus subsp. noy. Type, No. 28497, 3 ad., Chontales (in the coast lowlands), Beasee, Feb. 20, 1908; W. B. Richardson. General color above dark gray; underparts whitish gray. Middle of dorsal region, from front of eyes to base of tail, gray, heavily lined with black; sides lighter, more yellowish gray and less varied with black; feet gray; tail blackish brown above, somewhat lighter below, very slightly haired. Three adults (collector’s measurements), total length, 280-300 mm.;_ tail, 110-130; hind foot (skin), 31. This form differs from S. h. boruca, its nearest known geographical ally, in the gray color of the dorsal surface, which agrees almost exactly with that of average specimens of S. h. littoralis from Florida, to which in coloration it bears a striking resemblance. It further differs from boruce@ in the form of the skull, which is much broader in proportion to the length. Thus, in comparable skulls, the total length in griseus is 37 mm., with a zygomatic breadth of 21.5; in boruce these measurements are respectively 38 and 20.5. The pelage of griseus is harsher and coarser than in boruce. Of the 9 adult specimens in the present series 7 are gray like the type above described, while one has a slight suffusion of rufous, but much less than average specimens of boruce. The other adult specimen is in abnormal pelage, which in both color and texture greatly resembles that of a half- grown brown house rat (Mus norvegicus). The two young examples (nurslings) are much darker than boruce of corresponding age, and the suffusion is pale fulvous instead of rufous. 1T am indebted to Dr. M. W. Lyon, Jr., Assistant Curator, Division of Mammals, U. 8. National Museum, for an opportunity to reéxamine the type of O. talamance in the present connection. [October, 1908.] 42 658 Bulletin American ‘Museum of Natural History. [Vol. — 33. Ototylomys fumeus sp. nov. Type, No. 28291, 3 ad., Matagalpa, Nicaragua, March 18, 1907; W. BR ardson. Above dusky gray brown, darkening on the middle of the back to bts cki below pure white, the pelage short, thick and soft; outside of limbs like » surface, as far as the base of the toes, which are whitish with a cg base; inside of limbs pure white to the base of the toes; ears dusky b three-fourths naked, not larger than is usual in Neotoma; tail naked, the s and smooth, black, slightly lighter on ventral surface. Total length (type), 330 mm.; tail vertebre, 140; hind foot, 30 ( measurements). Four adult specimens (1 <, 3 9) measure: Total (300-330); tail, 148 (140-170 — only one 170). Skull (type, @), total ( condylo-basal length, 38; zygomatic breadth, 21; length of nasals, 14. female, total length, 42; condylo-basal, —; zygomatic breadth, 21.5; nasals, (The five other skulls are too much broken or are too immature for measure Represented by 7 specimens, of which 4 are fully adult with worn 1 others immature. The half-grown young are dark grayish brown abov washed with black; below white. Five were taken at Matagalpa, one at C U one at Volean de Chinandega. It thus appears to range from about 40 6000 feet. okra This species is much larger than the other known forms of th ne gi u (from Yucatan and Campeche), with a relatively shorter tail, smaaller g r and absence of fulvous suffusion, the skull being 4 mm. longer, and the hea . and body about 30 mm. longer than in Ototylomys phyllotis Mer im im (tyy of the genus) from Yucatan, while O. p. pheus Merriam, from s still smaller. Lye In the unworn teeth, both upper and lower, the tubercles of t are placed directly opposite, three pairs on m 1, two pairs on m 2, | pairs on m3, which has a posterior loop in both upper and. lo f When worn down the pattern is much as in Zygodontomys. i A striking feature of the tail is the great width of the smo oth, ble annulations, wholly unconcealed by hairs. Teal, 34. Rhipidomys salvinii (Tomes). Two specimens, sionally to this species, both taken at Ocotal, in the highlands’ oft I Nicaragua, Feb. 18 and May 9, 1908; both adult males. They s agree in every particular with Tomes’s description, based on specimens Duefias, Guatemala. rat 35. Peromyscus nicarague sp. nov. : Type, No. 28282, 3 ad., Matagalpa (altitude about 4000 feet), N March 10, 1907; W. B. Rehardsoni, ou. Similar in coloration to P. nudipes (Allen) from Central Costa Rica, but 1908.] Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua. , 659 lacking the brown pectoral spot so conspicuous in nudipes; sides paler and much less golden; ventral surface clear white; it is also much smaller with the skull relatively narrower. : Total length (type), 240 mm.; tail vertebra, 110. Average of 10 adults from - Matagalpa, total length, 235 (220-250); tail, 113 (110-130). Skull (type), occipito- nasal length, 33.5; width of braincase, 13. Six Matagalpa specimens, occipito- nasal length, 32.3 (31-33.5); width of braincase, 13.3 (13-13.5). Ten adult specimens from San Rafael del Norte and Ocotal present the same averages and ranges of variation. (The type is one of the oldest and the largest specimen of the series). Compared with a similar number of adults of P. nudipes, the average differences are as follows: Total length, P. nudipes, 260 (255-265); tail vertebrze, 126 (120-135); skull, occipitonasal length, 34 (33-35); width of braincase, 14 (13.7-14.3). Thus P. nicarague is about an inch shorter, _ with the tail half an inch shorter, the skull about 2 mm. shorter and nearly a millimeter narrower across the braincase. ‘The ptergoid fossa in nudipes is conspicuously narrower and relatively longer. This species is represented by about 40 specimens, of which 20 are from Matagalpa, 7 from San Rafael del Norte, and several from Ocotal, Volcan de Chinandega, and 13 from Chontales, the latter unfortunately nearly all young. 36. Mus rattus Linneus. Three specimens, all immature. ‘T'wo are from Matagalpa, Sept. 22, 1907, and one from Lavala, Oct. 12, 1907. 37. Sciurus boothie belti Nelson. Six specimens: Matagalpa, 3 specimens, Jan. 31, Feb. 1, March 7, 1907; Lavala, 1 specimen, Oct. 18, 1907; Chontales, 2 specimens, Feb. 15, 1908. In five of the specimens the ventral surface is deep rusty rufous, with small irregular patches of white, either on the breast or abdomen or on both, with a median line of white in one. The other (a female) has the ventral surface much paler — yellowish rufous — with a small patch of white on the breast, lower abdomen, and in each axilla. 38. Sciurus griseoflavus (Gray). Six specimens are provisionally referred to this species. - They fall into two groups, both geographically and in coloration: Matagalpa, 3.specimens, Sept. 12, 17, and 28, 907; Volean de Chinandega, 2 specimens, May 12, 1907; San Rafael del Norte, 1 specimen, April 7, 1907. In the Matagalpa specimens, the dorsal surface is pale buffy gray in two, varied with black; in the other the black wash is the prevailing color, and the buffy suffusion is much stronger. ‘The ventral surface in two is mainly white, with a lateral band of yellow extending along the lower edge of the flanks from the head to the base of the tail, and including also the inner sur- face of both fore and hind limbs; in the other the ventral surface (including 660 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, inside of limbs) is deep ochraceous yellow, with broad areas of white on the chest and lower abdomen, connected by a narrow median line of white. The fluffy patch at the base of the ears varies from nearly white to clay color. | The two specimens from Volcan de Chinandega have the dorsal surface nearly as in the darkest Matagalpa specimen, black strongly prevailing; the ventral surface in one is pale buffy gray, with patches of white on the breast, axillee and lower abdomen; in the other the ventral surface is pure white on the neck, breast, proximal half of inner surface of the fore limbs, and on the abdomen, irregularly mottled with patches of nee. white and buffy gray, with the hind limbs and feet black. The single (rather young) example from San Rafael del Norte is like the Volean de Chinandega specimens, except that the whole ventral surface and inside of the limbs is pure white. . : The tail in all is black washed with white, with a slight tendency to a grizzled buffy gray median band on the ventral surface. It is quite probable that the Volcan de Chinandega specimens represent a geographical form different from that found at Matagalpa, and different: from the true S. griseoflavus. 39. Sciurus richmondi Nelson. ‘Three specimens: Chontales, 2 males, Feb. 26, 1908; Rio Grande, 1 male, March 23, 1908. These specimens were taken not far from the type locality of the species. 40. Sciurus deppei matagalpe subsp. nov. Type, No. 28440, Q ad., San Rafael del Norte, Nicaragua, April 10, 1907; W. B. Richardson. Differs from S. deppei deppei in the color of the upper parts, which are yellowish ' brown instead of rusty brown; underparts yellow, varying in different specimens from pale buff to ochraceous, but generally ochraceous yellow instead of white or grayish white. In size and cranial characters similar to deppet. Represented by six specimens, of which four are from Matagalpa, Feb. 1, and Sept. 1, 1907, and two from San Rafael del Norte, April 10, 1908. They are all uniformly yellowish brown instead of rufous brown above, and strongly ochraceous below. The fore limbs are grayish varying to deep iron gray in some; the tail is washed lightly with white. 41. Lutra latidens sp. nov. Type, No. 28435, 3 ad., Lavala, Matagalpa, Nicaragua, Oct. 28, 1907. Distinguished from its near allies by large size, and especially by the massive dentition. Pelage short and thin; color above dull rather dark uniform brown; below, 1908 .] Allen, Mammals jrom Nicaragua. . 661. from chin to behind fore legs, pale fulvous; rest of lower parts pale brown, without distinct rufous suffusion. Nose pad rounded above, as in the Central and South American forms of Lutra, not rising into a broad V-shaped point as in the L. cana- densis group.. External measurements, as taken by the collector from the fresh specimen, total length, 1280 mm., tail vertebrae, 490. The skull is unfortunately broken into small pieces and is thus unavailable for a complete series of measurements. Length of upper molar-premolar series, 37; lower molar-premolar series, 37.5; p*, on outer side, 13; width at middle, 10.5; oblique length (diagonally from the antero-internal point of lobe to postero-outer angle), 15; ps, length, 16; width at middle, 8; width near posterior border, 7.6; length of lower jaw, 72; breadth of condyle, 19.2; height at coronoid, 33.4; angle to top of condyle, 12. Bulle broad and flat. -This form differs from L. annectens Forsyth-Major, in its much larger size and in the relatively much greater size of the teeth, the upper premolar- molar toothrow having a length of 37 mm., while the same measurement in a nold male annectens is 31; the oblique length of p* is 15 and in annectens 13, with corresponding differences throughout the dental series. ‘There is also a marked difference in the form of the individual teeth, especially in respect to p* and m', which in /atidens much more resemble the corresponding teeth of large northern examples of the L. canadensis group, but they are much more massive. 42. Putorius tropicalis Merriam. ‘Three specimens, all taken at Mata- galpa (Jan. 23, 1906, May 4, 1906, and Feb. 7, 1908), and all sexed as male by the collector. Provisionally referred as above. These specimens, all from the same locality and all of the same sex, _ present a wide range of variation in color, especially of the ventral surface. In one (No. 28333), the lower surface is nearly white from the thoracic region to the chin, passing posteriorly into pale ochraceous. The brown of the upper parts wholly covers the fore limbs from the toes to the elbows. The white frontal spot is reduced to a narrow transverse line, and the white spot between the ear and eye is reduced to a narrow line. The black below and | in front of the eye encroaches upon the sides of the throat. No. 28592 has the white facial markings very broad; the anterior part of the ventral sur- face is strongly yellow, passing posteriorly into ochraceous, and extending down the inner surface of the fore limbs nearly to the toe pads. There is a distinct black spot on each side of the throat, behind the angle of the mouth, separated from the black of the cheeks by a narrow white line. No. 28322 has the white facial markings of normal extent, and the edge of the upper lip broadly white posteriorly; the under parts are deep ochraceous, becoming lighter on the fore neck and whitish on the chin and upper throat. ‘There is a large brown spot on the inside of the left thigh. Only one of the specimens is adult, and this is not ‘old’. Of this the 662 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, collector’s measurements are: total length, 420 mm., tail vertebree, 150; hind foot, 50. 43. Tayra’* barbara inserta subsp. nov. Type, No. 28492, 3 ad., Uluce, Department of Matagalpa, Nicaragua, Jan. 5, - 1908; W. B. Richardson. Body, limbs, and tail black, the black extending forward on the ventral surface to the throat; head and neck duller, brownish black; no trace of a white or yellow spot on the fore heok: Size small; skull narrow; zygomatic arches much less expanded than in other members of the Tayra group. Skull (type), condylo-basal length, 110 mm., aygo- matic breadth, 69. Unfortunately external measurements from the fresh specimens are not available. Represented by four specimens, all from the Province of Matagalpa, taken as . follows: Lavala, Oet. 13, 1907, young male; Uluce, Jan. 3 and 5, 1908, two young adult males and an adult male (type). Except in smaller size, less expansion of the zygomatic arches and total — absence of a light spot on the fore-neck, this form closely resembles T. barbara biologie (Thomas) from Panama. ‘The old male skull is slightly smaller than a female skull of corresponding age of biologie, and very much smaller than male skulls of that form. Costa Rica specimens are inter- mediate in respect to the throat-spot; in a series of 4 from Talamanca it is wholly absent in two, very slight in one, and greatly reduced in the other. The Matagalpa series of tayras is of interest as presenting a form in which the usual light spot on the fore-neck is wholly absent, in contrast with all the other forms, and especially with the Colombian form (7. barbara trara Allen), which has usually in addition to the fore-neck spot another similar mark on the withers. (C/. this Bulletin, XX, 1904, pp. 36-38.) 44. Spilogale angustifrons elata Howell. One specimen, adult male, Matagalpa, Sept. 28, 1907. 45. Mephitis macroura vittata (Licht.). One specimen, adult male, Matagalpa, Dec. 30, 1908. . 46. Potos flavus aztecus Thomas. ‘Two specimens, both adult males, Ocotal, May 11, 1908. ‘They closely resemble Mexican examples. 47, Bassaricyon richardsoni sp. nov. Type, No. 28486, 9 ad., Rio Grande (altitude below 1000 feet), Atlantic slope, Nicaragua, April 9, 1908; W. B. Richardson, for whom the species is named. General color above pale fulvous, strongly varied with black-tipped hairs, which 1 For the use of T'ayra in place of Galera, see antea, pp. 586-589. [< —s a a 1908. ] Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua. 663 _ Fig. 5. Bassaricyon richardsoni. Type No, 28486, 9 ad., Rio Grande, Nicaragua, Nat. size. Fig. 6. Bassurwyon gellii. Type, No. 14214 U. 8. Nat. Mus. Talamanca, Costa Rica. Nat. size. 664 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, Fig. 7. Bassaricyon richardsoni. Same skull as shown in Fig. 5. Nat. size. Fig. 8. Bassaricyon gabbi. Same skull as shown in Fig. 6. Nat. size. 1908. | Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua, 665 Fig. 9. Bassaricyon richardsoni. Same skull as shown in Figs.5 and 7. Nat. size. Fig. 10. Bassaricyon gabbi Same skull as shown in Figs. 6 and 8. Nat. size. 666 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, along the median dorsal area give a prevailing blackish tone to the coloration from ga the forehead to the base of the tail; sides of body less varied with black, the prevail- ing color being pale fulvous; ventral surface uniform pale yellow from the fore neck to base of tail; limbs externally like the sides of the body and internally like the ventral surface; a patch below the ear, extending forward nearly to the eye, like the ventral surface; front of head anterior to the eyes, dull grayish brown, minutely varied with black-tipped hairs; sides of nose and chin dusky brown, passing on the _ throat into fulvous; tail like the body — pale fulvous, strongly varied on the median line above with black-tipped hairs, forming a poorly defined blackish median ‘wag becoming blackish apically with the extreme tip nearly black Total length, 950 mm.; tail vertebrae, 480; hind foot, 80 (collector’s measure- ments); hind foot with ane. 85. Skull, condylo-basal length, 80.5; basilar length, 73; palatal length, 45; zygomatic breadth, 53; interorbital breadth, 17; width across orbital processes, 32; postorbital breadth, 17.5; breadth at base of ‘canines, 17; mastoid breadth, 34.3; length of upper toothrow, excluding incisors, 28; molar series, 12; lower jaw, length, 58; height at condyle, 11; height at coronoid ol nage 25.5; lower toothrow, excluding incisors, 30; premclaenialie series, 25. The type of B. richardsoni is, so far as known to me, the sixth known specimen of the genus Bassaricyon, which was originally based on a skull, without skin, collected by the late Professor Wm. M. Gabb in Talamanca, — Costa Rica.!_ The second known specimen is the type of Bassaricyon allent Fig. 11. Fig. tt) ee Fig. 11. Bassaricyon richardsoni. Same skull as shown in Figs. 5, 7, is 9. Nat. size, Fig. 12. Bassaricyon gabbi. Same skull as shown in Figs, 6, 8, and 10. t. size. Ses Thomas, from Sarayacu, Ecuador, collected by Mr. Clarence Buckley. a In 1883, M. Huet described and figured two specimens of Bassaricyon, received at the Paris Museum of Natural History, from ‘‘Caimito, province de Correo, au nord de Panama,” an adult female and a young example (last molar undeveloped).* ‘These two specimens were descePane in — Ni caer ga of a new Generic Type (Bassaricyon) of a ptt. What ena Costa Rica, By J. Allen. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. ila., 1876, pp. 20-23 suppo aed to be the skin belonging to this skull was subsequently described and Seen ured (Prod. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, Pp. of i, , ti), ee tye e be ne explain ter (Bull. | Geogr. and Geol. Surv. Terr., Vol. Guns 2*On Mammals from ficuador? eld inom Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1880, pp. 393-403, pl. xxxviii, text figs. 1-4. BYE alana pp. 397-400, figs. ri pl. xxxviii.) ‘Note sur les Carnassiers du genre Bassaricyon’ Par M. Huet, Aide-NtUreuaee Nouv. Pot, du Mus. d’Hist, Nat. de Paris, 2° sér., Vol. V, 1883, pp. 1-12, pil. i- 1908.] Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua. _ 667 detail, and a colored plate of the animal and figures of the skulls of both specimens were given, this important memoir forming the entire basis of _ our present knowledge of the external characters of Bassaricyon gabbi.' In March, 1894, a specimen of B. allent (the second known) was re- ceived alive at the Menagerie of the London Zodlogical Society, presented by Mr. A. Murray as a kinkajou, and thus at first entered in the records of | the Society.? It was said to have been ‘‘captured in the woods at Bastrica on the Essequibo River, British Guiana,” but, as noted below, there seems reason to doubt the correctness of the assigned locality. It lived for several years in the Society's Menagerie, where I had the pleasure of seeing and ‘handling it in 1896. After its death, some years later, Mr. F. E. Beddard published a valuable paper on its anatomy.’ M. Huet believed that B. gabbi and B. alleni were both referable to the same species, the differences between the two pointed out by Thomas being, according to his view, merely individual. In support of this opinion he cited the wide range of variation presented by the kinkajou. His conclu- sions, however, prove not to have been well founded. The color of B. gabbi, as described and illustrated by Huet, is golden brown above and lighter, more yellow below;* it is thus very different from that of either B. alleni or B. richardsoni, as are also the cranial characters. Bassaricyon richardsoni, contrary to what might be expected, much more resembles B. alleni than it does B. gabbi, by which B. richardsoni and B. alleni are geographically separated, both externally and in the character of the skull. As shown by Thomas’s colored plate and description, B. alleni has the face clear gray, instead of brown as in B. richardson, and the general color of ‘body and tail orange gray, the hairs of the back being tipped with black,” instead of pale fulvous gray strongly washed with black. The skull is quite similar in the two species, as regards proportions and general form, both, however, differing widely and similarly from B. gabbi. But B. alleni and B. richardsoni differ markedly in the character of the last . upper molar, which in B. allent is much reduced in size and triangular, in- stead of being circular in outline and much larger. The teeth of B. gabbi and B. richardsoni agree essentially in relative 1 The exact locality of the type specimen of Bassaricyon was not given in the original description, but I have recently learned from Dr..M. W. Lyon, Jr., Assistant Curator, Division of Mammals, U. 8S. National Museum, that it came from Talamanca, on the southeast coast of Costa Rica, and therefore very near the locality of the Paris Museum specimens, which are thus almost topotypes of B. gabbi. : 2 Cf. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1895, p. 521. 3‘*On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni.’ By Frank E. Beddard, M. A., F. R. S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary of the Society. Proc, Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 661-775, figs. 1-7. . 4He says: “....le sinciput, la moitié supérieure du cou, les flancs et le dos jusqu’A la base dela ious ee parties externes des membres jusqu’aux extrémités, sont brun roux, . Le dessus des extrémités antérieures et postérieures est roux doré....Les parties inférieures en partant du menton, la gorge, le ventre et les parties internes des membres, sont beaucoup plus claires, les poils étant blanc jaundtre a la base, roux doré clair au milieu et blanc jaundtre a la pointe....” 668 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. [Vol. XXIV, size and form, but the skull in the two species is markedly different in con- tour and in details, as is well shown in the accompanying figures of the type skulls of each (Figs. 5-12). The anterior base of the zygoma is much lower in B. gabbi than in B. richardsoni and less arched upward; the post- palatal region is shorter and broader, as is also the postpalatal fossa and the pterygoid processes; the bulls are shorter and more inflated; the ros- ' trum descends much more abruptly and the anterior narial opening is. lower and more oblique; the coronoid process is narrower, shorter, and directed less backward. As now known, Bassaricyon is represented by three well marked species, inhabiting respectively the eastern lowlands of Nicaragua, the lowlands of southeastern Costa Rica and adjoining parts of Panama, and the vicinity of Sarayacu, Ecuador, east of the Andes and well within the-upper drainage _ 7 of the Amazon. If the British Guiana record for B. alleni be correct, the group may have a wide range in South America; in which case it seems strange that it has been so long overlooked, and that so few South American examples of it have thus far been obtained. As long since made known _ E by Thomas, Huet, and Beddard, Bassaricyon bears a close resemblance _ externally to the kinkajou, although much smaller and with a non-prehensile _ tail. It may thus readily be mistaken by collectors and travellers for a young kinkajou. ie 48. Nasua narica bullata Allen. ‘Three specimens, males, Lavala, Oct. 12, Tuma, Nov. 29, 1907, and Ocotal, May 7, 1908. B 49. Urocyon cinereoargenteus guatemale Miller. One specimen, “a adult male, Matagalpa, April 20, 1906. This is one of the smallest specimens of Urocyon that has thus far come under my notice, or of which measurements have been published. It is a” a male, fully adult, as shown by the skull. No external measurements were taken by the collector, and the occipital part of the skull, including most _ of the braincase, is lacking, rendering the skull measurements incomplete. — The palatal length, zygomatic and interorbital breadth, and the breadth across the .postorbital processes are practically the same as in the type of Urocyon parvidens Miller, from Merida, Yucatan, while the measurements _ of the teeth correspond exactly with those of parvidens. It is much smaller i‘ , than a female of U. guatemale Miller (type locality, Nenton, Guatemala), of corresponding age, from Pozo Azul, Costa Rica. . While the present specimen may represent a dwarfed form peculiar to on the interior of Nicaragua, it seems better to refer it to its nearest geographical ally rather than to the more distant Yucatan form (parvidens), or than to h. make it the basis of a new name. 1908. ] Allen, Mammals from Nicaragua. 669 50. Blarina olivaceus sp. nov. Type, No. 28356, 9 ad., San Rafael del Norte (altitude about 5000 feet), Nica- ragua; W. B. Richardson. One of the smallest known species of the genus. Total length, 80 mm.; tail, 17; hind foot, 10. Above grayish brown, with a distinct olivaceous reflection in certain: lights; below much lighter, the surface whitish gray, with the same olivaceous. reflection as above; feet whitish; ears small, concealed in the pelage; tail with a dusky median line above, sides and below gray. The skull is imperfect, lacking the parietal and occipital portions. Compared with B. orophilus Allen, from Costa Rica, the rostral and inter- orbital portions of the skull are much narrower and more elongate, the toothrow straight instead of convex outward; the molariform teeth much narrower and the whole dentition weaker. ‘The lower jaw is correspond- ingly more slender, with narrower and smaller teeth, and the coronoid por- tion noticeably more slender. Represented by two specimens, one of them without label or skull, but without doubt from the same locality as the type. Blarina olivaceus is very unlike any of the species known pee Costa Rica and Guatemala; all of the Mexican species are much larger, and otherwise different, except B. pergracilis Elliot, from Ocotlan, State of Jalisco, Mexico, which it evidently much resembles in size, slenderness, and coloration, but for geographical reasons it can hardly be specifically the same. _51. Bhynchiscus naso (Wied). Seven specimens, Tuma, Nov. 22, 1907. 52. Peropteryx canina (Wied). One specimen, Lavala, Oct. 17, 1907. 53. Hemiderma perspicillatum aztecum (Saussure). Eleven specimens, Volean de Chinandega, May 6-12, 1907. 54. Artibeus jamaicensis richardsoni sp. nov. Type, No. 28335, 3 ad., Matagalpa, Nicaragua, Jan. 3, 1906; W. B. Richardson. Similar in coloration to A. intermedius Allen, but very much smaller. Forearm 53 mm. (in intermedius 65); 3d metacarpal, 50 (in intermedius 57); tibia 20 (in intermedius, 22). A faint whitish stripe from base of nose-leaf to ear. Skull long and narrow, the brain-case low, not high and vertically expanded as in intermedius; palatal region narrower and more depressed, the posterior nares con- sequently both narrower and shallower; middle incisors relatively larger than in intermedius, in comparison with the outer incisors. Total length of skull 29 mm. (as in intermedius); zygomatic breadth 17 (19 in intermedius); greatest depth of skull, 11 (12 in intermedius); mastoid breadth, 15 (16 in intermedius). Dentition weaker and teeth narrower. Lower jaw much weaker, less bowed outward, and the coronoid vertical instead of directed outward. Zygoma slenderer and less bowed. 670 Bulletin American Museum of Natural History. va aie outward. The dorsal outline of the skull is sini as in Artibeus jamaicensis ja censis; but the skull is narrower, and the dentition heavier, especially the incisors. Represented only by the type, from Matagalpa. A well defined { recognizable by its small size, and by the narrow, elongated form o} 1 and low cranium. 55. Desmodus rotundus (Geoffroy). Two specimens, — Chinandega, May 6 and 9, 1907. oe, 56. Molossus rufus Geoffroy. One specimen, Volcan dé Chi May 11, 1907. ae 57. Cebus hypoleucus (Humboldt). Four specimens, 7 ; 1 females, all adult, and the skull of another specimen, taken at 1907, Chontales, Feb. 18, and Ocotal, May 11, 1908. 58. Ateles geoffroyi Kuhl. Four specimens, — three old fe a nearly adult male, Lavala, Oct. 2 and 8, Tuma, Nov. 29, Dee. 31, 1907. @ 59. Alouatta palliata matagalpe subsp. nov. Type, No. 28426, ¢' ad., Lavala, Nicaragua, Oct. 13, 1907; William son. Fs In size similar to A. palliata palliata and A. palliata mexicana, but qu in color from either, the flank stripes being dark rufous instead of pa golden (palliata), or pale fulvous or grayish fulvous (mexicana) ; dark rufous instead of fulvous or grayish fulvous. Type, total length, 1120 mm.; tail vertebre, 620; hind foot, 145. — length, 107; condylo-basal length, 92; basilar length, 85; zygomatic k Two specimens, both males, one adult, the other not fu Lavala, Oct. 13, 1907. These specimens differ markedly in color in a large series from Panama, and are equally different from an siderable series from Vera Cruz, Mexico, and are not intermedia them, being very unlike either in the rufous suffusion of the lowe: the dark rufous of the flank stripes. * INDEX TO VOLUME XXIV. New names of genera, species and subspecies are printed in heavy-faced type; also the main references in a series of references. Aptgs, 72. Acacia, 72. farnesiana, 96. septentrionalis, 97. Acanthis, 28. Azanthopneuste, 28. Acanthostichus brevicornis, 400. texanus, 400. Accipiter, 25. Acer, 72, 74. florissanti, 101. indivisum, 84. Achrosticum, 74. Acorus, 72. affinis, 79. Acotherulum saturninum, 271. Actitis, 29. Actochelidon, 10, 14, 39, 43. Actodromas, 14. Adiantites gracillimus, 76. ¥chmophorus, 15. Aigialitis, 29. Aigithalus flaviceps, 15. . Aeronautes, 15. AXstrelata, 29. ABthia, 15, 45. Agaphelus gibbosa, 297. Agelaius, 29. Agriochceride, 559, 560. Agrion telluris, 60. Agrionine, 60. Aimophila, 29. rufescens, 29. Aix, 29. Ajaia, 15. Akodon teguina, 654. Alauda, 29. alpestris, 22. arvensis, 29. chsysolema, 22. spinoletta, 32. spragueii, 21. 671 Alcea, 10, 29, 42, 43. alle, 05. antiquus, 39. arctica, 18. cirrha‘a, 36. cristatella, 15. grylle, 16. impennis, 10, 23, 29. monocerata, 16. psittacula, 37. pygmea, 15. torda, 10, 29. Alcedo, 27. amazona, 33. ispida, 27. rudis, 32. torquata, 39. Alcella, 15, 45. Alees, 546, 549, 557. Alianthus, 74. Alle, 15. Allen, J. A., a list of the genera and subgenera of North American birds, with their types, according to article 30, of the International Code of Nomenclature, 1-49; Pen- nant’s ‘Indian ‘Zoology,’ 112-116; the North Atlantic Right Whale and its near allies, 277-329; the Peary Caribou (Rangifer pearyt Allen), 487-493; notes on Solenodon paradoxus Brandt, 505-517; mam- malogical notes, I-VI, 579-589; mammals from Nicaragua, 647-670. Allosaurus, 185. Alnus, 72, 74, 84. cordata, 84. kefersteinii, 84. preecordata, 84. Alouatta palliata matagalpze, 670. palliata mexicana, 670. palliata palliata, 670. 672 Alticamelus, 559. Amaurornis phoenicura, 114. Amblyopone binodosus, 400. Amelanchier, 72. peritula, 95. rotundifolia, 95. scudderi, 95. typica, 95. Aminippus, 251, 245. Amizilis, 25. Ammodramus, 29, 31. Ammospiza, 31. Ampelis, 12, 15, 31, 42, 44. garrulus, 12. pompadora, 31. Ampelopsis, 103. bruneri, 103. bruneri carbonensis, 103. montanensis, 103. xantholithensis, 103. Amphispiza, 13. Amphitragulus, 550. Amygdalus, 73, 74. gracilis, 96. Anabrus caudelli, 63. Anas, 31. acuta, 17. albeola, 16. anser, 26. arcuata, 34. bernicla, 32. boschas, 31. canagica, 22. circia, 28. celangula, 14. clypeata, 24. erecea, 21. cristata, 27. cygnus, 37. dominica, 21. fuligula, 27. fusea, 36. galericulata, 29. histrionicus, 19. hyemalis, 19. jamaicensis, 19. labradoria, 20. mollissima, 24. nigra, 37. nyroca, 27. INDEX. Ankylosaurus, 188. Anas penelope, 36. perspicillata, 22. peecilorhyncha, 114, 115. querquedula, 28. -rufina, 21. Anchitherium gracilis, a Ancodon gorringei, 272. _ minus, 272. Andrews, R. C., notes upo and cetevaal anatc glacialis Bonn., 171 tion of a new — from Canterbury | Zealand, 203-215. Andromeda, 72, 74. scudderiana, 105. rhomboidalis, 105. Aneimia, 72. aurita, 76. gracillima, 76. Anhinga, 15. Bae melanogaster, 114, Ankylosauridz, 187. magniventris, 188, 201. Anochetus mayri, 125. emarginatus testace Anous, 10, 31. niger, 10, 31. Anser, 26. anser, 26. domesticus, 26. hypoboreus, 16. melanotis, 114. rosii, 18. Antenor, 22. Antholithes, 74. amoenus, 108. obtusilobus, 108. Antilocapra, 559. Antilocapridz, 561. Antilophia, 340. galeata, 340. Antrostomus, 32. Aphelocoma, 32. _ Aphiocheta, 273. Aphriza townsendi, 15. Apidium, 271. phiomensis, 271, 272. Apocynophyllum, 72, 74. scudderi, 107. Apterodon macrognathus, 272. Aquila, 26. aquila, 26. _Arachnocephalus, 65. Aralia, 72, 74. dissecta, 104. elegans, 104. multifida, 104. -Aramus, 15. Aratinga, 34. cyanogularis, 34. Archibuteo, 15. Archilestes, 61. _Arctitreta, 57. pearyi, 57. Ardea, 32. exrula, 17. cinerea, 32. egretta, 11. grus, 35. garzetta, 11, 18. javanica, 16. ludoviciana, 14. rufa, 17. scolopacea, 15. violacea, 21. _Ardetta, 36. Ardops, 581. haitiensis, 581. lucie, 581. nichollsi, 581. -Arenaria, 15. Aristolochia aurantiaca, 91. clematitis, 90. cordifolia, 90. crassifolia, 90. mortua, 90. _Aristonetta, 15. Ariteus, 581. _Arotopus binodosus, 400. Arquatella, 15. _Arremonops, 15. \ INDEX. 673 Arsinoitherium, 272. Artibeus intermedius, 669. jamaicensis jamaicensis, 670. jamaicensis parvipes, 581. jamaicensis richardsoni, 669. quadrivittatus, 579. Arundo, 74. Asarcia, 15. Asio, 26. asio, 26. Astarte borealis, 57, 58. lens, 58. Aster divaricatus, 108. florissantia, 108. Astragalinus, 32. Astur, 32. Asturina, 15. cinerea, 15. Asyndesmus, 15. Ateles geoffroyi, 670. Athene, 35. whitneyi, 20. Athyris, 54. royssi, 54. Atilax vansire, 589. Atocus, 524. defessus, 521, 524, 594. — elefessus, 523. Atta destructor, 126. Atthis, 32. Auriparus, 15. Aythia, 27, 44. BaouopnHus, 15. Balena, 307. antipodarum, 302. australis, 288, 290, 292, 302, 306, 307, 308. biscayensis, 291-309. britannica, 297, 312. cisarctica, 293, 295, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 304, 305, 311, 324. gibbosa, 295. glacialis, 171, 182, 288, 289, 304 305, 308, 309, 310. glacialis @, 310. glacialis, a, australis, 288. glacialis, c, borealis, 288, 308. glacialis, b, occidentalis, 288. 674 Balena islandica, 288, 308, 310. japonica, 302. lamononi, 299. mediterranea, 297. mysticetus, 288, 295, 296, 299, 301, 306, 308, 310, 319, 327, 329. mysticetus islandica, 310. nordeaper, 289, 310. novee-zelandix, 302. occidentalis, 288. sieboldii, 305. tarentina, 299, 303, 309, 310. Balzna (Eubalena) biscayensis, 292. (Hunterius) biseayensis, 294, 311. Baleine de Biscaye, 292. Baleine franch du golfe de Biscaye, 292, 310. Banksites lineatus, 90. Bartramia, 15. laticauda, 15. Basileuterus, 15. Basilinna, 32. Bassaricyon, 648. alleni, 666-668. gabbi, 667, 668. richardsoni, 662, 666, 667, 668. Bernicla, 26. Betula, 72. florissanti, 84. pumila, 85. truncata, 84. Beutneria (?) perplexans, 104. Blarina olivaceus, 669. orophilus, 669. pergracilis, 669. Blastomeryx, osteology of, 535-562. antipolinus, 546. borealis, 546. gemmifer, 545. olcotti, 539, 543, 544, 548. primus, 537, 543, 544, 548. wellsi, 545. Bombycilla, 15. cedrorum, 15. Bonasa, 32. Boschas, 31. Botaurus, 32. Bovide, 559, 561. Brachiopoda, 51. INDEX. Brachymyrmex heeri, 153. heeri depilis, 387. heeri var. obscurior, 153,"162.. minutus, 162. Brachyramphus, 32. hypoleucus, 14. Bradypus griseus, 648. Branta, 32. Brasenia, 74. Brewsteria, 15. Brontotherium hatcheri,"615. Brown, Barnum, the Ankylosauride, » new family of armored Dinosaurs. from the Upper Cretaceous, 187— 201. Brues, Charles T.,” two fossil Phoride- from the Miocene Shales of Floris~ sant, Colorado, 273-275. Bubo, 26. Budytes, 15. Buettneria, 73. catalpifolia, 104. perplexans, 104. Bulweria, 15. Bumelia, 72. angustifolia, 105. florissanti, 105. Burrica, 13. Buteo, 26. brachyurus, 16. Buteola, 16. Butorides, 16. CaNONEURA, 61. Calamospiza, 16. melanocorys, 16. Calearius, 16. Calidris, 16. -Callichelidon, 13. Callipepla, 16. strenua, 16. Callothrus, 24, | Calopterygine, 60. Calothorax, 16. ealliope, 24. Caluromys laniger pallidus, 648... Calypte, 32. Camarophoria, 56. Camarotechia, 56. INDEX. 675 Camelide, 561. Camelomeryx, 557, 559. Camelus, 559. Campephilus, 16. - Camponotine, 622. Camponotus capperi, 162. eapperi corticalis, 163. capperi corticalis var. subdepilis, 163. conspicuus, 163. ferrugineus, 625. fugax, 163. hannani, 163. hannani willardi, 163. herculeanus, 625. inflatus, 389. ligniperdus var. noveboracensis, 625. inzequalis, 156. pennsylvanicus, 625. ruficeps, 156. sexguttatus, 156. ustus, 156. Camptolasmus, 20, 44. Camptostoma, 16, 44. imberbe, 16. Canace, 13. Canachites, 13. Canis latrans, 584. - latrans pallidus, 584. _ Testes, 581. Canutus, 40. Caprimulgus albicollis, 21. carolinensis, 32. nuttalli, 22. virginianus, 16. Carbo penicillatus, 17. Cardellina, 16. amicta, 16. Cardinalis, 26. sinuatus, 23. virginianus, 26. Cardiocondyla emeryi, 118, 128, 130, 160. nuda, 128. parvinoda, 128. venustula, 118, 128, 130. Carduelis, 26. Carduus, 72. florissantensis, 108. Carnifex, 12. Carpinus, 72. attenuata, 84. fraterna, 84. grandis, 84. Carpites gemmaceus, 108. miloides, 108. pealei, 108. Carpodacus, 32. Carya bruckmanni, 80. ventricosa, 81. Casarea, 16. Case, E. C., notes on the skull of Lysoro- phus tricarinatus Cope, 531-533. Cassia fischeri, 96. Castanea, 72. atavia, 87. castanesefolia, 86. dentata, 87. dolichophylla, 85, 87. intermedia, 85, 87. kubinyi, 87. pulchella, 86. pumila, 87. ungeri, 86, 87, 88. Cataglyphis, 346, 347. melligera, 356. Catharacta skua, 20. Catharista, 11, 32, 43. Cathartes, 11, 32, 43. Catherpes, 16. Catoptrophorus, 16. Cebus hypoleucus, 670. Cecidomyia pontaniiformis, 66. Cecropia adenopus, 122. peltata, 122. Celastrinitis, 73. elegans, 100. Celastrus, 72. flaxinifolius, 100. greithianus, 100. lacoei, 100. Celtis, 72, 74, 88. mccoshii, 92. Centrocercus, 13. Centurus, 16. carolinensis, 16. Centronyx, 16. Ceophlceus, 14, 44. 676 Cepphus, 16. lacteolus, 16. Cerapachys (Parasycia) august, 401. Cercis, 72. parvifolia, 96. | Cerchneis, 16. Cerorhincha, 16. occidentalis, 16. Certhia, 32. familiaris, 32. Cethiola flaveola, 17. Cervavus, 559. Cervide, 561. Cervulus, 559. Cervus, 557, 558, 559. tarandus var. arctica, 583. tarandus var. sylvestris, 583. Ceryle, 32. Cheemepelia, 33. Cheetura, 32. macroptera, 32. Chamea, 16. Chamethlypis, 14. Chara, 72. compressa, 75. glomerata, 72. peritula, 75. springer, 75. stantoni, 75. Charadrius, 33. apicarius, 33. calidris, 16. hiaticula, 29. himantopus, 27. montanus, 23. morinellus, 18. vociferus, 22. wilsonius, 21. Charitonetta, 16. Charitospiza, 30. Chaulelasmus, 16. Chelidonaria, 16. Chen, 16. . | Chilonycteris macleayii fuliginosa, 581. Chilopoda, 563, 564. Chiroprion, 341. Chiroxiphia, 331. | atlantica, 331, 334, 336, 342, 343. | boliviana, 331, 332, 339, 341, 343. | | INDEX. Chiroxiphia caudata, 331, 332, 335, 341. lanceolata, 331, 332, 334, 335, 341. linearis, 331, 332, 334, 335, 341. napensis, 338-340, 342, 343. pareola, 342, 343. pareola boliviana, 339. regina, 337-339, 342. Chloroceryle, 33. Cholcepus hoffmanni, 648. Chondestes, 16. strigatus, 16. Chordeiles, 16. Chrysophlegma miniaceum, 114. Ciceronia, 16. Ciconia mycteria, 19. Cincelus, 17. Circe, 34. Circus, 33. melanoleucos, 114. Cissus tricuspidata, 103. Cistothorus, 33. Clangula, 26. Clepsydrops, 185. Clivicola, 24. : Coccyzus, 17. Rn Cockerell, T..D. A., fossil insects fro Florissant, Colorado, 59-69; the fossil flora of Florissant, Colorado, 71-108. Coeligena, 17, 27, 44.: Coendu mexicanus, 649. Coereba, 17. Colaptes, 33. Colinus, 17. Columba, 33. carolinensis, 24. cristata, 35. eyanocephala, 24. livia, 33. melanocephala, 114. meloda, 36. cenas domestica, 33. palambus, 33. passerina, 33. squamosa, 38. versicolor, 35. zenaida, 28. Columbigallina, 33. wie —a 337-342, 331-334, 336, a ——— Columbina, 33. Colymbus, 33, 42. _ auritus, 18. cristatus, 33. glacialis, 33. imber, 35. marmoratus, 32. podiceps, 23. ruficollis, 24. troile, 28. — Compsohalieus, 17. Compsothlypis, 33. Comptonia acutiloba, 81. insignis, 81, 86. Contopus, 21, 44. Conuropsis, 17, 44. Conurus, 17, 33, 34, 44. vittatus, 33. Conylus, 84. Coracias galbula, 40. Corvus, 34. canadensis, 37. caryocatactes, 21. columbianus, 23. corax, 34. peruanus, 40. pica, 28. yneas, 40. Cotile, 24. Cotinus fraterna, 99. Coturnicops, 17. Coturniculus, 31, 34. Crategus acerifolia, 95. diversifolia, 95. flavescens, 95. lesquereuxi, 95. ~ newberryi, 95. Creagrus, 17. Creciscus, 17. Credneria, 83. daturefolia, 83. Cremastochilus castanex, 625. Cremastogaster arizonensis, 482. ashmeadi, 482. brevispinosa, 482, 483 clara, 481. difformis, 390-392. inflata, 390-392. leviuscula, 480, 481. lineolata, 480, 481. INDEX. 677 Cremastogaster lineolata coarctata, 482. lineolata coarctata. var. num, 482. mormo- lineolata leviuscula var. clara, 481. lineolata leviuscula, 480, 481. lineolata opaca var. depilis, 478. lineolata opaca var. punctulata, 479. minutissima, 484. mucronata, 390. physothorax, 390, 391. rochai, 483. steinheili, 132. tumidula, 391. vicina, 161. vicina var. Wighti, 161. victima missouriensis, 483. victima var. steinheili, 132, 161. virgula, 483. Crex, 17. Crotophaga, 17. ani, 17. Crymophilus, 27. Cryptocerus atratus, 144. minutus, 144. Cryptoglaux, 14. Cuculus, 34. americanus, 17. auratus, 33. canorus, 34. pyrrhocephalus, 114. Culicivora, 38. Cupipes ungulatus, 563, 50, Cuvierius, 294. Cuvirostra, 36. Cyanecula, 17. Cyanocitta, 14. Cyanolema, 17, 44. Cyanospiza, 37. Cyanosylvia, 17. Cyclopes dorsalis, 648. Cycloptilum, 64. Cyclorrhynchus, 37, 44. Cymochorea, 14. Cynanthus, 34, 44. latirostris, 34. Cyperacites, 74. Cyperus, 74. Cyphomyrmex foxi, 162. rimosus minutus, 149, 162. Cypseloides, 34. Dichobunide, 561. Dichrocerus, 559. Dichromanassa, 17. Didelphis mesamericana tabascensis, 648. Didymospheria betheli, 75. typhe, 75. eer Dimetrodon, 184, 185. Dineura, 529. cockerelli, 529, 530, 594, fuscipennis, 593. geeri, 530. laminarum, 529, 530, 594. - Diomedea, 34. exulans, 34. Diopsiulus compressus, 563, 566. wheeleri, 563, 566, 568. Diospyros, 72, 73. brachysepala, 106. copeana, 106. -myosotis, 106. princetonia, 105. Diplopada, 563, 566. Disparoneura, 61. Dolichonyx, 17. Dolichorhinus hyognathus, 611. intermedius, 611 Dorcatherium pyramiscus, 150. pyramiscus var. niger, 150. es a atagl seuss T 678 INDEX. _ Cypselus spinicaudus, 33. Dryobates, 18. Cyptisus florissantianus, 97, 98 modestus, 98. sexfasciatus, 68. Cyrtonyx, 34. Dryopteris, 72. Cyrtopelicanus, 17. scansa, 76. Dumetella, 17, 18, 50; 3 Daria, 14. felivox, 17. . caudacuta, 14. _ Dysagrion, 60-62. _ Dalbergia, 72. fredericii, 61. + cuneifolia, 96. Dysagrionine, 60, melanoxylon, 97. Dysporus, 34 Daption, 14. Dytes, 18. Dasyprocta punctata, 649. Dendragapus, 14. Ecuimys centralis, Dendrocygna, 34. ; gymnurus, 647 Dendroica, 17. labilis, 651. Dendronessa, 29. semispinosus, 650, Dendrornis, 31. subspinosus, 650. Densirostra, 18. Eciton, 121. Desmodus rotundus, 670. —ealifornicum, 41 Devadatta, 62. coecum, 408. — commutatum, 4 crassicorne, 410. — erratica, 408. esenbecki, 409. harrissi, 413, ‘16, jurinei, 408. latreillei, 408. melsheimeri, 416. n minor, 418. ’ minus, 418. nitens, 413. omnivorum, 408, _opacithorax, 411 pauxillum, 412. — pilosum, 412. _ schmitti, 410, 411. smithii, 408. sumichrasti, 410, 4 spoliator, 415. vastator, 408. (Acamatus) 00 (Acamatus) ealifo: (Acamatus) comm \ INDEX. | 679 _Eciton (Acamatus) opacithorax, 411. -(Acamatus) oslari, 415. (Acamatus) pilosum, 412. . (Acamatus) schmitti, 410, 411. Eotitanops brownianus, 600. Epallage, 62. Epihippus, 231, 257. gracilis, 229, 230, 232, 258, 260. (Acamatus) spoliator, 416. (Acamatus) sumichrasti, 410. (Acamatus) wheeleri, 412. parvus, 258, 259, 260. uintensis, 229, 258, 260. Epitritus emmee, 149. (Labidus) subsulcatum, 414. Ectatoderus, 64. Ectatoma brunnea, 123. quadridens, 123. * (Halcoponera) strigatum, 159. Ectopistes, 64. ‘migratoria, 34. _ Egretta, 11, 18, 43. _ Elainia cayenensis, 14. Elanus, 18. Equisetum, 74. Erebomyrma longi, 423. peruviana, 423. Ereunetes, 18. petrificatus, 18. Ergaticus, 18. Eriocampa bruesi, 592. wheeleri, 525. Erionetta, 18. Eriophyes (?) beutenmiilleri, 68. ceesius, 18. Erismatura, 18. Emberiza americana, 39. Erolia, 18. bairdii, 16. variegata, 18. bilineata, 13. Erythrina, 32. nivalis, 23. Erythrinus, 32. oryzivora, 17. Eschatius, 559. rufivirgata, 15 Eubalena, 294, 295, 301, 302, 307. Empidonax, 18. Endomychura, 14. Engelhardtia, 73. Eneopterine, 64. Eniconetta, 23. Eohippus, 231, 233, 234, 246. angustidens, 223, 235, 236, 244, 259. antipodarum, 302. australis, 279, 302, 307. biscayensis, 302, 311. cisarctica, 312. glacialis, 310, 323, 329. japonica, 302. Eucalyptus, 74. borealis, 222, 242, 244, 259. craspedotus, 225, 239, 241, 244, 246, 259. cristatus, 226, 239, 241, 242, 259. cristonensis, 224, 237, 238, 243, 259, 262. etsagicus, 226, 238, 240, 243, 259. index, 222, 223, 234, 242, 259. montanus, 226, 239, 243, 259. pernix, 224, 231, 259. resartus, 223, 240, 259. tapirinus, 223, 259. validus, 224, 231, 236, 259. vasacciensis, 222, 259 venticolus, 225, 245, 253, 254, 259, 262. Eomys zitteli, 269, 270. Eotitanops, 600. borealis, 600. Eudromias, 18. Eutheia, 18, 30. Eugenes, 18. Euonymus, 74. Euphagus, 18. Euphonia, 34. Euponera stigma, 124. Eurynorhynchus, 18. griseus, 18. Euspiza, 39. Exanthemops, 18. Eysenhardtia, 97. adenostylis, 97. amorphoides, 97. othocarpa, 97. spinosa, 97. Faaara, 72. ‘delicatula, 98. Lh 680 INDEX. - Fagara diversifolia, 98. Florida, 18. spireeefolia, 98. Fontinalis, 72. Fagus, 73. e pristina, 76. Soe ~ eastanevefolia, 87. Forelius maccooki, 162. longifolia, 71. aie Formica albofasciata, 15 Falco, 34. antiguensis, 127. seruginosus, 33. M aserva, 620, 424, albicilla, 19. atrata, 144. buteo, 26. bimaculata, 156. candicans, 19. ou _ bispinosa, 149. columbarius, 40. ceca, 408. Be chrysaetos, 26. dakotensis, 642. pe cyaneus, 33. ; ' exsecta, 633. a femoralis, 24. — exsecta suecica, ferrugineus, 15. exsectoides, 623. forficatus, 18. familiaris, 150. — fusco-cerulescens, 24. gungosa, 149. ‘haliaetus, 22. . : fusea, 374, 620. islandus, 19. . fusea var. arg Jagopus, 15. ai - fusca var. tag melanoleucos, 114. a fusea var. per nisus, 25. fusea var. sub nitidus, 15. _ glacialis, 620, 62 palumbarius, 32. gracilescens, 154. peregrinus, 34, 38. _ heematoda, 125. plumbeus, 19. } longicornis, 154. . pterocles, 24.. maxillosa, 125. rupicola, 16. melanocephala, 150. ; , subbuteo, 34. melligera, 346-348, tharus, 23. nana, 150. tinnunculus, 40. nitiventris, 354. i unicinctus, 22. omnivora, 408. — - Fenusa primula, 528. pharaonis, 127. pygmea, 528. . pratensis, 633. Ficus, 73, 74. quadridens, 123, 144 arenacea, 89. — rufa, 633. — ; _ arenacea brevipetiolata, 89. rufa integra, 623. aranaceseformis, 89. rufa obscuriventris, catalpeefolia, 91. ruficeps, 156. florissantella, 88. sanguinea, 374, 620. gaudini, 89. sanguinea aserva, haydenii, 88, 104. sanguinea subinteg jynx, 89. * sexguttata, 156. lanceolata, 89. schauffussi, 374. _ navicularis, 89. stigma, 124. tilizefolia, 88. subintegra, 624, 633. trinervis, 89. _ subpolita var. neogagat uncata, 89. trunciola, 633. Flabellaria, 74. unispinosa, 126. a Formica vagans, 154. : villosa, 124. vinidula, 154. Francolinus, 26. Fratercula, 18. Fraxinus, 72. Sci 2 brownelli, 107. libbeyi, 87. palzophila, 106. Fregata, 18. a Fregetta, 14. Fringilla bachmani, 37.. bicolor, 16. carduelis, 26. caudacuta, 29. ehlorura, 21. cinerea, 19. erythrophthalma, 23. graminea, 23. iliaca, 22. lapponica, 16. lepida, 18. mexicana, 13. ornata, 40. - passerina, 34. pecoris, 20. pennsylvanicus, 40. pusilla, 24. pyrrhula, 28. ' rubra, 23. savanna, 37. spinus, 28. tristis, 32. vespertina, 19. Fulica, 34. atra, 34. chloropus, 27. martinica, 19. noveboracensis, 17. spinosa, 15. ‘Fuligula, 26, 27. Fulmarus, 11, 23, 34, 35, 42, 44. Furnarius griseus, 35. GaverRA, 586-589. subfusea, 586. Galeoscoptes, 44. Gallinago, 27. Gallinula, 27. phoenicurus, 114. INDEX. 681 Gallopavo, 36. Garrulus californicus, 32. Garzetta, 11. Gavia, 35. Gelochelidon, 19. balthica, 19. Gelocide, 561. Gelocus, 559. Geniohyus, 559, 561. Geococcyx, 19. variegata, 19. Geonomites, 74. Geophilus culebree, 564. Geothlypis, 35. poliocephala, 14. - Geotrygon, 35. sylvatica, 35. Getonia floribunda, 104. Giraffide, 559-561. Glaucidium, 35. Glaucion, 27. Glaucionetta, 14. Glossina oligocena, 65, 66. Glossinide, 65. Glottis, 27. natans, 27. Glyphomitrium cockerellez, 76. Glyptostrobus, 78. Gracula quiscula, 28. Granger, Walter, a revision of the Amer- ican Eocene Horses, 221—264. Grus, 35. Gryllus, 65. Guara, 19. Guarouba, 34. Guiraca, 35. Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus, 17. Gypagus, 35, 38, 42-44. Hasta, 25. Heematopus, 19. Halizetus, 19. nisus, 19. Halibalena britannica, 302. Haliplana, 21. Halocyptena, 19. microsoma, 19. Harelda, 19. glacialis, 19. Harpes, 19. 682 Harpes rediviva, 19. Harporhynchus, 19. Harpyia, 25. Hedera marginata, 104. Heleodytes, 35. Helinaia, 35, 48. vermivora, 12. Helminthophaga, 35. Helminthophila, 30, 35. Helmitheros, 19. migratorius, 19. Helodromas, 19. INDEX. Hirundo urbica, 37. Histrionicus, 19. Hoerataria, 26. Holeaspis perniciosus, 376. Hoplomys, 649. truei, 649, 650. Horizopus, 21. Hortulanus, 23. Houppifere, 26. Hunterius svedenborgi, 299. Hyzmoschus, 559. Hydranassa, 14. Helotherium procyoninum, 227, 230, | Hydrangea, 72. 247, 248. bendirei, 92. Hemiderma perspicillatum aztecum, 669. hortensis, 92. Hemipalama, 43. Hemitelites, 74. Hermiprocne fumigata, 34. Herodias, 11, 35, 48. Herpetotheres sociabilis, 24. Hesperiphona, 19. Heteractites, 19. Heterocelus, 19. Heteromeryx, 559. Heteromys fuscatus, 652. repens, 653. vulcani, 652. Heyderia coloradensis, 78. decurrens, 78. radiata, 92. subincerta, 92. Hydrochelidon, 10, 36. Hydroprogne, 43. Hylatomus, 22. Hylobrontes, 32. Hylocichla, 14. Hylophilus, 22, 44. thoracicus, 22. Hypertragulide, 561. Hypertraguline, 561. Hypertragulus, 539, 559. — Hypisodontinee, 561. Hypisodus, 539, 559. Hicoria, 72. Hypnum, 72. alba, 81. brownii, 76. costata, 81. haydenii, 76. juglandiformis, 80. princetonia, 80. rostrata, 80. ventricosa, 81. Hierofaleo, 19. Himantopus, 27. Hirundo, 35. bicolor, 14. caudacuta, 33. cyaneoviridis, 13. melanogaster, 37. purpurea 23. riparia, 24. rustica, 35. Hypoclinea bispinosa, 150. vestita, 150. Hypoderma, 66. Hyrachyus, 255. Hyracotherium, 222, 223, 234, 241. agile, 228. angustidens, 223. craspidotum, 225, 244. cristatum, 226, 239. cuspidatum, 223. index, 222, 223, 224. osbornianum, 229, 252. procyoninum, 227. tapirinum, 223, 239, 242, 243. vasacciense, 222, 224, 237, 243. venticolum, 225, 232, 233, 245. (Orohippus) tapirinum, 240, serripennis, 24. subis, 23. thalassina, 39. ye = (iti tea) J \ a SS 4 INDEX. Hyracotherium (Pliolophus) cristatum, Es 226. (Pliolophus) cristonense, 224, 225. (Pliolophus) montanum, 226, 239. Iacuz, 34. Ieteria, 19. _ dumicola, 19. Icterus, 27. Tetinia, 19. Idioneura, 61. Tex, 72, 74, 83. -~ _-eassine, 100. grandifolia, 100. knightizefolia, 99. leonis, 99. _ microphylla, 100. - pseudostenophylla, 100. rigida, 99. stenophylla, 100. subambigua, 100. subdenticulata, 100. Tonornis,- 19. Iridomyrmex despertitus, 152. - iniquus, 152. melleus, 122, 151, 153. melleus var. fuscescens, 153. Tridoprogne, 14. Ispida, 27. Tsoetes, 72. brevifolius, 77. velatum, 77. Tulus cesar, 563, 575. curiosus, 563, 574. Ixobrychus, 36, 44. Ixoreus, 19. Japirv, 19, 44. Jacamerops, 26. _ Jacana, 27. ’ Suglans, 72, 74. © affinis, 80. costata, 80. crossii, 80. florissanti, 80. sepulta, 80. Juglandites ventricosus, 81. Junco, 19. phenotus, 19. - 683 Juncus, 72, 74. crassulus, 79. setaceus, 80. KAMTORHYNCHUS, 20, 44, Kyphobalena, 307. Laxipvs atriceps, 408. esenbecki, 409. jurinei, 408. latreillei, 408. melsheimeri, 418. mexicanus, 414. minor, 418. nigrescens, 417. pilosus, 408. sayi, 408. servillei, 408. subsuleatum, 414. Labrus zeylanicus, 114. Lagenorhynchus cruciger, 219. Lagopus, 27. Lambdotherium popoagicum, 599. procyoninum, 227. Lampornis, 29, 31. amethystina, 31. ‘Lampronetta, 15. Lanius, 36. excubitor, 36. garrulus, 12. sulphuratus, 23. tyrannus, 28. Lanivireo, 14. Larrophanes ophthalmicus, 519. Larus, 36. albus, 22. canus, 36. eburneus, 22. fureatus, 17. glaucus, 36. rissa, 24. rosea, 24. ' gabinii, 25. Lasiodesmus, 575. caraibicus, 563, 576. Lasius americanus, 368. brevicornis, 622. melanocephalus, 150. niger, 169. 684 Lasius niger var. americanus, 623. niger var. neoniger, 622. (Acanthomyops) clariger var. sub- glaber, 623. Laurus princeps, 91. Leguminosites, 74. serrulatus, 97, 98. ‘Leptodesmus mauritii, 563, 575. sallei, 563, 575.: Leptogenys septentrionalis, 406. (Labopelta) elongata, 406. Leptomerycine, 561. Leptomeryx, 552, 554, 558, 559. evansi, 544-548. Leptomyrmex varians var. rufipes, 389. _ Leptoreodon, 559. Leptothorax acervorum canadensis, 621. curvispinosus, 621. _ emersoni, 621. Leptotila, 20. Leptotraguline, 561. Leptotragulus, 559. Lepus floridanus aztecus, 649. floridanus chiapensis, 649. gabbi, 649. gabbi tumacus, 649. Lestine, 60. Leucena, 72. coloradensis, 96. greggii, 96. Leuconerpes albolarvatus, 25. Leucophoyx, 43. Leucosticte, 20. Libocedrus, 78. Limnohyops levidens, 602. mathewi, 602. monocomus, 602, 603. priscus, 601. Limosa, 27. Liobalena, 291, 307. japonica, 291. Liquidambar, 72. convexum, 94. europeum, 94. styraciflua, 94. Lisconeura, 529. vexabilis, 523. Lithagrion, 61-63. hyalinum, 63. INDEX. Lithogryllites lutzii, 54, 65. Lithoryssus parvus, 523. Lithymnetis guttatus, 64. Lobipes, 20, 45. Lomatia, 73, 74. abbreviata, 90. acutiloba, 90. - hakevefolia, 89. interrupta, 90. spinosa, 89. terminalis, 90. tripartita, 90. Lomatites, 73, 89. berendtianus, 89. hakezfolia, 89, 90. — spinosa, 89, 90. Loncheres (= Echimys) Lophiodon pumilus, 226, Lophiotherium ballardi, 2: sylvaticum, 221, 226, vasacciense, 222, Lophodytes, 20. piensa 563, 566. Lophortyx, 36 Loxia, 36. Lucena coloradanais, 96. Lunda, 36. Lutra annectens, 661. canadensis, 661. _ latidens, 660 Lygodium, 74. Lysorophus tricarinatus, 6 MAcHETEs, 20. ! Macleayius britannicus, 302. Macrocercus pachyehyata Macromischa, 141. albispina, 139, 141. androsana, 142, | cressoni, 141. iris, 142. isabelle, 138, 141, lucayensis, 140, 141. lugens, 141. a pastinifera, 140, 142. ’ porphyrites, 142. pulehella, 138,141. INDEX. * 685 Macromischa punicans, 141. purpurata, 142. sallei, 141. salvini, 141. splendens, 142. squamifera, 142. subditiva, 140, 141. versicolor, 141. Macronectes, 20. Macrorhamphus, 20. Malvastrum, 72. exhumatum, 104. Manacus superbus, 337. Manicaria, 74. Manteoceras manteoceras, 606. washakiensis, 607. Mareca, 36. Marila, 26. Marmosa murina, 648. murina mexicana, 648. Matthew, W. D., a four-horned Pelyco- saurian from the Permian of Texas, 183-185; osteology of Blastomeryx and phylogeny of the American Cervide, 553-559. Mazama, 557-559. nemorivaga, 547, 548, 550. tema, 649. ~ Megalestris, 20. ' eatarrhactes, 20. Megalohyrax eoczenus, 272. Megalopterus, 10. Megapodagrion, 61, 62. Megaquiscula, 36. Megascops, 22. Melanagrion, 61, 63. umbratum, 63. Melanerpes, 20. Melanitta, 36. Meleagris, 36. gallopavo, 36. Melia, 73. azedarach, 98, 99. expulsa, 98. Mellinus handlirschi, 596. Mellisuga minima, 31. Melopelia, 36, 42—44. Melophorus zeneovirens 387. bagoti, 387. Melophorus cowlei, 388. Melospiza, 14. Melothria, 72. coloradensis, 108. hirsuta, 108. pendula, 108. Mephitis macroura vittata, 662. Merganser, 44. Mergellus, 20. ‘Mergus, 36. castor, 36. cucullatus, 20. merganser, 36. Merula, 38, 44. Mesatirhinus, 608, 609. megarhinus, 608, 610. petersoni, 604, 608. Mesoplodon bidens, 203-215. bowdoini, 203-215. europzeus, 203-215. grayi, 206. hectori, 205. Metachirus fuscogriseus, 648. nudicaudatus colombianus, 648. Metarhinus, 609. diploconus, 610. earlei, 609, 610. fluviatilis, 609, 610. Metaphiomys beadnelli, 270, 272. Micrathene, 20. Microdon tristis, 625. Micropalama, 20, 43. - Micropallas, 20. Microspirobolus insularis, 563, 572. marmoratus, 563, 571. Micrura, 14. Miller, W. DeWitt, a review of the Mana- kins of the genus Chiroxiphia, 331— 343. Mimetes, 20. Mimosites, 72. | linearifolius, 96. linearis, 96. Mimulus, 72. guttatus, 107. saxorum, 107. Mimus, 20. Mniotilta, 20. Mogoplistes, 64. 686 Molossus rufus, 670. .. verrilli, 581. Molothrus, 20. _ robustus, 20. Monomorium basalis, 126. carbonarium ebeninum, 127, 169. destructor, 118, 126, 160. floricola, 118, 127, 160. fossulatum, 128. minutum, 127. minutum var. minimum, 423. omnivorum, 160. pharaonis, 118, 165, 422. peecilum, 127. salomonis, 118. speculare, 127. subececum, 128. Morella, 72.. bolanderi, 81. hendersoni, 81. Morphnus, 43. Morus, 72. - symmetrica, 88. Moschus, 542. Motacilla, 36. alba, 36. aurocapilla, 39. citrea, 23. flava, 15. mitrata, 40. protonaria, 23. regulus, 23. sialis, 39. suecica, 17. sutoria, 114. troglodytes, 21. varia, 20. vermivora, 12 Mus norvegicus, 657. rattus, 659. volans, 582, 583.- Muscicapa cayenensis, 14. ferox, 37. flammea, 114, 115. forficata, 14. noveboracensis, 40. olivacea, 40. rubrifrons, 16. INDEX. 160, Muscicapa ruticilla, 39. virens, 21. Muscivora, 14. b Mustela barbara, 587, 588, _ galera, 588, 589. Mutilla fulvescens, 408. _ Myadestes, 20. aa genibarbis, 20. _ ag Myeteria, 14, 20, 25,44. americana, 20, 24, Myiarchus, 37. Myioborus, 14. Myiochanes, 21. Myiozetetes, 14. Myrica, 72-74. acuminata, 81. amygdalina, 81. copeana, 81. diversifolia, 95. drymeja, 66, 74, sl. fallax, 81.. Se obscura, 81, 108. polymorpha, 81. — rigida, 81. scotti, 81. _ sp., 81. zachariensis, 81. Myrmecia unispinosa, 126. _ Myrmecina graminicola amet graminicola americ spinosa, 422. graminicola terane) latreillei, 422 ape Myrmecocysti, Arienleniad Myrmecocystus, 361-384 zeneovirens, 346. INDEX. Myrmecocystus mexicanus, 346, 347, 349, 356, 358, 362-364. mexicanus var. horti-deorum, 358, 369-380. mexicanus var. hortus-deorum, 358. mexicanus mojave, 360. mexicanus navajo, 360, 381, 382. Myrmecophila, 64, 65. Myrmecophiles, 625. Myrmica alomaria, 126. atra, 423. basalis, 126. biearinata, 143. ealdaria, 143. eariniceps, 143. contigua, 127. domestica, 127. exigua, 430. fragilis, 127. kollari, 143. melanocephala, 150. minuta, 430. molesta, 430. ominosa, 126. pellucida, 150. reticulata, 143. rubra, 408. rubra brevinodis, 621. rubra scabrinodis, 621. seabronodis var. fracticornis, 621. simillima, 143. unifasciata, 127. vastator, 126. Myrmicocrypta brittoni, 149. Myrmilachista ambigua ramulorum, 155. Myrsine, 72. antiqua, 105. laminarum, 105. NANNvs, 21. Nasua narica bullata, 668. Najadopsis, 73. regulosa, 79. Necrodes primevus, 67. Nehallenia irene, 60. Neocorys, 21. Neoponera villosa, 124, 403. Neotoma chrysomelas, 653. ferruginea, 653. picta, 653. 687 Netta, 21. Nettion; 21. Neurotoma cockerelli, 521, 523. fasciata, 523. Newportia ernsti, 563, 564. Nichols, J. Treadwell, notes ong two porpoises captured on a voyage into the Pacifie Ocean, 217-219. Nodosaurus, 195. Nemonyx, 21. Noordkaper, 283, 286, 288, 298. Noortkaper, 310. Nord-caper, 310. Nordkapper, 310. North Caper, 283, 286. Nortonella, 592. typica, 593. Notharctus vasacciensis, 222. Nucifraga, 21. Numenius, 27. Nuttallornis, 21. Nyctala, 14. Nyctanassa, 21. Nyctea, 27. erminea, 27. Nycticorax, 27. europeus, 27. Nyctidromus, 21. derbyanus, 21. Nyctinomus brasiliensis musculus, 581. Nylanderia imparis, 393. Nymphalites scudderi, 67. Nyroca, 27, 44. OcEANITES, 21. wilsoni, 21. Oceanodroma, 21. Ochelomyrmex auropunctatus, 144. Octhodromus, 21. Odocoileus, 549, 557-559. Odontomachus clarus, 407. hematodes, 125, 126, 159, 407. hematodes var. ruginodis, 26. texana, 407. Odontopeltis mauritii, 563. Odostemon, 72. dictyota, 91. florissantensis, 91. repens, 91. simplex, 91. 688 CEnops, 32... Ogmobalena, 307. Oidemia, 37. Olbiorchilus, 21. Oligotomus cinctus, 228, 231, 248, 249. Olor, 37. Onoclea, 72. i reducta, 76, 108. sensibilis, 76. sensibilis fossilis, 76. Onychoprion, 21. Oporornis, 37. Orchelimum placidum, 64. Oreodontide, 561. Oreopyra, 31. amethystina, 31. calolema, 31. leucaspis, 31. Oreortyx, 21. Oreospiza, 21. Oriolus ater, 20. baltimore, 40. banana, 37. caudacutus, 29. icterus, 27. pheeniceus, 29. spurius, 37. Ornismya clemenciz, 17. cost, 32. cyanopogon, 16. heloise, 32. Ornithion, 22, 45. inerme, 22. Orohippus, 230, 247, 262. agilis, 228, 231, 251, 257. angustidens, 223, 235. atavus, 253, 260. ballardi, 227, 228, 248-250, 260. cinctus, 228. cuspidatus, 223, 226, 235, 237, gracilis, 229. index, 222. major, 228, 229, 250, 260. procyoninus, 227. progressus, 250, 260. pumilus, 227, 230, 247, 249, 260. sylvaticus, 226, 227, 251, 256, 257. typicus, 227, 249, 250, 260. uintanus, 228, 251, 255. INDEX. Orobippus uintensis, 229, 258... - Orpheus, 20 (Aminippus) agilis, 257, 260. (Aminippus) sylvaticus, 10. (Aminippus) untae Oroscoptes, 22. pied Orotherium cristonense, 224, ' index, 222, 234. vs loevii, 225, 2387. uintanum, 228, 230, | montanus, 22. Ortalis, 37. a Orthomorpha coarctata Orthoporus sculpturatus, 5 Orthorhynchus amazili, 26. _ Ortyx montezume, 34. — pictus, 21. : squamatus, 16. Oryzomys, 656. alfaroi, 655, 657. alfaroi alfaroi, 655. — carrikeri, 656,657. costaricensis, 657. couesi, 655. — . (7) devius, 655. gracilis, 657. ochraceus, 655, 656. talamancee, 656, 657. velutinus, 657. villosus, 657. m1 (Melanomys) chryso: mammals from the cene, Egypt, 265— little known Titano Eocene and Oligocene, Osmanthus, 72. ie Otostigmus caraibicus, 564. Ototylomys fumeus, 658. pheeus, 658. phyllotis, 658. Otus, 11, 22, 44. Otus bakkameena, 22, 114, 116. Oxydactylus, 559. Oxyechus, 22. Oxypolis, 72. destructis, 105. rigidus, 105. PAcHISTIMA, 72. canbiyi, 100. integra, 100. Pachycondyla, 401. punctata, 123. stigma, 124. villosa, 124, 403. Pachysylvia, 22. Pagophila, 22. Palwomeryx, 559. Palzoscincus costatus, 191, 192. Palzosyops borealis, 600. copei, 605. grangeri, 604. leidyi, 604. megarhinus, 608. Paleotaxonus, 524. trivittatus, 522, 524. typicus, 522, 525. Paliurus, 73. florissanti, 102. haydeni, 102. _ erbicularis, 102. Pallasicarbo, 22. Palmecarpon, 72. globosum, 80. Paleestrus oligocenus, 65, 66. Pandion, 22. Panorpa arctiiformis, 59. nuptialis, 59. picta, 59. rigida, 60. Parabuteo, 22. Paratrichia currens, 154. Paratylopus, 539. Paremphytus, 526. ostentus, 522. Parra variabilis, 15. jacana, 27. Parthenocissus osborni, 103. Parus, 37. americanus, 33. INDEX. | _ 689 Parus bicolor, 15. fasciatus, 15. lugubris, 22. major, 37. Passer, 27. domesticus, 27. Passerculus, 37. Passerella, 22. Passerherbulus, 31. Passerina, 37, 42-45. Pastor, 38. Pavoncella, 20, 45. Pedicecetes, 22. Pelagodroma, 22. Pelecanus, 37. aquilus, 18. bassanus, 34. carbo, 27. erythrorhynchus, 17. fuscus, 20. onocrotalus occidentalis, 20 sylvestris, 20. trachyrhynchus, 17. urile, 28. Pelidna, 37. Pelionetta, 22. Pellza, 72. antiquella, 77. stelleri, 77. Pendulinus, 37. Penthestes, 22. Perdix, 114. bicalearata, 114. bicalearatus, 115. Persea, 72. coloradica, 91. Persecaria, 72. amphibia, 91. tertiaria, 90. Perisoreus, 37. Peristera rufaxilla, 20. Peromyscus nicarague, 658. nudipes, 659. Peropteryx canina, 669. Peucea, 37. Peucedramus, 22. Phaethon, 37. eethereus, 37. ‘Phainopepla, 22. 690 Phalenoptilus, 22. Phalacrocorax, 27. bicristatus, 28. perspicillatus, 22. Phalaropus, 44, 45. Phaleris, 15, 37, 44, 45. nodirostris, 16. Phasianus motmot, 37. Phegopteris, 72. dryopteris, 72. guyottii, 76. Pheidole barbata, 448. bicarinata, 453. carbonaria, 433. casta, 454. ceres, 437, 440. cockerelli, 464. colombica, 133. commutata, 460. ~- constipata, 468, 469. cornutula, 455. crassicornis var, diversipilosa, 467. crassicornis porcula, 466. crassicornis porcula var. 467. dentata var. commutata, 460. desertorum, 460. desertorum var. comanche, 460. desertorum var. maricopa, 460. dimidiata, 137. emilee, 133. emile var. retifera, 133. fallax, 132, 133, 161. fallax jelskii var. antillensis, 133, 161. fallax jelskii var. arenicola, 133. flavens exigua, 134, 137. flavens sculptior, 134. humeralis, 456. hyatti, 462, 465. hyatti var. ecitonodora, 463. kingi instabilis, 431, 442. lamia, 477. — lauta, 470. macclendoni, 450. marcidula, 457. megacephala, 118-121, 133, 161. metallescens splendidula, 474, 475. merens, 136, 137. INDEX. tetra, Pheidole morrisi var. impexa, 461. nuculiceps, 473, 474. orbica, 137. pilifera coloradensis, 434—437. pinealis, 459. proserpina, 437, 440. punctatissima jamaicensis, 161. radoszkowskii var. opacissima, 161. rhea, 452, 462. rugifrons, 433. sciophila, 443. sitarehes, 440. sitarches rufescens, 443. sitarches rufescens var. campestris, 443. sitarches var. transvarians, 442. ‘soritis, 439, 442. subarmata, 455. subarmata var. borinquenensis, 133. tepicana, 433. texana, 464. titanis, 461. tysoni, 455. vinelandica, 453, 460. vinelandica buccalis, 454. vinelandica var. longula, 453. xerophila, 446, 447, 448. xerophila, tucsonica, 448. xerophila tucsonica var. etvenaes: 448. Phenacolestes mirandus, 61-63. parallelus, 62. Phenacoperga, 527. coloradensis, 523. Philacte, 22. Philadelphus, 72. coronarius, 92. inodorus, 92. palzophilus, 92. Philohela, 22. Phiomys, 269. andrewsi, 269, 270. Phlceotomus, 22. Pheebastria, 22. Pheebetria, 22. Phocenicophaus pyrrhocephalus, 114. Pheenicopterus, 23. ruber, 23. Phora cockerelli, 274. Le eee ee Phora copalina, 273. ethiopica, 273. laminarum, 275. multiseriata, 275. Phyllites cyclophyllus, 108. Phyllopneuste borealis, 28. _ Phymatodes dimidiatus, 68. varius, 68. erythrocephalus, 20. lineatus, 14. miniaceus, 114, 116. miniatus, 115, 116. pileatus, 22. principalis, 16. pubescens, 10, 18. torquatus, 15. tridactylus, 37. ~~. varius, 14. ‘Pinguinus, 43. Pinicola, 23. rubra, 23. Pinus, 72. : - flexilis, 78. florissanti, 78. hambachi, 78. wheeleri, 78. Pipilo, 23. Pipra caudata, 340. fastuosa, 332. ignicapilla, 340. lanceolata, 334. linearis, 332. longicauda, 340. / musiea, 34. pareola, 337. pareoloides, 334. viridis, 340. Piranga, 23. rubra, 23. Pison cockerelli, 519. oligocenum, 420. Pitangus, 23. INDEX. 691 Plagiolepis allaudi, 166. brunni, 167. exigua, 166. flavidula, 153. longipes, 165, 166. mactavishi, 165, 166. obseura, 169, 170. pygmea, 166. trimeni, 389. Planera, 72. longifolia, 88-85, 88, 90. myricefolia, 87, 88. ungeri, 88. Planesticus, 37, 44. Plantanus, 83. dissecta, 84. rhomboidea, 84. Platalea ajaja, 15. pygmea, 18. Platypsaris, 14. Platyrhynchus cinereus, 21. Platythyrea inconspicua, 123. pruinosa, 123. punctata, 123. Plautus, 10, 23, 48. Plegadis, 23. Plectrophenax, 23. Pliauchenia, 559. Plotus, 15. anhinga, 15. Poacites, 74. ’ Podasocys, 23. Podiceps, 45. occidentalis, 15. Podilymbus, 23. Podogonium, 73. americanum, 73. acuminatum, 97. Polacanthus, 193. Polioptila, 38. Polyborus, 23. Polygonum amphibium, 90. tertiarium, 90. Polysticta, 23. Polystcechotes piperatus, 59. Ponera americana, 124. bicolor, 124. coaretata pennsylvanica, 404, 621. contracta, 405. 692 Ponera eduardi, 169, 170. elongula, 406. ergatandria, 405. foeda, 404, 405. gilva, 406. inexorata, 406. _ opaciceps, 404, 405. perkinsi, 165. predunculata, 124. quadridens, 123. quadridentata, 124. stigma, 124. texana, 406. trigona var. opacior, 405. Pocecetes, 23. - Pepulis; 72, 73. alba, 83. arctica, 83. arctica decipiens, 82, 83. bolleana, 83. crassa, 81, 82. datureefolia, 83. lesquereuxi, 71, 82, 90. oxyphylla, 82. pseudocredenaria, 82. pyrifolia, 82. seudderi, 82. subrotundata, 83. zaddachi, 82. Porana, 73. - macrantha, 107. ceningensis, 107. racemosa, 107. speirii, 107. tenuis, 107. Porzana, 23. Potamogeton, 72. geniculatus, 79. verticellatus, 79. Potos flavus aztecus, 662. Prenolepis bruesi, 386. fulva, 162. _ longicornis, 118-121, 154, 162, 165, 167. melanderi, 154, 386. nodifera, 154. obscura, 165. > obseura vaga, 167. parvula, 386. INDEX. Priocella, 23. Prenolepis steinheili, 154. vividula, 154. (Nylanderia) imparis, 3 garnottii, 23. | Priofinus, 38 04 Procellaria, 11, 25, 38, ae Restoration, Neg. R42 (8 X 10 in.). ete Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. ‘ i b Allosaurus fragilis. The skeleton of this predatory dinosaur is mounted in life-like pose, as if feeding upon the carcass (here represented by Vi partial skeleton) of a Brontosaurus. " Mounted skeleton, Neg. 1086 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 1087 (11 X 14in.). Not Sass lished; right of reproduction reserved. ; Skull, Neg. 125 (8 < 10 in.). Restoration, Neg. R28B (8 x 10 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Tyrannosaurus rex. ‘The last and greatest of the carnivorous dinosaurs. Upper Cretaceous, Montana. ‘The restoration also represents the three- horned dinosaur Triceratops. Mounted pelvis and legs, Neg. 1088 (8 X10 in.); Neg. 1089 (11 X 14 in.). Mounted skull, Neg. 1091 (8 X 10 in.). Restoration, Neg. R51 (8 < 10 in.). Not published; right of reproduction reserved. Brontosaurus excelsus. ‘The mounted skeleton of this great amphibious dinosaur measures 67 feet along the curve of the backbone. Upper Jurassic, Wyoming. List of Photographs and Lantern Slides. : 5 Mounted skeleton, Neg. 1094 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 1095 (11 X 14 in.), Right of reproduction reserved. Model, Neg. 149 (8 X 10 in.). Restoration, Neg. R24 (8 < 10 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Diplodocus longus. ‘This dinosaur was larger and more slender than the Brontosaurus. The skull was even smaller and quite different in pro- portions. Upper Jurassic, Wyoming. Model, Neg. 190 (8 X 10 in.). Restoration, Neg. R29 (8 X 10in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Trachodon mirabilis. ‘Two well preserved skeletons of the Duckbill Dino- saur (closely related to the well-known Hadrosaurus) are shown, mounted ° together in lifelike pose. Upper Cretaceous Montana and South Dakota. Mounted skeleton, Neg. 1092 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 1093 (11 x 14 in.). Not published; right of reproduction reserved. Restoration, Neg. R17 (8 * 10 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Triceratops serratus. Palatal view of a fine skull of a three-horned dino- saur, about six feet long. Upper Cretaceous Montana. Neg. 197 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 198 (11 x 14in.). Published; credit to American Museum and R. 8. Lull. Triceratops. Model of animal. Neg. 196 (8 X 10 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. ‘Stegosaurus. A herbivorous quadrupeda! dinosaur with a small head and with the back arched and surmounted by vertical triangular plates of bone. Upper Jurassic, Wyoming. Restoration, Neg. R48 (8 X 10 in.). Published; credit to U. 8. National’ Museum and F. A. Lucas. \ MAMMALS. EDENTATA. Propaleohoplophorus minor. Carapace of a small Glyptodont from the Santa Cruz Miocene of Patagonia. Neg. 245 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 246 (11 X 14in.). Published; credit to American Museum and W. B. Scott. Glyptotherium texanum. A North American (Texas) representative of the Glyptodonts of the South American Pleistocene. Neg. 248 (with armadillo) (8 X 10in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. 6 Department of Vertebrate Paleontology. Metacheiromys tatusia. A Middle Eocene North American Armadillo. Mounted skeleton, with armadillo. Neg. 814 (5X7 in.). Not published; right of reproduction reserved. CARNIVORA CREODONTA. Oxyena lupina. A predaceous Creodont from the Lower Eocene of Wyom- ing, structurally ancestral to Patriofelis. In the restoration, an Oxyeena crouches over a prostrate Eohippus. ‘ Mounted skeleton, Neg. 264 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 265 (11 X 14 in.). Published; — credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Restoration, Neg. R32 (8 X 10in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Patriofelis ferox. A jaguar-like Creodont of the Middle-Eocene of Wyom- ing, with highly specialized shearing teeth and short clawed feet. Mounted skeleton, Neg. 268 (8 < 10 in.); Neg. 270 (11 > S = ~— = S ~ ~ oS ~ 8 ~~ S A ~s © ~ S no = =) ,: > ~ > LY b = ee oS ~ ~ LX ~ = ~ ~ a La | List of Photographs and Lantern Slides. ‘cia Mounted skeleton, Neg. 644 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 645 (11 X 14 in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Restoration, Neg. R45 (8 X 10in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Equus scotti. An American Horse of the Pleistocene epoch, one of numer- ous native species which, so far as known, all died out before the advent of the white man in America. Mounted skeleton, Neg. 658 (8 X 10in.). Mounted skeleton, (with Equus scotti) Neg. 617 (8 K 10 in.); Neg. 618A (1114 in.). Both published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Restoration, Neg. R50 (8 X 10 in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Hippidion neogeum. A one-toed horse from the Pampzan Pleistocene of South America. This was a curiously stocky and short-limbed horse. Cast of skeleton, Neg. 666 (8 X 10 in.). Skull of a domestic Horse, prepared to show the teeth embedded in their sockets. Neg. 771 (8 X 10 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Skeleton of a Draught Horse. Side view, Neg. 774 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 775 (11 X 14 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Skeletons of rearing horse and man. Side view, Neg. 780 (8 < 10 in.); Neg. 781 (11 X 14 in.). Published; credit to American Museum and Henry Fairfield Osborn. Skeleton of a very small adult Shetland Pony. Height at shoulder, 333 inches. Side view, Neg.— (8 X 10 in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Skeleton of a desert bred Arab Horse. Side view, Neg. 788 (8 X 10 in.). Right of reproduction reserved. Skeleton of an American race horse, “Sysonby.” Side view, Neg. 1080 (8 X 10 in.); Neg. 1081 (11 x 14 in.), Right of repro- duction reserved. et Department of Vertebrate Paleontology. Adaptive radiation, Peris- sodactyl molars, 12. Allosaurus, 4. Alticamelus, 11. Amynodon, 13. Apterodon, 6 Arab horse, 17. Arsinoitherium, 8. Borophagus, 6 Brontosaurus, 4. Brontotherium, 12. Ceenopus, 13. Carnivora, 6. Cervalces, 11. Champsosaurus, 2. Coryphodon, 8 Dimetrodon, 2 Dinichthys, 2 Dinictis, 7. Dinocyon, 6. Dinosaurs, 4, 5. Diplodocus, 5. Draught horse, 17. Edentata, 5. Elasmosaurus, 4. Elephant, Evolution of, 9. Elephas columbi, 10. Elephas imperator, 9. Elotherium, 10. Eohippus, 14, 15. Equus and Eohippus, 15. Equus scotti, 15, 17. Evolution Horse family teeth, limbs, etc., 14. INDEX TO SUPPLEMENT. Glyptotherium, 5. Harpagolestes, 6. Hippidion, 17. Hippopotamus, 10. Hoplophoneus, 7. Horse and Man, 17. Horse, domestic, 17. Horse family, 14. Hyzenodon, 6 Hypohippus, 15. Hyrachyus, 12. Hyracodon, 13. Ichthyosaurus, 4. Trish Elk, 11. Mammoths, 9, 10. Mastodon, 9 Megaceros, 11. Megalohyrax, 10. Meniscotherium, 7. Merycochcerus, 11. Merycodus, 11. Merycoidodon, 10. Mesohippus, 16. Mesonyx, 6. Metacheiromys, 6. Metamynodon, 13. Mceritherium, 9. Naosaurus, 2. Neohipparion, 16. Oreodon, 10. Ornitholestes, 4 Orohippus, 15. @ 2515-7 Rohe 12, i Oxyeena, 6. Palzomastodon, 9. e Palzeosyops, 12. Pantolambda, 8. Patriofelis, 6. 7) ae Perissodactyla, 12. ee Phenacodus, Lae te Platygonus, 10. ae Portheus,2. ee : a Promerycochcerus, ie Protoceras, 11. Protorohippus, 14, 15. 4 Prozeuglodon, 7, ae Propalechop lanai ‘mt Race-horse, 17. 2 va £3 Shetland Pony, 17. Sinopa, 6. Smilodon, 7. Stegosaurus, 5, ; Stereosternum, 2, Sysonby, 17, Teleoceras, 13. Titanichthys, 2. Titanotheres, 12, Trachodon, 5. Triceratops, 5. Trilophodon 9. oe. Tylosaurus, 4.-7 /99 95 | Tyrannosaurus, 4, ; Uintatherium, 8. "2 a enee re eechp en cease pan + bidet tee od Ber SRC a SE ee See EO ef ° Lo ethane ok | QH American Museum of Natural ad History, New York | Me Bulletin Ve24 E 408 | Biological ‘& Medical a 4 Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE | CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET | | UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE OTT Ee sree a0) p= Or mA LE AOI Ss OER ard 0m aire aerate hs Omar aenaeaay Ae pneehnratnocy ont tantyas Be den teat ern Peeniiieads me mt ; aot e ee pan al Ld ney pete PO a apc ni a > eet eA Testor ner = - pers pechvaselsthean rank ne aca tirark er oan em an Tent ep nae erer ant page oetartne + . : : : r Ty ar Pas oe a a yO ITE RES IRE MPO aetna ote i ees warp inger Sond Pod Tate I Posing iy mar ont arin ay IO Why ear ono Bnd = 90 et OO A me the tp enn tew FIO te te. _ S o> imple ed rave ee el ee ee eee bobaneeaened Re maven e3 ss Set peanonsaee a etn eNO nee ner ses sas whore eH a wrt Dertarase NS np an tine 8 ee ett eR ae A eee a Repeal omy A Le are tO en fpacte dae buntieetn tees en tere —— Es ohn tase nara Sevan phan =a ly A Dope nt Rete phere rithak Bn the apenas = in, apn obenaiioee Nigtet sheen ube nna rec in Craters nr mmt > na . repre a Looweceem sen selenite amen ae ee a oe ae wae aw tone ey: / Serr aeet Ss nderoreetedaet ~~ Nooo